bw. COWAN, 30 K 81, NEW BRIDGE STREET, LUDGATE CIRCUS, LONDON.
— = = ‘ 2 4 - ETR
A
fy
\ j
\ C
p% j
ESSA ae o EE E T a ne UE E a SS Se se
| eer a ee l (| $8450.95
: i IYS \
oai 1894-88
N y Vi |
; LLEEUSTRATED
DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
7 | >
A PRACTICAL AND SCIENTIFIC
a + of + Horticulture
ee ee
FOR
GARDENERS AND BOTANISTS.
EDITED BY
GEORGE NICHOLSON,
merae a m ai 7
Of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.
i EEN a ‘i
AssĪBTED BY Provaeies J. W. H. TRAIL, A.M., M.D., F.L.S., IN THE PARTS RELATING TO. INSECTS AND FUNGI;
p AND J. GARRETT IN THE FRUIT, VEGETABLE, AND GENERAL GARDEN WORK PORTIONS.
E3
Division I.—A To CAR.
» PUBLISHED BY
L. UPCOTT oud 170, STRAND, LONDON, W.C.
GENERAL AGENT,
Missour! BOTANICAS
« GARDEN Linrars
ia
corn
eae as
MISSOURI
BOTANICAL
GARDEN.
P.R EFACE.
It is .to. be te that earnest efforts to attain Soong
E rt ar sand ottia wi
Hooker’s recenily-completed
hes ; that work being the one
.
gs. i A species, I have is to ona ‘Sai
hy eee and raa and to mn the names
PREFACE.
w
science in which he has Ne Been spe cially “interested, and in whick? > is
“undoubted authority. j z e ; i ;
*
appertains 4 to Florists’ E and for ae Gardes Work.
on many special subjects — - Begonias may be cited as an example E
for much assistance to Mr. W. Warsoy, also of*the Royal Gardens, Ke
Miso, B. Hester, ALS,
the article Begonia, in its entirety, was written by him.
has, oe ae given me aid and. advice ; > aud] hiss to aicknowledge constant help
ay ih
i
An Encyclopædia of Dorticulture. 3 p |
Ss
DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
The following are the Abbreviations used :—f. flowers; fr. fruit;
rhiz. rhizomes; cau. caudex ; sti. stipes.
The Asterisks (*) indicate plants that are especially good or distinct.
l. leaves; h. height; deg. degrees ;
A. In compound words from the Greek the initial a
; acaulis, without a stem, &e.
S ROD. See Verbascum Thapsus.
ABELE TREE. Nai Poplar. See Populus
ABELIA sare] ile Dr. Clarke Abel, Physician to
Lord Amherst’s Embassy to China, in 1817, ‘and author of
a “Narrative of a Journey to China” (1818); died 1826).
Sika, Caprifoliacee.
tubular, funnel-shaped, five-lobed. Leaves petiolate, den-
tately crenated. Well suited for the cold greenhouse,
either s trellis or pot plants; free-flowering when well
grown, and of easy culture. May be treated in sheltered
and warm climates as hardy; and can be grown out of
doors during summer in less favoured spots. Théy thrive
~ ina compost of peat and loam in equal parts, to which a
* small quantity of silver sand may be added. Increased
by cuttings in summer, and by layers in spring, under
floribunda and rupestris,
ee
La
ered).* . Tosy- urple, about 2in. long,
clusters. March, l opposite, 0 oblong. h. 3ft. Mexico,
ms best and freest flowering evergreen species. Sept
C A sona pera small, in pairs at
s of leafy ma a reddish
oblong. h. 5ft. China, 1844. A
shrub.
ve pe yh lag > elgg id
hairs. ber. ps ena
has nsnaliy a privative meaning; as aphyllus, without
BEARD. Se Hypericum caly-
Very ornamental shrubs. r
way; applied in natural history to species or genera that
deviate from the usual characters of their :
ABIES (from abeo, to rise; alluding to the iain
habit of growth of the tree; or, according to some, from
apios, a Pear-tree, in allusion to the form of the fruit).
Spruce Fir. The synonymy of this genus is much
confused, plants belonging to several genera being ho
quently referred to Abies in nurserymen’s catalogues and
gardening periodicals. ORD. Conifere. A -genus of ©
about twenty-five species, widely distributed over the —
mountainous regions of the Northern hemisphere. Cones
cylindrical, or but slightly tapering, erect; catkins gener-
ally solitary; the carpels not thickened at the tip; and
the leaves solitary, partially scattered in insertion, and =
more or less two-ranked in direction. Seales deciduous, oe
falling off as soon as the seed is ripe, leaving the axis
on the tree. All the es bear seeds at a compara-
tively sang age; most are perfectly hardy. For general
lovely).* shoots rather rig
“pated amabilis (o PL with prelen furrowed, with elom- don
scattered, crowded, ljin. to 2in. long ; linear obtuse, dark
above, silvery beneath. The cones are described as cylindric:
and about bin. long. hk. 180ft. California, 1831. A
conifer, very massive in appearance, i
A. baborensis.* l. linear, dark silvery on
surface, very numerous, those of E Tito r. ixanchen e
ointed, and those of the aancha more ro obuso” so and p
in. to lin. long. cones erect, cylindri i
our or five, Sin. to Bin. long, and abou té
reniform, ree
bract. A. to ott. Algiers, 64,
bag, e tin tree. Syn. A. Numidica
alm of Gilead Balsam Fir).*
pex aa =o Sunt wen z
4 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Abies— continued.
lyin. in length ; lower ones longest, obtusely pointed or emar- `
, bright green above, with two silvery lines beneath. cones
ginate 4in. long, purple. A. 120ft.
introduced magnificent fir, with an erect stem, regularly whorled
horizontal branches.
A. bracteata (bracted).* 7. rigid, linear, flat, distichous, 2in. to 3in.
long, bright glossy green Above, and glaucous beneath. cones
about 4in. ig with the bracts developed into long rigid leaf-like
linear spines, 2in. gg ad E cee curved inwards. h. 25ft.
Southern California, 1 ry handsome tall slender tree,
= put, owing to its very early sowie of 4
injured by the spring frosts,
A, Brunoniana (Brown’s). Synonymous with Tsuga Brunoniana.
A. canadensis (Canadian). A synonym of Tsuga canadensis. —
w shoots, it is much
A. cephalonica es ere A l. subulate, flat, dark green |
above, and silvery beneath, acute. cones erect, cylindrical, green
when’ young, afterwards reddish, and brown when ripe, 5in. to
6in. in length, and about 14in. in diameter; scales broad, thin,
and rounded, shorter than the bracts. h. 5Oft. to 60ft. Mountains
of Greece, 1824. A. very desirable tree for growing in exposed
situations.
A, cilicica (Cilician). Z. linear, slightly curved or straight, lin.
to lyin. long, dark greenabove, and glaucousbeneath, crowded, in
two ranks. cones cylindrical, — yh a long ; scales broad, thin,
entire, coriaceous. A. 40ft. Mount Taurus, in Asia
This species seldom produces a good pomana tree in
England, and cannot, therefore, be recommen
cultivation.
A. concolor (one-coloured).* J. linear, flat, obtuse, ms, glanoj green,
distichously arranged 4 in double rows, those in th er rows 2in.
to 3in. long, upper ones shorter, channelled Abao: cones © oq
drical, obtuse stk At bane and top, ae to bin. long, Zin. to
diameter ; scales numerous, im ricated , larger than the bracts.
h. 80ft. to 150ft. California, &c., 1851. A very beautiful pec
with yellow bark on the young i e SYNS. A. lasioca
A, Parsonii.
A, Douglasii (Douglas’). A synonym, ' Pseudotsuga Douglasii.
_ A, dumosa (short-leaved). Synonymous with Tsuga Brunoniana.
Aana A oieee ihe oe mmc
Afi 3 EB ae:
obtae at eth e into yr ng ong imbri beari
eaten ro th nae engl
Fortune’ ’s). It is said that in its native country, its
aspect is rather than handsome, and that but one living
representative is believed to be in existence in this country—at
Veitch’ ae rics SYN. Ketcleeria Fortunei.
_ A. Fraseri (Fraser’s). Double Balsam Spruce Fir. 7. linear,
emarginate, silvery beneath. cones oblong, squarrose, somewhat
leafy, obcordate, mucronate, half e: ted, reflexed, h, 30ft. to
40ft. North Carolina, 1811. This species closely resembles A.
- balsamea, from which it differs in having shorter and more erect
Bian and smaller cones.
encts, da, obtuse * J, in double rows, on each side of the
heaton, obtuse, a pectinate, silvery beneath,
from jin. to lin. long. cones lateral, solitary, c hpr ppe y obtuse
Aae larmeto apex, ĝin. to. 5in. long, 2in. wide; bracts ovate,
L’ A andso dentate, very short. h. d . Califor-
ew nia, 1331. ome tree of symmetrical habit, and rapid
At aa i Grosity-coned) Synonymous with A. concolor,
A, MaETIRES Ctseniscent). * 7, densely crowded, two-rowed, lin.
nearly 2in. long, olive green, very. glaucous on the upper
pat < ince wie young, becoming duller with age, and marked with
two silvery lines beneath. cones 6in. to Tin. long, 24in. to 3in. in
it A fen lands tly species, wit a North California,
erg at successive
Sees ob je species, ve intervals,
_linear-oblong, peat: apex AoA. in. to not qui!
ovate, oblong, retuse. cones ji cylin a "Shin, to Sie
long, 1}in. to 2in. wide, narrowed i at the base and sh
urple; scales entire, nearly lin. wide, not so as wide.
apan, 1879. A tall, pyramidal tree.
A. Mertensiana (Merten’s), Synonymous with Tsuga Merten-
` siana. -
i (vermilion). Synonymous with Picea eremita,
] (Morinda). Synonymous with Picea Morinda. 3
nobilis (noble).* 2 linear, mostly on Ausi ‘side of the branct
short, acute, silvery beneath, 1 žin. long. cones i
gy So a bain. long, 23in. broad, papain! 3s
“Sata, moro long, and the t
om ios 8 imbri
Pg or
“Ininutely bifid at the apex, o on young trees in two ro
oe o base, lin. long, ee ee
Japan, 1870. <A recently ©
ed for general
iyi h ge AALA
` A. subalpina (sub- alpine). * On the high mountains of Colorado,
| A genus of stove or greenhouse plants, having solitary
. axillary dicecious flowers, and finely divided leaves. - The
backwards, mbie k
pe mi fi long. Sau es
(Nordmann’s).* 7, m aa Hnes, rigid, flat, and: | or pans of light soil early in April; > Ceea plants oan
Abies—continued. `
anregen 4in. to bin. long, and ny to 23in. aie bracts
e, coriaceous, three-lobed, frin tly exceeding the
scales. k. 80ft. to 100ft. mime EC eei A magnificent and
stately tree, of regular growth.
A. Numidica (Numidian). Synonymous with A. baborensis.
A. obovata (reversed-egg-coned), A synonym of Picea obovata.
A. orientalis (eastern), Synonymous with Picea orientalis. |
A. Parsonii (Parson’s). Synonymous with A. concolor. Fe. |
A. pectinata (comb-like).* Z. linear, solitary, flat, obtuse, stiff, q
turned-up at the points, two-ranked, 4in. to lin. long, shining |
green above, with two lines of silvery white on each side of the E |
midrib beneath. cones axillary, cylindrical, erect, 6in, to Bin. long,
lżin. to 2in. broad, when ripe, brown; scales with a lo —_ l
bractea, iin. to lin. long, and 1łin. broad. * h. 80ft. to 1 a
very noble silver tir, of slow growth when young only. . Central F
Europe, 1603. There are several unimportant varieties of this
splendid species.
A. Pindrow (Pindrow). In its native home, the Himalayas, this
is jena! | beautiful tree, attaining the height of 150ft., but it jae
merally failed in England, in comseunaay4 of our late spring
rosts destroying the young growth. — It pomos, very near A,
Webbiana, but is readily distin hed by its longer and
acutely bidented leaves, and s er cones.
A. Pinsapo (Pinsapo).* The Spanish Silver Fir. 1. linear, dered
around the branches, nearly terete, and entire at the apex, not
quite şin. long, bright green, With faint silvery lines on the inner
side. rae sessile, oval, or oblong, 4in. to Stin. long, about’
2in. wide; bracts short, concealed by the broad rounded scales,
h. 60ft. to 80ft. South Spain, , 1839. A very magnificent species,
very regular and symmetrical in habit. The one or two echt
offered for sale are not desirabl e.
= en 4in. Aesse I ft rere wn, cones sik note sr
This is a UW species,
pe ere Sat en tree for lawns.
A. religiosa iene er ia he gee
oblong. h. 100ft. to ] Oft. M A enol me
species, but not hardy in Aae ETE | ae
slightly more long, ea istad to Oe e side, rigi eT ear,
: e, erect, ied bluntly ounded at the
apex, 3in. long, lin. wide; scales transversely oblong,
perime inflexed, denticulate; bracts 4in. wide, = long, ee"
te, terminating in a reflexed angular point, exceeding the
Seale. Japan, 1879. A tall pyramidal robust species.
A: Schrenkiana (Schrenk’s). Synonymous with Picea Schrenk-
iana.
A. sibirica (Siberian), Like the last, this species is not recom- —
mended ; its growth is very slow, even under the most favourable
circumstances. Siberia.
A. Smithiana (Smith’s). A synonym of Picea Morinda.
&e., a tree 60ft. to 100ft. in hamt Has not been long eno: h ea
English gardens for any decided opinion to be formed as
merits as an ornamental tree.
A. Tsuga (Tsugan). A synonym of Tsuga Sieboldi,
koI (Veitch’s).* l. crowded, lateral oni A y haio
istichous manner, those on the upper side m shorter and —
S D henediere ‘sin. to lin. long, linear, flat, glaucous above,
silvery th ; emarginate on the sterile brane! on the
fertile ones. cones erect, sub-cylindrical, purplish 210
2żin. long, Zin. to nearly lin. wide; scales hi
densely packed, each enclosing a 4
jong as the malo; CA Oe
» Deseri as a
perfectly hardy ; it should be planted on elevated arn | E.
the south or south-east. _
A. Webbiana (Webb's) l two-rowed, linear, flat, obtusely
long. cones cylindrical,
Siin, to fin; sk -r scales kidney-
l, im Maa., about lin, long,
iculate. - TOR 18 90ft. Hima-
dsomi dal tree, with
ing horizontally, much divided, and
(Williamson’s). A synonym of Tsuga Pattoniand. :
ABOBRA (its Brazilian name). Orn. Qucurbitacee.
species in cultivation is a very pretty half-hardy
only
climbing perennial, having a fleshy root about 1ft. or more —
eA surface of tho soil. It thrives well in warm
sunny spots, and in a light soil; seeds may be sown in pots
be agas out about the middle of ay
AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 8
© Abobra—continued.
tuberous roots may be stored during winter in a green-
house or frame. See also Gourds.
een-flowered). ale green, f nt; femalés
ed by Ans oval scarlet rier which are about tas large asa
> Ey l. dark green, glossy, much divided into narrow segments,
~ South America. A rapid growing plant, admirably adapted for
- training over arbours or trellis-work. It isa very pretty form of
ornamental gourd. ë
ABORTION. An imperfect formation, or the non-
formation of an organ; any fruit or produce that does not
come to maturity, or anything which fails in its progress
before it is matured, frequently from a defect in the male
or female flowers.
ABRAXAS GROSSULARIATA. See
berry or Magpie Moth.
ABRICOCK. A former mode of writing r
ABROMA (from a, not, and broma, food ; from its un-
wholesomeness). ORD. Sterculiacew. Handsome, free-
Sonaria evergreen trees, with hairy lobed leaves, and
extra axillary or terminal few-flowered peduncles. Of easy.
i alihi a dlrs temperature, in loam and peat soil.
Propagated or cuttings, the former sown in March,
latter sale tai anaes Lalt-ipened wood, and placed
gy s bel
th-stalked).* fl. purple, drooping.
A. (smoo'
‘augue Weer cordate, three to five lobed; upper, ovate-
lanceolate, undivided. h. oft. East India, 1770.
A. fastuosa (prickly-stalked). jl. dark purple. June. J. lower,
4 cordate, acutely five lobed; upper, ovate, entire. h. 10ft. New
a. Holland, 1800.
_ ABRONIA (from abros, delicate; referring to its in-
volucrum). Sand Verbena. ORD. Nyctaginacee. A small
genus of seven species, mostly natives of California, four
of which only are known in general cultivation. They are
Goose-
Fic, 1. ABRONIA guns iatiihowing Flower and Habit.
dwarf trailing habit, producing showy blossoms in
} verbena-like clusters. Corolla funnel- shaped ; limb
They succeed best in light sandy soil, in a posi-
; if well drained, the rockery is perhaps
Increased by seeds, the outer skin of which
off before sowing; sow during autumn in
and keep in a frame until the follow-
be placed in their flowering
set in spring, and also in
_ A. arenaria (sand-lovin acl
p> ers a Rg oean
yeas ta e aa f. pale purple, bu
Abronia—continued.
fragrans ( (fragrant).* ure white, in terminal and axilla
clusters, very delicately Ea am inh expanding in the andin.
May. 1865. A perennial, more or less erect in growth, taming
large branching tufts from lft. to 2ft. high. Imported seeds
only of this species will grow.
A. latifolia (broad-leaved). A synonym of A. arenaria.
A. pulchella (pretty). Jl. pink. July. A. 6in. 1848.
A, rosea (rose-coloure: ñ. rose-coloured, June. &. 6in, 1847,
An unimportant specie
A. umbellata (umbel- flowered).* fl. rosy me in mem terminal
clusters, slightly scented. April. l oval or oblong h. bin, to
24in. 1823. An elegant prostrate half-hard ; but under
eg a culture it isa perennial. SYN. Epiru p akar ag
ABRUPT. Suddenly terminating, as abruptly pinnate;
when pinnate leaves are without a terminal or odd leaflet.
ABRUS (from abros, soft, in reference to the extreme
softness of the leaves). ORD. Leguminosæ. A very orna-
mental and delicate much branched deciduous stove climber,
whose roots have the virtues of the common liquorice.
Leaves abruptly pinnate, bearing many pairs of leaflets.
Requires a strong heat to keep it in a growing, healthy
condition, and to flower it well; and thrives best in sandy
loam. Increased by cuttings under a hand glass, in sand,
or seeds raised in heat.
-shaj
anean
Pn black s spot at the base, ‘od i by the dhi: o
rig rosaries, whence the name. March to :
l. leaflets ligulate, ong. h. 12ft. East Indies, 1 :
Varieties are now then met with having rose coloured
or white flowers.
ABSORPTION. The action by which liquids and
gases become incorporated with various bodies,
molecular or other invisible means, to which function all
parts of a growing plant contribute, the roots more
especially.
ABUTA (native name). ORD. AS ~ E
strong growing ornamental stove evergreen climber. Used
medicinally in Cayenne. Flowers diccious, |
males racemosely panicled; females loose sar simply
racemose. It grows freely in a mixture of loam and
peat. Cuttings will root readily if planted in a pot of —
sand, with a hand glass placed ofan thom, in heat.
About half-a-dozen species are known, —
the oute
og Aido dark perp Hepp hae ag
h. 10ft. Cayenne, 1820. ae
ABUTILON (Arabic name for a paint aua to
the Marsh Mallow). ORD. Malvacee. Very showy, de-
corative, and free-growing shrubs, both for the greenhouse
and outside culture. Calyx naked, five-cleft, usually —
angular; style multifid at apex. The many beautiful
hybrids (of which Fig. 2 represents a group) now
in cultivation, far supersede the true species. Culti-
vation: Few plants are more easily grown, and worthy
of liberal treatment than these. The best soil for them
is equal parts turfy loam, peat, and leaf mould, with —
some gritty sand. They may either be grown in pots or
planted out; but in all cases thorough drainage is indis-
pensable, as they require an abundance of water, and stag-
nancy must be guarded against. At the end of May the
may be planted outside, when they will flower p:
through thesummer. Ina free growing and flow i
they enjoy weak manure water. From the latte
autumn till early spring they may be kept al
conservatory
out injury, though in a warm ; :
struck plants will go on flowering th ae pes
part of the winter; or plants may be specially prepared
for winter flow They are admirably adapted for
forming standards ‘of various heights, iin 2ft. to 6ft.
Some of the taller sorts are very useful for taie andi
A, THE DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING, >
Abutilon — continued.
of the young wood, at almost any season; the best time,
however, is early spring and September. Inserted in pots,
in a compost of equal parts peat, leaf mould, loam, and
sand, and placed in a temperature of from 65deg. to 70deg.,
they wili then quickly root, and form good plants. Seeds
may be sown in pans filled with soil as recommended for
cuttings, and placed in a similar temperature. Those fol-
lowed by a dagger (t) are the best for training to pillars,
roofs, &c.
A. Bedfordianum (Bedford’s). fl. yellow and red. November.
l. deeply-lobed. A. 15ft. Brazil, 1838.
A. Darwini (Darwin’s).t* fl. bright
orange, with darker veinings, fine
cupped form. April. l. large, broad.
h. 4ft. Brazil, 1871. A handsome
species, of good habit, equally suitable
as a stove or greenhouse plant during
winter, and for outdoor culture dur-
ing summer months, There are a
great number of garden hybrids from
this.
A. globiflorum (globe-flowered). f.
solitary, large, globose,cream-coloured.
November. /. on long stalks, cordate,
pezat, h. 4ft. to 5ft. Mauritius,
A.igneum (bright). Synonymous with
A, insigne,
A. insigne (handsome-fiowered).* f. large,
purplish crimson, with dark venation, in
axillary pendulous racemes; petals short,
broad, much reflexed. Winter. 1 @arge,
cordate, thick, rugose Stem deep green,
with short brown hairs. A. 6ft. New
Grenada, 1851. Syn. A. igneum. See Fig. 3.
A. segnpetiious (hig river).t* f small,
bell- ped, sopie beautiful, Fms sepals
being T petals owl ae ye and
stamens dark brown. Au and winter.
l. small, pointed. A. 3ft. Rio Grande, 1864.
A free-flowering species, with a
drooping habit ; the shoots should well
— in during spring. Syn. A. vezil-
rium.
A. pæoniflorum (pzony-flowered). E pink,
smaller than those of A. insigne, but very
distinct. January. l. large, ovate. h. 6ft.
Brazil, 1845.
A. pulchellum (pretty).t* /. white, on few-
A rered axillary racemes. July. l cordate,
unequally crenated, downy beneath. A. 8ft.
Habit very branching. New Holland, 1824.
A. striatum (striped).* fl. orange yellow, with
a thick veining of blood-red, on long curving
stalks. l. large, lobed, on long slender petioles.
Brazil, 1837. A free grower, and makes an
excellent greenhouse plant. In sheltered posi-
tions, in the south-west of England, this
species prne to be almost bardy. It requires
to be freely pinched. A very continuous
bloomer.
Thompsoni ompson’s). fl. striated
yellow, large. T Samea lL small, vine-like,
richly mottled with yellow and dark green.
edt. or 4ft. Habit very neat and erect.
A. venosum (veined).+* A. orange, with red
veins, very large, shaped, din. long;
pedicels nearly 12im. long. July. l large,
deeply palmate. R. 10ft. splendid species
is distinguished by its unusually large fiowers.
A. vexillarium (standard), Synonymous with A. megapotami-
cum.
vitifolium (vine-leaved).* f porcelain blue, large, cu ‘
gh l cordate, five to seven lobed, assuming, towards the
autumn, a fine golden hue. A. Xft. Chili, 1837. This fine shrub.
- or tree, is hardy in Ireland and the south of England, but should
have a protection from frost. It is not a fast grower.
The following are some of the best varieties, which,
although they do not include all the newest sorts, yet afford
à good selection of first-rate kinds, which will give general
satisfaction. They are arranged according to their respec-
tive colours. Those marked with a dagger (+) are best
for roofs and pillars.
AUREUM GLOBOSUM,* flowers
flowered. deep orange,
per red shaded, of medium size, with good form and sub-
stance ; DARWINI MAJUS,* bright orange, deeply veined, extremely
Red and C
Abutilon—continued.
free, and of good form and size ; FLEUR D'OR, light orange, veined
pale red, very free and dwarf; GRANDIFLORUM,* deep orange, red
shaded, deeply veined with red, a robust, ee variety ;
LEO, flowers pale below, deeper above, red-veined, of medium
size ; PRINCBOF ORANGE,!* a strong grower, and very free,
Ornamental-foliaged. DARWINI TESSELATUM,!* foliage mottled
with yellow, invaluable for sub-tropital bedding ; SELLOWIANUM
MARMORATUM,* very large maple-like foliage, heavily mottled with
bright yellow, a most effective variety ; THOMPSONI, leaves very
freely blotched with puar: VEXILLARIUM IGNEUM,ł* very free
of good habit, prettily blotched. All these ornamental-foliaged
varieties are invaluable for bedding purposes
Fic. 2 GROUP OF ABUTILONS.
Purpie-coloured. EMPEROR,* flowers large, rich purple magenta
P'lsop purple shaded lake, very attractive;
urple; PURPUR eep purple s ê, ve ?
Kouriria DE ST, MAURICE, flowers medium size, very profuse ;
VIOLET QUEEN,* bright violet purple, very distinct and free.
rimson-flowered, BRILLIANT,* flowers of good form
‘and substance, brilliant red inside, rather paler outsid warf
and free; CRIMSON BANNER,* rich crimson, dwarf, ve ;
Fire KiNG," bright red, orange shaded, veined with crimson ;
Lustrovs,* brilliant red crimson, large, most profusely roducod,
habit dwarf; NE PLUS ULTRa,* intense crimson, of excel oe all
SCARLET GEM, * Sowers medium sized, brilliant scarlet, habit
and free.
ADMIRATION, light pink, shaded salmon,
deep
white, v owy; CLOCHETTE," deep rosy pink,
veins, very dwarf and free; Te Pee Aa — wi
deeper veins, flowers very large; KING OF THE ROSES,” rich Gee?
shaded, habit
Pe
AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA
Eor a
*
OF HORTICULTURE. 5
‘Abatilon—eontinvd :
ood size and substance, habit dwarf and very free; LADY
OF onan * flowers medium sized, rich pink ; LOUIS MARIGNAC,
pais l oani veined white, splendid ‘habit, a charming- variety ;
INCESS MARIE, }ł* flowers rich 1osy lake, very profuse, of
excellent form; ROSÆFLORUM,ł* pale salmon rose, veined with
crimson. Ed
White-flowered. BOULE DE NI£GE,}* very fine pure white flowers,
the best in its class ; PURI very free, of good habit, and pure
white ; SERAPH,* dwarf, and very floriferous.
Fia. 3. FLOWER OF ABUTILON INSIGNE.
flowered. CANARY pna; k similar in habit to Boule de
‘ i Siheag rtgrentey Sree rée bright
wW, size
ei lemon willow: Iaoa iom atest $
_— yellow, of medium size
ubt, emet a charactor iii :
ber a ‘epecies is close upon 400, and the genus one
of the largest known. In our enumeration, we have
strietly confined ourselves to describing such as are un-
tionably in cultivation, and to this end we have adopted
accurate method of deciding which are and which
,viz., by consulting the trade lists of nursery-
this country and on the Continent. Such
are not always correct, from a scientific
in matter of nomenclature. The
ales, or other temperate regions,
pnd e easily cultivated of
have a tondone to make Tong
Acacia— continued. a
straight shoots; these should be selected for training upon
rafters ~or “pillars, on which they thrive well and form
splendid ornaments in spring; whilst the more shrubby : 5
kinds will be equally at home in pots in the form of bushes. =
Roots and tops grow with great rapidity, and an abundance E
of water is required at all times. Immediately after flower-
ing (usually about May) is the best time to prune Acacias;
they may then be placed in the open air, and fully ex-
posed to the sun, until October. They make a far healthier,
cleaner growth, and ripen their wood much better outside
than under glass; all they require is copious waterings,
never allowing them to become dry, and keeping clear of
weeds. In the first week in October house the plants, and
winter in a temperature of 40deg. to 50deg. They delight
in a light rich compost of equal parts turfy loam and leaf
mould, freely intermixed with sand, or peat may be used
instead of the leaf mould. Propagation: Cuttings of the
half-ripened wood, put in with a heel, root readily during
the summer. They do not bear heat well, nor do they
require it. The soil should be equal parts peat and sand,
covered with pure sand, thoroughly consolidated. Insert
the cuttings as soon as made; water home, and leave them.
in the shade till dry. Then place the bell glasses over
them, shade and water so as to prevent flagging. Pot off
as soon as rooted, and keep in a close pit or house until
the plants are thoroughly established. Seeds should be
sown as soon as ripe, in sandy peat; about jin. deep, or
a little more, for large seeds. A temperature of 55deg.
to 60deg. suits them ‘well. Pot off when large enough
to handle, and place in a cool close pit or house until quite
established ‘The culture and propagation of the stove
species are the same as for the greenhouse sorts, but the
former require, of course, greater heat. Their flowers, how-
ever, are much less frequently produced than their more
temperate congeners, consequently they are not so much
grown.
A. affinis.* fl. yellow. May. h. 5ft. New Holland, 1822, Green-
house species.
A. albicans (whitish).* fl. white; heads, two to ‘rm cae
-two
rising in racemes from the axils to the leaves. 2. with
aie’ pairs of pinne, each pinna
pairs of oblong linear-leaflets. A. 5ft.
A. amoena (pleasing), This closely resembles A.
es of A.
scale ta n a L with
h. 20) Arabi Sarg ad
See Fig. 4. er
ere
= (silver-leaved). A synonym of A. braci
armata — simple leaved).* jl. yellow, in soli globular
heads, uely te-ob
cnemenved AG te 10h Bastais, 20s re’ Tilto entire,
ry no greek Cah a t
teva ee Matt. tS Re Sra ova aoe
A. 20ft to 40H, Kast Indios, t of nea pubes ead
A. cookin (spoon-leaved), yellow, a
heads, April. l phyllodia aa „many-nerved at the
base, quite entire, mucronate. A. 4ft. West Australia, 1818.
SYN. A. Benthami.
A. cultriformis (knife-formed -a in ondes pma,
disposed in either yee or te i ayr fe velo -s ‘Ap onding 2
‘our lines faa, cul
bears to one side. orm omg
lodia eight to ten lines 1
in ah acute hooked point, w
South Wales, 1820.
ped).* Frie. eh Swan Rie 18
| . | |
6 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
#-
Pgs Homie ga Acacia—continued.
aa lia ema grated llow; racemes axillary; Australia, 1818, The whole aspect of this beautiful tree is silky.
ied eee March. bp a) losia H emmi Bh. often 1ft. long, Syn. A. leucophylla
ener een, almost blue; branches drooping. h, 18ft. Swan A. homomalla (equal-woolled). A synonym of A. glaucescens,
ag cya hap ee A. Hugelii (Baron Hugel’s). fl. pale yellow. February. West
A, dealbata (whitened).* The Silver Wattle. fl. yellow, in pedi- ‘Australia, 1846. Greenhouse species.
cellate heads, disposed in racemes along the axillary branches.
July. l. from ten to twenty pairs of pinne, each of which bears
thirty to thirty-five pairs of linear, much crowded pubescent
T ane h. 10ft. to 20ft. Australia and Tasmania, 1820.
ane (spreading). fi. yellow, in globular heads, which are
usually twin. May. Jl. phyllodia linear, one-nerved, ending in
= nae = e acumen ; branches diffusely procumbent, angular.
Victoria and Tasmania, 1814,
A. fairness (Drummond’s).* fl. pale lemon; spikes axillary,
drooping, cylindrical, simple. April. 2. with two pairs of pinne,
each pinna bearing two to three pairs of linear obtuse leaflets,
Plant unarmed, silky. A. 10ft, Swan River. Very handsome and
one of the best grown, forming a somowhat dwarf shrub,
|
Fic. 4. ACACIA ARABICA (a) Flowering Branch, (b) Seed-pod.
A. Farnesiana (Farncsian). Ji. yellow, sweet-scented, disposed in
» usually twin, unequally pedunculate heads. July.
i. with five to eight pairs of pinne, each pinna bearing from
fifteen to twenty pairs of linear glabrous leaflets. A 6ft to 10ft.
St. Domingo, 1656. Greenhouse species,
au (milky-white).* fl. white; spikes globose, stalked,
y, usually twin, July. J. with four to six pairs of pinnæ
n a twelve to fifteen pairs of linear, distant,
are glaucous beneath. A. 5ft. to 10ft. South
Sip spikes twin, but solitary
l. phyllodia linear-lanceolate,
piem a es ns s rrm te, three-nerved. h. 6ft. to 8ft.
t).* jl. yellow ; heads globular ; uncles solita:
o twin, ax , one-headed, to Mori with one pair
of Fidei ech pinna b bearing let do wees of linear-lanceo-
variety of A. vot A pakti ` australia, 1850. A
4. heterophylla (variable-leaved).* pA ellow, in attenuated at
“tg it ge ged eat May. l phyll te Beale
ı ends, many-nerved, h. tte "Sale of Bour ow Bose
amana is very l this. i '
(hairiest).* fl. white, on solitary beads
rous, April. J. with one of pinne, each =
a to seven —. of oblong, obtuse bales’ h.
6ft. Stems, branches, an e Gantane beset with aN white, Stitt
K Da oe perae pania
»
cea mpd }. f iollow, in axillary s es Sie
l ong, oblong: ending in — Senegal). Gum Senegal. fe
agin aro mera work to ott. North — | ap 7 ‘30
A. ixiophylla (Ixia-leaved). fl. yellow; heads about twenty-
flowered ; peduncles downy, shortly racemose or solitary. March.
1. phyllodia narrow, oblong-lanceolate, sub-falcate, obtuse,
aie mucronate, much branched. h. 2ft. New South Wales,
A, juniperina Gjuniner- leayed). f. yellow, on globular, solitary
heads. May. l p hyllodia linear-subulate, ending in a pungent
pus; han EA terete, pubescent. h. 6ft. Australia and
asmania, 1790. Greenhouse species.
A. Lebbek (Lebbek).* fl. yellow, sweetscented ; heads many-
flowered, Pegg cagge three to four together, from the crowded
upper nodes, May. ¢. with two to four pairs of pinne, each pinna
bearing about six to eight pairs of oval, somewhat dimidiate
leaflets, which are obtuse at both ends. h. 20¢t, East and West
Indies, "1823. Stove species, |
A. leucophylla (white-leaved). Synonymous with A. holosericea. |
A. linearis (linear).* jl puan; on numerous, meres ing |
axillary, spikes. May. J. phyllodia narrow-linear, very long, -|
one-nerved, and quite entire. X 3ft. to 6ft. New South Wales
and Tasmania, 1819,
A. 1 longissima (longest). Synonymous with A. longissima.
A. longifolia (long-leaved).* A yellow; spikes loose, axillary,
cylindrical, Mare y . phyllodia linear-lanceolate, narrowed at
each end, ison samen striated. h. 10ft. Aw 1792. A
fine erect-growing greenhouse = i
A. longissima (longest-leaved
axillary, generall: branches.
form, one-nerved, spreading. — net
Stove mee ssi Syn. A. linearis
A. lunata (half-moon).* ow
Which are longer than th g 1 ollow heads disposed April. a s phyllodia
Shiono rather falcate, AGO +
aT callous cece = h. 2ft. to 4ft. Australia, teat 1810,
sere A. olewfolia.
G
A, melanoxylon (bla: ow ; heads few, disposed
ina kind of raceme. APA pty oda lan conlamediiane, rather
falcate, obtuse, oa entire, many-nerved. he 6ft. to to 10ft.
Australia, 1818. Greenhouse species. a
A. mollissima (softestleaved).* fl. yellow; heads iicelffite, i
in racemes along the ary peduncles. July. 2. with
a t to eighteen pairs of pinne, dh ge pinna” Searing: thirty to
forty pairs of linear, much crowded, pubescent leaflets, which are
clothed with yellowish velvety down when young ; branches and
petioles angular. h. 10ft. to 20ft. Van Diemens Land, 1810. a
A. olezefolia (olive-leaved). A synonym of A. lunata.
A, oxycedrus (sharp-cedrus).* fl. yellow 3s Ree axillary, solitary,
slcmeuta, April. J. phyllo ia scattered, or somewhat verti-
cillate, lanceolate-linear, ending in a ungent point, three-nerved.
h. 6ft. to 10ft. New South W es, 18 Greenhouse species.
tian: ikes several,
Shyllodia ts Jom fili-
"ch South Wales,
fs
A. mney Sogredovicel). fli yellow, di in solitary i
heads. March. p hyllodia chtlauely oblong- ceolate, entire,
T:
Holland. Greenhouse species. :
A. penninervis (feather-nerved). f. yellow; heads about: the
at both ends, straight, 2in. to 3in. long, 4in. broad, feather ve
h. 4ft. to 6ft. New Holland, 1824.
yelow: HE heads s solitary, on
short peduncles, March. ¢ phyllodia short, bifario :
obliquely truncate, mucronate ; branches broadly i
at
A. pubescens (downy).* fl. yellow ; heads small, globose pedicel: —
ie disposed in racemes pi ong the axillary peduncles. March.
eighteen pairs of linear glabrous jeaiiets. ? h. 6ft. to 1
paren erete, hairy. New Holland, 1790.
inne ve to seven dns of oblon: iota te
2ft. to 3ft. New Holland, 1803. Greenhouse species.
ikes. May. l ia yee von in clusters,
“pps or whorled. h. 20ft. Tasmania, Habit pacsi, like &
wavy, ean: anches clammy, glabrous. h. oft. New
size of a pea, racemose. April. J. phyllodia oblong, acum
A. platyptera (broad- deg ge OE
diy winged: N
Swan River, 1840, Greenhouse species.
1. with three to ten pairs of pinnæ, each p inna bearing six to-
s yellow ; heads solitary. A
A. pulchella (pretty).* fl. wW; Aia r a fete.
A. Riceana ag ape BE pe pale yellow, i in long solitary, a
weeping willow. Very handsome and distinct.. SYN.
See Fig. 5. ‘ fi oe niin soli-
A. rotundifolia (round-leav yellow ; heads globose,
, on long peduncles. Mach. T i. phyllodia on short petioles
mer ae rounded, obtuse or retuse, mucronate. ; ;
ous. h. 6ft. New Holland, 1842. coe
ow-like). yellow; heads soli
a . salign S i. ro atten tenuated iy sea
Paste entire, almost nerveless, A. 6ft. to loft. New Holland,
1818. Greenhouse species, ae oe cnn
axillary, solitary, slender. l with five to
AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 7
ae
- Acacia—continued. ~
pairs of pinnz, each pinna bearing fifteen to eighteen pairs of
along Saee obtuse, paas leaflets ; branches white ; plies
some wanting. h, 20tt. Arabia, 1823, Stove species.
A. setigera (bristly). Synonymous with A. Riceana.
A. sophoræ (sophora-podded). fl. yellow; spikes usually twin
4 . May. & pusia obovate, oblong oe an id uite
entire, many nerved ; sometimes-there are bipinnate leaves at the
tops of the branches. h. 20ft. New Holland, 1805. A
A. sphærocephala (round-headed).* fl. yellow; racemes axillary,
usually twin, ovate-roundish. l. with numerous close-set linear
4 falcate pinnules, which are usually tippéd by a glandular yellow
4 “food body ;” spines twin, hollow. Mexico, A very remarkable
=- stove species, inhabited by ants during certain seasons in its
native country,
A. uncinifolia (hook-leaved). pe yellow; spikes usually twin,
dense, on short peduncles, cylindrical. March. 1. phyllodia long,
linear-subulate, flat, recurved, mucronate, three-nerved; branches
angular, h. 6ft. Swan River, 1846,
A. vera (true). Egyptian Thorn; Gum Arabic. fl. white, usually
in twin heads, pedunculate, axillary. July. l with two
pairs of pinn#, each pinna bearing eight to ten pairs of
ue linear leaflets ; branches and spines red. k, 20ft. Egypt,
Fro. 5. A FLOWERING BRANCH OF ACACIA RICEANA,
A. verticillata (whorl-lea: * ow; ikes axilla E goli-
tary, oblo: March. 1. Siaa s ending in a pungent
mucrone, disposed somewhat verticillately. h. 6ft. to 10ft. A
spreading Ee greenhouse species, of variable habit. New
Holland, 1780.
A. vestita (clothed).* f. yellow, in loosely racemose heads, along
f the peduncles ; upper ones solitary. June. 1, phyllodia obliquely
7 elliptic-lanceolate, one-nerved, ending in an awnlike mucrone,
: hispid. A. 4ft. New Holland, 1820.
A. viscidula (clammy).* /. yellow; heads globular, on short
stalks, axillary, solitary or twin. February. @ linear, clammy;
branches slender, clammy. A. 6ft., erect. New South Wales,
ACZINA (from akaina, a thorn; in allusion to the
slender spines on the calyx or fruit). ORD. Rosacea. A
s genus of dwarf sub-shrubby plants. Flowers capitate, or
interruptedly spicate, uninteresting; petals absent. Leaves
mE te, impari-pinnate. Excepting for rockwork, or as
edgings to flower beds, they are not of much value; their
habit is, however, very compact and neat. They require
similar treatment to other hardy herbaceous plants, in
ordinary soil. Increased by cuttings, creeping rootlets,
y seeds.
divisions, and by
A. meeeT ee small-leayed).* ll, in close heads,
furnish th if oom. Ae. i. small,
8 owy, 4 ines.
pinnate. h. lin. to 2in. Now Zealand. A neat evergreen with a
compact and cushion-like } itis a very effective subject for
the rock garden, and grows in most situations. The
crimson iolar heads of spine-formed calyces form a conspicuous
ind ornamental feature of the plant, SYN. A. Novæ Zealandice.
flowers;
Aczna—continued.
A. millefolia (myriad-leaved).* fl. inconspicuous. A very f
species with finely-cut pale n leaves. The fruiting spikes of
this are not collected in globular heads, as in the oth Bee
their presence detract from its value as an ornamental plant. = 8
Otherwise, it is very graceful. Bo aT
Fic. 6. ACÆNA MICROPHYLLA.
A. m hylla (many-leaved).* f. green, small, in rounded
Bw i pen l. pinnate; leaflets deeply cut. h. 6in. to lft.
Chili, 1828 Small, fern-like.
A. poe Zealandiz (New Zealand). A synonym of A. micro-
phyla.
A. ovalifolia (oval-leaved). jl. green. Summer. h. 9in. Chili,
1868. Good for rock gardens,
A. pulchella (pretty).* jl. inconspicuous. A- pretty bronzy-
leaved species, admirably suited for rockwork crevices, where
poo is no object. It grows very rapidly, and forms handsome
ACALYPHA (the name given by Hippocrates to the
Nettle).. ORD. Euphoribiacee. - Stove ornamental and
variegated nettle-like leaved shrubs. Flowers greenish or
reddish, inconspicuous, in erect or drooping bracted axillary
or terminal spikes; those of the upper portion sterile, of
the lower, fertile. The undermentioned only are those-most
worthy of cultivation. "They -ase-very Gaal grown, with
ordinary stove treatment, and in a peat and loam compost.
When well cultivated, the leaves of the hybridised varieties
are highly coloured, but rather coarse than otherwise. In-
creased by cuttings under a glass in sandy soil, in stove
heat, during April.
A. Macafeeana (Macafee’s). l red, blotched with bronzy crim-
son. 1877.
A. macrophylla (large-leaved).* I. cordate ovate, russet brown,
blotched with paler spots. The best and handsomest stove
species.
A. ee L large, very hairy, ovate-acuminate,
centre brown, with a distinct margin of rosy carmine, about jin,
wide. Fiji Islands, 1875. a
A. musaica (mosaic).* l bronzy green, variegated with orange
and dull red. Polynesia, 1877.
A. torta (twisted). 7. dark olive, tinted green; margin cut
into blunt, oblong segments. Samoan Islands. Remarkable i
for its curiously contorted foliage. It has erect stems, whicl
are terete, and covered by the leaves in a very war
way. er
A. tricolor (three-coloured), A synonym of A. Wilkesiana.
A. Wilkesiana (Wilkes’).* 7, ovate-acuminate, curiously blotched,
ith red and crimson;
mottled, and splashed „wi : pund colour
coppery green. h. 6ft."to 10ft. New Hebrides, Syn, A,
tricolor. g F
W. ta (Wilkes’s margined),* 1 large, olive brown,
margined with rosy carmine. Fiji Islands, 1875,
ACANTHACEZ:, A large “ordér of soft-wooded, —
herbaceous plants, usually having gamopetalous axill
calyx composed of deeply imbricated scales;
_ a
8
ACANTHEPHIPPIUM (the derivation of this word
is not apparent). Orp. Orchidacee. A peculiar class of
terrestrial stoveorchids. Flowers rather large, racemose, few;
sepals combined in a broad oblique pitcher, including the
petals, which are adnate to the base of the column; column
short, produced into a long foot. Pseudo-bulbs oblong.
Leaves few, large, longer than the scapes. The best
species are the two first-mentioned. They will thrive well
in sandy peat, with a quantity of small stones, broken pots,
or gravel. A great deal of heat and moisture are absolutely
essential during the growing period. Propagated, as soon
as growth commences, by dividing the pseudo-bulbs.
A. bicolor (two- coloured).* fl. purple and gerom, about 2in. long,
naate, produced in clusters of three or four together;
— blong-lanceolate, acutish; lateral lobes of lip rounded.
une, kh. 9in. Ceylon, 1833.
A. Curtisii (Curtis’s).* fl. same sha ape
A: Sr oe purple spots, light
ace nail of lip ales keels yellowish, ect" white with
Malay Archipelago, 1881. The five keels between the
side Tanis distinguish it from the foregoing species and A.
as above Ape t the lip),
rose, and ;. column
.
A, javanicum (Javanese).* fl. yellow and red, with distinct
longitudinal stripes; petals triangular; lip three-lobed ; lateral
lobes truncate ; intermediate lobe constricted in middle, ovate,
and tuberculate at the apex, fleshy on both sides at base,
bie truncate emarginate inflexed teeth. September. h. l4ft.
va, 1843.
A. sylhetense (Sylhet). fl. white, with many irregular spots and
blotches towards the extremities of the pot POFO. June,
9in. Sylhet, 1837.
sea lavender).
evergreen plan
ORD. Plantaginacee. Dwarf hardy tufted
plants, distinguished from allied genera in having
thriving best ina net soil, |
i “The flowers are similar to Statice
s E by seeds (which germinate slowly),
a a E alin arg ee shaded border, and
transplanted when large enough to handle; or by cuttings
and very carefully made divisions. The cuttings should be
tear is in late summer, and placed in a frame, to remain
there during the winter.
A. glumaceum (prickly fl. rose, ee about jin. across,
= six to eight in a be ikel W Summer. 1. densely packed and
ted with spines. A. 6in. Armenia, 1851. Very com-
pact an distinct.” Wee Statice Ararati.
A. Kotschyi (Kotschy’s). fl. white. A good species, but very
rarely seen in British gardens,
icate, from twel
Summer, nt yo eaten
Cities, 1873. A rare and handsome opin
n the preceding, See á
ete
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, :
_ACANTHOLIMON (from akanthos,a spine,and limon, —
pcr pointed rigid leaves. They are of rather Saat ated 2
"A, latifoling
ACANTHOPHENIX (from akantha, a spine, and |
phoinia, the Date Palm). ORD. Palmacew. A very elegant —
stove palm, differing from Areca principally in habit, and _
requiring a light sandy soil and a summer temperature ~
of 65deg. to 80deg., winter 55deg. to 65deg. Increased
by seeds only; these germinate best in a moist bottom `
heat, and a well decomposed compost of one part loam, —
one of peat, one of leaf mould, and the remainder of sand. —
They may remain in this soil for two or three years.
A, crinita (hairy).* 7. spirally arranged, in threes, the central one
being female, l. the fronds are arched, broadly ovate in outline,
pectinately pinnate in division, with long linear acuminate seg-
ments, paler beneath. The stem is densely armed with black,
eae spines, and much swollen towards the base, Sey-
chelles, 1
ACANTHORHIZA (from akantha, a spine, and rhiza, —
a root), ORD. Palmacee. A small genus of stove palms, —
differing from Trithrinax by the aérial roots of the trunk
hardening into spines (which are horizontal or pointed
upwards), and by the blade of the leaf being divided ~
down to the petiole. They delight in a rich loamy —
soil, and are propagated by seeds, in a moist, sweet —
hotbed, in spring.
A. aculeata (spiny).* Z. orbicular, "gr neg slit into numerous
linear-lanceolate, glabrous fe , deep-green above, silve
beneath; petioles slender; the trunk is covered with a network — a
of branching Mexico, 1879. SYN. Chamerops staura- —
A. Wallisii (Wallis’s).* A recent introduction from tropical —
America, and not yet much cultivated; it is a tall palm with -~
en Sar ves,
ee Ora aati fe
‘ACANTHOSTACHY UI (from ‘ikinthos, aspine,and —
stachys,a spike). ORD. Bromeliacea. A monotypic genus of ;
stove evergreen herbaceous plants; of easy culture in a com-
post of equal parts sand, decayed wood, and rotten leaves.
Propagated by suckers, which strike readily in be ©
heat. -
A. strobilacea (cone-fruited). fl. red and yellow; scape simple,
long, scurfy; bracts coloured. June. Jl. radical, very long, in-
curved, narrow, thick, oe a spiny-toothed, covered
with white scurf. A. Brazil, 1840.
ACANTHUS Pa akanthos, a spine; several species
being spiny or prickly). Bear’s Breech. ORD. Acanthacew.
A group of stately, ornamental perennial plants, mostly
hardy, remarkable for their vigorous growth and beautiful
foliage. Flowers sessile, crowded, spicate; corolla tubular,
one-lipped; lip three lobed. To attain perfection they —
require a deep soil, and a situation fully exposed to the ~
sun. They will, however, thrive moderately well in
common soil and partial shade. The habit being connie a
a bold one, they are most suited for isolated tufts, —
backgrounds of mixed borders, and the wild Eisen
Propagated by seeds, sown in gentle heat, or by divisio
of the roots, in autumn or early spring. e
A. carduifolius (thistle-leaved). jl. blue. August. h. 3ft.
Cape of Good Hope, 1816. Greenhouse species.
A. hispanicus (Spanish). f. white August. l. large, shining,
and deeply cut, he 2 2ft. Spain, 1700. te the acila of al
ra) * e, e ax
“st a ae see ea si of p o R
ni une. , e
lees : etiaro ei Aaro ft Dalmatia, "1869.
Ae aeaemeamal (artean a with Ah lati-
Jolius.
mollis (soft).* fl. white or rose, sessile in the axils of the deepl
hed oie spikes about lsft. Summer. l. eer
B Cocbr 2 te in outline, 2ft. long by Ift. broad. A. to 4ft.
d-leaved).* A egei of A. mollis, but but
larger diag pore ro ust in every part. This
is probably the best yh: ; it is one of the rene suitable for ns
tropical a, A warm sunny spot is needful, SYN. SYN. A. lust
__ tanicus. Fig. 8.
A. ae doa (mountain).*
_Africa, 1865. A nag
a niger wh). J popii whita y
rose. Aug
aad. unarmed, glabrous, shining green,
-=
AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA OF HORTICULTURE.
9
Acanthus— continued.
s erag raaa raged iny).* rosy, sessile, on a ¥
‘Se on with += onda ll : ines. Autumn. 4 4
fate, naib, blistered, spiny ; spines white. A. 34ft. South
2 A, spinosus (spiny.* 7. purplish, spicate
; sepals spiny. Summer.
and each
ba mn a A rra e Tuo mina e by a short
'ACAULESCENT. Sii i var eis stem.
Something additional, not usually
APUN pe with another body, and growing
with i
ACCUMBENT. Varta iaai in distinction
to incumbent, or lying upon.
ACER (from acer, hard or sharp; wood is extremely
hard, and was formerly much used ~ making pikes and
lances). Maple. ORD. Sapindacee. genus comprised
for the most part, of handsome hardy deciduous
shrubs, or trees, adapted for forming shrubberies,
plantations, &c. Flowers greenish, except where men-
tioned, A. Pseudo-platanus is one of our most useful
Several of the species produce very useful
timber ; sugar is one of the constituent parts of the sap of
all of them, and is obtained in large quantities from A.
saccharinum, in North America. They all prefer a some-
what sheltered position. ‘The most satisfactory soil is
one free, deep, loamy, and well drained; the latter is
desirable ‘with some of the Japanese varieties.
The varieties of A. ee. and palmatum are well
worth growing in for conservatory decoration. Pro-
pagation: By seeds, sown either in autumn or spring,
covering them not more than a jin. deep; the common
biter may be sown a while the rarer ones should
sown in a frame. By layers, and by grafting; the
latter method is is adopted with many of the A
rarer species | «
Acer—continued.
and varieties, especially the variegated kinds; they aro
also readily increased by budding in summer.
A. sueaanm (Austrian), Synonymous with A. campestre
austriacum. >
A. .campestre (field) * Common M A x% erect racemes.
May. Jr. wings of fruit much divaricated. L small, ‘cordate,
with five-toothed lobes, A, 20ft. Britain. A small tree with
rough bark, full of dee -i fissures ; wood often beautifully veined,
when it is highly valu
A. c. austriacum (Austrian).* f. much larger than those of |
the species. fr, smooth, Lobes of leaves somewhat acuminated,
SYN. A. austriacum.
A. c. collinum Eas ame fl. smaller: fr. smooth. Lobes of
leaves obtuse.
A. ©. hebecarpum ‘deme fruited).* jr. clothed with velvety
pubescence.
le
Bene a ge
|
Fic. 9. LEAF AND FLOWER SPIKE oF Acs ‘7
A. c. levigatum (smooth-leaved). l very sooth a shining. -
A. ¢, nanum (dwarf). Dwarf habit. n
p Ae o a S 1. larger and less divided than inthe
* 1. beanti :
niches and sirip s ol wite or A “a
10
e
THE DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING,
oo.
America, 1827. very beautiful species, having pendulous
branches clothed with leaves, which change into a bright scarlet
colour in the autumn.
A. creticum (Cretan).
fr. smooth, with the wings hardly diverging.
base, acutely three-lobed at the top. A. 4ft.
orms evergreen.
um (thick-fruited).* jf. conglomerate, on »short
“poles , apetalous. April. Z. truncate at the base, palmately
ve-lobed, with blunt recesses, and bog A and deeply-toothed
lobes. A. 40ft. North America, 17: Syns. A. eriocarpon,
A, tomentosum, A. glaucum, and A. virginianum
A. Douglasii (Douglas). Synonymous with A. glabrum.
A. eriocarpon (hairy-fruited). Synonymous with A. dasy-
carpum.
A. Ginnala (Ginnalian).* fl. on compound, crowded, erect ra-
cemes. Amur River. This is generally classed as a variety of
A, tartaricum, but its habit is much more graceful, and in this
form the leaves are prettily cut and lobed, whilst the leafstalks
and midrib are more deeply coloured.
A. glabrum (smooth).* fl. corymbose, on short two-leaved
branchlets, greenish-yellow, June. J, roundish-cordate, deeply
three to five-lobed, or Ae the lobes bi-serrate, of a light
green. h. 15ft. to 30ft. North West America. SYNS. A. Douglasii,
A, tripartitum,
S aan (glaucous). Synonymous with A. dasycarpum.
llum (various-leaved).* Fret ss May. i.
ar eae ovate, entire, and three-lobed, ig htly serrated, smooth,
h. 4ft. aei 1759. An evergreen. SYN. A. sempervirens.
A. ibericum (Iberian). fl. corymbose. May. l. bluntly three-
lobed ; lobes with one or two teeth, lateral se a marked With the
middle nerve to the insertion of the petiole. k. 20ft. Iberia,
jl. on few-flowered ke corymbs. May.
l. cuneated at the
Levant, 1752.
A. Ji * d lish- April.
y amten (Fanka s ep zod; aa p
o variotion of taka MISAN?
'ohange in character es th
ag hot alent it useful in
oi _ Spol conservatories, and in the highly Kept gro ands surrounding
‘A lacrifoliam dase. ‘Synonymous with A. cblon.
Lobelii (Lobel very slightly irregular]
toothed, five-lobed ; hates or less oar pointed:
A a Garceles eaved).* f. on erect, compound, ra-
l. digitatel ease 4 with roundish recesses ; :
lobes bomer iki three-] h. 60ft, Northern California,
A. erect Maye ortaty i lier’ on few-flowered corymbs,
corda! roe lobed 3 lobes almost fe quite
ual, h. 10ft. to boft. South Europe, 1739.
Taa um (mountain). sient on compound, erect racemes,
May. 1. cordate, 6 - s wa ome uncqually and
es h. 18f SYN. A. spicatum.
A. Negundo. too Mie Cae pranan aha
A. sae: ua (oblong). (fl. on compound racemes, pale yellow.
February. J. oblong-lanceolate, acuminated, wate onika, h.
20ft. Nepaul, 1824. SYN. A. laurifolium.
A. obtusifolium (obtuse-leav fl. drooping, corymbose. May.
i, » ierg i bluntly rere te A crenately serrulate, about the
length of the petioles. A. 15ft. Crete.
A. Opalus (Opalus). A synonym of A. opulifolium.
A. opulifolium (G aliere lated)" jl. on nearly sessile
corymbs. May. _ “tg ade = oe ay me
lobed ; lobes obtuse, bluntly and coarse
France, 1823. SYN. A, Opalus. ze Ghar
A. o. obtusatum (bluntish).* A larger, stro owing, round-
headed tree, with dark green leaves, ote pia with
-a whitish or pels tomentum or on the under surface.
me o or on five to seven-flowered
A 3
Ma: l pamatei into fi
Beyond the nia; bes oblong, poate ns ade A ot
Japan, 1820.
T * handsom
eet with Balk task pe purple plo folage 3 Sela 7
2p (crispy or gag Mi red stalked, con
dys, pang Japan, 1871, vy distincts ani minia
Lombardy poplar in habit of growth. ee ture
A dissectum (finely-divided).* fl, ft itin terminal. teed di
are gg five to pap ito Mt May. i eg
ag oblong, acuminated, deeply serrated, h. 30ft. Japan
"ALD ornatum (peutifuy* Ve riam i
ea red leaves, With lighter midstbe: Japan, tan eet ‘ety
dissectum,
“girionis (palmatifid).* Z. very ine
ayer cut dawn quité to the imi drib, ¢
light green colour. 1875,
i. nine to ten parted; |
“ee
Acer—continued. +
A. p. reticulatum (netted).* J. palmately seven-lobed; lobes
uneqv-‘. sharply serrate, emerald green, with dark green
+i. Japan, 1875. A very elegant variety, with slender
branches,
A. p. roseo-marginatum (rose-margined).* 7. freely divided,
the lobes ee deeri? cut, light green, margined with rose,
1874. A very distinct "and charming variety.
A. p. sanguineum (blood-red),* J. deeply five-lobed, the lobes
suited, of a deep reddish-crimson colour, much brighter than
the variety atropurpureum. 1874. This presents a very striking
contrast to the last.
A. p. is ec “x (seven-lobed).* fl. purplish, on numerous
flowered umbels, Spring. l. varying much, from palmatel five-
lobed, with toothed undivided lobes, to deeply seven to nine-lobed,
with more or less finely cut divisions. Japan, 1864. There are
numerous beautiful forms of this variety.
There are many varieties of this much varying species, but
we have only mentioned those best known; many are only
known by their native names, and there is some doubt as
to their distinctive characteristics. They are all extremely hand-
some.
A. pennsylvanicum (Pennsylvanian).* fl. in long droop’ :
simple racemes. May. l cordate, three-lobed, ieamand 4
finely and acutely serrated. h. 20ft. Trunk elegantly strip
with white lines. North America, 1755. Syn. A. striatum. S
a, pari (painted).* fl. corymbose, stalked, Z, five to seven-
ed ; lobes vay be mak or polon, Sige a acuminated. h. 15ft. to
bore Temperate sia, li connivens (converging), A. A:
marmoratum (spotted), A Be Aiton (red), and A, p. variegatum
(variegated), are varieties differing principally in the colouring of —
the leaves, All are oe desirable,
mbs: May, The Norway Ma)
fog oe l tongs
lobed; lobes suntnatea,
h a few coarse
Euro’ 1683. pg tn ornamental a ra s A aee
aha bers 39 It poa a pe sin
Japan,
Pe
le. ji, on nearly
A, tanoides (p
A rr stalked corym! , smooth, ott five
} aiden a L l pe z r ie
a AN 3
p. Schwedleri (Sch one 1, very large, nea
A vigorous grower, rit ome most effective.
A. p. variegatum (variegated).* J. variegated with white.
There are several other varieties, but of less importance than
the foregoing. é
A. Pseudo-platanus ore tree).* i team jl. on
rather compound panne ous racemes. May. l porini with
five seniuaiod unequally-toothed lobes. h. 30ft. 60ft.
Europe. There are few deciduous trees so well slaptad for
standing singly in rough e situations. A deep, soft, dry
soil is most suitable for it, but it will grow in soils of very
opposite qualities.
A, P.albo Laon, rig (white-variegated).* A very beautiful farm,
in spring especially. l. white and green,
A. 7 flavo variegata (yellow-variegated). 4 variegated with
yellow.
A. P. longifolia (long-leaved).* 1. more deeply cut, and the
petioles much longer than in the species.
P. purpureum (purple).* l. purple underneath. The tree, —
when slightly ruffled by the wind, alternately ing clothed `
in purple and pale green. Numerous other
less excellence are grown.
A. rubrum (red).* Scarlet Maple. handsome, congl
rate, corymbose. J. cordate at Fc base, ace and ee
toothed, palmately five- -lobed y with acute recesses. Branca i
fruit also scarlet. A. 20ft. nada, 1656. A variety wi h paves
apisan hed with yellow is u An excellent species, thriving
ell in damp, swampy situations, and is commonly increased |
ptim :
t gee
rufinerve (red-nerved).* ‘The leaves vary both in size and
outline, from 24in. to 4 fin, each way; three to five- lobed, etar: A
irregularly toothed margins, glabrous above, but with reddish
hairs along pria nerves beneath.. The young branches are con-
ipionons on on of the bluish-grey glaucescence with w
y are covered. T ;
r. albo-limbai )* differs only fro .
0 in having a a ae nee istin a A margin—not a
constant, Japan, 1 ;
Penge x anpha aoe * E yellow, on oni cer
‘on short peduncles ; pedice April. &
I; are abei. paom A
40ft. . America, 1 i735,
*
ma Pe” ie eae
he dott. North Ainorica i312
. Ginnala, but small
a— a ae S hose
A. sempervirens (evergreen). Synonymous with A. hetero-
phyllum.
A. spicatum (spiked). Synonymous with A. montanum.
A, striatum (striated). Synonymous with A. pennsylvanicum.
A. tartaricum (Tartarian).* fl. white, on crowded, erect, com-
pound racemes. May. l more or less cordate, acuminated,
serrated, with obsolete lobes. A. 20ft. 1759. This species is
one of the first to expand its leaves in spring.
A. tomentosum (tomentose). Synonymous with A. dasycarpum,
A. tripartitum (three-parted). Synonymous with A, glabrum.
A. Van Volxemii (Van Volxem’s), f/f. not known in England.
l palmately three to five-lobed, very large, light DAE above,
hy 4 and quite glabrous beneath. Caucasus, 187 Distinct
. and fine,
A. villosum (hairy). fragrant, on lateral racemes. April.
Buds, fruit, and ott ioe , villous. l. cordate, five- ied.
rP yillous beneath ag wou ze m es; lobes ovate acute. h.
2 Himalaya, at high elevations. ot hardy.
í &. virginianum (Virginian). Setodear tt with A. dasycarpum.
rt `” ACERACEH. An order of very ornamental hardy
trees, of which the sycamore and maple are well-known
representatives. i
a, without, and keras, a horn; the lip
. ORD. Orchidaceæ. An interesting genus
of terrestrial orchids. Calyx of three ovate, equal, con-
verging sepals; petals two, narrow, oblong; lip spurless,
much longer than the calyx, narrow, oblong, with four linear
lobes. The most interesting species is the native one.
Indigenous to dry, chalky pastures in the south-east of
England, and it will only thrive in similar soils when grown
in gardens. Propagated by careful divisions of tubers
Fic. 10. FLOWER OF ACERAS ANTHROPOPHORA.
ae Man atang ste
gh
EE Bee See
y e > keras, a horn; the
stamens being destitute of the terminal bristles so con-
spicuous in its near ally, Poong ORD. Tiliaceæ. An
K interesting stove evergreen tree, » very closely allied to Tilia.
It thrives well in a mixture of loam and peat, and is in-
creased by ripe cuttings, which root readily if placed in
sand, under a hand glass, in heat.
A. oppositifolium (opposite- sviit Š A. white, on_terminsl
three-flowered peduncles. June. t ong,
ian a with a few mucronated teeth h. Amboyna,
ACEROSE, ACEROSUS. Needle-pointed, tine, and
slender, with a sharp point.
ACETARIOUS. An adjective applied to plants used
salads.
ACEUS. A termination expressing a resemblance to
the thing whose name it terminates— foliaceus, leaf-like,
of the texture of a leaf or folium.
; ACHANIA. See Malvaviscus.
„ASHENE. A hard, dry, one-seeded, superior seed-
“ACHERONTIA aTRoros. See Sphinx Atropos.
ACHILLEA (named after. who is said to have
= idan ao theca this plant). Milfoil.
tone an a ge genus, containing numerou —
small, eorymbove involucra
AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE. 11
Acer—continued. Achillea— continued.
A. & Semenevi (Semenov's).* é ar r graceful net gaan -a scales oblong, often with a shrivelled ap) Recep-
tacle “with membranous scales, chaff. Ray
florets few, sometimes rather large and showy. Pappus,
none. All the species are easily cultivated in ordinary
garden soil. A. Eupatorium, and other large growing kinds,
are well suited for borders or groups, wbilst the. the alpine
section should be planted on the rockery. A great number
of species, although excellent for naturalising in rough
shrubberies, are totally unfitted for garden culture. The
species number about fifty. Propagated during spring, by
pes: See ta cuttings, and seeds.
ti h w
cele E yt
wows l. pinnate ; leafiets obtusely lanceolate, serrate, silvery
white, 6in. to 8in. long. h. 1pft. to 24ft. gg 1640. Handsome
perennial, thriving best in a warm position.
A. Eom q'asan. a -leaved).* _jl.-heads ae gaan — Bno m
-e tte 6in. e pe e a
Greece. pennn e veia paeet mat
asplenifolia asplenium * heads rose-coloured small.
“a acom abarca ge ng ag eat gt l lower ones stalked,
Pinnatitd lobes a ay upper ones pinnate. h. 18in. North
A. atrata (black. * f.-heads white. ano l, in a rosette,
saan cone pa — coda epg
on A aurea (olde ~ : ect and agama.” E umn. anger than ine yd
eae ce with tivwhich mnachos i
t tufted. hurraaga tepme e:
Fic. 11. ACHILLEA Oravan powme Habit and detached —
a Clavenna’s).* fl.-heads in neat and compact
Sak omni : ape segments linear,
ia amdi denticulated at the h. 16in, ‘Austria, 1656:
Avery neat and pretiy species, ba Aike pori ia p
hoary appearance.
-heads s : <
er > or naga Agee f de whililah yellow. July. kun
Fic. 12. ACHILLEA EUPATORIUM, showing H:
. Flower-
A. Eupatorium (fern-leaved).* brilliant yellow, in
PE
. June
linear, pinnate, lobed and 3
12 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
+
nmana a n aaa a aaa m aa
Achillea—continued. `
A. Herba-rota (Herba-rota).* jl.-heads white, in lax corymbs, on
slenderstems. May. l. lanceolate, serrated. h.6in. France,1640,
When touched, this pretty little plant gives off an a ble
aromatic perfume. To attain full beauty it requires sandy loam
and a sunny position,
A. macro lla (large-leaved). fl.-heads white. _ July. l long
and br pinnate; leaflets horizontal. h. 3ft. Italy, 1810.
A. Millefolium roseum (rosy).* /.-heads rose-coloured, in small
ovoid heads, which are produced continuously for several months.
1. strap-shaped; segments very narrow. h. lft. to 3ft. Engiand.
It is well worth growing, both as a border plant, and for cutting
purposes. .
A. mongolica (Mongolian). fl.-heads white. July. J. undivided.
h. 14ft. Siberia, 1818.
A. moschata (musky).* j.-heads white, in lax corymbs. June.
A. bin. l. bright green, about 2in. long, pinnatifid. Italy, 1775.
A pretty tufted alpine.
A. nana (dwarf). fl.-heads white. June to August. l. pinnate;
leaflets horizontal. k. 6in. Italy, 1759. A rockery species.
A. odorata (sweet-scented). /.-heads white, fragrant. June to
August. Z. bipinnate. h. 6in. Spain, 1729.
A, pectinata (comb-leaved).* /.-heads white. June. J. bright
green, about Zin. long, pinnatifid. Italy, 1775. A pretty tufted
pine.
A. Ptarmica flore-pleno (double sneezewort).* fl.-heads pure
white, freely produced in terminal corymbs. All through the
„summer and autumn. Z. lanceolate, serrulate. h. lft. to 2ft.
England This is one of the most useful white border perennials
« grown, increasing very readily. When out of flower the stems
should be cut down to the surface.
A. santolinoides (lavender-cotton-like). fl.-heads white. July.
l. pinnate ; leaflets transverse. h. lft. Spain.
A. serrata Bw meg fi.-heads clear white, large, in small
corymbose clusters, forming a somewhat sp: panicle.
l. white, with: adpressed hairs, sessil
h. 15in. Switzerland, 1686. is =
Fis, 13. ACHILLEA TOMENTOSA, showing Habit and detached
portion of Inflorescence,
A. tomentosa (downy).* fl.-heads bright yellow, in repeatedly com-
. pound corymbs. Summer. J. woolly, -bipinnatifid; segments
inear, acute. A. 8in. to 12in. Europe. One of the best yellow-
flowered species for the rock garden, having a dense habit. See
Fig. 13.
A. umbellata (umbel-flowered).* fl.-heads white, six to eight ina
simple umbel. June. J. regularly lobed; lobes obovate, entire ;
clo with a dense, silvery pubescence, on which account
the t is chiefly cultivated. ;
pretty dwarf rock plant.
A. vallesiaca (Vallesian). /l.-heads white. June to August. l
pinnate ; leaflets horizontal. h. 1ft. Switzerland, 1819.
ACHIMENES (from cheimaino, to suffer from cold;
alluding to the general tenderness of the species).
ORD. Gesneracee. A large genus of stove or warm green-
house plants, of great beauty. Branched, generally hairy,
herbaceous perennials, with scaly catkin-like stolons
underground (Fig. 14), and sometimes from the axils of
the leaves. Corolla funnel-shaped; tube rather oblique,
gibbous behind at the base. Pedicels one-flowered, axil-
lary, solitary, or fasciculated, bracteated. Leaves opposite,
h. 4in, to fin. Greece. A very
= or three in a whorl, serrated.
= Tobe successfully cultivated, they must be started and
„rown in stove heat till they commence blooming, when they
may be removed to the conservatory or ordinary house,
there to remain until after flowering. Batches of tubercles
should be started in heat from February till the end of
_ April, so as to give a succession of bloom. Shak
+ when active
receive more frequent supplies. When the shoots
tops are quite dead, they may be removed, and i
Achimenes—continued.
are about 2in. high, the tubercles may be transplanted
to the pots, pans, or baskets in which it is intended to grow
them, using as potting compost fibrous peat and leaf-soil
in equal proportions, with about a sixth part of sheep’s
or rotten cow manure, and sufficient silver sand to make
the whole porous and of a whitish appearance. Thorough
drainage is indispensable, and a layer of the rougher soil,
or sphagnum, should be placed over the potsherds, to pre-
Fia. 14. ROOT OF THE ACHIMENE, showing Tubercles.
vent the loose soil stopping the drainage. Place the pans
as near the glass as possible, and shade from bright sune
shine. Give liberal supplies of water, with occasional
number of flowering branches. Place neat stakes to u
stem, and keep well tied, arranging the stakes as sym» i
metrically as possible, so as to ensure an even outline, but
Fic. 15, BOUQUET OF VARIOUS ACHIMENES.
do not allow them to be seen. Light syringing with cleat
water, morning and evening, is beneficial. After the plants
have done blooming, they should gradually have less water
as the foliage and stems decay; a light airy atiol
is needed to mature and ripen the tubers. When the
pots stored on the sides in any warm dry corner ¥
ee ae! eae “vi ; P
-AN ENCYCLOPADIA
.
OF HORTICULTURE. 13
ie at Achimenes—continued.
will not fall below 50deg., keeping the os ora (large-flowered).* fl. „oe purple, very large,
sane until the time of starting again. Achimenes soli axillary ; limbs of corolla mg. June itt, Meee
are liable to attacks of thrips, red-spider, and green-fly,
especially if the atmosphere is kept dry; these are easily
destroyed by fumigation with tobacco. This must only be
done when the foliage is quite dry, otherwise the plants will
suffer. Achimenes are especially beautiful when well
arranged, especially if two or three varieties are mixed
together, as white, red, and purple (Fig. 15). There are
several methods of increasing these :—(1) By cuttings;
these need not be cut off at a joint, as they will root from
any portion of the stem. Insert them thickly in well-
drained pots of sandy soil—say a mixture of equal parts of
peat and sand—and place in bottom heat. (2) By leaves,
which should be severed from the stems, and pricked in
pots of similar soil to the cuttings, placing all the petiole
below the surface; stand the pots in bottom heat. (3) By
scales from the corms, which should be carefully rubbed off
and sown, like seeds, in pots or pans of the same compost,
“covered with sand, and placed in bottom heat.
By seeds, which are very small, and, consequently,
Fra. 16, FLOWER OF ACHIMENES LONGIFLORA.
require to be carefully sown. The must be thoro
4 drained and filled nearly to Tg levelled, paar
p% watered with a fine rose, after which the seed should be
thinly scattered, covered very lightly with sand, and p
in a shady position. Keep oye roan and apply my
very lightly, or the tiny germs will eager 4 Place a
sheet of glass over the seed-pans. When the are
large enough to handle, they may be pricked off and after-
wards treated like rooted enttings. The best time for all
modes of propagating is early spring.
a A pieter all J crimson; tube of sr
lindrical, saccate at base, pilose ; limb small, $
one-flowered. July, ‘August. . pilose, pnd
, unequal. A. l4ft. y E g
a (White)* f. white ; tube of corolla gibbous at base;
t segment largest uncles axillary,
fic June. unegui, obligue at base,
ree pilose, mie igit. nane ka
ae a )}* fl. scarlet; peduncles solitary, axillary.
August. l three in a whorl, ovate, promienion, sons , with
Parakey the axils. A». lift. Jamaica, 1778
pen , with
“Er pacha ol toed pein icles a flowered.
aop ae arte l exico,
at see Aegea lobes finely aag:
Ere ito top.
ovat; OTs iimo at base, sparingly fi nore as
A. heterophylla (various mete gg fl. solitary or twin; corolla
sentlely lebes cltabed. iets: posite, one smaller than the
other, ‘cordate ovate, pc E gren coarsely serrated. k, lft.
Mexico. Plant rather hairy.
A. hirsuta (hairy). Jl. reddish, with yay eye ; limb of corolla
flat, with rounded serrulate segmen peduncles one-flowered,
July. l cordate, serrated. h. 24ft. Stem ‘yalhiforben. G
18 Plant h:
A. Kleei (Klee’ 8).* A lilac ; corolla dark near thé mouth, with a
dash of Falon in the throat ; calyx downy ; uncles one-
flowered. — L ovate, acuminate, serrated, A, 6in. Guate-
mala, 1848. Plant hairy..
A.l o egora A. nat; ents of calyx lan-
ceolate, erect ; Mort with a lo So sae be n ample spreading
limb ; icels one-flowered. J en A
st.- L three to four
inaw rl, ovate or bags a my: Cog A, lft. Guate-
mala, 1841. Plant hai
A. multifiora enrages lilac ; sepals linear ;
corolla E e ea be curv roundish, lower one
fringed ; peduncles ye three in five-flowered. August.
sppe or three in a ene oani Maipiy snd doubly serrated.
Brazil, 1843.
A. tama eh “x A reddish yellow, with dark
peer orate, nearly equally et he oa ge oe a Autumn.
beneath, —— Th
A. patens (spreading). fl. violet, blue; calyx downy; tube
RES h. itt. ling., June, ora,
ong-stalked).* jl. scarlet, with yellow
sokola drow Rar a oe = base; Basten " the e of te
upper eN y. l rather uneq oblique meek, n
serrated, Stem simple, downy. Guatemala, 1840.
A. picta Beea jl. scarlet, with yellow eye; tube of calyx
turbinate ; lobes of corolla roundish, three lower ones smallest;
peduncles’ solitary or two-flowered, ed, axil lary one-flowered July. fi
opposite, or three in a whorl, cordate-ovate, coarsely serrated,
velvety, and ae painted. h. 1)ft. Mexico,
A. rosea (i: . rose, ies, limb of corolla equal to tube ;
pednocian RE gess manga June. l. sometimes three
whorl, pilose, A. 1} Guatemala, 1848.
The foregoing are the most important species known.
Hybrid varieties are innumerable, and even surpass the
species in beanty, the best of which are enumerated below
in their respective colours.
Bine and Kanpa Flowered, ADVANCE,* flowers reddish-
purple, lighter at the eye, dwarf, and d free h habit; ARGUS,* rich
plum, with deep orange eye, large and free; BUENZOD,*
tiowers rich crimson purple apote. with orange in the centre,
heri Arel free ; FICER rieh vi vay and free,
compact habit; ee form, rich
ne-p z Gaon * Ky Aes very large,
the tube white outside ; Grannis, rich ged papie, with large
shaded, a charming ety ; LADY SCARS-
carm stronger eon in parple, shaded
grower e
freely prod rich blue gaats. one of a finest mhs m
aos MADAME GEORGE, ~_. al shaded crimson; MAUVE
* flowers very large, a distinct mauve, with a brownish
eye-shade, very profuse, with a grand habit, one of the best;
po ge meager ee * deep claret purple, orange throat with dark
ve variety ; ROLLISONII,* flowers large, deep
pte et blue, yellow throat, spotted with deep crimson, very
omei VivicaNs,* dark carmine-purple, with crimson eye,
| oh few blue rays streaking from the eye, habit good, and very
Crimson and Scarlet Flowered. Av
with yellow throat, very large,
PORTH,* deep crimson, a
DAZZLE, A Ga; „small,
ao THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
‘Achimenes—continued.
salmon, with yellow eye; MAGNET,* deep orange, spotted with
. crimson, with a distinct carmine zone, a very free-flowering and
beautiful variety ; PARSONSI* is a decided improvement upon the
Rose-Flowered. ADMIRATION, deep rose, white throat, spotted
with carmine; CARMINIATA SPLENDENS,* bright rose yellow,
spotted in the centre, a charming variety; LEOPARD, bright
magenta rose, freely spotted at the throat; LONGIFLORA Rosa,* rich
lilac rose, deeper in centre, of medium size, very free and dwarf;
MASTERPIECE,* deep rose, violet shaded, with a distinct white
throat; PINK PERFECTION,* rich rose, the eye rich carmine and
violet rayed, one of the best; ROSEA MAGNIFICA,* bright rose, with
a yellow eye, very finely spotted, a very lovely variety ; ROSE
QUEEN,* flowers very large, rich rosy-lake, shaded deep purple,
with a well defined orange throat; UNIQUE,* rosy-pink, deep
yellow eye, spotted crimson, a very charming variety.
White-Flowered, AMBROSE VERSCHAFFELT,* flowers of good
size, pure white, with a dark rayed centre; LONGIFLORA ALBA,*
similar in form and habit to Longiflora, but with large white
flowers, slightly marked in the centre; MADAME A. VERSCHAF-
FELT,* flowers large, pure white ground, heavily veined with
purple, a very attractive variety; MARGARETTA,* flowers of medium
size, pure white, and destitute of any markings whatever.
ACHLAMYDEOUS. Without floral envelopes.
ACHRAS. See Sapota.
ACHYRANTHES. See Chamissoa and Iresine.
ACICULAR. Needle shaped.
ACINETA (from akineta, immovable; the lip being
jointless). ORD. Orchidacew. A small genus of cool house,
robust, sub-terrestrial orchids allied to Peristeria. Flowers
|
very dry, an occasional syringing, to keep the leaves from
shrivelling, being all that is necessary.
A. Arcei (Arce’s). fl. yellow. Central America, 1866,
A. Barkeri (Barker’s).* fl. yellow and dark crimson, on stout
ee ones from the base of the bulbs, and bearing fifteen
to thirty fragrant flowers. Midsummer. J, broadly lanceolate,
2ít. long. Pseudo-bulbs, 5in. to 7in. long. Mexico, 1837. This
‘species remains a long time in perfection.
tha (yellow-flowered),* fl. yellow, white, and crimson,
chrysan’
fragrant ; lower of the lip having a blunt illose horn;
racemes erect 8 ook h. 2ft. Mexico, 1850. wind :
A. densa (dense-flowered).* E sub-globose, and of a waxy consist-
eae lemon a al egal sy dg wears racemes rather
Costa Rica, . Very like A. Barkeri. A robust growin,
species. SYN. A. Warczewiczii. ne .
& Humboldtii (Humboldt’s).* f. straw colour, dotted with
3 brown Bem crag gr A May. É broadly lanceolate, generally
fade. SYN. Anguloa superba.
A. sulcata (grooved). fl. bright yellow. Columbia, 1879.
Very like the ee A aA from which it differs in mere
, A, Warezewiczii (Warczewicz’s). Synonymous with A. densa.
, but the flowers speedily
ACINOS. See Cal:
ACIOTIS (from akis, a point, and ous, an ear; in allusion
to the shape of the petals). ORD. Melastomacee. A small
genus of pretty stove evergreen
is most suitable. Young cuttings root readily if
in pots filled with peat, placed in heat, and co
of the moss all round the inside of the basket, and press
plants, but may be grown :
thin, membranaceous. A mixture of loam, peat, and sand
-
Aciotis—continued.
i ;
South America, 1793: -The pots in which thi cies is grown
should be kept in pans of water. . . à
A. lor ( us-coloured).* fl. small, red, in spicate racemes.
l. petiolate, e ic-oblong, ae beneath, deep shining green
above. h. lft. inidad, 1816.
ACIPHYLLA (from ake, a point, and phyllon, a leaf,
reférring to the sharply pointed segments of the leaf).
ORD. Umbellifere. A genus of curious and remarkable erect
hardy perennials, with densely fascicled, spicate, or panicled
umbels of flowers; and pinnate or bi-tripinnate leaves.
They are most suited for the rockwork, in a light sandy
soil. Propagated by seeds or divisions iñispring.
A. Colensoi (Colenso’§),* fl. white. This extraordinary ever- —
green forms a circular h, 5ft. or 6ft. in. diameter, of bayonet-
like spines, having flowering stems 6ft. to 9ft. high, covered —
with spreading spinous leaflets. New Zealand, 1875. E
A. squarrosa (rough-headed).* fl. white. R. 6ft. to 9ft. New —
Zealand. More frequently met with than the preceding, of very —
dense growth. Commonly known as the Bayonet Plant. 3
ACIS (named after Acis, shepherd of Sicily, son of |
Faunus and the nymph Simæthis). ORD. Amaryllidaceæ. §
A genus of very pretty dwarf bulbous plants, suitable for <
the rockery, in sunny sheltered situations. This genus
was formerly included with Leucojum, from which it is —
distinguished by its dwarf slender habit, filiform style, —
and membranous capsule. All are delicate little plants,
with narrow linear leaves and bell-shaped flowers. They
require a free, open, rich soil, and should remain and bloom
undisturbed for years; divide the clumps every three or
je
four years, and renew the soil.
A. au ‘autumn-bl * th white, delicate
pink at the ( preceding the et paini three on a stem. —
the base, sh Ain- to eln Portuen, 1628. “A charming species
and the only one at all common, ° 0 0 4
A, Brennen Giros Mareen ) hite, larger than _
those of the last. August. a a Raana Tee Mager than :
rare in cultivation. a ia 4
A. roseus (rose-coloured).* fl., rose red
in. long; to t wered. August.
tine Har hee Corsica, 1820. Very rare.
tingitanum (Tangiers). Of recent introduction; has a many-
flowered umbel, and very long leaves.
A, trichophyllus (hair-leaved).* fl., perianth white, about in. —
long; segments loosely nerved, with a faint flush of red at the
base. January. A. 6in. Spain, 1820.
ACISANTHERA (from akis, a point, and anthera, an
anther; anthers jointed). ORD. Melastomacee. A mono-
typic stove genus allied to Rhexia, of semi-shrubby habi
It grows well in a mixture of loam, sand, and peat; and
cuttings root freely in the same soil in stove tempera-
ture. t
A. quadrata (square-branched). jl. purple, ventricose, a
axillary, solitary. July, Z. three-nerved, ovate, crenated ;
square. Habit erect, branched at the apex. A. lf
Jamaica, 1804. More curious than ornamental.
“ACMADENIA (from akme, a point, and dan,
greenhouse shrubs. Flowers terminal, solitary, or few,
furnished with imbricate sepal-like bracts; petals five,
with long claws, which are bearded on the inside. Leaves :
a mixture of peat and sand, with a little turfy loam
orough ina aeaa i
re in a pot of very sandy soil, covered with a bell
glass, and shaded, will root freely in a cool house.
tetragona -angled).* jl. white, large, sessile, solitary.
et x me oran with scabrous margins, Alit io
2ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1798. :
ACMENA (from Acmene, nymphs of Venus, who had
an altar at Olympia). ORD. Myrtacew. A small genus
evergreen shrubs. Flowers in dense trichoto-
mous cymes, with five small distant petals, and very
conspicuous and pretty berries. They grow well in-
equal mixture of peat, loam, and sand. —
readily by placing half-ripened cuttings in sand, und
glass, without heat. Egret,
e
AN ee
*
OF HORTICULTURE. 15
. white, in threes,
May to tem
ere fa at Sige
t ayes + h. 4ft.. New Holland, 1 i
A. apes (ovate-leaved).*°A new species, having, according to Mr.
W. Bull, ovate leaves, which, along with the stems and petioles,
are dark purple, giving the plants, when making new growthyra
striking appearance. It has a neat habit.
ACOKANTHERA. See Toxicophlea.
ACONIOPTERIS. See Acrostichum.
ACONITE. See Aconitum.
ACONITE, ER. See Eranthis.
ACONITUM (from Acong, o cone, a harbour of
Heraclea, in Bithynia, near where it is said to abound).
Aconite; Monk’s Hood; Wolf’s Bane. ORD. Ranunculaceæ.
An extensive genus of very ornamental hardy perennials.
Flowers in terminal racemes; sepals five, the upper one
helmet shaped, the two sides broader than the two back
ones; petals five, small, the two upper with long claws
the tip; the three inferior smaller or undeveloped.
= Leaves palmate. They thrive well in any ordinary garden
soil. If left undisturbed for several years, they will attain
a goodly size, and produce fine panicles of handsome flowers.
They are invaluable for growing beneath the shade of trees,
where they succeed better than almost any other class of
plants. All are very easily propagated by divisions of the
roots and seeds; the latter should be sown as soon as ripe
inacold frame. Care should be taken not to leave pieces
of the roots about, for, with but one exception, those of all
the species are very poisonous.. Although very unlike
horse-radish, they have frequently been mistaken for it, with
fatal results; and none of the species should be cultivated
in or near the kitchen garden.
Sect. I.—Roots, Tuberous,
-poi k u ur i
r og art or
lobes, h. 2ft. to 4ft. Switzerland, 1819.
album awhite-floweted)® pure white, large, with erect helmet,
August, eit to l green, with oblong-cuneate divisions.
4ft. to 5ft. Levant, 1752. This is a rare and very
f pel.
of pel-
Berries
Aan in) Synonymous with A. rostratum.
ee pene werd ). bluish-purple, large; spur
Ani as une. with bit segment "he Bt to Sit.
l deep blu
aa
biflorum (twin-flowered). fo en, covered
y A TEA alpine
species.
A. Cammarum (Cammarum). f. rich purple, on ra p
loose spikes ; yg capitate ; helmet ETERAJ J
oe September. with short, bluntish lobes. A. 3ft. to 4ft. Austria,
A. cernuum (drooping). /. violet, large, on nodding, loose.
racemes ; aaa iniiai. or a little hooked ; helmet Kiet are
beaked. July and August. l with trapeziform, pinnate ts Dba
Branches ebe kun spreading. A. 3ft. to 4ft. Europe, 1800.
A. delphinifolium (Delphinium-leaved).* fl. pale bluish purple,
zo on loose racemes; spur a little hooked; helmet hemi-
June. l. smooth, deeply cut into five parts. Stems
. h. in. to 2ft. North America, 1820. A rare alpine species,
a fl. blue, very large, in loose panicled spikes ;
mt; spur capitate, inclining. June. 2 with
3 h. 3ft. to 4ft. Europe, 1822.
eminent).* jl, blue, on erectly spreading pubescent
| porong a i with cuneate bi helinet closed ; lip very long, refracted.
1800. cuneate bipinnate lobes. h. 2ft. to 4ft. Europe,
A. eriostemon (woolly-stamened bluish-purple, disposed in
long, pre n: tS aden a es; spur sae aed helmet
„Switzerland. T m A with cuneate, bipinnate lobes. A. 4ft.
exaltatum (exalted), gh. ‘sok icles, with ascend-
«Bagg branches spur somewhat ak honban: ere:
Pyrenean thea traperiform, pinnate bes, h. 6ft.
Aconitum— continued.
Bec recommen ad a Meng hooked att = a e apes! eel
ed, inclining
multifid, ciliated (as well as the pulled, whee ohn: vind, A et,
Siberia. 1822.
A. gibbosum (swollen), Synonymous with A. nasutum.
A. Gmelini (Gmelin’s), fl. cream-coloured, middle-sized, on very
long loose racemes; spur straight, obtuse ; bottom of the helmet
rounded, cylindrical, July, J. on long staiks, villous beneath and
shining ‘above; lobes divided into narrow segments, A, 2ft.
Siberia, 1817. Syn. A. nitidum.
A. gracile (slender),* jl. pale blue or violet, large, on loose
racemes ; spur erect, clavated-hooked ; helmet with a middle sized
beak. June. Z smooth, with trapeziform, pinnate lo
slender. h. 2ft. Italy, &c.
A. Halleri (Haller’s).* . opaque violet, on elongated, loose.
racemes, With a few lateral icare ones ; spur capitate ; helmet
convex-hemispherical, gaping. June. l lobes linear, dilated, bof
og Stem straight, long, branched. h. 4it. to 6ft. —
A. H. bicolor (two-coloured),*
£ white, variegated with bine;
disposed in spikes or panicles. June.
Fig. 17. FLOWER OF ACONITUM NAPELLUS, nearly Full Size,
A. hamatum (hooked). Synonymous with A. exaltatum.
re hebegynum (blunt-styled), Synonymous with 4. paniculatum,
um (various-leaved 1l en
ao~ in fom. large, numerous, y pray ae RS hag ae
below, sessile above, broadly cordate, coarsely todi ws opo
edge, and deep green. A. 2ft. Himalayas, 1874, A new intro-
duction, said to be non-poisonous, and used as a tonic in India.
woe og ie ne mer í jl. pale or a violet, on very loose and
much branched panicles, large ; spur thick, lo ' abru re On
beak blunt ; helmet sub- heeri aad pge Ees with broad cuneiform -
lobes, and obtuse lobules. A. 4ft. 1821.
A. intermedium (intermediate). fi. blue, on a loi 3
with ascending stiff branches ; spur supine, somewhat |
helmet arched. Juue. i. with trapeziform, pinnate lob
to 4ft. Alps of Europe, 1820. =
A. japonicum (Japanese).* jl, flesh-coloured, on loose ‘panicles,
fr ascending risi helmet arae i conical, a
mucronate ; beak acute ste July to September. J. stalked,
trifid; lateral lobes bitid, middle. lobe eid, all blunt and deeply
oothed. d round, ‘smooth, h. 6ft, Japan, 1790. One
16
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Aconitum — continued.
helmet arched, conical. June. J. with jagged, trapeziform
-pinnate lobes. k. 3ft. Switzerland, 1820,
A. lycoctonum (true Wollf’s-bane).* fl. livid-violet, rather large ;
racemes more or less pubescent, branched at the base; bottom of
helmet cylindrical ; beak elongated. July. J. large, seven-parted.
Stem slender, simple, upright. A. 4ft. to 6ft. Europe, 1596,
maximum (largest). fl. pale blue; panicle loose, furnished
with a few long distant, few-flowered, pubescent branches ; spur
short, incurved; helmet hemispherico-conical, obtuse, July.
l. multifid, large, smooth. h. 6ft. Kamtschatka, 1823.
A. meloctonum (Badger’s-bane). fl. cream-coloured, loose,
ubescent ; panicle large, with diverging branches ; spur arched ;
ttom of helmet conico-cylindrical. July. Z. five to seven-
parted, deep green. A. 2ft. to4ft. Piedmont, 1821.
A. Meyeri (Meyer's). f. bluish purple, on pubescent peduncles ;
spur capitate, inclining. June. l. with cuneate bipinnate lobes,
h. 2ft. to 4ft. Bavaria, 1823.
A. molle (soft). fl. violet, large, puberulous; racemes panicled,
pubescent ; helmet irregularly conical, obtuse; front erect ; spur
capitate, ora little hooked. June. J. smooth, with trapeziform,
pinnate lobes, A. 2ft. to 6ft. 1820,
_ Fig. 18. Acontrum NAPELLUS, showing Root, Seed-pod, Flower-
spike, Leaf, and Flower with Sepals removed.
A. Napellus (little turnip).* Common Monk’s Hood, fl. blue,
on on aL e ee desired rho ees erect, pubescent ;
ur capil : convex-hemispherical, gaping, smoothish ;
lip revolute. | Summer. ce opedately five-lobed. h. 3ft. to aft.
a great number of varieties of this species cultivated
and introduced. following are some of the names repre-
senting slightly varying forms which have, however, been
regarded as species by Reichenbach and other authors: acutum,
amenum, num, Braunii, callibotryon, Clusianum, com-
mutatum, Se ornon; Funkianum, hians, Hoppeanum,
rok srt Mishiehhofer', napelloites,
: J igocarpus, rigidum, strictum, tenw -
folium, venustum, virgatum, One of the most virulent of
poisonous plants, both to cattle as well as human beings ; and,
ieg om Foye eminently handsome appearance, it should
only be plan laces where no danger is likel
its presence. See Figs. 17 and 18. eae M PERT Eataa from
_. A. nasutum (great-nosed). fl. violet; panicle contracted; quit
_ smooth ; spur elongated, arched ; helmet conical, bending forward:
beak short. June. l with broad, trapeziform, pinnate 3
h. 3ft. Caucasus, &c., 1818. SYN. A. gibbosum. z
A. nitidum (shining). Synonymous with A. Gmelini.
E (Otto’s).* jl. blue, variegated with white; young
pedi nodding ; spur supine, somewhat hooked; helmet
i l with trapeziform, p bes,
A, 2ft. to 4ft. Carpathian Mountains, 1824.
€ July, August.
A, paniculatum (paniculate).* fl. large, y
or contracte , more
r
| A. Willdenovii
a ( r
much branched, ubescent -
helmet conical, beaked; front sinuate. June to Eeptember:
Aconitum — continued.
l. smooth, with trapeziform, pinnate lobes,
and Switzerland, 1815. Syn. A. hebegynum.
A. plicatum (folded), Synonymous with A. tawricum.
A. productum (long-lipped). fl. violet, downy, on few-flowered,
h. 2ft. to 3ft. France
loose, pubescent racemes; helmet straight, irregularly convex- _
conical, with a drawn-out beak ; spur capitate. June. l, on long
stalks with three-narted lobes. A, lft. Siberia.
A. rostratum (beaked).* jl. violet; panicle rather loose; spur
thick, depressed, globose; helmet conical, elongated, abruptly —
l. with trapeziform,
pointed in front; beak stretched out. June.
Syn, A.
pinnate lobes, A, lft. to 2ft. Switzerland, 1752.
alpinum.
A. Schleicheri (Schleicher’s). fl. blue or violet, middle sized, on
short racemes; spur capitate; helmet convex-hemispherical,
gaping, smoothishe#. Summer.
Stem straight for infracted), simple, slender. A.
Europe. SYN. A. vulgare,
A. semigaleatum (half-helmeted). jl. pale blue, pubescent —
when qoa , on very loose racemes ; padanges elongated; spur
hooked ; helmet convex, navicular. June. 1.
branous, smooth ; root about the size and form of a pea. h. 6in.
to 2ft. Kamtschatka, 1818.
A. Sprengelii(Sprengel’s). /l. bluish purple; spur obtuse, straight.
— a with blunt, bipinnate lobes, A. 3ft. to 4ft. Europe,
t. to 5ft.
A. tauricum (Taurian).* fl. deep blue, disposed in dense racemes} :
posunie erect, smooth ; lateral sepals smooth inside; opns blunt;
elmet closed, hemi-spherical. June. l segments almost
palto disposed and divided into linear acuminate lobes. A.
ft. to 4ft. Germany, 1752. SYN. A. plicatum. th
A. tortuosum (twisting), jl. pale or deep violet, large; pani
loose, few flowered ; spur trite long, abruptly pointed (neither
arched, nor convolute). July, 7% smooth, with narrow wedge-
siapa lobes, and acute lobules. h. 6ft. to 8ft. North America,
A. toxicum (very poisonous). fi. violet, large, pubescent, on loose,
also pu t, racemes; a Seky: helmet large, arched
with a blunt beak, June. č. smooth, with trapeziform pinnate
— Stem flexuous, almost simple. A. 2ft, America,
A. uncinatum (hooked).* f erally lilac, large, smooth; racemes
loose, rather umbellate a A op X, vel a panicled
somewhat spiral, inclined ; roche ata
di
July. 4. with trapeziform pinnate lobes. Stem wil S
ee from the axils of the leaves, A. 4ft, to 8ft. Ne
Fic. 19, ACONITUM VARIEGATUM, showing Habit and Flower.
variegatum iegated).* fl. blue. large, smooth; racemes
ae Joose; Spur erect, p alera nna ; helmet bent for
kard, inflated; beak ascending. July. Z. lower, on stalks
uppen sessile, smooth, thickish,
Fig. 19.
A. = albiflorum (white-flowered).* fl. white, small
straight.
A. v. bicolor (two-coloured).* fl. white, edged with blue or lilac; —
helmet straight.
A. vulgare (common). A synonym of A. Schleicheri.
(Willdenow’s).* f bintsh- par les peduncles
pescent ; spur obtuse, straight.
bart. to Sit. | Carniola, 1823.
Sect, II.—Roots, Fibrous or Napiform. hs
thora (Anthora).* f. pale yellow ; panicles gene
peo ur aieri Ri obcordate; helmet arched.
mately cut into linear lobes. h, ift. to 2ft.
species by some authors : x
l. with finely jagged lobes. 4
multifid, few, ise i
a
icled., spur ©
h. 1ft. to 6ft. Europe, 1597, See ;
e following varieties of A. Anthora are erroneously classed as |
Tx ENCYCLOPÆDIA OF Recntiacamone. : "o
iaa
A: helmet rather i conical, Da
ith h'a sh ~
acuminated beak. l. with rather larg large dark green lobe ps of
Jura, 1873.
A. a. eulophum (well-crested). 7. yellow; cles and flowers
puberulous ; helmet conical. y eking 1821. pani
yellow; pri A flowers
A grandifiorum (large-flowered). fl. yellow, large; penia;
Ee, and fruit Aena helmet rather coni Alps of
- Jura, 1821.
A. a, Jacq
uinii (Jacquin’s). jl. yellow, smooth; helmet some-
what conic: cael, drawn out into an elongated beak.
A. a. nemorosum (grove-loving).* Jl er — and flowers
ubescent ; helmet somewhat conical, bent; beak short. l. with
road lobes.
A. autumnale (autumn-flowering).* B
panicles; peduncles rigidly i ol
closed ; lip very long, refrac
lobes. h. 3ft. to 4ft. Europe.
A. barbatum (bearded).* fl. cream coloured, . middle rer
racemes dense, puberulous ; Spur straightish, obtuse ; bottom of
helmet conical ; middle sepals densely bearded. July. l. opaque,
with the lobes divided into many linear segments, on long stalks,
which are villous as well as the nerves. A, 2ft. to 6ft. Siberia,
"Syn. A. squarrosum,
Pog Ghinense (Chinese).* fl. intense bit ei bri; Sage ie een * in ——
compound racemes; pedicels
l. lower ones ares, daspay cut into tise Bora
base ; upper ones sessili ‘igeshary becoming
more entire. “haf toe Chin 1658 4
ish- le, in loose
A ar helmet
cuneate, bipinnate
’s). fl. cream.
long, cy crowded, tere y os the 7 tears os maid “spiral
helmet constricted, clavate. July. L large, seven to nine-
with the lobes unequally cleft, 2ft. to 3ft, Pyrenees, boo
A. lupicidum (Wolf's-bane), Synonymous with A. Vulparia.
macrophyllum (large-leaved). jl, yellow, numerous, panicled ;
ur arched; helmet large, somewhat ventricose at the apex.
Jay. L large, more or less dissected. h. 4ft. to 8ft. Germany.
A. Nuttallii (Nuttall’s). Synonymous with A. ochroleucum.
A. ochroleucum (yellowish-white).* fl. cream coloured, large ;
spur arched ; bottom of helmet conico-cylindrical ; middle sepals
covered with short hairs; ; racemes puberulous, rather loose.
July. l. five to seven-parted, deep green, the first ones are pube-
rulous above. h. 2ft. to 4ft. Russia, 1794. SYNS. A. Nuttaliii,
A, ate
pa (Pallas’). Probably a mere variety, with a continuous
=- spur, of r7 anthora.
A. pallidum (pale). Synonymous with A. ochroleucum.
ean).* f. yellow, rather large ;
M003 i , rounded; racemes m
With pir get 1a barted almost to the base,
: ph ve, on
long stalks, A. 2ft. Pyrenees, &c., 1739. zs
peo h). Synonymous with A. barbatum.
vulparia (Fox-bane).* 4. yellow, smooth ; :
oma 3 yale Bo stretched out, acute ; racemes
Europe, 1821. S A ilai. dum The tie
A. v. (Ca panicled lurid colou:
Pooma -nas variegated with £ =s T
ressed ; peduncles smooth, Lie foundly cut. Stems smooth,
h 2ft to 3ft. : Carpathian Mountan, 1810, wia
v. Cynoctonum (tall s-bane). and stem
per en iy numerous, brte h. Sft. toate France, a
v. moldavicum (Moldavian). ; helmet
ge om compressed. h. 3ft. to 4th Moldavite
A. v. rubicundum (reddish). fl. livid violet, panded villous,
variegated with yellow; helmet conico- cylindrical, compressed.
A, 2ft. to 3ft. Siberia, 1819,
A. v. septentrionale (northern).*
helmet conico-cylindrical, compressed.
blue, panicled, villous;
h. 4ft. North Europe,
ACONTIAS. See Xanthosoma.
RN. The seed or fruit of the oak. See Quercus.
ACORUS (from a, without, and kore, the pupil of the
eye; in allusion to its reputed medicinal qualities). ORD.
Aroideæ. A _small genus of hardy herbaceous plants.
; perianth six-qleft, inferior, per-
in a moist soil, and are very
2d
Acorus—continued. : e ;
epit, Huo mealea iaiaaeaia
z Fic. 20. ACORUS CALAMUS,
E ia paris than the abore China, 1796. This is much smaller
E all its parts the above, but very pretty.
A. g. variegatus.* A pretty variety with white striped leaves,
A ann handsome little tufts. X y
ACOTYLEDONS. Plants having no cotyledons, or
seed leaves, as in Cuscuta, but usually applied to crypto-
gamic or flowerless plants, such as ferns, mosses, &c.
ACRADENIA (from akra, top, and aden, a gland;
referring to the five glands on the top of the ovary). ORD.
Rutacee, An excellent neat and compact evergreen bush,
suitable for the cool conservatory. It requires a rich loam
and leaf mould. Propagated by seeds and cuttings under
a bell glass.
an Pigeon fl. white,
fusion, in August. l
Eiifolintey gland-dotted. A Bf.” Tasmania, 1846.
ACRE (from agros, an open field). The English Statuto
acre consists of 160 square rods (perches, poles, roods,
or lugs); or 4840 square yards; or 43,560 square feet. —
The following list shows the differentiation in the number
of square yards per acre in the various districts of Great
Britain and Ireland: Cheshire, 10,240; Cornish, 5760;
Cunningham, 6250; Derby (W.), 9000; Devonshire, 4000;
Herefordshire, 32263 ; Irish, 7840; Leicestershire, 2308] ;
Scotch, 6150; Wales, North (customary), $240; ditto
(erw), 4320 ; Westmoreland, 6760; Wiltshire, 3630
_ACRIDOCARPUS (from akris, a locust ; and oaia
fruit; meaning not obvious). ORD. Malpighiacee. A
handsome sub-tropical or warm greenhouse climber, re-
quiring plenty of water, and a very free drainage. In-
a TN eating: oe
ea
uced in
great
. natalitius (Natal).* ellow;
shaped, poset me et pala yy pat tal yon p aage + parein a
terminal. July. 1, oblong or obovate, obtuse, ae
ACRIOPSIS (from akros, top, and opeis, a
Orchidacee. A small genus of pretty stove epiphytal o
almost unknown to cultivation. Flowers small, a
in loose panicles; lip adnate to the very curions | oC
from which it projects at right ome i
A. densiflora (crowded-flowered).*
linear-lanceolate. h. 6in. Borneo, i
A. ja Jay l
Aie ohe Si Java, 1340. A. yellow, green. May. z
“esr eee: sey. & solitary,
18
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Acroclinium— continued.
tubular florets; involucrum many-leaved, imbricated.
Leaves numerous, linear, smooth, acuminated. Stems,
numerous, erect. They thrive best in a loamy soil, and
constitute very neat summer flowering annuals if sown
out of doors in patches in June; they are also useful as
winter decorative greenhouse plants if seed is sown in
August in pots placed in a cold frame. The flower-heads
setae be gathered when young, if it is desired to preserve
em,
Fic. 21. ACROCLINIUM ROSEUM, showing Habit and Flower.
A, roseum (rosy).* /l.-heads pretty rose, solitary, terminal, on erect,
slender, and grace: wt disposed branches. l. linear, acute, h. lft.
to 2ft. S. W. Australia, 1854. See Fig. 21.
A. r. album (rosy white).* A very pretty white form of the
preceding.
A.r. g rum flowered).* fl.-heads than in
A homans (large- ).* fl. rose, larger
© ACROCOMIA (from akros, top, and kome, tuft; refer-
-~ ring to the position of the leaves). OBD. Palmacee. A
= genus of South American palms, containing about eleven
species, which are not easily distinguished, but having the
ollowing general characteristics: Trunk from 20ft. to 50ft.
- high, and clad with long prickles. The flowers, which appear
in the axils of the lower leaves, are greenish or yellow,
and their drupes are much the same colour. Leaves
pinnate, with seventy to eighty leaflets on each side of the
pinnæ. They require a warm greenhouse and rich sandy
loam. Increased by suckers. Two species only are in
general cultivation.
A. aculeata (prickly). h. 40ft. West Indies, 1791.
A. fusiformis (spindle-shaped). h. 40ft. Trinadad, 1731.
A. globosa (globular). h. 20ft. St. Vincent, 1824.
_ A. horrida (horrid). h. 30ft. Trinidad, 1820.
A. lasiospatha (hairy spathed). J. drooping. Trunk about 40ft.
_ high, smooth and ringed. Para, 1846. AK
scelerocarpa (hard-fruited).* A very elegant species bearing a
head of spreading pinnate leaves, with the rachises and petioles
e, and the leaflets linear, taper-pointed, glaucous under
neath about lit. long. A. 40ft. West Indies, 1731. Syn. Cocos
A. tenuifolia (fine-leaved). h. 30ft. Brazil, 1824.
Plants increasing at the summit, as
Ferns, &c.
a ACRONYCHIA (from akron, tuft, and onus, a
= claw ; referring to the curved points of the petals). ORD.
Rutacee. An ornamental rue-like greenhouse evergreen
shrub. Petals and sepals four; stamens eight, inserted on a
disk; fruit berry-like. It requires ordinary greenhouse
treatment. Increased by cuttings in July in sand, under a
bell glass. :
A. Cunninghami (Cunningham’s).* fl. white, in clusters, resem.
= aon hoe of at with an exquisite fragrance.
ACROPERA. See Gongora.
_ ACROPHORUS. See Davallia,
ACROPHYLLUM (from akros, top,
leaf;
; referring to the way in which the leaves d
at the summit of the branches, above the flowers).
e. July. A Tit.
- lobed lower pinnules. fi
long, deltoid, wit.
acea-
O g
Acrophyllum—continued.
Cunoniacee. Handsome greenhouse small, erect-growing,
evergreen shrubs, flowering profusely during the spring
months. They require a mixture of fibrous peat, a little
loam, and sharp sand ; thorough drainage, an airy situation,
and as little artificial heat as possible, are important to its
well-being. Re-pot in February. Propagated by cuttings
of the half ripened shoots, which strike freely in a soil of
sand and peat, if covered with a hand glass, and placed in
a cool house. The roots should not be allowed to get dry,
and light syringing during late spring and summer will be
found beneficial in assisting to keep down thrips.
A. verticillatum (whorled). A synonym of A.venosum.
A. venosum (veined).* fl. pinkish white, in dense axillary
spikes, which are borne on the upper part of the stems and
branches. May and June. J. nearly sessile, oblong, cordate,
acute, serrate, in whorls of threes, h. 6ft. New South Wales.
Syn, A. verticillatum.
ACROPTERIS. See Asplenium.
ACROSTICHUM (from akros, top, and stichos, order ;
meaning very obscure), ORD. Filices. This genus includes
Aconiopteris, Chrysodium, Egenolfia, Elaphoglossum, Gym-
nopteris, Olfersia, Polybotrya, Rhipidopteris, Soromanes,
Stenochlena, Stenosemia. A large and almost entirely
tropical genus; it includes groups with a wide range in
venation and cutting. Sori spread over the whole surface
of the frond or upper pinnse, or occasionally over both sur-
faces. The species having long fronds, are admirably
suited for growing in suspended baskets, and the dwarfer
sorts do wellin Wardian cases. A compost of peat, chopped
sphagnum, and sand, is most suitable. For general treat-
ment and culture, see Ferns. ~
r-pointed).* rhi imbing. i. 4in.
ans eph pon ).* rhiz. thick, climbing. sti ni
A.
to 6in. lo
acuminatum.
A. alienum (foreign). rhiz. woody. sti. 6in. to 18in. long, scaly
downwards. barren fronds 1ft. to 2ft. long, often 1ft. broad, the
upper part deeply pinnatifid, with lanceolate lobes, the lower
part pinnate, with entire or deeply pinnatifid lower pinnæ., fertile
fronds much smaller, with distant narrow linear or pinnatifid leafy
pinnæ. Tropical America. Stove species. SYN, Gymnopteris aliena.
A. apiifolium (parsley-leaved).* cau. stout, woody, erect, sti. of
barren fronds 2in. to šin. long, erect, densely clothed with tomen-
tum. barren fronds 4in, to 6in. each way, deltoid, tripinnate;
pinnæ close, only the lowest pair with pinnatifid pinnules, ulti-
mate divisions oblong-rhomboidal, łin. to jin. long, the base
cuneate, the outer edge slightly toothed. fertile fronds on a
slender naked stem 6in. to 8in. long, the fronds. panicled with a
few distant, slender, simple, or compound branches. Philippine
Islands, 1862, Stove species. Syn. Polybotrya apiifolia,
A. apodum (stemless).* cau. thick, woody, the scales dense,
linear, brown, crisped. sti. tufted, very short, or obsolete. O@rrem
Fronds lft. or more long, 14in. to 2in. broad, the apes acuminate,
the lower part narrowed very gradually, the edge and midrib
densely fringed with soft, short, brown hairs. fertile fronds much
smaller than the barren ones. West Indies to Peru, 1824, Stove
species. SYN. Hiaphoglossum apodum.
A. appendiculatum (appendaged).* rhiz, firm, woody. barren
howe A 6in. to 18in, lo “hn. to ĝin. road, simply pinnate. sti. din.
ed, or slightly scaly; pinnæ 2in. to 4in.
long, łin. to Zin. broad, the e varying fro. t
inne roundish or
. Stove species.
eum (golden).* cau. erect. sti. erect, 1ft. to 2ft. long, strong.
gy oe 2ft. (oiie s , lft. to 2ft. broad, the upper pinne fertile, —
rather smaller than the barren ones, which are usually stalked,
ligulate oblong, Zin. to 1ft. long, żin. to Sin. broad, acute or blunt,
“sometimes retuse with a mucro; edge quite entire, base sub-cuneate. —
. Widely distributed in the tropics of both hemispheres, 1815. An
evergreen aquatic stove species, requiring abundance of heat and —
moisture. SYN. Chrysodium aureum.
auritum (eared).* cau. erect, woody. barren fronds with a
sn bin. rA long, deltoid, 8in. to 12in. each way, ternate,
` the central segments deeply pinnatifid, with lanceolate e
lobes; the lateral ones unequal sided, with lanceolate oblong-
ertile fronds with a stem 12in. to 18in-
with distant linear pinne half line broad ; upper
OF HORTICULTURE.
p o> rhiz. slender, wide scandent. barren
long, about lin. broad, simple, the t
bluntish, the edge entire, the lower half uper ey, ually
tothe base or short stem. fertile fronds bin. to 12in. long, one to
! three lines broad, flexuose, on a stem lin. to 6in. long. Hima-
: _ layas. Greenhouse species. SYN. Chrysodium axillare.
_ A. barbatum (bearded). Synonymous with A. scolopendrifolium.
A. bifurcatum (twice-forked), sti, densely tufted, 2in. to 4in.
long, slender, stramineous, naked. fronds 3in. to 4in. long, about
sin: broad, pinnate ; lower pinne of fertile fronds two or three cleft,
with linear divisions ; those of the barren pinnæ b er, and not
so deep. St. Helena. Greenhouse species. Syn. Polybotrya
bifurcata.
A. Blumeanum (Blume's).* rhiz. woody, wide dinde sti. of
barren fronds 6in. long, scaly. barren fronds 1ft. to 3ft. long, 1ft.
or more broad, with numerous sessile pinnæ on each side, which are
4in. to 6in. long, lin. broad; apex acuminate, the edge slightly
toothed; base rounded. fertile fronds with distant pinnae 4in.
to 8in.long, tin. to jin. broad, Assam. Greenhouse SYN.
Chrysodium Blumeanum.
A. callæfolium (calla-leaved). A form of A. latifolium.
A. canaliculatum (channelled).* rhiz. woody, wide guo
th out. i
tri te; lower
road ; | acuan lan-
A. caudatum (tailed). A synonym of A. petiolosum.
A. cervinum (stag-horned).* rhiz. woody, _—— scaly. sti, 1ft.
or more long, scaly. barren fronds 2it. to 4ft. long, pinnate;
pinnæ 4in. to Qin. long, lin. to 2in. broad, entire or nearly so,
unequal at the base; fertile pinnw distant, linear, lanceolate,
bipinnate, with short spreading sub-cylindrical pinnules, Brazil,
1840. Stove species. SYN. Olfersia cervina.
A. conforme (conformed). rhiz. wide creeping, scaly. sti, lin, to
12in. long, firm, erect, stramineous, naked or slightly scaly.
fronds 2in. to Yin. long, żin. to 2in, broad, acute or bluntish, the
base cuneate or spathulate, the edge entire. barren fronds
narrower than the fertile one. <A. laurifolium, A. obtusilobum,
and several others, are identical with the foregoing. Tropical
America, also in the Old World. Stove species, SYN. Hlapho-
glossum conforme,
and rooting
it, ti Gin. long, lin. to Zin. broad ;
ertile pinne 2in. to 3in. long, about jin. broad. India, &c., 1828.
Stove species. SYN. Gymnopteris flagellifera,
A. foeniculaceum (fennel-leaved).* rhiz. slender, sti.
distant, slender, 2in. to 8in. long, scaly. barren to Zin,
broad, usually dichotomously, forked, with divisions,
fertile fronds iin. broad, two-lobed, Andes of Ecuador, Stove
species. (For culture, see A. peltatum). SYN. Rhipidopteris
Jeniculaceum.
A. Herminieri (Herminier’s).* rhiz. stout, creeping. sió. ue
short, or none. barren fronds 1}ft. to 3ft. long, lin. to 14in. b
simple, acuminate, the lower part narrowed very gradually. fer-
tile fronds 2 Page = to 4in. long, Pwo "o tia —
Tropical America, 1871. Stove species, SYN. phoglossum
RMarminieri
rhiz. slender, wide
Acrostichum—continued.
A, longifolium (long-leaved). A form of A, latifolium.
vm Meyerianum (Meyer's). Synonymous with A, tenuifolium,
muscosum (mossy).* rhiz. woody, densely scaly. sti. 4in, to
pl ry. Sna aged ‘with large y brow scales, barren
M long, lin. to 14in. simple, narrowed at
; r slightly scaly ; lower quite hidden by
barren fronds much smaller than the
house species, SYN,
indies
nt little fern requires
is best grown in a well d
20
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Acrostichum— continued.
lanceolate, pinnatifid, the longest sometimes 18in. long, and 6in. to
10in. broad ; pinnules with long falcate lobes reaching half-way
down to the midrib, both surfaces naked ; fertile pinnules very
narrow, and dangling, continuous or beaded, West Indies, Mexico,
&c. Stove species. SYNS. Polybotrya and A. caudatum.
A. piloselloides (mouse ear-leaved). Synonymous with A. spathu-
latum.
A. platyrhynchos (broad-beaked). sti. tufted, scarcely any.
S Tia to 16in. Jong, lin. broad, simple. sori in a patch
at the apex, lin. to 2in. long, šin. broad, which does not reach
to the entire edge; the lower part narrowed gradually, with
naked surfaces, and a coriaceous texture. Philippines. Stove
species, SYN. Hymenolepis platyrhynchos,
A. quercifolium (oak-leaved).* rhiz. stout, wide creeping. sti. of
barren fronds lin. to 2in. long, clothed with brownish hairs,
barren fronds šin. to 4in. long, I4in. to 2in. broad, the terminal
pinne with blunt rounded lobes. fertile fronds with a terminal
inna, lin. to 2in. long, one line broad, and a pair of smaller
teral ones, with slender stipes 6in. to 9in. long, hairy at the
base. Ceylon. Stove species. SYNS. A. Neitnerti (of gardens),
Gymnopteris quercifolia.
A. scandens (climbing).* rhiz. woody, wide climbing. sti. 3in. to
4in. long, firm, erect, naked. fronds lft. to 3ft, long, 1ft. or more
broad, simply pinnate; barren pinne, 4in, to 8in. long, fin. to 14in.
broad, acuminate, the edge thickened and serrulate, the base
cuneate, sessile, or slightly stalked, articulated ; fertile pinne,
6in. to 12in. long, one and a half to two lines broad, the lower ones
i t. Himalayas, &c.,1841. Stove or greenhouse species, SYN.
scandens,
A. lium (scolopendrium-leaved).* rhiz. woody,
creeping, scaly. sti, 4in. to 12in. long, firm, erect, densely clothed
with blackish scales. barren fronds often lft. long, Liin. to 3in.
broad, simple, acute, the base narrowed gradually ; edge and mid-
rib scaly. fertile fronds much smaller than the barren ones.
Guatemala, &c. Stove species. SYN. A. barbatum. |
A. serratifolium (serrate-leaved). rhiz, woody, short creeping.
sti. of barren fronds 12in. to 18in. long, =e i scaly. barren
fronds 2ft. long, 6in. to 12in, broad, with numerous sessile
pinnz on each side, Sin. to 6in, long, gin. to Ma broad, inciso-
crenate, the base cuneate; fertile pinne distant, 2in. to 3in. long,
po to żin. broad, blunt, entire. Ven Stove species.
YN. Chrysodiwm serratifolium. s>
A. simplex (simple-leaved.) rhiz. woody, creeping, scaly.
ie lin. to 4in. long, firm, erect, naked. u i 1
ae about broad, very acute, the lower part narrowed ve
3 . Jertile fronds narrower than the barren ones, wit
ger Cuba to Brazil, 1798. Stove species. SYN. Hlapho-
A
40ft. ing trees like a cable, sometimes prickly. fronds
12in, to 18in. long, 6in. to 12in. broad, simply pinnate; barren
pinne 4in. to 6in, ong, about 4in.broad, three to twenty on each
ted at the base, entire or toothed; fertile pinnæ
lin. to 2in. apart, 2in. to 4in. long, about jin. broad. West Indies,
1793. There are several varieties of this species, chiefly differing
a the number of pinnz. Stove species. SYN. Stenochlena sorbi-
A. s. cuspidatum (cuspidate).* This is only a variety of the above
species with long-stalked, ligulate-cuspidate pinne; but it is
usually regarded as a distinct species in gardens.
A. spathulatum (spoon-shaped). sti. tufted, lin. to 2in. long, firm,
erect, scaly. barren fronds sin. to 4in. long, jin. to 4in. broad,
ee asic, blunt, tapering narrowly or gradually at the
base, with a coriaceous texture; both surfaces and the margins
: ee fertile fronds smaller than the barren, with
longer Tropical America, South Africa, &c. Stove species.
es.
A. spicatum (spiked). rhiz. woody, short creeping. sti. lin. to
in bone, fone ted 6in. to 18in. ‘long, din. to lin broad, the
upper part contracted and fertile, entire, the lower part narrowed
very gr: . Himala; i
p a eg + , yas, &c. Greenhouse species, SYN.
(sealy).* rhiz, woody, densely scaly, sti. 2in. to
4in. long, densely hed with pale dark-
barren fi . to 12in. long, aloes in, soley geen yoo
simple
ually; both sides matted, and the ed
; scales, fertile fronds as long st +
barren ones, but much narrower, the stipes much longer, Widely
pheres, Sto house species.
_ SYN. A, paleaceum,
= subdiaphanum (semi-transparent) ad
or maba 2in. to 6in. long, firm, e )
Bin. long, lin. to 14in. broad, simple, both ends narrowed,
cau. woody, erect. sti,
I Jertile fronds much narrower, on longer stipes. —
Te Greenhouse species. SYN. Aconiopteris subdiaphana, —
. Subrepandum (slighty-waved).* rhi
sti. of barren stout, erect, nearl
ee et me | broad, copio:
linear. en or subrepand pinnz on each
sometimes 4
others, but smaller. Isle of Luzon, &c.
Gymnopteris subrepanda. a
(service-leaved).* rhiz. thick, woody, often 30ft. to .
rect, scaly. barren fronds 4in. to
Acrostichum—continued.
A. tacczefolium (yew-leaved).* cau. woody, densely scaly. sti. of
barren fronds lin. to 4in. long, scaly. barren fr from lft. to
2ft. long, 3in. to 12in. broad, simple, oblong-lanceolate, entire,
copiously pinnate, with oblong-lanceolate pinne, lin. to 6in. long,
żin. to 14in. broad, the upper ones narrowly decurrent, the lower
ones forked at the base on the under side. fertile fronds simple,
6in. to 12in. long, Jin. broad, or pinnate, with forked linear pinne.
The three-lobed form of this species is sometimes known as A.
Por ae Philippines. Stove species. SYN. Gymnopteris taccee-
old,
A. tenuifolium (narrow-leaved).* rhiz. wide scandent, woody,
slightly scaly. barren fronds simply pinnate, the stipes 4in. to 6in.
long, naked, firm, erect, the fronds 3ft. to 5ft. long, 12in. to 18in.
broad; pinnæ 6in to Yin. long, Zin. to 14in. broad, acuminate, the
edge thickened and serrulate, short-stalked. fertile fronds bi-
pinnate, with longer stipes; pinne long-stalked, with numerous
distant pinnules. South Africa. Stove or greenhouse species.
Syns. A. Meyerianum and Stenochlena tenuifolia.
A. trilobum (three-lobed). A form of A. taccefolium.
A. villosum (hairy).* rhiz. woody, densely scaly. sti. 2in. to ĝin.
long, slender, densely clothed with scales. barren fronds 6in. to
9in. long, lin. to lin. broad, acute, the lower part narrowed
gradually; both surfaces scaly, and the edge more or Jess ciliated.
fertile fronds much smaller than the others. Mexico, &c. Stove
species.
A. viscosum (clammy).* rhiz. woody, creeping, densely scaly.
sti. 3in, to 6in. Jong, firm, erect, scaly, often viscous, barren
fronds bin. to 12in, long, 4in. to lin, broad, simple, acute, the
lower part narrowed gradually; both surfaces more or less viscid,
and minutely scaly. fertile fronds smaller, with longer stipes.
Tropical America and the tropics of the Old World, 1 ery
variable in form. Stove species.
ACROTRICHE (from akros, top, i.e., outermost—
and thriz, a hair; the tips of the petals are bearded).
ORD. Epacridacew. A genus of eight or nine species of
dwarf, much branched, ornamental greenhouse evergreen
shrubs. Flowers white or red; spikes axillary, short;
corolla funnel-shaped ; petals with deflexed hairs at apex.
Cultivated in an equal mixture of sandy loam and peat,
and propagated by cuttings made of the young shoots,
oi
solitary.
Holland
A. divaricata (straggling).* fi. white, small, in axillary spikes,
May. J. lanceolate, mucronate, divaricate, flat, both surfaces
green, h. 6in. to 1ft. New South Wales, 1824.
A. ovalifolia (oval-leaved). f. white, small, in axillary spikes.
March. J. ovate and oval, obtuse, flat, with smooth margins.
h. 6in. to lft. New Holland, 1824.
ACTZEA (from aktaia, an Elder; in allusion to the re-
semblance of the foliage to that of the Elder), Baneberry.
ORD. Ranunculacee. A small genus of perennial her-
baceous plants, with bi- or triternate leaves, and long,
erect racemes of whitish flowers, which are succeeded
by poisonous berries. ‘They are excellent subjects for
shady places, beneath trees, or in the wild garden.
Easily increased by division of the roots, and seed during
spring.
A. alba (white).* fl. white ; racemes simple; per foo janes
lanceolate, serrate or cut. Berries white,
to 14ft. N. America. $
en
Fic. 23. AcTMa spicata, showing Habit and Raceme of Flowers. —
| A. spicata (spiked).* fl. white, or bluish; racemes ovate. Summer.
Appa eae o
‘oblong, black, poisonous.
t. England. “Seo Fig. 25. :
P
AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 21
Actæa—continued.
A. s. rubra (red).* This differs from the type in having bright
red nls thn =: A l olga tere in dense clusters a spikes
pyærtoppiiy the foliage, rth America. A very handsome
hardy pere:
ACTINELLA (from aktin, a ray; small rayed). ORD.
Composite. A small genus of hardy herbaceous plants,
having radiate capitules. The only species worth culti-
vating is A. grandiflora. It thrives in an open border
and a light soil. Increased by divisions of the root in
spring.
gran * -heads
a Sin "Soles Bekaeee h. fin? to Oe, gi y
A sat pretty branched perennial, suitable for the alpine
garden.
A. lanata (woolly). See Eriophyllum czspitosum,
ACTINIDIA (from aktin, aray; the styles radiate like
the spokes of a wheel). ORD. Ternstremiacew. A genus of
ornamental hardy deciduous climbing shrubs, with axillary
corymbs of flowers; sepals and petals imbricate. Leaves
entire. Excellent for trellis-work or walls, and thriving
best. in a light rich soil. Increased by seeds, layers, or
euttings; the latter should be put in under a hand light in
autumn, in sandy soil.
A. Kolomikta (Kolomikta).* 71. white, solitary, axillary, or cymose,
din. in diameter; peduncles about sin. long. Summer. l. ovate-
oblong, petiolate, rounded, or su te at the base, and
tapering into a long Sgn serrate; the autumnal tints are very
handsome, changing to white and red, N.E. Asia, 1880, Rarely
met with. i
gama (polygamous white, fragrant. Summer. l. cor-
A Royen potialate. ae 1870. The berries of this species
„are edible.
volubilis (twining).* f. white, small. June. J. oval, on
i a geie e ptiz, on climbing stems. Japan, 1874. A
_ Very free growing wing species. See Fig. 24.
_ ACTINIOPTERIS (from aktin, a ray, and pteris, a
fern ; the fronds are radiately cut into narrow segments).
ORD. Filices. Sori linear-elongated, sub-marginal; invo-
lucre (— indusium) the same shape as the sorus, folded over
it, placed one on each side of the narrow segments of the
: frond opening towards the midrib. A small genus of
beautiful and distinct stove ferns. They thrive in a com-
post of equal parts crocks and charcoal, about the size of
peas, which must be
— ee ect drainage being necessary. A
mixed with silver sand and a very |
small portion of loam and peat. About half the pot should |
Actiniopteris—continued.
moist atmosphere is also essential, and the plants may be
syringed two or three times a day. A mean summer
temperature of 78deg. to 80deg., with a night one of not
less than 65deg., is desirable. In winter, a mean tem-
perature of about 73deg., and a night one of not less
than 60deg., should be maintained.
radiata (rayed).* sti. densely tufted, 2in. to 6in. long.
fan shaped, lin. to 14in. each way, composed of numerous dichoto-
mous segments, half line broad, those of the fertile frond
longer than those of the barren one. India, &c.; very serie
distributed, 1869. In form this elegant little species is a perf
miniature of the Fan Palm, Latania borbonica,
A. r. australis (southern),* A variety of above es; the leaf
segments are fewer, larger, and subulate at the point, the plant is
much larger and more vigorous,
ACTINOCARPUS (from aktin, a ray, and karpos,
fruit; referring to its curiously radiated fruit, resembling
a star fish). ORD. Alismacew. Pretty little aquatic pe-
rennials, with habit and inflorescence of Alisma. Carpels
six to eight, connate at base, spreading horizontally. Ex-
cellent for naturalising in bogs and pools. Increased by
seeds and divisions during spring. l
A. Damasonium (Damasonium). 7. white, very delicate; each
Fic. 24, ACTINIDIA VOLUBILIS.
— has a yellowspot at the base; scapes with a terminal umbel.
une, J, radical, on long petioles, sometimes floating, elliptical,
five-nerved. A native aquatic,
smaller).* This ies, also with white flowers, from
A. minor
New South Wales, is smaller, and requires a greenhouse tem-
perature.
ACTINOMERIS (from aktin, a ray, and meris,a part;
referring to the radiated aspect of the plants). ORD.
Compo E A A small genus of deciduous herbaceous pere
nials allied to Helianthus, but with compressed and wingi
achenes. « Flower-heads corymbose, Coreopsis-like._ Leaves
ovate or lanceolate, serrate. They are very —
plants, and of easy cultivation, in a loamy £
in spring, by seeds and division of the ro
border, with or without hand lights, or in cold E
They are all natives of America, and but little known in
this country, except A. helianthoides. _
stalked). f.-heads yellow. July. A. it. “America,
(sun flower-like).* fl. Ags yellow, Zin. across
FY te B.A 105 , |
22 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Actinomeris — continued.
A. squarrosa (rough-headed).* fl.-heads yellow, in loose terminal
panicles, July ang ‘August. J. decurrent, broadly lanceolate,
coarsely toothed tem sauare, winged. h. 3ft. North America,
1640. Syn. Verbesina Coreopsis.
ACTINOPHYLLUM. See Sciodaphyllum.
ACTINOTUS (from actinotos, furnished with rays. ; re-
ferring to the involucre). ORD. Umbelliferæ. An Austra-
lian genus of greenhouse herbaceous perennials. Flowers
shortly pedicellate, numerously disposed on simple umbels;
petals none. Leaves alternate, petiolate. They thrive best
in loam and peat, and are increased by root division and
seeds. The latter should be raised on a hotbed, in spring,
and in May the seedlings may be transplanted out in the
open border in a warm situation, where they will flower and
seed freely.
A. helianthi (sunflower).* i. white, in many-flowered capitate
ea
umbels ; involucrum many ved, radiating, longer than the
flowers, June. J. alternate, bipinnatifid ; lobules bluntish.
h. 2ft. New Holland, 1821. Syn. Eriocalia major.
A. leucocephalus (white-headed).
Swan River. 1837.
fl. white. June. h. 2ft.
Fie. 25, ADA AVRANTIACA,
ACULEATUS. Armed with prickles.
ACULEOLATUS. Armed with small prickles,
_ ACULEUS. A prickle ; a conical elevation of the skin
of a plant; becoming hard and sharp-pointed.
ACUMEN. An acute terminal angle.
ACUMINATE. Extended into an acute tenninal
angle; this word is confined to considerable exten:
ACUNNA OBLONGA. See Bejarik
ACUTE: Piui
: A. ameena(p leasing).*
-soli
ADA (a complimentary name). ORD. Orchidacee.
A genus of evergreen orchid, very closely allied to Brassia,
from which it differs chiefly in having the lip parallel with,
and solidly united to, the base of the column. Some
authorities now refer the plant to the genus Mesospi-
nidium. It requires to be potted in peat and sphagnum,
in equal parts. The drainage must be perfect, and, during
summer, the water supply profuse. Although in winter
far less will suffice, the plant should not be allowed
to become dry—indeed, it must never be “rested.”
Propagated by divisions as soon as the plant commences
growth.
A. aurantiaca (orange).* jl. orange-scarlet, in long terminal
nodding racemes, each bearing from six to ten blossoms. Its
elongated petals are streaked with black inside, Winter and
spring. J. two or three to each plant, linear, dark green, about
6in. in length. Habit erect, wit somewh: at "cylindrical pseudo- .
bulbs, which taper upwards. This species lasts a considerable
time in perfection. See Fig. 25.
ADAMIA (named after John Adam, some time Governor- —
General of India, and a promoter of natural history). ORD.
Sawifragacee. A small genus of Hydrangea-like greenhouse ~
evergreen shrubs, having many flowered terminal corymbs «
flowers, and opposite, petiolate, oblong-lanceolate, serrated
leaves. They thrive well in a mixture of loam, peat, and
sand; and cuttings will root readily in a similar compost,
under a hand glass.
cyanea (blue-berried). i whitish, or pink. June. h., 6ft.
<n in rocky places, 18)
“peduncles, di (wood). fl. blue; cymes nearly undivided, on short
uncles disposed in a close panicle. June. h. 6ft. Java,
A. e EEE fi. blue. August. China, 1844.
ADAM'S APPLE. See Musa paradisiaca and
Citrus Limetta.
ADAMSIA. See Geum, Puschkinia, Sieversia.
ADAM’S NEEDLE. See Yucca.
ADANSONIA (named after Mi l
eminent French botanist). Baobab Tree. i
liaceœ. This is reputed to be one of the largest. trees
in the world, as far as the girth of the trunk is concerned ;
but it is, seldom seen in cultivation in this country.
A. digitata (finger-leaved). fl. white, about 6in. across, with
purplish anthers, on long, axillary, solitary pedicels, J, palmate,
with three leaflets in the young plants, and five to seven in
adult ones. A. 40ft. Africa.
ADDER’S TONGUE. See Ophioglossum. E.
ADELOBOTRYS (from adelos, obscure, and botrys,
a cluster.) ORD. Melastomaceæœ. Stove climbing shrubs with
terete branches. Flowers white, crowded, in cymose heads
at the tops of the branches. Leaves clothed with rufous
hairs on both surfaces when young, but in the adult state
glabrous, except the nerves, petiolate, ovate, r
acuminated, ciliately serrated, five- mena i
culture, see Lasiandra,
A. scandens (climbing). This, ocr species, Fi tm 4
now in cultivation, is a native of
the River Sinemari).
Ee (from aden, a Tsai, and aner, a
; the anthers terminate in a globose gland). On,
peee Very beautiful little greenhouse shrubs from the — -j
Cape of Good Hope. Flowers large, usually solitary at the
tops of the branches; stamens ten, the five opposite the
petals sterile, five fertile ones similar in form, but shorter.
Leaves usually alternate, flat, glandularly dotted. They
thrive in a mixture of sand and peat, with a little turfy
loam. The young tops, before they begin to throw out pen è
buds, made into cuttings, and planted in a pot of sand, wi
glass placed over them, will root without Dotto
A. nctneinsi eet Synonymous with A. amena.
large, whitish above, and reddish beneath,
tary, sessile, t nal, June, | oblong = oval,
bluntish, smooth, dotted beneath, i lit. to2ft. 1798. SYNA. .
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
OF HORTICULTURE. ae
A. coriacea (leath ved), J large, pink, bars at on | A. comosum (hairy).* jl. yellow; racemes @picate, cate, axillary, and
rh debe ia boni. te tact See pate, tended a rine gy Be i a
_ A.fragrans (fragrant).* /l, rose colour, on long sega autre en 1841.
‘Pediosis: clammy, aggregate, umbellate. May.
smi ng very much, ovate-obl:
pan giana lft. to 2ft. 1812, AR
E (inear-lenved). j£ white, terminal, on long, ùmaliy
ee per June. l poe, i linear, obtuse, spreading;
and pedicels smooth
(margined).* fl. pale fet.colour, on wyi pe-
A. tema. 0
duncles; umbels terminal. June, Z. scattered,
Ale t, cordate, lower ones ovate, upper ones lancoolaba, ka itt.
rite eee flowered)” f. pe , Almost sessile, terminal,
gyn . June. oblong or obovate, dotted
i mere ag Acar oa rapa a he 1ft. to 2te 1790.
A. u. a om Ln showy).* fl. large, pink, nearly sessile, termi
: nid i is paren pin be ig near ee
dotted beneath, ER A ari fringed on the edges. A. lft,
apea g large, whitish inside, and pinkish
outside, nearly sessile, soli fa termi. J Np i
late, hat E a & ooth, d
à somew! revi , SM
pain acte, somevint 1775. on
glandular, a a lit
A. villosa ‘Ng early sessile, bellate ;
nem fret rt ote ene ee
a PAA a ad beneath. h. lft. to oot,
ADENANTHERA (from aden, a gland, and lkiie.
an anther ; in reference to the anthers, which are each termi-
nated by a deciduous, pedicellate gland). ORD. Leguminosæ.
A small genus of stove evergreen trees, with racemose
spikes of small flowers and bipinnate or decompound leaves.
They thrive well in a mixture of peat and loam. Increased
-by cuttings, which should be taken off at a joint and
planted in heat in a pot of sand, placing a bell glass
_over them.
A. chrysostachys (golden-spiked). ^. golden. h. 15ft. Mau-
ritius, 1824,
A. — ike. shaped). jl. yellowish. A. 6ft. India,1812. ™
= Bal Rene ad R paiite end yollo yellow ized. m4
_ ADENANTHOS {trom aden, s gma ani aii a
flower; referring to the the flowers).
greenhouse evergreen pilose
A. cuneata (vedge-leaved). fl. red. July. h. Sft. New Holland,
k pee (obovate-leaved).* fi. red. July. A. 5ft. New
Holland, 1826,
ADENIUM (from Aden, where it is found). Onxp.
Apocynacee. Greenhouse evergreen succulent shrubs. The
~ species mentioned below is remarkable in having a globose
“thick caudex or stem; branches dichotomous; corolla
salver-shaped. They require a well-drained compost of,
sand and loam. Half-ripened cuttings strike root readily
in sand, under a hand glass. But little water is required
‘the plants are not in a growing state.
(fat). ft, pinky-crimson, downy ; corymbs terminal,
; pedicels short. June. K fn together at the
hes, 3in. long, oblong, narrowed at the base,
Le Ersan, short point. A. 3ft. or 4ft, Aden,
'A (from aden, gland, and calymna,
o the conspicuous glands on the
ORD. gonion: An
_ Flowers race-
A. longeracemosum (long-racemed), /. yellow, October. Brazil,
A. nitidum (shin ellow ; racemes , nearly terminal,
eg troll velveiy rack beset i ee oro ular, February, —
h. 10ft. Brazil, d me ,
ADENOCARPUS (from aden, a gland, and karpos, a
fruit; in reference to the legumes being beset with pedicel-
late glands). ORD. Leguminose. Shrubs, with numerons
racemes of yellow flowers; divaricate branches, trifolinte
usually aggregate leaves, having petiolar stipulas, and
complicated leaflets. Al the species are elegant when
in flower, and well suited for ornamenting the fronts
of shrubberies. Except where otherwise mentioned, all
are hardy. They thrive best in a mixture of loam, peat,
and sand; and may be readily increased by seeds or layers,
or by grafting the rarer on the commoner kinds. Young
cuttings will root freely in sand, covered s dig arna
which should be taken off and wiped
may be sown in March, the hardy species out of s Tage oo
the others in a cold house. :
5. Sitios slightly-leaved).* fl. ay ne ger lip onan cal
Si ene Pam rh stains
much crowdec
1629. A half- i hary, tela
A. frankenioides ti i oam fi. yellow, crowded ; racemes
terminal ; calyx beset with glandular pubesce with the a
lip having the middle gaye “gh than the ones, and
exceeding the lower lip. A trifoliate, much crowded,
hairy; branches velvety. h. ik o Bt. Teneriffe, 1815. Requires
protection in winter; an paes
pani ish).* ellow, crowded; racemes s
"e pasean D gale and iin: lower lip of cal with | red
ual segmen hardly longer than the n ey! lip. June. L. tri-
folinte, grouped; branchlets hairy. to 4ft, Spain, 1816.
Deciduous.
A. interm pito Patecmetions © A y yellow, not cro
terminal ; calyx beset with glandular
wW
lip inal: calyx beset with glandular pubescence, with £
rather
E small-leaved).* MOA maak
A am bs gages oh v 2 gaes, besoen
po on meee Sears
fac exon the upper lip, May. i t mien aaa ae ee
TBO. Detiduous.”
ADENOPHORA (from aden, a gland, and phoreo, to
bear; in reference to the cylindrical nectary which girds the
base of the style). ORD. Campanulacee. A genus of elegant
hardy border , very similar in habit, shape of
flower, &c., to Campanula, from which genus Adenophora
differs in having the style surrounded by a cylindrical
gland. Flowers stalked, drooping, spicate. Leaves b:
stalked, somewhat whorled. They grow best in light riok :
garden soil, with a warm sunny position, and should
increased by seeds, as dividing the roots is the sure way
to lose them. They are easily raised from seeds, which
may b n as soon as ripe, or in spring, in pots p
a cold frame.
A. coronopifolia Cemkhora Apie je A blue,
ten, racemose, at the top of the stem, c
Sve: upper i apon orate lanceolate,
y ii 7
glabrous. h. lft. to 2ft. Dahuria, 1822. oi
A, denti ionlata (toothed-leaved).* RE
short pedicels, sogan ina moea or
July. l. serra’ oothish; radi
gg ones
Ryn. A
24, THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Adenophora— continued.
ovate-lanceolate, coarsely serrated. h. lift. Siberia, 1784. SYN.
A. liliiflora.
A, Gmelini (Gmelin’s). f. blue, secund, three to ten, on the top
of each stem, rising from the axils of the upper leaves, disposed in
along raceme. July. J. uppen ones erect, linear, very narrow,
goum, glabrous. h. lft. to 2ft. Dahuria, in dry stony places,
1
A, intermedia (intermediate). jl. pale blue, small, racemose.
May. l. radical ones petiolate, cordate, toothed; upper ones
lanceolate, taperin, Beg a point at the base, serrated, crowded.
h. 3ft. Siberia, 1 :
A. Lamarckii (Lamarck’s).* fl. blue; corolla funnel-shaped, dis-
posed in an elongated, many-flowered, raceme, which is com-
tea at the base. June, l. ovate-lanceolate, acutely serrated,
ciliated, glabrous, except on the margins. h. lft, to 2ft. Eastern
Europe, 1824.
A, latifolia (broad-leaved). Synonymous with A. pereskicefolia.
A, liliiflora (lily-flowered).* j. numerous, sweet-scented, in a
loose pyramidal panicle, Central and Eastern Europe.
A. pereskizefolia (pereskia-leaved).* fl. blue, rather numerous,
Seattered over the upper part of the stems, rarely subverticillate ;
peduncles one totwo, or three-flowered. July. J. three to five in
a whorl, ovate-oblong, acuminated, coarsely serrated, roughly
ciliated. h. 15ft. D uria, 1821. SYN, A. latifolia.
A. plocæfolia (periploca-leaved). fl. pale blue, at the top
the stem, sometimes only one. June. l petiolate, ovate,
acute, somewhat cordate, crenately serrated, Stem ascending,
h. 3in. Siberia, 1824. Rockery species,
A, stylosa (long-styled).* fl. pale blue, small, few, disposed in a
loose, naked, raceme. May. l. petiolate ; lower ones obovate,
sinuate ; upper ones ovate, acuminated, glabrous, Stem ascending.
Ps 1ft. to lift. Eastern Europe, 1820.
A. tricuspidata (three-cusped). Synonymous with A. denti-
culata.
A, verticillata (whorl-leaved).* fl. pale blue, small, i senceelenty
re the tops of the stems; lower whorls many flowere
i t ; peduncles one to three-flowered. June. l in w horls,
serrately toothed ; aration ones petiolate, roundish ; upper ones
ovate-lanceolate ; stems simple. k. 2ft. to 3ft. Dahuria, 1783.
ADENOSTOMA (from aden, a gland, and stoma, a
mouth). ORD. Rosaceæ. Hardy having small race-
mose, five-petalled flowers. They grow freely in rich loam and
- peat in equal proportions. Propagated in spring or
~ autumn, by cuttings made of the young shoots, placed in
sand, under glass.
fasciculata (fascicled).* fl. white, w produced in terminal
panicles. k. 2ft. California, 1848. ° A hardy, heath-like ever-
green bushy plant, allied to Alchemilla.
ADESMIA (from a, without, desmos, a bond ; in refer-
ence to the stamens being free). ORD. Leguminose.
Chiefly greenhouse evergreen shrubs, or trailers, from South
America, with lanceolate stipulas, abruptly pinnate ‘eae.
ending in a bristle; axillary one-flowered pedicels, or
flowers racemosely disposed at the tops of the branches,
in consequence of the upper leaves being abortive. They
will grow well in a mixture of loam, peat, and sand. Pro-
_pagated by cuttings placed in sand, covered by a hand glass,
in a gentle heat; or by seeds, which are generally more
: The annual species—A. muricata, A. pap-
posa, and A. pendula—are not worth growing. The fol-
lowing | are fairly ire of the most ornamental
A. glutinosa (sticky).* fl. yellow ; racemes elongated, terminal,
and are (as well as the linear bracteas) clothed
> hairs. May. l, with about three pairs of elliptic,
3_ branches beset with glandular, glu-
y; Jegumnes three-jointed, very long.
A. Londonit (Loudon), Á yellow. May, h, 2ft. Fhiparaiso,
y pea oaile * ellow ; mn some
ueepinte, te imple, s a is an ‘it paird
June, l. with six pairs
of small orbicular Isaan on short al
spinose. Stem shrubby, "h. 1ft. to 2ft, 1830, escent ; branches
po 1882.
A, viscosa (clammy). ñ. yellow. August. h. 12ft. Chili, 1831.
ADHATODA (its native name).
Allied to Justicia. Very ornamental stove
peiin siesiy © of host, when the flowara wi
A. Uspallatensis (Uspallatan). f yellow. July. a China, sE
ORD. awn :
Adhatoda—continued.
in great profusion. Increased by young cuttings in spring,
placed in sandy soil, in bottom heat. See Justicia.
A. cydonizfolia (quince-leaved).* fl. produced in rather dense
clusters at the point of every branch; tube of corolla white, the
upper lip white tipped with purple ; the lower lip large, rich deep
purple, with a white stripe down the centre. October. l o po-
site, ovate, dark green, and are, as well as the branches, slightly
downy. Brazil, 1855. This species is an excellent subject for
training up pillars or rafters ; and, when in bloom, makes a pretty
basket “plant. It has a somewhat straggling habit, but a little
care only is needed in pruning and training to grow it into an
elegant shape.
A. vasica (Vasica). h. 10ft. India, 1699,
ADHERENT. Strictly signifies sticking to anything,
but is more commonly employed in the sense of adnate.
ADHESION. The union of parts usually distinct,
ADIANTOPSIS. See Cheilanthes.
ADIANTUM (from adiantos, dry, as if plunged in
water it yet remains dry). Maidenhair. ORD. Filices. A
large genus of handsome tropical and temperate ferns.
Sori marginal, varying in shape from globose to linear,
usually numerous and distinct, sometimes confluent and
continuous. Involucre the same shape as the sorus, formed
of the reflexed margin of the fronds, bearing the capsules
on its upper side. None of the Adiantums are truly hardy
except the American A. pedatum; even our own native
species requires protection. The chief requirements of
this handsome genus of ferns are good drainage, and a
compost of fibrous peat, loam and sand. In most cases,
plenty of pot room is essential, and a larger quantity of
loam will be needed for strong-growing sorts. For general
culture, see Ferns.
ñ. purple. July.
A, mulum (rival).* | sti. slender, about 6in. 1 long. fronds slender, :
yramida: innate ; innz distinct, quely ipe
Piasta, unequally ed; depres Thomboid one he re
the base, t vac ogee one distinctly cuneate,
sori, 2in. to in., circular, or nearly so. Bra
seen porn By =- ea :
æthiopicum (Æthiopian).* sti. 6in. to 9in. long. ethers ender,
wey Fronds 12in. to 18in. long, bin. to 9in. broad, deltoid, tri- or
uadripinnate ; lower pinnee šin. to 4in. long, 2in. to din. ’ broad,
deltoid ; ultimate segments jin. to din. across, jin. deep, sub-
orbicular, the upper part broadly lobed; rachis and surfaces
naked, sori in several roundish patches. ‘A. Chilense (Chilian), A
scabrum (scurfy), A. sulphureum (sulphured) are mere forms of
this species. Spain, and almost cosmopolitan. A very pretty
greenhouse fern. SYNS. A. assimile, A. emarginatum.
A. affine (related).* sti. 6in. to Sin. long, erect. fronds with a —
terminal central pinna 4in. to 6in. long, lin. to 1Jin. broad, and
several smaller erecto-patent lateral ones, the lowest of which are
again branched; pinnules, 4in. to Jin. long, lin. deep, dimidiate,
the lower edge straight, the upper nearly parallel wit ‘it, crenate,
like the oblique or ‘bluntly rounded outer edge. sori numerous,
roundish. New Zealand. Greenhousespecies. SYN. A. Cunning-
hami.
A. amabile (lovely). Synonymous with A. gla
a garden name for A. Moorei.
A, amocenum (pleasing). Synonymous with 4. a
A.andicolum, A synonym of A. glaucophyllum.
A. aneitense (Aneiteum).* sti, and rachises
labrous beneath, fe ino-pilose orig tte : kout i
Tour pinnate, 1)ft. to 2ft. long, mi y epee n,
long, rhomboidal, ascending, nearl S poole, inner side close to
D lobed. sori round, Barsha
£ low
rac is, lower erecto. patent, shal segment. Aneiteum isles, 1880.
in centre of lobes, four to six to a se,
Stove or greenhouse species. z
(assimilated). An Australian form of the widely-
A. assimile
distributed A. ethiopicum. pee hee?
usei (Bause’s).* fronds 14ft. to 24ft. long, spread -
+ tri pA OH sai stalked, the lower ones 0 liquely
triangular ; pinnules broad, laterally ‘deflexed, the ot
obliquely ovate with a truncate base, the intermediate somew
, the terminal cuneate—all shallowly lobed and pedi-
T set across the apices of the lobes.
or greenhouse hybrid, between A.
(handsome). tated, 3in. to 6in. ag
pie n ainas Frond of three to six p nules, in
l1sin. long, stalked ; na
oblong, the somewhat
margin erose, y
roundish,
F ules,
naian — CI
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
OF HORTICULTURE. aa
Adiantum—continued.
Capillus-Veneris (Venus’s hair). Common Maidenhair. sti.
A A rather = sat ay 4in. to ai, long. fronds very variable
frame species.
A. C.-V. cornubiense (Cornish).* (fronds very numerous, and
dwarf, more or less oblong in general outline, with large, broad
pinnules of a deep n, with finely-waved margins, and an
almost pellucid, but firm texture. One of the best forms, but
somewhat delicate in constitution.
A, C.-V. crispulum (crisped).* fronds, with the stipes, from
6in. to 12in. long, more attenua than those of the type, and
narrower at the base ; pinnules less numerous, but broad and thin,
crisp, of a light green colour, more or less cut at the broadest part.
A handsome variety, of vigorous growth.
— =
Fic. 26. ADIANTUM CAPI
LLUS-VENERIS DAPHNITES,
A. C.-V. fissum (divided), Very dwarf in habit, with pinnules
rather broader than those of the t Waser hee deeply and
variously cut, so as to give the plant a appearance from
most of the forms,
A. C.-V. Footi (Foot’s), Closely allied to the variety fissum,
having fronds a foot or more long, with very ample BF anes me
deeply incised, light green, Vigorous.
A. C.-V. incisum (deeply cut), Very closely allied to A. C.-V.
fissum, but rather more vigorous in growth; pinnules broad, and
deeply slit into segments near the base.
A. C.-V. magnificum (magnificent).* fronds from Yin. to 16in. long,
more or less elongated in outline, 3in. to 4in. across ; pinnules
ample, rich n, with the margins finely cut and imbricated.
~ The arching Scsanter gives this form a most distinct appearance.
_ A very fine variety.
A, C.-V. rotundum (rounded). Pinnules usually round, without
_ the cuneiform base of the normal form; neither are the fronds
so Isle of Man. Variable in its habit. i
A. C.-V. undulatum (wavy).* fronds dense, compact, having
í green pinnules, which are undulated at the
_ edges. An elegant dwarf-growing form.
A. à (heart-form indusium). A synonym of A. poly-
A, caudatum (tailed).* in. Ic i
Page TA peg pra sti. Zin. to 4in. long, tufted, wiry. fronds
Saat a frh the point sanai ‘blunt, the lo onan aliphiiy
stalked. sori rounc rg tang a > ihe. edge the
“lobes; rachis and both ‘sides of the frond silose. A. ciin
A. cristatum (crested).
tomentose. fronds 14ft. to 3ft. jong, 9in. to 12in. broad
0)
A. ciliatum ©
Adiantum—continued.
(of ) is probably a mere form, if not a synonym, of this
Species. Throughout the Tropics everywhere. Greenhouse or
stove species; very fine for hanging baskets.
A. col; (deep hollow).* sti. 4in. to 6in. I slender,
fibrillose. fronds Qin, to 18in. long, 4in. to Bie. ae. 3
tripinnate, light n; lower pinnæ spreading at t anpes
from the rachis, 2in. to 4in. long, lżin. broad, slight
below ; ultimate segments about jin. long, jin, sive’ the lower
line often straight, the upper rounded, and toothed, all
nearly or quite sessile. sori placed in distinct teeth of the outer
edge. Ecuador and Peru, 1875. Greenhouse s
b
u edge irregularly rounded, deeply lobed, the lobes crenate,
iis ieee ent of each pinna i j
numerous, ob-reniform.
species for baskets and the rockery.
(Fleming’s). This variety, of garden origin, is
; ts about the
pae ian reannen e greng n R a Cera t
edge, "This ie classly allied te A. MAOIN.
jase’
species. SYN, A. Filiam,
Fia. 27. ADIANTUM DECORUM.
stis Gin. to 12in. long, a ae
terminal central pinna 6in. to Sin. long, lin. to ljin. broad, and
numerous rather distant lateral ones on each side, the lowest of
which are sometimes again branched ; segments jin. to Zin. long,
jin. to gin. broad, dimidiate, the lower line nearly straight, the
u oo i parallel or rounded, the point blunt. “sori in several
oblong or linear patches. West Indies and Venezuela, 1844.
Stov cies. SYN. A. Kunzeanum. : ses
long, and about Zin. to lin. broad, un
slightly recurved, the napper — and
a so
. A
deep green colour, wit herbaceous textare. sori in
hollows of the lobes. Cuba and Jamaica, A very distinct stove
species, wee
A.
26
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Adiantum—continued.
Cc. ‘dissected).* A pretty variety, with the pinnules
more deeply lobed than in the type.
A. c. Lawsonianum (Lawson’s). This is a very abnormal form,
curiously and finely cut, with the ultimate segments narrowly
cuneate at the base, stalked, and distant. Of garden origin.
Greenhouse variety.
A. c. mundulum a sti. 3in. to 4in. high. fronds dwarf,
tufted, erect, hardly 3in. broad, deltoid, tripinnate; pinnæ and
pinnules crowded ; pinnules narrowly cuneate, rarely three-parted,
with narrow wedge-shaped lobes ; apex slightly crenate, and bears
a roundish sorus set in a notch of the lobe or crenature. Of
garden origin, 1879. Greenhouse variety.
A. Cunninghami (Cunningham’s), Synonymous with A. afine.
A. curvatum (curved),* sti. 6in. to 12in. long. fronds _dichoto-
mous, with main divisions again once or twice forked ; pinne 8in.
to 12in. long, 2in. to in. broad ; pinnules lłin. to 14in. long, about
4in. deep, not truly dimidiate, but only the lower two-thirds of
the under half cut away, the upper margin rounded and broadly
lobed, with the lobes finely toothed and point often lengthened
out. sori linear, or transversely oblong. Tropical America,
1841. Stove species.
A, decorum (decorous).* sti. 4in. to 6in. long. fronds sub-deltoid,
Yin, to 15in. long, three to four pinnate ; lower pinne and pinnules
stalked, deltoid ; side segments rhomboid, }in. to gin. long; outer
edge distinctly lobed ; lower segments equilateral, imbricated
over main rac! sori round, in final lobes, four to six to a seg-
ment. This greenhouse species ranks midway between A. con-
cinnum and A.cuneatum. Peru. SYN. A. Wagneri. See Fig. 27.
A, deltoideum (deltoid). sti. densely tufted, Zin. to 4in. long,
wiry, erect. fronds ĝin. to 6in. long, Zin. broad, with a terminal
lobe and numerous sub-opposite pinnæ, the lower ones distant,
distinctly stalked, sin. long, }in. to gin. broad, hastate-deltoid,
te or cuneate at the base. sori in interrupted lines along
the sides of the pinne. West Indian Islands. Stove species.
t
A. diaphanum (transparent).* sti. gin. to 8in. long, S
fronds 6in. to Tin. long, aiy P aa poani or pogi Te
branches at the base ; pinnules long, łin. broad, the lower
nearly parallel with it, crenate
numerous.
Greenhouse species. Syn. A.
the
3 | A, Hewardia (Heward’s
sori
Adiantum—continued.
cultivated under the name of A. speciosum. Stove or greenhouse
species,
A, dolabriforme (axe-shaped). Synonymous with A. lunulatum.
A. dolosum (deceiving). Synonymous with A. Wilsoni.
A, Edgworthii (Edgeworth’s).* This differs from caudatum by
having more membranous texture, glabrous surfaces, and sub-
entire pinne. Himalaya and China.
A, emarginatum (notched at the end).
ethiopicum.
A. excisum (bluntly cut).* sti. 2in. to 3in. long, wiry, densely -
tufted. fronds 6in. to 18in. long, din. to 6in. broad, with numerous ~
flexuose short pinnze on each side, the lowest of which are —
slightly branched: again; segments two to three lines broad,
cuneate at the base, the upper edge rounded and bluntly lobed.
sori two to four, large, obversely reniform, placed in distinct
hollows on the lobes. Chili.
A. e. Leyi (Ley’s).* This is a very dwarf, copiously crested form, of
garden origin, most suitable for case culture. Greenhouse variety.
A, e. multifidum (much-cut).* A handsome garden variety; the
apex of every frond is frequently divided into several branches,
which oftentimes are again divided and crested, thus forming a
beautiful tassel Zin. to Sin. long. Greenhouse species,
A. Feei (Fee’s).* sti. 12in. to 18in. long, strong, scandent. fronds ©
lft. to 2ft. long, lft. or more broad, tripinnate, the m: andy
secondary rachises zigzag, all the branches firm and spreading
at a right angle ; lower pinne 6in. to Yin. long, din. to 4in. broad ;
pinnules lin. to 2in. long, sin. broad, consisting of a terminal
segment and several distant suborbicular-cuneate lateral ones.
sori marginal, roundish, more than half line deep, Tropical
America. Stove species. SYN. A. flexuosum.
A. flabellulatum (small fan-leaved).* sti. erect, ret a d fronds
dichotomously branched, and the divisions once or twice branched
again ; central pinnæ 4in. to 8in. long, gin. broad ; pinnules about
es broad and deep, dimidiate, the lower edge cond straight,
he tps rounded, the outer blunt, both entire or slightly toothed.
sori several transversely oblong notches. ‘Tropical Asia.
Stove species. SYN. A. amenwm.
Synonymous with A:
sti. 12in. to 18in. long, strong, erect.
to 18in. broad, bi-, tri-, or quadri-
, 6in. to Sin. broad, deltoid ;
wu {
distinctly stalked. sort erous, between obrenif
versely oblong. Australia, 1820. Greenhouse species.
| A, fovearum. Synonymous with A. intermedium.
A. fulvum (tawny).* sti. 6in. to 9in. long, strong, erect. fronds 9in.
to 12in. long, 6in. to 8in. broad, deltoid in general outline, with a
terminal pinna 4in, to 6in. long, about lin. broad, and several
erecto-patent branches, the lower of which are branched again;
pinnules about jin. long, jin. deep, dimidiate, the lower
nearly straight, the upper almost parallel, sharply toothed like
the oblique outer edge. sori large, numerous. New Zealand.
Greenhouse species.
A. Ghiesbreghti (Ghiesbreght’s).* fronds 18in. to 30in. long,
ovate, deltoid, tripinnate ; pinnules large, slightly crenate on the
ma s. A very fine stove fern, with the habit of A. tenerum
Farleyense, but less dense. It is undoubtedly a variety of
tenerum, having originated in Mr. Williams’s nursery some years
since, SYN, A. scutum.
A. glaucophyllum (grey-leaved).* sti. 6in. to Iin.
fronds 12in. to 24in. long, Yin. to 15in. broad, e
pinnate; lower pinnæ 6in. to 9in. long, 3in. to 6in. bros
erecto-patent ; meest gn broad, cuneate at the base,
edge irregularly rounded, more or less lobed. sort fi
obversely reniform, placed in distinct hollows in the apex of the»
lobes of the upper edge, deep above, glaucous bengali
Closely allied to A. cuneatum. Mexico. Greenhouse. SYNS. A.
amabile, A. andicolum, A. mexicanum, are
um (most graceful).* fronds deltoidly ovate, Yin. to
“ro to 10in. across, omnes
emarginate, or two to three lobed, the sterile lobes blunt. sort
solitary on the entire pinnules, two to three on the larger lobed
ones. One of the most graceful and beautiful of greenhouse
ferns; the very numerous minute segments and the ramifications
of the rachis impart to a well ba pes av
appearance. Of garden origin. A form of A.
(Henslow’s).*
fronds 12in. to 18in. Lowy 6in. to 9in. broad, ova‘ te, fur-
nished with numero stant e upper of
us distant pi
hich are simple, but the low
w sligh ; segmen!
żin. to Zin. broad, lin. to gin. , dimidiate, the lower line nearly
the upper rather rounded and lobed Ane point bluntly
1 sori obversely reniform, placed in hollows of the
lobes, Columbia, Peru, &c., most distinct t
stove species. SYNS. A. letum, A. Reichenbachii, A. sessilifolium.
sti. 6in. to 9in. long,
erect.
sim innate or bipinnate, with a terminal pinna and two
ply p p
lateral ones on each side, the lowest pair of which so with |
»
AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 27
Adiantum—continued.
A hispidulum
oT 4 erect. fronds dichotomous,
~ nules ong, two
ns.
A. intermedium (intermed
contiguous. Tropics of Old
pubesce:
broad, and one to three smal
A. Kunzeanum (Kunze’s).
nearly equal
a
A. lunulatum Appt ti HAVIN a
two to four ules each ; pinnules 3in. to 4in. long, about lin.
equal sided, ovate lanceolate, nearly entire. sori
al both edges. Jamaica,
A ish).* sti, 6in, to 15in, long, don i
y
with the main divisions flabellate
; central cag 6in, to 9in. long, żin. to lin. broad; pin-
to jin.
to four lines broad, dimidiate, sub-
ads tS rhomboidal, the outer edge bluntly rounded, upper and outer
: _ ‘Margin finely toothed, slightly stalked. sori roundish, numerous,
World, 1822, Greenhouse, SYN. A.
iate). sti. 6in. to 12in. long, erect,
strong. fronds with a terminal pinna 6in. he pe long, 2in. to 3in.
la
l] spreading ones on each side ;
pinnules lin. to ljin. long; din. to sin. broad, unequal sided, but
not dimidiate, the point bluntish or acute, the inner edge nf
parallel with the stem, the upper nearly straight, scarcely toothed.
sori in interrupted marginal patches, one to two lines across, placed
round the upper and lower edges. Stove. Tropical America,
from the Antilles southwards to Peru and Rio Janeiro, 1824.
SYNS. A, fovearum, A. triangulatum,
Synonymous with A. cristatum.
A. leetum (joyful). Synonymous with A. Henslovianum.
A. Lathomi om’s).* A garden variety, said to be a sport from
-~ A. Ghiesbreghti, which it closely resembles, being between it and
oie It is a magnificent plant, producing fronds from
18in. to long, with imbricated deeply-cut pinnules. Stove
A. Legrandi (Legrand’s). Very closely allied to, if not identical
with, A. Pecottei. OUa hrat of pasted vikaa.
A. lucidum (shiny).* sti. 6in. to 9in. long, strong, erect. fronds 9in.
togon. long, 4in. to 8in. broad, simply pinnate, with a ari
>% érminal pinna and six to ten lateral ones on each side, or the
lowest very em ory! branched, Sin. to 4in. long, din, to lin. broad,
sided, lanceolate acuminate, slight) I
the point. sori in a continuous row along each side. West Indian
Islands and Tropical America. Stove species.
y serrated tow
‘Fis. 29. ADIANTUM LUDDEMANNIANUM.
ddemann’s).* A very striking variety
of the common. A. Capillus- Veneris, of garden origin,
ih smooth, dark, almost Plack stipes, ching about a third
an the p decr Prin = pinnules are crested, usually ch
aes. It is a very bn Py
bran
ustered,
ofa di sub-glaucous
Adiantum—continued,
and, like the sides, usually more or Jess lobed. sori in con-
tinuous lines along the edge. on &e., widely distributed
in both hemispheres. Stove species. SYN. A dolabriforme.
A. macrocladum (long-branched), Synonymous with A. poly-
Phyllum,
A. macrophyllum (long-leaved).* sti, 6in. to 12in. long, § ?
troch “early nink fresia, tn. to TA long, din. to Bin
simply pinnate ; the lower pinnæ of the barren frond din. to 4in.
long, 2in. broad, ovate, so broad at the base that the
ones frequently overlap, the margin rather deeply lobed ;
- ones narrower. sori in long continuous, or slightly interrupted,
marginal lines, Tropical America, 1793. One of the finest stove
spouse in cultivation.
A. macropterum (long-winged). Synonymous with A. Wilsoni.
A. mexicanum (Mexican). Synonymous with A. glaucophyllum.
A. microphyllum (short-leaved). A synonymn of A. venustum,
A. monochlamys (one-covered).* sti. 6in. to 9in. ing, wi,
erect, dark, chestnut brown ; bin. to 12in. 1
6in. broad, ovate-deltoid, tripinnate, the pinnæ rather ‘aistantly
ents en broad, cuneate at the base, the ad
monosorum (uni-soriate). A pretty species, from Solomon
M aparu is canines ) ; :
A. Moorei (Moore’s).* sti. Gin. to Bin. long. fronds deltoid, bin. to
l5in. , two to og hang about
» two pinna' segments nog
A,
A. Moritzianum (Moritz’s). This to bea more
robust grower trod from Win. to laine high with stipes
and larger pinnules than the typical A. us- Veneris. South
America. Greenhouse species. 3
A. neoguineense (New Guinea).* sti. Gin. to Bin. long, chestnut
brown, erect. spreading, deltoid, tri po ame gi dark
olive green th a glaucous tinge on 4
ovate; terminal pinnules cuneate, lateral ones trapezoid,
gin. long, crenately lo the lobes rather entire. sori
small, 6in. to 8in., orbicular, entirely sunk in sinuses of
the marginal lobes. New Guinea, 1877. A very
species, í
A. obliquum (oblique). sti. 3in. to 6in. lo pube-
Bsr gg er Fe to 12in. ] , Zin, o a cas es aed ;
lobe and three to twelve pairs of alternate eo
e e
truncate at the base, those of the barren
us ted
ay 6in. to Sin. long, liin. lh wer
he ou!
deep, dimidiate, the two sides nearly parall
t ter and bluntly | sori al
ro e upper and outer edge, obversely reniform. Brazil, &e.,
1824. Stove
A This is a charming little variety, of
Pecottei (Pecot’s).*
J with ery poy —. ae segments, _
comparatively large, ofa n colour, and likely to prove
one of the most useful maidenhsir ferns grown. J A
A. pedatum (pedate).* sti. Qin. to 24in. long, erect, polished,
fronds dichotomous, with the main divisions fali ely branched;
central pinnæ Gin. to 12in. long, lin. to l4in. broad; gpm
in. to Zin. long, iin. deep, dimidiate, broadest on side
nearest the stem, the upper and outer i shortly
stalked. sori roundish, one to two lines broad. peed
stan, the United States, &c. Hardy species. See Fig. 30.
A. peruvianum (Peruvian).* sti. 9in. to 18in. long, stron
Jronds simply pinnate, or with one to three branches
some of tter som again slightly divide
Zin. or more broad, tin. unequally ovate, cun
finely toothed and lobed round the pipe
28
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Adiantum—continued.
the upper edge. Columbia. A magnificent stove species, SYNS.
A, cardiochlena and A. macrocladum.
A. populifolium (poplar-leaved). A synonym of A. Seemanni.
A. princeps (princely).* sti. 9in. to 12in. long, stout, nearly erect.
fronds large, 12in. to 24in. long, 9in. to 18in. across the base,
deltoid, pendent, pagal gg pale greyish; lower pinnz ob-
liquely elongate, triangular, the posterior side tripinnate, the
anterior bipinnate; upper ones pinnate, with a large cuneately
flabellate terminal pinnule, apex of fronds pinnate ; pinnules lin.
long, Zin. broad, roundish rhomboidal or shortly trapeziform,
shortly stalked ; basal margin entire, slightly concave, the anterior
margins and apex lobate, the lobes serrulate in the sterile parts,
and, where fertile, bearing each a concave sorus, so that the lobes
appear two-horned. New Grenada, 1875. A magnificent stove
species. ;
A. prionophyllum (saw-leaved).
phylum.
A. pubescens (downy). Synonymous with A. hispidulum.
A. pulvi entum (covered with powder).* sti. 6in. to 12in. long,
strong, erect; fronds with a terminal prs and several spreading
lateral ones on each side, which are 4in. to 8in. long, lin, broad ;
diate,
Synonymous with A. tetra-
pinnules 4in. long, one and a half to two lines deep, dimi
the lower line nearly straight, the upper one nearly parallel,
both it and the outer edge finely toothed. sori in a continuous
line along the lower and upper edges. West Indies, &c. Stove
species.
x Fic. 30. ADIANTUM PEDATUM.
A. Reichenbachit (Reichenbach’s), Synonymous with A. Hens-
orme (kidney-shaped).* sti. tufted, 4in. to 9in. long. fronds
simple, orb‘ r, reniform, of a deep N eg colour, uni asin.
a broad, Banc] sori all around the
Greenhouse species, Z S 1a.
A. r. asarifolium (asarum-leaved),
variety of above species.
A. rhomboideum (rhomboid)
tical with A. villosum.
A rather larger growing
S. America, 1820. Probably
, rubellum (reddish).* sti. 4in. to 6in. long, Jronds 4in, to Gin. |
Jong, deltoid, bipinnate ; uppermost side of
flabellate, nearly sessile, Tee
lower border in a line wi
e pinnules cuneate,
tire ; lower rhomboid żin. long, with
y rather decurved, inner pro-
finely ed; end and
in the tips |
When ina
Adiantum—continued.
A, scutum (shield). Synonymous with A. Ghiesbreghti.
A. Seemanni(Seemann’s).* sti. bin. to 12in. long, erect. fronds Yin.
to 20in. long, simply pinnate or the lower pinnz compound ; pinnæ
šin. to 4in. ong, lżin. to 2in. broad, ovate, acuminate; but rather
unequally sided, the barren ones finely serrated, one side usually
cordate at the base, the other obliquely truncate, petioles of the
lowest, nearly an inch long. sori in long continuous marginal _
lines. This is a very fine and distinct stove species. Central
America, 1868. Syns. A. populifolium, A. Zahnii (of gardens).
A. sessilifolium (sessile-leaved). Synonymous with A. Henslo-
vianum. REE
A. setulosum (bristly). Synonymous with A. diaphanum,
A. speciosum (showy). Synonymous with A. digitatum.
A. subvolubile (somewhat twining). fronds subscandent, 2ft. to
4ft. long, oblong, tripinnate, 6in. to 8in. broad, with naked glossy
castaneous stipes and zigzag rachises ; central pinne lanceolate,
with a few short spreading pinnules; side pinnules rhomboidal,
about din. long, lower edge in a line with petiole, or deflexed,
inner end touching or wrapped over rachis, outer shallowly lobed ;
lowest pinnules equilateral, much wrapped over rachis. sori
minute, round, six to twelve toa segment. E. Peru. Stove species. —
A. tenerum (tender).* sti. lft. or more high, erect. fronds lft. to
3ft. long, 9in. to 18in. broad, deltoid, tri- or quadripinnate ; PE
ments żin. to Zin. broad, cuneate or tending towards rhomboidal,
dimidiate in shape, the upper edge rounder or somewhat angulars
broadly and deeply lobed, all stalked. sort placed in numerous
roundish patches in the lobes of the upper half. —
Mexico, &c., widely distributed. Stove species. x
A. t. Farleyense (Farley’s).* A subfertile, subcristate
variety of the foregoing ; but, is, nevertheless, one of
the most magnificent of Adiantums. It is nearly always
known under the name of A. Farleyense. Barbados,
1865. Stove varicty.
A. tetraphyllum (four-leaved),* sti, 6in. to 12in. long,
strong, erect. fronds nearly as broad as long, witha
terminal pinna 6in. to Yin. long, lin. to lin. broad,
and numerous spreading late ones; segments żin.
to Zin. broad, łin. deep, subdimidiate, the lower line
st t or somewhat decurved, the upper nearly
pal el, finely toothed, the outer ga sort inter-
ve species.
SYN. A. prionophyllum. :
A. t. Hendersoni (Iienderson’s). A stovi
small blunt pinnules. B :
A.tinctum (tinted).* sti. 6in. to 9in. l
12in. long, deltoid, bipinnate; e
three to four lines long, lower edge straight, inner
parallel with rachis, or just wrapped over it, outer
shallowly, bluntly lobed; lower ae equilateral,
imbricated over main rachis; surfaces glabrous, when
young of a delicate rose red colour, changing to a
bright green. sori round, placed in final lobes. Tro-
pical America. Stove or greenhouse species,
A. trapeziforme (rhomb-leaved).* sti. 6in. to 12in.
long, firm, erect. fronds 12in. to 24in. long, with a
central pinna 4in. to 8in. long, 2in. to 3in, broad, and —
two to four large spreading ones on each side, the
lowest of which are often branched again; Fone bgp >
lin. to 2in. long, sin. to jin. broad, dimidi the
sides nearly parallel, the outer edge oblique, |
it and the upper one bluntly lobed, the lowest on
stalks jin, to in. long. sori numerous, co! ous,
placed round the upper and outer edge. West
1793. Stove species.
A. t. cultratum (sharpene:).* Outer edge of the seg-
ment bluntly rounded. - :
t. pentadactylon (five-fingered), Lower margin
of the segments somewhat decurved obliquely from _
the petiole.
variety with
A. t. Sanct# Catherine (of gardens).* This is a deeply cut, —
rather copiously divided variety of A. trapeziforme.
A. t. S. C. Funcki(Funck’s).* A deeply lobed, drooping variety, of ©
garden origin.
A. triangulatum (triangle-leaved). Synonymous with A. inter-
medium. ete
A. varium (various). Probably identical with A. villosum. >
A. Veitchianum (Veitch’s).* sti. 6in. to 9in. long. fronds Yin. to
18in. long, deltoid, bipinnate in lower half, reddish when young +
side pinnules rhomboid, about jin. long, lower border ty
more or less deflexed from tip of pedicel, inner distant from
- upper and outer shallowly lobed ; end i, eae hin. to Zin. broad,
equilateral, rounded in upper, deltoid in lower half. sori eight to
tentos Bas eN round, minute. Peruvian Andes, 1868.
elegant 7
d distinct stove species, 3 =
A. velutinum (velvety).* sti. as long as fronds, slightly velvety.
fronds deltoid, 14ft. to 2ft. long, ‘hice to four pinnate ; rachises
pubesce t on both sides in to9in.
yJuga' sub- + b- A
ad, lower border decurved, outer blunt or sub-acute, fied
t, shallowly, bluntly lobed. soristraight, one to one and a
ae
AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE. 29
tee
Adiantum—continued.
half li at of lobes of upper edge, four to six to a seg-
ment. ron oN A magnificent stove species.
A. venustum (charming).* sti. 6in. to Qin. long, wiry, erect,
bin. to izin. long, 4in. to 8in. broad, deltoid,
; ultimate ents about jin. across, cuneate at
the bass. upper edge rounded, and usually finely toothed, of
a light green colour, with a firm texture. sori one to three,
ee roundish ; in hollows of the upper edge. Himalayas, up to 8000ft.
aii Greenhouse or frame, nearly hardy in sheltered places. SYN.
A, microphyllum.
A. villosum (hairy stalked).* sti, Sin. to 12in. long, strong, erect.
fronds with a terminal central and several spreading pinne on
each side, 6in. to 12in. long, ljin. to 2in. broad; pinnules di-
midiate, about lin. long, żin. broad, the lower line nearly straight,
th a edge nearly parallel with it, but considerably larger,
slightly toothed, and the outer edge auriculed at the base. sori
in a continuous line round the upper and outer edge. West Indies,
&c., 1775, Stove species.
A. Wagneri (Wagner's). Synonymous with A. decorum.
A. Wilesianum (Wiles'’s). Synonymous with A. crenatum.
(Williams’s).* sti. 6in. to 8in. long. 9in. to
innate, triangular ; pinnæ Sata, ulan, piinia
sub-rotund, slightly trapeziform, the i ve, the
18in. long,
basal line rather conca
‘4 en or slightly undulated, or divided into three to four
j erose -A aa ret ha elongate reniform
diaphanous sori
or lunate, the whole of theta SaNi
a x í -
ful of the ferns. Greenhouse species.
A. Wilsoni (Wilson’s).* Enae cenit E dha a
to 12in. long, to 12in. broad, si h a large
terminal Gar agr ig ee A lateral case cu ah
are 4in. to 6in. long, lin. to Zin. broad, ovate or ovate-
lanceolate, acuminate, nearly entire. sori in continuous lines along
both edges. Jamaica. Stove species. SYNS. A. dolosum, A.
macropterum,
A. Zahnii (Zaln’s). Synonymous with A. Seemanni.
ADINA (from adinos, crowded; in reference to the
flowers being disposed in heads). ORD. Rubiacew. A very
pretty evergreen cool stove shrub, with opposite terete
branches, and solitary, axillary peduncles. It thrives in
a mixture of loam, sand, and peat. Propagated by cuttings,
which root readily if placed in a rich loamy soil under a
~ hand glass, in heat.
-flowered).* fl. yellowish, sessile, crowded,
heads ; corolla funnel-shaped; peduncles
axillary, rarely terminal, solitary. July. l lanceo
longer than the peduncles. A. 3t. to 4ft. China, 1804,
a shady spot. It is a biennial, but in favourable spots is
_ gelf-sowing, and thus may be treated as a perennial. If
placed either against a wall or in the open it is a pretty
its fragile character, it can only be seen to the best advan-
tage under glass.
A. cirrhosa (tendrilled).* jf. pale rose-colonred, about din. ;
peduncles axillary, generally four-flowered. June. L
innate, pale green. h. 15ft. 1788. The Maidenhair fern-like
leaves are borne in profusion on the slender twining stems. SYN.
Corydalis fungosa.
ADNATE. Grown to anything by the whole surface ;
anthers are said to be adnate when they are attached to
filaments by their whole length.
_ ADONIS (name of classical derivation). ORD. Ranun-
&c. All the species will grow
lft. Annual.
subject for trailing over a shrub or twiggy branch. From |
ua. Bee |
Adonis—continued,
A. pyrenaica (Pyrencan).* fl. almost sessile, ellow i petals eight
i we rr an 5 mors o i trifid £ m]
ower ones on long many
gments, upper ones sessile, multi with linear very entire
lobules. Stem beyond a foot high and usually much branched.
Perennial. Pyrenees, 1817. .
A. vernalis (spring).* f. yellow, large; petals, ten to twel Com
rather pot nt Aste L. lower ones abortive, pepe mn
A. v. sibirica (Siberian) differs only in having larger flowers.
A. agen (Volga). An tonne ae species between
and A. diff.
ADPRESSED. Brought into close contact with any-
thing without adhering. Pe oo oa
30
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
ADVENTURE BAY PINE.
rhomboidalis.
ADVERSE. Opposite.
ZICHMEA (from aichme, a point; in reference to the
rigid points on the calyces or flower-envelopes). ORD.
Bromeliacee. Very handsome stove plants. Flowers scapose,
panicled; perianth six-cleft, three outer ones sepaloid, longer
than the three inner or petaloid segments. Leaves ligulate,
or sword-shaped, sometimes with marginal spines. They
thrive best in a well drained compost of rich fibrous loam and
leaf mould. The ordinary temperature of a stove suits these
plants well, but they like plenty of light, which may be
afforded by standing them on inverted pots, so as to raise
their heads well up above the surrounding plants. Pro-
pagation: When the flower spikes, which are sent up from
the heart or crown of the plant, die away, suckers or offsets
are produced near the base, and from these other flowers
appear the year after. If large plants are desired, these
See Phyllocladus
suckers should be left to grow and spread around; but to
SSS,
wat
BAG,
J
wees
0 ae RE SS
Fic. 33. ÆCHMEA FULGENS.
get a moist heat till rooted. To enable them to do this it
is necessary to strip off a few of the lower leaves, and trim
the bottom with a sharp knife, in order that it may heal
over and callus more readily than it otherwise would.
When rooted, the plants may be shifted into larger-sized
pots; but for single crowns 32-sized pots are large
enough, as the plants, being epiphytal in their nature,
do not require much soil or any great supply of water,
except when growing freely or sending up their flower-
spikes. In winter, they should be kept rather on the dry
side, to induce partial rest; and an important point is to
see that water is not allowed to lie for any length of time
in the crown of the plant, as when that is the case it is
likely to cause them to rot.
Æ. calyculata (calycled).*
i serene’ borne in close roundish hea
En
bri pager pr with red
at the an erect scape.
with the ends having the aj ce of Brg
Brazil,
cut off, but armed with a.sharp spine. h. 9i
Syn. Hoplophytum calyc -
Æ. eoolestis (heavenly blue).* | sky bho, i dob Spramidal
panicles, on @ sca) T. imula Bar.
Taa aig beneath, Drail, 1974.” Brn. Borhan taine
Æ. ceerulescens (bluish). f. bluish. A. lft. South America,
1870. iis pete SDan very Si ive on account of the large
~ athe
Zichmea—continued.
dense head of deep blue and pure white berries which are pro-
duced in October. Syn. Lamprococcus coerulescens. €
Æ. discolor (two-coloured-leaved).* ji. scarlet, borne on a loose,
branched panicle. June. J. broad, minutely toothed on the |
La deep green above, and rather purplish beneath. h. 2ft.
razil, 3 E
Æ. distichantha (two-ranked-flowered).* fl. sepals rose-coloured ;
etals bia me purple; spikes densely clothed with bright 1
racts. Z. long, glaucous, linear-oblong, tapering to a sharp point, —
and distinctly armed with reddish brown spines, A. lft. South
Brazil, 1852. SYN. Billbergia polystachya.
Æ. exudans (exuding), fl. orange-coloured (exuding a white —
greasy substance, whence the specific name) interspersed with
green bracts ; scape erect, with scattered crimson lanceolate bracts,
terminating in a dense head. J. oblong, spine-margined, grey-
coated, h. 2ft. West Indies, 1824. Syn. Hohenbergia capitata.
Æ, fasciata (banded).* fl. scape upright, clothed with leafy bracts —
of a rosy-pink colour; each of the pink blossoms in the dense
conical head is subtended by a narrow, spiny-edged, similarly-
coloured bract, longer than its own. l. broad, recurved, banded
with white. Rio Janeiro, 1826, SYN. Billbergia fasciata. Lasts
in perfection for a considerable length of time.
Æ, fulgens (glowing).* fi. deep rich red, with a bluish tip, fifty
or more in a large branching panicle; scape stout, erect, scarl
August, September. J. somewhat sword-shaped, t
rather abruptly. Cayenne, 1842. See Fig. 33.
Æ. Furstenbergi (Furstenberg’s). fl. rose; flower spike de
with overlapping showy pink bracts, Z. tufted, linear, spinous
the edge, recurved. k. 1ft. Bahia, 1879.
Æ. glomerata (glomerate).* jl. violet ; scape erect, stout, 8in. to
10in. high, with glomerate branches of crowded blood-red bracts
l. oblong-ligulate, cuspidate, about 18in. long, dull green; margin
bat ber a wide-set spines Bahia, 1868. Sy. A ‘Hohendergia ery:
‘achys.
hystrix (bristly).* in very dense, oblo es; floral -
leaves and fants La February. l. y a ay Bs ascend
, linear lanceolate, saw-toothed. h. 24ft. Cayenne, 1880.
inden’s). jl. yellow, in dense terminal heads, with |
a pà brae SE than eri eht me l HRAT, j
rounded, a) ; margins saw- ; habit tufted. :
South Brasil, 1864. aS
Mariæ Reginæ een Maria’s).* i
ing to Selene a On age, be Ci
upper portion of the spike ; scape erect, about 2ft
length is clothed with large boat-shaped_ bracts, some
in y rich rose-pink. June, July. Z. 18in. long, with a
habit. Costa Rica, 1873. This is perhaps the best species.
Æ. Melinoni (Melinon’s), fl. bright scarlet, tipped with
cylindric; panicle dense, terminal. J. oblong, leathery,
1gin. in length, dark green; margin spiny. South America.
Æ. Ortgiesii (Ortgies’), fl. red, on short spikes,
channelled, recurved, spongy, broad at the base, and taperi
a point; stem short, gouty. Tropical America, 1800.
Ortgiesia tillandsioides.
Æ. paniculigera (panicled). fl. rose-coloured, petals proj
beyond the sepals, deep bright tes panicle Be: compo’ :
lft. to 2ft. long ; scape reddish, downy, several feet high ; rachides ©
and bracts rose-coloured. J, ligulate, shortly acuminate. West
Indies, 1881.
Æ. spectabilis (notable).* jl, rosy ; calyx fleshy, ovate ; corolla
lin. long, rosy crimson. l. spreading, channelled, ligulate, 24ft.
long, šin. to 4in. broad, Guatemala, 1875. :
Æ. Veitchii (Veitch’s).* scarlet ; spike densely clothed with —
— geared _— closely investi flowers f tufted,
eathery in texture, broadly strap-s ee
serrulate, A. lft. Columbia, 1877 SYN. Chevalliera Veitchit.
EEGICERAS (from aiv, a goat, and keras, a horn;
alluding to the shape of its fruit). ORD. Myrsinaceæ. Small
trees, with obovate entire leaves. Flowers white, fragrant, |
in terminal or axillary umbels. The undermentioned is @ —
stout greenhouse evergreen milky shrub, of easy culture, 1
a mixture of sand, loam, and peat. Half-ripened cuttings
root in summer, under a glass, in sand, and in gentle heat.
fragrans (f t white, fragrant ; umbels pedunculat Ca
= os roma es l. obovate, margin undulated, an@ —
unequally dilated, veiny ; er surface covered with saline €X-
crescence. h, 6ft. New Holland, 1824,
ZEGIPHILA (from aiz, a goat, and philos, dear; ®
favourite with goats). ORD. Verbenacee. Stove orna-
mental evergreen shrubs, generally with ovate :
acuminate, smooth leaves; and flowers in axillary and
terminal panicles. They require a rich sandy loam. Propa-
gated from cuttings which will root in sand, under a glass,
with bottom heat.
Æ. grandiflora (large-flowered).* fl. yellow, terminal, corymbose;
corolla downy. Go toes E compressed, blue. E verti-
t
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
- speties aro probabi a ta Saa am and
tists ond ie mob guacrally 90. f
ZEGLE (from gle, one of the Hesperides). Bengal
- Quince. ORD. Rutacew. A stove evergreen tree, producing
very large fruit, which much resembles an orange in general
aaikes, very delicious to the taste, and exquisitely
fragrant. This genus differs principally from Citrus by its
numerous disunited stamens. The pulp of the fruit is an
aperient, and a valuable remedy in dysentery, the thick
rind and the dried unripe fruit are astringent. It thrives
best in a rich loamy soil. Propagated by ripe cuttings,
which, if not deprived of any of their leaves, will root in
sand under a hand glass, in heat.
Æ. Marmelos (Marmelos). /. hone 7 very f ; panicles
ren termi: = P, aaraa led. ` 2. trifolia At leaflets
toothletted. h. 10ft.
ÆOLANTHUS ae “cil: to vary, and anthos, a
flower ; referring to the variableness of the flowers). ORD.
Labiatee.. A genus of few herbs, with thickish leaves.
echoed panicled. They thrive in sandy loam, and
from seeds sown in a similar compost.
yo thls eS eg fl. brown. East Africa, 1859.
(sweet-scented). ;
AERANTHUS (from aer, air, and anthos, a flower;
referring to the habit). ORD. Orchidaceae. A genus com-
prising a couple of species of remarkable stove orchids, re-
quiring treatment similar to Anguloa, to which it is allied.
Æ. —_ae (spider-like). fl. green. J, linear. h. 4in. Mada-
' tyre &
ee Gaee. oran aed
ai, granditiora eae green,
AERATION. zea exposure of the soil to the free
action of the air, as essential to the growth of plants.
DES (from aer, the air; in reference to the
these have of deriving their sustenance from the
ORD. Orchidacee. An extensive genus of
large,
They are usually tran ts t th apex, and
te tht atah GUE MORAG amino dasa the coats bat in
ont lone Say le A cylindrical.
spheric moisture to meet their requirements ; and, unless
“this is managed, the leaves will shrivel and fall off, leaving
only a few at the extremity. Therefore, as soon as the
plants are established upon the blocks of wood, let them
be removed and potted. Fill the pot three parts full of
broken potsherds and lumps of charcoal, and then use
ing but clean, living sphagnum, placing a few roots in
moss and leaving the others free. By this means a
greater amount of moisture can be supplied to them, and
beautiful and symmetrical specimens obtained. The
2 a a a a ses ae grown into handsome plants, which
yoran fsha we prefer to ajA shehe the prera that gives a
fair amount of flower coupled with good leafage. As before
remarked, the Aerides are peculiarly eastern, and therefore
are usually classed amongst the orchids which require the
hottest houses. This is, in one sense, correct; yet they do
not require the great amount of heat which many imagine,
and which has, until recently, been given them.
must not, therefore, be excluded from the amateur’s collec-
tion of orchids, During the winter season many of the
species may be kept in a temperature of 58deg. to 60deg.;
whilst during the growing season the temperature may run
up el ee ee as a free circulation
of air and a sufficiency of moisture are secured, The
following status of temperature may be observed: In spring,
ee ee to 70deg. or 80deg. by day; in
summer, from 70deg. in the night, to 80deg. pe
—— the day; in winter, about 60deg. night, and
y-
a related),* J delicuhe tosa, sreneset, As gel om age
spikes, which sometimes —_
continuo in bi at the apex the iy gin eg SF aai
a
k aR. aar iie Foa Tada. Social
exealiand Gxbibitled poem pe a
A. a. superbum (superb).* with larger z
and richer coloured flowers, and pe se Bm
A. Brookii (Sir A. Brooke’s).* dagie white ; — d
bright purples and > ly very
ornamental, of a glaucous (milky green) hue, ig
species, although one of the handsomest, is very rare.
A. crassifolinm (thick-leaved).* Thisis a dwarf, densely-habited
plant, with broad, thick, pupie anid = ae bares.
= flowers, which are ‘borne on long ice dey
are— er than those aleat w
form, dapet a the segments ilpped um, whl
the centre or ae Be the Fas toi ie ivory-w’ og
with A. falcatum, th rt is here bent under at an
fo ee ee the side lnciniss of the By Aro
broader and shorter the present plant, and the two on the
Fic. 34. FLOWER OF AERIDES CRISPUM,
A. crispum (crisp).* 4. white, suffused with purplish rose,
2in. in s mrri. sepals and petals dvate, acute; lip — lol
the middle lobe being very large, toothed’ at the base, and fi
at the margin; the horn-like spur is slightly incurved ;
ascending, more than double the length of the leaves, |
flowered, l deep green, | flat and broad, blunt at the ends, a
two-lobed, about 4in. or Sin, long. Bombay, 1840. Lasts a
time in beauty. See Fig. 34.
A. ec. Lindleyanum j emer by A w
producing a large much Pi
petals white, and a large, bright, rich, rose eared pe
A. c. Warneri (Warner’s).* The leaves are smaller, and
slender than in the species, the sepals and petals are ‘white, with a
a soft, rich, rose-coloured 1 lip. :
A. oe pals and a ae ES eres longs ns thane ae
alpan 5
ĝin. to 6in. Ag and distinct
“$2 THE DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING,
Aerides—continued.
A. difforme (deformed). ^. green and brown. India, 1865.
Dominiana (Dominy’s).* This is a garden hybrid between
A. Fieldingii and A. afine, with the colour of the former, but
markings and shape of the latter. Very rare.
A. falcatum (sickle-leaved).* fl, sepals and petals white, dotted
with reddish crimson, and tipped with soft rose ; lip white at the
sides, with a rosy-crimson centre ; spur short, parallel with the
lip ; racemes pendulous, many flowered, J. closely set upon the
m, peculiar blue-green, coriaceous, obtuse and mucronate.
This species is very closely allied to A. crass; olium. SYN. A.
Larpente,
Fic. 35, AERIDES ODORATUM.
> agii (Fiel s).* The Fox-brush Ærides. f. white,
mp eE e, beauti jan gouei, _ apie reee, cifou the
1 è , and continue bl -
Te Fup sce four weeks, + Jio. to 10in. long, in some inate
$ A een +
fleshy, obliquely two-lobed at the apex.’ A Sft, to att, yon s
A. Houlletianum (Houllet’s).* jl, sepals
off into cream white at ihata wine a = caged ronding
_ tips ; lip white ; front part dark purplish, with
-~ same colour on the sides ; on Tortai rowdod sale ¢ os
_ growth similar to A, virens. Cochin Syn, = Mendelii,
oS ale (Japanese),* white, with the lateral sepal
= eed with brown A le; "several yo
Lee the nt
racemes > purple, spotted, marked a dark violet :
ridge. hin linear-oblong, obtusely bilobed. Disdik shack,
about 4in. high. A pretty house species from Japan, 1862.
= re ea nena ted ream Synonymous with A. faleatum.
: Lobbii (Lobb’s).* fl. white in the centre, slightly tinted
blush. towards Ea akisi, pesani ar spotted with a
`A. m. Schroederi (Schræder’s).* A
is “marked with a whitish central bar,and tained witha deep vialha `
Aerides—continued.
either side; on long, dense, cylindrical, pendent spikes. l ligulate,
obliquely two-lobed at the apex, thick and fleshy in texture, abou
18in. long, and of a light green hue. Moulmein, 1868. Thi
elegant pga of which many distinct varieties are in cultivation,
is one of the most delicate of the genus.
A. maculosum (spotted). 7. large, with obtuse pale rose-coloured ©
sepals and petals, which are spotted with purple; lip flat and
undivided, bluntly ovate, and of a deep rosy-purple ; racemes
endulous, proceeding from among the upper leaves, somewhat
ax and branching. č. ligulate, thick, and fleshy, obtuse at
apex, 8in. or 9in. long, dark green. A somewhat slow growing
species, with a rather stiff, dwarf habit. Bombay, 1840.
very delicate white, tinged
with lilac and spotted with rose ; labellum beautiful rose coloured,
l. dark green, 10in. long. h. 18in. East Indies. A very free
growing and handsome variety, superior to the species, but rare
in cultivation,
A. Mendelii (Mendel’s). Synonymous with 4. Woulletianum.
A. mitratum (mitred).* fl. waxy-white; lip violet coloured, on
numerous dense erect racemes. April. Jl. cylindrical, attenuated,
about 2ft. long, dark green. Moulmein, 1864. A rare but elegant
species,
A. nobile (noble).* fl. sepalsand petals white tipped, and spot
with bright rose; lip three-lobed, the side lobes creamy yellow,
and the middle lobe slightly bifid at the apex, white, dotted with
rose-purple, very fragrant ; racemes 2ft. to 3ft. long, pendulous, —
much branched, many flowered. 1. strap-shaped, obliquely emar-
ginate at the apex, light green, slightly spotted with brown. No
unlike <A, suavissimum, but with a we and better colo
flowers, and more robust growth, East Indies,
A. odontochilum (tooth-lipped). h. 2ft. Sylhet, 1837.
A, odoratum (fragrant).* jl. sepals and petals creamy and white,
tipped with pink ; lip cucullate, with even side lobes, the middle
lobe being ovate and infiexed, the spur conical and neurved, of
the same colour as the ap, very fragrant ; racemes longer t
the leaves, many-flowered, pendulous. J. oblique, obtuse, mucro-
nate at the apex, and dark green, East Indies, 1800. An old
favourite. See Fig. 35.
4 < cornutum (horned). Distinct in growth. A. pink and
ter).* Like A. odoratum in growth, but with
+ ree
er spike of flowers,
A. o. pu lish).* —
bi dar! leaves massive |
are white, with bright pink. —
pachyphyllum (thick-leaved). fl. light crimson lake; spur
and column white, the small laciniæ of the blade of the lip on
front part of spur painted with more or less warn purple (these
laciniz are just as insignificant as the spur is preponderant);
raceme short, few-flowered. J. fleshy, short ; apex obtuse and un-
equally two-lobed, Burmah, 1880.
A. quinquevulnerum (five-wounded).* Jl. fragrant ; sepals and
petals obtuse, white, marked with five reddish crimson blotches,
and gl with purple ; lip cucullate and funnel shaped, the side
lobes being erect and the centre lobe oblong, incurved and
serrated, of the same colour as the sepals; spur conical, green,’
large; racemes longer than the leaves, pendulous, and many-
flowered. Late summer and early autumn. 1, ligulate, about
12in. long, tightly clasping the stem at the base, obliquely
mucronate at the apex, bright shining green. Philippines, 1
A. q. Farmeri (Farmer’s).* A very rare variety of the above,
with similar habit and growth, but the flowers are pure white
throughout, and fragrant. Se ‘
A. Reichenbachii (Reichenbach’s).* fl. sepalsneatly striped (not
blotched); lip deep orange colour; racemes densely peo
Borneo, 1858. A very rare species, :
A. roseum ssn en fl. sepal and petals narrow, acute r
pale rose colour, with darker spots ; lip flat, entire, and acute, 0
a bright rose, freckled—like the sepals and petals—with spots of @
darker hue ; raceme pendulous, dense, and many flowered, a gee ;
of a foot in length. l. coriaceous, recurved, and channelle a
with a blunt two-lobed apex, Moulmein, 1840. As this does nob
root freely, it requires less moisture than any other species.
A. r. superbum (superb).* A fine vari with stronger growth,
and larger and richer coloured flowers. è spikes of this, piel
as the typical species, are apt to die off if m water is given. —
tals obtusely ovate,
um (sweetest), fl. sepals and
out with deep lilac; lip tho
A. suavissim
white, tipped or tinged through
lobed, pressed to the column, the side lobes being obli
denticulate, the middle lobe linear and bifid, the whole lip being
of a pale lemon colour, and the spur rosy-eyed ; ;
ra ia
long, light
racemes are half pendulous and branch
deliciously t flowers. l feed, honk "oin.
green, profusely freckled with brown dots. Malacca, 1848.
are one or two varieties. Te
A, tesselatum ag uered). fl. lined and streaked with greet
white, and purple. Indies, 1838. A scarce species. _
A. testaceum (testaceous). Synonymous with Vanda testaced.
A. vandarum (Vanda). Synonymous with A. cylindricum. _
AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE.
Aerides— continued. :
A. virens (vigorous). fl. rey fragrant; sepals and petals
ovate, obtuse, softwhite, ti rosy-purple ; Up large; side
lobes toothed at the ages, white, d dotted with erkuson? middle
lobe lobo hearing, a red infla ag ami. racemes long, drooping,
showered, commencing to bloom early in April, and last-
jog wash a broad, oblique, rounded at the apex, with
the centre, and very bright green, about 8in.
Peg v. cong’ Ellis’s).* fl. sepals and petals large, white, suffused
with rose tipped with poate on kerk the lower sepals very round
and broad ; H p ge; side lobes'white, beautifully freckled towards
the base, with short lines of amethyst ; middle lobe broad, and
deep rich amethyst in colour; spur stout, curved upwards, and
tipped with brown ; racemes about 18in. long, bedi generally
from thirty to forty, or more, large flowers. 2, pale green, A
splendid variety.
A. Wightianum. See Vanda testacea,
A. Williamsii (Williams’s).* fl. delicate pinkish white,
duced in great abundance ; spikes 2ft. to 3ft.
l. broad, dark green,
species,
AEROBION. See Angrecum.
= — E Plants that are grown entirely in
| the air.
$ ÆSCHYNANTHUS (from aischuno, to be ashamed,
and anthos, a flower). ORD.. Gesneraceæ. ake genus of very
beautiful twining, radicant, or para-
sitical stove shrubs, with naag
simple, entire leaves, and
few flowered, umbellate pe-
duncles. They possess all the quali-
fications worthy of extensive cultiva-
tion — handsome flowers, fine deep
green leaves, an agreeable fragrance,
i and are easily grown on blocks, which
; must be covered with green moss,
fastened on with small copper wire.
Preparatory to fastening them on,
Í the roots should be covered with moss,
RE: T: E A TE plants secured to the block
| also by wire. After this, but little atten-
tion is requisite, except duly syringing
and occasionally dipping in tepid
water. As pot plants they are very
beautiful, and in this method perfection
is only obtained by growing them on
fast and strong by generous treatment,
which consists in frequently re-potting
in light rich compost till they are
large enough to be trained up a trellis, formed of slender
rods of willow or hazel. Propagated by seeds and cuttings.
The former are very ; the latter root readily
during spring in a well-drained pot, filled with a light com-
post, and having a surface of pure white sand, about lin.
deep. The best are obtained from half-ripened wood, cut
into 2in. or 3in. lengths, and all leaves, with the exception
of one or two at the top, removed. The cuttings should then
be covered over with a bell glass, and placed in moderate
bottom heat. So soon as rooted, transfer them singly to
small pots, and again place under hand glasses, until they
are thoroughly established, then gradually harden off.
When about twelve months old, place the plants in their
permanent quarters. Baskets are commonly and very
effectively employed. Line these with moss, and fill with
a light rich compost; place the plant as near the centre
as possible, and, to promote a uniform growth, fasten down
the branches with small neat pegs, at equal distances.
; the summer, give copious supplies of water, to
produce a liberal growth, which is of the utmost importance
the first season, when they should not be permitted to
flower. The following winter they should be kept cool
and rather dry, thus giving
ong, and bran
drooping. A very scarce and pretty
- them a rest. The year
following, if properly bar 9 they will bloom profusely. *
=. Tong, cynical a ae Roe el corolla 1,in.
wered.
wa Ye a uneqi vanega te ar
Æschynanthus—continued.
Æ. Aucklandi (Lord Auckland’s). Synonymous with Æ. spe-
_ etosus,
Æ. Boschianus (Bosch’s).* fl rigs omg clustered ; corolla
tubular, with ae throat; calyx tubular, sm purplish.
brown, July. J, ovate, obtuse, entire. A. lft. ‘ava, 1844.
See Fig. 36.
Æ. cordifolius (heart-leaved).* dee striped with black,
inside of the mio orange, m, pcan de | 8
date, quite smooth, dark green on the upper side, paler below.
h. 1ft. Borneo, 1858.
Æ. shining).* ht crimson, Fi lo er
and the i ar ae of tre “ae coe vd heirs: I)
ae Resa r thick umbels, EAE h. lft.
acumina and fleshy, green.
East Indies, 1855. .
tops. equal; umbels many wered, og L g -lanceo-
ted, serrated, obscurely-nery: green,
h. 6ft. — see :
Æ. javanicus (Ja A, bright red, , stained with yellow in the
5 amet "ena downy, ta ie Aik ppr Aggama n J
ova veins, a
a Plant scandent. ag
Lobbianus pre Pl ste .
jl. rich scarlet; calyx large, cam-
“aia corolla corms terminal, bractente
Pinus ii
June.
entire, “on slightly’ sores
Fic. 36. ASSCHYNANTHUS BOSCHIANUS,
a Se ao scat eat re a
Æ. longifiorus
with a long as curved tu E
mouth; u lobe bifid. Sanik. broad.
entire. Java, 1845. Plant pendulous.
Æ. miniatus (vermilion).* fl. rich vermilion ; corolla tomentose ;
upper lip bilo enue rtite ; peduncles axillary, three-
flowered, June, l oval entire. h. 14ft. Java, 1845.
Syn. Æ. radicans.
Æ. pulcher (showy).* oe scarlet; corolla three times
larger than tho ive Fg! brag terminal, bracteate. June. 4
ovate, obscurely tio. ava, 1845. Scandent.
Æ. radicans (stem-fibred). Synonymous with Æ. miniatus.
Æ. speciosus (showy).* jl. rich orange-coloured ; corolla with __
long clavate curved tube, and obliquely four-lobed limb; farant
lobe bifid, terminal, numerous, downy. Summer. l u De
always verticillate, ‘ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, slight, pelo
h. 2ft. Java, 1845. SYN. Æ. Aucklandi. a
Æ. splendidus (splendid).* fi. bright acarik spotted wiih oie black
in terminal fascicles.
on the margins; corolla clavate, 3in. long, in F
Summer, lasting in perfection for a considerable time. l ag r ;
ar. Mrema acuminated, entire, rather undulated. A. lft. Hy-
Æ. tricolor (three-coloured).* fi. deep blood red, usually :
throat and base of the lobes bright omnes, the three upper lobes
being striped with krep July. cordate, dark green above,
aler on the under side ; — ME. surface, and stem, slightly
iry. k. lft. Borneo, 1
Æ. bo potapa ashesi ñ., green, brown. Autumn. Java,
ZSCHYNOMENE mere yma be ashamed) ;
ted, glaucous, Java, 1846, fee
e. 34
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Zischynomene—continued. :
ORD. Leguminose. Stove herbs and shrubs, with impari-
pinnate leaves, having many pairs of leaflets, and axillary
racemes of usually yellow flowers. They thrive well
in a good rich loam. Propagated by cuttings, placed in sand
under a bell glass, in a brisk heat. Seeds of the herbaceous
‘species require a good heat to start them into growth. The
annuals are not worth growing. There are about forty other
species known besides those mentioned, some of which may
prove worthy of cultivation when introduced into this
country.
Æ. (rough-stemmed), fl. yellow; racemes compound ;
peduncles, bracteas, calyces, and corollas, hispid. June. l. with
thirty to forty pairs of linear leaflets, which are smooth as well as
the legumes. Stem herbaceous, perennial, erect. h. 6ft. to 8ft.
East Indies, 1759.
Æ. sensitiva (sensitive).* f. white; legumes and racemes
glabrous; peduncles branched, few-flowered. June. 1, with
sixteen to twenty p= of linear leaflets. h. 3ft. to 6ft. Stem
shrubby, smooth. Jamaica, 1733. This species requires a sandy
soil. Shrub.
ÆSCULUS (a name given by Pliny to a kind of oak
having an edible fruit; derived from esca, nourish-
ment). The Horse Chestnut. ORD. Sapindacee. A genus
of hardy showy trees, well adapted for lawns or parks,
having a beautiful appearance when in flower. They will
do well in any soil, but.the more loamy the better. In-
creased by layers, put down in the spring, or by grafting or
budding on the common horse chestnut. Seeds, where pro-
curable, should be sown singly in rows in spring, where they
may remain until they are of sufficient size to be perma-
nently planted out, This genus is distinguished from Pavia,
in having its capsules echinated, i.e., covered with prickles,
like a hedgehog; but this character is not always con-
_ sistent.
po carnea (fiesh-coloured). Synonymous with Æ. rubicunda.
a * ;
ghar nthe eee no ot
to corolla. June. J. with five leaflets,
Æ. Hippdcastanum (Common Horse-Chestnut). fl. white, tinged
handsome terminal racemes, which are pro-
only.
Æ. ohioensis (Ohio). A synonym of A. glabra.
Æ. pallida (pale-flowered). A synonym of A. glabra.
Æ. rubicunda (red-flowered).* fl. scarlet, in very fine terminal
_ Yacemes; petals four, having the claws shorter than the calyx ;
_ stamens eight. June. lZ. with five to seven obovately-cuneated,
acute, unequally serrated leaflets. A. 20ft. North America,
1820. This is a very distinct and beautiful tree when in flower,
er greeting attain so large a size as Æ. Hippocastanum. SYN.
| ÆSTIVATION. Ths manner of the folding of the
calyx and corolla in the flower bud.
ZETHIONEMA (from aitho, to scorch, and nema, a
filament; apparently in allusion to some tawny or burnt
appearance in the stamens). ORD. Crucifere. A genus
of elegant little plants, distinguished from allied genera in
having the four larger stamens winged, and with a tooth.
Herbs or sub-shrubs, perennial or annual, branched from
the base, diffuse or erect. Flowers in crowded terminal
racemes. Leaves fleshy, sessile. They are well worth culti-
vating in sunny situations, where they form a freer flower-
ing habit than when growing in a wild state. Some of the
_ more hardy species may be planted on rock work, which, by
_ their dwarf growth, they are well adapted for. The annual
and biennial species may either be sown on rockwork or in
_ the front of the flower-border. A light dry soil suits them
- best. The shrubby kinds of this genus should be kept in
pots, which should be well drained with potsherds, and
: -~ in May; or by cuttings, planted in summer.
treated like other alpine plants. dag by seeds, sown |-
4ithionema—continued.
Æ. Buxbaumii (Bauxbaum’s). jl. pale red; racemes crowded,
agproeate. June. l. oblong-spathulate, glaucous. h. 6in. Thrace, —
1 + A pretty annual, with erect branched stems, Syn. Thlaspi
arabicum.
Fic. 37. ASTHIONEMA CORIDIFOLIUM, showing Habit and Flower,
Æ. coridifolium (Coris-leaved).* 7. rosy lilac, small, in ter-
minal dense rounded racemes. June. J, linear, glaucous, crowded.
Asia Minor, 1871. A pretty perennial, shrubby below, with erect
stems 6in, to 8in. high. See Fig. 37. j
Æ. gracile (slender). /l. purplish ; racemes crowded
when in fruit, loose. June. l lanceolate, pointed.
Branches and branchlets slender, elongated. Sandy hills
niola, 1820. Shrubby perennial.
terminal;
8in.
in Car-
FIG, 38, ÆTHIONEMA GRANDIFLORUM, showing Habit and Flower.
Æ. grandifiorum (large-flowered).* jl. of a warm shaded rose;
racemes crowded, nae bien numerous, May to A _ 1. ovate.
Mount Lebanon, 1879. This perennial species
forms a spreading bush about 14ft. ng is perhaps the and-
somest of the genus, This succeeds well in the ordinary border,
but is far better suited on the rockery. See Fig. 38. À
fl purplish, in
a
Æ. membranaceum memhranont-poðded).
terminal racemes. - Foon l. linear, distant, somewhat fleshy,
i sed. h. 3in. to 6in. Persia, 1828. A litle shrubs
with filiform branches. Perennial. si a
monospermum (one-seeded), f. purple, la , in z
"S racemes. i l. oval or obovate, blun iran pbe
one-celled, on ed, h. 3in. to 6in, Spain, A
pretty little biennial, with hardish branches. i á
pulchellum (pretty).* This is said to be a new ies, bub it `
ae resembles or coridifolium. It is scarcely in full cultiva-
tion yet, but it geses one of the hardiest as well as one of the
k (rock).* lish; racemes loose, terminal.
Ta and zh. l rii , acutish. h, in, Spain, 1820. A
oblong, glaucous,
AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA
+
OF HORTICULTURE. 385.
AFRICAN LOTUS. See Zizyphus.
AFRICAN MARIGOLD. Sce Tagetes erecta.
AFRICAN OAK, and TEAK. See Vitex Doniana.
AFZELIA (named after Adam Afzelius, M.D., Pro-
_ fessor of Botany in the University of Upsal, in Sweden, and
for many years resident at Sierra Leone). ORD. Legu-
minose.
sandy loam. Ripened euttings will root if planted in a pot
of sand, and plunged in heat, under a bell glass.
A. africana (African).* fl. crimson, disposed in racemes; =
four (furnished with claws), upper one largest. June,
ligneus, many-celled ; seeds black, with scarlet aril. 1. abruptly
pinnate. h. 30ft. Sierra Leone, 1821,
AGALMYLA (from agalma, an ornament; and hule,
a wood; the species are great ornaments to the woods in
which they grow wild). ORD. Gesneracew. A small but
very handsome genus of climbing or radicant herbs, with
simple alternate leaves and axillary fascicles of flowers,
something like the blooms of a Gesnera. Corolla limb
, , five-lobed, scarcely two-lipped. eo staminea, the
3 gis generally cultivated species, is best grown in a basket,
planted jn a compost of ange prain little leaf soil, fresh
and nodules of charcoal. Give an abund-
growing, which should be lessened
after flowering, pes allow the plant to rest during winter.
* It may be planted out on rockwork in the stove. Half-
ripened cuttings will root freely in heat under a glass. The
temperature in summer should not be less than 75deg. by
day, and 65deg. by night.
= tear (long-styled). fl. crimson. Java, 1873.
mee (Cong: -stamened).* E scarlet, disposed in axillary
g enen corolla tubular, incurve with a dilated throat. Summer.
$ alternate, oblong, acuminated, denticulated, nearly equal at the
base, downy beneath, and on the edges. Stem and petioles hairy.
h. 2ft. Java, 1846. Stove species.
AGANISIA (from aganos, desirable; in reference to
the beauty of these neat little plants). ORD. Orchidaceae.
Asmali genus of epiphytal orchids, requiring to be grown
- upon a block of wood suspended from the rafters of the stove.
A damp atmosphere, syringing the roots and leaves freely
« when i in a growing state, and shade during very bright
» are primary points to be observed in their culti-
vation. Increased by dividing the pseudo-bulbs just pre-
vious to starting into new growth.
A. coerulea (dark blue).* fl. peduncles axillary, few flowered.
“The colourte the icon A o Fida service, Th tat
The wea darker bine blotches over the ‘flower,
veiled middle : bailine a th, r
beneath. two
uadrate arms close to the ic hollow.” 1,
duminata Pondo ulin suchou Seprasoovaa” ‘Brel
A. fimbriata (fringed).* fl. white; ~~ blue. Demerara, 1874,
This species has also a sacciform, fimbriate lip, but, when com-
pared with the foregoing, its flowers, leaves, and bulbs are much
com and the lip is not slit up to the apex, but the sac is
round
n graminos et leaved). A weedy looking species, of no garden
value. Guiana, 1836. :
A. ionoptera (violet- winged). The flowers, not very much larger
than those of the lily of the valley, are white, with violet petals,
sänd violet tips and streaks on the sepals. Peru, 1871.
A. pulchella (pretty).* 7. white, with a blotch of yellow in the
: centre of the ae the iiis is produced from the bottom of the
- bulb. h, Demerara, 1838. It blossoms at different times of
-the year, and lasts two or three weeks in perfection. This species
isy oot. rare and pretty, and is best grown in a pot, with peat, and
a ttet Eoi ; requires a liberal supply of water at the roots, and
AGANOSHA (Crom aganos, mild, and osme, a smell;
: ORD. Apocynacee. A genus of showy
and terminal corymbs of large funnel-shaped flowers, the
coronet of which is cup-shaped or cylindrical, “h its
parts so united that they ig sites
mouth of the cup.”
worth cultivating.
_ All the species mentioned are we
ir They thrive best: dtr . of
A pretty stove evergreen tree, thriving best in |
y appear only as lobes around the
: beating a. Ne eae
Aganosma—continued.
sand, and peat, in equal proportions. Propagated by cuttings
c sand, under glass, and with bottom heat.
acuminata (pointed-leaved).* freed tupet
“petal linear, faloste, curled ; panicles afier airia
eaves, scattered. 1. from oblong to broad irene noe ea R
glabrous. Sylhet. Shrubby climber,
A. Beagrie mage (clove-scented).* jl. pale yellow, tinged with
red, deliciously clove scented ; corymbs terminal, October. l oval,
acutish at both ends, tomentose beneath as well as the branches.
India, 1812. Shrubby twiner.
A. a Sara -flowered).* jl. small, whitish, fragrant ;
and corolla hoary outside ; cymes terminal, shorter than
leaves. J, elliptic, acuminated, Sylhet. Shrub,
A. elegans (elegant),* fl. small mei Apne downy outside, as
well as the pe cg Ea hoy md ; Sepals longer than the
tube of the corolla; corymbs term on gamir l tic, short-
acuminated, glabrous. India, Shrubby twiner.
(bordered).* fl. numerous, large, white, fragrant ;
ear, falcate; eae ER ol terminal, loose, corymbose, a
Papen ry smooth. Sylhet. Shrubby climber. ela
A. Roxburghii h’s).* - white, gear he fragrant ;
a rg and Foroa hoary on outsi e; petals corymbs
and shining are ree 1S
peti Span ee, pale
Shrubby twiner.
a, hedeg r Ei (Wallich').* Si. terminal t; calyx and nue
atone and pale pote h
from last in veins Bog
tudinal frown = bag di to the the Teayes being paral a te
APANTHUS (from agape, love, ań anthos, a
flower). ORD. Liliacew. African Lily. A genus, with
numerous varieties, of very handsome greenhouse or con-
servatory herbaceous plants. Flowers large, scapose ;
perianth tubular, tube short; stamens six, having the
filaments somewhat declinate. Leaves linear or lorate,
arching, radical. They are of easy culture, and thrive
best in strong turfy loam, leaf mould, decomposed manure,
and river sand. They may be grown in large pots or tubs
outside, to be removed in autumn, and placed under the
stage in the greenhouse, or where they will be protected |
from frost, and kept moderately dry. If pleased and left
outside, the crowns should be well covered with cocoa-nut
fibre in winter. During the summer, and especially in dry
weather, the plants can hardly be over watered. They
thrive admirably on the ins of Jakes or running
streams, and few plants, alike in flower and foliage, are
more effective. Clear manure water may be given pre-
vious to or when the plants are in flower, and, after
flowering, gradually lessen the quantity of ‘water, until
they are stowed away for the winter. They increase very
rapidly, by offsets, and, if necessary, the old plants may be
divided in early spring, to any extent required. In the
more southern parts of this country they are quite hardy.
FIG. 39. AGAPANTHUS UMBELLATUS. os
A, . umbellatus (um epee Éi "tlie shor perianth funnel-
meek; Saye ian,
ot ear sed ae
ree age i
86
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Agapanthus—continued.
A. u. albidus (whitish):* fl. pure white, on aids full-sized
umbels, smaller than those of the species, but very showy.
Cape of Good Hope. This requires carefully drying off during
the winter.
. A, u. aureus (golden). A variety in which the leaves are marked
longitudinally with yellow. 1882.
A. u. flore-pleno (double-flowered).* Identical in all respects
with the species, except that it has double flowers, share are
therefore, much more lasting than the single ones.
handsome variety.
A. u. Leichtlinii (Leichtlin’s),* fi., perianth deep bright he
thine blue, lłin. long; scape about Litt. long, with a more compact
umbel than any other known form. June. i. similar in size
to the species. - Cape of Good Hope, 1878.
A. u. maximus (larger).* fl. bright blue, in immense umbels.
This is larger in all its parts than the t , and when well grown
is truly a noble plant. There is also a w ite-flowered form of this
variety, which is most desirable, being equally as large.
; A. u. minor (smaller).* This is smaller in all its parts, with
narrow leaves, and slender scapes of deep blue flowers. A very
elegant variety.
A. u. Mooreanus (Moore’s).* f. dark blue. h. l4ft. 1879. A
new variety, with shorter, narrower, and more upright leaves than
the species ; it has a dwarf habit. Perfectly hardy.. ©
A. u. variegatus ig seg * Where variegated-leaved plants
are desired, few could more useful than this; its leaves are
almost entirely white, with a few or bands, but they are
neither so broad nor so Jo ras in the type. It isan excellent
subject for the domestic g ;
AGAPETES (from Sie beloved ; in referenco to
the showy character of the plants). ORD. Vacciniacee. A
genus containing about eighteen species of warm green-
house or stove evergreen shrubs. Flowers corymbose and
racemose; corolla tubular. Leaves alternate, coriaceous.
A very
They are all worthy of cultivation, but only two or three -
species are grown in England. Peat, turfy loam, and sand,
in equal parts, is the best c for them; and young
BS hardened cuttings will striko in sandy soil, under a hand
glass, in stove
A. buxifolia (box: we bright red, about lin. long, tub tubular,
oe oaks poser Dy ‘twiggy. pee,
ok red, about lin. long, tubular, numerous,
: i: ere lateral car ge a racemes, farnlahad with bristly hairs.
lanceolate. plies art ag on very short robust petioles.
l scattered,
‘Pundua Mountains, 1837.
) fl. scarlet, about lin. long, tubular,
ug teenie ae on short petioles, lanceolate, —
denticulated, attenuated at the base, veiny. Khasia, 183
AGARICUS (derived from Agaria, the name 2 a town
_ in Sarmentosa). Mushroom. ORD. Fungi. The most
Pe extensive genus known. It, however, contains but one or
two species of cultural value. The most important ones
are the common field mushroom, A. campestris (Fig. 44),
` the Fairy Ring mushroom, A. pratensis, and A. vaginatus.
- Familiar species are the Parasol mushroom, A. procerus
@ig. 43); St. George’s mushroom, A. gambosus (Fig. 42) ;
and the deadly Fly Agaric, A. muscarius (Fig. 41). For
actical purposes the majority of this genus are poisonous,
and many-virulently so. Great care must be exercised in
ing with unknown A iauang even by experienced
fungologists. See |
AGASTACHYS (from agastos, admirable, and stachys,
a spike). ORD. Proteacer. A evergreen shrub,
with four sepalled apetalous flowers, which are disposed
in numerous spikes. It thrives in a compost of equal parts
loam, sand, and peat. Cuttings of ripened wood will strike
in pom of bases ore in a cool house.
t).* ow,
odorata (irs ‘oa a om is yell Bont scented, crowded ;
thickish, about Sie long. h. cheat a. New Holland, 1826.
~ the beauty of the flowers). ORD. Composite. Allied to
_ Cineraria, and requiring the same greenhouse treatment.
It makes a very pretty object for summer decoration in
ee
| A. ciliata a lin” A y f white;
- AGATHÆA (from agathos, excellent; in reference to _
; ¢ dagger yes Toong ontiese root freely, in a gentle
Agathæa—continued.
A. cœlestis (sky-blue).* f/l.-heads blue; peduncle one-headed.
June. l. opposite, ovate, naked. h. 14f ft. Cape of Good Hope,
1 Herbaceous perennial. See Fig. 40.
Fic. 40. AGATHHA CŒLESTIS.
AGATHIS. See Dammara.
AGATHOPHYLLUM (from agathos, |
phyllon, a leaf; referring to the pleasant clove-like "smell
of the leaf), Madagascar Nutmeg.
A stove ev tree, of economic value
fruit enclosed by the persistent calyx;
and light rich loam. Of easy propagation by ct
sand, with a moderate bottom heat.
A. aromaticum (aromatic). f. white. 7. stalked, alterna
T obtuse, leathery, entire, smooth. h. 30ft. M:
AGATHOSMA (from aġjathos, pleasant, and osme, smell;
the plants contained in this genus have a pleasant smell).
Syns. Bucco, Dichosma. ORD. Rutacee. Beautifil small
heath-like greenhouse shrubs, from the Cape of Good Hope.
Flowers in terminal heads, or umbels; petals five, divided,
with long claws, and scattered, short, narrow leaves, usu
with revolute edges. They are of easy culture, thriving best
in a mixture of sand and peat, with the addition of
little turfy loam. Young cuttings will strike root free’
in a pot of sand, under a bell glass, in a cool house.
They require to be shaded somewhat in the summ
Winter temperature, 40deg. to 45deg.
species are known.
= violet ; calyces smoo0
*clandular on terminal suben and ett n ‘April 4 eats, sma
what an Coast: at length spreading.
lft. to
A. bruniades (Brunia-like).* Jf lilac or white, on terminal Sa
isnod, Tinke trig awishapeí, dotted, and a little fringed +
branches hairy. A. ome a” nite, ae:
A. ar Ce oar cn iar na he w snell; dioan a
mined Repeats gaea an keeled,
cels smoothish; heads ter-
lanceolate,
pirine E edges, dotted benes Gir
hairs on “the iddle nerve, becoming at length
eae he o
A. erecta (opris ht).* fl. pale violet, terminal, sub-umbellate
l
eeta adast a
minal su
AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 37
Fic. 43. AGARICUS PROCERUS (PARASOL MUSHROOM).
_ Fie, 42. AGARICUS GAMBOSUS (St. GrorGr’s MUSHROOM).
pa
ah THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Agathosma—continued.
A. hispida (rough-haired). fl. violet, on terminal sub-umbellate
heads icels and sepals pubescent ; petals quite smooth. May.
l. crowded, linear, trigonal, blunt, spreading, hispid, keeled, and
two-furrowed beneath. A. lft. to 2ft. 1786.
A. imbricata (imbricated). fi. pale purple, in terminal sub-capi-
tate heads ; petals with a roundish limb ; sepals smoothish ;
pedicels pubescent. April. l. imbricate, crowded, ovate, acumi-
nated, dotted, fringed. h. lft. to 2ft. 1774.
A. orbicularis (round-leaved). fl. white, on terminal sub-umbel-
late heads ; stamens twice as long as the corolla; pedicels pubes-
cent. April. J. scattered, spreading, orbicular, ovate, or reni-
form, smooth, reflexed, small, thickish, without any dots
beneath ; branches villous. A. lit. to 2ft. 1790.
A. (proliferous). fl. white, on terminal sub-umbellate
heads ; sepals smooth ; pedicels somewhat fastigiate, pubescent.
Apri l. spreading, lanceolate, cuspidate; keel and edges
oe ad dotted; branches whorled, proliferous. h. lft. to 3ft.
A. pubescens (downy). ji. white; umbels terminal ; peduncles
and sepals villous. April. Z. lanceolate, eee pointless, with
margins and rib ciliated. h. lft. to 2ft. 1798.
ee nee, wiinkied) jl. white, on terminal sub-umbel-
late heads ; sepals J arregar ns pedicels capillary, clothed with
Jandular hairs. i ies l. spreading, oblong or ovate, blunt,
eeled, wrinkled, villous beneath, reflexed. h. lft. to 2ft. 1790.
A. vestita (clothed). fl. lilac, on terminal sub-capitate heads;
pedicels quite smooth. May. l. closely imbricated, ovate, acumi-
nated, keeled, fringed. A. lft. to 2ft. 1824,
AGATHYRSUS. See Mulgedium.
+ AGATI (its Sanscrit name). ORD. Leguminosæ. Orna-
mental stove trees from India, with lanceolate stipulas,
abruptly-pinnate leaves, having many pairs of leaflets.
Flowers large, few, racemose. Legumes 1}ft. long. A
mixture of loam, peat, and sand is most suitable. Young
cuttings will root in a pot of sand, with a hand glass over
them, placed in heat.
A. coccinea (scarlet).* fi. ays
ite.
A ge-flowered). red. July. Legumes
or i ; L malein ghabrons. he 14t. to 26ft. 11768.
A. g flore-albo (white flowered). fl. white, double. N. Australia,
AGAVE (from agauos, admirable; referring to the
stately form in which some of them flower). ORD. Amarylli-
dacew. Flower-scape tall, proceeding from the centre of the
rosette of leaves; perianth funnel-shaped, six-parted. Leaves
large, fleshy, tufted. Mr. B. S. Williams describes them as
follows: “They are noble, massive-growing plants, and form
magnificent ornaments in the greenhouse or conservatory;
-whilst, from their slow growth, they do not rapidly get too
large, even for a small greenhouse. Indeed, some of the
real gems of this genus are neat, compact-growing plants,
~ seldom exceeding 2ft. in height. Besides being fine orna-
= mental plants for indoor decoration, the larger growing
= kinds are unquestionably the finest objects for the embel-
_ lishment of terrace-walks, or surmounting flights of steps
= in the open air during the summer season, and also for
. plunging in rockwork, or about any rustic nooks in the
_ pleasure-grounds, as, in such situations, they are quite in
keeping, and thrive admirably. As is well known, they
attain maturity very slowly; but when this condition is
reached, the plant sends up a flower spike, and, after
perfecting this, dies.” A. Sartorii, and a few others are,
however, exceptional, and go on flowering year after year.
It is certainly fallacious to suppose it takes them a hundred
years to flower. Agaves succeed well potted in good
loam and river sand, to which may be added a little peat and
leaf mould for some of the smaller-growing kinds. The
_ drainage should be good, as they enjoy a liberal supply
of water during the summer season, but during winter
- considerably less will be required. They can be increased
_ by suckers when these are to be obtained, and also by
seeds, to secure the production of which, in the species
fully impregnated. In the following descriptive list
me of which are still rare; and in de
rather smaller than the next
leaflets powdery. July. A. 20ft. —
that do not yield suckers, the flowers should be care-
only those of horticultural value are men-
bin g
Agave—continued.
excellent monograph, which appeared in the columns
of the Gardeners Chronicle. Many are omitted, not `
from any deficiency in horticultural beauty, but because, |
in several instances, only one plant of a species is known to ©
exist in cultivation, and such cannot, therefore, hope to ~
become in general cultivation for many years hence.
A. albicans (whitened). Probably a variety of A. micrantha.
==
Eea ac el
in. long;
wf
— T
Fig. 45. AGAVE AMERICANA,
A, americana (American).* jl. yellowish green, 2in. to
in very dense globose clusters, on pedicels jin, to
scape, including the thyrsoid panicle, 24ft. to 36ft.
usually thirty to forty, sometimes more, in a rosette,
lato ee 3ft. to 6ft. long, 6in. to 9in, broad above the-
middle, glaucous green, more or less concave all down the face,
the outer leaves recurved, the dark brown pungent point lin. to
2in. Jong ; petar brown tipped, }in. to jin, long. S. America,
1640. Fig. 45.
A. a. picta (painted).* 1. 2ft. to 3ft. long, about Jin. wide, lowe?
o recurve upper ones — moderately ae rich goldeg
ow on bo bordered green very s endid
variety. Syn, A. pie sea
A, & varies \ egated): 1. 6ft. or more in 1 h, 6in, or
8in. wide, dark sr sar in the centre, broadly dhen with rich
yellow. A very desirable variety. '
AN ENCYCLOPEDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 39
Agave—continued. ;
A. atrovirens (dark-green). Synonymous with A. Salmiana.
A. attenuata (attenuated).* fl. greenish-yellow, 2in. long ; pedicels
about lin. long, on a dense spike, 6ft. to 8ft. long, and 6in. in
diameter; bracts overtopping the perianth. 7, ten to twenty,
in a dense rosette at the top of the stem, oblong-spathulate,
2ft. to Aa ge long, 8in. to 9in. broad two-thirds of the way up,
‘narro to 2kin. to 3in. above the base, persistently glaucous,
one of the most fleshy of all in texture; face rather concave when
oung ; tip not pungent, edge quite entire. Stem 4ft, to 7fit. high,
in. to 4in. thick. Mexico, 1834. A most distinct species,
A. Beaucarnei (Beaucarne’s), Synonymous with A. Kerchovei.
A. Botterii (Botteri’s).* 7. greenish-yellow, about lin. long, ona
dense spike, longer than the leaves; primary bracts lanceolate,
with a long point, the lower ones as long as the flowers; scape
covered with adpressed lanceolate bracts. 1. about fifty in a
rosette, oblong-spathulate, about 2ft. long, 6in. broad above the
middle, narrowed to 44in, above the base; pale green, concave in
the centre ; spine hard, pungent, about żin. long? marginal teeth
crowded, in., upcurved at the tip. Stemless. Mexico, about 1865.
A. bulbifera (bulb-bearing). Synonymous with A, vivipara.
A. cæspitosa (tufted). Synonymous with A. Sartorii.
A. cantula. Synonymous with A. vivipara,
FIG. 46. AGAVE CELSIANA.
A. Celsiana (Cels’s).* fl. tin is i i
. tinged purplish-brown, 2in. long, in a
dense spike, {ft or more long, and bin. to Bin. in diameter when
expanded ; 4ft. , the lower bract leaves lanceolate, the
ppor sul & twenty to thirty in a rosette, oblong-
pcr hy ft. to 2ft. long, din, to Sin. broad at the middle,
wage acc aa = Sin. above the base, persistently glaucous,
dhape, green, lates all t; spines very unequal in size and
This Wa beaut AY ae and horny at the top. Mexico, 1839,
the surface of the gr ‘Seo Fig 40. which scarcely rises off
ound,
A. coccinea, (scarlet). fl. unk i
dense rosette, oblanceo thulate, hath wo bee” a
= ae two-thirds of the way up, narrowed to din,
Agave—continued.
dilated base, where it is lin. to ljin. thick, deep heavy green;
terminal spine lin. or more in length, red; side prickles,
AN i NN unequal, nearly straight. din. to jin, long, red.
exico, ess
A, cochlearis (cochleate). fl. yellowish green, above ĝin. long,
in dense clusters. 7, forming a sessile rosette 10ft. broad, oblong-
spathulate, 5ft. to 6ft. long, above 1ft. broad, bin. thick at the
base, opaque green, with a deeply excavated face ; terminal
spine very stout, pungent; side prickles curved variously, middle
sized, deltoid. Stems 26ft. high. Mexico, previous to 1867.
A. Consiaerant (Considerant’s). Synonymous with A, Victoria
egina.
A. Corderoyi (Corderoy’s).* f. unknown, J. forty to fifty in a
dense rosette, rigidly erecto-patent, ensiform, lft, long, Zin. to
lin. broad, bright green; terminal spine hard, brown, lin. long ;
side prickles moderately close, erecto-patent, dark brown, jin.
long. Mexico, 1868. A very distinct and pretty species.
A. crenata (crenated). Referred to A. Scolymus.
A. cucullata (hooded), Referred to A. Scolymus.
A. dasylirioides (Dasylirion-like),* fl. yellow, about 1l4in. long;
spike as long as the scape, often decurved ; lower bracts muc
longer than the flowers; pedicels obsolete; scape 6ft. long,
neon! clothed with spreading subulate bract leaves, the lower
ones 1ft. long. J. eighty to a hundred ina dense rosette, linear-
ensiform, 1}ft. to 3ft. long, about lin. broad, narrowing gradually
from the middle to a short brown poms Donn, pale glaucous
green, rigidly leathery ; edge minutely denticulate. Mexico, 1846.
A. d. dealbata (white-washed). A more glaucous variety of pre-
ceding,
A. densiflora (close-flowered).* jt. yellowish-red, 1jin, to 2in,
long, on a dense spike, 2ft. long; ls very short; sca
including the spike, 6ft. long, the lower bracts ascending, tho
aper ones spreading, 1 thirty to y in a stemless rosette,
and 2żin. to Sin. broad,
obianceolate-spatirulate, 2k, bi iong; and 2 a
; decurrent ; side spines Besar. z ne
a.i Saat ago Ra tac bri
“THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Agave—continued.
A. Deserti (Desert’s).* fl. yellow, under 2in. long, on a thyrsoid
panicle, the branches very short, the lower horizontal, the "r
ascending ; pedicels short; scape 4ft. to 10ft. high, lin. to 2in.
thick at the base, furnished with distant lanceolate acuminate
toothed bracts. few, in a rosette, oblanceolate, 6in. to 12in.
long, lJin. to 2in. broad above the middle, thick, fleshy, very
glaucous; face deeply concave ; terminal spine lin. to 2in. long,
slender; prickles crowded, strong, hooked, horny, nearly jin. long.
California, 1877.
Desmetiana (De Smet’s).
miradorensis.
A. Elemcetiana (Elemcet’s).* fl. yellowish-green, lin. to 1}in.
long, in a dense spike 8ft. to 9ft. long, Tin. to 8in. in diameter
when e ded ; pedicels jin. long; scape, including the spike,
12ft. to 13ft. high, stiffly erect, lower 3ft. to 4ft:, barren, with
squarrose lanceolate bracts. l, twenty to twenty-five in a rosette,
lanceolate-oblong, 14ft. to 2ft. long, din. to 6in.- wide, slightly
glaucous; face flat above the middle terminal spine, not pungent,
the margin pale and quite entire. Stemless. A very distinct
species. Mexico, 1864.
A. Fenzliana (Fenzl’s). Synonymous with A. Hookeri.
A. ferox (fierce). fi. unknown. l. about twenty in a rosette,
oblong-spathulate, 4in. to 8in. broad; face nearly flat, except at
the top, slightly glaucous green ; terminal spine above lin. long,
hard, pungent; margin slightly wavy between the large dark
brown teeth, which are about jin. long, and curved at the
top. Mexico, 1861.
Probably synonymous with A.
A. filifera (thread-bearing).* jl. greenish, about 2in. lorg; pedicels
po short and stout, in a dense spike 2ft. to 3ft. long; scape 3ft.
to 4ft. long, its bract-leaves subulate, the lower ones ascending,
the upper squarrose. J. sixty to a hundred in a dense rosette,
stiff, straight, ensiform, 6in. to 9in. long, lin. broad at the middle,
gradually narrowing to a grey pungent tip; face flat, the con-
À ous Diay ed e splitting off copiously into irregular spreading
ai. prey wiry threads ; outer leaves of the rosette not all recurved,
- but spreading stiffly. Mexico,
A. f. filamentosa (thready).* A form with larger leaves and
scape; including the spike, 10ft. to 12ft. high. A well-known,
handsome variety.
a Galeotti greg ie jt. eano, be Bots = a
ense rosette, broad, o 0) -spat
2in. breed; faon PE fat i by a me]
to 6in. orf convex, 5
spine hard, ; pungent ; : kles close, straight, of slightly hooked,
to broad, bright green ; terminal
go p Aa till a late stage ; side
pungent; border narrow, ckles
numerous, r, two to three lines long. Mexico, Very
handsome d ies, A. Rohanii and A, Leguayana are mere
A. heteracantha (various-spined).* fl. greenish, 14in. long, on a
dense spike 3ft. long; scape 3ft. to 4ft. long. J. fifty to eighty
in a rosette, rigid, ensiform, 14ft. to 2ft. long, 2in. to dyin. broad
in the middle, oarak yg. with numerous darker green lines on
the back; termi point lin. long; side spines numerous,
strongly hooked, lanceolate. Stemless. Mexico,
A. Hookeri (Hooker’s).* fl. large, yellow, very numerous, in
stalked panicled cymes. J. thirty to forty in a sessile rosette, 8ft.
or 9ft. in diameter, oblanceolate-spathulate, bright green on the
face, rather glaucous on the back, 4ft. to 5ft. long, 5in. to Qin.
broad, 2in. to din. thick ; terminal spine 2in. long, and decurrent for
nearly half a foot ; face flattish or slightly concave ; side prickles
> wn and horny, about łin. long, and curved in
different directions. Mexico. SYN. A. Fenzliana. A rare and
A. horrida odie al
‘ (horrid).* fl. unknown. 1. thirty to forty in a dense
some right green terminal. spi 8in. to 12in. ong 1. to 2in.
3 i ; spine pungent, nearly lin. long;
margin with a continuous broad border, wi
copious prickles gin. to din. long. Se
A. h. Gilbeyi (Gilbey’s).* l about thirty, 3in. to 4in. long, 2in.
broad, dark a e stri d h j
four large splage dn each Ana sane era, the middle, three to
A. h, (smoother). l. somewhat narrower, longer, with
marginal spines less strongly de ag i
Maslow woe gly developed, and of a paler colour.
A. h. macrodonta (long-toothed). 1. fitt i ;
spines larger than in the typical ie ies u aa —
A. h. micrantha (small-toothed). Bord
spines smaller, than in the typleal terme en ame
A. Jacobiana (Jacob’s). Synonymous with A. Salmiana,
: n L thirty to f i
, stiff, rigid, typically ensiform, ain, te ie
t spine
ually to a
e central ‘rounded
a
wi of dark green, the
curved, jin. to fin. long. A.
| A. Roezliana (Roez!’s). 7. unknown. l twenty to thirty in ases-
Agave—continued.
There are several varieties of A. Kerchovei, of which the following
are the most important :—
A. K. diplacantha (double-spined).* With very few distant,
small teeth, often collected or united in pairs.
A. K, inermis (unarmed). Dwarf, with spines entirely obsolete.
A. K. macrodonta (long-toothed). J 14ft. long, without any
distinct central band, and with copious irregular grey lanceolate
prickles, about 4in. long.
A. E. pectinata (comb-like). 2. lft. long, 2jin. broad, without
any central band.
A. lophantha (crest-flowered).* jt. greenish, arranged in a dense
spike 4ft. to 5ft. long; scape 7ft. to 8ft. long, its leaves brown, the
lower ones 6in. long. 1. thirty to forty in a rosette, rigid, ensi-
form, 2ft. to 3ft. long, 14in. broad at the middle, rather concave
down the face, rounded on the back, not marked with any lines,
dull green ; terminal spine lin. long ; —— bordered by a very
narrow continuous grey hoary line, furnished with distant linear
falcate teeth, about in. long, sessile. Mexico.
A. 1, ccerulescens (bluish).* “%. with a decided glaucous bloom.
A. 1. longifolia (long-leaved). A mere variety of above species.
A. macracantha (long-spined).* jl. greenish, 2in. long, ten to
twelve in a loose raceme 6in. long, all solitary on ascending
em din. to sin. long; scape 2ft, to 3ft. long; bracts erect.
. thirty to fifty in a stiff rosette 1ft. to 2ft. broad, oblanceolate,
6in, to 12in. long, lin. to 14in. broad, very stiff and rigid, ¥ery
glaucous; face rather thicker in the lower half; terminal spine
nearly black, very pungent, Jin. long; side prickles purpiisp mu
sub-distant, 4in. long, with a large point straight or slightly hooked.
With a short stem, or stemless. Mexico, 1830. t has many
varieties, among which are A. Bessereriana and A. flavescens.
A. Maximiliana (Maximilian’s).* 7. unknown. l. about twenty
in a sessile rosette, oblanceolate-spathulate, 14ft. to 2ft. long, 1jin.
to 3in. broad ; face slightly glaucous green ; terminal spine pungen
brown, lin. broad; side prickles bright chestnut brown, larger an
more irregular than in A. americana, more hooked, and farnished
with longis and sharper points, reaching fin. long. Mexico. A
very species.
A. micracantha (small-spined). ellowish, ljin. long, in a
dense spike 3ft. to Ste. óin. FR te on Be expan ed. l
agg to gg Hd in a shortly stalked oblanceolate oblong,
to tia aa EA aaa es boa ME ie ne the
ve the ;
centre; terminal spine red sa
close Pema ong eb boy teeth |
ascending, lower defiexed. Mexico, 3
A. miradorensis (Mirador).* unknown. l about thirty:
sessile rosette, oblanceolate og = to 2ft. long, Zin.
in. broad above the middle, thin but firm in texture, very
glaucous, with a firm red-brown terminal spine lin. long ; side
prickles very minute, crowded, colourless, five or six to an inch
in the centre of the leaf. Mexico, 1869. SYN. (probably) A.
Desmetiana
A. Noackii. A synonym of A. Sartorii.
A. ornata (adorned). Synonymous with A. americana picta.
A. Ortgiesiana (Ortgies’). A dwarf form of A. schidigera, witha
pale central band to the leaf. Mexico, 1861, A widely-distributed
and desirable species.
A. pendula (pendulous). Synonymous with A. Sartorii,
A. polyacantha (many-spined).* fi. greenish-yellow, lin, to
2in. long ; flowering-stem Sft. to 12ft. high, including the dense
spike, which is 3ft. to 4ft. long. č about thirty in a sessile
rosette, oblanceolate-spathulate, rigid, 1ft. to 2ft. long, 24in. to
5in, broad above the middle, bright green, slightly glaucous
when young; terminal spine dark brown, pungent, din. to jin.
k chestnut brown, ir-
long ; side prickles crowded, deltoid, dar
regular, in. or lin. long, all sub-patent.
A. uncinata, A. xalapensis,
A, Poselgerii (Poselger’s). fl. purplish, '
long ; scape, including the spf 6ft. to 10ft.
SYNS.
in a dense rosette, ‘orm, lft. to 14ft.
broad at the middie, d ee a, With a broad pale | mn to
pte EA back ; margin farish wii 5 Ding meeeg straight, 5
prg taSs iiy ‘close, lanceolate, hooked, if. one 2
Trunk, 4in. to in. long. Texas.
tatorum (drinkers’). fl. greenish yellow, 3in. long; scape
ih, high, aAa tg thyrsoid panicle, which is 4ft. to 5ft.
long. l. about twenty in a dense sessile rosette, 4ft. to Sft. broad,
oblong-spathula t. to 2)ft. long, Tin. to 9in, broad above the
middie, a dull glaucous green ; face slightly concave ; terminal
spines hard pungent, lġin. to 2in. long ; side prickles deltoid-
cuspidate, about jin. long, with the edge slightly wavy between
them. Mexico, 1830. 4 i
pruinosa (frosty).* fl. unknown. Z. ten to twenty in a dense
ae A ding, oblanceolate-oblong un to 2ft. long, 4in. to
Sin, brow peer | the „m soft and y =~ borne he Lew
mucous green ; termini spino sey SAn urnished wii
+ soe irr toi than
—— del serrations, not more
quarter line long. Mexico, 1863. A very distinct species.
e
">
v
AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 41
Agave—continued.
sile rosette, stiff, ensiform, 6in. to Jin. long, lin. to 1sin. broad at
the middle, bright glossy green, with a distinct pale band down the
centre, broadly rounded on the back, without any darker green
lines, margined with a continuous moderately broad border, red
brown at first, fading into grey when old ; terminal spines bright
reddish brown, pungent, żin. to Zin. long; side prickles copious,
spreading, lanceolate, curved, jin. long. Mexico, 1869.
A. Salmiana (Prince Salm-Dyck’s).* fl. greenish yellow, 4in.
long; panicle thyrsoid, 6ft. to 8ft. long, with erecto-patent
branches and flowers in dense clusters; scape, exclusive of the
panicle, 20ft. high. Z. twelve to thirty in a dense rosette, which is
often 5ft. to 6ft. broad, oblanceolate-spathulate, 2ft. to 4ft. long,
4in. to bin. broad above the middle, a dull, slightly glaucous
green ; face more or less concave ; terminal spine 14in. to Zin. long,
hard and pungent; side prickles jin. long, chestnut brown, hooked
up or down. Mexico, 1860, Syns. A. atrovirens, A, Jacobiana,
A, tehuacensis.
. A. S. latissima (very broad). J. 2ft. to 3ft. long, by 8in. to Yin.
broad above the middle.
A. Sartorii (Sartor’s). eenish, 14in long; pedicels very short,
in a dense spike about 3ft. long, 5in. to 6in. broad when expanded ;
scape 3ft. to 4ft. long, the green linear ascending bracts 2in. to 4in.
long. i, thirty to forty spaced out in a loose rosette, ensiform,
14ft. to 2ft. long, Sin. broad at the middle, bright green, with a
-pale band down the middle ; face flat; torininal spine small, not
peent; side prickles minute, crowded, spreading, ti
red-
cæspitosa, A. Noackii, A. pendula,
with
A. schi (spine-bearing).* fl. almost identical with A.
filifera. fifty eighty a dense sessile rosette, stiff,
- ensiform, 12in. to 15in. long, Zin. to lin. broad at the middle,
similar in colour and texture to those of A. Pem but the
grey marginal border, and splitting off into flat shavings, not
mere threads.
A. Schnittspahni (Schnittspahn’s). Referred to A. Scolymus,
A. Scolymus (Scolymus). fl. greenish yellow, 24in. to Zin. long ;
branches few, with the flowers at tke end in very dense clusters;
scape 14ft. to 16ft. high, including the thyrsoid panicle, which is
4ft. long and 2ft. broad, furnished with green bracts. l twenty to
thirty in a dense rosette lft. to 3ft. broad, oblong-spathnuiate,
Yin. to. 18in. long, šin. to 6in. broad above the middle, very
glaucous, abruptly terminating in a pungent spine, lin. or more
long ; side prickles chestnut brown, about jin, long; edge wavy
between them; those on the lower half smaller and directed
downwards, Mexico, 1830. Other so-called species referred to
his are A. amend, A. crenata, A. cucullata, A. Schnittspahni,
and A. Verschafeltit.
A. S. Saundersii (Saunders’), ñ. about lft. long; teeth very
A. Seemanni
ea Tonetti oe to a moas;
dilated base, slightly glaucous ;
arr i papah, rte powe, in. ong ; serv prick 4
large, slightly curved upwards or downwards.
Guatemala, 1868, There are two or three garden forms of this-
A. Shawii (Shaw’s).* greenish yellow, 3in, to 34in. long;
panicle mre about fi. long and baed clusters e D:
; of thirty to forty flowers, surrounded by large foliaceous
fle bracts. J. fift , or more, forming a dense globose
ie rosette 2ft. in diameter, oblong-spathulate, 8in. to 10in.
_ Tong, 33in. to 44in. broad at the mid d green; terminal
spine brown, lin. long, the upper third or q entire, the rest
furnished with crowded upeurved lanceolate prickles, tin. to din.
long. California, 1877. This species is very rare at present, but
is a most distinct and handsome plant. i
A. sobolifera (soboliferous). fl. greenish yellow, 2in. to 24in.
long, in a deltoid panicle, of which the lower panicles are 9in. to
12in. long, and bear a hundred flowers each ; pedicels Jin. to lin.
long ; scape 8ft. to 10ft. high, 2sin. thick at the base. Z. twenty to
forty in a shortly caulescent rosette, oblanceolate-oblong-spathu-
late, 2ft. to 3ft. long, 3in. to 5in. broad at the middle, very bright
green ; face deeply channelled, the border much raised and tip
i ten pipes oina] ee mb emt, chestnut brown, 4in.
ong ; side prickles distant, brown, hooked, Jin, to lin. long.
West Indies. 1678. ; i 3 p kapa
A, striata (striated-leaved).* fl. brownish green outside, yellow
susie, lin. to 14in. long ; pedicels very acts spike dense, Dit. to
no bracts , shorter than the flowers; scape 6ft.
to 8ft. high, including the „spike, furnished with numerous
reg Subulate bracts, Which are 2in. to 3in, long. J. 150 to
"bioad above eae te, linear-ensiform, 2ft. to 2st. long, jin. to gin.
ie e deltoid dilated base, where they are jin. thick and
. lin. broad a ia owed gradually from the top of the base to the
hele in texture, glaucous green ;
he back more so; point brown,
minutely serrulate. teskie deen,
A. s. echinoides
_ the middle; face į
eee
rand stiffer in `
rown, Caudex lft. to 2ft. long, sometimes forked. SYNS, A. —
A.
eames arora e A
(Echinus-like), Z. about 6in. ath: broat
Š Mexico, 1869. Dwa b Jong, jin = fe é
Agave—continued.
recurva (recurved-leaved). J. longer than in the type, 3ft.
to 4ft., more or less faleate, narrower, and decidedly convex on
both surfaces.
A. s. stricta So grit l. about 1ft. long, very stiff, Jin. broad at
er ge both faces convex. A. Richardsii comes near to this
variety.
A. tehuacensis (Tehuan). Synonymous with A. Salmiana,
A. ancinata (hooked). Synonymous with A. polyacantha.
A. univittata (one-striped).* fl. green, 14in. long (or less); spike
10ft. to 12ft. long, bin. to Jin. thick; pedicels jin. long; scape 4ft.
long, exclusive of the spike, its bracts dense and squarrose.
l. fifty to eighty in a stemless rosette, rigid, ensiform, 2ft. to 24ft.
long, 2in. to 3in. broad at the middle, narrowed slightly down-
wards, and very gradually S A dull green, with a broad pale
band down the face, faintly lineate on the back ; margin bordered
by a narrow, continuous grey horny line, furnished with hooked
lanceolate prickles, gin. long, from sin. to lin. apart; terminal
spine brown, pungent, lin. long. Mexico, 1830.
A. utahensis (Utahan).* jl. yellowish, about lin. long; incles
ultimately jin. long ; scapes, 5ft. to 7ft. high, including the 1ft. to
2ft. spike, Z. stemless, ensiform, 6in, to {2in. long, lin. to nearly
2in. broad, thick, glaucous ; terminal spine channelled, pungént,
about lin. long ; marginal prickles, fin. to jin. long, white, with a
darker base. Southern Utah, 1881. This is a true alpine species,
perfectly hardy, and of very easy culture,
A. Vanderdonckii (Vanderdonck’s),
awylacantha, x
A. variegata (variegated).* Jl. greenish, about liin. long; spike
about If long, fifteen to twenty flowered; bracts minute, del-
toid ; scape 2ft. long, exclusive of the spike, bearing about twelve
lanceolate bract leaves. J. fifteen to eighteen ina sessile rosette,
spreading, ligulate-lanceolate, finally [2in. to 15in. long, lin. to
2in. broad below the middle, narrowed slightly downwards, and
gradually to the point, deeply chanelled down the face, and
copiously spotted with brown on a green ground; edge hard and
tough, very obscurely serrulate. Texas, 1865. This very desirable
variegated species is extremely rare in cultivation.
A. Verschaffeltii (Verschaffelt’s), Referred to A. Scolymus.
A. Victoriz Re (Queen Victoria).* J, forty to fifty in a
sessile rosette, stiff, rigid, lanceolate, 6in. long, 1iin. to nearly 2in.
broad above the dilated base, narrowed gradually to a rather
obtuse point, dead green, margined with a continuous white
border, like that of A. filifera, not splitting up into threads,
but leaving distinct white vertical bands ere it is pressed
against the-neighbouring leaves ; terminal spine jin. long, black,
paap, with usually one or two small spines on each side of it.
pe a This is also much too rare a plant. SYN, A. Con-
eran
Synonymous with i
A. virginica (Virginian).* ireenish yellow, lin. to 1łin. long;
spike very loose, lft. to ttolose ; lower flowers with very short
edicels and lanceolate bracts, about jin. long; scave 2ft. to 3ft.
gh, exclusive of the spike, with only a few distant small bract
leaves. Z. ten ig mong = year ne mae tages 5 lanceo-
late, 6in, to 12in. long, lin. to ljin. broad below the middle,
narrowed gradually to the point and a little downwards; face
channelled, undulated, pale a. or mottled with brown spots,
the narrow hard and tough margin very obscurely ser te.
n America, 1765. A. conduplicata is said to be allied to this
species. ;
Pcl mena viviparous).* fl. greenish yellow, lin. to 2in. long,
often ve into bulbillze, which bear lanceolate leaves bin. long
before they fall and take root; inflorescence reaching a height of
-~ 20ft, or more, the deltoid panicle about a quarter of the length of
the scape ; corymbs on stout peduncles, icels short. J, twent
to fifty ina dense, shortly caulescent wea ensiform, 2ft. to ate
long, Ijin. to 2in. broad at the middle, whence it gradually
narrows to the point, dull green when mature, thin but firm in
texture, flat or channelled down the face; terminal spine firm,
— a bee; side Kye gy hooked, in, or less long.
very widely spread species throughout tropics
World, 1731 Syns. A. lania A. bulbifera. pics. of- ee
spathulate, 9in. to.`l0in. long, 3in. broad above the
A. Warelliana (Warell’s).* l. about thirty in a rosette, oblong- ue
narrowed to 2in. above the dilated base ; face nearly flat, green,
scarcely at all glaucous, tipped with a strong brown
spine lin. long; border margined with close, very short
dark purple when mature. Mexico. A rare but very
species. vant
A. Wislizeni (Wislizenius’s). /l. 24in. 10 ; panicle
branches Sin, to 6in. jong, pola very short ; scape 12f
l. about thirty in a dense, rigid, sessile rosette, which is ui
broad, oblong-spathulate, in. to 34in, broad above the middle, =
very glaucous, concave in the upper part; terminal spine hard,
eae dark Doses, = long, and decurren t down the border à
e ; side prickles jin. long, dark purple, ISt :
bolog We piddle of the leaf piai pes and curved downward.
im, “i. not more than twenty in
ee
”
t
42 | THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Agave—continued.
ensiform, diverging irr ly and often curving, 1}ft. to 3ft. long,
2in. to Sin. (rarely 4in.) broad at the middle, narrowed gradually
upwards, a slightly glaucous dead green, marked with a few
darker green lines on the back, furnished with a broad continuous
horny border and a few very large irregular hooked teeth, often
_ united or collected in pairs, sin. to Zin. long, and gin. to żin. broad;
terminal spine brown, pungent, lin. long. Mexico. A long-
known, witety erod; and distinct species. SYNS. A. amurensis
and A, Vanderdonckit. i
A. x. hybrida is a aioe dwarf variety with vittate leaves,
and smaller, more crowded deltoid-cuspidate prickles than in
the = It is also commonly known as A. x. vittata and A.
perbe
Fig. 48, AGAVE YUCCEFOLIA.
E à
(yneca-lea * fl. greeni
cin, to inion ab
Ageratum—continued.
barely covering them. As soon as the young plants are
large enough, prick them off into thumb pots, and keep
in heat till they grow freely, then place them into a
cooler house. Transfer into larger pots as soon as the
others are full of roots, until they are finally shifted into
10in. or 12in. pots. When these are full of roots, tho
plants should be watered with liquid manure twice a week,
and they soon bloom well, making fine specimens, During
hot weather especially, they should be well syringed
with clear water daily, to keep down red spider. The
plants required for bedding (for which purpose the dwarf
garden varieties are mostly used) should be raised about
the same time, kept in small pots, gradually hardened off,
and planted out in the middle or end of June. Cuttings
of all the varieties strike readily in heat, treated like most
soft-wooded plants, and, when rooted, may be managed as
recommended for the seedlings. The following are the only
two species in cultivation in England:
Lasseauxii (Lasseaux's). /l.-heads rose-coloured ; capitules
small, disposed in corymbose heads, Summer. 2. lanceolate- —
elliptic. A. 14ft. to 2ft. Monte Video, 1870. A much branched
plant, requiring greenhouse protection in winter, and suitable for
planting out in summer.
A. mexicanum (Mexican).* The commonest and most useful
ee with a Bogner of lilac-blue flowers. h. 2ft. Mexico,
. When used for bedding purposes it may be pesged down like
the Verbena, or be allowed to grow its full height. Several ve
dwarf varieties of it have fas easy under cultivation, whic
su ding, the best of which are :—
hee Ha is md EO dct a
form, Sometimes grown for the sake of its pretty foliage. >
AGGLOMERATE, AGGLOMERATED. Col-
lected into a heap or head. | z
AGGLUTINATED. Glued
gether ; usually applied to the inflorescence.
AGLAIA (mythological: from Aglaia, the name of one of
the Graces, and given to this genus on account of its beauty
and the sweet scent of the flowers). ORD. Meliaceew. Stove
evergreen trees or shrubs having very small flowers, dis-
posed in branched axillary panicles. Leaves alternate, tri-
foliate, or impari-pinnate. There are several species, but,
the undermentioned is the only one worth growing ye
introduced. It thrives well in a mixture of turfy loam
_ and peat. Young cuttings ripened at the base, and taken
= at a joint, will root in sand under a hand glass, in
eat. Beto.
A. odorata (sweet-scented). fl. yellow, small, in axillary racemes,
very sweet-scented, said to be used by the Chinese to scent their
. February to May. l. pinnate, with five or seven glossy
leaflets. A, 8ft. to 10ft. China, 1810, 9 E
AGLAOMORPHA. See:
AGLAONEMA (from ajlaos.
thread; supposed to refer to the s
blotches. A. lft.
- maculatum. i
| A. Mannii(Mann’s).* Jl, spathe 2in. long, whitish, with a spadix
: qoe shied a prarig hga saret wy a scarlet intr
elliptic-oblon rk green, ms thickish, erect. A,
Victora Mountains, 1868. i Bee
A. marantefolium maculatum (spotted), Synonymous with
A, commutatum. —
A. pictum (painted).* 7., spathe pale creamy yellow, folded round
so as to appear spa
re Rag Pe cx ing at top ; spadix ng,
sAperet. ge? elliptic acumina Li ma etga green, iaa irre-
with broadish angulate patches of grey. Stems sle
h. lrt. to 2ft. Borneo. i
s
AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA
OF HORTICULTURE.
AGRIMONIA (from argos, white; the cataract of the eye
being white.. Once reputed to contain medicinal qualities).
Agrimony. ORD. Rosacew. A genus of hardy herbaceous
perennials, with interruptedly pinnate leaves, each accom-
panied by a pair of stipules united to the petioles. Flowers
i small, numerous, spiked ; calyx turbinate, involucrated by
| bristles; petals five. They are all of the easiest culture,
; growing in ordinary soil. Readily increased by root-
1 division. The most showy species in cultivation are
d described below.
j A. Eupatoria (Eupatoria) fl. yellow, on an elongated spike.
i. with elliptic-oblong, coarsely serrated leaflets, odd one stalked.
h. lft. to 2ft. Britain.
A. nepalensis (Nepaul). fl. ycllow, on erect, slender racemes.
l. with ovate, serrated leaflets, odd one stalked, villous. h. 1ft. to
2ft.. Nepaul, 1820,
A. odorata (sweet-scented).* jl. yellow; spikes several. J, with
oblong lanceolate, deeply crenate-toothed leaflets, hairy. h. 2ft.
to 3ft. Italy, 1640.
AGRIMONY. See Agrimonia.
AGRIOTES. See Wireworm.
AGROSTEMMA (from agros, a field, and stemma, a
crown; alluding to the beauty of the flowers, which were
formerly made into crowns or garlands). Rose Campion.
ORD. Caryophyllaceæ. Hardy evergreen perennials and
annuals, with broadish leaves, and one-flowered peduncles.
Of easy culture, and well adapted for borders. They will
all grow freely in common garden soil. Increased by
: division of the roots, and seed. A. celi-rosa, and A.
flos-Jovis are, perhaps, species of Lychnis, but the generic
name which we have adopted is the most common one.
All the species of this genus are exceedingly pretty free-
flowering plants, and both annuals and perennials are well
| worth growing.
| A. coeli-rosa (rose of Heaven).* fi. delicate rose, white, or bright
purple, solitary, terminal, Summer. Levant, &c., 1713. An annual
species about lft. high, not tomentose; should be grown in
| patches. Sow the seed in April.
aa
FIG. 49. AGROSTEMMA CŒLI-ROSA FIMBRIATA.
A. c-r. fimbriata (fimbri i i tals
Known also as ph gre on See Fig ees oo ea
A, Cor urple).* ' ing dark
pagia es nat Btls a wih ae si having dar
L coronaria (crowned).* /. white, with the middle red ; petals
cmarginate, crowned, serrated ; posncien elongated, one-flowered.
si moira ed
K = mtn Kurope,
adapted for naturalising on dry hill sides, and in the i
4
eathery ; plant woolly throughout.
1806. ‘This apadien te Mini
~
Agrostemma— continued.
Fic. 50. AGROSTEMMA COELI-ROSA PURPUREA,
garden, There are several varieties seen in gardens with a great
diversity of colour, oe my sh dark crimson, white, and sometimes
double flowers. See Fig.
SO eee
Fic. 51. AGROSTEMMA CORONARIA, showing Habit and Flower.
#
A. flos-Jovis.* Flower of Jove. f. purple or scarlet, in umbellate
heads ; peduncles short, rather ‘branched. July. i lanceolate,
: y, tomentose.
y.
stem-clasping, | silk h. 1ft. Switzerland, 1726
Plant white from tomentum. See Fig. 52.
Fig. 52. AGROSTEMMA FLOS-JovIS, showing Habit and Flower.
AGROSTIS (from agros, a field ;, the Greek name for a
kind of grass). Bent Grass. Oxp. Graminee. Annual or
perennial grasses. Panicle loose ; spikelets compressed.
Several of the species are very effective, and well worth-
growing; and the spikes are pretty objects when dried, for
44
*
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Agrostis—continued.
window vases, &c. They are of easy culture, in ordinary
garden soil. Sow seeds during spring in the open border,
in tufts, among ferns, &c., or in pots for decorative pur-
poses,
A. clegans (elegant). h. 1ft. Russia, 1834.
Fic. 53. AGROSTIS NEBULOSA.
A. nebulosa = cloud).* Cloud Grass. fl. panicles resemble, when
developed, a cloud resting over e ground. A. 1ft. Very light
and elegant. Annual. Y fon Px
ees y).* bandha ot with a more ri p habit than
; Tiea mg B RR th ome | Jonas ti sive aaa. oe
i efor ng, and for ve
_h. 6in. to 12in. Russia. pa ea
OA ti (windward icle
: ang amn p een large, silky locking,
ae ROT. See Pot-herb Mothsand Turnip Moth.
AILANTUS (from ailanto, referring to its lofty
= growth). ‘Tree of Heaven, ORD. Xanthozylacee. Tall
- deciduous trees. The stove species will grow freely in a
mixture of loam and peat; and the best way to increase
_ these is by pieces of the roots, planted in a pot with their
points above the ground, and placed in a hotbed, where
gg testo will soon make fine plants.
(tall). fl. whitish green, disposed similar to the
my tn ng. out perce as 4 pinnate, 3ft. Som with ten to fourteen pairs
of leaflets coarsely toothed at the base, without glands, R. 66ft.
; India, 1800. A stove tree.
A. glandulosa (glandulous whitish green, disposed in large
- branched, oh terminal fancicled Fidos exhaling a disagreeable
impari-pinnate ; leaflets coarsely toothed at.
wise ands (The leaves on vigorous young trees are
oe ength.) A. 60ft. China, 1751. This tree grows
woe Jot aed for pre first ten or twelve years, in favourable
Si ts growth is much slower. It is quite
hardy, 1 thrives i in nerk any soil, though one that is light and
l and a sheltered situation, suits it best. It is a
le tree for ee or to stand singly on lawns,
increased by slips of the roots
SA (in honour of Dr. Whitelaw Ainslie,
work on Indian drugs). ORD. Composite.
of recent introduction. Although,
no doubt, both species will prove tolerably hardy, they
should have slight protection during winter. They thrive
in light rich soil. £ by divisions of the root.
an s ;
A. Walkeræ (Mrs. Walkera tisk slender,
stalked, borne in erect or somewhat nodding
white et and the red one sare anthers make a-
a bout lft. Hong A bite’ rare {
AIRA (from aira, applied by the Greeks to Lolium
temulentum). Hair Grass. ORD. Graminaceæ. Chiefly
hardy grasses, of agricultural value. Panicle loose; spike-
let compressed, with two perfect flowers, and sometimes a-
neuter. Of easy culture, in ordinary garden soil. Sow
seeds in spring.
A. flexuosa (waved).* The Waved Hair ‘Grass. fi. shining brown;
panicle erect, spreading, with waved angular branches and flower-
stalks. Z short. Stem upwards of lft. high, erect, smooth.
England. A very pretty and graceful perennial.
Fig. 54. AIRA PULCHELLA.
* fl. panicles loose, lelicate and grace-
“idl i veya l. very short. hag Gs ra Sii- Benih Rurope. and dogit plant,
tafiod ply me par enpr ten beck r pad aeee
poked grasses. See Fig.
ATR-PLANT. See Aerides, also Epiphytes. ie
AITONTIA (in honour ne eet Gers
| usually procumbent or
cena | ferous.
dener at Kew). ORD. Meliacee. A small and rather inte-
rosting greenhouse evergreen cet Good
Hope, and thriving well in an equal
and peat. Young cuttings will root in sand, under a bell
glass, with bottom heat. The cuttings must not be put in —
very close together, and the glass should be wiped frequently,
as they are apt to damp-off. | P
A. capensis (Cape). ty pink ; petals four, shorter than the pro-
Poe a stamens, A tt. 1777.
AIZOON siv aei, always, and zoos, alive; tenacious
| of life). ORD. Portulacaceœ. Greenhouse annuals, bien-
nials, or evergreen shrubs. Flowers apetalous; calyx five-
cleft, coloured on the inner surface. The under-mentioned
species is the only one worth growing. It requires no :
a dry atmosphere, and light sandy soil. Propagated by 5
seeds and cuttings.
entosum entose nish, sessile. Summer.
a
r vi 3 -flow $ wO
rather villous, three-flowered at the apex. oe ties tah
are bracteated, and spring from the sides
rae -shrub, erect, diffuse glabrous,
| AJAVA SEED. See Ptychotis.
AJAX MAXIMUS. See Narcissus.
AJOWAN. See Ptychotis.
AJUGA esik E aE Daon, a yoke; in reference —
to the calyx being equal, not bilabiate). Bugle. ORD. —
Labiate. Hardy annual or perennial herbaceous plants, —
ng, sometimes stoloni-
-—Whorls two or many flowered, dense, sometimes —
all axillary, when the floral leaves conform to those of
the stem; sometimes the superior whorls are approxi-
mate into spikes, then the floral leaves are small, and
of a different form from the stem ones. All the species
are of easy cultivation in ordinary Perennials
AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.
+
45
Ajuga- continued. f
A. alpina (alpine). Synonymous with A. genevensis.
A. australis (southern). jj. blue; whorls six or more flowered ;
lower whorls remote, upper ones sub-spicate, floral leaves similar
to the stem ones, exceeding the flowers. May to July. l. narrow-
oblong, narrowed at the base, quite entire or sinuated, thickish,
rather villous. Stem ascending, or erect. A. 6in. New Hol-
land, 1822. Perennial"
A. Chameepitys (ground-pine). . jl. yellow, dotted with red,
pubescent outside; whorls two-flowered ; floral leaves similar to
the others, exceeding the flowers. April. l. deeply trifid, with
linear, quite entire, or trifid lobes. Stem procumbent at the base,
much branched, beset with long hairs, like the leaves. h. about
6in. England (rare). Annual.
A. ren (Geneva).* jt. varying from blue to rose colour and
white; upper whorls spicate, lower ones distant, six or more
flowered. May. l. stem ones oblong-elliptic or obovate, narrowed
at the base; lower ones petiolate; floral ones ovate or Cogan og
superior ones scarcely equalling the flowers or shorter, all usually
coarsely toothed, meinbranaceous, green on both surfaces, and
beset with scattered hairs. Stem erect, pilose. h. 6in. to lft.
Europe. A very variable species, admirably adapted as an alpine
plant, and succeeds best in bog soil, where its roots will have
plenty of room; it increases rapidly. Perennial. SYNS. A. alpina,
A, rugosa, -
A. orientalis (oriental).* fl. blue; whorls six or more flowered,
distant, or the upper ones are approximate. May. i. lower ones
e, petiolate ; ovate, coarsely and sinuately toothed, narrowed
at the ; floral ones si e, broad ovate, deeply lobed or
toothed, exceeding the flowers. Stem ascending, pilosely woolly.
h. lft. t. een Europe, 1732. This species should be
grown ina dry, sunny spot. ;
A. p dalis (pyramidal).* fl. blue or purple; whorls many-
flowered, upper ones or all spicate. May and June. ł. stem’ ones
approximate, scarcely petiolate, obovate ; floral ones broad-ovate,
clasping the flowers, tetragonally pyramidate; the upper ones
often coloured, all quite entire or obscurely sinuated. Stem erect.
h. 6in. Seca erennial. Of this there are several handsome
varieties.
Fic. 55. FLOWER OF AJUGA REPTANS.
A. reptans (creeping).* Jl. varying from blue to rose-colour ; lower
whorls remote ; upper ones spicate, six to twenty flowered. May.
l. ovate or obovate, quite entire or sinuated, and are, as well as
trons’ radical one petiolate, stem ones nearly
the stem, nearly g)
fo eet superi rt the ine oa ari Roken re
orms of are or e or horticultu oses.
Britain. Perennial. See Fig. 65. PEF
A rugosa (wrinkled). Synonymous with A. genevensis.
= AKEBIA (its Japanese name). Syn. Rajania. ORD.
_Lardizabalacee. A pretty twining shrub, succeeding well
in the south-western counties of England, or in Scotland,
trained to a trellis, or rambling over other shrubs in the
open; but, when so grown, it requires the protection of a
mat in winter. It makes an excellent twiner for the cool
greenhouse. Sandy loam, leaf soil, and peat are most
suitable for its culture. Increased by root divisions and”
cuttings.
A. quinata (five-leafletted).* fl. purplish brown, small, in axillary
- racemes, very fragrant. March. J. on very slender petioles, and
palmately divided into usually five distinct petiolulate oval or
oblong emarginate leaflets, the bottom pair smallest. h. 10ft,
Chusan, 1845,
AKEE-TREE. See Blighia sapida.
ALA. _ A lateral petal of a papilionaceous flower.
ALANGIAC . <A very small order of trees or
3 Halo ‘usually with inconspicuous flowers, in axillary
enna Fruit succulent, eatable. The two genera best
wn in this country are Alangium and Nyssa.
ALANGIUM (from Alangi, the Malabar name of the
green trees, with alternate, exstipulate, entire leaves.
y sile, in axillary fascicles; calyx campanu-
Ear
Alangium— continued.
late; petals linear, spreadingly reflexed. They thrive well
in a mixture of loam and peat, or any light rich soil. Cut-
tings root readily if planted in a pot of sand, with a hand
glass placed over them, in heat.
A. decapetalum (ten-petaled).* fl. pale purple, with a grate-
ful scent, solitary, or two to three together in the axils of the
leaves ; petals ten or twelve. June, l alternate, oblong-lanceo,
iate, quite entire ; branches glabrous, spinescent, h, 30ft, Malabar,
l ovate-
A, hexapetalum (six-petaled . purple, six-petaled.
pe ( ). fl. purp Malabar,
Ropesms acuminated, velvety beneath. hk. 30ft.
ALATUS. Furnished with a membranous or thin wing
or expansion.
+ ALBESCENT. Growing white.
ALBICANT. Growing whitish.
ALBINISM. A pale condition due to the absence of
chlorophyl.
ALBIZZIA (named after an Italian), ORD. Legumi-
nose. Ornamental greenhouse or hardy trees or shrubs.
For culture, see Acacia, to which they are often re-
ferred. :
A. Julibrissin (Julibrissin). f. white; heads
forming a terminal somewhat bose
with opi to twelve irs of pe
unculate,
panicle, mers h
each pinna bearin
about thirty oan of dimidiate-oblong, acute, rather cilia
lonfigte h. t. to 40ft. Hardy. Tert 1745. SYN. A.
emu.
A. lophantha (crest-flowered).* fl. racemes ovate-
oblong, axillary, twin. May. l with eight to ten a of
inne, each pinna bearing twenty-five to thirty pairs of linear,
luntish leaflets ; petioles and calyces clothed with velvety down.
h. 6ft. to 10ft. New Holland, 1803. A very distinct unarmed
greenhouse species, and one of the best for window garden-
ing.
A. Nemu. A synonym of A. Julibrissin.
yellow ;
ORD. Alangiacee. Very showy stove ever- therefore permeable to fiuids. —
ALBUCA (from albicans, or albus, white; the colour of
the earlier species). ORD. Liliacee. A rather extensive
genus of Cape of Good Hope bulbs, requiring ordinary
greenhouse culture. Closely allied to Ornithogalum.
Perianth six-cleft, three outer segments spreading; three
inner ones closed over the stamens. They, however, suc-
ceed admirably when grown in a warm sunny position
out of doors, if covered with a hand glass, or litter, during
winter. A light loamy soil, with leaf mould and sand,
suits them well. Propagated by offsets from the old
bulb, or seeds. There are but few species worthy of
cultivation. .
gs hme acy rah te Éa £ ig ety Sachs; yale
green, Lift. to 2ft. long. R. 3ft. Angola.
A. aurea (yellow).* fl e
jong, erect, spreading.” J pe
A. fasti ked).* white; uncle very long, spread-
ing. 7 raga ig ne sag Cy pee sues ‘the wipe ke Tit
A. da (weak . pale yellow, with ing, |
six to one in ghey pani hap Gedunsiee epror ANM Pa a
angles. July. l. lanceolate-linear, obliquely bent. he Bit.
A. Nelsoni (Nelson’s).* fl., perianth, 14in. long, ascending, white, rl
with a dull red ee down the back of pes pe scape
stout, 4ft. to 5ft. high. Summer, l. bright green, very concave
at the basal part, nearly flat in the upper os t o Saft. i
lłin. to 2łin. broad, at about one-third the way up, whence
are gradually narrowed to an acute point. Natal, 1880,
handsome species is the best of the genus. aa
ALBUMEN. The substance under the inner coat o
the testa of seeds, surrounding the embryo. It is some- —
times absent.
ALBUMINOUS. Furnished with albumen. as
ALBURNUM. The white wood of a tree; the —
younger wood, not choked up by sedimentary deposit, and
yellow, upright; peduncle very
į. linear-lanceolate, flat. A. 2ft.
Í (from Alkemelyeh, the Arabic na
species). Lady's Mantle. ORD. Rosac
| of one of the
THE DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING,
Alchemilla— continued.
Hardy herbaceous perennials, with corymbose, apetalous
flowers; calyx tubular, with the tube rather contracted at
the apex. Leaves palmate or lobed. Of very easy culture,
in common, but well drained soil. They are well adapted
` for rockwork and planting near the front of borders. Easily
increased by divisions of the roots, and seeds. All here
described are hardy, except A. sibbaldiafolia.
A, alpina (alpine).* fl. greenish, small; corymbose, June.
l digitate; leaflets five to seven, lanceolate-cuneated, obtuse,
wo” clothed with white satiny down beneath. h. Cin.
ritain,
A. pubescens (pubescent). fl. greenish; corymbs terminal,
crowded, Siothes with a coating or long weak hairs. June. a
a roundish-reniform, seven-lobed, toothed, silky beneath. A. 6in.
to 8in. Caucasus (Higher), 1813.
A. sericea (silky).* fl. greenish, corymbose. June. l digitate ;
leaflets seven, lanceo te- obovate, obtuse, connected at the base,
serrated at the apex, clothed with satiny down beneath. h. about
6in. Caucasus, 1813. Much larger in every part than A. alpina,
to which it is cl is closely allied.
A. Sibbaldizfolia (Sibbaldia-leaved). jf. white, sonererate.: :
stem corymbosely many-flowered at the apex. July. l. deeply-
three-parted, clothed with adpressed ubescence beneath ; seg-
ments deeply serrated, lateral ones bifid. h. 6in. Mexico, 1
A greenhouse species, which should be grown in small well- drained
pots, with a mixture of leaf soil and sandy loam.
: ALDER. See Alnus.
ALETRIS (from aletron, meal; referring to the
powdery appearance of the whole plant). . The American
Star Grass. Syn. Tritonia. ORD. Homodoracee. In-
teresting hardy herbaceous perennials, closely allied to the
Amaryllids. Perianth half-inferior, tubular; limb spreading
or funnel-shaped; stamens inserted base of perianth seg-
ments, filaments flat. They delight in a sunny but damp
situation, with peat, leaf mould, and ee
-increased by division of the roots.
aurea yellow, bell-sha)
es ens te pd Ae. toate North
capensis (Cape). Aie Pokretna vuriiiiiia,
A, farinosa (mealy).* arn white, shaped, rie terminal
5 upon stems 1ft. a oft. rege L tanseotate,
i North cage gy ar coe A i dwarf perennial,
‘ere a spreading tufi tensely bitter pro-
dris (from the Greek word signifying floury ;
all the parts of the plant seeming to be dusted with a
farinaceous substance). Orp. Euphorbiacee. A hand-
some stove evergreen tree, with small, white, clustered
flowers. Leaves alternate stalked, exstipulate. It is of
easy culture in a loamy soil. Ripe cuttings, with their
leaves untouched, root readily in sand, under a hand
glass.
A. trileba (three-lobed).* The Candleberry Tree. l. PR lobed,
: Ce age Fa h. Xft. to 40ft. Moluccas and South Pacific
AENKANDERS. See Smyrnium.
ALEXANDRIAN LAUREL. See Ruscus race-
mosus.
ALGAROBA BEAN or CAROB. See Cera-
tonia.
ALHAGI (its Arabian name). Orp. Leguminose.
Manna Tree. Greenhouse shrubs or sub-shrubs, with
simple lonves, anà Sinai hpulas. Flowers
pots filled with a mixture of sand,
over them, in heat; but by seeds, if they can be
sown in a hotbed, is a preferable mode of in-
creasing the plants. They may be placed out of doors
‘the summer months.
red, few, disposed in
Jaik l. lanceolate, potoso, ails
e Serbaceous, h. 1ft,
ing cuttings will root in sand, with ® bell Pies T
purple in the middle, and reddish’ 4
racemes the s *
fering —continued.
t, &c. The Manna is a natural exudation from the branches `
leaves of this shrub, which takes place only in very hot
weather:
ALIBERTIA (in honour of M. Alibert, a celebrated
French chemist, author of “ Traite des Fievres Attaxiques,”
wherein he mentions the effects of Peruvian bark). ORD.
Cinchonacee. A small stove evergreen tree, very orna-
mental when in flower. Flowers solitary or fascicled,
dicecious; corolla leathery, tubular. A mixture of loam
and peat is the best soil. Cuttings strike root freely,
in a similar kind of soil, under a hand glass, in a moist
heat. r i
A. edulis (edible). jl. cream-coloured, solitary or in fascicles,
i panana the branches, almost sessile, June. Jr. edible,
re AE leathery, oblong, acuminated, shining above, and
Bear ed in the axils of the veins beneath, h. 12ft. Guiana,
pete SODA. See Salsola.
ALISMA (from alis, the Celtic word for water). Water
Plantain. Syn. Actinocarpus. Orn. Alismacew. A gews —
entirely composed of hardy aquatic species. Flowers three-
petalled. Leaves parallel-veined. Increascd by division or
secds. The latter should oo wots
water, filled with loam, peat, and
freely in a moist say soil. The
easily grown. ; ;
Teran agro Leap
Sore
| AN ENCYCLOPZDIA
AT
OF HORTICULTURE.
E < Alisma — continued. + P f .
-those at the base of the plant are long, li ear-lanceolate, mem-
branous scales, or abortive root leaves. North Wales and Cum-
berland, but very rare ; abundant in other parts of Europe. See
Fig. 56. ‘a
A. Plantago (plantain).* fl. delicate pale rose coloured ; scape
branched upwards, July. J. ovate, acute, all radical, on long
stalks ; branches all whorled, bracteated, compound. A. 2ft. to
ri os A very handsome aquatic for naturalising. See
ig. 57. i
po
a
P :
: Fic. 57. PontiON OF INFLORESCENCE OF ALISMA PLANTAGO. `
’ a A ee leaves). 4. pure white. July. |
A. ranunculoides (ranunculus-like), In general appearance very
like the last named species, but smaller. Britain.
ALISMACEZ. A small order of aquatic or marsh
plants, with three-petaled flowers, on leafless scapes, and
simple radical leaves. The genera best known are Alisma
and Sagittaria.
ALKANET. See Anchusa tinctoria.
ALLAMANDA (named in memory of Dr. Allamand,
of Leyden, who first communicated seeds of this genus to
Linnens). ORD. Apocynacee. Elegant climbing ever-
green stove plants. Peduncles terminal and many-flowered;
corolla funnel-shaped, with a narrow tube, gamopetalous,
_ large, inflated, five-cleft at the apex. Leaves verticillate.
_ This genus differs from all éthers of the same order, in the
sin figure of the corolla. Of comparatiyely easy culture. To
-~ Obtain their beauty df foliage and flowers, the shoots
should be tied to wires placed within 8in. or Qin. of the
aier that forms the roof of the structure in which the
_ Plants are growing. Trained in this way, and the shoots
_ allowed to ramble in a somewhat natural manner, the effect,
when the plants are in flower, is grander and more pleasing
r
m i every respect than when the shoots are tied to a formal |
Allamanda—continued.
trellis, of whatever shape. When thoroughly established,
they succeed admirably in a compost of three parts good
fibry loam, and one part wood charcoal or coarse river
sand, with some rotten cow manure added. When potting
the plants, ‘make the fresh compost firm round the old
balls of soil, and do nof fill the pots too full; leave
room for plenty of water, as, when in ae growth, they
require a liberal daily supply. They must be pruned
annually in January or February, cutting the previous
year’s shoots back to within a joint or two of the old wood. ~
Allamandas should be exposed to the light as much as’ pos-
sible at all seasons of the year. In winter months they
require but little water, but the drainage must always be
perfect. They are remarkably free from insect attacks of
any. kind. It may be also observed that the temperature
should never fall below 55deg. This genus is easily pro-
pagated by cuttings, which will root at any time of the
year in a bottom heat of from 70deg. to 80deg. The usual
time is, however, in spring, when the old plants are pruned
ee Choose the tops of the shoots, retaining two or
joints to each cutting; place these in a compost
of sand and peat or leaf mould in equal proportions,
singly, in small pots. Press the soil firmly around
each cutting, and, when all are inserted, give a good.
watering, and plunge the pots in the propagating bed.
Attend to shading and watering, and in about three
weeks’ time they will have emitted roots, and started to
grow at the tops. The pots should now be raised out of
the plunging material, and placed upon the surface thereof,
and there allowed to remain two or three weeks longer;
when the young roots will have, by this time, filled the
little pots, and a shift into the larger ones will be necessary.
Return the plants to the propagating bed, but do not
plunge them therein. As soon as it is certain that the roots
have commenced growth in the fresh soil, pinch the point
of each plant that is intended to be grown on a trellis. This
will cause the remaining buds to push out fresh shoots;
and these, as soon as they have made two joints or
whorls of leaves each, should have their points pinched out
also. By repotting the plants as often as they fill their
pots with roots during the first season of their growth, and
pinching the points out of the shoots twice or thrice in the _
same time, a good foundation will be formed, from which
the future specimens will spring. In the case of plants
intended to be trained up rafters or pillars, they should
not have their points pinched out until they attain to the
height where it is desirable they should have more than
-one shoot, and be repotted as recommended above, for
the first year; but, after that, they will require to be
repotted only once a year, and this should be done soon
after the buds have started to grow afresh in the
spring. i
A. Aubletii (Aublet’s).* f. yellow, large. June.
in a whorl, broad-oblong, acumina
Guiana, 1848,
|. cathartica (purging).* fl. yellow, large. June. l four ina
whorl, obovate, 888e, acutish, with sub-undulated edges, gla-
brous. Guiana, 1785. Syn. A. Linnei.
A. chelsoni (Chelsea).* /l. yellow, large. Summer. This splendid
lant is least suited of any for trellis training, from its wood
eing stiffer and harder, and is therefore best for the roof
: eee it is one of the best kinds for cutting.
uybrid.
grandiflora (large-flowered).* fl. distinct pale 3
large, very free bloomer. June. Brazil, 1844.
A. Linnæi (Linneus’s), Synonymous with A. cathartica.
A. neriifolia (oleander-leaved).* fl. deep golden yellow, elegantly
streaked with orange, between funnel fo bell lapel the tube
being wide, lin. long; panicle many-flowered. June. J.
on short petioles, acuminate. A. 3ft. South America, 1847. Shrub
erect, glabrous.
A. nobilis (noble).* /l. bright yellow, rather deeper tinted in the
throat, large, full circular form, but without streaks or any other
markings. jn l. in whorls of four or of three, tapered to the
ODIO)
l. four to five
rather hairy beneath.
_ base, sessile, , abruptly acuminate, membranaceous, hairy.
on both surfaces, pa Toe ha Ea and on the midrib. Brazil,
1867, One of the best species.
48S ot = `
*
THE DICTIONARY OF: GARDENING,
*
*
wÆ A Bilaanda—fonlinuel.
A.Schottii (Schott’s).* fl. saat large, throat beautifully striped
-= with rich brown. September. l. oblong, acuminated, four in a
at quite glabrous, on both surfaces. A. 10ft. Brazily 1847.
‘species is a very strong grower, and suits the roof system
seat: it is also a very free bloomer,
A. verticillata (whorl-leaved). fl. yellow, large. June. 1. ‘usually
six in a whorl, ovate-oblong, obtuse, quite a South _
America, 1812,
A. violacea (violet). Jl, purple. Brazil, “1859,
ALLANTODIA (from allantos, a sausage ; in reference
_* to the cylindrical form of thë indusium). ORP. Filices.
A greenhouse monotypic genus, differing from Asplenium
in the dehiscence of the involucre, and it may receive
similar treatment to the Spleenworts. Sori dorsal, linear,
oblong, attached to the primary veins. Involucre the
same shape as the sorus and quite inclosing it, bores.
an irregular line down to the centre.
Brunoniana (Brown’s).* fronds often 1ft. to 2ft. long, 4ft. to
lft. broad ; pinnæ šin, to 6in. long, lin. broad, entio: sori con-
fined to the anterior vein of the first fork. Hin ayas, up to
6000ft., &c. SYN. Asplenium javanicum. ae
ALLARDTIA. See Tillandsia, > `
ALLEYS. Small walks of various widths, but
generally 1ift. or 2ft. wide, and formed in right lines,
parallel to the main walks, or borders, sometimes covered
with a thin coat of sand, gravel, or shells, or paved with
flints, pebbles, &c. Spaces left between beds of seedling
plants are generally meant when alleys are referred to.
ALLIACEOUS. Pertaining to the Garlic family.
ALLIARIA. See Sisymbrium.
ALLIGATOR APPLE. See Anona palustris.
ALLIGATOR PEAR. See Persea gratissima.
. ALLIUM (from all, meaning hot or burning; in allu-
sion to the well known properties of the onion tribe).
ORD. Liliaceew. Hardy bulbous plants, with flat or-
in a membranous spathe at the summit of
l campanulate. The genus is a very large one, but compara-
A tively few species are worthy of cultivation, and most of these
only as border plants, or for planting in the wild garden, or
woodland in masses. They are of very easy culture, in-
creasing rapidly by offsets. The little bulbs, which are
produced in clusters, may be separated and re-planted in
autumn or early spring, about 4in. deep. Seeds are also
easily obtainable. These may be sown thinly in light soil,
in February or March, where they should remain until the
to their flowering situations. During the growing season,
all the attention required will be to keep the plants free of
weeds, and place stakes to the tall-growing kinds.
A. (taper-pointed).* fl. deep rose, jin. to Jin.
across, in many-flowered umbels. Ju y and August. l rather
stems, very narrow, only about a line wide.
h. bin. to 1 North- West America, 1840.
A. og mean fot. fl. deep red purple; in other respects, like
ge ene a JE Papis; umbels globose ; sca
ieee : Summer. l subulate. h. 9in, Palestine, 1546, For
‘biue)* fl. deep sks sky blue, with a dark line
2 ; umbel dense, globular,
E -
Siberia, 1830. One of the eal
species gro
A, Bidwelliz (Mrs. Bidwell’s),* fl. bright rose, aa iin, across,
in few-flowered umbels, July, _ ‘narrow, rather longer than the
stem. h. 2in. to 3in. Sierra Nevada, 1880. A very charming
little species for tke rockery.
3 =. ie
A. Breweri (Brewer's).* £ Ted rose, Bently or quite lin. across,
-in few-flowered umbels. l. much 1 r than the de
jin. or more broad. oy in. to šin. California,
A ray oh (common onion). ji. white; scape ve Werk lodge than
ves. June, July Ci fist tular, rounded. h. 3ft. "For ee.
Are c 5 Aggrogatum. Aggregated, Tree, or Potato Onion. See’
autumn or following spring, when they'may be transplanted
Pa
A, Erdelii (Erdel’s).
+A. flas 1 (golden),
terete radical leaves, i capitate or umbellate flowers
g Rage me naked, or leafy scape; perianth spreading or
"tat tog “he te to ie, 4
broadly lanceolate, acute, ciliated, toothed bod the e , åt tirst
erect and glaucescent, afterwards gree read ing, much
shorter than the stem. A. 2‘ft. to 3k. ‘cath af Paton Europo. Very
vigorous and free flowering. “SYN, aaa
‘ paradoxum (aaia. “white, fully pendulous,
oe long footstalks spri y from fittle hste. of ellow
bul Se . l. one oF “tw lon on o re scape, inear-
aon ~ lanceolate, Soars, keeled, sti oe broad, drooping ©
“Allium— continued. i
coruleum (blue-flowered).* fl. blue, in large compact globu:
-Jar heads. June. h. 8in. Russia, 1840. Very distinct.
A. Douglasii (Douglas’). Synonymous with A. unifolium.
ls white, keeled with green, in“compact
umbels. h. 6in. Palestine, 1879. A rare but pretty species, and
should be planted in a warm position.on the rockery. `
‘~A. falcifolium (sickle-leaved).* fl. pale rose, łin. to Zin. across,
_ w-flowered ‘umbels. August. l two in number, thick,
ly linear, falcate. h. 2in. to 3in. North-West America, 1880,
Pgs ret (sickle-formed). Probably a variety of A. uni-
folium, with pure whites flowers, in several-flowered umbels.
* habin.“ _ California, 1882.
. yellow, bell-shaped, and somewhat droop-
s; scape leafy at the base. J, round, not
y ty umbels
ei y about lft. Italy, 1759 A,
Helios, attish above the base. h.
-slender species.
A fragrans. Sec Nothoscordum.
” A. karataviense (Karatavian). jl. white, im dense globose
heads. May. l. very broad, flat, glaucous, sometimes variegated.
h. 6in: Turkestan, 1878. š
A. Macnabianum (MacNab’s).* fl. deep magenta, a colour quite ©
unique in this family, in large umbels. l. nearly as long as the- j
stem, channelled, about łin. broad. h. 1ft. North America, Pea
A. magicum (enchanting). Synonymous with A. nigrum. *
N 1) n
Fic. 58. ALLIUM Moxy. A
gore g oer. fl. brigh
Spring J. few, broadly
to 15in. South Euro:
flowered and very fine in masses. Seo E j
A. Murrayanum (Murray’s).* 4. vor le, in large heads.. —
l. narrow, longer than the stem. . lft. North America, A
good variety of A. acuminatum.
A. mutabile (ohangoabIek mie ji. white, changing to rose, in many:
flowered umbels, July. Z. shorter than the stem, narrow, c
nelled. A, 12in. to 24in. North America, 1824,
A. neapolitanum (Neapolitan).* fl. white, with green ainda
numerous, in a loose umbel, on stems exceeding the leaves in —
length ; pedicels much longer than the flowers. Early summer.
l. two or three, sheathing the flower stem, stra shaped kage
lin. across. h. 15in. to 18in. South Europe, 1 bably the
most ornamental white-flowered species.
A. nevadense (Sierra Nevada). fi. white, or pale rose, ; about gin
across, in several-flowered umbels. July, J. flat, rather longer
than the stem, about jin. wide. h. 3in. to 6in, ‘Sierra Nevada
and Utah, 1882.
A. nigrum (blackish).* ji. dull violet, or whitish, with a green
vein, very numerous, in a large umbel. Summer. l thick,
t yellow, numerous, in n compact umbels,
ceolate, To sub-cylindrical, A. 10in. —
, 1604. Se eile bright- —
A. p (Piedmont). * - le, large, be'l-
“nh ped, in venient clusters, a aie f: lanotbiate,"*
shorter than t iedmont
1 A Genk, little por
rockwork, or oda border, One the handso tone ome specics
grown,
d A. reticulatum netted). jl. varyin gtd arsenal Summer.
ger oi cee or nyo Aliforan, arving an h. Sin. to
” “15in, North-West America, 1882. A rare s] i
A. a Attaiatfotium (akienustela faar ase This: regarded a3
oe a mag il handsome w cs This may be gogn North-West,
. * ‘
Es:
* z cultivation, see Gesnera.
».
AN ENCYGLOPÆDIA _
kd
-OF HORTICULTURE.
6 : Sie
Miaon He, D E , Allopléctits continued, . int Be
A. roseum (rose-coloured).* fl. pale lilac-rose, largo, in umbels of Itatus i yea -leaved).*, fi. whitish, ‘about 2in, long, in
ten or twelve; stems round, rather longer than the leaves. ary tufts.» August. Z. opposite, one is lin. to 2in, long, an
- Summer, 7. strap- shaped, channelled, rolled inwards at the top, r “the other 6in.ste 9in. long, and 2in. wide, oblong, shortly acumi-
% not hairy. A. 12in. to lóin. South Europe, 1752.. z * nate, roundéd, peltate at the base, and raised on stout foot-
A. sativum vaten: Garlic. fi. white; umbel bulbiferons. . «stalks, lin, to Zin. long. A. lft. Costa Rica, 1877. à
Summer. l. flat. h. 15ft. Sicily, 1548. For “culture, see Garlic. | A. r nhs (creeping). jl. yellow; corolla with curved tube,
A. schcenoprasum (rush-leaved onion). Chives, fl urple p ` four lobed; sepals ovate, “spotted ; ‘peduncles axillary, solitary.
umbel many-fiowered, globose, without bulbils. : June and July. _ February... 1, ovate, rather fleshy, serrate, on short petioles. St.
l cylindrical, somewhat tapering towards the point; stem with one | © Martha, 1845... Plant downy ; an evergreen trailer,
leaf, or naked. h. lft England, For cultivation, see Chives. | Aevittatus (striped). Jl, calyx crimson; corolla pale yellow;
A. spherocephalum (globe-headed).* jl. densely pac ‘ked “in a C farerne fasciculate; surrounded by vivid red foliaceous bracts.
subspherical head ; in a bud state the upper ones are-reddish- l. large, shortly-stalked, broadly-ovate, of a deep velvety greeny
purple, the lier green. June. J, narrow, shorter than the long “having a broad greyish-green band down the centre, branching off
terete stems. * h, 1}ft. to 2ift. South Europe, 1759, oe aan course of the principal veins, Stems erect, fleshy.
A. stramineum (straw-coloured ellow, in deine lo ade *
umbels. July. T, Aa t Rea te sims, “A . to zamorensis (Zamora).* jl. yellow ; sepals orange-red. h. 1ft.
Siberia. E lumbia, 1875. æ
A. striatum (striated). „See EE E E ` ORUS. See Pellea and Cryptogramma.
A. triquetrum (three-cornered). jl. white, somewhat betshnpod, ALLOTMENT GARDENS. A system of
. system of assigning
with a narrow streak of pure green down each petal, in al 7 .
2 slightly drooping ‘adel, On erent? triangular prs shorter than © small portions of land to be cultivated-by labourers after
the leaves. Summer. l green, broadly strap-shaped, keeled in a .| their ordinary day’s work.
sarap 78 manner, sometimes very long. h. 12in. to i8in. South_| «© The following are the most important rules to be carried
out; “but, should occasion arise, other rules must be made *
one-leaved). fl. bright rose. July. >
ar TTI PNET A hands. from Calif ly. A Ut, to 2
ornia, ome species, ornia, resem -
A.” » but differing from pot N ap species by the circum-
stance that its bulbs are develo at a distance from each other,
and = Cn by at -like rhizome, jin. to lin. long.
. Douglasti. ý
Syn. A
A, u A ‘scien ved Garlic; Ramson® fl. pure
© white, oa rpg rianth Segments; umbel level at top ;
` triangular. - Summer. l. one or two, radi
stalked, ‘ares, bright green. h. 1ft. “England. See Fig. 59,
A, g). jl, pure ea or rose-coloured, in large
pa er s ing ts ain to Ait.. Figo el iin, broad, early!
~ as long as the stem n. A retty new species f
Oregon and California, 1881. gige er Aa
A. Victorialis (Victovia’s). .
spicate umbels. May.
shorter than the stem.
Al. greenish-white, in many-flowered,
broadly ovate- oblong, à hannelled,
Europe, 1739.
h. 1ft. to 2ft. Southe
This is conspicuous from its broad eaves, a |
very rare in cultivation.
ALLOPLECTUS (from allos, diverse, and pleco, to
plait; the calyx appears as if it was plaited in diverse direc-
tions), ORD. Gesneracer. Very handsome stove evergreen
shrubs. Corolla tubular or club-shaped, straightish ; calyx
coloured. Leaves opposite, one in each pair smaller than
the other, petiolate, fleshy, scattered or decumbent, or erect,
the under surface generally reddish; branches —.
i
Bin,
* -
to meot particular cases :—
Each’ Allotment should consist of a
: ger to be let yearly at a rent of not aike than 10s.
Allotment to be let for one year only, to be re-let
to thessame occupier, provided his character has been satis-
factory during the preceding year.
` 8. The rent shall be considered due at Michaelmas! If it
remains unpaid for one month after that date, the Allot-
rood of land
» ment shall be forfeited.
_ 4. The Allotment to be cultivated solely by spade hus-
bandry, and the same crop shall not be planted on the
same part two years in succession,
5. Separate Allotments shall be divided by a space not
less than 18in.
6. Any occupier trespassing on his neighbour's Allotment,
or inf’any way interfering or damaging the same, shall not be
allowed to hold his Allotment after the expiration of the year.
ALLSPICE. See Calycanthus.
ALLSPICE TREE. See Pimenta.
ALMEIDEA (in honour of J. R. P. de Almeida, a |
Brazilian, who was of great assistance to St. Hilaire while —
on his travels in Brazil). Ory. Rutacew. Stove trees or
shrubs with alternate, simple, entire, stalked leaves.
Racemes terminal, divided at the apex into compound
thyrse-like» panicles, The undermentioned species, the
, ovate- ienesolate, } only one as yet introduced, will grow freely in a mixtire of
loam, sand, and peat. Partly ripened cuttings will strike
|. root if planted thinly in" pot of sand under a hand glass,
in heat. : ”
A. rubra (red). fl. pink; petals very blunt; racemes compound.
September. Z. lanceolate, acute at the base. h, 12ft. Brazil; 1849,
Evergreen shrub, _ ‘
ALMOND. See Amygdalus,
ALNUS (from al, near, and’ lan, the bank of a river;
general habitat of the genus). The Alder Tree. ORD.
Betulacee. A genus. of deciduous trees and shrubs.
Flowers moncecious ; barren ones in long drooping au-
tumnal catkins, thsting through the ` winter; fertile
ones, produced in spring, in oval catkins, resembling +
-a fir-cone in shape, the fleshy scales of which become _
indurated and ligneous as they approach — maturity.
Leaves stalked, roundish, blunt. Propagated usually
Wo-coloured), ft. yellow, p
le; corolla =
ober one- flowered, June,
patted ye ‘ovate, oblong, den:
sy "ales above, downy beneath ; branches
: ” a Grenada, 1840, Plant erect, rather
A. capitatus (headed). £ capita te; sepals red, leaf RE
s tergani middle S poluneles axillary, ” March.
arge, ow reddish beneat St
tetragonal, red. Zit, Soati Ane ee panes: Stem bluntly
seeds, which are gathered towards the end of October; they
require to be well dried, in order that the cones do not
become mouldy. The- s8eds are sprinkled lightly on the a
ground with the slightest possible covering. Towards the =
end ‘of the year, the seedings will be about 10in. high. $i
„heThey are then planted in rows 1}ft. apart, and 6in. from
“each other, where they may remain*for two years, after
which they can be placed out in the ‘situations where they a
are intended to stand. Planting is best done in November _ a.
A. di (two-eoloured). fl. pu
i rple, yellow, axillary, crowded,
nearly Aa e : eee entire, pubescent. Brazil,
or March ; and, if it t on. to make a plantation
a
"s are not difficult to -grow, with a
i +
wd
è i z F4
~ $ $ a“ a
Tiry, s
50 “SSS, - ‘THE DICTIONARY. OF GARDENING,
an, $ Alocasia—continued.* . ‘
“Alder; the, young trees mae * fats in, shee made with
a ‘an ordinary garden, spade, about 9in. deep, and about 4ft.
apart. They are also increased, but rarely, by-cuttings, by
_ suckers, an@uby grafting. _ i i
cordifolia (heart-shaped-leaved).* fl. greenish-brown, “March
“Aged epifo before the "aca ofthe leaves. Z. heart-shi
acuminate, dark gréen, and shining. æ 16ft: to 50ft. * Cala
and Naples, 1820. A large, very distinct, and handsome roel
headed tree.
interesting of ornamental trees. ae,
A. firma (firm).*_ l. oval lanceolate, acuminate, sharply serrated,
many-nerved. Japan. One ofthe most distinet of alltthe Alders.
Fic. 60, ALNUS GLUTINGSA, showing Catkins and Fruit.
A. glutinosa (sticky)*. barren catkins long, large, and cylindrical,
pendent, their footstalks branched. fertile catkinsysmall, ovate,
with deep-red scales. Spring, l. roundish-cwneiform, obtuse lobed
at the margin, and ‘serrated, somewhat glutinous, downy in the
axils of the nerves beneath. h. 50ft. to 60ft. Britain, ‘The Alder
affects moist and damp’situations, and, as it grows quickly, it is a
useful tree to plant in baresituations. It is valuable as a nurse to
other trees by the sea-side. See Fig. 60
A. g. aurea (golden).* Foliage golden colour.
A. (incised).* * Compact form, with leaves qŭite like those
of co hawthorn. SYN. A. g. oxyacanthifolia,
A. E ta (cut).* l, oblong and pinnatifid, with the lobes
has elegant droo b *
pees is one of the gS ping branches and fern-like leaves,
A. g. oxyacanthifolia (sharp- prickled). Synonymous with A. g.
that of bye: com
imperialis (= aspleni,
incisa.
a ad rie ms the
form, e variety
slightly di
or cut foliage ; A. g. varie = arak in i riea or less lobed
A. g. crea
*
A. incana (hoary).* 1. eae pal or erate aie at the
base,
sharply serrate, whitened, and mostly dow
20ft. North Tom iate regions. Thilsects drier n
our native A. glutinosa,
K ridis (ereen) Aa miil Sa stalk lustered,
l. round oval or er ge heart-shaped, rh ous and rp agew
softly downy beneath, serrate, with ver D and glosely set
teeth. Mountainous regions of northern hemisphere 3
E Amer
ALOCASIA "(Erom a, without; and Coloc
to Colocasia. Orn.
often with large and handsomely variegated, usually pel-
tate, Teac and shortly petiolate diko spathes. . They -
rong thoist heat, and
consist of fibrous peat, with a little light- fibry loam, in
“large lumps; ‘to this add a good proportion of sphagnum
“and lumps. of charcoal, with plenty of silver sand.
It grows rapidly in-dry soil, and is one of the most |e
bat
a R cucullata (hood-leaved). jl. green, whitish. Spring.
ie
roideé@. Stove plants of great beauty..
_ ~ "veins distinct ivory white.
A, Thibau repo ihe 2 t erate atiii ite deeply cordate; basal
obes rounded an sharply poin athe me
by numerous grey ve ae ae from ssn,
an abundant supply of ie o to thea pots. -
rp
Keep
the bulbs and soil raised well above the rim of the pots,
and finish off with a surfacing of- either sphagnum. or
cocoanut ‘fibre. The latter will soon encourage new root- =
lets» Crock the pot quite two-thirds up with clean, broken ki
potsherds. “Water freely when in good growth, and give |
liqhid mantire once or twice a week through the growing =
season. = Shade. during bright sunshine in ‘the spring and
summer months. Increased by seeds and divisign of the stems
or rhizome, Winter temperature, 60deg. to 65deg.; summer, +
7odeg. to s5deg. See also Caladium : and Colocasia.
Å. alba (white Th. whitey h. 13ft. Java, 1854. ° *
A, amabilis (lovely). Synonymous with A. longiloba. ise
A; chelsonii (Chelséa).* An interesting hybrid bet Wéen A. cuprea”
and A. longiloba. 4, large, upper surface deep green, glossy and’
metallic, under side purplish, as in A. cuprea.
h, att, >
India,
“A. cuprea (coppers). * Jf., spathe purplish-red, with short” lamina.
l. cordate-ovate, peltate, "deflexed, 12in. to 18in. long, rich bronze .
colour, p e beneath, 2fte. Borneo,’ 1860. - S¥NS.. A.
metallica, Xanthosoma plumbea.
A, gigantea (gigantic), Synonymous with A. longiloba.
guttata (spotted). fl., spathe white otted with purple.
l leafstalk also spotted. R. 2ift. Borneot 189.
At elipti i (hybrid).* A cross between A. Lowii and A. cupred.
tic in outline, with a very short acuminate point, and very
astignty arted at the base, deep olive-tinted green on the upper
Surface, having stout, the bak Gay p: the “pees qh an ivory
E Py meake dull m ae aTa
Sa thei Diades, de green, aeS
ha iotelson of dark brown ; be sige
long. India, 1867. A very- Se r A
_A. Johnstoni (Johnston’s).*° Le sen
Age the front lobe being about T2in. lone, Det the two back lobe
l4in. long and diver; ent,- Olive-green, prettily variegated inde
strikingly veined with brig: t rosy red. The leafstælks are fut-
nished at intervals with irregular whorls of stiff spines, the points
of which are turned upwards. - Stem darkly mottledwith flesh- ~
coloured bands just above the spines. Solomon Isles, 1875. This _
plant has quite a unique appearance. s
A. Liervalii (Lierval’s), l. bright green. Philippines, 1869. wi
l. large sagittate, with the upper ee à
A. longiloba (long-lobed).
spreading out, green, With silvery veins, A. 4ft, Java, 1864. Syns
A anai; A A. gigantea. y
Fy Lowii (Low’s). fl., spathe white. 1. cordate- sagittate, vine
to lóin. long, pelfate, deflexed, olive- green, | with thick white -
ribs, deep purple beneath. Borneo, 1862,
A. macrorhiza (long-rooted). (jl. green, whitish: “h. 5ft. Ponik
A. m. variegata (variegated). J. large; somewhat cordate, with
slightly waved margins, bright green, blotched and marbled with
white, sometimes aren Al, quite ‘white ; footstalks broadly ki
with pure white, Ceylon. A very striking and effective’ lar,
haa plant.
Marshallii (Marshall’s). i eteen, with dark "blotches,
broad central silvery band. India, 1
A. metallica (metallic). p i At wit, cuprea hapal
A. navicularis Cosina spath Er the boat-s ,
whitish. h. lft. ibs. Ç >
A, Roezlii. See olan marmoratum. ~
A. sca’ sniper A eT ‘flyespathe entirely white ; limb
i an K Tong, oblo te. A spreading, not deflexed, sagittate, #
"not in the least’ oat te, deep ining green a pale ane
beneath, e length 22in. lin. A. 4ft. to 4itt. orth-
West Borneo, 187 1878, . Altho his is not such an ornamental
species as A, Lowiiy A. Thibautiana, or A. cuprea, it has the merit’
of being a much larger and bolder plant than either of these, an
fs one of the largest species in the pe
A. Sedeni’ winged s).* A hybrid bet@hien A, if and A. cupred.
4 oval, cordate, sagittate, deflexed, bronzy i purple beneath,
traversed
“which is Se purple beneath,
said to be by far the finest of the genus. |
k varga Sor Ca A. whitish. 0. leafstalk e muted with
violet.
oe a
* r a . as
TAER AN, ENC ETA r |
A e Ea EAE Aree E a “= Aloe—continuéd, ~ < weet gt
= DE A. ra)* l. erect, dly sa: ittate, rich ne à s cked at the to pas i nsif 1ft. to Lift.
3 ~*~» born Xoo footstalks, pon ys git ale ps mottl na * cE ; ins diameter 3 S 3 i orm, cha: sane
E F ` Tripod with : les, 1808 Sel of dark green, Pell t. or more, gma “mi ae two to thirse li nee pale, rather i
: ~ pine Isles, aon? r gex e to one and a half lines) brariched.- A
ALOE (from Bloch, its Arabic Bisa. “Allied queue’: ote Or g tmunk 4ft. to’ Lag in diameter, ‘SY zi phat a A
- This hitherto much confused genus of greenhouse succ-
- J. G. Baker“ (vide “Journal, of, the Linnean“ Society,
vol. xxviii, pp. 152—182), to whose pcooupty we e in-
debted for many of the following particulars: —Plant with `
= | or without stems; shrubs or (rarely) trees 5 ‘sgt thick,”
$ + “fleshy, frequently ina rosette; peduncles sim] émed,
I
i endowed with few or many empty practes. Mig! amog!
i -pedicels bracteated at base, solitary; -tube straight
E or slightly recurved ; segments, ated ; stamens hypo-,
P gonous, asiglong as the perian longer: Mr.
_. describes over eighty speci many € s which, for. various |
and important reasons, —
Natives the Cape of Goo
hese very” interesting an
eis bone fe “And. peat, together
Se an A ee eto wise” with the
| pon ‘our: space.
better. Wate 4 must be carefully
administered. l ry greenhouse, and .
ae cana have too TE E at See time. - *
; ianth twelve to fifteen lines
nd 2in. to. Sin:
ong; aan rA
se twenty in a’ coe 2 eee 1
è
es long ; racemes dense, ift. in length, 3in. in diameter ;
ong, branched, 7, ina dense rosette, ensiform, 1}
in. to 3im broad, slowly narrowing from Base to th
ed above tpi, where it is four to five lines thick: m
marginal prickles one anda half to two lines long. Stem
simple, when fully. grown, wn, 20ft. s te
bispina (y Bees: ra
Ay loosely disposed, lanceolate,
to 8in. Bami tr A wroan sty ry
ve up’
green “without ts or
ogo four. lines Mok: back
broad, glaucous, obscurely lined and `
ines thick ; margin
- tinted. Eag in old specimens 1ft. to ait. long
> diameter. Syns. A. Hanburyana, A, paniculata, and
A. arborescens (tree-like).* Jl., perianth red, fifte n
lines long ; raceme PaA soit . ; pedicels ascendi
to fifteen 1 Hines lor pagne les: > hft., simp le be
1. (rosette 3ft. tos it. diameter) . ae lenia, aggre be; :
lift. to. 2it. ; base 2i. broad, thence -to ap < attenuate
minated, green, rather Ay eR without s or press.
„three to four lines long ; ; basefiye to six linestthicks 1 aur i
e beyond the base ch? dunelled ;. marginal prick es close, one and,
Balt t to two lines long, horny.- Stem. simp e, finally 10ft. to 12ft,
2in. to in. in diameter. 1700. æ
(shrubby). arfer. l. often loose, and shotter,
ple. a a acenetinen
red or white
oop ped uncl
ed), H, ‘iicianth sei four een to EER lines
4in, to bin. mg, ard about 4in.
thirteen to eighteen lings long ; scape
in a dense t , ascending, lanceolate
thtlines broad, without spots or lines ;
d; middle one and a half lines thick ; h
| Apicra Haworthia, Pachidendron,Phylloma. ORD. Liliaren, s
~ lents, and its allies, have been. completely ee by . Mrr. 7
ige, so much the-
A ‘africana (African). OE Pace: fifteen to faaie m
cle
t
esno` ;
e Hope, except where otherwise] > lanceolate
dycurious plants thrive |
šin. to 4in. in r
Astri Faw
Be tor twin in a dense rosette.
A, Zeyheri.
- A. barbadensis (Barbadoes). EA with Fa vera”
| “As Barberze (Barbers). _ Synonymous with 4.Bainesii, *
| A, brevifolia (hort. aroa) ae, & th red, fifteen to eighteen
` lines long 3" éin., "long, 24in. to 3in. in diameter ;
.
*
“be _-pediéels wu é isi elve lines long; peduncles simple, ge |
; lft. long. 1, thirty orty in a dense rosette, lanceolate, din. to
* Gin, longyand in. broad at the base, glaucous, without spots or
lines; ed, below swollen or flat; middle three to four _'
k convex; sparingly tubereled ; marginal teeth,”
oe and a half lines long. Stem short, simple.
s j
e sed). somewhat larger ; peduncles in
Nos leaks ljin, to ie broad ; bes some-
sixteenlines long;
ter ; pedicels *
dense,
Panna
channe
d, ard tof ro G
Pe
b
anid (De Candote Dk ad
iasg inpe gin ne ee ŝin. gr
lines long ;
halite
pon B yon lin. Jong ; raceme
4 oe 4
oy wattle’ to 12in,
iin.
y
f ensiform, 9in. to 12in. on:
green, lined; base near!
ae upper surface channelled;
one to one one anda half lines long.
ciliata ( iated).* yt, perianth
bri red, twelve to fifteen
ines long ; raceme simple, loose, 2in. n. long ; pedicels three to
four li long; peduncles slender, simple. J, linear, widely
ee f am lexicaul, green, 4in. to Ga ong; base six to nine
We A nes; mi
wly narrowing towards the apex, without spots or
e one line thick ; marginal teeth minute, w
long, sarmentose ; branches three to four lines in diam
six to twelve lines long, obscurel, y striated with i i
Fh Commelyni (Co: ’s), A mere form of A. mitre, i
brina (related). fl., perianth zeug h red, twelve s
fiftee i loose, long, ¢
es long; raceme rather
in. ĝin. long, and 2in. in dicels he to four
lines. long; scape 1jft., slender, mear SEa l. loosel
ensiform, bin. to.8in. long, and lin. broad, PE
face eee he m iddle three lines thi Fag is oh margina pikes
mingte, brownish ; garer 10ìn. to 12in. (sometimes igini in da.
> ing open ;
_ lower ones deflexed. Stem ait, * South
broad at the page p
- middle three to four
-. em y: prickles distant,
Poke -, short, simple. China, 1817.
upper leaves ascending ; hese ‘ta
Africa, 1845,
Me ins hite, horny, ‘two lines 4 s
ort, din. to lin. in diameter. 1796. = ee wc i an
, perianth brilliant red, tên to 4 diameter lower |
os t) or more, shortly MoS 2i. -
ae ee ed; pedicels ascend. » Six to ;
pe stout, bra nched, lift. to m twelve f ae ly spotted ; middle
nse rosette, outer ones recurved, la late, s ž nes t marginal th minute, close,
Plangstenieng. Natal, bee
two-branched).* th oblong” ten t
food (two i Joose, SF ines jong, and 2in, an diameter ;
ree to four lines lon.
ng y peduncies stout, branched. č
y ceeked. at the top of apc, lanceolate, 8in. to 12in.
; bottom ety be to fifteen line:
ad, glaucous, without soe
ightly channell@d above the base ; middle three our
thick, marrow-margined wi ickles
SYN. . Schmidtiana.
welve
f
}
white ; marginal :
minute, pale. Arborescent, branched: A. 20ft. to 30ft; tr short,
ageren 3ft. to 4ft. in diameter, a. ae
A. (distant) fl, peria påle ied "Ätte
lines long; raceme « snsely capitate, Sin. to 4in,
lower. pedicels twelve to fifteen lines long;
usually simple. l ase ending, gg wd disposed,
šin. to Sin. long, and 1}in. to 2in, broad, green, sligh
without spots and lines; face co vo; mide three |
lines thick ; back sparingly tolg sauegina! prickles cl
white, horny, one to . Stem short,
simple, lin. in ‘capa Tiesin od green. 1732.
. A. glauca (m fifteen to six-
Ton: er sin ite, to hah ite to 4in.
x he base
tecn lines
‘ ter; Bet x s~ lin.
Ka ‘lin. oa ee ‘broad ae
care it sone
tubercled | at marginal
“to ei
di
$ a
“THE DICTIONARY
g
OF GARDENING,
© Aloe—confinuell. ee a bed å
E practiis (graceful). Jl perianth yellow, straight, S teeri to
nlines long ; raceme densely paeked, simple, Žin. to. din. y
‘pedicels three to four lines dong ; peduncle simple, 6in. to, Jin.
rR y long, two-edged at the base. l. loosely disposed, spreading, 6in. to
wr 6 “Loin. long ;* “base. ten twelve lines broad, ‘ensiform , acumi-
ated, glaucous otless and without lines ; “face slightly chan-
“fe back ro’ ded’, marginal prickles close, minute. Stem -
eafy Simple, 1822. “
A. Greenii (Green’s).* fl, erfinth pale red, fourteen to fifteen
lines long ; raceme oblong,#in- to 8in. long, and 3in. in diameter ;
lower pedicels five'to six lines long; scape 2ft, long, J. in a, dense
rosette, lanceolate, 15in. “tø 18in. long; bottom 2}in. to Zin.
* broad, slowly narrowing from middle to the apex; middle three
to four lines thick ed flat, shining green, obscurely lined and
spotted white ; marginal prickles spreading, one and a half to
two Tines long, hi horny. Stem short, simple, 1ljin. in diameter.
_ South Africa, 1875,
A. Hanburyana (Hanbiiry S). Synony mots with A.“albocincta.
A. humilis (humble).*. fl., perianth brilliant red, eighteen lines.
long; raceme loose, simple, 6in, long, and 2in. to 2hin. in
»
diameter ; pedicels mine to twelye lines lon s-beduagles s about lft.
l. thirty to orty in a dense 1 sette, ascen ing, lanceolate, acumi-
nate, 3in. tø 4in, Jong, six to eight lines. broad, glaucous green,
obscurely Imed > face Slightly “concave Above, sparingly tubereled ; #
middle three? back convex; parsial prickles pale,
. » one line long. J lant s emless. 173%
A. h. ac T: pointed). l ovate Jadeitea, 4in. 6 sin,
long, fif to eighteen lines broad; marginal prickles pale, two
to two and a half lines long, At incurva, A. ‘suberectd, and
A. subtuberculata, ðf Haworth; A. Candollei, and A, macilenta, of
Baker, are mere forms of the foregoing species,"
A. incurva (incurved). A mere formf A. humilis. -
A, latifolia (broad-leaved).* Jl, perianth brilliant
fifteen to eighteen lines long; raceme dense
4in. to din. ~ Jong and wide; lower
peduncle robust, 2ft., often branched»
dense rosette, ovate-lanceolate, 6in. a
bottom, slowly narrowing from belo
not lined, but copiously spotted white ;
thick ; marginal prickles one a a half to
lines long ;*raceme’ d
fifteen» eighteen lines long’.
rosette, lanceolate,
‘om, thence Sh x le gre
oläén scarlet, _
corymbose, terminal,
edicels tin. to 2in. one J
l ively to twenty in a
to 3}in. i. oe at
e upwards, green,
ged to four lines -
, horny, ¢
er
ns
, Narrowing SNE.
Me potion: lined; S middle
rmed ;
three Jin Resi on both sides, una
argifial eand a to two lines as.
Stem finally, ts eoa 2m. in diameter, 1789.
A. macilenta (thin). A mere form of A. humilis.
A. tha (long-spined), fl. unknown, 1. fifteen to twenty
= x dense rosette, lanceolate, 15in. to 20in. long, and 3in. to 4in.
at the, bottom , slightly narrowed from middle to*apex ;
tickle four Ihes thick ; face flat, green, obscurely lined, spotted ;
marginal prickles horny, three to four lines long.
į 2ft. toft., 14in. toin. in diameter. South Africa, 1862.
A, maérocar a (I (argéfruited).* -yl » perianth club-shaped, bril-
liant red, fiftéen to sixteen ‘lines aa raceme loose, terminal,
6in. long, and 2}in. to 3in. in diameter ; jower pedicels jin. long
: duncles 2ft. 2.°twelve to twenty ‘ina dense rosette, gabe,
nceolate, less than lft. long; bottom 3in. to 4in, broad; top
channelled ; middle three to four lines thick,« green, copiously
ogg inal prickles spreading, half line long. Stem
simple. Abyssinia, 1870.
Stem simple,
A. (spotted) Synonymous with A. abyssinica,
A. ma tifera (] ae See Haworthia margari“
A. mitseoformis (mite it $ ped).* f „+perianth brilliant red,
4in, + bin. tons: and me hoa ee fact r: popes
ascending ; lo i ‘
strong, the sdiadtin A fni sd teen Hines Tong ; A penny
i aana ncedlate, z xi E ryad; green,
i ightly glaucous, ott. spots Find d
three to four lines thick; ; Pack ee ats; middle
tubercled ; apex
horny, pungent ; margi palepone to one
and a half lines jon, i ghee ee ns f
in diameter. : 8 et se simple, e _—
A. m. flavispina yellow spin Differs from the type in
having narrower and lanceo até leaves;and yellow spines.
A. Comimelyni, A. » A. pachyphylla, and A, zanthacantha,
are also forms of this Spode aie A f
(many-spined fs th pale red, . ht
5 neeme dels peianth, lar 3 i
mple, fe
+ ion four to six lines
our on ag
grey slender,
hr to rapide. te, pa ng, fc
laucous; face deeply hacen
Ke E vt , i pal numerous, white. Plant
A. nobilis (noble).* f; pi ; hteen lines Io:
raceme dense, 6 or more SAES wore
: x y ii
a ON ia a
Aloe—continued. z e
lin. to 2in, long; peduncles simple, 1}ft. l rather loosely dis-
posed, lanceolate, Qin. to*12in. long, 2jin. to 4in. broad; face
green, without spots#or lines, concave above the base ; mid hod
three to four lines thick; “apex rather pungent; back poco
upwards ; marginal prickles’ rather elose, one and a half two
lines long, horny. Stem simple, at length Sit. to 4ft. high, Lyin. to
2in. in diameter. 1800.
A. pachyphylia (thick-leaved). A mere form of A. mitreformi8,
A. paniculata (panicled), Synonymous with.A. wlbocincta. bated
A. Perryi (Perry’s).* jl, perianth greenish, nine to ten lines long; `
raceme dense, Sin, n; long} pedicels three to four lines. long.
» Inflorescence "lift ry, commonly two-headed. _ l. in a rosette,
à e ip Tit ‘to fi ‘long, À and 2kin. broad, from below the
middle to the apex narrowed, pale glaucous green, spotless, ob-
scureély lined, channelled above the bases middle three to four?
lines thick ; rginal teeth close, horny, one line long, Stem .~
simple,. lin. in diameter. Socotra, 1879., =
A. prolifera (proliferous). Synonymous with A. brevifolia.
A. urascens (purplish). _ fl., perianth .reddish, twelve, `
to lifteen lines long; raceme dense, 6in, to Qin. low®, and about ~
3in, in diameter; pedicels nine to twelve lines long; scape s fh to,
* simple, 1ift. to aft. L forty to fifty in a dense rosette, 1fb.
1}Ht. long, ensiform, 2in. broad’ at the base, tel hag i Dr &
towards the apex, green; base flat; middle three lines thick,
slightly chauselied u wards sometimesspotted ; marginal prickles
small, White. Stem 2ft. to ats sometimes forked, 1789.
A. rhodocincta (red-margined), of gardens, is probably a form of
A, albocincta.
A. a ie (soapy).*.. fl, perianth brilliant red, “bigod to ~
twenty-one lines long p raceme EA corynibose, Zin. to 4in. Jong —
and wide: lower pedicels 1}in. to 2in. Tong scape 1ft. to 2ft., ee
or sparingly branched., l. twelve to twenty in a dense rose
lanceolate, Iin: to.12in. long, Myc to twenty-four lines broad,
narrowed "from below the. middle upwards; middle three to four
co
ines ; face flatrat bottom; back swollen, green, coplennney #0
spotted, tinctly lined ; marginal, prickles adjoinin, mee on one,
c abs tah lines long. Áá ‘Stem short, simple, tka, n.
ameter,’ ‘
Schimperi (Schimper's).* ft, perianth bright red, RARE
) r per Paih | ee connabone,” din, in dia-
times spotted, ; ck
are channelled; teeth minute, spre
e. Abyssinia, 1876. < m
A. tiafia (Schmidt’s), Synonymous with A, Cooperi. y
A. serra (saw). fl., perianth brilliant red, eighteen lines long; y
raceme simple, dense, 6in. long or more, Zin. to, 4in. in dene ,
s pedicels six to twelve lines long; scape simple, lift. to 2ft.~
thirty to forty in a dense rosette, lanceolate, din. to Sin. long, —
tivelve to eighteen lines broad bélow, withont Spots and lines;
base swollen, concave, towards the apex; middle three to four —
lines thick, s pringly tubercléd ; marginal prickles close, one to-
one and a half lines ong. Plant shortly stemmed, 1818. a
A. serratula (finely-toothed).* fl., perianth red, fifteen to eighteen 2
lines long; raceme rather dere, 6in. long ; pedicels’ six to” nine s4
_ lines long; peduncles simple, about lft. l twelve to twenty NA a ;
dense rosette, lanceolate, bin, to in” long; bottom lyin. to
2łin. broad, pale green ; face below the top flat or slightly concave,
obscurely lined, spotted thargin minutely, denticulated. Stem ~
simple, finally Tft. to 2ft. high, sP in. to Zin. in diameter. 1789
A. spinulosa (spiny). A mere form of A: mitreeformis.
A. striata (striated), Synonymous with A, albotineta,
striatula (slightly beanie rianth ge el twel
fifteen lines long ; raceme. ob ther dense, ac AY sin. ©
6in. long, Maai 2in. in dimou ieis ler aS su F
nearly l Jinear, spreading Gip: to eri long ; $ a
not. Ruated, ‘six to eight linet i broad.” abo ethe base upwards
„narrowed, slightly channelled ; middle one line thick ; marginal .
prickles deltoid, Stem Tong, sarmentose ; Fag branches three to *
six lines in ; internodes 6in. ong. 1823. . r
A. suberecta (slightly erect). A mere ere humilis.
Me mg reulata (slightly knobved). A mere form of 4.
umilis. j
? (Socotrine).* . fy peřianth reddish, fif lines
long dense, about 1ft Tong, 2 in. to 3in. in rag hy
Sep nine to twelve lines long ; peduncles simple, Tift Lt
to forty in a dense rosette, ensiform, acuminate, tia a
aft. long; base 2in.; middie lin. brow, green, slightly gia
aoe spotted slightly a schannélje upwards;
Prickles pale, on one line long. Stem 3ft. to 5ft., often forked. Isle
i of Socotra.
: ow, five to six
nearly 1
a .5 perianth
( 1 n
channelled ;
pale: Stem long,
, Taceme loose, pow Chae S šin. to 4in. ongy nee.
be ` cending, three r lines long ; scape 1}f
-panicle deltoid. J. twelve to oe: in|
to 6in. long, 1}in. to 2in
* k x f
pS r > ià Ka
Eec AN Enoy * OPÆDIA “OF E xa BB
é eee — MEF ai ai p gere A (p ribitive name, Tiia spenapoied
biome raa e | Sonus ta wt rely ma
ong, ar rta ae p
e rosette, lanceo! ie
ad ¢ ao he slowly narrow- |
ing from below the middle to apex ; middle five to six lines.
; at ick ; back wounds: face slightly swollen; copiously. spotted, not
~ dined ; marginal prickles close, spreading, abeut one. pine long.
Stem short, simple, “South. Africa, 1875,
A. variegata ( fated). fl., periant
- sixteen lines fong? raceme, simple, loose, 3
a abot it Zin. in diameter + pedicels. three to four lines long ; scape
simple, tapering, 6in. to 8in. Z. close, er patent, lanceolate, «
4in, to 5in. long, lin. broad; face concave back keeled, “bright ..
2 Soe copiqualy wah ahs grey on both „sides ; margin whitish,
i
“reddish; fifteen to
in. to 4in, long and
tota
wat
‘ee cottage wi indosi
’
‘ “IG. él. A “ALOE VERA. S
Ras PN étrue).* fi, perianth yellow, éylindrical, tin’ to lin, tele |
= _ raceme dense, bin. to 12in. long ; scape strong, 2ft. to Sft. long, simple,
or branched. J. ensiform, “dense, ageregate, 2i. to 4in. broad,
wing from the base to apex, pale green ; middle about lin.
3 face channelled above the base; marginal prickles sub- >l
deltoid, horny. Stem rately more than ft. or 2ft, 1596.
barbadensis, A: vulgaris, See Fig. 61
wait (common), Synonymous with A. vert. E
formis ntha (yellow-spined).. A mere form of A, mitræ-
EER sig Daedra migi *
; om a, not; and loma, a fringe
Composite. Allied to ge).
hardy evergreen p
may be propagated
A.
ORD.
nt. Grows freely i in sandy loam.
5 Seta 2 as me
This is ja ae aa so < N ‘
|> L ovate, acute, se
i = pa eyes;
“long, transfer into io "rieh sandy soil, |
smaller than those t}
full of roots, transfer to those that are to hold the;
the season. By this mode of culture, good plan
dto Eupatoria. An omamental o e pommer train
shrubs closely allied to Nolana, but differing principally :
having several ovaries from one to six-celled, whereas
Nolana has five four-celled_-ovaries. Le
stems woody. They require ordinary gre
ina peat and loam compost. „Cutting root freely in'sandy
loam, with a very gentle bottom heat, in about a fortnight.
penei © s lue, large, axillary, soli
Bp fs te e eeng Ja pale blae, Jary Jarga, axit plnee en
‘glabrous. h. 2ft. Chili, 1843. This pret jes is an excelle:
one for growing out-of-doors during summer months.
ALONSOA. (in honour of Z: Alonso, formerly Spanish
| «secretary for Santa? Fe de ig ey ORD. Scrophulariacee.
A genus of very prétty half-hardy shrubs, herbaceous
‚perennials, or annuals, with axillaty, sub-racemose flowers,
„which are parin en D - o five-cleft limb,
bernat 3 wilk grow freely
* August or ‘Mave, y soil in
- gentle heat, or by seeds c mbacoous
| species. ‘may be datod as pe e i, ; and
` should be raised in alittle heat, and planted out t eaply i in a Mog.
A. albiflora white-flo red jl. pure white, with we
aia waa A x h. lft. to 2it. Mexico, STT.
is recomm mote , asin Porm ry i
vide a succession of flow ghout theautumn and i i pee
A. caulialata (iig stenta: jl. scarlet, racemose, June.
“Stems and branches quadrangular,
winged. h. lft. Pern 1823, Half-hardy, herbaceous.
A. Lame p rad (cut-leaved).* jl. É; pecuncies long, alternate,
_ disposed in terminal racemes. ery: Octdber. l. 0 pposie; ovate,
~ acute, t ralig toothed, or serrate. h. lft. to ae Chili, 1795.
Glabrous greenhouse shrub, Syn. Hemimeris urticifolia.
A. linearis (linear-leaved), fi. scarlet, with a dark bottom, like
most of the species. May to October. 7. opposite, or three in a
‘whorl, linear, entire, or emotély a gee je young leaves
_ fascicled in the axils of the old `o 3 to 2ft. Pom 1790.
» Greenhouse shrub, SYN. ae ris coccinea. Swe Oe
A. linifolia (flax-leaved).*,, sc et, Te Lit. to 1ft. ‘New Hol-
land, This is an el e ann ‘ai i b
eful, and ve e ai only
pir culture. 7 b,c
r
pretty species,
ALOYSIA (in Hidnoar of aria
Ferdinand VII., King of T
"his rex ies a allied to Verbena,
whic ers. * A greenhouse. deciduous
e me and graceful habit. The
: i exe ure is to obtain well-grown
5 it and grow them on f6# the
se pana e less water until they are
vi TE when it. matte nearly withheld. About the end of
the light and warmth, and jater
zon as the plants break, cut back to Shree
en thé young
“pots a size or two
Aloysias form
maintained for any length of time.
er a cold, greenhouse, or
lent: pillar subjects for eithe:
doors, in which - latter situa
well, but require thorough aiina 0
or mats, from Notember until Mare! CA
night, until d ersfrom ; re frosts passe ey
a i es en in being con-
““tinually cut off for the man Gf doougation to
+ which they are applied, and Riss as
_ adapted. . They are easily inci d ragla A young Game
` spring, which shi
heat,
ves ree pi
ouse treatm
ts are about an inch
ley were n bita. When the pots : aro i
“THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
_ Aloysia— continued.
3a. citriodora (lemon-scented). * fl. whitish or lilac, very small,
-~ in terminal panicles. August. l. pale green, lanceolate, agree-
„ably scented, arranged in whorls of threes; branches slender.
“Chili, 1781. Syns. Lippia citriodora, Verbena triphylla.
ALPINE GARDEN. A very interesting style of
gardening, whichsucceeds best by imitating Nature as closely
as possible. The situation may J be an open or a sheltered
one. In building a Rock or Alpine Garden, it should be so
arranged that all aspects are secured — -shady and sunny—
fully or in deemo only. Pockets and crevices of yarious
sizes may be made, and ge a soil suitable for the sub-
jects to be planted oneei: one having a direct connec-
tion with the bulk of the soil; and the c mstructing material
should be arenes ith a gentle fall so that moisture’
drains towardarather than from the roots. Alpine plants,
- as a rule, flo better on-a properly constructed rockery
than if placed in any other position, because thorough
drainage is effected, and the long and fine roots can”
run down in the crevices, where “the soil is cool and
moist. Although most alpine plants are naturally exposed
to the full action of sun and wind, they should be placed out
in early autumn, or early spring, so as to become thoréughly +
established before the approach of scorching summer
weather. , Failing materials necessary for the construction
of a roker? many alpines are easily grown in the
ordinary border, in a naturally or artificially well drained
situation. Excavate to the depth of 18in., put in a layèr
of stones, broken bricks, &c., 6in. deep; fill up with rich
fibrous loam and leaf mould, adding sufficient sand to keep
the soil porous. When the desired subjects are firmly
planted, cover the surface with small gravel or stone
chippings, which, while allowing the rain to penetrate the
soil, effectually checks evaporation, and keeps it moist and
cool, as well as giving the surface the appearance of rocky
débris. Of course, a much better effect will be pecami
if the surface is slightly undulated.
(in awe of Progper Alpinus, an Italian
zé 6-2 botanist).. ORD. Zingiberacee., A rather large genus of
reer stove herbaceous perennials, with considerable grace and
beauty. Flowers disposed in terminal spikes. Leaves
Preja smooth, even, entire, sheathed at the base, and
: having transverse veins. Roots fleshy, branched, having
much, of the -snelk and -E of ginger. The soil can
hardly be, too rich for th ccessful culture of these
plants. «A mixture of equal parts loam, peat, leaf mould, or
thoroughly rotted hotbed manure, freely mixed with sharp
_ sand or fine charcoal dust, forms an excellent compost.
During the growing season, atop dressing of rotten ‘dung,
- and a frequent application of weak manure water; prove
= excellent stimulants. They grow rapidly “and consume a
_ great deal of food i in the
Th
so many leaves, Unless the former is vigorous and of
Te erable “sap it Bed to be crowned with spikes
of bloom. ahigh temperature, ari
Po U: le space, to grow
them: ll. Soo: pies lants will agetine
the yellow leaf, y dually with
but no mgr h Pe them off too seve
vn. N or must they be stored
i jak Sachs they require
h when resting as at
divide the
. plant is after
the young shoots have made an inch of growth in spring.
A. albo-lineata (w lined).* l c lanceol green,
pres = Ah Reon o of wie h. we toate SN
uinea,
A. mutica (beardless). A. i Ba on a tppike id agone i e calyx
white ; corolla du ee outer
ents ; appe,
ht yel
si
>|
roduction of.so much stem and + racemes axillary and terminal; Bii el a che:
| deciduous.
light _} and young nes root re
pe:
-+ Alpinia---continued.
planted out in borders -of tropical houses. `
“It should on no -
re be severely divided. See Fig: 62. è
|
= Fig. 62, ALPINIA gery showing Fomm of Individual Flower.
“hs vittata (striped).* à 6in. to 8in. Jong, elliptic lanceolate, taper:
ing to a long fine point, and also narrowed gradually towards the
sheathing base, pale green, marked by broad stripes “ dark
and creamy white, running off from the midrib i nS
lines, correspo! ding to the venation. South Sea Isla:
Fig. 63, for which we are indebted to Mr, Bull,
ALSIEKE. See Trifolium hybridum. -
ALSODEIA (from alsodes, leafy ; plants. thickly, Bove
with leaves). ORD. Violacew. Ornamental evergreen sto
shrubs. Flowers small, whitish, ra
&.
>
oad
e
‘Leaves ustally alternate, feather-nerved 5 eS sma
They thrive best in a mixture A nd
ae A ens
istad. h. Git. `
in sand, i in heat,”
ALSOPHILA ( n alsos, a a grove, and phileo, or love;
in ref ce to the situation. which, they affect in Natnege
ORD. Pitices. A magnificent genus of tropical and tem
- rate tree ferns. Sori globose, dorsal, ona vein or in o
forking of a vein ; receptacle mostly elevated, frequently
villous’ ; involucre none. The species of this. genus reo
an abundant supply of water,-particularly in summer, an
the young fronds must be carefully shade from solar-heat:
ey thrive well ina peat and loam For i
cultgre see Ferns. pe
A. -aonionta eo ws dolancea
ENGR es
AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA
. *
=
OF HORTICULTURE. -55
Alsophila—continued, .
both sides bright green, slightly hairy on the ribs, not scaly. sori
minute, medial; texture herbaceous, Tropical America; very
common. A Very effective stove species. SYN. A. ferox, &c.
See Fig. 64. ` x
-A. armata (armed).* fronds ample, tripinnatifid or tripinnate.
. ræchises stramineous, densely pilose ; pinnæ oblong-lanceolate, 1}ft.
to 2ft. long ; pinnules ligulate-lanceolate, sessile, din. to 5in. long,
žin to lin. broad ; segments falcate, blunt, one to one and a half
lines broad, subentire or toothed ; both sides densely pilose on the
ribs, not scaly. sori suhcostular. ‘Tropical America; extremely
abundant. Stove species. _ j a
ku
=
aspera (rough).* i: slender, 10ft to 30ft. high. sti. and
oe ee aculeated ; main and partial rachis above stri-
8 e, slightly scaly beneath ‘and on the costa, the rest glabrous,
Fic. 63. ALPINTA VITTATA,
often glossy. fronds bipinnate; pinnules shortly petiolate, oblong ; ~
apex acuminate, pinnatifid’ half or two-thirds of the- wa:
, - he way.
— E the costa ; lobes oblong-ovate, often acutely serrulate ;
decid caring small, deciduous, bullate scales beneath. sori very
a eci ari West Indies, &c, Stove species, ~
> A. australis (southern).* sti, with very long, firm, subulate
; cee lift. long, and as well as the main Pathiows, ‘miwicato-
asperous, stramineous, frente nagia; sttbglaucous beneath, more
ae t
Alsophila—continued. kz i —
or less villous on the costs and costule above, and very minutely
bullato-paleaceous beneath, often quite naked, from óft. to 30ft,
long ; primary pinne 14ft. long, 6in. to 10in. wide ; pinnules 3in. to
4in. long, din. to fin. wide, oblong, acuminate, deeply pinnatifid,
or, towards the base even pinnate ; ultimate pinnules or lobes
oblong, acute, serrated, subfalcatey sori copious, rather small.
New Holland, &c., 1833. A very handsome nhouse species,
A. comosa (hairy). Synonymous with A. Sebttiand, f
A. contaminans(contaminating).* cau. slender, growing from Z0f
to 50ft. high. sti. and rachises purplish brown, glossy, aculeate.
Jronds 6ft. to 10ft, long, ample, glabrous, deep green above, glau-
ccus beneath’ primary pinnm 2ft. or more in length, oblong-ovate,
acuminate; pinnules sessile, 4in.»to Sin. long, din, to lin. wide,
deeply pinnatifid, linear-oblong, sub-faleatey entire. sori nearer
the costule thanthe margin, “Java and Malaya. Stove species,
Syn. A. glauca. : ; 5
A. Cooperi (Cooper’s).* fronds añ
mineous, muricated, glabrous beneath
pale, sp ing ; pinne oblong-langeola
nules ligulate, 4in. to Sin, Jong, Fm.
stalked ; segments lig te, blant,
and a half lines broad. sori small,
e E
ž
.
=h
&
ns S
n EST r
CES ,
» ay hat ie £ i
—
-THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
3 ; — continued. © - 4
A. excelsa (tall).* trunk about 30ft. high. sti. and main rachises
muricated. -fron is ampie, dark green aboye, paler beneath ;
primary pinnar: Iie to 2ft. loug, 6in. to 10in. wide; pinnules
numerous, oblong-lanceolate, acuminated, deeply pinnatifid, often
quite pinnate ; ultimate divisions jin. to jin, long, oblong, acute
or obtuse, fal , the gins sub-recurved, serrated.
opious n - costules. Norfolk “Island. This rapid-
growing ‘an splendid species proves nearly hardy in the
_ neighbourh of Cornwall; and is a maost effective plant for
— sub-tropical, gardening purposes generally. Greenhouse species.
A. ferox (fierce). Synonymous with A. aculeata. -
A; Gardneri (Gardner’s). Sy ous with
A. paleolata, ` A 4 ‘
ee (gigantic). cau. grow: g from 20ft.
to 40ft. high. sti. asperous; fronds, primary
pinne lift. to 2ft. amd more long, deeply
pingestd ot the, a; ; pinnules, upper ones
= sessile, lo petiolate, oblong-acumi-
nate, šin. to long, five to fine lines wide,
deeply pinnatifid ; lobes triangular or rounded,
serrated, sort copious. India, &c. Stove
species, SYN. A. glabra, -
A. glabra (glabrous). Synonymous with A.
gigantea, :
A. glauca (grey).
taminans.
Ainfesta (troublesome). «fronds ample,
tripinnatifid ; pinnz oblong-lanceolate, 1ft. to
1}ft. long ; pms ligulate, Sin. long, 4in.
to lin. broad, cut down to a narrow wing;
segments lin. broad, ligulate, blunt, nearly
entire; texture sub-coriaceous; colour deep
green on both sides, Tropical America;
widely distributed. Stove species.
sori
Synonymous with A. con-
main and secondary rachises purple, decid-
uously powdéry, spiny. fr ott. to 10ft.
ipinna rimary to 2ft. long,
8in. wide, sblosigiiencoolate: acuminate ; pin-
nules oblong inate, sessile, pinnatifid
only at the apex; ultimate divisions linear-
oblong, acute, spinulose-serrate, sori copious,
close to the Australia, 1867. Green-
house species, SYNS. A, Macarthurii, A.
Moorei.
A. lunulata_(moon-shaped pinnuled). fronds “4
ample, ti nate. rachises stramineous,
glabrous below, densely muricated; pinnæ
oblong-lanceolate, lift. to 2ft. long; pinnules close, ligulate, ses-
sile, 4in. to 5in. long, fin. to lin, broad ; segments close, ligulate,
falcate, blunt, one line broad, obscurely crenulate. sori minute.
h. 25ft. Polynesia. Greenhouse species.
A. Macarthurii (MacArthur's), Synonymous with A, Leichard-
tiana.
A. Moorei (Moore’s). Synonymous with A. Leichardtiana.
A. paleolata (scaly).* cau. slender, 10ft. to 20ft. high. fronds
ample, tripinnatifid. rachises stramineous, smooth, pubescent
below ; pinnz oblong-lanceolate, 14ft. to 2ft. long; pinnules ligu-
late, sessile, or shortly stalked, šin. to 4in. long, din. to fin. broad,
deeply cut, the segments blunt and nearly entire ; texture sub-coria-
ceous ; colour deep green, both surfaces deeply pilose, the lower
on the ribs. sori lafge, medial. Columbia, &c. Stove
species. SYN, A. Gardneri.
A. east (tall). sti. aculeated and paleaceous below, with large
glossy, dark brown scales, fronds bipinnate, glabrous, pinnatitid
at the apex ; ey pinnze lft. or more long, the rachis winged
above; pinnules 2in, to _long, oblong-acuminate or obtuse,
pinnatitid half way down to the costa ; lobes short, sub-rotundate,
often acute, mostly entire. sori small on all the lobes, between
the costule and the margin, Trop ical America, Stove species,
A. pruinata (asif hoar-frosted),* . sti. woolly at the båse.
å fronds glaucous, bi- i te; Prima om cate 12in. to
18in. long, ovato-lanceolate ; pinnules í
in. to 4in. long,
petiolulate, from a broad base, oblong-acuminate, ng, lin. ee
tifid, or again pinnate ; ultimate divisions }in. long,
very acute, deeply and sharply serrated. sori solitary. Tropical
America, extending to Chili. Stove or greenhouse species,
radens (rasping). cau. 3ft. high, 3in. diameter. sti. 2ft. to
3ft. long, clothed with ovate, pale brown scales.” fronds 6ft, to
8ft. long, lanceolate-ovate, bipmnatisect ; primary segments lft.
long, elongato-oblong, acuminate ; secondary ones 2in. to 3in. long,
iolulate, linear-lanceolate, pinnati-partite; segments oblong,
nticulate. sori between the costule and the margin. il.
Stove species. a
A. Rebeceze (Rebecca’s).* cau. slender, 8ft. high. fronds
ample, bipinnate; pinnules,.twenty to thirty on each By the
lower ones iS mein te Sin. “more or less inciso-
apex acuminate. sori principally in two rows between
_| lactesee
peas |S
Alsophila—continued.
the midrib and edge. Queensland. Greenhouse species.
Fig. 65, for which we are indebted to Mr. Bull,
A. sagittifolia (arrow-leaved).* fronds oblong-deltoid, 4ft. to
bft. long, bipinnate. rachises stramineous, muricated; pinnæ
lanceolate, ?ft. to 1ft. long, the lower shorter, deflexed ; pinnules
_, sessile, li te, crenulate, cordate on both sides at the base, lin.
to llin. long, nearly jin. broad. sorilarge. Trinidad, 1872. Very |
handsome and distinct stove species.
As Scottiana (Scott’s).* fronds ample, tripinnatifid. rachises
castaneous, nakéd and smooth beneath; pinnæ oblong-Ianceolate, _
See
y
< ii
= = eS
Fic. 64. ALSOPHILA ACULEATA,
1}ft. to 2ft, long; pinnules sessile, 3in. to 4in. long, about din.
broad, ligulate, cut down to a narrow wing on the rachis; seg;
ments ligulate, blunt, dentate,.sub-faleate, not lin. broad.
sub-costular. Sikkim, 1872.
comosa, P
A. Teenitis (Tenitis-like).* fronds 3ft. to 6ft. long, bipinnate ;
pinnules distant, in. to 5in. long, lanceolate, acuminate, glabrous,
sub-entire, petioled ; petiole articulated on the rachis, sort m a
single series, equidistant between the costa and the
mixed with long, copious hairs, Brazil. An elegant stove
species. AR .
A. villosa (villons).* j¢au. 6ft. to 12ft. hight sti, 1ft. or more long, ~
tubercular, densely tlothed*at the base with ferruginous les.
fronds from 6ft. to 8ft. long, bi- or “sin, dong broadly lanceo-
Greenhouse species, SYN. A.
à te
E
f
A
late in outline; pinnules lin, to gin. dong, oblong-lanceols
obtusely acuminate, deeply pinnatifid ; long, obtuse,
sori copious. America, A
P
> or coarsely serrated.
_ beautiful stove species. _ tk T ae.
. ALSTONTIA (in honour of Dr. Alston, once fessor
| of Botany at Edinburgh). ORD. Apocynaceæ. Usually tall, —
, or milk-bearing stove evergreen shrubs or trees,
th small white flowers, which are disposed in terminal
mes. . Leaves entire, opposite, or often whorled. Of easy
k o, thriving best in a mixture of peat, loam, and sand. —
Cuttines root readily in sand, in heat» Besides the one —
mentioned, there are eleven other gpeciés, — :
(school). fl., corolla’ salver-shaped, white; c
As short de dh Mare to May, 1. five to seven in a whorl, -
_ obovate-oblong, obtuse; ribbed ; upper surface glossy, under white, *
~~ and having the veins approximating the margin, A. 8ft. India,
1803. SyN. Echites scholaris. cee se
> ALSTRO (in honour of Baron Alströmer, &
Swedish botanist and friend of Linnæus).. ORD. Amaryllt-
.
em
dacew. Tall handsome hardy or half-hardy tuberous root
plants, with leafy stems and terminal umbels of richly:
coloured flowers} Périanth regular, six-parted,
+
AN ENCYCLOPZDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 57
Alstromeria—continued.
panulate; inner segments narrower, two of which are
somewhat tubulose at the base; stamens included within,
and inserted with perianth; stigma trifid. Leaves linear,
lanceolate, or ovate, and resupinate, or inverted in position
by the twisting of the petiole. Cultivation: Few plants
need less attention to grow them successfully, either in pots
or planted out. The best position for those kinds which
succeed outside is a deep and dry, sloping, sheltered border;
in a compost of two-parts peat and leaf soil, and one loam
with some sharp sand. Water freely if severe drought
Fic. 65. ALSOPHILA REBECC.
sets in; @ surface covering of common moss, or eut fern |
in winter, will prove an advantage. ‘They are very effec-
tive in masses. Propagation: They may be increased by
seed or root division: Sow”the former when ripe, or in
hae spring, thinly in pans, pots, or boxes, and place in a cool
cat: of. hig so that they Will receive some fostering in
at pais — The seedlings should be pricked out
ie Ree re = enough to handle, and grown on till well
ahd dad ee er glass. A mixture: of peat, leaf ‘mould,
ess oe oam, is the best compost in which to sow the
blishea — the young plants. When sufficiently esta-
saod, they may be placed in a warm sheltered spot
outside, and about 1ft. apart. The fageiculated masses of
Alstromeria— continued.
fleshy roots are readily separated into as many pieces as
there are crowns; this operation may be performed during
September or October, or February and Marth; but it
must be done carefully. Except for the sake of increase,
the less they arë disturbed the better. They arevexcellent
subjects for pot Culture (some can only be managed thus,
unless planted out in a héuse), and may be potted as early
in the autumn as possible,an 8in., 10in., or 12in. pots.
Thorough drainage isyessential; arrange the €rocks care-
fully, and placea Jayer.of thin turfy loam over thém. -`A
compost of equal parts turfy loam, leaf mould, and fibrous
peat, with an abundance of sand, will suit them admirably.
Water sparingly at first, but when root-action is fully
resumed, they must never be allowed to get dry. Support
the stems by staking when they require it, and just
previous to flowering, top-dress with some rotten manure
and leaf soil. Occasional syringings will be necessary
to. keep down red spider, especially if the atmosphere is
very dry. As the plants finish flowering, and the leaves
fade; gradually diminish the supply of water until the
stems are quite down, when they may be placed somewhere
out of the way, free from frost, for the winter, but not kept
dry enough to make them shrivel. In repotting, as much of
I
* . THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
OTR —e tinued. i ara Alstromeria—continued. i
z Ko with black spots inside towards the base; umbels many- fovere
saa a or erate at Ep fants shifte ithout dense ; pedicels pubescent, rarely bracteated, l. alternate, ovate,
mrad bing roots, plants s se ripe shortly acuminate, pubescent underneath. Stem climbing, gla-
- larger or the*same sized pots, E ding to their condition. brous. Peru, 1865. Tender species.
pages were at one time much more largely grown | .A, Flos Martini (St. Martin's flower), Synonymous with
e at present, and the gongs. represented A, pulehra. ‘
nea ay ee garden. i x _ A. Hookeri (Hooker’s). Synonymous with A. Simsii.
3 ae D w A. Ligtu (Ligtu). Synonymous with A. caryophyllea.
; nes EN A. Pelegrina (the native name).* fl. white, or pale yellow, striped
2 i+ SAY : y with rose, and yellow spot on each segment ; pedicels one-flowered, — “
a PHS N on a six or more stalked umbel, Summer. i. Janceolate, twisted at i
the base. A. 1ft. Chili, 1754. Rather tender. See Fig. 67.
A. p. alba (white).* Lily of the Incas. fl. white. Perhaps this
. isthe most chaste of all the Alströmerias, and more tender than
many others ; it should have a specially warm spot, or the protec-
tion of glass. 1877.
A. peruviana (Peruvian). Synonymous with A. versicolor,
A. psittacina Sage -like).* jt. bright crimson at the base,
‘greenish upwards, spotted with poe: ; upper perianth segments
- slightly hooded, hence the specific name; umbels many-flowered ;
‘peduncles angular, September, Z. ohlong-lanceolate, acute,
twisted at the base. Stem erect, spotted. h. 6ft. Mexico, 1829,”
í Hardy. a
A. p. Erembaulti areola s) jl. white, spotted with
pone August, h. 2ft. 1833. A beautiful but rather tender
ybri¢
2 A. pulchella (pretty). Synonymous with A. Simsi
| pulchra aye fl. in ba a a four My ih ty each; tie
ower perianth segments purplish outside, an ges of a sulphur
FIG, 66. Atstnowmnig kURANTIACA, sitin Habit and Flower. white ; the upper part of the upper segments is of a fine yellow,
dotted with eep red spots; the lower part of a flesh colour;
(golden).* fl. e; two upper perianth seg- pedicels twisted, Z. linear, lanceolate. Stem erect. h. lft.
ngs enis tneolt streaked with i nas i arranged Ss a five to six Chili, 1822. Syns. A. Flos Martini, A tricolor. One of the most -
+ ene rong seek ea nag eroga r ye beautiful species in cultivation, but requires protection.
, linear- k j TES ‘
turned back at the base, about 44in, long. h. 3ft. to 4ft, Chili, A. rosea (rosy). Synonymous with A. Simsii.
ym A variable but very showy quite hardy. See Fig. s A. Simsii (Sims’s),* EA briliant yellow, with red streaks, very
caryophyllæa (clovye-like scent).* scarlet ; fra : showy ; umbels many-flowered ; uncles two-flowered. June.
rea rg peg mth ge peduncles ay than te imd a i. spathulate, cilia Stem we F i pi Chili, 1822. Tender
ee March, l. spathulate-oblong. Stem erect. A. Sin species, SYNS. A, Hookeri, A. pule rosea. i
Brazil, 1776. This stove $ on requires perfect rest in A. tricolor (three-coloured). Synonymous with A. pulchra,
ier SYN. A. Ligtw. oe ; ;
sigh e
Fia, 68. Austnowunta VERSICOLOR, showing Habit and Flower. :
*
versicolor (various coloured).* F yellow, with od marks
A. vers aca the Bo mtn umbet of, ; three sho
lked blooms, very flori par sun
. SA ie ttered, A. 2ft, to4ft. Peru, aeia
ka with several beautiful varieties, Sib are
ned eaves e ES perunate. eae
rose,
tips Rear pit eo ois terion, ck stalked,
A charming but scarce variety. $
1 ariek Gn allusion to the anthers
come? barren). Orv. Amaranthacew. Well
ved half-hardy plants, with incon-
axillary heads. Some of the under-
mecica tant varicties belong, technically -
aahihera, in which genns the five stamens
i ae nseparats below, and alternate with as many sterile
‘filaments. They are so universally known in gardening —
; in es on & on oes al Pa ‘ind fiat the ta generic name, that we have here in-
spathulate ; upper ones lanceolate, — ded them for convenience’ sake. Where Alternantheras
‘iid on the edges, elancescent | Ea in large quantities (and if they are to be used
gin colour i from rosy sy white wa deep ectively, a considerable number must be provided), their
economical pro ion becomes a matter of imp
A good colour a
ae eee et ae
T
A. p. major (greater)*
» low. ORD. Malvacee.
_ Closely allied to Malva. Outer calyx six to nine-cleft, inner
one five-cleft. Most species belonging to this genus are
AN ENCYCLOPADJA
OF HORTICULTURE.
Alternanthera—continued._
some house or pit in the full light and warmth of the sun;
for, unless so grown, green or badly coloured plants will be
the result. The best and quickest way of producing this
class of plants in large quantities, is to make up a special
hotbed for them about the end of March or beginning of
April.
6in. of the glass with leaves and manure, or any other
material that will produce a steady bottom heat of 80deg»
or 85deg., and will last for three weeks or so at that
point; which, at this season, will be an easy matter.
When the heat has become regular and steady, about 4in.
or in. of light, rich, sandy soil should be placed all over
the surface, adding, ‘at the same time, a sprinkling of silver `
sand on the top, and pressing it moderately firm with a
flat board. The cuttings may now be prepared and dibbled
in, lin. apart each way. If kept close, moist, and shaded
from bright sunshine, in a few days they will be forming
_roots, and so soon as that takes place the shading
be discontinued, and the ventilation gradually increased |
until they are finally hardened off and planted out. If
carefully lifted, and placed in trays or baskets, with a
rhubarb leaf over them, they may be taken any distance,
and planted without flagging ; ; with this advantage—that
the plants being . in good colour, the beds are effective
at once. April is early enough to commence striking them,
and these will be fit to plant out by the middle of June.
The several species quoted in various dictionaries hitherto
are unknown in English gardens. +
A. amabilis (1 cca table . elliptic, acuminate, greenish in some
stages, with the principal ribs stained with red, but under free
growth becoming almost entirely suffused with rose colour, mixed
~ with ET the midribs continuing to be of a deep red hue.
Brazil, 1
A. a. amoœna (charming).* Z small, spathulate, orange red and
purple in colour, which is shaded with deep green and bronze,
Brazil, 1865. A most elegant little plant, with a spreading habit.
A. a. tricolor (three-coloured).* J. broadly ovate, glabrous, dark |
green at the edge, and have a centre of vivid rose, ‘traversed by
seen gr rple veins, an irregular band of orange yellow intervening
tween the centre margin. Brazil, 1
A. Bettzichiana (Bettzich’s). 4, olive and red. Brazil, 1862,
A. Pn thulata (spathulate-leaved), l. spathulate, but more
tas the others; the principal colours are reddish pink
oon light brown; these ‘are Shade with bronze and green.
Brazil, 1865,» A rather tall species. ® *
E ae (fig- like).* 4, variegated with green, rose, and red.
A. paronychioides (Paronychia-like * l, narrow thulate,
ground colour d orange red, SA ully shaded vith olive
green, Dense com
about 4in. high, pact grower, forming a little clump
ficent).* A
A p moguificn, m3 (magni )* very fine variety, witha much
ry bronze, with rich orange tips ; "ia
A. h
which colour they retain all throu none t golden yellow,
A. versicolor (various-colour).* peo ie sized, ovate, bright
rosy pink and crimson, shaded with bro green, bran
freely, and making a compact and handsome pase: gag Bese
ALTERNATE. Placed on opposite sides. of an axis
on a different line, as in alternate leaves. k iet
p. m. aurea (greater- ought
-
medicinal qualities of some of the species). Marsh Mal-
Hardy biennials or perennials,
pines = of cultivation, particularly in woods, coppices, and
3 they will thrive in almost any kind of soil.
They may be either increased by dividing the plants at the
reek or by seeds; the biennial species must be raised from
totun ii ee year, which may be sown in spring where they are
to remain, or in pans placed i in a cold frame, from
which the young plants may be removed when large aoigh
A. cannabina (Hemp-leaved).* fl. rose-coloured ; peduncles a3
lary; many-flow
bescent, we, onesies longer than the leaves. June. l pu-
tely-parted, upper ones three-parted ;
: 189i. Perennial and grossly t toothed. A. Aa a South Taie.
If a pit be used, it should be filled up within-
‘Se og . crenated.
ALTHZEA (from altheo, to cure; in reference to the |
alumina; as aluminous soils,
Althzea—continued. :
A. caribzea Saripesaue, ie fl. rose coloured, with EN ia
solitary, almost sessile. March. J. cord late, roundish, eeej
crenate-serrated, Stem stiga, — h. = Caribbee Islan Islands,
1816. Biennial. . ney
A. ficifolia (fig- aved). Antwerp Hollyhock. vA generally yellow
or pranga = > in terminal: spikes, large, eg a double.
June. beyond the middle into seven lobes ; td
oblong, obei hepa, footed: h. Oft: Sibi; ibe,
ennial,
A. flexuosa (zigzag). * a scarlet, axillary, solitary, pte petals.
obcordate, June. date, mewh at seven-lobed, o btuse, on
long footstalks. „k. ‘ott a North India, 1803. Pere:
A. frutex (shrubby). Synonymous with Hibiscus syri iacus.
A. narbonensis (Narbonne).*
S
fl. pale red ; peduncles many-
flowered, loose, longer than tlie leaves, August. pubescent, j
lower ones five or seven-lobed, upper ones three- lobed. oft. to
6ft. France, 1780. Perennial. af
ATN + ‘ = #
Tia. "h FLOWER OF ALTHÆA OFFICINALIS.
A. officinalis (officinal). Common — Mallow. elic
uniform blush colour; cles y many- mheinn much
shorter than the leaves. July. l tioth with soft white tomen-
tum on both surfices, cordate or ovate, toothed, undivided, or
somewhat five- pisa h. 3ft. to 4ft. Marshes, Britain. Peren-
nial. See Fig.
A. rosea (rose)* The Hollyhock. (ft. rose-coloured, large, axil.
lary, sessile, somewhat spiked at the top.* July.~ U. cordate, with
five or seven angles, crenated, rough. Stem straight, hairy. h.
T China, 1573. For special culture and varieties, see Holly-
A. striata (streaked). fl.
rt aiei — stri
Stem pu
fl. white, os oa in veirar solitary, on
l. cordate, bluntly three-
rulous, AEN somewhat scabrous, x
"ALUMINOUS. Pertaining to, or containing alam, or
UM ROOT. See Heuchera.
ALYSSUM (from a, not, and lyssa, rage; in re
to a fable that the plant allayed anger). Madwort. O
Crucifere. Annuals or dwarf branching shrabby pe-
rennial&, often clothed with hoary stellate hairs, Flowers
small, crutiform, white or yellow.’ Leaves distant, or the
radical ones tufted, usually entire. Several of the species
are very much alike, They are excellent plants for the
rockery, or for the front of borders, growing - freely in —
common but well drained garden soil. They may be in-
creased by cuttings, division of the roots, and by seed.
The cuttings should be made from young shoots, 2in, or Sim.
in length, inserted in sandy loam, » early i in _ m in
*
60
THE DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING,
>
Alyssum—continued. t
shady place. Seed may be raised outside, or in a frame
in pans in sandy soil, most of them germinating in two or
three weeks.
A. alpestre (alpine).* fl. yellow; raceme simple. June. l. obovate,
hoary. Stem rather shrubby at the base, diffuse, greyish. R. Sin.
South Europe, 1777. Perennial. A very neat little tufted species.
A, argentewm (silvery), A. Bertolonii (Bertoloni’s), and A. murale
(wall), are larger growing species allied to the above, but of less
cultural merit.
a :
Be. eg 7 E
llow, corymbi
4
=
e under surface.
+
and Habit.
A, atlanticum (Atlantic). . yellow; race
l, lanceolate, hoary, and tics dens shrubby at
h Sin. fe lit. È Europe, 1620, A. Marschallianum is in
ween A. a A. a. obtusifolium : i
met with under cultivation 0 Orvsiolium ; but is seldom
kat éx za
à m ë
AOE SE a
Alyssum—continued.
June, l. lanceolate, entire, greyish-velvety from stellate down,
Stem shrubby at the base, A. 1ft., Italy, 1710. Closely allied to
A, saxatile, but not so hardy ; it is very desirable for rockeries,
A. macrocarpum (large-fruited). A. white, racemose. June. L
oblong, blunt, silvery. Stem shrubby, branched, somewhat spiny.
h. 8in. South of France, 1828. A. spinosa (thorny), and A.
halimifolia (purslane-leaved), are very like this species. A. dasy-
carpum (thick-fruited) is an annual with yellow flowers.
A. maritimum, See Koeniga.
A. montanum (mountain). jf. yellow, sweet-scented; raceme
simple. May to July. l. somewhat hoary; lower ones obovate;
upper ones oblong, Stems rather herbaceous, diffuse, pubescent.
h. 2in. or Sin. Europe, 1713. A distinct and charming species for
the rockery, forming compact tufts of slightly glaucous green. A.
cuneifolium (wedge-leaved), A. diffusum (diffuse), and A. Wulfeni-
anum (Wulfenius’) come close to this species, the latter being the
most desirable. pity .
A. olympicum (Olympian). f. deep yellow, small, in roundish
“corymbose heads. Summer. J, spathulate, sessile, very small,
greyish. h. Zin. to 3in. Northern Greece.
A. orientale (Oriental).* fl, yellow, corymbose. May. J. lanceo-
late, repandly-toothed, waved, downy. Stems suffruticose at the
re . lft. Crete, 1820. There is a variety with variegated
eaves, kas
A. saxatile (rock).* fl. yellow, in close corymbose heads. April.
l. lanceolate, entire, clothed with hoary tomentum. Stems shrubby as
at the base. h. 1ft, Eastern Europe, 1710. A very common and
showy spring plant. See Fig. 70, `
——
ae
- Fic. 72. FLOWER SPIKE OF AMARANTHUS CAUDATUS.
A. s. variegatum (variegated).* A constant and
gated form, which is even more handsome than the type. On
prettily oar
well drained, position.
_ A. gemonense (German).* ^, yellow, in close corymbs, April to
Sig it does well, as it requires a sunny,
7
AN
61
OF HORTICULTURE.
ENCYCLOPAEDIA
Alyssum—continued.
A. serpyllifolium (‘Thyme-leaved).* Sy, pale yellow, in simple
racemes, April to June. Z, very small,“4in. to zin. long, ovate,
scabrous, hoary. h. 3in, to 4in. Branches spreading, sub-woody
at the base. South Europe, 1822.
A. tortuosum (twisted). /l. yellow; raceme corymbose. June.
l. hoary, somewhat lanceolate. Stem shrubby at the base, twisted,
diffuse, h. 6in. Hungary, 1804.
A. Wiersbeckii (Wiersbeck’s).* /l. deep yellow, in close corymbose
heads, about 1łin. across. Summer, ¢, 2in. long, oval-oblong-
pointed, sessile, attenuated at the base, roughish and hairy.
Stems erect, scabrous, simple, rigid. k. 14ft. Asia Minor.
AMARANTHACEZ:. An extensive order of herbs or
(rarely) shrubs, with opposite or alternate leaves, and in-
conspicuous apetalous flowers, which are spicately or capi-
tately disposed. The majority of, this order are weeds;
*,. ` . x £ a
well-known exceptions being many species of Amaranthus.
AMARANTH, GLOBE. See Gomphrena. ei
FIG. 73, FLOWER SPIKE OF AMARANTHUS HYPOCHONDRIACUS,
A s S (from a, not, and maraino, to
- M asa j in reference to the length of time some of the
m retain their colour). ORD. Amaranthacee. Hardy
at kpd annuals, with alternate entire leaves and
green or red flowers in large bracteate clustered
Amaranthus— continued.
at the base of a three or five-lobed glabrous perianth.
Stamens four or five. Of very easy culture; they thrive
best in rich loamy soil, and are largely employed for
sub-tropical and other bedding, for vases and conservatory
decorations, being very ornamental. The seed should
be sown in April in a hotbed, and the plants thinned
out in the same situation when about }in. high. About the
end of May, they can be transplanted out of doors in
their permanent situations. They are also very handsome
when grown in pots. The young plants. should be potted
off early, and freely encouraged, allowing plenty of pot-
room and moisture,.and be kept near the glass, to bring ont.
their brightest colouring. To develop their full beauty,
plenty of room is required. There are about twelve species
(indigenous to warm and tropical countries), . ay
A. bicolor (two-coloured).. l. green, variously streaked with light
yellow. A. 2ft. India, 1802. This species is rather delicate, and
-must have a warm sunny situation,
A? bs ruber (red).* J. brilliant glistening scarlet, merging into a
dark violet red, mixed with green, Hardier than the type.
A. caudatus (caudate).* Love Lies Bleeding. fl. dark purplish,
collected in puhery whorls, which are disposed in handsome
drooping spikes. ugust, - h. 2ft. to 3ft. India, 1596, A
very common and vigorous growing hardy annual. There is a
`. yellowish-flowered variety, which, though less ornamental, is an
= effective contrast. See Fig. 72. *
A. crūentus (dark bloody), Synonymous with A. hypochondriacus.
A. Henderi (Hender’s). J, lanceolate, undu intense rosy
carmine, varying with orange buff, golden sallow ok olive green.
h, 3ft.. A garden hybrid, closely dto A. sali ius. Pyra-
_ midal habit P; . .
A: hypochondriacus (hypochondriac).* ‘Prince's Feather.
» fl. deep crimson, on densely packed, erect spikes. July. J. pur-
plish beneath. h. 4ft. to oft. Asiatic, 1684. SYN. A. cruentus.
“See Fig. 75. te ‘
» A. h. atropurpureus,(dark purple).* An improved variety of
above,
A. melancholicus ruber (melancholy-red).* h. about lft.
growing variety, with large shaded crimson
Japan, ™A compac
sot TE
S long, willow-
j»
npac
leaves. Largely used for bëdding purpos
* ò à *
HA. salicifélius" (willow-leaved).* 1. Tin, to 15i
:* shaped; ; and wavy, W “by theft-droopingoùtline, pre-
le sent a very elegant and ei e appearance. When fully grown,
thedeaves are brilliantly and tipped with orange, carmine,
-and bronze. #. 3ft. Philippine Isles, 1871, pt as
A. s. ‘ of Wales.* i. carmine, orange n
* bright yéllowgbeautifully blended, k. 3ft. A garden i
HA. S (bloody).. fl, purple, disposed partly in small
axils of the upper leaves, and partly ee P
branc k e.
hing pani f y
ulia
and
he in the
` flexible spikes, which form a more or
l blood red. A. 3ft. Bahama, 177
*
k
Fic, 74. AMARANTHUS TRICOLOR.
í ‘ * uw le, dis d in
A. spocioaus (showy). ft Sa O PED CEPE a ei
erect spikes, forming a fine plumy panicle. July.
spikes. Flowers polygamous, furnished with three bracts
a reddish tinge, which disappears at the time of flowering. h. 3ft.
to 5ft. Nepaul, 1819. a
62 THE DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING,
Amaranthus— continued.
A.s. aureus (golden). jf. of a fine brownish golden hue, very
effective when grown in masses,
A. tricolor (three-coloured),* l. of a fine transparent purplish
red, or dark carmine, from the base to the middle ; a large spot of
bright yellow occupies the greater part of the upper end of the
leaf; point generally green; leafstalks yellow. h. lift. East
Indies, 1548.
requiring a somewhat warmer situation. See Fig. 74.
AMARYLLIDACES. A large and important order
of usually bulbous plants, sometimes with a stem. Flowers
solitary, umbellate or paniculate; perianth superior, six-
lobed, often with a corona at the top of«the tube. Leaves
ensiform or linear. This order contains many very beauti-
genera, including Agave, Amaryllis, Crinum, Haman-
thus, Hippeastrum, Narcissus, Pancratiwm, and several
others, ;
AMARYLLIS (from Amaryllis, the name of a country-
woman mentioned by Theocritus and Virgil). ORp.
Amaryllidacee. Half-hardy or hardy deciduous bulbous
plants. Flowers large, sweet-scented, pedicelled; scape
tall, solid, compressed; spathe two-leaved; umbels few-
flowered; perianth with a very short tube, funnel-shaped,
six-parted, sub-regular or irregular ; segments many-nerved,
broad, undulate, spreading sOmewhat at the apices; .
stamens at the summit of the tube, unequal, declined ; *
anthers fixed by the middle, incumbent, curved into a cir-
cular arch after,bursting ; style declined ; stigma thickened,
sub-three-lobed. Cap obovate; seeds globose, fleshy.
Leaves appearing at a different season from the scapes,
numerous, strap-shaped. The following genera are some- |
times arranged hereunder, but we shall treat -them
separately: Brunsvigia, Crinum, Hippeastrum; Nerine,
Phycella, Sprekelia, Sternbergia, Vallota, Zephyranthes.
Warm, dry, and well-drained positionsy
houses, or at the base of south or south-west walls, are the
most suitable sites for A. Belladonna and its-varieties. The
soil should be sgppowed of good fibrous loam, leaf mould,
and sand in equal parts. Place the bulbs 6n or Sin. deep, |
and surround with sand, 3
with the compost, which should» be pressed firmly about
them; they should not be again disturbed for years, when
they will ultimately establish themselves, and produce
grand masses of bloom. The best time to plantia ra ke
is June or July, when they commence root- n, before the |
flower-stems are sent up. If thé surface when they are
planted be covered with ‘Breen saxifrage or sedum, it’ will
mie much neater appearance’ when the plants are in
bloom. In their growing season, and in dry weather, an
: . ak
*
j SS ee:
Fic. 75. AMARYLLISYBELLADONNA, showi it ab
G YELIS:B à, showing Habit ab Flowering
occasional soaking òf clear water, or liquid manute, will be
greatly beneficial. -The extremely ornamental plants now
largely grown, and frequently >] sed as Amaryllis in
nurserymen’s catalogues, belong tœthe genus Hippeastrum.
There are several garden varieties of this species, ~
„front of hot- —
after Egitichathey. may be co¥ered |
„= A. eft,
For pot culture of the Belladonna ‘Lily, see Hippeastrum.
¥
Amaryllis—continued.
A. Belladonna.* Belladonna Lily. This splendid species is
very variable, both in the size and colour of the flowers, fre-
quently producing variously shaded flowers, from almost white to
a reddish or purplish hue, Autumn. West Indies, 1712. See
Fig. 75. The leaves and flowers are not produced together, In
Fig. 76 they are both shown in the same illustration for economy
of space.
‘4
ibe
Fig. 76. AMARYLLIS BELLADONNA, showing Bulb and Flower Sp!
A. B. pallida (pale).* A pale-coloured variety of this species-
AMATEUR. By this term it is usually meant to refer
to-one who has a taste for a particular pursuit, and who is,
in a pecuniary point of view, independent of it. An
amateur ener is one who rears and grows his plants —
and cultivates his garden for his own amusement, for mere
_ love of it.
SWEET. See Hypericum Androse-
mum. A i
AMBER-TREE. See Anthospermum.
AMBROSINIA (commemorative of Professor Git
cinti. Ambrosini, of Bologna). ORD. Aroidew. A curious,
half-hardy, tuberous perennial, thriving in any light soil,
with protection in winter. Increased by seeds and bY-
divisions. The former should be sown, as soon as Tipe, —
in a cool house; and the latter should bo made just
previous to new growth in spring. me ok ;
AN ENCYCLOPEDIA
63
OF HORTICULTURE.
. Ambrosinia—continued.
zi Bassii (Bass’s).*
gy bs irr ag ‘eke the ap ote ae sy Sr ten
as to preclude the access of pollen to the stigma on the
er side of the spathe, save by insect agency. l oblong,
stalked. h. 4in. Corsica, Sardinia, 1879.
AMBURY, or ANBURY. The name given to galls
of small Weevils (Ceuthorhynchus sulcicollis), which
appear on the roots of Cabbages and Turnips, as well
as of the Wild Mustard, and of other weeds belonging
to the genus Brassica. The galls form swellings indi-
vidually about the size of split peas, but often two or more
are joined to form considerable masses. In each is a
space inclosing a white grub. Anbury is usually not
very hurtful. It is quite distinct from Clubbing. The
galled roots should be collected, before the grubs emerge,
and burned. `
— AMELANCHIER (Savoy name of the Medlar, to
which this genus is closely allied). ORD. Rosacee.
Tripe Pomacew. _ Hardy deciduous shrubs or small
trees, with gars serrated leaves, and racemes of white
es: bracteas linear lanceolate. Pome, when mature,
to five-celled. They are of easy cultivation, in
- a somewhat rich loamy soil, and are propagated by
layers, or cuttings in autumn, in sheltered situations; by
seeds, and by in early spring on the hawthorn or
æ the quinee, or the 1 er on the stronger growing species
E s the jae
v
Wadan) i Grape Pear. fi. white. April. Pome
crasta SE Kari rere when young rather villoùs,
Pir length glabrous, to 8ft. Cànada, 1746. A very
. 10ft. to 20ft.
bee -but at lene tree, having a a paoa of flowers in early spring,
è and rich autumnal foliage. SYN. Pyrus Botryapiwm.
E ? As e florida (flowery).* f. white, numerous, in upright racemes,
b . Pome purple. l. oblong, obtuse at both ends, an serrate
tat e terminal portion, glabrous in every state.
~ North America, 1826.
_ A. ec. ovalis (oval-leaved), fl. white, racemes pressed together.
April. J. roundish-elliptic, acute when rather young, velvety
beneath, glabrous when mature. h. 6ft. to 8ft. North America, .
olia (small-leaved). This has a dwarfer habit and |
to leaves. af
A. sanguinea (bloody). white; racemes capitate. pril,
Pome wm ga L ți, obiong, To rounded a ® beth amae, ake Reo
serrated, al a, naked. orth America, og
This form d br rincipally bon a atia in the fewer
fio wer s, much orter
raceme, and sh te > bee oader, and more
ubescent be: h pima
A very desirab x piem producin
ae flowers in spring. Syn. Mespilus Entan.
i 3ft. to 9ft.
an, abundance’a
` AMELLUS (a name employed by Virgil for a blue
_ aster-looking plant growing on the banks of the river
Mella). ORD. Composite. Pretty branched perennial
- herbs, ascending or diffuse. Flowers in solitary: heads,
Leaves hairy, lower ones opposite; upper alternate. Of
very easy culture, in ordinary garden soil. Increased by
divisions, or cuttings, placed under glass in spring.
A. Lychnitis (lychnitis). /l.-heads violet, solitary, terminal, and
lateral. June. J, linear, lanceolate, entire, hoary, h. 6in. "Cape |”
of Good Hope. A com post of loam, pa leaf soil, and sand
suits this plant well, Hvorgressh greenhouse trailer, propagated
by cuttings.
_AMENTUM. A catkin. A deciduous spike of unisexua]
-apetalous flowers. pi
AMERICAN ALMOND. See Brabejum.
ALOE. See Agave americana,
y BLIGHT, or WOOLLY APHIS
(Schizoneura lanigera). The white, cottony-looking matter
which is found upon the bark of the Apple and other
ata of a similar nature, belongs to a species of Aphis,
p ich has short legs; thë females are wingless, while
yee males are winged; the latter appear in July and
ugust. The insects belong to a group of Aphides un-
provided with honey-tnbes on the hinder part of the body,
and in which the third vein of the front wing shows
ce
*
J+ of about pees $e loads to the acre, ‘tak!
|" surrounds the base of each tree infeste
ings of- stables, and grafting-clay plastered over t
American Blight—continued.
only one fork. The woolly coating also distinguishes them
from true Aphides. The American Blight is said to have
been imported from America in 1787, but this is uncer-
_ tain.
As these insects getinto the cracks and under the bark
“Of trees, they are hard to dislodge. The injury inflicted is
not apparent for some time; but, in process of time, large
cankerous wounds are produced, ‘which gradually (with the
aid of the insects) destroy the branches, and render the
tree useless, If young trees are attacked, they are ren-
dered valueless in a very short time. The insects hide
in crevices of the bark of the trees each autumn, an
remain dormant during the winter, ascendingto their ol
quarters as the weather becomes warm. Trees whic
covered with moss and lichens probably serve as p
for hibernation; hence it is desirable to remove fsh
hiding-places, as well as all pieces of dead bark. To their
being left may be frequently attributed the severe attacks
of Blight experienced where they exist on trees. So soon
as the cottony substance makes its appearance in spring,
-one of the followi remedies should be applied, and, if
ew oe the trees will be quite
ruhin and Scraping... In RSPR trees should
be thoroughly cleaned ; "ant so long as there is a chance
of the insects being in the bark, all 1 ieces, moss,
&c., should be®brushed off, and pe should
re
be thoroughly saturated with a s olution of-soft soap,
or of soft soap and lime water, app ied with a stiff brush,
so as to enter all the crevices. If this brushing is attended
to as soon as the insects appear, they will be cleared off
in a very short time. .
g Pis the ammoniacal liquor ‘om gas
works. diluted with from eight: twelve
times its bulk of water, or it is dangerous to the trees;
in fact, after, ‘dilution, it is advisable to, it, previous
to using to any great extent. As the ally cov
of the insects resists water, ye i is desirablé that the sored
~be applied with a brush, and forced amongst the Blight.
“Lo. kilt insects on the roots, it. is, we clear away
s possible from ‘them, -to ate
i or ammoniacal tlutionss soot,
pe ar ae her fal sapei > the soil w also
ro ;
¥ Infusion of Toba Leaves Sto Feanor) kills the
insects on shoots dipped into
Parafin or Petroleum. This is ‘a ssifaple” and daai
rem Obtain a painter’s half-worn sash tool, free `
from paint, and just moisten it i the oil. Then brush
out each infested placè as 0 the Blight appears,
and in one qi the trees be cleared.
Spent Tan. ~ Collect» spent ito a heap a month or
two before it is to be used, and if it has heated well and
rotted, so much ‘the better. In winter, clear away all
leaves, rubbish, grass, &c., and sp the tan at ‘te rate
pare. t at it
We have had practical proof of its utility. k
rain o and other Spirits. ‘The mode of
the
Other ia that have been suggested are the dr
bark. >%
CAN CHINA ROOT. Boa Smilax.
AN COWSLIP. See Dode
CAN CRANBERRY. = See Oxycoccus
macrocarpus. ;
AMERICAN CRESS. See Barbarea.
AMERICAN PLANTS. -This term includes Rho-
dodendron, An and SMS — of a — end
64
THE DICTIONARY. OF GARDENING,
American Plants—continued. :
constitution, indeed, any hardy flowering shrubs requiring
a moist peat border.
AMERIMNON (from a, privative, and merinna, care;
in allusion to the little attention the plant requires; name
originally applied to the House- -leek). Syn. Amerimnum.
ORD. Leguminose. Ornamental evergreen stove shrubs,
with alternate, stalked, ovate, somewhat cordate, simple
leaves. Of easy culture, thriving best in a rich loamy soil;
the young cuttings, not deprived of their leaves, root
readily in sand under a hand glass, in heat.
A. Brownei (Browne’s).* fl. white, sweet scented ; peduncles
-axill Wer owered, glabrous or puberulous. May. l. ovate,
te, acute, glabrous. A. 6ft. to 10ft. Jamaica,
rellis or other support.
> Ha ak (strigulose). ff. white; racemes axillary, soli-
tary, three times longer than the petioles, May. J. ovate, rather
cordate, obtuse, clothed with adpressed hairs on both surfaces :
branches and petioles clothed with light brown, dense, short
hairs. A. 6ft. to 10ft. Trinidad, 1817.
AMERIMNUM. See Amerimnon.
AMHERSTIA (commemorative of Countess Am-
herst, a zealous promoter of natural history, particularly
botany). ORD. Leguminose. A stove evergreen tree of
almost unsurpassed magnificence and brilliancy, requiring
a very high and moist temperature. It delights in a rich
strong loam, and may be propagated by cuttings of the
half-ripened wood, in sand, under a glass, in bottom heat of
about 80deg.; also by seeds. +
A. nobilis (noble).* 7. of a fine vermilion colour, diversified with
Pes spots, large; racemes long, pendulous, ‘axillary. May.
e, impari-pinnate, bearing six to eight pairs of leaflets,
h. t. to 40ft. India, 1837. The flowers are, unfortunately,
somewhat ephemeral, lasting but a few days in perfection, during
„which period, however, no object in the whole range of the vege-
“rad presents a more striking aspect, than this tree.
(commemorative of J. B. Amici, a celebrated
ench. physician). ORD. Leguminosae. retty green-
house or half-hardy perennial, iaer E any warm,
Young cuttings will root in sand under a
ey
e d spot. .
at ghis in héat. This very desirable plant is valuable —
ow of its flowering late in the autumn,
two-jointed-podded).* llow, splashed with
wp i uae so anita Lag per to six: owered.
a Gaon a ammos, sand, and bio, t
reference to the sandy soil in which it is foun
Composite. This well-known everlasting is closely allied
_ to Gnaphalium, from which it differs principally in habit.
with oblong, pointed, toothed, chaffy scales;
-involucre of. imbricated leaflets. It may be treated as
~ @ half-hardy annual, or as a biennial, if seeds are sown
in September and kept ‘fn a cool greenhou during the
winter, and this is the best way to grow it. we moderately
ve; in
ORD.
«
>
€ fl 3 about an inch across, of a silvery
: exception of the paor p: florets, Bpr
e ccrymbose ; les. May tember,
3 a tufted roan s Stems wi er
Holland, 1
ordinary soil, il, with good drainage, and is propagated by
layers and seeds.
Simons noses f. pi
d
leaflets Inceola gp
1837.
s Sky wh on both surface. iat.
with two on of cordate
ate ess Pach an are fal ad luei esand
anges w si Mexico,
a (narrow-leaved).* jl, sometimes of a uniform”
AMMODENDRUM. See ‘Ammodendron.
AMMYRSINE. See Leiophyllum.
AMOMOPHYLLUM. See Spathiphyllum.
AMOMUM Pe, not, and mame. im
reference to the quality ie a
Zingiberacee. Stove deciduous peren ials,
chiefly aromatic, formerly used in pay Flowers
produced close to the ground, in spikes or clusters, brac-
teate. Leaves distichous, shéathing at the base, lanceo-
late, entire. - For culture, see Alpinia.
e yellow, sometimes crimson, with the labellum of a yellow |
colour, more or less pale, and sometimes entirely crimson ; seape —
ed, from. a> to din. i in length ; spike capitate. July. L linear
owen Bre Sft. Madagascar,
A. Gardamonum (cardamom).* | jt. brownish ; lip three-lobed,
er, flexuose Procumbent,” August.
Hast indies, 1823. :
ng from the m of
long. h. 2}ft. Wester Africa, a,
diflorum (large-flowered whi
“fie short. “June. Ipc lancet pointed. "ht nate m
thie type and from each other, that itis impossible to
AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA
65
OF HORTICULTURE.
Amomum—continued.
A. Granum .* Grains of Paradise. fl. white, tinged
with yellow and rose. J, elliptic-lanceolate, long-pointed. - Stems
very red at base, and dull purplish-red above from the long
sheathing leafstalks. h. 3ft. West Africa.
A. Melegueta (Melegueta).* fl. pale pink, solitary, with an orbi-
cular irregularly toothed lip. May. J. narrow, linear-elliptic,
distichous, sessile. A. lft. to 2ft. Sierra Leone, 1869. Habit
creeping.
A. sceptrum (sceptre). fl. bright rose purple, large, sub-erect ;
the most conspicuous portion is the lip, which is 2}in. in diameter ;
flower-scapes 6in. high. January. J, narrow, oblong-lanceolate.
h. 5ft. to 6ft. Old Calabar, 1863.
A. vitellinum (yolk-of-egg-coloured). fl. yellow; lip oblong,
obtuse, toothed; spike oblong, sessile, rather loose. April
l. oval. h. 2ft, East Indies, 1846, Plant stemless, glabrous,
AMORPHA (from a, not, and morphe, form ; incom-
plete formation of the flowers). Bastard Indigo. ORD.
_ Leguminose. A handsome genus of hardy deciduous shrubs
with very graceful impari-pinnate leaves, and many pairs of
leaflets, which are full of pellucid dots. Racemes spicate,
elongated, usually in fascicles at the tops of the branches;
corolla without wings and keel; vexillum or standard
ovate, concave. They are well adapted for small shrub-
. beries, requiring a sheltered situation, and thrive well
in common garden soil. Increased by layers, or cuttings,
taken off at a joint, and planted in a sheltered situa-
tion early in autumn; these should be allowed to remain
undisturbed till the following autumn. Amorphas produce
an abundance of suckers, from which they may be readily
propagated. :
A. canescens (hoary).* The Lead Plant. jl. dark blue.
l, leaflets ovate-elliptic, mucronate. A. Sft.
Whole plant clothed with hoary hairs.
A. fruticosa (shrubby).* The False Indigo. fl. very dark
bluish purple. June. Z., leaflets elliptic-oblong ; lower ones dis-
tant from the stem. h. 6ft. . Carolina, 1724, Shrub glabrous, or
a little villous. There are several varieties, having mucronate,
emarginate, or narrower leaflets, but all with purple flowers, <A
host of names, representing the merest forms of A. fruticosa, are
to be found in nurserymen’s catalogues. Amongst these are .
caroliniana, crocea, crocea-lanata, dealbata, fragrans, glabra, her-
bacea, nana, pubescens, &c, These, moreover, differ so sin from .
istinguish
July.
Missouri, 1812.
a
them,
AMORPHOPHALLUS (from amorphos, deformed,
and phallos, a mace; alluding to the inflorescence). ORD.
Aroidew. A very remarkable genus, closely allied to Arum, ,
but distinguished therefrom by “their spreading not con-
volute spathes; by their anthers opening by pores, not by
longitudinal slits; by the numerous cells to the ovary, and
by the solitary erect ovules, those of Arum being horizontal.”
A soil consisting of two-thirds good rich loam, with the
additional third of sweet manure, thoroughly rotted, suits
them well. Other essentials are plenty of pot room, a genial
atmosphere, and a temperature eet EN 55deg. to
65deg., or even 70deg. They require to be ept dry, and
warm in winter, as nothing is more fatal to them than cold
or damp. Beneath a shelf or stage in the stove is an
excellent spot for them, or they may be stored in sand,
and kept free from frost. They are difficult to increase ;
the corms of most of them are of great size, and rarely make
offsets.
plants to seed whenever practicable, otherwise the rate of
increase will be slow. All the species are strikingly effec-
tive in sub-tropical bedding. For fertilising and growth
of seedlings, see Arum.
A. campanulatus (bell-shaped),* Somewhat similar to the well
known A. Rivieri, but the flowers are brown, red, and black, and
the scape is neither so stout nor so tall. h. 2ft. India, 1817, SYN.
Arum campanulatum. s
A (large). Jl., spathe green, wai inside ; spadix pur-
Rewer iy (Lacour’s).* 1, pedatisect, the ultimate segments
yellow spotted ; tioles transversely mottled with
yellow markings, a, 1879. Greenhouse species,
A.nivosus. Sec Dracontium asperum,
a Eivi Uhivier’e).» J spadix, spathe, and scape, reaching a
Hegia re bes eight, appearing before the leaves; scape stout
di ng, of a deep green colour, speckled or dotted with rose ;
spadix to May bee red ; and the i
March to May. i
‘root freely in gentle. heat.
Efforts should consequently be made to induce the" |
Amorphophallus—continued.
tall marbled petioles. Cochin China. Perhaps the most useful
species. SYN. Proteinophallus Rivieri. See Fig. 78. `
INNA
~= a
Fic. 78. AMORPHOPHALLUS RIVIERI, Foliage and Inflorescence. b
Titanum (Titan’s).* fl., spadix 5ft. high, black purple ; spathe
at 3ft. A diameter, campanulate in shape, patent and
l thed edges. The deeper portion of the inferior is pale- -~
panin Aapan the fimb is of a bright black purple hue ; the outside
is pale green, smooth in the lower portion, but thickly on. q
and crisp above; scape about 1}ft. long, n, marked with
small whitish orbicular spots. l. the divided blade covers an area
of 45ft. in circumference. West Sumatra, 1878. As will be seen
from the above, this extraordinary plant is of gigantic propor-
tions, and, in size of the flowers, eclipsin: ; near all others in the
vegetable kingdom. SYN. Conophallus Titanum -
AMORPHOUS. Without de form, © ee
AMPELOPSIS (from ampelos, a vine, and opsis,
ə; resembling the Grape Viñe in habit, and to
s closely allied). Syn. Quinaria. ORD. Ampe-
lidew. A genus nearly allied to Witis. Calyx slightly five
toothed; petals concave, thick, expanding before they fall;
disk none. Fast-growing and ornamental climbing, hardy
deciduous shrubs, of very -easy culture in common garden
soil. Cuttings, having a good eye, may be taken in Sep-
tember, and pricked either under handlights in sandy soil
on the open border, or in pots stood on the stage or shelf in
a greenhouse; they root readily, and will be fit for trans-
planting early in thé spring. Or cuttings made from the
young soft wood, expressly grown forthe purpose, in spring,
This applies especially to
A. tricuspidata. They are also easily increased by layers.
Most of the species will thrive with equal vigour in almost
any position, however exposed. i
A. aconitifolia (Aconite-leaved).* Z. palmisect, with
-segments. China, 1868, A slender and very elegant free-
species, with long reddish branches. There are two or
varieties, SYNS. A. lucida, A. triloba, A. tripartita, and
dissecta. See Fig. 79. = Doei
A. bipinnata (bipinnate). #. green, small; raceme stalked, twice —
bifid. ies globose. June. l. bipinnate, smooth ; leaflets deeply
lobed. h..10ft. Virginia, 1700. ; = ‘
A. hederacea (Ivy-leaved). Synonymous with, gt
A. japonica (Japanese), Synonymous with A. cicus
A. lucida (shining). Synonymous with A. aconitifolia.
A. napiformis (turnip-like).* Greenish, China, 1870. See Fig. 80.
uinquefolia -leaved).* Virginian Creeper. jl. & Pee
ar le; — Pts | ay T palmate, with wo and five
oe ets, smooth on both surfaces; leaflets stalked, pry Deer
nated, mucronately toothed ; autumnal tint red. North A 7
1629. SYN. A. hederacea. me ae
66 THE DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING,
Ampelopsis—continued.
A. q. hirsuta (hairy). l. downy on both surfaces.
A. serjanizefolia (Serjania-leaved).* l. green, palmately five-
arted, or the upper ones three-parted, the intermediate division
ing often ternate or pinnate ; Jéaflets obovate acute, and incisely
toothed or sublobate ; the rachis is articulately winged. Japan,
= oe A. tuberosa, Cissus viticifolia. Roots tuberous; sec
ig. 81. :
‘Fie. 79. STEM AND LEAVES OF AMPELOPSIS ACONITIFOLIA.
A. data (three-pointed).* Z. very variabl :
„younger ones almost entire; the older ones are ose, Bons ish
paving! divided to the middle into three deltoid lobes, which run
mor little tails, and are coarsely toothed at the margin. They do
pe turn so rich a colour in autumn as the common species, but it is
2 ertheless quite distinct and extremely useful, adapting itself
3 any position, and when established does not require nailing.
apan, 1868. SYNS, A. Veitchii, and Vitis japonica (of gardens),
E triloba (three-lobed). A synonym of A. aconitifolia.
tripartita (three-parted). A synonym of A. aconitifolia.
A, tuberosa (ta bi A synonym of A. serjaniæfolia.
€] MOTH th è yidata, ©
AMPHICARPZA (from amphi, both, and karpos, a
frnit, in allusion to the two kinds of pods; those of the |
upper flowers being scimitar-shaped, three to four seeded ;
those of the lower, pear-shaped, fleshy, usually ripening but
one seed ; these lower pods bury themselves in the ground -
after fertilisation). ORD. Leguminose. Ornamental an-
nals with herbaceous twining stems, and sometimes
: apetalous flowers. Of easiest culture; seeds should be sown
oo in spring, in a sunny situation. Allied to
‘A. monoica (moncecious). Hog Pea-nut. fl. with a pale violet
"Fig, 81, ROOTS oF AMPELOPSIS SERJANLEFOLIA.
Amphicarpea—continued.
vexillum, and white keel and wings ; racemes axillary, pendulous.
June to August. l. pinnately-trifoliate ; leaflets ovate, glabrous.
North America, 1781.
AMPHICOME (from amphi, on both sides, and
kome, a head of hair; in reference to the seeds being fur
nished with a tuft of hairs at both ends). Orn. Bignoniace®
Flowers axillary or terminal. Leayes alternate, unequally
pinnate. Very ornamental greenhouse or half-hardy rock
herbaceous plants. If planted ontside, they must be pro-
tected during the winter from wet and severe frosts. A
mixture of loam, sand, and leaf soil suits them well. In
creased by striking young shoots in spring in mA
Li
AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA
OF. HORTICULTURE. 67
Amphicome—continued. 5
soil in gentle heat; or by seed, which should be sown in
early spring, in pots of sandy soil placed in a greenhouse.,
A. irii (finely-cut).* fl. red, drooping; racemes axillary, ter-
minal ; corolla tubular near the base, ventricose above. August.
l. alternate, impari-pinnate ; leaflets opposite, on short petioles,
` three to four pairs, lanceolate, acuminated, deeply se . A, Sit.
Himalaya, 1837. r r
f
| A. Emodi(Emodian).* fl. rose and hem erect; racemes axillary;
l corolla 1żin. to 2in. long, bell-shaped, slightly tubular below.
August to October. J, impari-pinnate, with numerous leaflets.
| a ty to 12ft. India, at high altitudes, 1852. A very beautiful
plant.
. : AMPHILOPHIUM (from amphilophos, crested on all
: sides; limb of corolla much curled). Syn. Amphilobium.
ORD. Bignoniacee. A handsome stove evergreen climber.
Corolla somewhat coriaccous, with a short tube, and a
large ventricose throat. Loam and peat, well mixed, suits
it best; cuttings from young shoots root readily in sand,
_ ` under a hand glass, with bottom heat, during the spring
3 months.
_ A. panieulatum (panicled).*
Í . composed of three-flowered peduncles.
osite ; leaflets ovate-roundish,
ies, 1738,
AMPLEXICAULIS. Embracing the stem; usually
applied to leaves. .
AMPULLACEOUS. Resembling a bladder or flask.
AMSONTIA (in honour of Charles Amson, a scientific
traveller in America). ORD. Apocynacew. Very pretty
hardy, herbaceous perennials, with alternate leaves, and
‘terminal panicles of pale blue flowers; corolla with linear
~ — lobes, and a narrow funnel-shaped tube. They thrive in
. half shady positions in borders, or the edges of shrubberies,
where they will not need to be frequently transplanted.
Propagated by cuttings during the summer months, or by
divisions of the roots in spring.
e A (broad-leaved). Synonymous with A. Tabernæmon-
Nb. Q
rose-coloured ; panicle terminal,
June. l. joined by pairs,
i subcordate. Wes!
ae
Fic. 82. AMSONIA SALICIFOLIA, showing Habif and Flower.
A, salicifolia (willow-leaved).* fl. light blue, in terminal corym-
bose cymes ; corolla small, funnel-shaped, with a rounded tube ;
throat whitish, bearded. Summer. J, lanceolate, smooth, acute,
k. 1}ft. to 2}ft. North America, 1812, Habit less erect than the
f following species. See Fig. 82.
~~eee A. Tabernzmontana (Tabernemontanus).* fl. pale blue, in
"o ®ymes; petals lanceolate, acute, slightly hairy on the outside ;
‘sepals lanceolate, acute. Summer. l. ovate-lanceolate,
~ acute, shortly stalked. A. lift. to 24ft. North America, 1759.
SYNs. A. latifolia, Tabernemontana Amsonia,
AMYGDALUS (from amysso, to lacerate; fissured
parse in the stone of the fruit). Almond. ORD.
n TRIBE Drupaceœ. Well known, ornamental,
x panten spring flowering shrubs. Drupe clothed with
yelvety pubescence, with a fibrous dry rind, separating
` Hegoi having the stone of the fruit pitted or smooth.
: y larger-growing Species are very excellent for shrub-
beries, or as specimen trees;
~ most other trees, they make
spring. The dwarfer kinds are also
-n ER
being in blossom before
Amygdalus—continued.
shrubberies or the fronts of large ones. For greenhouse
culture they should be obtained in a small pyramidal
shape; they are not, however, suited to a small house,
as the plants, to bloom well and be effective, ought to
be at least 2ft. or 3ft. high, and proportionately wide.
Plenty of root room is essential, After potting, water
thoroughly, and place the trees in an orchard house for a
few weeks, when they may be removed to their permanent
station. A temperature of about 50deg. or Sddeg. is
sufficient to hasten the flowering; a higher temperature is
apt to frustrate the object in view. After blooming,
gradually harden off the plants until about the end of
May, when they may be plunged out of doors for the
season. Repotting should be done as soon as the leaves
fall. Increased by budding upon seedling plum-stocks
in summer. The Almond is grown on the Continent for its
fruit. See also Prunus. Me
A. argentea (silvery). A synonym of A. orientalis. 7
A. Besseriana (Besser’s), A synoñym of A. nana.
A. cochinchinensis (Cochin China). /. white ; racemes small,
sub-terminal. fr. ovate, ventricose, acute at the apex. March.
l oval, quite entire. k. 30ft. to 40ft. Cochin China, 1825.
Greenhouse.
x
Fic. 83. FLOWERING BRANCH OF AMYGDALUS COMMUNIS.
A. communis (common).* Common Almond. fl. white, or rose
coloured, solitary. March. fr. compressed, egg-shaped, tomen-
tose. l. oblong lanceolate, serrulated. h. 10ft. to 30ft. Barbary,
1548. See Fig. 85. —
c. amara (bitter).* Bitter Almond. fl. larger, white, but rose
coloured at the base. April. Seeds bitter.
A. c. dulcis (sweet). Sweet Almond. fl. red, earlier ; fruit ovate,
compressed, acuminated. i
colour.
A. c. flore-pleno (double-blossomed).* fl. flesh colour,
double, rosy in the bud. 1, oval-elliptic, acuminate. ae
A. c. fragilis (brittle). fl. pale rose coloured, rising with the-
leaves ; petals broader, deeply emarginate. l ‘horter than those
of the type. l
A, c. macrocarpa (large-fruited).* fl. whitish rose colour, lar
rising before the leaves, with broadly obcordate undulated eae
fr. larger than that of the type, umbilicate at the base, but acumi-
nated at the apex. J. broader than the type, acuminated. There
are also numerous other varieties.
A. incana (hoary).* fl. red, solitary. . Drupe compressed,
ubescent. l obovate, serrated, clot with white tomentum
eneath. R. 2ft. A handsome dwarf shrub. Caucasus, 1815, :
A. nana (dwarf).* jl. rose coloured, solitary March. fr. of the
same form as that of A. communis, but much smaller. & oblong-
Seeds sweet. l. of a greyish green te
68
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, `
2
Amygdalus—continued.
linear, attenuated at the base, serrated, quite glabrous. A. 2ft.
to 3ft, Tartary, 1683. SYN. A. Besseriana.
A. orientalis (Oriental). jl. rose coloured. March. fr, mucro-
nate. J. lanceolate, quite entire, almost permanent, clothed with
silvery tomentum, as well as the branches, A. 2ft. to 4ft.
Levant, 1756. SYN. A. argentea. ,
AMYLACEOUS. Sitarch-like.
AMYRIDACEX. See Burseraceæ.
AMYRIS (from a, intensive, and myron, balm; the
whole of the trees in this genus smell strongly of balm or
myrrh). ORD. Burseracee. Ornamental stove evergreen
trees, abounding in a resinous flnid. Flowers white, dis-
posed in panicles. Leaves unequally pinnate. They thrive
well in a mixture of loam and peat; and cuttings root freely
in sand, under a hand glass with bottom heat, during the
spring months.
A. balsamifera (balsam-bearing). Synonymous with A. toxifera.
braziliensis (Brazilian).* fl. white ; panicles axillary, shorter
than the leaves. August. l. with one to three pairs of oppo-
site leaflets ; leaflets lanceolate, tapering to the base, rounded at
the apex, mucronate, quite entire, veiny, shining above, dis-
coloured beneath, h. 20ft. Brazil, 1823.
A. heptaphylia (seven-leaved), . whitish yellow; panicles
brand axillary, and terminal. /. with three to four Paba of
alternate, simple leaflets, which are stalked, obliquely-lanceolate,
acuminated, entire. h. 16ft. India, 1823.
A. Plumieri (Plumier’s).* Gum Elemi Tree. fl. white ; panicles
branched, terminal. The fruit of this species is the shape and
size of an olive, but red, having an odoriferous pulp within it.
l. leaflets three to five, all stalked, somewhat serrated, ovate,
acuminate, villous beneath. A, 20ft. West Indies, 1820.
A, toxifera (poison-bearing).* 7. white ; racemes simple, about the
length of the petioles. The fruit hang in bunches, of the shape of
a pear, and of a purple colour. J. leaflets five to seven stalked,
ovate, somewhat ,acuminated. h. 50ft. West Indies, 1818.
polish, and has a pleasant smell. Syn.
`
The wood bears a fine
A, balsamifera.
AN. (from _anakampto, to cause re-
turn, and eros, love). Syn. Rulingia. Orv. Portula-
cacee. Very dwarf greenhouse succulent herbs or sub-
shrubs, natives of the Cape of Good Hope. Flowers
large, expanding only in the heat of the sun; petals five,
very fugacious; sepals five, opposite, oblong, rather con-
crete at the base ; pedicels one-flowered, short or elongated,
disposed in racemes. Leaves ovate, fleshy. They grow
freely in sandy loam, mixed with some lime rubbish; but
little water is needed. Cuttings root freely ¥ laid to dry
a few days before planting. Leaves taken off close to the
plants, and also left to dry for a short time before being
planted, will take root. Seed, when obtainable, should be
sown in the spring.
A. arachnoides (cobwebbed).* fl. white; petals lanceolate ; ra-
cemes simple. July. l ovate, acuminated, difformed, green,
shining, cobwebbed. h. 6in. to 9in. 1790,
A. filamentosa (thready). Jl. reddish, or deep rose coloured ;
petals oblo Sn. l. ovate-globose, gibbous on both sides,
and cobweb rather rugged above. h. 6in. to 1ft. 1795.
A, intermedia (intermediate). Very like A. filamentosa, but has
broader and more numerous dtd P :
A. rubens (reddish).* red; racemes simple. July. 7. ovate
y formed, shining, dark , somewhat reflexed at the apex.
A. rufescens (rusty-coloured reddish, similar]; Lae jase to
A. varians. Sy L crowd k: expanded and pe te » ovate,
ata thick, green, usually dark purple beneath. A. 6in. 1818.
A. varying),* . reddish + Soria d : ars
panicled, tar ia naka, difformed, glabrous. h. 3in. is.
SYN. A. Telephiastrum.
ANACAMPTIS. See Orchis.
ANACARDIACEÆ. A rather large order of trees or
shrubs, with a resinous, milky juice. Flowers inconspicuous.
Leaves generally dotless. Ovary containing a single
ovule. This order contains, among other genera, Anacar-
iain, Mangifera, and Rhus:
ANACARDIUM (origin doubtful; probably from
ana, like, and kardia, the heart; in reference to the form
of the nut). ORD. Anacardiacee, An ornamental stove
_ Anacardium—continued.
evergreen tree with entire, feather-nerved leaves and ter-
minal panicles of flowers; nut reniform, umbilicated,
seated laterally on a fleshy, wide, pear-shaped peduncle,
It requires a light loamy soil. Ripened cuttings, with their
leaves left on, root freely in sand under a hand glass, in heat.
A. occidentale(Western), Cashew Nut. fl. reddish, small, very
sweet scented, succeeded by an edible pome-like fruit of a yellow
or red colour. J, oval, cuneated, very blunt, somewhat ema 7
nate, obovate-oblong, entire, smooth. h. 16ft. West Indies, 1699. 3
ANADENIA. See Grevillea.
ANAGALLIS (from anagelas, to langh; removing de-
spondency : meaning doubtful). Pimpernel. Orp. Primu-
lacew. Annual or perennial trailers with angular stems,
opposite or verticillate leaves, and solitary pedunculate
flowers ; corolla rotate or funnel-shaped, deeply five-cleft. «©
All are very pretty and free flowering plants, of easy cul-
ture. The annuals are raised from seed sown in a sunny |
spot in spring; the perennials are increased by striking
cuttings of the young shoots, or division, at any time, either
under a hand glass or in a close frame. Keep in the shade -=~
until well established, and gradually harden off. Plant ~”
outside in light rich soil for summer flowering, and each i
year secure a stock in frames during the winter. They |
require, if left out of doors, a protection during the winter, —
except A. tenella.
A. fruticosa (shrubby).*
throat. May to August.
Morocco, 1803. A biennial.
wi n very variable, but intense
ale and deep vormil re ario gab Rokr aad to autumn.
h. Sin. Habit very compact and neat, and very floriferous.
‘There are sev es, i
h, 1ft. Nepaul,
. axillary, large, vermilion, with a dark
f verticillate, eer in each whorl.” A, 2ft.
x
dian Wud; inii <July.
A. indioa (Indian). |. deep all, July
s-
2.
T)
D) ;
N
ASA
=.
am ew
Fig. 84. ANAGALLIS LINIPOLIA, showing Habit and Flowe
ie:
A. linifolia (flax-leaved).* fl. brilliant blue, large, about sin. in
diameter. July. J. opposite. A. 9n. to 12in. , 1796.
Perennial. There are many varieties, the best of whic are the
following. Syn. A. Monelli. See Fig. 84. :
A. 1. Brewerii er’s),* fl. red. June. h. 9in, Known
he A une
A. 1. Eugenie (Eugenie’s).* ft. blue, margined with white.
3 OY iinan agiia A.\ilac. May. h lfe
rh N 's),* , distinct
= (Napoleon’s).* fl. crimson maroon, dis
A. 1. Parksii (Parks). Ji. red, large.
A. L. phoenicea (Phoenician). fl. scarlet, May.
A. L sanguinea (bloody), fl. bright ruby colour.
A. 1. Wilmoreana (Wilmore’s).* ^. bright blue purple, with
yellow eye. A. 6in, TAREN 4
A. Monelli (Monell’s). A synonym
Morocco, 1805. |
mmer. |
beautiful little native bog trailer, a
whole genus. Requires a boggy and wet soil
‘
AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA
69
OF HORTICULTURE.
Anagallis—continued.
A. Webbiana (Webb's). fl. blue; petals with their tops slightly
denticulated. June to August. J, several, verticillate. k. 4in.
Portugal, 1828. ,
ANAGYRIS (from ana, backwards, and gyros, a circle ;
‘the pods are curved backwards at theit extremities). ORD.
Leguminose. An ornamental greenhouse or half-hardy
shrub, having the two stipules placed opposite the leaves.
It thrives in a mixture of loam, sand, and peat in equal
proportions. Young cuttings should be planted in July in
a pot of sand, and placed under a hand glass.
A. foetida (fcetid). fl. yellow, hairy, like those of the Laburnum ;
racemes short. May. 1. trifoliate; leaflets lanceolate, acute,
entire. h. 6ft. to 8ft. South Europe, 1750. This shrub is fetid
in every part when bruised.
ANALOGY. Resembling a thing in form but not in
function; or vice versi. Corresponding with a thing in
“many points, but differing in more, or in points of more
importance. S ira A :
ANANAS (from nanas, the South American name
for the Pine Apple). Syn. Ananassa. Pine Apple. ORD.
Bromeliacee. Stove herbacďous perennials, having the
> berries collected with the bracts into a compound fruit.
Leaves rigid; edges spiny. The variegated form is a
-useful plant for decorative purposes, and may be employed
without the usual harmful consequences attending stove
plants generally, but it must not be subjected to cold
draughts. The soil should consist of two parts fibrous
loam, one of peat, one of dung and leaf mould, and another
of sand. ‘Those propagated from suckers, which should
be laid by a day or two and then inserted in a strong heat,
have, as a rule, longer and lighter-coloured leaves. Offsets
are often produced at the base of the fruit, and make stout
plants, with high-coloured foliage. When the plants are
potted in spring, plunge them in bottom heat, to hasten
their growth; but this is not absolutely necessary. Should
_ it be desired to fruit the variegated form, the plants may
f ‘ be submitted to the same pröcess of culture as detailed
~ypeeunder Pine Apple (which see).
A. bracamorensis (Bracamora). Brazil, 1879.
+ ete (bracted). jl. crimson. April. h. 3ft. Brazil,
A. ducida (shinifig). A. pink, April. h. 3ft. South America,
A. macrodonta £ reddish, tinted buff ; om
elongate-ovoid, with imbricating dentate bracts. fr. co. ,
„about 8in. long and 4in. wide, with conspicuous bracts, and highly
aa perfumed. Z. with conspicuous teeth. 1878. SYN. Bromelia
- undulata. : an
A. Mordilona (Mordilona; native name). fr. large, with a fine
— _. 1. distinguished in being without spines. Columbia,
(large-toothed).*
s
~
a
A. Porteana (Porter’s).* Z armed on the margins with sharp
spines, deep olive green, with a broad band of pale yellow running
down the centre from base to apex. This species has a somewhat
erect habit of growth. Philippines, 1865.
A. sativa (cultivated). Pine Apple. For culture, see Pine Apple.
A. s. variegata (variegated).* l. rosulate, finely arched, 2ft. or
3ft. long, serrated on the edges ; centre bright green, sometimes
with a few lines of white, broadly margined with rich creamy-
yellow, tinged with red towards the margins, <A very elegant
variegated plant for vases, &c.
‘ _ANANASSA. See Ananas.
ANANTHERIX (from a, without, and antheris, an
an; thère are no horn-formed processes from the base of
the leaflets of the corona, as in Asclepias, to which it is
- Closely allied). Orp. Asclepiadew. Pretty hardy herba-
per as
soil, Increased by divisions of the root; or by seed, which
ripen in abundance: There are six or more species of this
genus known, only one of which is in cultivation.
a "
A. viridis (green), A. purpli i corolle ,
. rplish green, large; corolla sub-cam-
| pam res five pr Ea Ehe anicle
ew flowered. Au ls from the stem, subpanicled,
smoothish. “A. If gist Rp costs Sg obovate-oblong, pointed,
AN } (from a, without, and rhin, a
snout; corolla being without a spur, or furnished with a
very short one). Orp. Scrophularinee. Elegant little
plants, of easy culture in an open situation, and light |
i
Anarrhinum—continued.
half-hardy biennials or perennials allied to Antirrhinum.
|
|
Flowers small, drooping, in long spike-formed, twiggy, and
interrupted racemes. Radical leaves usually in a rosette ;
stem and branch leaves palmate-parted, or toothed at the
apex; superior ones quite entire. They are of easy culture
in ordinary garden soil; seed may be sown outside in
spring, or they can be increased by growing cuttings, but
they require protection during severe weather.
A. bellidifolium (Daisy-leaved).* jl. white, or pale blue ; racemes
slender, elongated. June. Jl. radical ones spathulate or obovate-
lanceolate, deeply toothed ; branch leaves deeply three to seven-
parted. h. 2ft. South Europe, 1629.
A. Duriminium (Douro). A synonym of A. hirsutum. -
A. fruticosum (shrubby). fl. white, without a spur. July, Z
lower ones mostly tridentate at the apex ; superior ones oblong,
quite entire. h. 2ft. to 3ft. South Europe, 1826. Shrubby.
hirsutum (hairy). fl. whitish, a little larger than those of
A. bellidifolium, of which it is, perhaps, only a downy variety.
h. lft. to 2ft. Portugal, 1818. Syn, A. Duriminium.
ANASTATICA (from anastasis, resurrection; plant `
recovering its original form, however dry it may be, on
immersion in water). ORD. Crucifere. A very curious
and interesting little annual, the leaves of which fall off
from the plant after flowering, the branches and branchlets
then become dry, hard, and ligneous, and rise upwards and
bend inwards at their points. This plant has the remark-
Fie. 85. Dry FRUITING PLANT OF ANASTATICA
HIEROCHUNTINA.
able property of resuming vitality on being placed in water,
after being kept ina dry state for many years. Seeds should
be sown in heat, in the spring, and the plants afterwards
potted off and plunged again in heat to hasten their growth,
70 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Anastatica—continued. Anchietea—continued.
which cannot otherwise be fully developed with our pre- root freely under a bell glass if planted in sand,
carious and sunless summers. and*placed in a moderate heat.
aol. pyrifolia (pear-leaved). fl. whitish,
` veined with red at the base, in axillar
fascicles; lower petal obovate. July.
alternate, stalked, populara, ovate, acute,
crenated. Brazil, 1826,
ANCHOMANES (name of doubt-
ful origin). ORD. Aroidew. A re-
markable and beautiful stove tuberous-
rooted perennial aroid, allied to Amor-
phophallus, and requiring somewhat
similar treatment. As soon as the
leayes die down, the plants should be
repotted in rich sandy loam and leaf
mould, with ample drainage. They
will need scarce any water or attention `
until growth commences the following
spring, when they must have an abund-
ance of water, and a moist atmos-
phere. Summer temperature, 60deg. to 85deg.; winter,
55deg. to 60deg. Propagated by seeds and offsets.
A. Hookeri (Hooker’s).* fl., spathe pale purplb; appearing before
the leaf, much expanded ; spadix whitish ; scape prickly, shorter, .
than the petiole. June. l, T taa: slender, prickly, bearing on its
summit the horizontal blade, about 3ft. in diameter; this is
divided into three primary divisions, which are 5 ar cut up inte
several leaflets, the largest of these belai egticone . oft, Fernando
Po, 1832. There isa variety with a paler coloured spathe. SYN.
Caladium petiolatum.
ANCHOVY PEAR. See Grias cauliflora.
at
FIG. 86. ANASTATICA HIEROCHUNTINA.
A. Hierochuntina of Jericho). ji. small, white, sessile,
disposed in spikes along the branches; petals obovate. July.
Jr., or silicle, ventricose, with the valves bearing each an appen-
bpp. poe at the el 2 nave, = sales ms; :
pp es too! ran X
Iattice-wise intoa gio i Bi Siria Eo, 1507. Sup- Fic. 87. ANCHUSA CAPENSIS, showing Flowerand Habit. ~
osed by some commentators to a aha thi :
Whirlwind ” mentioned by Daan. Soe’ Figs. 85 aed het a _ ANCHUSA (from anchousa, paint for the skin; use of —
ANASTOMOSE. Branching of one vein into another. | Some species). ORD. Boraginacew. Very pretty hardy
a
annuals, biennials, or perennials. Flowers in scorpoid
ANBURY. See Ambury. ; í racemes; corolla funnel-shaped; throat closed by erect,
ANCEPS. Two-edged; as the stem of an Iris. obtuse processes; nuts four, one-celled, inversely conical,
ANCHIETEA (in honour of P. Anchietea, a cele- | with a contraction towards the point, fixed to the bottom
brated Brazilian writer on plants). Syns. Noisettia, | of the calyx, perforated and concave at the base. Of easy
Lucinaea. ORD. Violaceæœ. An ornamental stove ever- | culture, in ordinary soils, and preferring a sunny situation.
green climber. Petals five, very unequal, two upper ones | Propagated by seeds, which should be sown in early spring
smallest, two intermediate ones longer, lowest one | in pots of sandy soil, when most of them will germinate
largest, with a spur at the base. It thrives well in a | in three or four weeks, some less. The honey-bee is very
mixture of loam, sand, and peat. Young cuttings will | partial to this genus. ee
*
rs
: A. officinalis (officinal).. i. blue or purple, sessile, imbricate ;
AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 71
Anchusa—continued. a i
A. Agardhii (Agardh’s). jl. purple, on short pedicels, distant,
disposed in terminal racemes, which are generally conjugate.
July. l. linear-lanceolate, tubercled, strigose. h. lft. Siberia,
1820. Perennial. Rare. de aE
A, azurea (blue). Synonymous with A. italica. :
A. Barrelieri (Barrelier’s). fl. blue, with a white tube and
yellow throat; racemes conjugate, panicled, bracteate, May.
l. oblong-lanceolate, denticulated, hispid. A. 1ft. to 2ft. South
Europe, 1820. Perennial. Syns.'Buglossum Barrelieri, Myosotis
obtusum.
A. capensis (Cape).* fl. blue; racemes terminal, panicled. July.
l. linear lanceolate, hispid. Stem simple, hairy. A. 14ft. Cape of
Good Hope, 1800. Requires greenhouse protection in winter,
Biennial. See Fig. 87.
.
Fig .88. INFLORESCENCE OF ANCIIUSA ITALICA.
A. italica (Italian). fl. bright blue or purple, in panicled racemes.
Summer. J, lanceolate, entire, shining ; radical ones sometimes
2ft. long. h. 3ft. to 4ft. Caucasus, &c., 1810, One of the best. SYNS.
A, azurea, A. paniculata. See Fig. 88
A. latifolia (broad-leaved). Synonymous with Nonnea rosea,
A. myosotidifiora (Myosotideum-flowered), fl. fine blue: throat
yellow; raceme terminal, panicled, bractless, July. large,
radical ones on long petioles, reniformly cordate; those of the
stem sessile, ovate, hairy. h. lft. Siberia, 1825. A pretty plant.
SYN. Myosotis macrophylla.
ANDERSONIA (in honour of Messrs. Anderson, sur-
geons, great promoters of botany). Orp. Epacridaceæ.,
Elegant and delicate little greenhouse shrubs. Flowers
terminal, solitary, or spicate; corolla sub-campanulate,
hypocrateriform, five-lobed. The undermentioned, which is
the only species yet introduced, grows freely ina sandy peat
with perfect drainage, which latter is most essential. Cut-
tings from the tips of young shoots may be made in
autumn, winter, or spring, and planted in sand in a gentle
heat, with a bell glass placed over them,
ia-like).* jl. pink, furnished with two
A. ee ae Mah. ™ L miae nia bese curved in-
wards, so as to resemble a hood, ending in a fiat point. A. 1ft. to
3ft. New Holland, 1803. Evergreen squarrose shrub, SYN.
Sprengelia Andersoni.
ANDIRA (its Brazilian name). Orp. Leguminose.
Large ornamental stove evergreen trees, nearly allied to
Geoffroya (which see for cultivation). Flowers in axillary
or terminal panicles, Pod drupaceous. Leaves alternate,
unequally pinnate.
AE T oparia oaket iria fo A Taa
late, acute, glabrous on both surfaces. h. 20ft. to S0ft. Jamaica,
1773. Known as the Tree.
Ca
A. racemosa SS Jl. purple, in panicled racemes, l. im-
-pinnate ; leaflets thirteen, ovate-oblong acumina
Lm Farrea anag h. 20ft. to 60ft. Brazil, 1818, fe A
Fic. 89, ANCHUSA SEMPERVIRENS.
. ANDROCYMBIUM (from aner, a man, and eymbos,
a cavity ; the stamens are enclosed in a hollow formed by
the folding of the limb of the petals). ORD. Liliacew.
A peculiar gteenhouse bulbous plant, requiring a light
sandy soil, dry atmosphere, no shade, and a season of rest ;
„auring the latter period, scarcely any water is required.
Propagated by seeds and offsets.
A. punctatum (dotted). fi. whitish, few, in a dense sessile
umbel, surrounded by about four Spreading lanceolate, acuminate
leaves, which are 5in. to 6in. long, in. to 3in. broad above the
base, channelled down the centre from base to tip. South Africa,
.
ANDRÆŒCIUM. The male organ of the flower.
ANDROGYNOUS. male and female
flowers on the same spike.
ANDROLEPIS (from aner, a man, and lepis, a scale;
Producing
Spikes joined by pairs, terminal. June to October, l lanceolate,
haat radical ones tufted. h. lft. to 2ft. Britain, naturalised
ra ©. incarnata is a variety with flesh coloured flowers.
F% paniculata (panicled), Synonymous with A. italica.
ieikta eee (evergreen). jl. rich blue, in short axillary
pe A vea y leafy at the base. May. l. broadly ovate, lower
S fr ong stalks, Stem erect. A. 1}ft. to 2ft. Perennial;
e and there naturalised in Britain. See Fig. 89.
meria (dyer's), Alkanet. ji. deep blue, tube blood colour ;
hispid, 4. 6f y twin, terminal, many-flowered. June, J, oblong,
. mm. South Europe, 1596. A diffuse perennial.
ANCYLOGYNE LONGIFLORA. See Sanchezia.
’
referring to the scaly stamens). ORD. Bromeliacee. Stove
evergreen epiphyte. For culture, see Ze ee
A. Skinneri (Skinner's). fl. white. A. 1)ft. Guatemala, 1850.
SYN. Billbergia Skinneri. Bt
ANDROMEDA (named after the daughter of Cepheus,
who was rescued from the sea monster by Perseus).
Orv. Ericacee. A dwarf, hardy shrub, found in peaty
bogs in the temperate and Arctic regions of the northern
hemisphere. Sow seeds as soon as ripe in pots or pans,
very thinly, in sandy peat soil, and place in a cool frame,
giving plenty of air. Place the young plants out in spring.
Layers, pegged carefully down during September, will gene-
rally take twelve months to make sufficient roots to allow _
72
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Andromeda—continued.
of their being separated, and thus become independent
plants. For other species often included under this genus
in catalogues, see Cassandra, Cassiope, Leucothoe,
Lyonia, Oxydendrum, Pieris, and Zenobia.
A. polifolia (Polium-leaved). Wild Rosemary. fl. pinky white,
drooping, sometimes tipped with red; corolla ovate, furnished
with ovate, rather leafy imbricated bracteas, terminal, umbellate.
June. J. linear-lanceolate, mucronulate, with the margins more
or less revolute, quite entire, glaucous beneath, with an elevated
rib, and reticulated veins. h. lft. The numerous varieties of this
very beautiful native shrub principally differ in the colouring of
the flowers. :
ANDROPOGON (from aner, a man, and pogon, a
beard; tufts of hair on flowers). ORD. Graminee. A
large genus of grasses with polygamous flowers. The
majority of species are of no horticultural value; several,
however, are very ornamental subjects, and thrive well in a
rich, deep soil. Easily propagated by seeds or by division
of the-roots.. The: South European kinds succeed in the
-~ open air if planted in a warm dry border.
A. citratum (Citrus-leaved). Synonymous with A. Schenanthus.
A. Schoenanthus, Lemon Grass. i, in threes ; spikes imbricate,
conjugate, panicled. A handsome species, the leaves of which
emit a very fragrant odour when bruised. h. 2ft. India, 1786.
Stove species, SYN. A. citratum.
Other species worth growing are furcatus, halepensis, muricatus,
pubescens, scoparius, squarrosus, and strictus.
ANDROSACE (from aner, a man, and sakos, buckler;
‘in reference to the resemblance of the anther to an ancient
buckler). Including Aretia. Orv. Primulacee. Dwarf
annuals or perennials, entirely alpine, agreeing in most
characters with Primula, but having the tube of the corolla
narrowed at the mouth. An airy, well-drained, and par-
tially sunny position is essential in their culture. They
thrive well between fissures of recks or stones with a rich
sandy peat soil. Drought and a sour soil are alike fatal,
and both will be greatly obviated if small pieces of sand-
-~ stone are mixed with the soil. The woolly species are best
arranged beneath a jutting ledge of the rockery, which
- will afford them protection from the hottest sunshine, and
from excessive wet in winter; additional comfort will be |
provided from the latter ill if a piece of glass is placed
over them during the autumn and winter months. They
can also be well grown, and make charming little speci-
mens, in pots, with rich sandy soil and thorough drainage. |
Sprinkle sand among the small rosettes of leaves. They
are increased by divisions, cuttings, or seed; the latter
should be sown as early as possible, and raised in a frame.
A. alpina (alpine). É purplish rose; throat and tube yellow, soli-
tary; peduncles about jin. long. June. J. crowded, small,
ge i in small rosettes. h, 2in. to3in. Switzerland,
1775. This species requires a rather shady aspect, and to be
planted almost perpendicularly in a soil composed of leaf mould,
peat, fibrous loam, and sharp sand. SYN. A. glacialis.
A. Aretia (Aretius’).* Synonymous with A. helvetica,
A. aretioides (Aretia-like). “Synonymous with A. obtusifolia.
A. argentea e avery.” J. white, sessile, very numerous. June.
_ 4 densely imbricated, Log me oblong, covered with short
; very pretty silvery-grey rosettes. h. about 2in.
Switzerland, This ogni i is
BENA aA. is requires a well drained, sunny fissure.
A. carnea (fiesh-coloured),* fl, pink or rose, with a yellow eye
three to seven, on hairy sales’ i duly. % awlahaped’
smooth, acuminated, not f ing rosettes,
ted. h Switzerland,
ed to remain
Stem somewhat
1768. This forms charm-
undisturbed ; it is easily
A. c. eximia (selegt).*
wee sa a yag rapid
rosettes, bearing heads of rosy-crimson yellow-eyed flow
stems 2in. or šin. high. pi ne Alps, 1871. X Gron aah
sunny ledges and fissures of rockwork in peat, loam, and sand.
A. agama tae (rock jasmine).* fl. blush, ultimately deep pink,
with a yellow eye, umbellate. June. Z. lanceolate, tapering to a
pe towards the base, in comparatively large, not dense, rosettes.
about 2in, to 4in. Austria, &c., 1768. A very free blooming
species, growing freely when established, ultimately forming large
tufts. Tt thrives best in a deep, well drained and rich loam soil.
A. ciliata (ciliated). 7. deep carminé red, on stems double as
long as the leaves, June. Z. lanceolate-oblong, smooth on both
sw » With ciliated margins, imbricated. h. 2in. i
forming dense cushions. Pyrenees. _ ` :
3 oe ae
rger and more robust than the typical
er. Forms compact tufts pin ey
requires moist —
to šin.,
A. coronopifolia (buckhorn-leaved).*
A. glacialis (glacial).
A. helvetica (Swiss).* . white, nearly sessile, with a yellow
A. imbricata (imbricated), Synonymous with A. argentea,
_ A, Lachenalii (Lachenal’s). Synonymous with A. carnea, ;
“A, lactea (milk-white).* jl. pure white, with yellow throat, large,
A. obtusifolia (blunt-leaved), fl. white or rose, with yellow 3
A. pauciflora (few-flowered),
A, penicillata (finely hairy). Synonymous with A. villosa,
A. puberula (puberulous), Synonymous with A. carnea.
A. pubescens (downy). f. white, with a faint yellow eye, solitary,
A. pyrenaica
Androsace—continued.
jl, pure white, on slender ~
edicels, umbellate on peduncles, about 6in. high. April to June,
P lanceolate,. distantly serrated, smooth, in flattish rosettes.
Russia, 1755. This is a charming little biennial, well worthy of a;
place on the rockery. A colony of it is extremely pretty ; it seeds ~
freely, and a batch of young plants almost invariably takes the `
place of the old ones, Syn. A. septentrionalis.
Synonymous with A. alpina.
eye, larger than the little rosettes of leaves on the stalk from
which they spring. May. l. lanceolate, obtuse, closely imbricated,
small, ciliated. h. lin., forming dense cushions. Switzerland, 1775.
A rare little gem, requiring a partially shaded position, and very
sandy soil. SYN, A. Aretia,
on long graceful stalks, umbellate. June. J. linear, or nearly so,
in rosettes, sometimes scattered on the elongated branches.
h. about 4in. Austria, 1752. Very floriferous and strong growing. -
Should have an eastern or western aspect, and be propagated
Syn. A, pauciflora,
from seeds,
Pe FN 4 A N nae J WS
ee
Senn PARE ran Latin meee
z -r
FIG. 90. ANDROSACE LAGGERI.
* í F
A. Laggeri (Lagger’s).* ji. pink, sessile; when 1s
siy. he stem aai Smeaton: and bears a tuft of sta ;
flowers. March, l. awl-shaped, ood gpa in tiny rosettes.
h. 3in. Pyrenees, &c., 1879. Very like A. carnea, but more deli-
cate, earlier, and more abundant flowering, with deeper green
foliage. It suffers from exposure to the sun, and therefore re-
quires a partially shady position, Should be propagated from
seeds or cuttings, which latter strike freely. See Fig. 90.
A. lanuginosa (woolly-leaved).* jl. delicate rose, with a small
yellow eye, umbellate. June to October. l nearly lin. long,
clothed with shiny silken hairs. h. 6in, to 9in. Himalaya, 1842.
A very beautiful species, with spreading or trailing shoots, easily
multiplied by cuttings or layers. It requires a warm sunny spot
on the rockery, with a sandy peat soil. When planted so that its
shoots drape the face of a rocky ledge, itis one of the most charm-
ing plants possible to grow,
umbels five or six-flowered. ‘Spring. J. lanceolate or rather
spathulate, in rather large rosettes. Stems downy. A. 2in, to 6in.
European Alps. A very pretty form, closely allied to A. Chama; —
jasme, and differing principally in its somewhat larger rosette of
leaves and stronger growth. SYN. A. aretioides.
Synonymous with A, lacte.
ay
at the ends of the branchlets, very numerous. June, l. oblong-
ovate, ciliated, in a crowded rosette. Stem with a small swelling
close to the flower. h. 2in. Alps, 1869, Treat like A. Chame-
jasme.
(Pyrenean). fl. white, with yellowish eyes, on &
_seape about jin. high. Summer. Z. narrow-oblong, ciliated, re-
curved, keeled at the back. A. lin. Pyrenees, An exceedingly
tty and diminutive little alpine plant, grown, according to Mr.
binson, “to great perfection in fissures between large racks,
_ with, however, deep rifts of sandy peat and loam in them, „1
will also on & level exposed spot, but in such a
‘should be surrounded by half-buried stones,”
A. sarmentosa (trailing).* jl. bright rose, with a white eye, in
umbels of ten to twenty, on an erect scape. May and June. l. very
silvery, forming dense rosettes, whence s ‘a number of runne!
bearing at their extremities other tulle ; should be pegget
down and covered with soil, when they will root freely. Hima-
layas, 1876. It requires rich sandy loam, a sunny position, A seth
be wedged between pieces of -stone. Cover
during winter with a sheet glass. Fig. 91. `
`
+
+ AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA
ä
OF HORTICULTURE. 73
Androsace—continued.
A. septentrionalis (northern). Synonymous with A. coronopi-
folia. —
A. villosa (hairy).* Ji. rose or blush, with a deeper coloured eye,
and a honey-like perfume, umbellate. May. J. narrow, oblong,
covered with soft white down, chiefly on the under surface, in
compact tufts. A. 2in. to 4in. Pyrenees, &c., 1790. When well
grown, the flowers are produced in great abundance, almost
covering the green cushions. Plant in a sunny fissure of the
rockery, in sandy loam and leaf soil, Syn. A. penicillata.
SA
(>>
oa
i Tic. 91. ANDROSACE SARMENTOSA, showing Habit, and the two
inds of Leaves, &c.
"A. Vitaliana (Vital’s).* fl. rich yellow, comparatively large ;
g
tube inflated at the middle, almost nestling among the leaves.
May to July. l. linear, acute, greyish. Stems numerous. A. lin.
to Zin. Pyrenees, &c., 1787, When well grown, it produces flowers
in abundance, and is the only species in cultivation having yellow
flowers. A well-drained, sunny pocket is desirable, with a cal-
careous soil, covering the surface with nodules of sandstone. Syn.
Gregoria Vitaliana. *
A. Wulfeniana (Wulfen’s).* fl. rosy, or wS large. Summer. -
-l oval, acuminated, in dense rosettes. h. 2in. Styria. A very
rare species in cultivation in this country.
ANDROSÆMUM. See Hypericum. eo
ANDROSTEPHIUM (from aner, a man, and stephos,
a crown; some of the stamens are barren and petaloid,
forming a corona). ORD. Liliacew. A very pretty little
hardy bulb, of dwarf habit, allied to Brodiwa. It re- |
quires a rich sandy loam, in a sunny position, and may
be propagated by offsets and seeds; the latter should be
sown as soon as ripe ina cold frame. Plant Gin. deep, when
it will require no protection in winter.
A. violaceum (violet). fl. violet blue, about lin. 1ng, three to
six in an umbel, on pedicels about their own length ; tube in-
fundibuliform, about as long as the spreading segments ; corona
half as long. Spring. J. four to six, very narrow. h. 6in.
Texas, 1874. :
ANDRYALA (the meaning of this is unknown).
ORD. Composite. These are pretty half-hardy evergreen
herbaceous perennials, easily grown in ordinary well-
“wpe drained garden soil. Increased by seeds and divisions
A. M
= in spring. Two species only are in cultivation.
Bs: A, lanata woolly).* jl.-heads yellow, Hieracium-like. May. l
white, woolly, i an oe dear i radical ones stalked ; upper
ones le. ems with a leaf at each joint. h. about lft.
South Europe, 1732, 7
ador). jl.-heads bright yellow, as large as
a hal “Drea orn . April. roto, 1871. nis
i (from a, not, and eilema, involucre;
Con y the absence of the involucre). ORD.
iaki with ew. _ Greenhouse and stove evergreen peren-
Coma th generally a trailing habit. A genus resembling
mie a. from hich it is distinguished by the inflores-
T eing sub-paniculate, and the peduncles entirely
+
er
T
Aneilema—continued. j
exserted from the bracts at the branching of the panicle.
Flowers without any involucre. They thrive in a compost
of loam, peat, leaf mould, and sand, well mixed. Increased
by seeds and fdot divisions. There are a large number of
- species known to botanists. %
A. biflora (two-flowered).* fl. blue; floral stalks two-flowered.
July. l. lanceolate. Stem creeping ; plant smooth. New Holland,
1820. Greenhouse species.
A. sinicum (Chinese). fl. pale blue; racemes about seven-
flowered, alternate, placed in a panicle form. May. J. ligulate,
acuminate. Stems branched, diffuse. k. 1ft. China, 1820. Green-
house species. P °
ANEMIA (from aneimon, naked; in reference to the
naked panicles of sporangia). Including Anemidictyon.
ORD. Filices. A well-marked genus of stove and greenhouse
ferns, chiefly confined to Tropical America. Capsules
small, very abundant, forming a copiously-branched panicle,
quite distinct from the leafy part of the frond. This
genus of handsome dwarf-growing ferns is of easy culture,
in a compost of fibrous peat, leaf soil, and sand. Several
species are exceedingly pretty for fern cases. For general
culture, see Ferns.
(maidenhair-leaved).* sti. 12in. to 18in. long,
irm, naked, fronds, barren portion shortly-stalked, 6in. to 9in. long,
4in. to 6in. broad, deltoid, b ee: næ close, lanceolate, the
lowest the est; ultimate divisions oblong or linear. y
the outer toothed, with a tirm texture; cle in. to 4in. long, —
the peduncle lin. to 3in. long.. West Indies, 1793. A very hand-
some stove fern. ` — ;
A. ciliata (ciliated). Synonymous with A. hirsuta. ;
A. collina (hill). sti. 8in. to 12in. long, firm, erect, densely clothed
with fine ferruginous hairs. fronds, barren portion sessile, 6in.
to 12in. long, 2in. to 3in. broad, with about twelve sessile pinnz on
each side, which are lin. to ljin. long, and about jin. broad, un-
equal-sided, obliquely-truncate hglow, blunt, sub-entire, with a
. sub-coriaceous texture’; panicle . to šin. long, close, ¢he pe-
duncle 4in. to 6in. long. Brazil, 1829. Very rare stove species.
Syn. A. hirta. @ =
A. deltoidea (deltoid-like). Synonymous with A. tomentosa.
A. Dregeana (Drege’s).* sti. 8in. to 12in. long, firm, slightly villose.
fronds, barren portion sttb-sessile, 8in. to Tin. long, 2in. to 3in.
broad, about equal in width in the lower half, with eight to twelve
pinne on each side, which are lin. to 1}in. long, jin. to fin. broad,
ovate-deltoid, unequal at the base, the upper side sub-cordate,
the edge inciso-crenate; panicle šin. to 4in. long, the lower
branches elongated; peduncle same length. Natal. Stove
species, í
A. flexuosa (wavy). Synonymous with A. tomentosa.
A. hirsuta (hairy). sti. 6in. to 12in. long, slender, naked. fronds,
barren portion 2in. to 6in. long, lin. to Sin. broad, sessile, oblong-
deltoid, bipinnatifid ; pinnæ in six to eight opposite pairs, lin. to
ljin. long, jin. to jin. broad, varying from oblong, obtuse, sub-
entire, truncate at the base on the lower side, to deeply pinnatifid
with narrow divisions; panicle lin. to 2in. long, close ; peduncle
2in. to 6in. long, slender, Jamaica, 1704. Very handsome stove
species. SYNS. A. repens and A. ciliata.
A. hirta (hairy). Synonymous with A. collina.
mandioccana (Mandioccan).* sti. 6in. to 12in. long, deciduously
villose. fronds, barren portion lit. or more long, 2in. to 4in. broad,
oblong-lanceolate, the lower half about equal in width; pinne in
twenty or more close pairs, the point narrowed, but scarcely
acute; edge finely serrulate, the upper base parallel with the
stem, the lower obliquely truncate ; rachis and surfaces finely
ilose; texture sub-coriaceous; panicle very compound, 3in. to
in. long; peduncle longer. Brazil. A very beautiful and distinct
stove species.
A. Phylilitidis (Phyllitis-like).* sti. 6in. to 18in. long, strami-
neous, naked, or fibrillose. fronds, barren portion sessile, 4in. to 12in.
long, 2in. to 8in. broad, ovate-oblong, simply pinnate ; pinnz in —
four to twelve sessile pairs, the lowest the la: ovate, lin. to
bin. long, jin. to 2in. broad, the apex acute, the edge erenulate,
the base rounded or cuneate, or unequal, with a 1 texture
panicle dense, 3in. to Sin. long, the branches short ; peduncles
the same length. Cuba, Mexico, &c. SYN, Anemidietyon Phyl
tidis. Greenhouse species. A A oe a
A. P. lineata (lined). fronds with a yellowish-green central
stripe down the pinne. South America, | ‘eS
A. P. plumbea (leaden). Synonymous with A. P. tessellata.
A. P, tessellata (tessellated). “Pim raire pen een, with bright
green centre and leaden-grey border. Brazil, 1875. The forms-
have a more hardy constitution than the other species, a
J we fe
names often met with but only show slight deviations. They all
and gros
well in the greenhouse. SYN. A. P. plumbea. a
| A. repens (creeping). -Synonymous with 4. hirsuta.
of this species are erous : fraxinifolia and macrophylla are
sion and seeds.
- and skilfal hybridising, will produce results commensurate
-4 Pt
a
=
y
74 aE
Anemia—continued. + = bod
neto Lin
A. villosa (hairy). oira with A. tomentosa. i
ANEMIDICTYON. See Anemia.
ANEMONE (from anemos, wind; the ‘greater part of
the species grow in elevated places, much exposed to the
wind). Wind Flower. ORD. Ranunculacee. An extensive —
genus of very ornamental hardy perennials. The generic
characters of Anemone proper are: Involucre of three cut
leaflets, distant from the flower; calyx of five to twenty
petal-like sepals; petals ab sub-genus Hepatica:
Involnecre of three entire leaflets, just under the flowers;
calyx of six to nine petal-like sepals; ls absent. For
botanical purposes, they are both now included under the
one generic name of Anemone; but in gardens the Hepa-
ticas are frequently regarded as a distinct genus. They
delight in a rich sandy loam, but most Ms thrive in
ordinary garden soil. Some are suitable for borders,
while others thrive howto on the rockery, most of the
preferring a damp and p attially s Dor position. = Fér- = For
numerous varieties of A. coronaria, both double and single
flowered, the soil can hardly be too nd the position,
al
though open, be a sheltered one, and well drained. .
The tubers ma planted early in October, about Gin. |
apart, and 3in. A ), Various colours bei rmixed, when | :
a splendid effect i uced in o bes Py in After
flowering, the tubers- inal y in June—
and spread out thinly, y,2 PEP ad until pr
are dry, when they should be t
necessary, divided, and
in pots or boxes of dry s
gr orbs tet nt ning a |
. of two parts turfy loam, and one of leaf mould or rotten
hotbed or cow manure, with about a sixth part of sharp
gritty sand; but, if so grown, "they should be protected
through severe weather, and brought into warmth as ae:
råa cool plzce
quired. The herbaceous species are propagated by roo
divisions or root cuttings, or by seeds, in autumn or early
-~ spring; the seeds are better sown as soon as ripe in pans
in a cold frame. Some, such as A. japonica, are freely
increased by division ; while others, such as A. narcissiflora,
are very slow; and the tuberous rooted ones, by root divi-
The best and most rapid means of propa- ©
_ gating the invaluable varieties of A. coronaria, and also of
_ obtaining new ones, is by seed. A careful selection of flowers,
with the trouble incurred. So soon as the seed ripen, they
should be gathered and sown at once in aawarm sheltered
situation outside, or in pans under glass, covering lightly
with sandy soil, and keeping moist. They are somewhat
difficult to sow on account of a mass of cotton-like down
which adheres closely to them; they should be thoroughly
separated therefrom by rubbing them in dry sand. Of
course, if the seed are sown at different times, plants will
be produced which will flower at different periods, and a
succession of bloom may be had from A
—indeed, nearly all the year.
A. alba (white). 7. voei ioe solitary ; sepals ei a
very blunt. June. or ite; segments ly
en at top; por of the posse el stalked. hein bin. Asa
A. alr
pose
(alpi j te variously coloured, sometimes white, white
the bac l yellowish or yellow with their backs
paler; sepals s : , elliptical, rarely ovate. May. 1.
sometimes smooth, sometimes clothed ‘with long crowded Xy
- hairs, biternate; segments pinnate and ey. magiaa invo-
et be od same form. A, 6in. Mi i fis
; par with a
sr aga Plant on the ry in rich
Syn. Pulsatil ita wien.
sulpharen if “tea beautiful soft yellow, 2in. to 24in.
trey they are usually cup-shaped ; sepals
A. a
rooted,
Pa lites on =
OF GARDENING, g z
Anemone—continued. D A
six, covered with a silky dewn outside; anthers of a rolden
colour. May and June, ea stalked, droopi Ena
lft. long; leaflets pinnati deeply othed. A Er beautiful
form, thriving in ordinary sete baad it Tathor moist
situation, See Fig. 92.* ee ê
”. 7
sA
*
A +o Sr } p ee.
FIG. 92. ANEMONE ALPI
A. americana TONENE i A synonym of A, Hepatica.
A. angul ed).* fine sky blue, over 2in. across with
pror tg b yee oil maiig a tuft of yellow styles ; sepals
l. palmately five-
fine
S A. Hepatica in all its parts ; it is well
shited for the border or rockery, enjoying a deep rich soil. SYN.
Hepatica angulosa,
Apennine).* blue, ijin. across ; sepals
x Probtuse, sy pédicel one- flowered. Mara r
ate ; ‘segments lanceolate, deeply-toothed,
bin. England (naturalised here and there), and So
p Reet An exceedingly pretty pint, with soft-looking feathery
foli i “It thrives best under t artial shade of trees, where
the flowers rétain their colour longer. Tuberous rooted, —
A. baldensis (Mount Baldo).* f. white, clothed with apres
_ hairs on the outside, and reddish tinged with blue;
to ten, oblong-oval hi A parece one-flowered. May. 2
segments many-pa lobes linear ; invoiicrii eaves m
h. 6in. Switzerland, 1792. A. cwrulea is ie” identi s
this species. ety a of the rockery. re. "Tuberous af
A. (fair).* ents
fourteen,
„elliptical, spreading. February.
obed; is rrated. ” hb. 8in. to 12in. East Europe. sA very
pecies, ce the size
pennina
. 5 birata oblo.
pi binately pir
Carolina). purple or wit pu pescent |
ong atin fp licel; A to twen
-linear. May. l. ternate, wi three- , or cut acute! y-
footed os involucral leaves trifid, with cut lobes, A 90.
A. kirey slender sae delicate plant. § ay
of yom ops Tuberous roo "e
-
Ke: d
č » AN ENCYCLOPEDIA
; a
oF HORTICŪLTURE.
L ti 5
Aone con tinued
he
s
Anemoné—ton{inued.
A. decapetala (ten-petaled).* f. cream white or pale sulphur,
about lin. to Zin. across, erect ; sepals eight to twelve, oblong,
spreading. May to June. J. tripartite, and freely divided into
numerous linear-acute segments, of ‘a deep green colour, h. 12in.
to 18in. North-West America, &c. A pretty free-flowering es,
suitable for naturalising in woods, &. It is less orna ntal
than many Others, but is very distinct. a
r)
4 a A a
; ü sge, í ‘
go. 93. Reaper A. “aes FLORE-PLENO.. 4 Cg.
Cs 7 ae, "as eins,” es
RES eps n “ florists? Ezo s
have originated; which ae e ead a a poa
; mvo ma are invalua’ r
l either dy : 7 : © 10)
= Ta. dichotoma (forked).*
=
Fig. 94. ANEMONE FULGENSS,
; T ee a
1 spring flowering. Tt thrives best in a good loam
c” tbe what sha from the mid-day sun,
soil, and should
rooted.
*
> Fic. 95. ANEMONE Heras
Ai vhite, with g
tinge of red on the
s five, elliptical; pedice
under, side ; s any, usually bifid.
May. J. three parted; oblong, deep thed at top; those
of the involucrum h. 1)ft. Siberia, North America,
we, 1 rder, " for ing in woods. SYN. A.
5 pennsylvanica.
Fic, 96. FLOWER AND LEAF OF ANEMONE JAPONICA,
A. fulgens (shining).* fl. of a dazzling vermilion or scarlet,
out
with a black central patch of stamens, . &CTOSS 5
obovate. May. Greece, South Europ 1865. A
beautiful variety, much more shoWy than As tensis (of w
it is generally regarded as a yr yj, and a universal
favourite. In ‘Hardy Perennials, Mr. Wood says of this
splendid species: “It may be grown in pots for conservatory or
indoor denorptinn. E needs no atigi for such purposes; a cold
frame will prove cient to bring the flowers out in winter.
Bordera er Aho ot eat avian ta regs mame te
per i seen to 2 jp
The half shade of trees te front of S abbery ; and, after all, it
* e n
76 4T HE premipytny OF GARDENING, + Gos
Anemone—con tinued.. . ‘ Anemone—continned.
is impossi! e to t this flower wrong as regards effect. To
ow it Be or er, ity must have a moist situation and good
oam.’ »
A. Halleri (Haller’s).* fl purplish inside, large, erect ; sepals six, $
oval-lanceolate. April, Z. pinnate, very villous ; segments three
parted ; lobes with dantbolate- linear, acuminated divisions. h. 6in.
Switzerland, 1816. A sunny border or the ee Syn. Pulsa-~
tilla Halleri Ps
A. Hepatica (supposed remedy for liver PeR Common He-
patica. jl. usually blue; sepals six to he February. l. cor-
date, three-lobed ; lobes quite entire, Dv thake are , petioles
and scapes rathgte hairy, h. 4in. to 6in, are numerous '
varieties of cies. p a w g epatica trilobae |. a”
Varieties : large pure whi Fen: coomulea (blue), - f p"
the double Ea, Ain is scarce and very s owy; rubra™ š
— produces deh one wers, and of which there is -a double E i
variety, very bright and lasting ; rei large sky-blue flowers. >
Besides these there are many “others. y are “all charming early
spring-flowering plants, preferring rich light soil, and to remain $
undisturbed for years, when they form erand clumps, often pro- 4 * i
a 3 seedlings where they stand. Syn. A. americana. See - FIG. 98. ANEMONE NARCISSIFLORA, showing Habit and Flower
A. Honorine Jobert (Honorine Jobert). ‘Synonymous with A. A. narcissi ora (Naxdlasulidlowered)t Jl. usually crea coloured, x
japonica alba. Ai sometimes puo on the outside; epee | neral: Ñy- ay gan
A. hortensis (garden). Nearly approaches A. coronaria thè flowered ; pedicels in some instances twic ae ti e onger
parent of a large number of garden forms...4. fulgens and A. than.the involucrum, and in others chal Pe rt; sepals five or =
stellata are by competent authorities placed a var rietiesæ in ovaté or oval, blunt-or acute. May. l. radical ones palmately
three toufive parted ; lobes deeply toothed; lobules linear, acute ; ape ui
those of the involucrum Fp! to five cleft: h. about 1ft, Europe, =~
A. japonica (Japanese).* fl. _Tosy carminé® front Zin. to 24 North America 1773. a extremely variable and beautiful Lapopies #
across, on footstalks which spring from a whgrf6f three or Rockery.« See Figy98
leaves; anthers golden yellow. Autu ternate, with u an- * sepals. pe
equally lobed, toothed se; ements. O 3ft Japan, 1844. ie biG $; scapes PEPEE TI s
Fig. 96. 7 E, de®. tht toothed, lanceolate, acute ;involucral- leaves —
J h. in, oat Aeaee varies fides in t
A. Hudsoniana (Hudson’s). Synonymous with A. multifida,
"Robinson s)*
ae rming variety regs the rockery or on
border, and one of the 3 preb stin the whole gen `
ni rosea (rosy).* A very pretty f with rose-coloure
flowers, of a thero i is a double AONO” sub-variety; there 4 ag
also a double form of the type, named bracteata fi. Ply white *
_ flowe: fei surrgpnded witha large involucrum. x
oba (blunt-lobed-1 d) fl. cream coloured ;
ve, obovate; pedune! ae pateat one- ib ae
naked, or the lateral í
cordate, and are, as W
wae June. l. three
a Mae i aa ý
. broadly cuneäted, and deep] ino Olucra leñv ji n b
+ Himalaya, 5. rhe species Teal doe
y is
og porie.
hg E 4 rn golden yellow ; se wt to vel
piscape one, Tarely,tio, flowered.
orbicular, bluntly th =a ve-lobed, toothed g : E
a trifid. South-west rope, 1597. AW, ite hows
př though scarce, is in cultivation, and ig very pretty.
which should
te. anà dee
be grown on the A | here » ing soil Poth
P, with a somewhat damp ere % Tub
Fig. 97. ANEMONE JAPONICA ALBA. Apa Ap eran ie pit
A. j. alba (white).* This is a splendid variety, with a profusion of -L imate, sing. after
large pure white flowers, which are produced from August to |
November. This white form is one of the “ote Mee wed A, A.
oe basir pecs are Fer oe Berens, with ac of dense-
p stamens, or cutting purposes wers are | a A y
invaluable. 1 Fig ves „mll SYN. "A. Howrine rote Jobas. mai, rii
Poe `
j. elegans (clegant).* like A. jap with broader |. ,? Sw i
gn and ns ian Sey tke whi Bishi an = | ee pavonina a ae nous with A. satiate, :
across. This is also called rosea and hybrida. 3 Japan. ; A, pennsylvanica (Pennsylvanian), Synonymous with A. dicho- —
A. lancifolia (lance-leaved). $ white; sepals five, ovate-acute ; “ome
~ scapes one-Howores. tied. A . all stalked, ternate; segments | A. pratensis on J dark purple, pen julods; e na nd Y
lanceolate, t h. A aye Pennsylvania, 1823. Very
i N 0 rthern Europe, de ae, 17a |
oa pe chiefly from the following species in
ire pi f fr gma” aes = sepals narrowerand more acute, a snpra en
apex. SYN. Pu
‘ ose ofthe involucrum — on
to iain. North America. Border or
oe # is AN ENCYCLOPEDIA
Fs
6”
z
OF “HORTICULTURE. 77
“Anenlonsr continued
a
$ ge: 3 -
mate oS *
tee Fi. 99, ANEMONE ; porsan. |
‘ us ati It if a very prett ER
; when w ome tu
+ ely., peg Ar ge ing ani
i which g —
aot Pakui
A. PY urica (Dal fl. erect;
lous. nt dwarf. Sunny border orr
A, P: lilacing. ‘(ilac)y fl. lilac. x
Fo A. P,irubra (red). fl. erect ; sepals blur a
Dereng „A ranun es (Ranunculus-like).* fl. sually yellow (bat in
i the Pyrenean variety purple), generally solitary, single or double ;
i j aoe five to six, ellipti March. l. radical ones three to five
i arted ; segmients subt ñd, deeply toothed ; those of the invo-
l - lucrum on short stalks three Sat deeply toothed. 3in.
nee in English woods, but rarely. Tuberous r ad.
VA RTS er.
' : Jl. white; anthers le: sepals five, 1,
‘as well oo polar one of which is pee a l = Mise
i Do G parted; lobes cuneated, trifid ; lobules
at j s +
a ğ
LED —éontinued.
cut, acutely toothed. h. lft. to 2ft. Nort dia, Should
ice eee
be grown on the banks of running bs 2. uation in
the border.
A. sibirica (Siberian). /. white ; sepals six, orbicular ; scapes
one-flowered. June l. ternate; ; segments deeply toothed,
ciliated, those of the involucrum on short stalks, ternate; seg-
+ Pippo lanceolate. k. 6in. Siberi , 1804. Rockery; very rare.
llata (star-leaved),* f. Sepia, or rose or whitish,
g ary; sepals ten to twelve, oblong, bluntish. il. Z. three
parted ; lobes cune , deeply-toothed ; parai leaves sessile,
oblong. a hii n. South Europe, ae A peery and gay
sprins flowering plant. Tuberous rooted SYN.
* Doub forms.of em gt | in cultivation. ;
ee
OAC ; E
FIG. 101. ANEMONE SYLVESTRIS.
A sylvestris (wood).* Snowdrop Windflower. io pure satin white,
ightly drooping, 1}in. across when fully open, nt; sepals six,
iptical ; pedicel solitary. April. 1 Scanner oF: or quinate, hairy
beneath ; segments wey 4 toothed at top, those of the inyolu-
crum stalked. A, 6in. to 18in. Euro This distinct and
showy species thrives ost ina Se soil in a rather
shady and moist situation. The roots are creeping, and should be
allowed plenty of room, so that they may ram le” without check.
See Fig. 101. $
L Tm
+
78
THE DICTIPRNARY OF GARDENING, oe
k
n ia
Anemone—continued.
A. trifolia oe yt gta jl. white, erect; sepals five, elliptical,
obtuse. April. Z. all stalked, ternate ; "segments ovate-lanceo-
late, acute, Cached. “hobin. France, 1597.
close to A. nemorosa.
A. vernalis (spring).* fl. whitish inside, violet, and covered with
silky down outside, erect, sub-sessile, or on pedicels ; sepals six,
straight, elliptic-oblong. April. l. pinnate; segments cuneate-
lanceolate, »trifid ; involucrum very villous. A. 6in. Europe,
1816. A curious rather than a showy species; it makes a pretty
pot plant, but must not, under any consideration, be allowed to
want water. It can be plunged i in sand ‘ashes i in the open, and
just as the flowers commence to expand, transfer to a cool frame.
This species comes
t thrives best in a nie bes and loam compost, to which small pieces 4
of charcoal may
Fis. 102.
A! virginiana (Virginian).* fl. purplish green or pale purple,
small; se five, elliptical, silky-pubescent on the outside ;
pedicels often rising in pairs from the involucel. May. = l. ter-
nate ; segments trifid, acuminated, deeply toothed; those of the
involucre and involucels stalked; peduncles three to. four, much
elongated, middle one naked, sometimes lft. high ; lateral ones
bearing two-leaved involucels, =h. 2ft. North America, 1722.
Border or woodlands, and damp places.
e added. Syn. Pulsatilla vernalis. See
A. vitifolia (vine-leaved). f. white, villous on the outside; ~
anthers cop ati gre sepals eight, oval, oblong ; pedicels one-
flowered. L large, cordate, five-lobed, beneath as well as
the stems dothoa with white wool; lobes broadly ovate, cut, a
crenate ; those of the involucrum stalked, wooll underneath,
smooth above, bluntly oo RAe puttar h. 2ft. Upper N epaul,
1829. This requires ; ree poste to stand the winter.
Very near A. japoni aan probably the p: ‘ogenitor of it.
ANEMONOPSIS (from anemone, and opsis, resem-
blance ; flowers like those of the Anemone). ORD. Ranun-
culacee. A handsome and remarkable hardy herbaceous
perennial, not unlike An , but smaller “It
| A.lanceolata late-leaved).* May.
of te zoot stonk in spring Feopaiiot D7 msds and ug * “taut ncn, at eaved). ts five? E ea Ney
(arge-leaved.* Ji. in loose racemes ; pepis about ANGRÆCUM d du ed A = ; i i
nine, conca id internal ys (deduc [ron ial a Malayan
twelve, in noA gine cLa morh of tka sepals nea kos for air plants). ORD. Ore Bs TRIBE Vandee.
oblong. ae. = ES os, glabrous. Bao bce . most be f epiphytal, orchi H
2 aR to Be Y Satan: rem: e " ro
n ANEMOPÆGMA (from anemos, the wind, and ra on prh tail like. spur depen the basetef the
paigma, sport). ORD. Bignoniacee. A handsome — lip.” The flowers are produced ikes from the axils
shrub. For culture, see Bignonia.
A. *
racemosum ars sae E ar coloured, in axillar?
racemes, large.
vigorous climber is, as pergi very rare in cultivation. +
(from ano, upwards, and theo, to run; in
ANETHUM
reference to its quick growth). ORD. Umbellifere. A
genus of erect glabrous annuals. Flowers yellow ; involucre
and involucels wanting. Leaves decompound, with linear-
setaceous lobes. This'genus i is of no ornamental value, its
most important ing the garden Dill (A. graveolens),
which see for culture.
ANGELICA G reference to the supposed CU é
some species). ORD. Umbelliferæ.”
Perennial or binni herbs. Flowers white ; umbels
terminal; involucra wanting or of few leaves; involucels
of many leaves. . Leaves bipinnate. The common Angelica
(A. Archangelica) is the only species that calls for mention. `
It isa native biennial, and was at one time in much request
for „and as a herb of supposed great medicinal
value. Seed should be sown in September or March in
cn ae the young plants thinned out to about
ANGELICA T
salicariefolia i in South Dasa), ‘ Ons.
Very pretty stove herbaceous
perennials
lary, racemose; corolla irregular, bi-labiate; lower ip
oe saccate at the base, trifid; upper one smaller, bifid. —
3 ves opposite.. Stem and. branches quadrangular. :
mat light turfy loam, peat, leaf soil, and sand, is
_ good compost. Cuttings of young shoots in spring strike
readily under a hand glass or plunged in the propagating
bed, giving plenty of air daily. :
_ A. salicarizefolia (willow-leaved).* ue, hairy, axillary, soli-
tary, eS p roende ugust.
Ena towards cer a ‘
šít. South America,
| A, cor
} considerably enhances their value.
ANGIOPTERIS (from aggeion, a vesseland pteris, a
wing). ORD. Filices. A genus of gigantic greenhouse
ferns. Capsules eight to fifteen, opening by a slit down
the side, sessile, very close but not concrete, arranged
in linear-oblong or boat-shaped sori near the edge of
the frond. These ferns require a very “liberal supply of
water, and plenty of room to fully expand. The most © -
suitable compost is a mixture of strong loam and peat, `% zu
with some sharp sand. Thorough drainage must be `
afforded.
A. evecta (evectic). erect, 2ft. to 6ft. high, lift. to arbe
thick, very fleshy. sti. swollen and articulated at the base, fur-
nished with two large leathery persistent aurieles. fronds 6ft. to * i
15ft. long, bi- or tripinnate ; pinnæ lft. to 3ft. lon; hiir e th oF
lowest the largest ; rachis swollen at the base ; -pinnul In. e, . s
12in. long, żin. to lin. broad, linear-ob; ong, ‘Sessile or shortly-
stalked, acuminate ; edge entire or finely too thed: Tropies of Old
- World.’ This is the only clearly defined species; the others
» usually known as distinct species are but varieties of it, and its
culture should not be attempted if plenty of room cannot be
afforded ite
ANGOPHORA (from aggos, ‘a vessel, and ‘phero, to
bear; in reference to the shape of the fruit). “ORD.
Myrtacee. Australian evergreen gréenhouse ornamental
trees or shrubs. Flowers corymbose; calyx five or six- `
cleft: Leaves large, opposite. A mixture of leaf soil, peat,
and sand suits them well. Ripened cuttings will root in.
sapiy soil under a hand glass in a cool i in a few -
weeks.
aimilla (heartleaved).* f. yellowish, corymbose; large.
May. 1. sessile, ovate, cordate at the base, glabrous. h. Tit. to
10ft. New Holland, 1
*
be
at
cau.
à
On Sp:
the leaves. The leaves are evergreen, and arranged in two
rows, the ‘one opposite to the other, and, in many kinds,
being curved, give the plant a very graceful appearance.
The fact of these plants producing their blooms during
the winter—a period when flowers are generally scarce—
They usually continue
six or eight weeks in “perfection, or even more. The fol-
lowing table of night temperatures should be almost uni-
versally adhered to for all the species e erated, except `
5A. falcatum, which thrives best in a cool house. From
“November to. February, 58deg. to 63deg. ; March to May,
‘September and October, 65deg?; Jüne to August, 70deg-
_ The day temperature should be 7deg. or 8deg. higher than
that of the night. A compost f crocks, Shasta, ‘end
S, T is best. A layer of a few largë ĉrocks at the
e m of the pot or pan will be required; over
ead’ another layer of charcoal and smaller crocks, 7
Wari” to allow the Pe to . eapeort the plant; 50
that the pair of leav be, in. large plants, :
about 4in. ve the rim oE tho 7 keen We pocions A
less in the case of sma E ki plant is
carefully adjusted in 1 E de ay held there
with one hand, the should work in among the
nore a, and charcoal harcoal, ceasing so to do when —
f the remaining space must be ©
sii San rah sp um, ipae firm (this is ae
essential) in a cone shape, which may be built up to within
}in. of the lower pair of leaves. . Prior to potting, which wap
ought to be done between February and April, water should ;
be withheld for a short time; but give a good
immediately after the operation. In the process of re-
potting, clear the goots of the old moss, all rotten stems,
and particles of yed roots. If plants are potted as —
we have recommended, a Rig an soaking once ainak” :
only, or if grown on of wood, “a in ere
*
Sa
cient. Excessive f ion
ae
$
AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA
79
OF HORTICULTURE.
Angræcum—continued.
or at the roots, will cause the leaves to drop, and prevent
any growth being made, in which case the plant ought to
be lowered. If the stems have emitted but few roots, a
ring of moss vag esa the stems, and kept constantly
wet, will induce the® plant to throw out additional roots,
-when the lowering may be proceeded with. To keep the
Parte free from insect pests, frequently sponge the foliage.
-Thrips generally prove very troublesome, and a moderate
, fumigation is needful, dislodging the insects that may be
‘secreted low down in the centre of the plant, shortly before
, >. the operation, by Gropping a little weak tobacco water or
© ‘sulphur among thêm. k
_ A, arcuatum (curved).* jl. white; racemes from the axils of the
> = two-year-old leaves, two or three being produced from a single
? wth, about 6in. long, arching. l. about 4in. long, and in.
ad. Natal. Syns. Listrostachys arcuata. A. (Listrostachys),
Sedeni, comes close to the above species, but is excessively rare in
cultivation.
A. bilobum (two-lobed).* jl. white, with a tinge of-rose, about
ljin. in. diameter ; spur 2in. long, produced from the side of the
stem, just above the two-year-old leaves ; racemes pendulous, 6in.
or more long, bearing about a dozen flowers, which a
t ce. October to December. 4in. long by 2in.
two-lobed at the apex, about eight n a plant. “Stem
erect, about bin. high. Cape Coast, 1841. Should be grown in a
A. caudatum (tailed i ellow, mixed with brown ;
bellum pure Serre ie one, about Yin. long, two-
lobed at the lowest portion ; racemes arching, lft. or more lon
roduced from the base of the two-year-old leaves. Autumn.
. pale green, drooping, about 10in. long by lin. broad. R. 1}ft. ,
eet Stem erect, or nearly so. Sierra Leone, 1834.
~ > A, cephalotes (capitate).* jl. white. Tropical Africa, 1873. |
A. Chailluanum (Chaillu’s).*, 7. white ; sepals and petals narrow,
acute ; spur yellowish green, 4in. or more long; racemes pendu-
lous, 8in. or 10in. long, about twelve medium sized flowers pro-
duced from the side of the stem, just above the axils of two-year-
s
*
C
i)
N
old leaves. J. 6in. long, 1}in. broad, slightly wavy, two-lobed at |
the apex, arranged in an imbricate manner. West Africa, 1866.
A rare species. i
A. Christyanum (Christy’s). A curious species, with yellow or
greenish-white flowers, having a much developed three-lobed lip.
The plant has the aspect of A. arcuatum.
Af citratum (Citron-like).* 1. creamy white, or pale yellow, nearly
lin. in diameter; spurs about l}in. long; racemes three, on
strong plants, produced from the axils of two-year-old leaves,
arched, about 1ft. long, bearing sometimes twenty flowers. l. 4in.
to 6in. long and 2in. broad, six or eight on a pias. occupying
about ljin. of stem. Madagascar, 1868. Habit compact ; stem
nearly erect.
+
=,
oka = pow nd em Sa of the
, very short, closely imbricated, deep bright green.
Sierra 1 i i ie
aust abi aaa Leone; 4. A Very neat growing little species,
Bg gto -y-lipped).* fl. sepals and
lip uppermost; hite very ah racemes about 18in. long, from
the axils of ate pa ves ; f erect, but gradually
becoming pendulous from the ‘con mcement of the flowers.
2in. broad, ee green, stiff. Madagascar, 1826.
ae
tals greenish white ;
ł. 20in, long g
SYN. Ærobion eburneum. „virens is an inferior variety, but
A. e. superi urpasses type in beauty ; it is, however, at
present extremely rare. Mins, SS
A. Ellisii (Ellis’s).* fl. pure white, fragrant, about 2in. across, with
narrow reflexed sepals and petals, the column standing very p
minent ; spur pale brownish, 6in. to,8in. ; racemes frequently.
long, on the side of the stem just above the axils of the two-year-old
oe. a aon awen gone. l. dark green, 9in. or 10in.
; ong, and 2in. bread, divided at the apex into two u l é
or are d, p wo unequal lobes
A. falcatum (sickle-shaped).* jl. pure white, very fragrant ; spur
rved, 2in, long; racemes from the axils of the two- A Bay 2
ves, short, bearing from two to five blooms, J. 2in. to 4in, long,
wr narrow and fleshy, dark i ute An elegant litt
house ies, and one ofthe smallest ng to th
„genus Tt should i i :
å bout ate be grown in peat, iif a basket or pa gue
(Kotschy’s),*
the glass, but rather shaded. T
the pe, gr white pink Jl. yellowish white, perfume similar to
; -tinted,
cemes from the axils
a
ii
=
ae
ay
, lin, to 1hin. a ; spur reddish
tilted. by the Renae l twistings ; ra-
twelve blooms,
og leaves, 18in. long, bearing about
pokes y six or more on a good plant. Zanzibar, 1880.
Should be grown in a basket, or on a cylindrical block of teak
broad, of which there
_ wood. ë
pA tear konte, o uae long, in . to Ning See 7 it cor linear-
7 Stem short. ..Madagasca Ae } a Me green, leathery, nerveless
oe
*
um (two-rowed-leaved). fl. whitish, jin. across, on one”
i
ti
| pseudo-bulbs of the preceding year’s growth.
Angrecum—continued.
A. pellucidum (transparent).* jl. white, of a delicate semi-trans-
oon texture, and with a Aney tinged Jabellum ; racemes from
he axils of the lowest leaves, ging perpendicularly from the
stems, about lft. long, bearing thirty to forty blooms. l. 12in. long
by 2in. or 3in. cae Sierra Leone, 1842. Must be grown ina
suspended basket. *
A. pertusum (broken).* ji. pure white ; spur comparatively short,
with a well-marked yellow Kaa racemes from - as of two-
year-old leaves, horizontal, or slightly nodding, 6in. Tin. long,
with from forty to sixty densely packed, small blooms. Zl dar
green, arching, 10in, long by lin. broad, h. 1ft. Sierra Leone,
. Very distinct and attractive.
A. Scottianum (Scott’s).* fl. pure white, very delicate in texture,
the lip is uppermost, lin. or more across ; spur narrow, yellowish,
din. to 4in. long ; peduncle slender, a little longer than the spur,
usually but one-flowered. l. narrow, terete—thus differing from
most of its congeners—tapering or awl-shaped, about ĝin. long, jin.
to jin. in diameter, Ap Grm in the upper surface and ridged
below. Comoro ds, 1878.
(Seden’s), A rare form of A. arcuatum.
2n down from the labellum, often from 10in. to
Et „November, December, and January, and lasts about three
weeks in beauty. Z. dark _distichous, about 10in. long.
= ~= Madag , 1823. tis one of the grandest of winter
wering orchids. i
A. virens (green). ‘An inferior variety of A, eburneum.
ANGULAR. Having angles, or Fh angles.
ANGULOA (commemorative of Angulo, a Spanish
naturalist). ORD. Orchidacee. A small genus containing
about six ‘species. The flowers, which are large and
beautiful, are p oat singly on scapes from 12in. to 16in.
high, several of which are produced from the ripened
Pseudo-
bulbs from 5in. to 8in. high, as thick as a man’s wrist,
bearing two to three erect, broad, lanceolate leaves, 2ft. to
4ft. long. Temperature, summer, day (maximum), 70deg. ;
night (minimum), 60deg. Winter, day (maximum), 60deg. ;
night (minimum), 45deg. These are bold growing cool-
house plants, best grown in rough fibrous peat, with good
drainage. They delight in an abundant supply of water
both to the roots and foliage when growing, and require
to be kept in a somewhat dark or heavily-shaded place.
During the season of rest, and until young shoots commence
growth, they should be kept rather dry. They are pro-
pagated by dividing the pseudo-bulbs, just before they
“commence to grow. The flowering season is summer.
¥s).* fl. fra: t; sepals and petals concave,
See rate Se ta ip Fe ria age ea globular,
ia
*
or tulip-like. Columbia -(at 5000ft. t. elevation), 1842.
* This is the largest growing species, of which there are one or two
rare varieties. ES
¥
eburnea (ivory-flowered).* fl., sepals and petals of the purest
bat ; lip : tted with pink, “New Gre In other respects
similar to above, but is very rare. ' 3
A. Ruckeri (Rucker’s).* fl., sepals yellow, with crimson
crimson. Colum’ .. Not so large a grower
foregoing, but with same sized flowers,
R. sanguinea (bl * This variety has flowers of a deep
ae red colour, but er al
A. superba (superb).* Synonymous with Acineta Humboldtii.
uniflora (one-flowered).* jl. sub-globose, pure white, some-
en es with brown, spotted profusely with pink inside.
Columbia, 1844. One of the best in cultivation.
_ ANGURIA (one of the Greek names for the cu-
cumber). Orv. Cucurbitacew. A stove genus of ever-
~ green climbers allied to Momordica. Flowers monæcious ;
ts ; lip deep
e Fei of ts
is
T corolla joined to the calyx, ventricose, red, with a five- —
g border. Fruit somewhat tetragonal.
Several species have been introduced from time to time,
but they are rarely seen in our gardens. Some of them are —
handsome plants, and well worthy of cultivation.
ANHALONIUM. See Mammillaria.
ANIGOZANTHUS. (from anoigo, to expand, and
anthos, a flower ; in reference to the branching expansion
of the flower stalks), ORD. Hemodoracew, Greenhouse
and half-hardy herbaceous perennials. Flowers large,
parted spreadin
racemose or corymbose; perianth tabalgy,clongated, woolly.
as
80 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, n
Anigozanthus—continued. Anigozanthus—continued.
Leaver linear ensiform. Thoy aro of cosy oultivation, | ,tyrtamthtnne (ples, J. porns ang whe: Pameto ciated
growing readily in a turfy compost of peat and loam; three Stam ts i irate, aaie ‘clothed with h oy E nar e
parts of the former to one of the latter, the whole inter- alow T zit. aus er. 1844. EEn A “ ae ee a
mixed with sand to make it porous. In the growing ANIL. See Indigofera Anil.
season, they must be kept well watered, and somewhat dry
during their season of rest in winter. They are very easily ANIME RESIN. See Hymenza Courbaril.
propagated by dividing the roots in spring. — ANIMATED OAT. Sce Avena sterilis.
A. coccineus (scarlet).* fl. scarlet; perianth swelling towards the ANTH
summit, iry, segments a little retlexed ; disposed in dichoto- ANTS. US. See Antholyza. a
mously-forke panicles ; pedicels rather long. June. l lanceolate, ANISE (Pimpinella Anisum). A hardy annual, oc-
eep grcen. Stem ciliated. A. 5ft. Swan River, 1837. casionally used for garnishing or seasoning. Sow seed, ~
in ordinary garden soil, ona warm sunny border, ~
in May, where it is intendedfor the plants n
remain.
ANISEED TREE. See Illicium.
ANISOCHILUS (from anisos, unequal, and
cheilos, a lip; in reference to the inequality of
both lips of calyx and corolla). ORD. Labiatæ.
A very ornamental genus of stove perennials or
biennials. Whorls of flowers densely imbricate
into oblong cylindrical spikes; corolla with an
exserted, defracted tube, inflated throat, and bila-
biate limb. They thrive in any light rich soil,
Cuttings “will root in a sandy soil under a bell
glass, i in heat; seeds may be sown in February
in heat.
A. carnosum (fleshy). fl. lilac; whorls densely imbri-
cate into oblong cylindrical pedunculate a June =
to September. l. petiolate, ovate-roundish, obtuse,
crenated, cordate at the base, thick, fleshy, tomentose
aces. Stem erect. h. 2ft. East Indies,
on both surf;
1788.
f ANISOMELES (from anisos, unequal, and
melos, a member ; in reference to the anthers of
Ta the longer stamens being halved). ORD. Labiate.
. Ornamental greenhouse or everg
shrubs, herbaceous- or 1
Whorls sometimes densely eeiowercd,
others few, and loose; corolla with upper lip
erect, oblong, entire ; lower lip larger, spreading,
and lateral lobes ovate, obtuse. They are
of very easy culture in light rich soil; young
cuttings strike freely in spring, in heat, under
a bell glass. A. furcata requires little or no
artificial heat, but the protection of a bell glass
is beneficial. Seeds of A. ovata may be sown in-
spring, in heat, and, after due hardening off, the
seedlings may be planted outside in May.
A. furcata (forked).* fl. small, elegantly variegated
with white, red, and purple, in loose many-flow
racemose cymes. July. petiolate, ovate,
nated, crenated, cordate at the base, hispid on both
surfaces. h. 4ft. to 6ft.. Nepaul, 1824.
A. malabarica (Malabar). fl. perplsh ; w
tant, many-flowered, dense. July. l. ob long-
* late, 2in. to 4in. in length, obtuse, serrately © oft
. in the upper part, quite entire at the base. A. 4 ,
to 5ft. Tropical Asia, in humid places, 1817. Shrw
A. ovata (ovate-leaved).* fl. purple; lower lip of %
xi deeper pata whorls many- “ho wered, lower ones af
tant, upper ones interruptedly spicate. August: sft
ovate, oe, ‘broadly crenated, h., 2ft. “a
. Nepaul, 1823. An annual. Habitat alala to Insts
ANISOMEROUS. Unequally-parted ; un-
symmetrical :
ANISOPETALUM. See Bulbophyllum.
S . All plants which spring from the
flower, and die within the course of a year, A number of
things, however, which are not strictly of annual duration,
A. Manglesii (Mangle n; sti capitate,
beyond the abe, iaaii eatin ‘epiked raceme. eens but which are sown y year he a ager to w
re y autumn or
erect, clothed with short thick crimson persistent velvety down. .
“Bernie for the sake’ of convenience,
ans
s eis Š À
FIG. 103. INFLO. ESCENCE AND LZAF 0 i
A. flavidus (yellowish-green- flowered).* am. yellowish green,
panicled ; scapes long. May. L. lanceolate, oos as is also the
stem ; down of branches deciduous, h. 3ft. New Holland, 1808, |
There i is a scarlet and green-flowered variety of this species. | See
ig. 1
h. 3ft. Swan River, 1833.
A. pulcherrimus (beautiful).* f. yellow; penton much
HE ate a Rta tmnt A M EUS
wi mentum. ;
“River, 10 say
wae
SS
THREAD-LEAVED PINE, AGAVES, AND YUCGA, IN A GUERNSEY GARDEN.
$
AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA
OF HORTICULTURE.
81
Annuals—continued.
best sown in the spots where they are intended to remain
during March and April, and care must subsequently be
taken to keep the ground clear of weeds, and also to thin
out the seedlings, allowing each sufficient room to develop
and exhibit its true character. If allowed to remain too
crowded, the plants, as a matter of course, suffer, and the
size and number of the flowers and the general effect are
considerably decreased. Successional sowings of a good
many of the showy species will be found to prolong their
flowering season. In well-kept establishments, where
Annuals are duly appreciated, several sowings are made
in pots at intervals of a few weeks. As the previously
sown clumps begin to get shabby, they are removed, and
replaced by others which have still to bloom. By this
means a continual sheet of bloom can be maintained for
a long time. It is much better to trust to plants grown
in pots in order to carry out the plan just sketched, as
_ these receive no check when placed in their new quarters ;
A
="fföwers, will be the result,
whilst transplanted clumps frequently fail, and many
species do not transplant at all readily from an open border.
In order to secure a fine show in early spring of such
plants as several of the Silenes, Myosotis, Saponaria, and
a number of others, it is best to sow the seeds in an open
sheltered border, about the end of July or beginning of
August, taking care to keep a small reserve stock in a cold
frame in case very severe weather kills the unprotected stock.
Half-hardy Annuals are those for which our climate is not
sufficiently warm, or rather our summer is not, as a rule,
either hot enough or long enough, to allow them to grow,
flower well, and ripen seeds, if sown in the open air.
Many of these are amongst the showiest of garden plants,
so it is worth while to give them the shelter of a warm ~
frame during their earlier stages and gradually harden
them off, planting out at the end of May or beginning of
` June, when danger resulting from severe weather is passed.
After germination, the seedlings should have plenty of light
and air, or a weak spindly growth, and, as a consequence, poor
The most satisfactory method
of watering very tiny seeds is to place a piece of fine
muslin over the seed pot, through which the water will be
easily conveyed to the seeds, and thus prevent disturbance.
Tender Annuals require the same treatment as the half-
hardy ones, except that they need throughout their
existence the protection of the glass structure. All, or
nearly all, garden Annuals delight in full sunlight and
plenty of air. In the open, these requirements, as a rule,
obtain, but sometimes mistakes are made under glass by
keeping the plants too close and over much shaded, as well
as too great a distance from the glass.
ANNULAR. Having a ring-like form. i
=
ANNULATE. With the appearance of rings.
ANGCTOCHILUS (from anoiktos, open, and cheilos,
a lip; in reference to the spreading apex of the lip).
ORD. Orchidacee. Terrestrial orchids, the radical leaves
of which are the chief attraction; they are characterised
as being amongst the most beautiful and delicate objects
in the vegetable kingdom. The flowers, which should
be pinched off so soon as they appear, are, as a rule,
small and unattractive. All the species belonging to
this genus are of a dwarf habit, scarcely exceeding 6in.
in ht, with leaves from 2in. to 6in. long, including the
fleshy petioles. They require
in order to grow them satisf torily. —£e-one part of silver
sand, washed twice or throe, Wee thoroughly, add two of
sphagnum, which should also be well washed and picked
plier should be chopped into minute particles, in
ia that it may freely amalgamave with the sand; mix a
ao begs and peat with the whole. In the pots, when well
= y Pits placing a large piece of potsherd, over the
rgsa and nearly half filling up with pieces broken small
orm size, place a thin layer of crude sphagnum,
firmly with the ure
a good deal of attention —
Aneectochilus—continued.
and bringing it up more or less in the form of a cone above
the rim of the pot, into which the plants should be firmly
fixed. Plants which have been propagated by division
should be carefully removed from their old positions, and
placed in 82-sized pots. About five separate pieces might
be placed evenly over the surface, making holes with
a neat dibble, into which the roots should be dropped their
entire length, pressing the soil firmly and carefully by the
aid of the dibble. Fix them so that they may grow in-
wardly, and not out over the rim of the pots, pegging each
creeping root needing such attention firmly down upon the
surface of the soil afterwards; after a good soaking, they
may be replaced in any warm, shady situation. For the
purpose of propagating, a strong plant is necessary, which
may be cut into pieces just below the first joint, each piece
having a root. It is necessary for the bottom piece to have
two eyes, one to root from, and the other to push into a
shoot. The “bottom,” or plant which has been cut, should
be again placed in the pot, whence it was lately taken, and
then under a bell glass, when it will soon throw up a young
shoot, which ought to be left on until well rooted; it may
then be separated from the old plant and treated similarly
to the portion first removed, still leaving the old part in the
pot. These plants must be grown in glass cases, or under
bell glasses, but they should always have a little air, to the
want of which Mr. Williams, who grows them so success-
fully, attributes the many failures; for, as he says, when
too much confined, they grow up spindly, and damp off in
the stem; the latter, being fleshy, requires more substance
and sturdiness. The air should be admitted through a
space of about lin. or 2in. The following ranges of tem-
perature are advised: Winter, night, 55deg. to 60deg.;
day, 65deg. to 70deg. during March, April, and May;
night, from 60deg. to 70deg.; and, afterwards, a few
degrees higher, with a maximum day temperature of
80deg. Bottom heat should not be given, as it induces a
weak, fast growth. Great care will be needed to prevent
ravages of insects, by which the plants should never be
allowed to become infested. The most suitable month
for repotting is March, just before they commence growing, —
when they will need a good supply of water up to October, —
excepting when it is desirous to utilise them as drawing- —
room or other ornaments, in which case they should be
kept rather dry for a i
Goodyera
ra and Physurus.
A. ar
ara (silvery-veined).* 1, ground colour light green,
mottled with a darker kao: veins forming a pasee a enamn
network. Java.
A. Bullenii (Bullen’s).* 7. 2}in. long, ground colour bronzy green,
aa a brood distindt lites of ry red, or golden stripes
running the entire í t
A. Dawsonianus (Dawson’s).* l ovate, of a dark velvety, rich
olive green, traversed by about seven longitudinal ring coloured
veins ; the space on each side of the midrib being filled with fine
reticulations of the same colour. Malay Archipelago, 1868,
A. D. pictus (painted).* A variety with more reticulated veins;
faves the same district as the type. 1869.
A. intermedius (intermediate),* l. 2}in. long, and liin. broad,
with a ar surface, dark olive, striped and veined with gold.
h. 3in. Will succeed with a glass covering, if in a stove house and
shaded from the sun.
A. Lowii (Low’s).* l. 4in: to Sin. long, and 3in. broad, rich dark
velvety green, shading off to mellow orange brown, lined from
base to apex with well-defined deep golden veins, and
lines of the same hue, A. 6in. Borneo. The best of the genus.
L. virescens(greenish).* Z brighter green, with brighter mark-
ings over the whole surface. ee ee ae
A. Ordianus (Ordi’s).* l. shape and habit of A. Do ianus, b
the colour ìs a vivid green, and lined with golden Veins. Java, 1869. —
A. querceticola (forest-dwelling). l. 2in. long, light green, with
blotches of white down the centre. h. 3in. to ĝin. Java, 1861.
A. Roxburghii (Roxburgh’s).* l 2}in. long, ljin. broad, with a
_ dark velvety green appearance, the wholoaurizeentriated with well
defined lines of silver, A. 3in. India. ‘he true species is
very rare; several are sold as it. na Eoo
A. Ruckerii (Rucker’s).* l broadly ovate; ground colour bronzy,
gom; with six rows of distinct spots running from base to apex.
meo, 196l. © wet
82
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Ancctochilus—continued.
A. setaceus (bristly).* King Plant. l. 2in. long, ljin. broad ;
surface a beautiful velvety green, veined in re; lines, and
covered with a network of gold. hk. 4in. Java, 1836. If examined
with a pocket lens when the sun is shining, the extreme beauty of
the network will be very plainly seen. There are several varieties,
the best of which are:
A. s. cordatus (héart-shaped).
broader. Very rare.
s. grandifolius (large-leaved).* J. light green, beautifully
laced and banded with a network of gold>._Also rare.
A. s. inornatus (unadorned). J. of a dark rich velvety hue,
with a few slight markings, destitute of the golden Yeticulation.
Java.
A. striatus (striated).* l. 3in. long, dark green, witha broad band
of white down the centre. A. 5in. Distinct. May be grown under
a glass shade.
A. Turneri (Turner’s).* 1. large, rich bronze, freely marked with
golden reticulations. One of the handsomest; a very free
grower.
A. Veitchi1 (Veitch’s).* J. 3in. long and 2in. broad ; ground colour
beautiful light velvety green, interspersed from base to apex with
well-defined lines and bars of the same colour, but lighter, A, 4in.
A free grower.
l. rounder, and gold markings
Fic. 104. ANCECTOCHILUS XANTHOPHYLLUS,
A, xan ins (yellow-le .* l, 2hin, i ;
ground eakat dusk Tevi sree wii ae i liin. broad ;
stripes down the centre, covered with a beautiful golden net-
Page hed at hinid brog See Fig. 104.
ze us (striped).* 1. ov anceola i
heker with peah senai Bale Aag ae i gape
ANOMATHECA (from anomos, singular, and theca, a
capsule, or seed-pod), ORD. Irideæ. Very pretty little
bulbous perennials, Perianth hypocrateriform; tube tri-
quetrous, and constricted at the throat, They are hardy
when planted in warm sunny situations in the open
border, young seedlings coming up freely if the capsules
are not collected. Their dwarf stature, brilliance, profusion
of flowers, and habit of blooming continuously over a length-
ened period, render them very popular subjects amongst
growers of hardy perennials. Although generally credited
with being hardy, when cultivated out of doors they should be
lifted and stored away in frost proof quarters before winter
commences, until the following March. They are excellent as
Anomatheca—contfinued.
window garden plants, and also for pot culture. If grown in
pots, they should be shaken out, and repotted in February or
March. They multiply very rapidly, and may be divided in
patches, not by single bulbs, once yearly. Light sandy loam,
mixed with a little leaf mould, is the best compost for them.
They are sometimes increased by seed, which may be
sown so soon as ripe, very thinly, in seed pans, thinning
out if growing very close together; the next season they
may be put out four or five in a pot. When they become
crowded, shift into a much larger pot, but do not disturb
the ball. The young seedlings will probably produce
flowers the second season.
A. cruenta (bloody).* fl. rich carmine crimson ; perianth segments
elliptical, three lower ones broader than the others, with a dark
blotch at the base ; tube long, whitish; scapes secund, bearing
about five or six flowers. Summer and autumn. J. two-ranked,
about jin. broad, sword-shape, somewhat tapering. Bulb ovate,
rather large. h. 6in. to 12in. Cape of Good Hope, 1830,
A. juncea (rushy). fl. very bright pink, with a dark spot at the |
base, produced in profusion. The leaves are narrower than those
of theforegoing. Cape of Good Hope, 1791. A rare species.
ANONA (Anona is the name applied to these plants
in St. Domingo). Custard Apple. ORD. Anonacew. Stove
evergreen shrubs, with fragrant leaves. Petals six, in two
rows. Carpels indefinite, joined into one, fleshy, many-celled,
edible, roundish fruit, with amuricated, scaly, or reticu-
lated skin. They thrive best in rich loamy soil, mixed with
a little peat. Ripened cuttings, without removing any
leaves thereof, will root if planted in sand and placed under
a hand glass, in a moist heat. When seeds are procurable
from their native homes, they are easily raised if sown in
pots, and plunged into a hotbed. Summer temperature,
60deg. to 80deg.; winter, 55deg. to 65deg.
A. Cherimolia (The Cherimoyer). fl. outer petals somewhat
concave, linear-oblong, brown on the outside, each marked with
a dark spot at the base ; peduncles opposite the leaves, solitary.
July. jr. somewhat globose and scaly, dark purple. Esteemed by ©
the Peruvians as one of their most delicate, and as being not in-
ferior to any fruit in the world. Z. ovate-lanceolate, not dotted ; Bic |
under surface silky tomentose, strong scented. h. 20ft. Peru, Preem >
A, glabra (smooth-fruited).* /l. outer petals ovate, obtuse, brown; zi
yx leathery, large; peduncles opposite the leaves, two- : ?
flowered. July. fr. greenish-yellow, conoid, blunt, smooth, &
ag ca smooth, h. 16ft. Florida and the West Indies,
A. longifolia (long-leaved). fl. purplish; outer petals concave, ; J
thick, all acute, large, axillary, solìtary, stalked.
globose, dotted, and reticulated, fiesh-coloured. 1. oblong, acu-
minated, mucronate, smooth, A, 20ft. Guiana, 1820,
A. muricata (muricated-fruited).* The Sour Sop. jl. outer petals
cordate, concave, thick, acuminatéd, green on the outside, yellow
inside, and spotted; peduncles solitary, one-flowered, sweet
scented. jr. muricated, with fleshy points, green. l dvate-
lanceolate, smooth, somewhat shining, fragrant. A, 15ft. West
Indies, 1656.
A. palustris (marsh).
May. fr. ovate-
Alligator Apple ; Cork-wood. fl. yellow;
petals all acute. jr, rather areolate, large, heart-shaped, sweet-
scented. l. ovate-oblong, leathery, quite smooth. A. 10ft. to 20rb.
South America, 1788,
A. reticulata (netted). The Custard Apple, or Bullock’s Heart.
jl. outer petals oblong-lanceolate, acute, somewhat concave at the
base, brownish on the outside, whitish-yellow on the Iside,
marked with dark purple spots. jr. ovate-globose, reticulate, $
as large as a tennis ball, with yellowish soft flesh ; it is much oe
esteemed by some people. l. oblong-lanceolate, acute, smooth,
somewhat dotted. A. loft. to 25ft. Brazil, 1690, i t
A. squamosa (scaly). The Sweet Sop. fl. outer petals linear- £
oblong, somewhat concave at the base, nearly closing, greenish- 1
yellow. (fr. a ogg sete i. oblong, bluntish, smooth, full |
of pellucid dots, rather glaucous beneath. A. 20ft. South ;
America, 1739,
ANONACEZ. An order of trees or shrubs, mostly
tropical, with axillary peduncles, lateral or opposite the :
leaves, and with alternate, simple, entire, or hardly toothed Æ ,
Jeaves, without stipules. Anona is the typical genus.
' ANONYMOS BRACTEATA. See Zornia tetra-
phylla.
ANOPLANTHUS BIEBERSTEINI. See
Phelipza foliata.
ANOPLOPHYTUM. See Schlumbergeria and
Tillancsia.
2
| eesuperior to the type.
i
E
$
flowers.
AN ENCYCLOPEDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 83
ANOPTERUS (from ano, upwards, and pteron, a
wing ; in reference to the seeds, which are winged at the
apex). ORD. Sawifragee. A very handsome greenhouse
‘evergreen shrub, having a free branching habit, large dark
shining green leaves, and long panicles of salver-shaped
It would probably prove quite hardy in the south
and west of England, and parts of Scotland, provided it had
a slight winter~protection. It grows well in sandy loam
and peat. When grown in pots, it requires plenty of
room and water. Half-ripened cuttings root freely under
a bell glass in a cool house or frame in summer.
A. glandulosa (glandular).* 4. white, rose tinted, large; ra-
cemes erect, simple, terminal. April, May. 1. alternate, rarely
nearly opposite, ovate-oblong, attenuated at both ends, nearly
sessile, leathery, toothed. A. 3ft. Van Diemen’s Land, 1823.
ANSELLIA (named after Mr. Ansell, the botani-
cal“collector who accompanied the ill-fated Niger Expe-
dition). ORD. Orchidacee. Strong growing, free flower-
ing stove epiphytal orchids. Best grown in large pots,
as they produce a quantity of roots. They require a
compost of turfy peat, with moderate drainage. An
ample supply of water during the growing season is needed;
but care must be taken not to let any remain in the heart
of the plants, as they are very likely to rot. During the
season of rest, little or no water, but a-damp atmosphere,
are the chief requirements. Propagated by divisions of
the bulbs just after flowering.
A. africana (African).* f., sepals and petals nearly 2in. long,”
greenish yellow, spotted with brownish red; lip small, yellow ;
spikes large, drooping, branched, each sometimes bearing nearly
a hundred blooms. Stems 3ft. to 4ft. high, with light evergreen
# foliage. Fernando Po, 1844. Lasts two months in perfection.
A. a. gigantea (gigantic).* fl. on upright spikes from the to
of the pseudo-bulbs, but smaller, of a light yellow tint, wit
Meri few narrow, transverse, brown bars, and a deep yellow lip,
without warts of any kind on its middle lobe, and with more or
less crenulated keels.
Very rare.
A. a. lutea (yellow). Not so strong a grower; producing clusters
of light yellow flowers from the top of the pseudo-bulbs. Natal.
A. a. nilotica (Nile district).* As a garden plant this is much
) The habit is dwarfer, the colours of the
ffowers brighter and more distinctly defined. The sepals and
petals, too, are more spreading. Eastern Africa.
ANS. A. See Potentilla anserina.
: NNÆ. Two movable, articulated organs at-
tached to the heads of insects and crustacea, commonly
called “horns ” or “feelers.” They are variable in form
and length. Antenn® seem to serve for touch, and,
perhaps, for smell
Natal, 1847. The perfume is very peculiar.
and hearing. rë
. ANTENNARIA (from antenne; in reference to ‘the
similarity which exists between the seed down of the plant
and the antennæ, or feelers, of an insect). ORD. Composite.
Hardy herbaceous perennials, distinguished by the dry,
coloured, chaffy scales encircling éach head of flowers, of
Which the stamens and pistils are on different plants.
Fig. 105,
> or borders, in any light soil.
Antennaria—continued.
Propagated by divisions of the roots in spring, and seeds;
the latter should be sown in spring in a cold frame. Grown
chiefly for their leaves.
A. dioica (dicecious).* f1.-heads pink, in crowded corymbs, 3in. to
4in. high. June. 2. radical ones spathulate, woolly chiefly be-
neath ; upper ones lanceolate. Stems simple $ shoots procumbent.
Britain. e two or three varieties of this pretty species exceed
the type in beauty. Syn. Gnaphalium dioicum.
A. d. hyperborea (northern). 7. woolly on both surfaces.
A. d. minima (smallest).* A very small growing variety.
A. margaritacea (pearly).* fl.-heads white, corymbose. August.
`L linear-lanceolate, acute, alternate, cottony, especially beneath.
Stems branched above. h. 2ft. Naturalised in England and
on the Continent. Said to have been introduced from America
about the sixteenth century. The pretticr but much rarer
A. triplinervis, from Nepaul, comes close to this species. See
Fig. 105.
A. tomentosa (downy).* fl.-heads corymbose. Summer.. One of
the dwarfest and best of silvery-leaved plants, either as an edging
for small beds or for covering the higher portions of rockwork ;
it is much used in carpet bedding. It scarcely grows more than
lin. high, and forms a dense carpet ina short space of time. It
should be grown separate from other plants, It is frequently
known underthe name of A. candida.
ANTERIOR. Placed in front, or outwards.
ANTHEMIS (from anthemon, a flower; referring to
their general floriferous character). Camomile. > ORDA-
Composite. Receptacle convex, chaffy. Involucre hemi-
spherical or nearly flat ; scales imbricated, membranaceous at
the margin. Pappus none; ray florets ligulate; disk tubular.
This is a large genus, principally of medicinal value, and
contains very few species worth the cultivator's trouble. Of
easy culture in any ordinary soil. Propagated by divisions.
A. Aizoon (Aizoon).* fl.-heads resembling a white Daisy; florets
of the ray fourteen to eighteen, trifid, twice as long as the th
of the disk. Summer. J. Janceolate, or broadly so, acutely and
deeply serrated, narrowed towards the base, covered with white
down ; lower ones crowded ; stem-leaves rather acute, gradually
lessening in size. A. Zin. to 4in. Northern Greece. Free
grower, dwarf, and compact.
A. Biebersteinii (Bieberstein’s).* f/l.-heads yellow. Summer. l —
pinnately divided into linear three-lobed segments, which are
covered with white silky pubescence. A. 1ft. to 2ft. Caucasus.
A, Chamomilla fi. pl. See Matricaria.
A. nobilis (noble), Common Chamomile. fl.-heads solitary; disk
yellow; ray white; scales of the receptacle membranaceons,
scarcely longer than the disk. Z. bipinnate, segments linear-subu-
late, a little downy. Stem bent, and much branched.
of great medicinal value.
England. A very strong smelling plant,
For culture, see : =
Angad 1. PSAS AATE Gury DOLE: Bee CNA
h. lżft. England, A very pretty plant.
` ANTHER. The male part of a flower containing the
pollen. : 3
ANTHERICUM (from anthos, a flower, and herkos, a
hedge; in reference to the tall flower stems). ORD.
Liliacew. A large genus, belonging to the capsular group
of the order: Flowers white, racemose or panicled, scapose.
Perianth-segments either spreading from near the base
or campanulately united; stamens short, with naked
or bearded filaments. Leaves radical, filiform, or linear.
For the most part Cape of Good Hope bulbs, but few
of which are known in general cultivation. The hardy
varieties are now extensively grown, and are among the
most ornamental of border plants. They thrive best in’
rich light soil, and are excellent subjects for pot cul-
ture; for which purpose use a compost of fibrous loam,
leaf mould, or well decayed manure, and coarse sand.
The pots should be about 12in. across, well drained, and
the plants potted just previous to, or so soon as, gro
commences. e
until the plants have finished flowering, when the quantity
may be lessened; but never allow them to get dry. _ Pro-
pagated by division of the roots or seeds, sowing the latter
as early as possible after they are ripe, in a cold frame.
A. graminifolium (grass-leaved). A garden name of A. ramosum,
A. Hookeri (Hooker's). Se tae ae -
* St. Bernard's Lily.
A nee ap ey ag! Eee Sa
ress
During activity, plenty of water is needed, __
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Anthericum—continued.
to A l. tufted, narrow, channelled, 12in. to 18in. high.
South Europe, 1596. A very free flowering species, of which there
is a major variety in gardens. SYNS. Phalangium and Watsonia
Liliago.
Liliastrum (Liliaster).* St. Bruno’s Lily. fl. much larger than
the last, 2in. long, and as much across, fragrant, of a trans-
FiG. 106. ANTHERICUM LILIASTRUM, showing Habit Flower.
parent whiteness, with a delicate ton the of each
Soon, Bape (2 abe t to each t, about to 2ft.
Czackia and
— long. lft. to 2ft. h Europe, Sy
Paradisia Lili na aaa tg ap
A. L. major bout lin. larger than the . h. about
ft. in ery Gaba Scho pions ap =
A. ramosum (branched).* fl. white, rather smaller than those
of A. Liliago ; perianth segments narrow and spreading; style
straight ; flower stems much branched. June. J. long, narrow
channelled, grass-like. A. 2ft. South Europe, 1670. A rapid
grower. SYN. A. graminifolium (of gardens).
A, serotinumi (late-flowering). See Lloydia.
A. (variegated). Z. keel -like, stri d
Piguna with white.. South Afton Ib Half andes: The
hag name of this plant is Chlorophytum elatum-variegatum.
Ns. A. Williamsit and Phalangium argenteo-lineare.
A. Williamsii (Williams’), Synonymous with A. variegatum.
= ANTHERIDIA. The reproductive organs in crypto-
gamic plants, analogous to anthers in flowering plants.
oe ANTHERIFEROUS. Bearing anthers.
~ ANTHESIS. The opening period of flowers.
_ ANTHOCARPOUS. Bearing a fruit resulting from
they have well rooted, pot off into very small.
thirds good loam and one of peu T MIAN Dana oni
a little headway, the leading shoots should be pinched off,
to induce a lateral growth; the be transferred to
Good Hope.
| glass. There are above twenty other species belonging
Anthocercis—continued.
A. floribunda (many-flowered). fl. white. h. 3ft. New South Wales,
A. ilicifolia (Holly-leaved). jl. yellowish green. June. A, 6ft.
Swan River, 1
A. littorea (shore). jl. white. June. h. 3it. New Holland, 1803.
l. obovate, glandu-
A. viscosa (clammy).* /l, large, white. May.
larly dotted with scabrous margins ; young leaves and branches
clothed with fine down. A. 4ft. to 6ft. New Holland, 1822.
ANTHOLOMA (from anthos, a flower, and loma, a
fringe ; in allusion to the fringed or crenulated limb of
the corolla). ORD. Tiliaceæ. A very fine greenhouse ever-
green tree; it thrives best in a light loamy soil, mixed
with a little peat. Cuttings of ripened wood will strike
root in sand, under a hand glass.
A. montana (mountain).* /. white; corolla ovately cylindrical,
with a crenate, rather toothed margin; racemes axillary, some-
what umbellate, reflexed: May. aoe hee leathery,
ed, scattered at the top of the branchlets. A. 20ft. New |
Caledonia, 1810. t
ANTHOLYZA (from anthos, a flower, and lyssa, rage ;
in reference to the opening of the flowers, which resemble ~~
the mouth of an enraged animal). Including Anisanthus. a
ORD. Iridacew. A very pretty genus of bulbous plants
from the Cape of Good Hope, having narrow, erect, Iris-like
leaves, and flower-spikes that overtop the foliage, bearing _
numerous bright coloured flowers. Perianth tubular, six-cleft,
unequal, upper segments longest; stamens three. They
sare satisfactorily grown in a greenhouse, in pots, or planted
out in a frame, under a south wall. They also thrive
excellently out of doors, and should be planted 8in. or
9in. deep for fear , or have a winter protection of +
several inches of cocoa-nut fibre refuse or litter. The safer
plan is to raise the roots, winter them in some dry part of
the greenhouse ; but, previous to storing, divide the clumps,
clean them, and re-plant or pot in February, or early in
March. A mixture of equal parts peat, sandy loam, and leaf —
soil is most suitable for their culture. Just previous to
flowering, if in pots, frequent doses of weak manure water
will be found beneficial. They may be rated by off-
sets, which are produced in abundance, at almost any time.
Seeds are sometimes procured, which should be sown so
soon as ripe, in light soil, in a cool house, where they will —
germinate the following spring, and will be fit to plant
out in the summer of the same year. With the exception
of A. Cunonia, they all much resemble each other,
four or five species of this genus are worth cultivating.
ALthiopian).* fl. scarle b . AS
at rt ar “i prea ag Pigmea piepe
A. æ-ringens (gaping). fl. red and yellow, rather smaller than —
. those of the type. SYN. A. vittigera. «
A. bicolor (two-coloured). Synonymous with A. Cunonia.
A. caffra (Caffrarian).* fl, rich et; spike distichous, e
flowered. June. J. long, linear, o iear-ensiform. h. 2ft. :
`A very showy and pretty species, but rarely seen in our
SYN. Anisanthus sp ens.
A. Cunonia (Cunon’s).* f. scarlet and black, a combina
colours uncommon among bulbous plants; spikes secund. —
h. 2ft. 1756. SYN. Anisanthus Cunonia.
A. floribunda (much-flowered). A synonym of A. œthiopic™
A. prealta (very tall). Synonymous with A. ethiopica.
A. vittigera (glandular). Synonymous with A. œ. ringens. |
ANTHOMYIA. See Beet Ply, Cabbage Fly,®”
Onion Fly.
ANTHONOMUS. See Grub i 1g
ANTHOSPERMUM (from anthos, a flower, and-
Amber Tree. Orp. Rubiacew. An
sperma, a seed).
ornamental greenhouse evergreen shrub from the Cape of
It thrives in peat, loam, and sand, with ®
mmer temperature of 50deg. to 65deg., and winter, 40deg. —
45deg. Increased by cuttings, in sand, under &
+
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 85
ANTHOTAXIS. The arrangement of flowers on an
inflorescence.
ANTHOXANTHUM (from anthos, a flower, and
awanthus, yellow). Spring Grass. Calyx of two valves,
glumaceous, one-flowered ; corolla double, each of two
valves: the exterior awned; the interior small, awnless;
stamens two, not three, as is usually the case with grasses.
ORD. Graminee. A pretty native hardy perennial, of
easy culture in common garden soil.
W
‘Wh
XW
|
F1G. +107. ANTHOXANTHUM ODORATUM. $
A. odoratum (sweet). anicle spiked, oblong, dense, becomi
dullish yellow. Z sang pte green. Ř. lft. The pleasan
smell of new-made Ha; chiefiy owing to this plant, which in
drying emits an odour similar to that of A odorata.
Fig. 107. 4 j
ANTHURIUM (from anthos, a flower, and oura, a
tail; referring to the inflorescence). ORD. Aroideæ. Flowers
densely disposed on a cylindrical spadix, at the base of which
is a large bract-like spathe, that ultimately bends back-
wards, Leaves of various shapes. This very large genus of
handsome stove and greenhouse plants is remarkable both
for the peculiar inflorescence and often noble leaves, and is
istinguished in structure from all the European members
the order in the flowers being hermaphrodite. Fibry
peat, loam, sphagnum, broken crocks, or charcoal, and
silver sand, form the most suitable compost. In preparing
the peat, it should be broken up into small lumps, and then
have most of the earthy matter knocked out of it by giving
it a few raps with a stick, or by shaking it about in a sieve.
_ To this, after so treated, add about one-fourth its bulk of
sphagnum, and about half its bulk of fibrous loam, and
just a sprinkling of fresh broken crocks, or small pieces of
charcoal and silver sand. In placing them in
the pots—which must be well drained—carefully spread
out the roots and work the mixture among them, keep-
ing the plant well up, so that when finished it stands
-
*
al
Anthurium—continued.
clear above the rim of the pot at least 2in. or 3in., and
forms a kind of mound or hillock. They must then be
kept freely syringed or watered, and placed in a moist
atmosphere, where they can enjoy a temperature ranging
between 60deg. and 70deg., or a few degrees lower for
the less tender species. Raising plants from seed requires
patience. About a year elapses from the time the flowers
are fertilised—which should be done artificially—before the
seed ripens, and often another to get up plants. Sow as
soon as ripe in shallow, well-drained pans or pots, filled
with the potting mixture, and cover slightly, and place in a
close, moist propagating case, where a temperature of from
75deg. to 85deg. is maintained, or they may be covered
with bell glasses. The principal thing is to keep the
air about them constantly humid, and the material in
which they are sown in a uniformly moist condition ;
if this is done, the young seedlings will make their appear-
ance in due course. When these are of sufficient
size to handle, they should be pricked off in the same
sort of compost, and be kept close and mbist till they
get a start, after which graduallyinure them to more air,
January is the best month of the year wherein to propagate
these plants by divisions. This is done by carefully turn-
ing them out of their pots and shaking out what Ù
they have amongst their roots, which must be tende1
dealt with, so as not to bruise or injure them.
This done, they may then be pulled apart, and as many
plants made as there are separate crowns, or the mass may
be simply halved or quartered, according to the stock re-
quired. Treat now as recommended above for potting.
They are all moisture-loving plants, and must have a
copious supply of water at all times, although, of course,
much less during the winter than spring and summer
months, There is no season of the year when they can
be handled for any purpose with less risk or check than
January. A moderate moist stove heat is advisable for
them generally. The species enumerated are selected from
nearly 150, and will be found to be a very representative
collection. See also Spathiphyllum. ' ;
A. acaule (stemless).* fl., spadix blue in a state,
borne on ai prar: agi "spri “tg i broad,
oblong, acuminate, lft. to 3ft. in length, erect, arranged in a
rosulate manner, dark shining mon the surface, some-
what paler beneath. West Indies, 1853. A noble Apoda. ;
Q
Fic. 108. ANTHURIUM ANDREANUM.
A. Andreanum (André’s).* fl, gye about 3in. long, yellowish,
with a broad central band of white ; spain opem, cordate-o
rface irr col ted. Z ovate-lanceolate, deeply cor-
date, green. Colambia, 6. A very beautiful species.
Fig. ;
Bakeri 3 he small, green, reflexed; the
ag Ao m O ipee ai a beauty, exhibits a lovely
86 THE DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING,
Anthurium— continued.
combination of pink and bright scarlet ; the fleshy rachis being
ink, and the pea-sized fruits bright scarlet. July. J. linear,
eathery, green, with stout midribs. Costa Rica, 1872.
A. cordifolium (cordate-leaved).* J. 3ft. long and 20in. broad,
heart-shaped, deep shining green on the upper surface, and paler
below. A. 4ft. New Grenada. One of the best, and may
be grown in a greenhouse or even in a sheltered spot of the
sub-tropical garden during July and August. A. Browni, although
quite distinct, comes close to this species.
A. coriaceum (leathery).* 1. very thick, leathery, ovate, about
2ft. long ; petioles stout, about the same length. Brazil. An
admirable sub-tropical species.
` k >
Fic. 109. ANTHURIUM CRYSTALLINUM.
crystallinum (crystalline).* J. large, ovate-cordate, acumi-
nate, bright rich velvety green, principal veins elegantly banded
with prs crystal white ; when young, the leaves are violet colour ;
petioles terete. h. 2ft. Columbia. See Fig. 109.
veg omy wee ene 3 cuspidate). /l., spathe crimson, reflexed, shorter
than the purplish spadix. f ovate-oblong, acuminate, 10in. to
20in. long, green. h. 2ft. to 3ft. Columbia.
: I (Ferrières).* fl., spathe cordate, about 5in. long,
and 4in. wide, bright red; spadix erect, about 4in. long, ivory
white. 7. large, cordate. A handsome hybrid between A, orna-
tum and A. Andreanum.
A. fissum (cut-leaved). Jl, spathe green, erect, narrowly lanceo-
late-acuminate. Z. cut into four to seven elliptic oblong-acuminate
—_ green; petioles longish, terete. 2ft. Columbia,
A. Harrisii pulchrum (beauitiful).* fl., spathe linear-lanceolate,
creamy white, deflexed, and pinkish at top; spadix erect, deep
crimson ; scape about lft. long, pale green. l. lanceolate, rounded
at the base, pale green, with confluent white markings intermixed
with dark green. Stem short. Brazil, 1882. A beautiful varie-
gated plant. The typical A. Harrisii is extremely rare.
A. Hookeri (Hooker's). ji., spathe green ; spadix green or violet ;
l. obovate-spathulate, narrowed to a wedge-shaped base, and
shortly stalked, shining, about 30in. long and 8in. broad. A. 3ft.
Tropical America, 1840. Syn. A. Huegelii.
A. Huegelii (Huegel’s). A synonyin of A) Hookerie
"a (showy).* obod, hisi lobe a, the two
ones are nearly ovate, and have from three to five longi-
peti DAL Tan oung, tho leaves have a bronzy tinge;
pee m għtly sheathing at the base. Columbia, 1881.
A. Kalbreyeri (Kalbreyer’s),*
leaflets nine, obovate-oblon g
rich deep those
larger than
at the top. New
species.
A. lanceolatum ;
lt gre e N
ft. long, narrowed to the base., There to be much con-
fusion as regards this and many varieties of A. Harrisii; and the
specific designation is indiscriminately applied to lanceolate-leaved
forms generaly. The true species was introduced to Kew from the
West Indies. SYN. A, Wildenowii.
A. leuconeurum (white-nerved). Green. Mexico, 1862.
A. Lindenianum (Linden’s).* fil. fragrant, spathe ve tt
white, not reflexed, but the pointed apex slightly jai rani i ah and
the white or purplish spadix. October. J. oe cor-
Columbia,
l. palmate, about 24ft. across ;
, acuminate, sinuate, thick, glabrous,
rthest from the stem are much
next the axis; petiole cylindrical, thickened
Grenada, 1881. A very handsome climbing
1866. Syn. A. Lindigi (of gardens)
date, of a roundish outline; petioles long. h. 3ft.
A. Lindigi (Lindig’s). A garden synonym of A. Lindenianum.
Anthurium—continued.
A. macrolobum (large-lobed).* J. large, deflexed, cordate,
acuminate, with an open sinus at the base, and about three acute
marginal lobes, dark green, marked with about five pale green
ribs ; petioles green, terete. Stem erect, short, A fine hybrid.
A. nympheifolium (Nymphea-leaved). ^., spathe white;
spadix purplish. Venezuela, 1854.
A. ornatum (adorned).* fl., spathe linear-oblong, white, 5in. to
6in. long, on terete green scapes, enclosing cylindrical purplish
spadices of about the same length as the spathes, and studded
with white points arranged spirally. Spring. 4. ovate or oblong-
cordate, on slender terete petioles. h. 24ft. Venezuela, 1869.
A. regale (royal).* l large, cordate-acuminate, lft. to 3ft. long,
dull metallic green, with white veins ; young leaves tinged wit
rose, on long smooth footstalks, East Peru, 1866. An excellent
species for conservatory or window decoration during summer.
= =)
Fic, 110. ANTHURIUM SCH &ERKZERIANUM.
A. Scherzerianum (Scherzer’s).* fl. on bright red peduncles,
which spring from among the base of the leafstalks ; spathe ovate-
oblong, 3in. long and nearly 2in. broad, intense and- bril
peer spadix orange coloured. Z. oblo -lanceolate, 12in. to
18in. long, and 2in. or“more broad, deep rich green, leathery.
Costa Rica. A very compact dwarf-growing evergreen about 1
high. It continues in beauty about four months. See Fig. 110.
A. S. album (white). A synonym of A. Scherzeri Willi
emacs
AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA
87
OF HORTICULTURE.
Anthurium—continued.
A. S. maximum (greater).* A very fine variety, with “ gigantic
flower spathes, which measure about Qin. in length by 4in. in
readth, and are of the most brilliant scarlet colour,’ See
. .
A. S. py (small).* Altogether smaller than the type, with
narrow leaves, which are from 4in. to 6in. long, and about żin.
bem hy one of the best varieties, and produces flowers very
A. S. Rothschildianum (Rothschild’s), fl., spathe cream
white, spotted with crimson ; spadix yellow. 1880. Texactly inter.
mediate between its parent plants—the typical species and the
following variety.
A. S. Wardii (Ward’s),* f., spathe 6in. long, 4in. broad, very
brilliant. Z. broader and more robust than those of the typical
species. A splendid variety.
A. S. Williamsii (Williams’s).* fl, spathe white;
yellowish. May. J. lanceolate-acuminate.
Syn. A. Scherzerianum album.
A. signatum (well-marked). Z apparently three-lobed ; front loke
son oem ioa pie t gag: the two side ones 4in. long, and
out òin, from the midrib to the extremity, dark ; i
about lft. long. Venezuela, 1858. Sre ean
A. spathiphyllum (Spathiphyllum). Jl, spathe about lin. 1h,
and nearly as much broad, erect, boat-shaped, broadly ovate,
white; spadix nearly lin. long, very obtuse, pale yellow. l. nar-
row lanceolate, l6in. to 24in. long, and about 2in. wide, bright green
above, p greyish green beneath ; midrib prominent ; petiole 3in
+, 6in. long, trigonous, h. 1}ft. Tropical America, 185.
splendidum (splendid).* l. cordate, with an open sinus, the
lobes meeting behind ; “the course of the nerves ip marked by a
broadish band of deep lustrous velvety n, the intervening
spaces of about equal width being in striking contrast, of a pale
— green; the leaf surface is scabrous, and the portions
tween the ribs strongly bullate, as if raised in papillose blisters ;
the veins on the under surface are an
jections at intervals, while the whole er surface is punctuate
with small pallid dots” (W. Bull). Stem short, thick. South
America, 1882. A very beautiful species, quite distinct from any
others of the genus, See Fig. 112.
spadix
Costa Rica, 1874.
r, with tooth-like pro-
Ses
&
$
#
AE
-* J m
ae,
y
$ ES r -
Fic, 112. ANTHURIUM SPLENDIDUM:
A. subsignatum (nearly allied to Signatam).* Z. thick and flesh
gt Ansia pg ego pointa; to Tein, ong, and Ta age B
w 0 A i: dark green ve, paler
_ beneath peos about lft. long. h. Àjft, Costa Rica, 1861.
Anthurium—continued. ‘
A. tetragonum (four-angled). l. erect, commences very narrow
lft. wide at its broadest part; margins undulate, deep shining
green on the upper surface, paler below; petioles short, quad-
rangular, Tropical America, 1860. An excellent sub-tropical
species.
A. triumphans (superior). fl, spathe narrow, green; spadix
stout, greenish-white ; peduncle quadrangular. 1 alternate,
elongately cordate, bright green; ribs prominent, and of a paler
hue. Stem erect. Brazil, 1 A handsome plant,
A. Veitchii (Veitch’s).* l. ovate-oblong, greatly elongated, 2ft. to
3ft. long, with a breadth of less than than one-third of these
dimensions, leathery, deep green, with a glossy metallic surface
when first expanded that becomes puler with age; the principal
nerves are arched and deeply sunk, imparting a curiously waved
appearance to the surface. h. 2}it. Columbia, 1877. Rare but
very handsome.
A. Waluiewi (Walujew’s).* I broadly cordate, 12in. to 14in. long,
8in. 10in. broad, olive metallic green, when young, bright
reddish crimson ; petioles four to five-angled. h. 2ft. Venezuela,
188 Avyery distinct and noble species.
A. Waroqu (Waroque’s).* JU. elongated, from 24in. to
someti 36in. long, and 8in. to llin. broad, very rich deep green,
of a velvety lustre; midribs and veins light, forming a very
pleasing contrast. Columbia, 1878. A very free grower. e
A. Wildenowii (Wildenow’s). A synonym of A. lanceolatum.,
It may be here remarked that by far the majority of species enu-
merated in the Supplement of Johnson’s Dictionary are chiefly of
botanical interest, and will, therefore, never become extensively
cultivated. =
ANTHYLLIS (from anthos, a flower, and ioulos
down; flowers usually downy). Kidney Vetch. ORD.
Leguminosæ. Herbaceous or sub-shrubby plants, of variable
habit. Flowers in spikes or heads; calyx tubular, five
toothed, permanent after flowering, more or less inflated.
Petals nearly equal, Although not extensively grown, all
the species are very beautiful when in flower, the hardy
sorts being admirably adapted for rockwork. The herbaceous
perennials may be easily propagated by seed or division.
The seeds of the annual kinds should be sown in a rather
dry, warm situation in the open ground. The shrubby
evergreens will need the protection of a frame or cool
greenhouse in cold northern climates, and are best grown
in a mixture of loam, sand, and peat. Young cuttings of
most species will root in a pot of sandy soil, with a bell glass
placed over them, in a cool house or frame.
A. Barba-Jovis (Jupiter's beard).* Jl. pale yellow, numerous, in
lobose, bracteate heads. March. l. pinnate, and are as well as
he branches, clothed with silky tomentum ; leaflets nine to
thirteen, oblong-linear. A. 4ft. to 8ft. Spain, 1640.
A. erinacea (prickly).* f/i. binish-purple; heads few flowered, on
short mera a bracteate. ‘April. T very few, oval, or oblong.
h. 6in. to 12in. Spain, 1759. A much branched, spiny, almost
leatless, and slow-growing species; hardy in a dry sunny position
on the rockery. Syn. Erinacea hispanica.
A. Hermannicze (Hermann’s). f. yellow; heads few flowered,
nearly sessile in ie axils of the upper leaves. April. l. almost
sessile, Suple, or trifoliate ; leaflets oblong-cuneated, glabrous or
clothed wit. aape ubescence. A. 2ft. to 4ft. Corsica, 1739.
Shrubby, much. amet.
).
m .(mountain).* fl. pink or purplish, in dense heads
1 pedu £ with a leaf Eiane. June. l pinnate, and are
as well as the branches, silky and hoary ; leaflets numerous, oval-
oblong, acute, small, entire. h. 3in. to bin. Alps of Europe, 1759,
A very handsome little rock plant, with a dwarf and tufted
habit. oe
A, tetraphylla (feur-leaved). fl. white; heads axillary, sessile,
few flowered. July. J. pinnate, the terminal leaflets ovate and
large, the other three small and acute, South Europe, 1640, A
procumbent annual,
A. Vulneraria (Common Woundwort).* #1. generally yellow, some-
times white, red, or pinkish, in crowded twin heads. Summer.
l. pinnate, with five or more unequal leaflets ; the lower ones
smallest, An elegant native herbaceous, perennial, admirably
adapted for rockwork. It is plentiful in most dry pastures, There
are several varieties, the best of which is alba, eo
ANTIARIS TOXICARIA. This is the famous
Upas tree of Java, from which is obtained poison of a
most deadly nature, It belongs to the Nat. ORD,
Artocarpacee. ;
ANTIGONON (from anti, against, or opposite, and
gonia, an angle), ORD. Polygonacee. Elegant stove climbers,
Flowers racemose, cirrhose at the apex of the rachides;
petals five, three outer ones broadly cordate, two inner
oblong. Leaves alternate, cordate. Although extremely
a.
88
k THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Ph
Antigonon—continued.
handsome plants, they are dificult to flower. They seem
‘to succeed best when planted out in a very thoroughly
drained border over hot-water pipes or flues, the long
climbing stems being trained near the glass in full light.
A. amabile (lovely).* fl. uk e rose, profusely borne in axillary
and termi racemes. Z. Sin. to 5in. long, ovate-cordate, and
deeply lobed at the base. It is of free slender growth, the young
shoots are pubescent, and having a slight reddish tinge. An
exceedingly attractive and effective species.
A. guatemalensis (Guatemala). Probably the same as A.
insigne.
A. egy ApH (remarkable).* fl. very numerous, borne in tufts along
the sides of long racemes or panicles, which terminate in branched
tendrils ; the calyx, which is the showy part of the flower, has five
membranous sepals, the three outer are of a beautiful rosy pink
colour, about lin. in length by rather less in breadth, cordate at
the base, oblong, rounded towards the apex; the two inner sepals
about the same length as the outer ones, but much narrower, |
falcate, lanceolate ; pedicels fin. long. 1. broadly ovate oblong,
deeply cordate at the base, with two rounded lobes; 4in. by 3in.,
the upper ones smaller, supported on short terete downy stalks.
o a slender, angular, pubescent. Columbia, 1876.
A. us (slender-stemmed). fl. numerous; the outer three
sepals of a beautiful rose colour, the centre of a much deeper tint ;
racemes secund, bearing several coloured bracts as well as flowers,
and end in a branched tendril. Z. alternate, cordate, petiolate.
Stem slender, sub-pubescent. Mexico, 1868, -
ANTIGRAMME. See Scolopendrium.
ANTIREHINUM (from anti, like, and rhin, a nose or
snout; alluding to the shape of the corolla). Snapdragon.
ORD. Scrophulariacee. Hardy hérbaceous plants. Flowers
in terminal racemes, or solitary and axillary; corolla per-
sonate; tube ample, saccate at the base; lobes of the
upper lip erect; lower lip spreading; having the middle
lobes smaller than the lateral ones, with an ample bearded
palate, which closes the throat. Seed pod or capsule two-
Fic, 113, ANTIRRHINUM CAPSULE, with Persistent Style.
celled, upper cell bursting by one, , lower by two many-
toothed pores. See Fig. 113. Ii s entire, rarely lobed.
The genus contains several very handsome species, suitable
for borders and the rockery, while innumerable varieties
have originated from A. majus, which are very popular,
and extremely useful for bedding purposes; these may be
Fig. 114. ANTIRRHINUM ASARINA, showing Habit and Flower.
increased by cuttings or seeds; if it is desired to increase
certain colours or varieties, the former is the only sure
method to adopt. They should be taken in September, .
Ls
Antirrhinum—continued.
when they will readily root in a cold frame, or under a
hand glass, or they may be rapidly propagated in gentle
heat in spring. Seeds should be sown in July or August,
when they will produce good plants by the following season;
or if sown in March in warmth, the plants will bloom late.
in the same year. The “ Tom Thumb” strain is especially
desirable for bedding, being very dwarf and free. All the
other species may be increased by cuttings and seeds treated
in the same way. Light soil, well enriched with manure, is
most suitable for all of them, especially for the varieties of
A. majus.
Fia. 115. FLOWER-SPIKE OF ANTIRRHINUM MAJUS. .
A, angustifolium (narrow-leaved). Synonymous with pr agp
Asarina (Asarina).* fl. axillary, solitary; corolla 14m. ong, ;
A De nee iced cas red; palate yellow; tube gat g
compressed on the back, marked by purple spots, an are a
yellow hairs inside. June. l. opposite, on long petioles, phe
nerved, five-lobed, cordate, and crenated. South, Franca, a
1699. A ish clammy procumbent plant, requiring a a
position Ry rockery. See Fig. 114. Be
A. hispanicum (Spanish). fl. in loose spikes; corolla hardl fo,
inch long, purple, with a gen yellow palate; tuhe e
Summer. l oblong-lanceolate, contracted at the base, funtie
lower ones a gr superior ones , narrower. 4
Spain, 1878. . A. latifolium. - Å :
A. latifolium (broad-leaved). Synonymous with A. hispanicum.
ite
$
e
sran
Se d
7 «a E
AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA OF HORTICULTURË 89
Antirrhinum—continued. A Ants—continued. ad
A. majus (large).* Greater, or Common Snapdragon. fl. racemose,
approximate ; corolla lin. to 2in. long, shades infinite; palate
yellow at top, very prominent; tube downy outside. Spring,
summer, and autumn. J. oblong-lanceolate, lin. to 3in. long;
upper ones narrower, attenuated at both ends, glabrous. Branches
erect, usually branched again. h. 2ft. England, naturalised. The
named varieties are numerous, but it is unnecessary to enumerate 4
any, as an equal amount of variation can be obtained from seed.
See Fig. 115.
A. molle (soft).*, jl. few, at the tops of the branchlets; corolla lin.
long, whitish, with a yellow palate; the upper lip stri with
purple, July. 1. opposite, petiolate, clothed with glandular and
clammy hairs, about jin. long, and little: more than jin. broad ;
branches procumbent, slender, clothed with woolly hairs. Pyrenees,
1752. A very pretty plant, requiring a warm position on the
‘rockery. A. sempervirens comes close to this species.
ae i
FIG. 116. FLOWER OF ANTIRRHINUM ORONTIUM.
A. Orontium (Orontinm axillary, distant; corolla rose-
coloured or white, striped with purple ; tube furnished with a few
glandular hairs ; palate veined with purple; sepals linear-lanceo-
late, large. June. J. oblong-lanceolate, acutish, attenuated at
both ends, glabrous, 2in. long. Annual, A. 6in. to 12in. British
cornfields. See Fig. 116.
A. O. grandifiorum, A variety with larger, paler, and more
approximate flowers, and broader leaves. British cornfields.
A. siculum (Sicilian). jl. in loose racemes; corolla hardly lin.
long, white or yellowish, rarely purple ; tube rather hairy; lobes
of the upper lip and the middle lobe of the lower lip emarginate.
July. l. lin. to 1jin. long, linear-lanceolate, opposite, alternate or
three in a whorl, narrowed into petioles at the base. Branches
erect. h. lft. to 2ft. Sicily, 1804. Syn. A. angustifolium.
A. tortuosum (twisted).* jj. racemosely spicate, approximating
by threes and fours; corolla (the largest of the genus), purple ;
tube short; aop lip large. June. 1. linear, acute, opposite, or
three in a whorl, 2in. long, attenuated at both ends; upper ones
very narrow. Branches erect. h. lft. to 1ljft. Italy.
ANTROPHYUM (from antron, a cavern, and phuc,
to grow; referring to its place of growth). Orp. Filices,
Sori carried along the veins, imperfectly reticulated. A
small genus of stove ferns, very rarely seen in cultivation,
all with simple fronds, of firm but fleshy texture, and
a uniform, hexagonal areole. For culture, &c., see
erns.
A. cayennense (Cayenne). sti. lin. to 4in. long. fronds 6in. to
9in. long, lin, to 1din, broad, lanceolate-oblong, narrowed at both
ends ; edge thickened, entire ; areolm half as broad as long. sori
sub-supertficial, often for Guiana, &c.
A. coriaceum (leathery). Fronds 6in, to 8in. lon
broad, narrowed very gradually from the centre to the base, half
acute at the apex; texture very thick; areolæ very long an
narrow, distinctly raised on th
immersed, sometimes confluent. Himalayas, &c. ;
A. lanceolatum (lance-leaved).* fronds lft. or more long, jin. to”
žin. broad, point acute, edge entire, the lower half narro tg?
gradually to the base; areole two to three times as long as broad,
AETS cas between the midrib and the edge. sori slender,
alley 1793, m joining. West Indies, southwar
_ ANTS (¥ormicide). Well-known pests, easily distin-
guished from all other insects. There are a great number
of sp ies, differing more or less in habits; but, as a
they dwell underground in communities, and con-
extensive ant cities, which are occupied by three
classes — the neuters or workers (by far the most
numerous), the males, and the females. There are often,
addition to these, larger and stronger neuters, known
as the “soldiers,” or defenders of the community. Ants
have a long slender body, supported on long and slender
legs. The head bears a pair of elbowed horns or an-
tenn, constantly waving about and touching everything
the insect comes across. They have powerful mandibles
a.
, about jin.”
e upper surface. sori nig.
. water.
water for about ten minu
for cutting, sawing, and biting, and i is with these in-
struments that Ants do mischief in gardens. The winged
males and females become mature in summer, and on a
warm day they ascend in a body into the air; after a
short time,.they fall to the ground, the females at once
free themselves from the henceforth useless wings, and
begin to form new colonies. Vast numbers of eggs are
laid, from which issue larvae, and these soon become
pups, and then perfeet Ants. Some kinds are injurious
from their habit (in some species) of collecting aphides
together, and farming them for the sake of the honey
secreted by the aphides, and that passes out from their
honey-tubes (thus helping to perpetuate the stock of
-~ these most injurious insects); and also from the mecha-
nical damage they do in pots, and other receptacles for
. plants. They likewise cause unsightly hills on lawns
and paths, and the large black species that live in decayed
wood often injure the framing of greenhouses, &c., when
the woodwork has become somewhat decayed. ere
frnit, such as peaches or wall pears, are grown, Ants will
at times inflict damage, and, therefore, they should be
kept away; but this is a comparatively easy matter, as
the placing of an obnoxious substance along the base of
the walls and around the stems of the trees will deter
them. For the extirpation of Ants from indoors, the
Arsenical solution described below is most efficacious,
but it is extremely dangerous,
Lime. Air-slaked lime plentifully dusted, in warm, dry,
weather, over and around the hills and other places infested,
will cause the Ants to vacate them in a short time. A
thick chalk line drawn round a smooth tree, or across an
upright board or post, will render it impassable.
Arsenic. This must be used with the utmost caution, as
it is a poison most fatal to animal life. Recipe: loz. of
ordinary arsenic is placed in an old iron pot with a quart of
water, and then boiled until reduced to a pint or a little
more of liquid, to which is added 4lb. of coarse sugar.
This mixture can either be dropped about the runs and
around the nests, or placed in saucers in the Ants’ haunts.
Ferrocyanide of Potassium. This is also very dangerous:
Ferrocyanide of potassium, ldr.; raspings of quassia, 1dr. ;
and enough sugar to form a syrup. Use in the same way as
the preceding.
Calomel and Sugar. Mix together one part of calomel
and ten parts of finely-powdered loaf sugar, and lay it
in little heaps about their nests and runs; the Ants will
eat it and die. Spring is the best season for this method.
Guano, when fresh, if sprinkled on and around their
quarters, is said to be efficacious in driving them away.
Camphor. If a piece of camphor, about the size of a
filbert, be placed.in two quarts of hot water, and this,
when cool enough, applied to pot or other plants infested
with Ants, the insects will be driven off without injury
to the plants.
Bones. Lay a quantity of partially-picked boiled bones
in the haunts, and they will be quickly covered with
insects. As soon as this occurs, throw the bones into hot
Before laying them down again, let all super-
fluous moisture drain off. This is a cheap remedy, and,
if persisted in, is very effectual. ,
Carbolic Acid. This, if of good strength, diluted with
about ten or twelve times its bulk of water, and well
sprinkled over paths or other places where there is
vegetation, will keep the Ants away. It has, however,
an objectionable smell. ag ee
Parafin Oil. Paraffin, mixed with six times its bulk of
water, and sprinkled over the nests every few days, will
kill and drive away Ants; but bors smell is e ve arara cs
assia. 40z. of quassi ips, boiled in a on.
a : ts, od ee of soap added to
the liquor as it cools, if used like the preceding, is fairly
effectual; but this, like the other remedies, must be
persisted in for some tim es
o
=
4 i 2: ; ; fo * <.
> * 8 > he i ~ tie & :
x | n ee Bal
90 x THE” DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Ants—continued, Seer 2a -Aphelandra—continued. —
Fly pans or saucers, nearly filled with thin honey or —
sweet oil, attract Ants, and they are drowned in them.
Ants are very hard to ¢lear effectually out of a place,
and therefore it is very, desirable, in nibs attempts to be
rid of them, to persist in the above remedies. When not,
living close to the roots or stems of plants, the best and
surest remedy of all is to flood them out or scald them
in with boiling wa The specifics are endless, but the
best are mentioned above. x ar *
ANTWERP HOLLYHOCE. See Althea ficifolia.
AOTUS (from a, without, and ous, an ear; in allusion to
the absence of appendages in the calyx, which distinguishes,
it from its allied genus, Pultenwa). ORD. Legiminosa. ©
Elegant little gr ouse evergreen shrubs, with, yellow
flowers, and simple, linear-subulate leaves, revolute at the +
margins, alternate or nearly opposite, or three in a whorl..
They should be grown in a compost of equal parts loam,
sand, and peat, with a little charcoal, and the pots should
be drained. Cuttings of half-ripened wood, made in
April, root freely in sand, under a bell glass.
A
4
gracillima (most slender).* fl. yellow and crimson, small, on
long, dense, graceful pH which are often over a foot long;
pedicels short. May. h. 3ft. New Holland, 1844. A very pretty
slender growing shrub,
A. villosa (soft-haired). pa
along the branches; cal
upper surface. h. lft. to 2ft.
_APEIBA (the native name in Guiana.) ORD.
Tiliacee. Very handsome stove evergreen trees or shrubs,
clothed with starry down. Flowers large, golden yellow,
pedunculate, bracteate. Capsule spherical, depressed,
rough from rigid bristles. Leaves broad, alternate, entire
or serrate. They thrive in a mixture of loam and peat.
_ The best way to induce them to flower in this country is
by cutting a ring round the bark of a large branch; by this
means the growth is stopped. Well ripened cuttings should
be planted in sand in heat, under a bell glass, which should
be tilted occasionally, so as to give a little air to the cut-
tings, otherwise they are apt to damp off.
A. aspera (rough).* jl. golden yellow; peduncles opposite the
axillary, disposed in racemose spikes
silky. April. £ smoothish on the
New Holland, 1790,
leaves, branched, many flowered. May. ovate-oblo: some-
what ‘cordate, quite entire, smooth. “4. 30ft. to a0ft. “Guiana,
A. Petoumo (Petoumo ellow, similarly disposed to A. aspera.
August. fr. densely clothed with bristles, l. ovate-oblong, some-
o cordate at the base, entire, hoary beneath. A. 40ft. Guiana,
A. Tibourbou (Tibourbou).* fl. dark yellow. August. fr.
densely clothed with bristles. Z. cordate, ovate-oblong, serrated,
meath. h. 10ft.. Guiana, 1756.
APETALOUS. Without petals.
simple, and aner, a
ORD. Acanthacee.
Flowers pro-
preponderating
orange or scarlet—
large bl -
rally during the autumn months, and if i ie
removed to a warm dry atmosphere so soon as the flowers
begin to open, they will continue much longer in perfection
than if left in the moisture-laden atmosphere of vig stove.
From the time the flower spikes are at first seen till they
bloom, the plants will derive much benefit from frequent
applications of clear manure water. When the plants have
finished flowering, they should be allowed to rest, by re-
ducing the supply of water, but never allow them to shrivel.
During this time they may be kept in a house or pit, where
the atmosphere is rather dry, with a night temperature of
50deg. to 55deg. Here they may remain till March, when
4
>| ‘inlêngth, the plants should be turned out of the pots, remov-
| they may. be transferred into larger-sized pots, in which
they should be pruned. This operation is commenced by
-thinning out the weakest shoots altogether, and cutting the
others back to one or two of the strongest joints or buds
above the old wood in order to keep the plants dwarf and
| bushy. When pruned; the plants should be placed in the |
stove, giving’moderate supplies of water at the roots, and
occasionally sprinkling the stems overhead till growth com-
mences. When the*young shoots have attained an inch or so —
` ing the crocks and as much of the old soil as can be got away
. easily, at the same time shortening-in any of the straggling
roots. They should then be placed into smaller-sized pots,
keeping them rather close, and watering them carefully for
-æ time till growth has-commenced. When fairly started,
«they, are to bloom. During the summer, these plants
requiro a moist atmosphere, with a temperature of 65deg.
by night, allowing it to rise 15deg. or 20deg. by day, and ~
whilst active growth is taking place they should be fress _
quently supplied with moisture at the roots, keeping them
well exposed on all sides to the light. After growth has
commenced, it is not advisable to stop the shoots, for
- the stouter and stronger they grow up the finer will be
the flower spikes when they appear. The compost should
consist of equal parts fibry loam, leaf soil, and peat, with a
good proportion of sand added. In preparing it, it should be
rather lumpy, and, before using, should be warmed to about
the temperature of the house in which the plants are
grown. Clean pots and perfect drainage are most essen-
tial. Cuttings are best prepared from half ripened wood,
or taken off when young with a heel. The base of each
cutting should invariably be cut clean across. These
may be inserted an inch apart, in pots of sandy soil, and
plunged in a brisk bottom heat. To obtain young shoots
are 2in. long they
requisite number of the
the surplus pieces are remoyed with a slight heel of the
older wood, they make good cuttings, and should be treated —
the same as the others. These cuttings strike root quickest, —
and when rooted, if potted into 5in. or 6in. pots, and allowed —
to grow up without stopping or pinching out the tops, they —
will bloom the first season. Although Aphelandras can be
grown into large sized specimens, it will be found to be |
more generally satisfactory to have specimens of neat and -
moderate dimensions. The mealy bug and scale insects
are very troublesome, and must be kept down, otherwise
they will prove most prejudicial to the plants. Í
acute-leaved). jl. large, deep vermilion red; the
ae fort patina Ss ea paler forward, the lower
one consists of three oblong-obtuse as lobes.
l. broad, oblong-ovate,; acuminate. Columbia, 1868.
.A. aurantiaca (orange-coloured).* jl. deep orange searlet ; upper
- lip of corolla erect, bidentate, concave; lower one pe r
horizontally, three lobed. December. l. broad, ovate, oppoas
dark green, somewhat wavy at the edge. A ait
from the type in the curiously
, shaded with a silvery ue
hter scarlet of the forthe
34
1844.
A.a. Roezlii (Roezl’s).* Ditfers chiefly
twisted leaves, which are dark
between nage eg veins ; in the bri
and a few other, but purely technical, points. It is one
xico, 1867. . A, Roezlii.
pulcherrima.
fascinator (fascinating).* fl. bright vermilion, in very :
ag aee _l. ovate acuminate, olive green, pontifully
banded with silvery white, whilst the under side is of a uniform
purplish violet. h. 1}ft. New Gremada, 1874, á
Leopold’s).* 7. citron-yellow. Z. opposite, ova ;
oblong, pinata ground colour in the upper surface dark
green, the midrib and l | pure w ; under
uniformly pale green. 1854. : : he.
As aoe ere een wan yee central brand. Brazil,
1871. SYN. Graptoph urat = e
, 2:9
P4 *
, Pa
pe il è os En r
HORTICULTURE.
Aphelandra—continued. ® e,
« J ~ "Èe N *
A. nitens (shining).* jl. | lowing rmnilion-scarlet, very large, in =
erect, simple, terminal spikes, which, after the flowers have fallen, —
are clothed with the Cena lanceolate, appressed bracts.
l. ovate, sub-acute, leathery, brilliant glossy on the up er surface,
inous purple underneath. h..2ft. to fte Columbia, 1867.
A. Porteana (Porte’s).* fl. in fine terminal heads; corolla and
. bracts bright orange. J. rich green, with metallic silvery-white,
j- veins. A. 2ft. Brazil, 1854. ~ 4
A. pumila (dwarfish).* fl. orange-coloured ; upper lip erect, con-
cave, entire; bracts large, purplish. 1. Jarge, cordate, ovate-
proge acute. h. 8in. Brazil, 1878.» Very distinct, from ‘all
others, aa : ‘ F: + a
A. punctata (dotted).* fl. bright yellow, in large and rather dense
K yg the spiny-edged long pointed bracts are also yellow, with
the exception of the tip, which is
_ contrast. November. J. opposite, elliptic, acuminate ; the green
midrib is conspicuous in the middle of a white central band, which.
yup”
a
~
also extends beside the green veins, this silvery band breaki
on its margin into numerous small white dots, producing: a
A. Roezlii. A synonym of A. aurantiaca Roezlii. i
A. variegata (variegated). jl. yellow; spike, 6in. long, with
bright orange-red bracts. Z. ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, dark
green with white veins. A. 1}ft. Brazil. 2
APHELEXIS (from apheles, simple, and exis, habit).
ORD. Composite. A genus of elegant dwarf evergreen
greenhouse shrubs. Flower-heads large, solitary, or small
and two or more together. Leaves small. These plants
are valuable for exhibition purposes, on account of their
bright colours, and the length of time they last in per-
fection; they are included among what are familiarly
known as “ everlastings.”. The most suitable soil is a com-
post of two parts of good fibrous peat and one of leaf
mould, with a liberal supply of silver sand, and a few
pieces of charcoal added to it. Repot the plants firmly
in February, and allow thorough drainage. Cuttings can
be made in spring or summer; small half-ripened side
shoots are best; and these will root in sandy soil, under
a bell glass, in a cool greenhouse.
A. ericoides (heath-like).* (fl.-heads white. April. J. very small,
three-cornered, imbricated, appressed ; branches numerous, very
fine, filiform. h. 1ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1796.
A. fasciculata (fascicled). l.-heads purplish, solitary, terminal ;
ce — scaly. March. J. acerose linear, roundish, downy above ;
== lower spreading ; upper appressed. h. 2ft. Cape of Good Hope,
~~ 1779. There are two or three forms of this species, varying in the
oT ate a COLOUL DE ath flowers,
~~ A. humilis (humble, or dwarf).* j.-heads pink, solitary, terminal,
* anor, niy in sunshine ; peduncles scaly. April. tT subulate,
e bricate. Branches numerous, slender, covered with
"j tomentum. +. 2ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1810. A hand-
“some greenhouse plant, with much-branched stems, terminated
by the flower-head. Syns. A. macrantha and Helipterum humile.
_ A,h. grandiflora (large-flowered).* l.-heads rosy-purple, produced
_ in great abundance. Habit rather dwarf, and free branching.
- Very highly esteemed, —-
A. h. purpurea (purple).* fl. dark purple, very abundant. l
+ silvery white and shining. viene grower, and perhaps the
- best for exhibition purposes. It is known in gardens as A.
` _„Ţ7 macrantha purpurea ; also under the name of A. spectabilis.
A. h. rosea (rose-coloured).* _jl.-heads delicate rose, very profuse.
À Habit very compact and free-branching. A very showy and de--
E sirable variety, known in gardens as A. macrantha rosea, :
A. macrantha (large-flowered). Synonymous with A. humilis.
A. sesamoides (Sesamum-like). /.-keads purple and white,
sessile, solitary, terminal. April. Z, acerose linear, keeled, smooth,
appressed. A, 2ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1739.
E ES, or PLANT LICE. These belong to
the order Homoptera, meaning “same winged,” and the
s — has reference to the fact that the fore wings
ae ee in their structure from base to apex, not
w Avie mto a leathery base and a membranous tip.
lone r} s vern all minute in size, soft bodied, and generally
co pity ast: ; the mouth is furnished with a curiously-
: ‘beak, or rostrum, for sucking hee juice of
‘ nnæ, or feelers, are long a slender;
the legs have u sis . ez 3 :
3 which is gam er a o joints in the tarsi, one of
a ne
Toy
s
which a sweet
ìs emitted. They
CLOPADIA OF’
$
een, and forms a pleasing +
{i
pretty and distinct form of variegation. South America, 1881. €
Aphides—continued. : ~«—-
*plant “has its, own peculiar Aphis; but among the worst
b are the cherry fly and bean fly. All these insects
„are very destructive to, the young shoots and foliage of
plants, on which “they cluster im large numbers, sometimes
“completely hiding the stems, increasing with marvellous
_ rapidity. They produce eggs in autumn, which lie dor-
mant through the winter, and upon the approach of
-warm weather in spring, hatch and*produce individuals
which, “during the summer, are Viviparous, budding off
_ young insects at a surprising rate, which quickly in turn
‘become possessed 6f the same marvellous power; hence
* the enormous number which are ‘produced in so surpris-
ingly short a time. “It has been it be Dm that in a few
—_
_ weeks many millions of young» might produced directly
; or descended from ® single female. See also Black Fly
and Bean Fly.
The following remedies may be successfully employed;
Tobacco. This is applied, as a rule, in three fi h
of which is useful for particular purposes. eip, em
is useful as a dry application to plants where, from any
cause, the other modes of employing it are not desirable.
It causes no smell, and is useful in conservatories, &c., for
that reason. The mode of applying it is to dredge or dust
it over the foliage of the plants affected, and to syringe off
in from three to thirty hours, according to the nature of
the plants. Fumigation with tobacco, if done in a proper
way, is very effective, but it leaves an unpleasant smell.
The foliage of the plants should be quite dry, and a still
day must be chosen for the work; the house should be
filled with smoke, but no flame must arise in the burning.
The plants should be well syringed the next morning, and
full ventilation allowed; if the fumigation is repeated
twice or thrice, it will prove very effectual. Tobacco water
is made by soaking a pound of coarse shag in 6gals. of hot
water, to which łlb. of size or soft soap has been added.
The plants should be dipped into or syringed with this _
mixture, and well syringed with clean tepid water about
twelve hours after. It should not be employed for plants
having woolly or hairy foliage. Tobacco paper and cloth
are used for fumigating in the same manner as tobacco;
but as they vary in strength, more care is necessary, as —
they sometimes cause the leaves to become spotted. Judi-
ciously employed, they are cheaper than Tobacco.
Quassia. Boil lb. quassia chips in 4gals. of soft water,
for about ten minutes, and after straining off the chips, add
1lb. of soft soap. Apply in the same way as Tobacco water,
and syringe the plants with clean water after ten minutes
or a quarter of an hour. -
Soft Soap. This, in proportion of Sil» to 12gals. of rain
water, and lgal. of tobacco water added after it is cold,
is a cheap and good remedy out of doors, and requires the
same mode of application as tobacco» water.
Soap Suds. Where bleaching powder, or much soda,
is not mixed with these, they make a good insect killer
for hard-foliaged plants, but should be washed off with
clean water in twelve hours. No mixture containing
chloride of lime should be used,
Various. Fir-tree Oil, Gishurst’s Compound, and Fowler’s
Insecticide, are all serviceable, if used as directed on the
labels. Hardeman’s Beetle Powder, applied with the little
French powder-bellows which is sold with it, is very efi-
cacious. For outdoor work, nothing surpasses clean cold
water, applied often and forcibly with a syringe.
The best mode of clearing Aphis off Beans, Currants, —
&c., is to remove the tops of the infested shoots, and
to wash the plants with soapy water, or a solution of
Gishurst’s Compound. In some cases, a good dusting with
soot and wood ashes, while the plants are wet, will keep
them in check. The “Golden Eyes” or ‘ Lacewing” fly,
and also ladybirds, are to be encouraged, as the larvæ
of each of these wage incessant war Aphides,
especially the green varieties, and thin them out cone ž
siderably. a f ae
*
=
i 3 : nee 2 ae tk y
oe <a ee es Se a
` i a a Ps a ae
$ en Ya x “ ¥ * a VAS A ate ` -
92 -THE. DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, _ »
à n + È Lii ka C *
APHROPHORA. S Frog Hopper.
AP HES (from aphyllos, leafless” and
anthos, a flower; the flowers are on -like branches). *
ORD. Liliacee. À very pretty rush-li ardy perennialjs
forming dense, erect tufts. It thrives best in sandy peat,s.
requires a warm sunny situation, and’ slight protection
in winter. Increased by division of the roots, and seeds; ©
the latter should bê sown in pots in a cool greenhouse as
soon as ripe. . Spe %
A. monspeliensis (Montpelier).* fl., perianth six-cleft, spreading
at the apex, deep blue, an inch across, disposed in a small
head, on —_ scapes.. June. Z. absent; the very slender
, With mem
scapes are leafli ranous sheaths at the base. South
of France, 1791. : x >
4
APHYLLOUS. Without leaves. 3
APICRA (from apicros, not bitter). ORD. Liliaceæ. A *
group of succulents allied to Aloe, and having the follow-
ing among other characters :—Flowers small, loosely .sub-
spicate; perianth regular, cylindrical, with short spreading
segments; peduncles simple or forked. Plants small;
rosette leaves always elongated. Leaves thick, diffuse,
never spinosely dentated. They require treatment similar
to Aloes, under which genus they are included by some
authors.
A. aspera (rough).* fl., perianth jin. long; raceme loose, 3in. to
4in. ; pedicels aoe to four lines long; p Ben p slender, simple,
nearly 1ft. Z. dense, in many rows, spreading, rounded, deltoid,
six to seven lines long and broad ; face rather flat; middle three
to four lines thick ; back convex hemispherical, wrinkled. Cape
of Good Hope, 1795. `
A. bicarinata (double-keeled).* fl. unknown. J. dense, in
rows, ing, deltoid-l late, nine to twelve lines long,
six lines broad, dirty green; face flat; middle two lines thick ;
> ll scabrous ; back copiously tubercled. Cape of Good Hope,
Jl, perianth six to seven lines, whitish ;
icate, about 1ft.; pedicels short ; peduncles
l. dense, ing, in many rows, deltoid-lan-
-one lines long, three to four lines thick ;
y keeled towards the margins. 1843,
A. foliolosa (small-leafy).* jl., perianth greenish, five to six lines
long ; raceme loose, sub-spicate, about 1ft. ; pedicels two to three
lines long; peduncle 6in., simple. 7. dense, spreading, in many
rows, rounded deltoid, cuspidate, six to eight lines long and
broad, without spots or tubercles; face rather flat; middle one
and a half to two lines thick ; back obliquely keeled upwards to-
wards the margins. Cape of Good Hope, 1795.
A. imbricata (imbricated). Synonymous with A. spiralis.
A. pentagona (fiye-angled).* fl, perianth whitish, jin. long;
raceme about lft., loose; lower pedicels two to three lines long ;
- peduncles 1ft., often branched. J. dense, regular, lower ones
spreading, upper ones ascending, lanceolate-deltoid, fifteen to
eighteen lines long; bottom six to eight lines broad, shining ~-
green; ee flat; middle Enpe | t four lines gw Lay pungent ;
margin scabrous ; back irre. rly one to two keeled at top. Cape
of Good Hope, 1731. EET 5: :
A. p. bullulata (little-blistered). 7. irregularly spiral, five rowed;
back Wivtacoding close wrinkled tubercles, : :
A. p. spirella (small spiral). Z. smaller and more deltoid, lin.
long, six to eight lines broad the bo i ;
onl eae re hin at the bottom, irregularly five
A. spiralis (spiral).* /l., perianth reddish-white, }in. long; raceme
loose, nearly 1ft. ; cels ee tvo to three lines long;
peduncles 6in., simple or branched. 7, dense, in many rows, strong,
ascending, lanceolate-deltoid, twelve to fifteen lines long, six to
eight lines broad; face almost flat, without tubercles; a
pungent ; middle three lines thick; back e ag scarcely keeled ;
of Good Hope, 1
margins dbsurely crenulated. Cape SYN.
A, imbricata, i
`: APICULATE, APICULATED. Terminated in a
little point. se
APIOS (from apion, a pear; in referénce to the form
of the tubers of the root). ORD. Leguminose. An elegant
little hardy twining perennial, easily trained into almost
any shape. A shy bloomer in the northern parts of Great
Britain. It must have a well exposed sunny position,
a | Papiosdcontinud”, ys. ves
pail one *
d
>
4
E4
_
e soil should be of a
agated by division
<a aks
warm or light sandy nature, =- d
of faz tubers. ine € *
D
a> y+
"a
P
Fic, 117. APIOS TUBEROSA, showing Habit of Growth, and Flower,
Natural Size. ;
A, tuberosa (tuberous).* Grounā Nut. jl. brownish purple, sweet
scented, in axi racemes. Summer and early autumn. J. pin- —
nate. Habit very light and graceful. Tubers edible, and farina-
ceous. Pennsylva YN. Glycine Apios. See Fig. 117.
APIUM (from apon, Celtic for water ; in reference
to the habitat of this genus). ORD. Umbellifere. This
genus contains no species worth growing for o rmament,.s
nearly all are more or less acrid and poisonous. A.
graveolens is the celery ofgardens, for culture of which, :
see Celery. ne nae
APLECTRUM (from a, without, and plectron, a spurs ~~
flower spurless). . ORD. Orchidacew. A. monotypic genus.
from North America. A curious hardy terrestrial orchid, ©
requiring a shady spot in light loam and leaf „mould,“
moderately damp. Very difficult to cultivate. oe “
intry).* fl. greenish-brown, large, racemose,"borne, . -~
wo 4 prog akeg a ag ee have diode downs labellum as $ `
long as the sepals; column sessile, rather long, wingless. ash
Stem pseudo-bulbous, with one large, broad, ribbed leaf. ite
APOCARPOUS. Having the carpels or fruit separate, '
or disunited. n
APOCYNACEÆ. A large order of trees, shrubs, 0
rarely herbs, usually with a poisonous, milky sap. Fl
regular, solitary or corymbose; corolla salver-sha; əd Or
campanulate. Leaves simple, opposite, sometimes alter- S
nate or whorled. Well known genera belonging to this ~
order are: Allamanda, Nerium, Tabernemontana and at
(from apo, away, and kyon, & me
adopted by Dioscorides, because the plant was supposed
be poisonous to dogs). ORD. Apocynacew.. Dog's Bane.
Perennial erect herbs, with cymose flowers and mem-
branous, opposite leaves. There are several species. be-
longing to this genus, but only the one described below all
worthy of being cultivated. They are of extremely easy
culture, thriving in any ordinary soil; and may be pro-
e: ORA fe * to
pagated by suckers, divisions, or seeds. The best, time $0,
divide is just as they are ing into fresh growth in
spring. . i
androsæmifolium (Tutsan-leaved).* e red, with
AE rala niate: cymes fernlinal and lateral i
Virei P gtiry Roy 85, A er yilina ai ehriving
in peaty soil, with Azaleas,
Fic. 118. INFLORESCENCE OF APOCYNUM ANDROSAMIFOLIUM.
La
APONOGETON (from apon, Celtic for water, and
geiton, neighbour; alluding to the habitat of these plants),
ORD. Naiadacew. Very ornamental aquatic perennials.
There are several species, but A. distachyon is superior to
the others. This species may be cultivated in small tanks
or aquaria; it delights in an.wbundance of light and air,
* and is ‘perfectly hardy, having become naturalised in many
` parts of the country. Pot the plants in rich sandy loam
-. and rotten cow manure, using, of course, small pots, if the
-*evéssel. in which itis to be grown is restricted. When
~ introducing it to Svc tanks or lakes, commence with
_ >» Strong, previously well-established plants, in large pots,
~ breaking the latter when the plants are immersed.
_ \ *Place them in positions where the water is about 1ft. 6in.
. to 2ft. deep; they will then rapidly increase by offsets and
as » Seeds, and, when established, will bloom nearly all the
_ ~\Ssyear ‘ound. The other kinds will thrive with the same
~* Spe nt; but they are neither so hardy nor so vigorous,
- and should only be grown in small tanks or aquaria.
*
Fig. 119. APONOGETON pIsTACHYON, showing tikand
© hte
j Ayonogeton= continued. *
Good Hope, 1788.
sae
p>
>
(narrow-leaved). #1. white.
Half hardy.
Fig. 120. APONOGETON DISTACHYON, showing Flower-spike, Leaf,
and Root.
‘on (two-spiked).* Cape Pond Weed; Winter Haw-
thorn, jl. witha delicious Hawthorn-like perfume ; petals none;
bracts, or showy portion oval, entire, white; anthers purple-
brown ; scape two-spiked, each spike being from 2in. to 4in. long.
l. oblong-lanceolate, entire, bright green, on long stalks, floating.
Cape of Good Hope, 1788. See Figs. 119 and 120, ;
A. monostachyon (simple-spiked). . pink. September. A. 1fb.
East Indies, 1803. Stove species. Rare, Be ee
spathaceum junceum (rush-like).* A very pretty, but
rare, half-hardy aquatic plant, with the forked inflorescence —
having both bracts and flowers suffused with a delicate blush
colour. l. rush-like, standing clear up out of the water. South
Africa, 1879.
APPENDICULATED.
APPENDICULATE,
Having appendages.
APPLANATE. Flattened out.
APPLE (Pyrus Malus). The Apple is one of the most
useful, and probably most largely cultivated, of our hardy
e Perr te tee
©. aD Sage r
ee ee a ie s> AAR
= THE DICTION OF GARDENING, `
Apple—continued. t e rer Fa ` -Arra Tilionin ry * z Er
fruits. Itis known as the Crab in its wild state, and, he | ‘transplanted the. following year, and go on until they are ~
indigenous to Britain and to all the temperate and warr
parts of Europe. SdPeupposed tig he ogenitord ofthe 3
race of varjetiog now grown were introduced to this country
at various timeS from the Continent, andnot obtained here |
as direct improv son the native Crab. _ Those mes
a 3 ’
=
ae ee
`-
Ea
v
x
-~
5
=-
Fic. 121. APPLE BLOSSOM.
cultivated are extremely numerous, and include good
varieties that can be made to prolong the season all the
year round. Apart from its great value as a fruit, the
apple is a strikingly handsome tree when in flower (see
Fig. 121). A fruiting branch is shown at Fig. 122.
Pees
Fic. 122. FRUITING BRANCH OF APPLE.
Propagation. Seeds are sown ‘extensively, chiefly for
raising stocks to graft approved sorts on; also with a view
to raising new varieties. The seeds do not retain their
germinative properties very long, consequently they must
be sown soon after being taken from the fruit. As grown
in this country, they are generally sown in the autumn,
|. generally adopted. for most purposes, the stocks being pre-
`- [and other dwarf-trained trees should be worked near but
‘of sufficient size for Grafting purposes. The standard of
extellence being at present’ so‘high, improved forns raised
from seed arë coinparatively scarce, n ú :
Grafting.. “Thi method of, propagation is the one.
*
> viotsly prepared for size or height of tree required. Cordon
not below the-ground, while standards are best worked on
stocks of the desired height. The practice of working
standard trees low, 'añd growing the scion to form the stem
of the. future “tree, is not re¢ommended, as many of the
_tenderer sorts will"fot grow straight or strong enough for
the purpose. Whip-grafting is the most preferable mode
F adopted. “The gcions should lected from healthy trees
“not later than-Jantiiry, and lid in singly in the ground
untilithe stocks haverslightly advanced in growth, which is
generally about the middle of April. Several other methods |
of Grafting may be adopted With success, but the one above"
recommended is considered the best.
Budding. Apples may be successfully propagated by
Budding, and this method is practised much more now than -
formerly, It has many advantages, as it requires to be
performed at a season when there is not so much work in
hand. It should be done in damp, dull weather, if possible,
as the weather if dry soon destroys the buds. July and
August is the proper time for the purpose. The stocks —
and woods from which the buds are taken should be as
much as possible in the same condition.
Propagation by Outtings, Layers, fc. This system may
be made use of in the case of new varieties or where it is
desired to increase any one variety with a limited number
of scions, but the results are uncertain—at least in the
case of cuttings ; consequently, it is much better to resort
to the safer method of Grafting. an
Pruning. See Pruning.
Training. See
Planting. The best time to plant is as soon as most of. -
the leaves have fallen, which is generally about the’end of «©
October. The roots being then in an active state, and the *
ground still retaining a certain ‘amount of heat, they;will <
form new roots before winter, which is a material adyan- ` p
tage. Where it is impossible to plant at this time, it may © |
be done in suitable weather any time during the winter, — ~~
but it is best not deferred till spring. It is important in, * ~
planting that the soil should be moderately dry and frée_ à
from frost ; this condition cannot always be obtained during, a
winter. The effects of soil and situation have a very Imr. —
portant bearing on the Apple, specimens of the same sort *
from different places being often hardly recognisable, F
Although not over fastidious in the matter of soil as far ås
growing is concerned, the best results are obtained where
it is of a rich loamy character and well drained. Dry,
sandy soils invariably produce canker, while the trees are
often overgrown with lichens in undrained land. e
addition of heavier loam, or sometimes trenching and
mixing the sub-soil with that at the top, will convert lig!
soils into those suitable for Apple culture; while, on the
other hand, heavy soils may be improved by drainage, the
addition of lime, vegetable refuse, burnt earth, and other
matters. Rank manure should on no account be used any-
where near the roots, but a little well-decayed manure, F
mixed with the soil or used as a mulching, is beneficial. a
The site best suited is an open, though not exposed one, =<
with a south, south-east, or south-west aspect. Shelter
from north-east winds in spring, which destroys the bloom,
and from west and south-west winds in autumn, „which
blow down the fruit, should be the aim of cultivators.
Planting in a valley should be avoided on account of spring
frosts. In Planting, care must be taken to make the
bottom of the hole tolerably firm, and slightly raised under
*
the base or bole of the tree. The roots should then be J
i
a
te
e
_ upper side, thus inducing ynew wot
_ Cordon system of trainin
a
‚+
oe EEE SE: TE £ eg :
_ AN ENCYCLOP#DIAS OF. HORT
>
' $ a ol te
Apple—continued. = <a
d in transplanting, ete ae off on the”
s` to be formed near
the surface. The soil should be trodden e g after a
quantity has been filled im, if it isin“ dry, suitable
condition, as previously recommended. »Secureiwith stakes
in proportion to the size of tree, or injury will be @aused `
by the wind. The distance” at which Apple trees are
planted varies ease rA Standards in orchards may
be bre onl good soil, from . to 40ft. apart,
especially if they are .strong-growing,, culinary 3.
Pyramids mia Stei from shcto Totis ae ie
size; and similar distances will suit Bush trees. The oblique
admits of a largé number
of varieties being cultiva; in a small space, as they
may be planted as close as 18in, or 2ft. apart. Hori-©
zontal Cordons should be planted about 5ft. asunder,
and one branch trained each way. Watering will be
necessary after planting in most cases, especially should
the winter and following season be at all dry. Thinning
the fruit is sometimes advisable for obtaining good speci-
mens, but it is not generally necessary, at least with many
of the shy-setting sorts. If, however, the crop should be
exceptionally heavy, it is best to thin the fruit, or the
tree may be unable to make and ripen its wood for the
crop of the succeeding year. ;
Gathering. The three following tests are sure indications
of the gathering period: (1) The apples will begin to fall
of their own accord; (2) their seeds will be plump and
brown in colour’; and (3) the fruit will separate with a mere
touch from the trees; the second test may be said to be
infallible. All Apples should be gathered before the end of
October, for none will bear frost with impunity. They
must be gathered in dry weather, and handled with the
greatest care, laid gently in baskets and trays, in single file
only, and conveyed to the store room. :
Storing. The simplest and best method is in choosing
or forming some room or place free from extremes of heat
and cold, dryness or damp, where a temperature of about
45deg. is maintained A current of air is not necessary.
The shelves should be made of poplar, sycamore, lime, or
other white wood. Deal, oak, ash, elm, and almost all other
woods, give a bad taste to the fruit. One sheet of paper—
and paper only—sho be placed under the fruit. They
ripen best, and are of the highest flavour when left fully
exposed to the free atmosphere of the fruit room, and in
order to preserve a more even temperature the light should
be shut out. Early and late ripening varieties must be
stored in separate places, as well as all inferior or injured
fruit. The plan of isolating each fruit by packing in
tissue paper, sand, burnt earth, or other substances, often
destroys the flavour of the fruit, and possesses no material
benefit otherwise.
Diseases. Apple Mussel Scale, Apple or Codlin Grub,
Canker, Mildew, American Blight, Scale, and Insect Pests,
such as Caterpillars, Maggots, and Weevils, see under
their separate headings. ;
= The following are some of the best varieties in cultiva-
on :— ?
Adams’ Pearmain, Dessert. Fruit medium, very handsome ;
flavour juicy and December to March.
sugary.
+ Kitchen. Very large, showy, and good. September
Alexander.
to December,
By Kitchen. Very fine, large, white flesh. November to
1ead’s Kernel, or Cock1 i
jum: e Pippin. Dessert. Fruit below
atg flavour very rich and eager: This variety is, according
January vers, much esteemed in Gloucestershire. November to
| e Foundling. Kitchen. Fruit large. One of the
tinest and most useful sorts, a great sealed ‘vient to May.
Bess Pool. Kitch M ; :
December to May, en. Fruit large. Good late cooking apple
Betty Geeson. Kitchen. Fruit Jarge, produced in great
abundance. February to May. A sales a o
3 tate oS
_ carefully spread ont all roand, and if any” have been.
|
= B
F
~
r Pippin. One of the best
_ to February. t i
Boston R t. Dess
am rich, similar to the
riety. January to May.
hen sorts. November
_ Fruit met
$ flavour very su ary
bston Pippin.
excellent American
É
=
-Brabant.Bellefleur. Kitchen. Fruit large, round, pale yellow,
E pi . A most useful cooki ety, also useful for
i 38 ovember to April. j ;
ert. > i y=
oe RE
ka w. ~
$
O
+ s oa
Fig. 123. APPLE, CALVILL
La B
Calville Blanche. Dessert. Fruit large; flavour first-class,
October to December. See Fig. 123,
Cellini. Kitchen. Fruit perfect in form, size, colour, and quality.
October to January.
Claygate Pearmain. Dessert. Fruit medium; flavour rich,
aromatic, excellent, same as Ribston Pippin. January to May.
Coe’s Golden Drop. Dessert. Fruit small, with a crisp and
juicy flavour, November to January. A delicious variety.
M a
Cornish Aromatic. Dessert. Fruit medium ; flavour rich, juicy,
and aromatic. October to December.
Cornish Gillyfiower. Dessert. Fruit medium; flavour very
rich, quite aromatic. October, November to January, An ex-
cellent variety, thriving best in a warm situation.
Court of Wick. Dessert. Fruit medium, very handsome ;
flavour somewhat similar to Golden Pippin. December to March.
Fic. 124. APPLE, COURT PENDU PLAT.
Court Pendu Plat. Dessert or kitchen. Fruit medinm, rich
russet brown, of first-rate ere and the tree is a good cropper.
November to April. See Fig. 124, i
Orange Pippin. Dessert. Fruit medium, very hand-
ggat ; flavour rich aromatic. October to December, One of the
best apples grown.
Cox’s Pomona. Kitchen. Fruit very large, of superior quality,
October.
Devonshire Quarrenden. Dessert. Fruit medium, excellent
quality, and handsome. July to September. A very prolific
sort. á
D. T. Fish. Kitchen. Fruit large, roundish, of a clear straw-
. » colour, with small specks of russet, slightly flushed with crimson
+» on the side where the sun strikes it ; flavour sub-acid. November
~ to January. A fine and handsome variety.
Duchess of Oldenburgh. Kitchen. Fruit large, red-striped.
August to October, A very desirable and handsome Russian
variety. ate alee ect
Duke of Devonshire, Dessert. Fruit medium ; flavour crisp,
juicy, rich and sugary. December to March.
Dumelow’s Seedling, or Wellington, or Normanton
Wonder. Kitchen. Fruit firm, large, and somewhat acid.
November to March. :
Early Harvest. Dessert. Fruit medium; flavour juicy, excel-
Seay arith a pleasant sharpness. July to September. According
to Mr. Rivers this variety 1s equally good for cooking or dessert,
and is a very fertile tree on t aradise stock. :
French Crab. Kitchen. Fruit large, pale green, firm, acid.
An excellent sort, and the Eae keeper. i
Golden Pippin. Dessert. Fruit small, very excellent flavour.
November to January. A well-known and highly-esteemed sort.
a
Sam Yı . Dessert. Fruit small, yellowish with russet spots ;
Mere de Ménage. Kitchen. Large and good. October “to
96 THE DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING,
*
" * i
Ñ- F ‘
é :
~
we
Apple—continued. ‘ a
Golden Reinette. Dessert. Fruit rather small, wish red,
- streaked with red ; flavour excellent, sweet and rich. e of the
best and most useful’of dessert apples. tober to: December,
Gravenstein. Kitchen. sije large, handsome, sweet
crisp. November to January. verte ag art
Groennp's Pippin. Kitchen. Fruit very large. February to. |
May. vigorous grower and abundant bearers -
Irish Peach. Dessért. Eruit medium, Yellowish-green, Very |
early ; flavour juicy, excellent. July and Atigust. A very good
variety, often known as Early Crofton. yi : >
Jolly Beggar. Kitchens. Fruit large, pale yellow, er and ṣi
juicy. November to Jafary, A very desirable sort andan
extraordinary cropper.
Keddlestone Pippin. Dessert. it small, yellow or golden
colour, specked with russet; flavour-delicious, highly aromatic.
December to March. An excellent variety. x
Kerry Pippin. Dessert. Fruit medium, firm, yellow, and red ;
flavour sugary and rich. September to October.
Keswick Codlin, Kitchen. Fruit large and early. August to
October. An admirable sort for market purposes.
King of the Pippins. Dessert. Fruit medium, yellow and red;
flavour juicy and rich. October to January.
Lady Henniker. Kitchen. Fruit yellow, with crimson streaks
near the sun, highly flavoured, and with a pleasant perfume.
February to May. excellent sort, suitable for dessert or
kitchen. wae $ i
Lodgemore Nonpareil. Dessert. Fruit small; flavour rich,
sugary, and aromatic. January to May. An excellent sort.
Lord Suffield. Kitchen. Fruit very large, white, soft, excellent
for sauce and tarts. August to September. .
ś
and
s Codlin. Kitchen. Fruit large. September and October.
One of the finest and most useful of kitchen sorts.
March.
Mr. Gladstone. Dessert. Fruit large and handsome, very
early, scarlet cheek, striped and shaded; of excellent quality.
„ July and August. New.
New or Winter Hawthornden. Kitchen. Fruit very large,
excellent. November to January. An extraordinary bearer, one
of the best for sauce and cooking.
onsuch. Kitchen. Fruit large,juicy. August to October.
admirable sort, unequalled for sauce and cooking.
Norfolk . Kitchen. Large and good flavour, excellent
mag oa most useful for baking whole and preserving. November
to July.
An
Norfolk Greening. Kitchen. Fruit medium; rather acid. Keeps
till April or May.
Northern Spy. Dessert. Fruit large, tender; flavour highly
aromatic. December to May.
Old Nonpareil. Dessert. Fruit medium, tender, and juicy.
November to January. A prolific variety.
Pitmaston Pineapple. Dessert. Fruit small; flavour very
rich. July to September. According to Mr. Rivers this variety
is a very abundant bearer on the Paradise stock ; it is not a
vigorous grower.
Red han. Dessert. Fruit good size, bright; flavour
delicate and rich. August to September.
Red Ingestrie. Dessert. Fruit very pretty bright red next the
sun, on a yellow ground, flesh pale yellow; flavour brisk and
sparkling, like the Golden Pippin in quality, August and Sep-
tember. An excellent sort.
Red Juneating, or Margaret. Dessert.
early, very g quality. July and August.
sort, with numerous synonyms.
Red Quarrenden. Dessert.
scarlet; flavour crisp and sweet.
summer sorts.
Reinette du la.
brown, large; flavour juicy, brisk, sub-acid. November to x
Fruit medium,
A well-known
Fruit under medium, bright
August. One of the best
Dessert. Fruit greenish-yellow and
Fig. 125. P
Reinette Grise. Dessert. Flesh yellowish-white, sugary, `
pleasant ; flavour sub-acid. November to April. It does best
on the dise stock, is an ab cropper. See
Fig. 126.
Ribston Pippin. Dessert. Fruit greenish-yellow and me-
dium; flavour rich, aromatic, excellent. Olaa to ppa
€
flavour delicious, tender, and juicy. October to December.
An excellent Irish sort, ;
Scarlet Crofton, Dessert. Fruit medium, yellow and red;
flavour crisp, juicy, and sweet. October to December.
arlet Nonpareil. Dessert. Fruit well coloured, e; flavour
crisp and juicy. January to March. =
nall’s Admirable. Kitchen. Fruit large, en, crisp,
‘Sweet, and juicy. November to January. A cB os coumper’
Apple—continued. © | y a
Stamford Pippin. ` Dessërt. Fruit large, with a brisk flavour
November to January,
A
al
be 4
and an agreeable aroma.
desirable sort. = p A
Frc. 125. APPLE, REINETTE DU CANADA, -
Sturmer Pippin. Dessert. Fruit medium; flavour brisk AK4
rich, February to June.
$
«
a .
"+
Syke House Russet. Dessert. Fruit small ; flavour very rich, +
January to May. An exċellent sort. *
Tower of Glammis. Kitchen. Fruit yellow, very large,
square-shaped, crisp, and excellent. February to May. A very
excellent sort.
Van Mons Reinette. Dessert. Fruit small, with a rich,
aromatic, and excellent flavour.’ November to January.
Waltham Abbey Seedling, Kitchen. Fruit large. November
and December. An admirable sort.
Warner’s King. Kitchen. Fruit large, handsome, and good.
November to March.
Worcestershire Pearmain. Kitchen. F
of a very brilliant colour; flavour crisp and juicy.
October.
Suffield.
ca
Fruit large, conical,
August to
oA splendid variety, said to be as araa as Taj
FIG. 126. APPLE, REINETTE GRISE.
White Juneating. Dessert. Fruit small, very éarly, and good.
quality, but a bad keeper. July and August. A prolific
White Nonpareil. Dessert. Fruit medium, very delicious.
March to June. A very desirable sort. eas
Winter Quoining, or Queening. Dessert. Fruit very DUS"
almost red ; flavour excellent. November to May. Am excelter
sort, useful for dessert or culinary purposes,
Winter Strawberry. Dessert. Fruit yellow, medium,
with red ; flavour brisk aromatic. November to March.
useful sort. lent
Wormer Pippin. Kitchen or dessert. Fruit of an exce eni
uality, large, pale green; excellent for kitchen or
ptember to October. eater
Yorkshire Greening. Kitchen. Fruit large, juicy, tenter-
November to January. Cox's
For Cordons the following are the best :— BETTY GEESON, VO
GOLDEN DROP, Cox’s ORANGE PIPPIN,. DUKE OF DEvONS ET
KING OF THE PIPPINS, LODGEMORE NONPAREIL, NORT pent
Spy, REINETTE DU CANADA, RIBSTON PIPPIN} SCARLET NO
striped
Avery
PAREIL, x
For Pyramidal, Bush, and Espalier Trees, tho best are:
—ADAMS’ PEARMAIN, ASHMEAD’S KERNEL, BOSTON RUSSET,
or WICK,
z LYF URT
CLAYGATE PEARMAIN, CORNISH GILLYFLOWER, CO HARVEST,
Court PENDU PLAT, COX’S ORANGE PIPPIN, EARLY fe fo
GOLDEN PIPPIN, GOLDEN REINETTE, IRISH PEACH, ag ceo
STONE PIPPIN, KERRY PIPPIN, RED INGESTRIE, ED a
RENDEN, REINETTE DU CANADA, RIBSTON PIPPIN, SAM YOURS,
SCARLET CROFTON, SCARLET NONPAREIL, STURMER
SYKE HOUSE RUSSET, WORMSLEY PIPPIN.
The
chen sorts are well adapted to p
PIPPIN, ;
following Kit- —
ALFRISTON, BED-
ee ee ae
as, ii
+
s
$
4
m
-
+
se
o
e
—
AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF, HORTICULTURE.
$
97
*
Apple—continued. ; ese ek Apple Mussel Scale—continued.
‘FORDSH FOUNDLING, BRABANT BELLEFLEUR, ` CALVILLE i
E ean OELE, Cox’s Pomona, D. T. FISH, ‘DUCHESS OF aes : ~ i; mere Re E — oman the trees to
URGH, DUMELOW’S SEEDLING, JOLLY BEGGAR, KESWICK RICKY an ruitful, It is difficult to extirpate.
CODLIN, LORD SUFFIELD, MANX’S CODLIN, NEW HAWTHORN- Boft-soap Lather. When the leaves fall, in autumn,
a NONSUCH, WALTHAM ABBEY SEEDLING, WARNER’S KING.
- For Cold and Exposed Situations, the following are thebest :
—BEss POOL, CLAYGATE PEARMAIN, FRENCH CRAB, GREENUP’S
PIPPIN, ESWICK CODLIN, NONSUCH, STURMER PIPPIN,
__ TOWER OF GLAMMIS, WINTER STRAWBERRY, WORMSLEY PIPPIN.
‘or Cottage Gardens :—ALEXANDER, BEDFORDSHIRE FOUND-
LING, BLENHEIM PIPPIN, KING OF THE PIPPINS, MANX’s COD-
LIN, NEW HAWTHORNDEN, REINETTE DU CANADA, RIBSTON A
PIPPIN, STURMER PIPPIN, WALTHAM ABBEY SEEDLING, WARNER’S
KING, WORMSLEY PIPPIN. me
APPLE BERRY. “Sve Billardiera. .
APPLE-BLOSSOM WEEVIL (Anthonomus po-
morum). This is a small beetle of a reddish-brown colour,
with three inconspicuous stripes of a paler colour behind
the head; the wing cases show a e pitchy-coloured
blotch, with oblique striæ and yellowish spots thereon.
The female busily engages herself in piercing the flower
buds; while the male may be usually seen flying about the
trees during the breeding season, which, of course, varies
accordifig to the earlier or later expansion of the buds.
_ The female, by means of strong jaws at the end of the long
proboscis, bores a hole in the bud, in which she lays a
single egg, finally closing the opening, then passing on
to other buds. The laying season lasts for two or three
weeks, or, indeed, as long as the buds remain unexpanded ;
eggs are never laid in open blossoms. In warm weather,
the eggs are hatched in six or seven days, usually about
the end of April, into small, white, legless maggots, which
feed upon the stamens and pistil; hence, although the
‘petals are normally coloured, and expand, the flowers
ultimately wither, and in some seasons very serious con-
, Seqtiénces have arisen from these sinjurious “little pests.
The maggot is fleshy, whitish, with a few hairs and a
black, hard head; in a few days, it turns into a brown
chrysalis or pupa, which, in turn, is changed into the
Weevil, only about a month having elapsed from the
deposition of the egg till the Weevil is developed. It
feeds upon the foliage during summer, and hybernates in
crannies of the bark, or under the soil at the base of
the trees, during winter, waking up in the following spring
to go through the same performances as its parents.
Remedies. Some of the methods advised for the ex-
tirpation of the American Blight will prove very useful for
the destruction of this pest. Clear away all useless por-
tions of the bark and rubbish round about the tree during
‘the winter, and many will be destroyed. Place bandages
of tarred cloth around the stem in spring; this will
prevent the females crawling up, as they seldom fly. If
a white cloth is placed beneath the tree affected when
in bud, and the tree is severely shaken, a large number
will be caught, as the Weevil falls to the ground when
alarmed. Timely thinning of the trees, allowing the free
admission of light and air, is also a very effectual pre-
ventive, as it has been proved that the greatest ravages
are committed where neglect of this has been the rule;
and that, on the other hand, in proportion to its being
done, the pest has been lessened in numbers.
è
APPLE MUSSEL SCALE (Aspidiotus conchi- j
formis). This insect attacks the bark of Apple and Pear?
trees. It is in outward appearance like the half of a
mussel shell. Under the scale is the insect. It is
closely allied to the true scale insects, and has similar
habits. The scales are about din. long, brown, and wider
at one end than at the other. The female is like a fat,
green, fleshy maggot, without jointed limbs. The eggs
of this curious insect are not laid, but simply remain
in the body of the mother until she dies, thus leaving
a protecting shield or case from which the hatched
larve emerge,
females contai
g eggs should be destroyed. It differs
from
most other species in the absence of the long tail
. as promptly as possible, and be given to the pigs; or
[Ri should be turned into the orchard to clear off the
- Hayband Trap. This is simply a loosely made hayband
„To get rid of this insect, therefore, the
the trees should be treated with a stiff sash-tool, and all
the Seale rubbed off, keeping* the brush just moist, and
not ‘fubbing the, buds. Applied «for two seasons, this
should clear the trees. All logose bark should be removed.
Seal Oil istsometimes recommended as a good remedy ;
but -oils are rather unsafe applications to the bark of
p trees, especially of the young branches.
LE OR CODLIN GRUB (Carpocapsa pomo-
nana). During the month of May, the well-known Codlin
Moth (see Fig. 127) lays its eggs in the calyces, usually
x AO gh nae
rio. CopLiN MOTH AND GRUB (CARPOCAPSA POMONANA).
one in each, of the young, quickly-growing apple. The
moth itself is a small insect; the fore-wings are grey,
prettily speckled with delicate, darker streaks, and with
a curved golden mark on the hinder part, inclosing one
of a reddish-brown colour. The hind wings are usually
dark, as is also the body. The caterpillar, when
hatched, is white, with black head and neck, and with
four rows of black marks along the whole body. The
colours soon, however, become less decided, taking an
indistinct brownish or grey hue. After being hatched, the
caterpillar gnaws its way down the fruit, keeping clear of
the core, and gradually forces its gallery towards the rind
of the fruit, which it finally pierces, the opening serving as
the outlet for the dirt. When nearly full grown, it pierces
the core and feeds upon the pips, which injury speedily
causes the fruit to drop. The insect then emerges there-
from, and finds a suitable helter in a cranny of the bark,
where it spins a cocoon; and, according to British authori-
ties, it remains in the larval state for some weeks, finally
assuming the chrysalis form, and thus passing the winter ;
the moth emerges the following season. Shortly after
development, the moths pair, the female depositing eggs
in the fruit in June or July, according to the season.
Practically, there is no preventive; but the following
hints will serve to greatly reduce the numbers. All
apples that fall ere they are ripe should be picked up
allen fruit. The following is the only serviceable remedy :
twisted around the stems of the trees, about 1ft. from —
the ground. The grubs, in searching for a suitable place
in which to make a cocoon, will generally choose the bands.
At the end of the season, all the haybands should be col-
lected and burnt, and the stems of the trees from which
they were removed should be cleared of any cocoons which
may adhere to them.» All loose bark and other rubbish
should be removed from the tree trunks, and also from
the ground below. | y
APPLE OR CODLIN GRUB TRAP. Anex- ë
ceedingly ingenious and effective method of alluring that
sa 0 e
98
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Apple or Codlin Grub Trap—continued.
obnoxious pest, the Apple Grub. The trap (Fig. 128) con-
sists of two, three, or more thin pieces of board, 12in. to
20in. in length, and 2in. to 4in. wide, with a screw (a)
B, OPEN.
Fig. 128, APPLE OR CODLIN GRUB TRAP.
A, SHUT,
through their centre. The screw must be long enough to
be firmly driven into the trunk of the tree, so as to hold the
boards in position. Small slips of wood (b) are inserted
between the boards, to keep them sufficiently open to allow
of the entry of the grubs, as shown at d. The boards are
cut on each side of the screw, as at c, to facilitate their
separation when fastened together by the silken threads of
the grubs, and to better expose the latter when the trap is
opened, This handy trap, which is of American origin, is
very cheap. A great number of them may be collected
with little trouble, submitted to a killing heat, and replaced
again; and they can be used either on the ground or
on the trees. As regards killing the grubs when caught,
Mr. Weir, the inventor, says : “The quickest and best
way is to have a large tin pan, bent in on one side, so
as to fit closely to the trunk of the tree. When you reach
the tree, drop upon your knees, place the depression in the
pan against the trunk of the tree, hold it there by pressing
your body against it, and you have both hands free to open
the trap. When opening it, many of the pups or chrysa-
lids will fall into the pan.
around, as many will be found between it and the bark. A
person will open and kill the worms in from four hundred
to eight hundred traps in a day.”
_ APPOSITE. Placed side by side.
APPROXIMATE, APPROXIMATED, AP-
PROXIMATING. Near together.
(Armeniaca vulgaris), The Apricot, or, as
it was formerly written, “ Abricock,” is a much esteemed
and luscious fruit.’ It is said to have been introduced into
this country during the reign of Henry VIII. The Apricot
is one of the earliest flowering of fruit-trees (see Fig. 129),
and is generally in bloom during February. This fact is a |
great drawback, as it is a difficult matter to save the flowers’ |
from destruction by the spring winds and frosts. The fruit
(see Fig. 130) contains less acid than most stone fruits, and
_ in appearance it is perhaps the handsomest of all. Success
_ with its culture in many gardens is by no means certain,
but with careful preparation of borders and protection of
_ the flowers in spring, satisfactory results are often obtained.
quantities of fruit are annually imported to this
country from France; but their quality and flavour cannot
_ be compared with that of good home-grown produce.
Propagation is effected by seeds or budding. The stones,
selected from the best varieties, may be sown as soon as the
fruit is ser in August or September, in light rich soil, and
The trap must be turned clear-
k
cots. They are frequently budded from the beginning
- many disadvantages in having a great length of stem.
Apricot —continued.
covered with about 2in. of earth, over which a little litter
should be spread during winter. After one season’s growth,
the plants should be lifted, and the tap roots slightly cut
A
Fia. 129. BLOSSOM OF APRICOT.
back if the trees are intended for walls. They should then
be planted in nursery lines, allowing about a yard between
the rows, ard 2ft. from plant to plant. Wires
Fie. 130. FRUITING BRANCH OF APRICOT.
- Budding is the most general mode of propagating Apri-
the middle of June on seedling, and also on plum stocks,
of which latter the Mussell, Saint Julien, Brussels, and
Black’ Damson are the best. For dwarf trees, the stock
should be budded about 1ft. from the ground. . There are
“ Rider” trees require a stem from 3}ft. to 6ft.; half-riders,
2ift. to 3ft. Grafting by the Whip method is sometimes em-
ployed, but, for many reasons, it is much inferior to Benita .
Planting, §c. South-west and western aspects suit the
Apricot best, but the fruit has been ripened in warm
localities on walls facing several points north. Large areas
of garden wall (see Figs. 131 and 132), the walls of stables, -
.
AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 99
< Apricot—continued. f Apricot—continued.
barns, outbuildings, and two sides of at least hundreds of Protection. It is almost hopeless to expect a crop unless
ri Diigo , might- tsa utilised for the cultivation of this
-yt T oat { „almost any garden soil will bring
these fruits to perfection ; light, fibrous, rather sandy loam
s E howeyer, prove most satisfactory. There. should be
, considerable depth of soil; a yard is not too much,
it be on a dry base, which is most important.
soils may be improved for Apricot culture by the
io) of an equal portion of light loam, mortar rubbish,
In furnishing walls, the distance apart
FIG. 131, APRICOT TREE, showing method of Wall Training.
may vary from 2ft. between Cordons, to ote 15ft., or
even 20ft. between Fan-shaped trees. * The roots should be
carefully arranged, interlayered at all points with fine soil,
and the whole covered to a depth of Sin. or 4in. Not only
should the roots have a good covering of suitable earth, but
a secondary one of litter, or other light material, should
be added, to render them frost proof in winter, and drought
‘and heat proof in summer. Newly planted trees should, on,
no account, be allowed to get dry at the root. A thorough
soaking of soft rain, or manure water, will often save a
‘Fig. 132, Apricot TREE, showing method of Training suitable for
fas Gable Ends of Cottages.
- watering.
crop, and restore the trees, when all other surface remedies
or appliances’ fail. Surface sprinklings overhead with
the garden engine, in the afternoons of bright days, are
beneficial, and help to keep the foliage clean and healthy.
So soon as the trees are cleared of their fruit, attention
should be directed to the maturation of the wood. All ©
superfluous shoots should be removed, any excess of growth
~ left on the shoots cut back, and every effort made to
_ perfect the wood already made, rather than force the tree
to make more. Unless the weather be very dry,
should not be applied after this stage.
_ Kaisha.* Fruit round, much smaller than Moorpark. Colour pale
_ Large Red.
the blossoms are protected, by mats or other means, from
spring frosts.” Temporary wooden copings, from 1ft. to 2ft.
wide, laid on iron brackets, are indispensable for warding off
storms, and keeping other coverings away from the flowers.
These should not be put up till the'trees are just bursting
into bloom, and may safely be removed about the end of
May. A few fish or other nets, spread over the trees, afford
considerable resistance to the radiation of heat. This is
>»
_ assuredly one of the easiest, if not one of the most efficient,
modes of protection. Frigi-domo and other thick shadings
are sometimes used, bub y require to be removed from
the trees in the day time. The thinner nets mentioned are
generally not in use for other purposes at this time’ of
year, and may remain over the trees altogether. Glass
copings are the best, but, being rather expensive, they
cannot be used by the majority of cultivators. They
have, however, been applied with good results to trees that
had previously failed. z
Cropping, §c. Thinning of the fruit needs early and
careful attention. The average of 3in. apart may be chosen
for a maximum yield. As the fruit approach maturity,
overhanging leaves, or branches of young wood, must be
removed, to admit sun and light to properly ripen and
colour them. Apricots for preserving should be gathered
quite dry, and with the sun upon them. For dessert, they
should be plucked in the morning, and placed in a cool
room till wanted.
Under Glass. The Apricot will hardly bear forcing. It
is more*sensitive to heat than almost any other of our
semi-hardy fruits. Practically, it is found that a confined
atmosphere, or the slightest excess of heat, brings its blooms
off in showers, and this, of course, mars all prospect of
fruit. Butin cold climates and northern latitudes under
glass is the best and only means of growing them. Should
red-spider appear, it is proof that the roots or the atmo- —
sphere, probably both, have been too dry; more moisture,
and syringing over the leaves, are the surest remedies, The
borders need to be about 2ft. or 2ft. 6in. deep, of any light
rich soil. Fresh planted trees should be frequently syringed
overhead before and after the flowering period. After they —
have become fully established, less overhead sprinkling is
needed. During all the earlier stages of growth, and until |
the fruit are stoned, an artificial temperature of 45deg.
should not be exceeded. After that stage, the fruit will
bear a heat of 50deg. or 55deg. It is hardly safe or
sirable to exceed the latter under glass, and unless
bundance of air is given, 55deg. may bring off the fruit,
even at an advanced stage. A thorough soaking, at
intervals of fourteen days during the height of the growing
season, may be applied; and, should the trees be heavily
cropped, manure water may be given at every alternate
It is also a good practice to mulch the surface
of heavily cropped trees with 3in. or 4in. of good dung.
The fruit should, however, be freely thinned to distances
of from 4in. to 6in. apart at the most. There are three
general methods of growing them under glass: The trees
may be trained on trellises or walls; grown as natural
standards, tall or dwarf; and as bushes, either planted
“ont or in pots,
~ Varieties. The varieties of Apricot, unlike most other
fruit, are not numerous; and the following will be found in
every way representative and satisfactory:
Blanche, or White Masculine, A small and delicate frui
sort. Fruit pale whitish-yellow, tinged with red next
sun, covered with a fine white down; rich, delicate, and sugary.
or * early and , Color
por geah sete, vied ae pea Rind in July.
Breda.* A small sort, of excellent quality. Colour deep orange ;
flesh firm, juicy, and rich. Hardiest sort grown. i
citron; flesh tender, rich, juicy; flavour delicate and delicious ;
-= kernel very sweet. ` eee 5
deepest coloured of all. Fruit very larg
oe
n
- colour deep C
100
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Apricot—cont inued.
Moo k.* The sort most generally grown; large, handsome,
and of excellent quality. Colour brownish-orange ; flesh rich,
juicy, and sweet. Itis one of the best and most ; useful sorts in
cultivation.
Peach, or Grosse Peche. Distinct and very desirable. Fruit
very large ; flesh rich, firm, and juicy. One of the very best.
Royal.* Not unlike Moorpark, but witha more robust constitution,
pew Bt less given to limb dying. Fruit large, dull, yellow, rich,
and juicy.
e Turkey.* A liete variety. Colour pale yellow ; flavour rich and
juicy ; flesh fi
For modes a Training and Budding, Diseases, Insect
Pests, &c., full information will be found under each indi-
vidual title.
APTERANTHES. See Boucerosia.
APTEROUS. Without wings.
AQUATIC PLANTS. The culture of Aquatic Plants,
both indoors and in the open air, has been greatly neglected
of late years; they are, therefore, rarely seen to perfection
in places other than where their culture is made a speciality.
Generally speaking, they are most easily grown. The
following stove and greenhouse genera are well worth at-
tention: Aponogeton, Cyperus, Damasonium, Herpestis,
Limnocharis, Nelumbium, Nymphea, Ouvirandra, Pistia,
Pontederia, Salvinia, Thalia, Trianea, Victoria. Many
species belonging to some of the foregoing genera are
hardy, as are also the following: Alisma, Butomus, Calla,
Hottonia, Menyanthes, Nuphar, Polygonum, Sagittaria,
Trapa, Typha, Villarsia.
AQUATICUS. Living in water.
AQUATILIS. Living under water.
AQUILEGIA aie aquila, an micas in reference to
the form of the petals). Columbine. ORD. Ranunculaceae.
Erect hardy perennial herbs with fibrous roots. Flowers soli-
tary or panicled, drooping ; sepals five, petaloid, deciduous ;
petals five, concave, spurred; spurs very large, produced
downwards into hollow tubes, and frequently curved at
the extremity; carpels five, sessile, free. Radical leaves
on long stalks, twice or thrice ternate, with. trifid-toothed,
usually blunt segments. Too much praise can scarcely be
lavished upon this elegant genus of plants. They prefer
a moist and sheltered situation, with exposure to the
sun. The more robust species will thrive in ordinary
garden soil, but the rarer and more delicate kinds
require a good friable sandy loam and leaf soil, with good
drainage. Seed is produced in abundance, and must bê
sown very thinly, as soon as practicable after being ripe,
in a shady place or in pans in a cold frame. When up,
‘and strong enough to remove, the seedlings may be
planted out where they are to bloom, allowing every
plant at least 9in. each way. The strong-growing kinds
may be placed in the border, the dwarf ones on the
rockery. When in bloom, the inferior sorts should be
weeded out, retaining only the best varieties. To obtain
seed true of any species, it is absolutely necessary to plant |
the separate kinds far apart, and cover them with fine
muslin, to prevent the access of insects to the flowers, as
none are more easily cross-fertilised. Division of the root
is the only way to perpetuate any particular variety with
certainty, unless seed is saved in the way mentioned, or
imported from the native habitats of particular species.
There are many beautiful hybrids, as well as Species, in
psoas
ed, deep blue or blue and white, on leafy, two to three-
lowered stems; spurs straight, but somewhat awe at the
apex, one
apes ments deeply divided into linear lobes. h. 1ft. Aipa of Swi he
zerland, in shady humid places, 1731. Plant this on the
dark pu le) ft. dark purple or bluish violet,
or lin. geod se va two or three =
A. alpina (alpine).* ji. from 2in, to 3in. in diameter when ex-
one-half shorter than the petal limb. Ma:
rr 5 Swit
A. arctica (Arctic). A form of A. formosa.
B head; na aig omal Sa ia ek with the petals’ limb
|
| A, aurea (golden).*
Aquilegia—continued.
sepals about as long as the petals. May.
h. 2ft. to 3ft. Siberia. Border plant. $
A synonym of A. chiijsantha flavescens. * ~
A. Bertoloni (Bertoloni’s).* fl. aboùt lin. across, blue-violet
throughout ; sepals about fin. long, rounded ; pe tals about the
same length ; spurs very short, knobbed; stems two to four
flowered. Juneand July. J. smal}, dark green, and glaucous, A
very pretty little alpine, growing about lft. high. Syn. A. Reuteri.
l. petioled, biternate.
p
SY
Fig. 133. AQUILEGIA CERULEA.
A. . NENIARN Le poog PA iA mecca on a stem, blue and white,
h lilac or claret, rarely pure
white, aaa pier ax nded ain te ain. in diame
slender, nearly s aight, d green ee about 2in. long: April te
July. lslarge, biterna to 15in. Rocky
1864. A very lovely ona Mon the the border or base of the rockery.
Syns. A. leptoceras, A. macrantha. See Fig. 133.
A. ¢. alba (white).* fl. the same size and form as the t:
throughout. Rocky Mountains. A very rare and lovely v: ariety ; ‘
sometimes met with under the name of A. grandiflora.
A. c. hybrida (hybrid).* f/i. blue and white, not so wide across as
™ the type, Say cee numerous, and the plant has a much more
vigorous habit. Of garden origin.
A. californica (Californian).*
A form of A. formosa,
prienna
ainaani mememe ~
Fig. a AQUILEGIA CANADENSIS, b contd Habit and Flower.
less
canadensis (Canadian).* ft. scarlet, malxell väi yellow,
“alan jn in d in ees protean S piraighi jonne $ than han the tae ; mee
zr un segments three-parted, r eah,
i atl he apex: h. lit. to 2ft. North America,
‘or ot be very pretty. See Fig. 134.
2, white
AN ENCYCLOPDIA
OF HORTICULTURE.
101
Aquilegia—continued.
tinted claret at the tip; limb of petals deeper yellow, not quite
so long ; spur straight, very slender, divergent, jin. to Zin. long ;
stems many-flowered... May to August. Z. biternate. h. 3ft. to
4ft. California, 1873. One of the finest of all hardy perennials for
the border. 3
A. c. flavescens (yellow). fl. of a uniform bright canary yellow,
tinged with red; spur somewhat shorter than in A, canadensis,
and slightly incurved. California, 1872. SYN. A. aurea.
G. 135. AQUILEGIA GLANDULOSA.
A, eximia (choice). Synonymous with A. formosa.
A, formosa (handsome).* jl, sepals brigh
f * 5 ., sepals bright red, usually less than
eo long, with an obtuse green tip ; limb of petals yellow, about
wa as Jong as the sepals ; spurs din. to jin. long, slender in the
ower half, nearly straight, distinctly knobbed at the tip; stems
many-flowered. May to September. J. biternate. A. 2ft. to 4ft.
North America. Border. The following are synonyms and
varieties: A. arctica, A. californica, A. eximia, and A. f.
truncata, revealing only trivial differences, There is a very
Í
|
Aquilegia—continued.
beautiful hybrid known in gardens as A. californica hybrida, with
the sepals and petals yellowish, or tinged with orange, while
the long slender spurs are orange red; it is one of the hand-
somest of all. All the forms are very showy, and well worth
growing.
A. fragrans (fragrant).* fl. white or ag claret purple, finely
pubescent, very fragrant ; sepals about lin. long, not reflexing,
twice longer than the broad petals’ limb; spur slender, sli htly
curved, knobbed at the top, same length as
the petals ; stems few-flowered_ May to July.
l. biternate. A. lift. to 2ft. Himalayas, 1839.
This requires a warm position.
A. glandulosa (glandular).* fl., sepals bright
lilac blue, about 1}in. long, more than twice the
length of the petals’ limb; petals white ; spur
jin. long, or but little more, stout, much in-
curved ; stems one to three-flowered. Spring.
l. biternate. h. 8in. to 12in. Siberia, 1822.
Extremely pretty. See Fig. 135.
A. g. jucunda (pleasant), jl. rather smaller.
Very handsome little plants, freely hybridised,
and it is necessary to keep raising fresh batches,
as they are scarcely more than biennial.
A. glauca (glaucous). jl. white, tinted claret,
fragrant; sepals lin. long, not reflexing ; limb of
petals fin. long; spur straight, or alittle curved,
about lin. long; stem three to four-flowered.
June. l. biternate. h. Ift. to 14ft. Himalayas,
1839, Rather tender ; plant in a warm dry posi-
tion.
A. leptoceras (slender-horned). A synonym of
A, cerulea,
A. macrantha (large-flowered). A synonym of
A. cerulea,
A. olympica (Olympic).* f. large, delicate
mauve blue; petals white, rather shorter than
the sepals ; spur stout, short, obtuse. Jl. bi- or
triternate, glaucous. A. lft. 1880. Mount
Olympus. See Fig. 136
A. pyrenaica (Pyrenean).* fl, sepals bright
lilac blue, about lin. long, but not quite as much
broad ; limb of petals about jin. long, and half
as broad ; spur slender, nearly straight, or rather
incurved, nearly or quite jin. long, scarcel
knobbed at the end ; stem one to three-flowe:
with small and little compound deep green
leaves. Summer, h. Qin. to 12i Pyrenees,
1818. Plant on the rockery.
A. Reuteri (Reuter’s). Synonymous with A.
Bertoloni,
. A. sibirica (Siberian).* fl. bright lilac; sepals
very blunt, lin. or a little more in length, spread-
ing or slightly reflexing when fully expanded ;
limb of petals sometimes white, about jin. long ;
ur stout, much incurved, jin. to jin. long;
stems many-flowered, glabrous. Summer. | l
biternate. h. 1ft. Siberia, 1806, Rockery ies.
Here are referred, by Mr. Baker, A. bicolor, A.
Garnieriana, and A. speciosa. See Fig. 137.
thalictrifolia (Thalictrum-leaved). fl.,
g o oblong, acute, lilac blue, about żin. long ;
limb of petals about as long, and rounded at
the top; spurs slender, not quite as long as the
sepals; stems about three-flowered. Summer.
1, with three-stalked segments cut into deep
oblong lobes. A. 2ft, Tyrol, 1879. Entire plant
clothed with fine pubescence.
A. viridiflora (green-flowered). fl., sepals oval-
oblong, shorter than the petals; spurs straight
and longer than the petals ; stems two to three-
Sowered. h. 1ft. to 1}ft. Siberia, 1780. Border.
Rather a pleasing and sweet-scented green-
flowered species, but not very ornamental.
A. vulgaris (common). Common Columbine.
A. variously coloured; sepals ovate acute, about
lin. long, and half as broad ; limb of the petal
rarely exceeding jin. long, and half as much
broad, rounded at the apex ; spur much incurved,
stout, knobbed at the end, as Jong as the petals ;
stems many-flowered. Spring, an? i early summer,
l. biternate. England, &c. There are numerous
varieties of this very handsome species, both
double and single-flower 3
A. V. alba (white). (jl. pure white.
A. V. a fi.-pl. Double white flowers.
A. v. cærulea nana fi.-pl, Very dwarf, with double deep blue
Owers.
A. v. hybrida (hybrid). /l., sepals lilac purple, oblong-lanceolate,
less an lin. long; limb of the petals white, about jin. long ; spur
scarcely incurved. A ;
A. v. Vervæneana. This variety has pretty yellow mottled foliage,
hae
102 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Aquilegia—continued.
Fi
J Asii 7
SET ua die =f N
A-A [E R
yp fh Vi
PaL "l f
i r 1)
Fic. 137. AQUILEGIA SIBIRICA FLORE-PLENO, showing
bit and Flower.
A. v. Wittmanniana (Wittmann’s). fi. large, bright lilac purple ;
ovate-acute, lin. to ljin. long, more than half as much
broad ; limb of petals white, about half the length of sepals ; spur
curved. A very fine variety.
The following names are also met with in gardens, some of which
Teprosetit ee b heed are effective as garden orna-
sima, nevadensis, oxysepala, &e, oe el dma ee
AQUOSUS. Watery. : 3 e
ARABIS (origin of the word not clear). Wall Cress;
Rock Cress. ORD. Cruciferew. Hardy perennial trailers,
except where otherwise stated. Flowers mostly white-;
racemes terminal; pedicels bractless. Radical leaves usually
stalked; cauline ones sessile or stem-clasping, entire or
toothed, rarely lobed. Most members of this genus are
peculiarly well adapted for rockwork and the alpine garden,
oh.
_ both from their natural hardihood as well as their early and
_ profuse flowering habits. They are of the easiest possible
culture in any dry soil. The perennial species may either
Arabis— continued.
be increased by divisions of the root, by cuttings, placed
in a shady border during the summer, or by seed. The
latter may be sown outside, or in’ pans, in spring, when
most of them will germinate in two or three weeks. The
annuals and biennials are for the most part devoid of any
cultural beauty. >
A. albida (whitish).* fl. white ; racemes terminal ; pedicels longer
than the calyx. January to May. l. few-toothed, hoary, or
downy with branched hairs ; radical ones obovate-oblong ; cauline
ones cordately sagittate, clasping the stem. h. Gin. to Qin.
Tauria and Caucasus, 1798. SYN. A. caucasica.
A. a. variegata (variegated).* A very pretty variegated form for
edgings.
p,
. Fic. 138. ARABIS ALPINA, showing Habit and Flowers.
A. alpina (alpine).* fl. white, smaller than those of A. albida ;
racemes terminal
; pa ls longer than the calyx, which is
smoothish. March May. J. many-toothed, lanceolate, acute,
villous with branched hairs ; radical ones somewhat stalked ; cau-
line ones cordate, clasping the stem. A. 6in. European rocks, in ae
sunny places, 1596. There are one or two varieties, including #—~—
variegated-leaved form, in cultivation. See Fig. 138.
A. arenosa (sand-loving).* fl. rose coloured, very rarely white or-
bluish ; petals obovate ; RE a i to Fie a
ley, fort ei cee i ae dap ole
muc er than 34 meme
Stem branched, his id, with simple hairs. A 6in- Middle
Europe, 1798. See Fig. 159. i :
A. blepharophylin, (fringed leare ator claws, "Spring. L
oe $ the herides e ch are fringed with very stiff
hairs; radical ones spathulate; cauline ones oblong, sessile,
A Bin. to 4in. California, 1874. This succeeds best in a cool
frame, where it will flower in January.
A. caucasica (Caucasus), A ning of A. albida,
cida (shining).* fl. white; petals entire, narrowed at the
joo cow eb panar won ie calyx. : Summer. l. obovate, thickish,
shining, clasping the stem. h. 4in. to 6in. Hungary, 1790.
very ‘ ty species, with a dwarf habit; it is especially adapted
-for B wre borders, or rockwork,
variegata (variegated).* A great improvement upon the
ot , bei “al Me cared with yellow, and the green somewhat
ter. y, apea in tufts or as edging, it is very effective, and
should be prevented from flowering. exceedingly desirable
variety is a gem for the rockwork, and when seen in crevices, or
eed tutes. SS ty See It must be increased by slips or
+ rootlets, which should be taken in early summer. ce
Ma anae sgpoter than the ca yx.
AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA OF HORTICULTURE.
Arabis—continued.
as meal Jl. white, in terminal racemes. May to July.
l. grossly toothed, ‘somewhat pubescent, with small stale hairs ;
petioles, cordate-roundish ; cauline ones ovate-
ing the stem. h. 2ft. Caucasus, 1823.
A. pecan ey oe jl. white ; petals ovate, with stalks. June. l.
smooth, ciliated or scabrous, with simple or bifid radical ones
on longish stalks, entire, toothed ; ¢ canine ones oblong-linear,
entire, or toothed. h. 3in. or 4
A. præcox (early). fl. white; petals wona cuneated, double
the length of the calyx. April to June. l. oblong, acute, sessile,
quite entire, smooth. Stem covered with close pressed rigid hairs.
h. 6in. to 9in. Hungary.
A. procurrens (procurrent). fl. white; petals obovate, double
ite length of the calyx. May and J une. l ovate, quite entire,
smooth, ciliated with two-parted hairs; radical ones narrowed
into a petiole ; cauline ones sessile, pointed. Stolons creeping.
. 9in. Servia, 1819. There is a brilliantly variegated form of
this pretty species well worth growing.
A. rosea (rosy).* fl. rosy purple; petals oblong, somewhat wi
moped, double the length of the calyx ; pedicels longer than t
ot hom May to July. l., cauline ones oblong, somewhat cordate, ead
er mom. clasping, scabrous with branched hairs. A. lft.
Calabria, 1
A. verna (spring).
lower ages Pn on lo:
. small, purple, with a white claw ; pedicels
May to June. l, cauline ones gorane,
ng the stem, toothed, scabrous with three-parted
a in 6in. South Europe, 1710. The best annual species,
‘ARAGEe or AROIDEZ.. An extensive order of her-
baceous plants, with tuberous rhizomes. Flowers on a spadix,
unisexual or hermaphrodite, protected by a spathe. Leaves
large, radical. Well known genera belonging to this order
are: Alocasia, Arum, Caladium, Colocasia, and Dieffenbachia.
ARACHIS (from a, without, and rachis, a branch;
plant branchless). Ground or Earth Nut. ORD. Legumi-
nose. A stove annual, of economical value. Corolla resu-
pinate ; calyx a long tube, with a bilabiate limb; ovary
stipitate, inclosed in the tube of the calyx; the stipe
at first short, but afterwards becoming elongated. Sandy
ʻ loam is the soil most suitable for their cultivation. Seeds
should be sown in heat; and, when the plants have grown.
to-a sufficient size, they should be potted off singly, and
placed among other stove annuals. After the plant has
finished flowering, and the pods begin to lengthen, the pe-
pes force them into the earth, where they ripen their seeds.
hypogea underground). Monkey Nut. jl. yellow, five to seven
A, by) er in AS axils of the leaves. May. J. abruptly-pinnate,
bearing two pairs of leaflets, without any tendril; stipulas elon-
en, adnate to the. petioles. h. lft., or procumbent, South
merica, 1812, See.Figa140, _
ARACHNOID. ling a cobweb in appearance ;
seeming to be covered with cobweb, in prea tal of the
entanglement of long white hairs. _
ARALIA (meaning unknown). ORD. Araliacew. This
widely-grown genus includes stove, greenhouse, and hardy
herbaceous and shrubby plants. Flowers inconspicuous,
- umbellate, the umbels usually disposed in panicles; petals
five, inserted on the margin of the disk; stamens five.
See Fig. 142, Leaves usually compound. These plants are
of moderately free growth, and the majority are easy to
manage. Those requiring indoor treatment thrive well
under the ordinary routine of management. One most im-
portant requirement, however, is that they must be kept
well supplied with water at the roots. The finer, or stove
varieties, should be potted in a mixture mainly composed of
sandy loam and peat, with the addition of a little leaf soil of
a fibrous description, and sufficient sand to keep the whole
porous. The stronger growing kinds thrive in a richer com-
post, therefore a moderate portion of well decomposed dung
may be added to the mixture given above. Propagation
by cuttings of the roots is a common and very successful —
method. To obtain the roots, one of the strongest plants
should be turned out of the pot, and the roots should
be cleared of soil by shaking or washing it out; the
requisite number of pieces should then be selected.
As each piece is removed, it should have the end nearest
the stem cut horizontally, to distinguish it from the other
‘or furthermost end. In planting cuttings of the roots,
it is best to place the end nearest the stem uppermost.
The. pieces may ae ee ae we onl be
Aralia— continued.
Fig. 140. ARACHIS HYPOGHA, showing Leaf, Flower, &c., and
Cluster of short wrinkled Pods.
inserted in pots, well drained, and filled with sandy suil,
leaving the tops of the cuttings about level with the surface
of the soil. A square of glasssmust be placed over the top
of each pot, plunging them in moderate bottom heat. The
stems of the plants from which the roots have been taken
may be cut into pieces lin. or 1}in. long, leaving an eye or
bud near the top; a slice of half the shoot may be taken off
opposite the bud. When prepared, these pieces should be —
pressed into pots of sand or sandy soil, and plunged into
bottom heat.
turbing the roots; in that case, if the pots are plunged in
bottom heat, and kept moderately supplied with water,
they will probably throw up several suckers or shoots from
the roots. These, if taken off with a portion of root to
each, and placed in small sized pots, will, with a little
care, soon make useful plants. All the hardy species and
most of the greenhouse ones are propagated readily by
The stems may be cut down without dis-
104
THE DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING, 3 d
. Aralia—continued.
cuttings or pieces of roots. Some of the stove species,
however, are very difficult to increase, except by grafting.
Among these are A. leptophylla, A. Veitchii, &e. These
should be worked on stocks of A. Guilfoylei or A. reticulata,
the latter being the better of the two. Cuttings of either of
these strike readily, and stocks fit for grafting are easily”
procured. In sheltered and warm positions, the greenhouse
species are admirably suited for subtropical gardening,
either planted singly or in groups. See also Dimorphan-
thus, Fatsia, Hedera, Heptapleurum, Monopanax,
Oreopanax, and Panax.
A. canescens (greyish). A garden synonym of A, chinensis.
A. Chabrierii (Chabrier’s).* /. alternate, pinnate, about a foot
long; pinnæ gh oo, 6in. to 9in. long, linear-lanceolate, deep
n, with a heavy crimson midrib. 1882. Suitable for table
ecoration. A charming stove species.
Fic. 141. ARALIA CHINENSIS?
A. chinensis (Chinese).* fl. white ; panicles terminal ; peduncles
umbelliferous. Z. petiolate, coriaceous, woolly on both surfaces
when young (only); pinne seven, ovate, serra at the apex,
_ erect and distinct. A. oft. to 6ft. 1838. This species, if planted in
_ asoil with a dry porous bottom, will prove to be hardy. It is also
most useful for indoor decorative purposes. SYN. A. canescens, of
gardens. See Fig. 141.
i. concinna (neat). /. unequally pinnate ; pinne lobed and ser-
‘ Tate. Stem spotted. New Caledonia, 1879. A handsome stove
minal, united in
E lower ones pinnate, with
and, being pendulous, impart a very graceful character tó
the plant. Stem straight, erect. So ands, 1873. Stov
eae excellent for rit iee oe "T p ai
A. filicifolia (fern-leaved).* l,
and terete in the upper q pate ay
which is i i-pinnately divided; næ
pinnatifid, bright green, with a purplish midrib. and
p thickly marked with oblong white spots. Polynesia,
(Guilfoyle’s).* l. pinna
les; leaflets oblong-elliptic, blunt
sheathing at the base, us
ing 2 a broad m limb | A. reticulata (netted). l. alternate, strap-shaped when
li fo apo
; _ stove heat during winter.
-suited for conservatory or indoor
graceful a
P | A. rotunda (round). J. sometimes of a single leaflet only, which
on long smooth terete | ` with
from three to seven,
Aralia—continued.
they arè sometimes obscurely lobed, and irregularly spinose,
serrate, varying in size from Žin. to šin. long, neatly and evenly —
margined with creamy white, the surface being in addition occa- E
sionally splashed with grey. Stem erect, copiously dotted E
with lenticular markings. South Sea Islands, 1876. Stove 4
species. q
yr | A. heteromorpha (many-formed).* l. sometimes ovate-lanceo-
late and serrated, and at others bifid or even trifid at the apex,
about 6in. to 8in. or Yin. long, bright shining green. A very
desirable species, of robust and compact habit.
A. japonica (Japanese). Another name for Fatsia japonica.
A, Kerchoveana (Count Kerchove’s). J. digitate, almost
circular in outline; leafiets nine to eleven, spreading, elliptic-
lanceolate, conspicuously serrated or undulated margins, of a
deep glossy green relieved by a es midrib. 1883. A very elegant
slender-stemmed plant from the South Sea Islands, and likely
to prove valuable for decorative purposes. Stove species,
A. leptophylla (slender-leaved).* 1. compound, bearing often
seven or more petiolate leaflets of a somewhat pendent character,
and dark green in colour. 1862. An elegant stove or greenhouse
slender growing species.
A. longipes (long-stalked). J. digitate, long stalked, and rather q
distant ; leaflets oblanceolate acuminate, slightly undulated at the “|
edge ; petioles elongated. Stems simple. North Australia, 1882. oe
A very distinct erect-growing evergreen stove Species.
A. maculata (spotted). l. of a light green colour ; leaflets oblong-
acuminate, in about four pairs. Stem erect, which, as well as the
stalks of the leaves, is of a blackish-purple hue, thickly spotted
with green dots. This peculiar colouring is very distinct and con-
spicnous. South Pacific Islands. Stove species. + 4
A. Maximowiczii (Maximowicz’s).* l. on long stalks, palmately a
five to seven-lobed ; lobes lanceolate, 3}in. long, serrate. Japan, 4
1874. An elegant and distinct hardy shrub, with erect spiny
stem. SYN. Acanthopanax ricinifolium,
greenish; scape trifidat the `
Eoaea Ea -flowered :
A. osyana Osyan).* Resembling A. hylla, but f
-n pilat the ends ; pas op Fon ht Lote veins
and tips of the leaflets chocolate brown. South Sea Islands, 1870.
Very elegant stove species.
A. pentaphylla (five-leaved).* l. nipata; or seg hen oniy three
leaflets are produced, each varying from.6im, to 10in. in length, and
from lin. to 2in. in breadth, deeply lob apo bright
shining green. Stem arboreous, prickly. k. 20ft. Japan. SYN.
Panax spinosa.
A. p. variegata (variegated).
white. Japan, 1874. ~ )
A. quercifolia (oak-leaved).* l. opposite, trifoliate ; leaflets —
ew
k broadly edged with creamy
sinuate ; lower petioles about 3in. long, light shining green.
Britain, 1880. Very pretty stove species.
a
FIG, 142, FLOWER OF ARALIA RACEMOSA, enlarged.
racemosa (raceme-flowering).* fl. greenish-white, petals
pg reg rame a Ea lY, disposed B. a terminal raceme,
umbelliferous. June. “& petioles tripartite, the partitions bearin
each three to five ovate or cordate, acuminated, serrated, smoothis
leaflets. h. 3ft. to 4ft. North America, 1658, Hardy herbaceous
species, highly ornamental. See Fig. 142.
; Irani
larger with age, dark green, reticulated with a lighter
the same colour. A very handsome species, requiring.
In a summer it is admirab!
ration, having a light and —
is orbicular, cordate at the base,
distinct “white tipped teet; at other times,
2 AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 105
Aralia—continued.
approaching peas 6 the leaves are trifoliate, the leaflets being
rounded and toothed, and the terminal one being about double
the size of the lateral ones. Stems erect, brownish-green, spotted
when young with pale elongate blotches. Polynesia, 1882.
A. Scheffleri (Scheffler’s). 7. on long petioles, digitate ; leaflets
five, petiolulate, lanceolate, attenuated at the base, serrulated,
glabrous on both surfaces. Stem shrubby, smooth. New Zealand. .
Greenhouse species.
A. spectabilis (showy). A synonym of A. concinna.
A. spinosa (thorny).* Angelica Tree. l. doubly and triply pinnate ;
leaflets ovate, acuminated, deeply serrated. Stem simple, prickly
(as are also the petioles), forming into an umbrella-like head,
deciduous. , h. 8ft. to 12ft. North America, 1688. A very fine
hardy species for sheltered spots. :
A. spinulosa (small-spined). J. alternate, pinnate; pinnæ ovate
Pe
acuminate, dark green, margined with little reddish-crimson
spines or ‘aint Stems and petiole spotted, and suffused
¿ with crimson, 1880. A bold and robust stove plant. i
A. ternata (three-leafleted).* Z ite, ternate; leaflets oblong-
lanceolate hrebene in some cases deeply serrate, in others sinuate,
light Agger New Britain, 1879. A er growing species, very
suitable, when small, for table decoration,
A. Veitchii (Veitch’s).* l. digitate, with about eleven filiform
undulated leaflets, ossy gr above, dark red beneath ; petioles
long and slender. New „1867. A very handsome (said
to be the r stem.
Fie. 143. ARALIA VEITCHII,
igh So oR i rr aa
Aralia—continued.
A.V. patuna (most graceful).* 7. alternate, spreading ; leaflets
nearly linear, but slightly narrowed at both ends, pare pro-
minent ivory-white central rib. South Sea Islands, 1 An
erect growing species, with an elegantly graceful habit. It is.
allied to A. reticulata, but is more handsome. This charming
variety is undoubtedly the finest for table decoration, and is
frequently grafted upon stocks of the typical form. It enjoys
plenty of heat. Syn. A. gracillima.
ARALIACEZ:. An order of trees, shrubs, or (rarely)
herbaceous plants, often pubescent, and sometimes spiny.
Flowers variously disposed, hermaphrodite or unisexual,
regular; petals usually five, and valvate. Leaves alternate,
or (rarely) opposite. This order is closely allied to Umbel-
lifere ; and the best known genera are Aralia and Hedera.
ARAR TREE. See Callitris quadrivalvis.
ARAUCARIA (from Araucanos, its name in Chili).
Syn. Eutacta. ORD. Coniferæ. A noble genus of
dicecious or sub-dicecious evergreen trees, with usually
imbricated persistent flat sessile scale-like leaves. Male
cones large, cylindrical, terminal; female ones very large,
globular, terminal, with dense ligneous deciduons scales,
each bearing a solitary seed. The
are not, unfortunately, sufficiently
P <
majority of the species
hardy to withstand our —
106 - THE. DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, ¥
Araucaria—continued.
winters ont of doors. Few trees can compete with them in
symmetry and elegant proportion for conservatory decora-
tion, where they may be grown in large tubs, or planted
out. Small plants grown in pots are most serviceable for
table and other decorative purposes. They thrive in a
good fibrous loam, mixed with leaf soil and sand. Propa-
gation by means of seed is the surest and most satisfactory
method; the seed should be sown in pans or boxes, or if in
large quantities, in a bed, with but gentle heat; they
usually take some time to germinate. Cuttings are procured
by taking off the leading shoots, and fixing them firmly in a
pot of sand; they first require a cool place, but may after-
wards be subjected to slight warmth. When rooted, they
should be potted off into the soil above mentioned. The
young growths which afterwards shoot from the plant,
whence the cutting, may be taken off and treated in much
the same manner. These are the only methods of pro-
pagation worth pursuing.
A. Balansze (Balansa’s). male cones cylindrical-conical, 2in.
female cones elliptic globose, 4in.; scales obovate, cuneate.
arcuately-uncinate, ovate triangular, imbricated round the dis-
tichous, simple branchlets. A. 150ft. to 160ft. New Caledonia,
1875. A fine greenhouse plumosely branched tree.
A. Bidwillii (Bidwill’s).* The Bunya-Bunya Pine. cones sub-
apne longest diameter 10in. to 12in., shortest Qin, to 10in.
, ovate-lanceolate, in two nearly horizontal rows, acuminated,
slightly convex above, concave beneath, leathery, deep shining
green. h. 150ft. Moreton Bay. Habit very regular and sym-
metrical. Greenhouse species.
brasiliensis (Brazilian). /. oblong-lanceolate, much attenuated
at the point, loosely imbricated, deep green ; lower part of the
trunk usually free from branches, terminating in a rounded head.
h. T0ft. to 100ft. Brazil, 1819. A. b. gracilis, and A. b. Ridoljiana
are two forms of this species.
A. columnaris (columnar). A synonym of A. Cookii.
A. Cookii (Cook’s).* Z. awl-shaped, short, densely imbricated
around the frondose branches. Described by Mr. Abbay as having
“a somewhat curious habit, even when growing alone, of shedding
their es for five-sixths or more of their height, and then
replacing them by a smaller and more bushy growth, so that the
tree at a distance presents a very columnar appearance, the
i, Fic. 144. ARaucaRta EXCELSA, eo
-~ A, Cunninghami (Cunningham's).* 1. on the sterile branches
~ needle-shaped, obscurely quadrangular, rigid, acute ; on the fertile
ee branches shorter, stouter, closely appressed, bright green ; upper
Araucaria—continued.
branches ascending, lower ones horizontal. h. 100ft. Moreton
Bay. This fine species we have found to be quite hardy on the
south-west coast of England.
A.C. glauca (milky-green). A very handsome variety, with silvery
glaucous leaves.
A. excelsa (lofty).* The Norfolk Island Pine. J. awl-shaped,
curved, sharply acuminated, bright green, densely packed on the
frondose, deltoid, horizontal, or pendulous branches. When well
grown, this is a beautifully metrical greenhouse or conserva-
tory species, attaining to a height of 150ft., and a circumference of
20ft. or more. Norfolk Island. This is especially desirable in a
small state. There are several varieties known, the best being :
A. e. glauca, having lighter green, and very glaucous foliage ;
and A. e. robusta, which is larger in all its parts. See Fig. 144.
A. Goldieana (Goldie’s).* Allied to A. Rule. l produced’ in
whorls; pendulous, dark green, varying in size. New Caledonia
Most distinct and elegant for conservatory decoration. :
A. imbricata (imbricated).* The Monkey Puzzle. fl., male and
female catkins on separate trees; the males are six or sevenin a —
cluster, pedunculate, yellow, dnd oval with numerous scales, imbri-
cated, long, and recurved at the points; the female catkins are
oval, with numerous wedge-shaped scales, with narrow oblong
brittle points; they are produced at the ends of the branches.
cones, when fully ripe globular, from 3in. to 4in. in diameter,
dark brown. The branches are horizontal, inflexed, and ascend-
ing at the extremities, and are produced in whorls. J. ovate-
lanceolate, sessile, thickened at the base, stiff, leathery, straight,
somewhat keeled-shaped below, and strongly mucronate at the
apex; verticillate, with seven or eight in a whorl, imbricate, and
closely encircling the branches, concave, . glabrous, shining,
marked with longitudinal s, dotted on both sides. h. 50ft.
to 100ft. Chili, 1796. A ll known hardy tree, of striking
ay and indispensable to Arboreta and shrubberies. See
ig. ” *
A. Rulei (Rule’s).* male cones oblong obtuse ; female cones ov.
l. oblong- eolate, with a prominent nerve, more closely
pad cpa and less sharply Baad than in the foregoing species ;
imbricated in four rows. Branches horizontal; branchlets often
grown. -> a
ARBOR. A tree. A perennial plant, having a distinct
bole or trunk, from’ which the main branches grow. _
tree,
ARBORETUM. A collection of hardy trees formed
for pleasure or instruction, and which, when well managed,
is a source of much interesting study. afford shelter,
improve the local climate, renovate bad soils, &c., and also,
by concealing or hiding disagreeable objects, heighten the
effect of agreeable ones, create beauty, and add value. A
properly arranged Arboretum should be constructed with a
view to picturesque beauty, and not systematically, as is
usually the case in Botanic Gardens, although scientific
purposes are best served by a systematic arrangement.
ARBOR-VITE. See Thuja.
ARBOUR. A seat surrounded by lattice work, covered
by Vines, Wistarias, or other climbing plants.
allusion to the austere quality of the fruit). Strawberry Tree.
ORD. Ericacee. Trees and shrubs, with evergreen alternate
laurel-like leaves. Corolla globose, or ovately campanulate $
petals five, reflexed. Very ornamental subjects for lawns and
shrubberies, thriving well in a light sandy or peaty soil.
They may be propagated by seeds, which should be sown in
sand during March ; by budding, and by inarching ; the first
mentioned method is the one most generally employed, with
good results. The various sorts may be grafted, budded,
or inarched upon A. U . The greenhouse species are
rare in cultivation, but their management does not ma-
terially differ from other plants requiring a similar tem-
perature,
Andrachne hne).* f. nish-white ; cles ter-
p erect, Aae vied y tome Maren wet ape l
oblong, bluntish, entire in some, a little serrated in others,
ag geet h. 10ft. to 14ft. Greece, 1724. A fine ornamental
ree.
saw. -leaved). o dis] in
T aL ard, aad AAA Gaal
those of the species. Syn. A. serratifolia. —
RESCENT. Having a tendency to become a ==-
Gestalt
eo N
ARBUTUS (from arboise, Celtic for austere bush; in-
AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE.
107
zah y
f Pt
d Pa r WSN Sg
£ -< saN
idite SES er a
bei, ott) ae wy 1% > ree S
Mise 1! 7 a r 4
iv 4 *
2 byte = Nig 5
Aan Agee
at oF
kaca
>> a A
——
Dst
Fig. 145. ARAUCARIA IMBRICATA,
108
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Arbutus—continued.
A. andrachnoides (Andrachne-like). Synonymous with A.
A. canariensis ( got £ greenish-white; panicles erect,
clothed with hispid TS. an Lol l. oblo; Janceolate, serrated,
laucous beneath. A. 8ft. to 10ft. Canary Green-
species,
A. densiflora (thickly-flowered).* fl. white; sorelh, oval; pedicels
furnished with three bracteas at the base ; panicl e terminal, com.
posed of closely packed racemes. 1. 4in. toSin. long, on on long petioles,
oblong, acute, sharply toothed, coriaceous, ve and
shining, but downy beneath, and the middle nerve with rusty
villi; branches angular, hairy. h. 20ft. Mexico, 1826. Green-
house species.
A. hybrida (hybrid).* f. white; ay terminal, pendulous,
on September to December. l oblong, acute, serra
labrous ; branches pilose. h. 10ft. to 20ft. A half -hardy garden
hybrid; it originated about 1800. Syn. A. andrachnoides.
(Menzies’).* fl. white; racemes axill;
minal, panicled, dense-flowered. Sep’ tember. l
quite "entire, glabrous, on long petia h. 6ft. to 10ft. North-
west America, 1827. A noble hardy tree. A. laurifolia comes
close to this species. SYN. A. procera.
A. mollis (soft). f. rosy, drooping; panicle terminal, crowded,
racemose. June. Z. oblong-acute, sharply toothed, coriaceous,
clothed with soft pubescence above, and white tomentum beneath.
h. 6ft. Mexico. Greenhouse shrub,
A. procera (tall).* A synonym of A. Menziesi.
A. serratifolia (saw-edge-leaved). A synonym of A. Andrachne
serratifolia.
A, Unedo (Unedo).* The Strawberry Tree. fl. white, deep red
in some of the varieties, nodding, in terminal racemose, bracteate
. September. fr. large, scarlet, nearly globose, granular,
ible. & oong nee peo on serrulated ; branchlets
clothed with glandular hairs. to 10ft. West of Ireland,
and South Europe. There are l varieties of this plant in
cultivation. It is one of the greatest ornaments in the months of
October and November—the season when it is in flower, and
Peros also, the fruit of the former year is ripe.
A. Xalapensis —_ ai reddish white; corolla ovate ;
panicle terminal, co) of many racemes. ee te,
ae acute, pasea entire, soia 2in. long, ae p mana
eloi with eo tomentum beneath ; epidermis: spanta =
ARCHEGONIUM. The female organ in ferns, &c.,
analogous with the ovary in flowering plants.
ARCTOSTAPHYLOS (from arktos, a bear, and
nena a grape ; bears eat the fruit of some species).
ORD. Ericaceæ. Handsome hardy or half-hardy shrubs or
; sub-shrabs, agreeing in generic characters with Arbutus,
except that the fruit is five-celled and the cells one-seeded,
and not granular on the ontside. For culture, &c., see
Arbutus.
A. alpina (alpine).* Black Bearberry. f. white or flesh-coloured,
in terminal, reflexed racemes ; pedicels rather hairy. April. 2
obovate, acute, wrinkled, serrated, deciduous. Stems procum-
bent, trailing. Scotland (but rare), &e. Syn. Arbutus alpina.
A. nitida (shining).* f. white ; racemes terminal. May. J. oblo
` acute, smooth on both sides and shining above.
4ft. Mexico, 1839. An erect half-hardy evergreen.
A. T gon ardien (stinging ).* fl. white ; pedicels close ; racemes short,
rm gs oN at length’ lateral. February. l ovate-
perm A acute, re rather ih saa quitaamtire, coriaceous,
fine down on both surfaces ; branchlets angular,
een 1839, E. much branched, half-
Se en compen J. pure
cal peer racemose.
= ly a road mg “er ne acute, sub-cordate at
clothed with white tomentum beneath, on short petioles ;
pre me h. ft. North-west America, 1826. rubby
tlesh-col
yt a small rherry. A. at the presen Hig th zen mouth,
r ebora Wales. entire, coriaceous, shining. Highlands
Sen, apenas Uva-ursi. ; P proonnihent trailer.
prin ey urceolate,
leaves, somewhat
ARCTOTHECA (trom cia: “te and theke, a
ORD.
allied to
capsule ; so named from the roughness- of the fruit).
Composite. Greenhouse herbaceous
perennial,
Arctotis. Heads radiate; involueral scales imbricate in
many rows, the outer linear, t inner larger,
very obtuse; receptacle honeycombed, bearing
many little fringes ; achenes ovate, somewhat four-sided,
af soil, and loam, Propagated by divisions of the er
soil being kept moderately moist.
ae: in a few weeks after sowing, and when about 2in. high,
sor pappus. It thrives in a compost of peat, i
Arctotheca—continued.
or cuttings, in spring. Several species formerly classed
in this genus are now included under Arctotis.
a tna reh aed da aati aiota. hito |e ae
are of Good Hope, 1793. A stemless, creeping or decumbent
ARCTOTIS (from arktos, a bear, and ous, an ear;
in referénce to the shaggy, frit) ORD. Composite.
Mostly half-hardy herbaceous perennials. Involucral bracts
numerous, imbricated, scariose on the margin; receptacle
pitted, studded with bristles between the florets; achenes
grooved, crowned with a pappus of membranous scales.
The species of this genus are of easy culture in a compost
of loam and leaf soil. Propagated by cuttings at any
time of the year; these should be pricked in pots of very
sandy soil, and placed in gentle warmth; they must be
kept uncovered and moderately dry, or they will rot. The
Arctotis are very handsome plants in sunny, dry positions
outside during the summer months, but they must be pro-
tected during winter.
A. acaulis (stemless).* /l.-hzads yellow and red. Summer. z.
hoary on each side, ternate, lyrate. Stem very short, decumbent.
h. 4in. Cape of Good Hope, 1759. Very rarely met with.
A, arborescens (tree-like).* f/l.-heads, ray-florets white above,
sgh beneath ; disk-florets yellow ; disposed in large circular Daisy-
ike heads. Summer. Ù linear- oblong, pinnate ; upper ones
pend; lower ones stalked. A. 2ft. Cape of Good Hope,
A. argentea (silvery). fl.-heads orange. August.’ l. lanceolate-
linear, entire, downy. Å. 1ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1774.
A. aureola (golden). Synonymous with A. grandiflora.
A. breviscapa (short-stalked). Synonymous with A. speciosa.
A. grandifiora (large-flowered).* fl. henge cree ; outer scales of
involucre reflexed, be igang al ge ea a broad short point,
pal cobwebbed. -pinnatifid, aie, three-
er A sat Cape 7 ‘Good Hope, 1710. SYNS. . aureola
A reptans (creep heads white, July. l. hai
va te pu Seen! Sten
Bin. Cape of Good ao
.-ħheads pink.
ed, hoary.
A. ie ke * fl.-heads yellow ; outer scales of involucre
linear recurved. July. ead Br pinata, , hoary beneath, three-
nerved, Plant stemless, Cape of Good Hope, 1812.
Closely allied to A. acaulis, NEE A, breviscapa.
A. undulata (wavy). Synonymous with A. grandiflora,
ARCUATE, ARCUATED.
bow; forming an arch.
ARDISIA (from ardis, a point; in reference to the
acute, spear-pointed anthers). ORD. Myrsinaceæ.
tensive genus of evergreen trees and shrubs, which are, for
the most part, very ornamental greenhouse or stove plants.
Flowers white or rose-coloured, more or less panicled ;
panicles sometimes many-flowered at the extremities of
the branches, and longer than the leaves, sometimes few-
flowered and in the axils of e
rarely almost opposite, or
pagated by cuttings of the half-
but, as the points of these side shoots b
and fruit, they are not well adapted for making good plants.
To obtain the best plants, the largest, ripest, and best-
coloured berries should be sown early in spring, as soon as
gathered, in a wide-mouthed pot or, seed pan, well drained
and filled with loam and peat in 6qual parts, with the
addition of some sand, and plunged in bottom heat, the
The seeds will germi-
Heer
tem procumbent. Cape of Good
Curved or bent like a
the strongest seedlings should be selected and placed in
Bin. pots, the same mixture of soil being used, with the ad-
dition of a fourth part well decomposed manure. After
potting, the plants must be moistened overhead twice a
day with a fine rose or syringe, and be kept in a close
atmosphere until the roots have taken to the fresh soil.
ate ip
l spathulate- -lanceo-
An ex-
t- a.
AN ENCYCLOPZADIA
OF HORTICULTURE.
Ardisia—continued.
When the plants begin to grow again, they should be
removed to a light situation in the house; and when the
pots are well filled with roots, a shift into 6in. pots may
be effected, water being given judiciously until well esta-
_blished, and here they may remain to fruit. Until the
berries are coloured, clear manure water, given once or
twice a week, will be found beneficial. The plants arrive
at their best when about 1 or 2ft. high; after that,
they begin to get naked at ie bottom. It will then be
wise to cut the worst plants down to within 2in. of the
pots, in early spring, allowing them to become dry at
the roots before this operation is performed. By giving
moisture to the roots when the cut has become dry, the
plants will soon break into growth again, when some of
the worst placed shoots should be rubbed off, leaving only
one or two of the strongest and best placed, calculated to
develop into a well formed plant. When the shoots have
grown 2in. or 3in., the plants should be turned out of their
pots, the soil shaken out from the roots, and the long
ends of the roots trimmed in a little with a knife; they
“must then be placed in a pot sufficiently large to hold the
roots without squeezing. The plants should now occupy
the warmest end of the house in which they are grown, care
being taken in watering until new roots are formed, when
they may have more air ana somewhat liberal supplies
of water. As soon as they are sufficiently advanced in
growth, they should be transferred to a larger-sized pot.
With proper treatment, they will flower and fruit the same
season as they are cut down, and form handsome plants.
Although most species of this genus are classed as stove
plants, they will succeed very well in a temperature that does
not fall below 45deg. in winter; and, when so grown,
they are not so liable to become infested with large brown
scale and other insect pests. This is particularly the case
with A. crenulata, and cool treatment is also favourable to
the ripe berries hanging on the plants for a much longer
time than when grown in a stove. Moreover, they do not
sufier so much when removed for decorative purposes.
(taper-pointed). fl. nearly white ; petals small,
es termi and axillary, many-flowered.
labrous, oblong, acuminated, attenuated at the
t. Guiana, 1803.
A. acuminata
acute, dotted ;
~ July. 2. entire,
base. h. 6ft. to
+
Fic. 146. FLOWERING BRANCH OF ARDISIA CRENULATA.
Ardisia—continued.
A sate feet, coal, tm, ls oe tr
um! te, ing. July. Berries Soragna
oblong-lanceolate, attenuated at both ends, with k repandl — -
oblong ianeociato; att glabrous. ~ scared sv T w
A. munis humble). j. rose-coloured uncles solitary drooping
ing each a racemose nary of of many gots fe
flowers; pe volute
June. | Berries size parpat peas, ning blac, — A
late, acuminated
India 1800. rous, juicy. eee ft.
get er e (Japanese).* jt. white ; pedicels on ig | sub-umbellate,
; racemes une. J. nearly
to five in a w son short petioles, cuneate -
oh n fe 4in. long. A, lf apan.
oblong, acu t J
Perhaps the hardiest of alt the po an
-fruited).* fl. flesh ; petals
ovate, obtuse; racemes ponte, 5 ser ay almost se le,
may hairy. Berries vermilion coloured, as large as goose-
berries. J. oblong, acute, tapering downward landularly
crenated, dotted, close together, leathery, 6in. to ong, paler
beneath, veinless. Ah. Sf to 6ft. Nepaul, 1824 mk beautiful
A. Oliveri ee Fees rose pink, white eye ; corolla rotate, Jin.
across ; lobes obtuse ; heads terminal, consisting of a number of
stalked, man many fowored corymbs ; icels about twice as long as
the flower, L nearly sessile, entire, glabrous, 6in. to 8in.
long, by 2in. in a broadest portion ; oblanceolate, acuminate,
tapering towards the base. Costa Rica, ma
A. paniculata (panicled).*
A. punctata (dotted). fl. greyish white, rpa secund,
beset with dark dots, and the pedicels with dark lines ; peduncles
umbellate, terminal, and axillary; umbels involucrated by
deciduous bracts. June. l. glabrous, lanceolate, leathery, re
paniy crenated, tapering to the base. A. 6ft. to 10ft. China,
A. serrulata (finely serrated).* f. deep at Petals ciliated ;
calyces and ponhs coloured ; panicles ret ; pedicels umbel-
late. July. glabrous, lanceolate, poco mae f wrinkled, ser-
rulated, as with rusty dots beneath - - branches. downy. h. 2ft.
to 3ft. China, 1820.
A. villosa (hairy). jl. whitish; umbels axillary and terminal, v
villous. October. Berries villous. l lanceolate, r
villous beneath, crenulated, 5in. to 7in. long, tapering to
base, copiously dotted. China. All the upper parts of ne pla
are densely beset with hairs,
A. v. mollis (soft).* This variety has very fine red berries, and is .
superior to the type. è
A. OI abeyance E, ikem cor Pek in loose E
peduncles a , one-half pedicels, pi pilose eaves and
are, as well as dalys d
te, bi
repanilly ore cremated, tn. to to fo the long, ete pel
ARDOINA. (in ea of P. Arduini, curator
of the Economical Garden of Padua, in the time
of Linneus). ORD. Apocynacee. A singular and
pretty greenhouse evergreen shrub, of easy culture
in por ogee eon pots of peat and loam, mixed
in proportions. Propagated by cuttings
in under a glass. The winter temperature
should not be a ed to fall below 40deg.
bispinosa (two-spined). fl. small, white, sweet-
scented, terminal, corymbose. ~ March to August. Berry
red. 1. cordate- cae mucronate, nearly sessile, dark
green, larger tha those of Box. Spines twin, simple,
but usually bifid; in this last case, one of the clefts
ge downwards, and the other upwards. A. 3ft. to
ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1760. SYN. Carissa Arduina.
ARECA (Areec is its name in Malabar, when an
old tree). The Cabbage Palm. ORD. Palmaceæ.
This genus is now broken up into several, and
many species formerly here arranged are 1
under Acanthopheniz, Euterpe, Hyophorbe, Kentia,
Oncosperma, Phenicophorum, Very
and graceful stove palms, with a branching spadix, and
double spathe, which incloses the flowers. Flowers
unisexual, borne upon the same spike; female flowers
having six rudimentary stamens, and male flowers a six-
cleft perianth. Fruit one-seeded. They thrive in a com-
post of loam, peat, and leaf soil, in equal parts, with a
liberal addition of sand; et ee grown,
: . O9
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Areca—continued.
loam should preponderate to the aiii of about two-
thirds, and some rotten cow-manure may be added. Pro-
pagated from seeds, which should be sown in a compost
similar to above, and placed in a moist gentle heat. They
are employed with much success for the decoration of
drawing rooms and dinner tables. Of course, the descrip-
tions refer to the plants in a mature state, but they may
be grown for many years before reaching the dimensions
given.
A. (Princess Alice’s). - Z. pinnatisect; segments sessile.
North A ia. A very handsome species, with a comparatively
Australia.
dwarf habit; itisa valuable decorative plant.
~_— Catechu ji g vra ee innate, from 3ft. to 6ft. long; leaflets
12in. to 24in. in len and about 2in. broad, light green; petioles
broadly sheathed at the base. k. 30ft. India, 1690. One of
the best and oldest species in cultivation, very effective, in a
young state, for dinner table decoration. It produces the Betel
nut, of which enormous quantities are used in India.
A. concinna (neat). J. pinnatisect, sub-glabrous; segments
gr much acuminated, Stem green, 8ft. to 12ft. high,
lin. to 2in. in diameter. Ceylon. The Cingalese chew the albu-
men of the seeds with their Betel.
ormis (gland-formed). J. pinnatisect, 9ft. to 12ft. long
when fully grown. =h. 30ft. Moluccas. A handsome stove palm, of
ld aspect, and very suitable, when young, for decorative purposes.
A. triandra gg ng p porote like those of A. Catechu
in size, &c. A. 20ft. India, introduced to Britain about 1810,
ARENARIA (from arena, sand; in which most of the
species are found). Sandwort. ORD. Caryophyllacew. TRIBE
Alsinee. A very large genus of hardy herbaceous plants,
consisting of about 150 species. It is distinguished by
having generally three styles. The perennials only are
- worth growing; these are extremely pretty little alpine
plants, and will thrive in any ordinary soil in exposed
places; the rarer species may be grown in small pots, well
drained, in a mixture of sand, loam, and leaf soil, or in well-
drained crannies of the rockery. They may be increased
_ by either division, seeds, or cuttings; the latter, placed
under a hand-glass, will root “freely. The best time to
_ divide the plants is early spring, or July and August.
_ Seeds should be sown in spring in a cold frame.
Fig *
A, baisarion (Belen), JE, viite, sepala “rats, padanelon
org father berg la ciliated. h. 3in. Corsica, 1787. A pretty
ttle creeper, one of the best plants for covering damp borders of
ie rockwork.
A. czspitosa (tufted), Synonymous with A. verna ccespitosa.
A. ciliata (ciliated). jl. white, usually solitary; sepals ovate,
acute, five to seven ribbed ; petals obovate, twice as long as the
sepals. July. 7. ovate, or obovate, roughish, with a few hairs,
one-nerved, and ciliated. Ireland. A. bin. A thick, tufted,
spreading, "procumbent plant.
A. olia (grass-leaved).* fl. white; panicle three-forked,
» loose; sepals very blunt, much shorter than the obovate
: k June. l. long, awl- shaped, filiform, scabrous on the
h. 6in. to Qin.
margins from serratures. Stem erect, simple.
eae, 1817. e
ora (large-flowered).* fl.
‘ very ‘he's ion se pals ovate, awned, three-nerved,
Sunes awl-shaped, broadish, flat,
crowd Zin. to 6in.
wo-flowered, ion A, g. triflora
P laricifolia (Larch- pore * fl. white; sepals bluntish, triple
nerved, hairy ; petals twice Ge ie ong as the sepals; stems aera:
ing, one, three, or six flowered somewhat scabrous ; ade cylin-
dri denticulately ciliated. A. 6in.
- 9- betes isa
i ae
y5 lf the length of
la : Res 5
glabrous, crowded. pr a apea Sees ‘three sbi
Stem erect, simple. A. 6in. to Sin. Seria 12, pene:
A. montana (moun orm a A. areo
very iy Pe et oe:
shorter t
_ stems very y long, procambenh
A, tetraquetra four-angled).
white, usually’ solitary 2
(long-leared). a paks aori 1 semn ovate, obtuse, not _
| A. albiflora (white-Awered).* 7
the corolla. E i anole linear arg aie
a vem 147.
Sar rolla; oat E
Arenaria—continued.
flowered. May. l. ovate-lanceolate, acuminated, glabrous. Plant
tufted, decumbent. h. 6in. Higher Pyrenees.
A. rotundifolia (round-leaved).* fl. white, solitary; petals
roundish-ovate, longer than the sepals. July and August. l
rag Ain, across, roun roundish, ciliated, on spreading tufted branches.
in in. Sibe:
white, somewhat capitate ;
sepals stiff, acute, keeled, ciliated, almost equal in ke to the
corolla, August. l. ovate, keeled, a edged, imbricated in
ai rows. Stem straight, pubescent, . Bin. to to 6in. France,
A, verna (sprin; net tear o Fi small, white ; sepals ovate, lanceo-
late, acuminated, with three remote equal ribs, longer than the
obovate petals. May. l. awl-shaped, bluntish. Stems panicled,
elongated. h. about 3in.
A. v. cæspitosa (turfy) A variety havin;
Calyces and peduncles smoothish. Europe, A. cæspitosa.
ARENGA (name of doubtful origin). ok Palmacee.
An extremely useful and interesting palm. The medulla of
the trunk is used as sago, and the saccharine juice forms
excellent sugar. To grow it successfully, it requires a
strong heat and a rich mould. ' Propagated by seeds only. |
A. saccharifera (sugar-bearing). ñ. striped. June. h. 40ft.
Moluccas, 1829.
AREOLATE. Divided into distinct angular spaces,
or areola.
ARETHUSA (mythological: named after a nymph of
Diana’s, who was changed into a fountain; in allusion to
the habit of the plants). ORD. Orchidacee. A small genus
of very pretty, but rare, terrestrial orchids. They require
a moist shady spot with a northern aspect, and thrive best
in a compost of well-rotted manure and sphagnum. <A
mulching in winter, by way of protection, is needed.
ulbous).* e, ht urple,
A a ee
sum bearded. scape
May. J. linear, nerved. i ie i —
ARETIA. See Androsace. 7
ARGANIA (from argam, its aboriginal deen
Sapotacee. A very fine greenhouse evergreen tree, said -
Don to flourish against a south wall, out of doors, with the
protection of a mat in severe weather, It will thrive in
ordinary garden soil. Increased by layers and cuttings
in autumn and spring, the latter requiring a bell glass
covering ; both operations must be performed in a
moderately heated —
Pie ae | leafy stems.
Sideroxylon spinosum.
ARGEMONE (from argema, cataract | i
allusion to some real or fancied m
ORD. Papaveraceæœæ. Very hani
nials, abounding with yellow
prickles. Sepals two to three, con
four to eight; peduncles axillary,
sessile, repand-sinuated, usually spotted
cesses spiny-toothed. The species will thr?V"18 almost any
garden soil in the open border. Seed may be sown ont
of doors about the end of March; those of the rarer
species on a hotbed, and planted ont about the end of
June.
fl. white; petals gealy three.
July and August. l. sessile, feather- nerved. A. 1ft. Georgia,
. Hardy ann
e ra (gront foveend) * fl. large, punas white with
yw anthers. July. J, saasa, smooth, glaucous, spin;
3 nerves unarmed. A. 2f to 3ft. Mexico, 1827. This
a when raised from seed, donk not flower until October ;
ut when the roots have existed through the winter, the peen
‘produce flowers early in the summer. Hardy perennial.
aee hite, Zin. to Sin. in diameter. Sep-
er. l pinnatifi bristly. h ait, picate ee Avery
_ Deautifal
a
gE ag eRe Ree E
AN
ENCYCLOPADIA
111
OF HORTICULTURE.
Argemone—continued.
by
+ +
Fic. We INFLORESCENCE OF ARGEMONE OnANDINLbbi.
A. mexicana (Me Toa pn Devil's Fig. , yellow ; pupae
four to six. To -sin eds blotched
amie, A S Re piny,
Hardy ann
wish-white te).* jl. pale yellow, ha petals
oundly sinuated matiñd,
p Angust, Sioa eae gore Bg bloteh edith w A eiee;
exi "1827.
peim Bire A palo colour ‘resembling
silver.
ARGOLASIA. See Lanaria.
ARGYREIA (from argyreios, silvery; in reference to
the silvery undersides of the leaves). Silver-weed. ORD.
Convoljulacee. An elegant genus of greenhouse and
stove climbers. Sepals five; corolla campanulate. Shrubs
for the most part silvery, put sometimes silky and tomentose.
The greater number of the species are robust, extensive
twiners or climbers, usually requiring plenty of room to
run, before they will flower. A. cwneata, and one or two
thers, are of dwarf habit, and produce their splendid
occas iicabundance. All the species grow well in
rich soil, or a mixture of peat, loam, and sand.
‘ings root readily if planted in sand, with a hand glass
pinood over them, in a little bottom heat.
A. capitata (headed be corolla lin. to 2in. long, rose coloured
or purple, hairy ou uncles exceeding the petioles. July.
l. cordate-ovate, neu , Zin, to Sin. long, and lin. to šin.
broad, hairy on surfaces ; a ular at the base.
Plant clothed wit otek strigose hairs.” ilhet, 1823.
-leaved).* corolla arze, of a beautiful deep
bright purple ; heir manahang PER shorter than leaves, three to
ares Vihan l. obovate-cuneate, e gs iie, oee
abov beset short crowded hairs
late. Stem clothed with
powdery down: at top A Ait ot
Argyreia—continued.
A. cymosa (cyme-flowered).* fl., corolla pale pink, tubularly
funnel- Coes villous eera peduncles as long or longer than
the leaves, leafy at top, and cymosely many-flowered. l. roundish-
cordate, or reniformly-cordate, obtuse, terminated by a very short
prickle, glabrous on both surfaces, or cl with pr
down. Malabar (mountains), 1823.
A. malabarica (Malabar). ji. rather small; bottom of the bell
deep patie: throat eg with the edges paler, almost white,
and slightly ten-lob peduncles as long or longer than_ the
leaves, many-flowered at the apex. June. l roundish-cordate,
acute, glabrous, or furnished with a few scattered hairs on both
surfaces. Coromandel, 1823.
A. pomacea (Apple-fruited). fl. large, rose coloured ; peduncles
villous, exceeding the eg a little, cymose, many-flowered.
Berry size of a cherry, yellow. 1. vate-elli tic, obtuse, clothed
with cinerous, velvety oai on both s
aces, but ape
_ beneath, sometimes sub-emarginate at apex. Mysore, 1
A. speciosa (showy).* fl., corolla nearly 2in. long, of a deep
colour; peduncles about ie in rg ong h to the petioles, um- m
bellately capitate. Ti r k . long, and
broad, cordate, acu eg bites at above, or rarely villous, noe
nerved beneath, andelo hed with silky, silvery down. India, 18.
A. splendens (splendid).* , corolla tubularly campanulate, iin
chow geo ous outsi e, pale red; 4 peduncles exceeding the
(hoary
tioles, corymbosely many-flowered. November. L
ovate-oblong or ovate- Poy i entire or durately sinuated,
sometimes somewhat three-lobed, smooth a bred but clothed with
silvery, silky down beneath, 6in. long, acuminated. India, 1820.
ARGYROXYPHIUM (from argyros, silver, and
wyphion, a corn-flag; in allusion to the Gladiolus-like,
silvery leaves). ORD. Composite. An ornamental green-
house herbaceous perennial. Involucre campanulate ; re-
ceptacle conical; heads pedunculate, racemose, or in
thyrsoid panicles. Leaves alternate; lower ones close,
elongated, thick, on both sides silver-lined. Stems simple
or slightly branched. It thrives well in rich sandy loam -
and leaf mould. Propagated by seed-heads.
C. sandwicense (Sandwich Islands). jl.-heads purplish. l. linear
a imbricate, clothed as well as the stems with silvery
hairs. ? 3ft. Sandwich Islands, 1872. Syn. Argyrophyton
Danke
ARIA. See Pyrus Aria.
ARISZMA (from aron, Arum, and sana, a standard;
in reference to the close alliance to Arum). ORD. Aroidee.
Small tuberous rooted greenhouse (except where stated
otherwise) herbaceous plants. Spathe rolled round the
spadix at the base ; spadix bearing unisexual flowers below,
and rudimentary flowers in the upper part. Leaves peltate, —
pedate, palmate, or simple. For culture, &c., see Arum.
A. concinna (neat).* /.,spathe convolute, tubular at the base ;
upper portion bent over at the mouth, wed
into a tail-like a :
plant longi x y ith w and green, the latter
our bei blue-purple in the end June. l
soli at dhe base, and made up of ten or twelve
Janceo!)
t green h radiate from the top
of the rere the pard tan lft. to 2ft. high. Sikkim, 1871. *
A. curvatum (curved).* jl. crowning a scape which overtops the
foliage ; tube a cylindrical, green, obscurely striped with
white; ‘the elli or tng arches forward, green on the inner sur-
face, and brownish-red on- outer ; ’spadix prodi into a
urplish-red tail, about lf mg. April. l. pedate. The large
bruts, which sheath the of the stem, are beautifully
marbled with dark olive ereen, red, and light green. A. 4ft.
Himalayas, 1871. SYN. A. helleborifolium.
A. eata (helmeted).* f., spathe about 4in long; tube and
cylindrical side of spathe green, tinted Dna at base, with
many longitudinal white lines ; inside of the tube Purple. Jul:
l. solitary, trifoliate; middle leaflet 6in. lon Le pin În: broad ; 4
lateral ones Tin. long and nearly 4in. broad. A. 1ft.
Sikkim, 1879 :
A, Griffithi (Griffith’s).* /.; spathe large, boag -like, brown-violet,
with green veins ; spadix brown-violet, and the barren end at the
base above the flowers has a disk-like ike appe Storia oe g“ oe
extremity is prolonged into a long th a
l. with bold roundish leaflets. A. 1ft. g
Hardy ; very handsome. Syn. A. ee
A. helleborifolium (Hellebore-leaved). _ A synonym of A. curva-
um.
A. Hookerianum (Hooker's). A synonym of A, Grifithi.
A,n above th
inguish it from €
lola: Spring. |.
112
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
.
Arisema— continued. `
leaflets ; central one 6in. long, the others shorter. A. 2ft. Hima-
layas, 1879.
A. præcox (early). A synonym of A. ringens.
A. ringens ing).* fl., spathe striped n and white, erect
and A belt, then arching su deniy over, and again con-
vone, into a ee small deep purple orifice, w 5 Lay.
reflexed margins ; ix erect, e yellow-green. ring. l,
leafiets three, sain aula ree noth and produced: tots a fili-
form point; peduncle short. Japan. Hardy. SYNS. A. precox
and A. Sieboldi.
A. Sieboldi (Siebold’s). A. synonym of A. ringens.
f A. sS iosa (showy).* ^., spadix deep glossy purple, greenish
j and white, with a long flexuous prolongation, sometimes nearly
20in. in length ; spathe also terminating with a filiform elongation.
March. J. solitary, trifoliate; leaflets petioled, dark green, con-
spicuously edged with blood red; petioles long, mottled with
Temperate Himalayas, 1872.
white. h. 2ft.
LLA,
A. Sriphyiia (three-leaved).* fl., spathe 4in. to bin. long, striped
with broad lines of purplish-brown, with about lin. of green in the
middle; spadix 3in. long, one with brown. June to July.
l. on long stout petioles, trifoliate ; leaflets entire, equal, acumi-
nated. A. Yin. to lft. North America, 1664. This is quite hardy.
SYNS. A. zebrina and Arum triphyllum. See Fig. 148.
A, zebrina (zebra). A synonym of A. triphylla,
_ARISARUM (name of Greek origin). Orp. Aroidec.
A small genus of half-hardy herbaceous plants, possessing
but little horticultural interest, and allied to Arisema.
«Flowers unisexual, spadix having no rudimentary flowers.
~ Leaves on long stalks, heart-shaped or spear-shaped. The
only species in cultivation thrives in a sand, loam, and peat,
Fic. 148. ARISEMA TRIPHY
e a idae 1). geo livid purple. May. h. lft.
ARISTATE. Having ,
of barley. ee a beard or awn, as the glumes
ARISTEA (from arista, a poi “ee
to the rigid points of i ees or beard; in reference
‘genus of greenhouse herbaceous
A. ciliosa (
compost. , Propagated by seeds or divisions of the root in `,
ORD. Iridacew. A i
ARISTOLOCHIA (from aristos, best, and locheia,
parturition; in reference to its supposed medicinal cha-
racter). Birthwort. ORD. Aristolochiacee. A very large
genus of stove, greenhouse, or hardy, evergreen or deci-
duous, climbing or erect shrubs. Flowers axillary, clus-
tered, or solitary, pendulous, of most extraordinary forms;
perianth tubular, curved, or straight, with an oblique,
cordate limb; stamens six, rarely four, or numerous, ad-
hering to the stigma; capsule six-valved. Leaves cordate -
entire or lobed. Good loam, with a small proportion of
decayed manure and a slight addition of sharp sand to
secure efficient drainage, is a good compost for the whole.
They will thrive when- planted out in the conservatory
more satisfactorily than elsewhere; for as they usually
grow a considerable height before flowering, they require
very long trellises in pots, and have to be trained up and
down; or, better still, round a pillar of uniform cir-
cumference, a pyramid form being useless. The best way
is to train them round, close down to the pot, and keep
on about 2in. from one turn to the next. Some of the
larger sorts will require more room. Cuttings root freely
in sand under a bell glass with bottom heat.
Oe ened ane tine ailated Gado ane age hero Bs
peduncles axillary, solitary, one-flowered. December. J, on short
etioles, cordate acuminate ; stipules cordate-roundish. A. 10ft.
Vew Grenada, 1845. An evergreen stove twiner.
A. barbata (bearded). fl. purple, axillary, 2}in. long; nth
straight; limb = segs, lip spathulate, bearded at the end.
July. l. cordate, oblong. A. 10ft. Caraccas, 1796. Stove evergreen.
A. caudata (tailed).* fl. lurid; perianth cylindrical ventricose,
and six-spurred at the base; lip cordate, cuspidate; the cusp
twisted, orm. June. l, lower ones reniform, lobed; upper
ones three partite. h. 5ft. Brazil, 1828. Deciduous stove twiner.
obliquely
iag m
flowered. September. l cordate
ventricose at
. subcordate-ovate, te.
cordifiora (cordate-flowered). fl. axillary, very large, with
broad cordiform limb, creamy grlom, with blotchy purple veining.
May. l. cordate acuminate. 30ft. Mexico, 1860.
A. deltoidea variegata (deltoid ao variety). J, varie-
gated with white. A. 6ft. Columbia, 1870.
A. Duchartrei (Duchartre’s).* #1. racemose; tube brown; limb
cream colour, with purple blotches, January. l. reniform-cordate,
acuminate. Upper Amazons, 1868. h. 6f This stove specie
flowers from the old wood? SYN. A. Ruiziana,
A. floribunda (free-flowering).* fl. numerous ; limb purplish-
with yellow veins, centre gne July. 2. cordate ovate, ve
minate. A, 10ft. Brazil, 1 Stove species.
A. galeata. (helmeted). fl. creamy, with reticulated veins. At
i. cordate, with broad ee sinus. h. 20ft. New Grenada, a
A. gigas iant § le ; perianth large, cordate
side, a etek Lowey Pabi inflated, contracted |
limb large, cordate ovate, with a tail. «
date, ; peduncles solitary, bra
mala, 1841. j :
ldieana (Goldie’s).* greenish
Erte = That ue Ooo”
AN ENCYCLOPEDIA
OF HORTICULTURE.
113
Aristolochia—continued.
openen (Tringa) le bro September.
Merten} 1858. Stove species.
odoratissima BAe pa rpg ate sweet-scented ;
uncles one-flowered, longer than the leaf ; Bao rdate lanceo-
l. cordate, ovate, ever-
A. leu
l. cordate, acumina;
g longer t the perianth. July
green. Stem twining. h. 10ft. aa 1737. Stove evergreen.
ornithocephala (bird’s-head).* purple, very large, and
extremely si To render any E hee pa at all lucid, th: this
ies may be said to have the head of a hawk and the beak of a
heron, with the wattles of a Spanish fowl, which, however, are
grey, netted with brown; head of the same colour, veined ; and
the beak grey. 1. between cordate and reniform, obtuse. October.
h. 20ft. Brazil, 1838. Stove species.
bs ringens (gaping).* fl. extremely grotesque, Tin. to 10in. Jong,
pale green, marbled and reticulated with black purple. The
perianth has an obovoid ventricose sac, or cup, 2}in. long, which
is woolly inside ; tube ascending obliquely from the sac, terete,
dividing into two very long lips, the upper of which (lower as the
flower hangs) is oblong-lanceolate, recurved, and hairy inside
below the middle, while the lower one is shorter, with recurved
margins, and expanding into an orbicular or almost reniform limb.
Unlike many other species, the flowers are produced on the young
shoots.’ a bright green, glabrous, roundish-reniform.
. 20ft. Brazil, 1820. Stove evergreen.
_ A. Ruiziana (Ruiz’s). A synonym of A. Duchartrei.
_ A. saccata (pouch-flowered). . purplish-red, forming a large
te Hoat circular, verti September. l. 12in. to 1i
ong, and 4in. broad scattered, ovate-cordate, narrowed at a
slightly waved and sinuated, entire, more silky beneath t
above. h. 20ft. Sylhet, 1829. en evergreen,
A. arr oe ar par le; pertanth incurved.
May. cordate, oblong, Ett daa! AA prostrate, flexuous,
somewhat climbing. h. te Conti’ 1727. Greenhouse species,
.
Fic. 149. FLOWERING BRANCH OF ARISTOLOCHIA SIPHO.
A. Sipho tube-bearing).* fl. yellowish-brown ; corolla ascending ;
limb in ee ual portions, not expanding, ‘fat, brown ; bracts
The, ovate. May and June. l. "cordate, acute.
t. to 30ft. North America, 1763. This hardy,
| ARo shrub grows freely in a deep, free, rather
f i a. fl. yellow. Old
, 1854. Sune species, ee
A. tomentosa (tomentose).* fl. purple riant its tu
twisted back, Ae ag much AO Be divided than in A. Sipho,
g, flat, and yellow, with the mouth of the tube of a deep
eae pokes solitary, without a bract. July. l cordate,
beneath. h. 20ft. North America, 1799. Hardy.
tricaudata (three-tailed).* dark gp gt tl solitary,
split into resale teeters ae an ong acuminate,
rugose, 5in. to Bin. Tong. | i ui
stove shrub, — i) See
A. trilobata
saccate at, base;
tem twining.
March. h, 3ft.
Aristolochia —continued.
A. lia (claw-leaved). jl. racemose ; th brownish-
purple, stipitate at base, above which it is swollen out in a globose
or oblong form, with two thickened | grocer wr? near the end ;
upper end of tube contracted, somewhat curved, terminating in a
two-lipped b, one ink large, ovate, the other minute. June.
l. 6in. to Tin.
ARISTOLOCHIACEZ:. An order of very curious
plants, with singularly inflated flowers, consisting of a
calyx only, of a dull, dingy colour. Itis popularly known
as the Birthwort family, and has an Bagi representative
in Aristolochia clematitis.
ARISTOTELIA (said to be named in honour of
Aristotle, the Greek philosopher). ORD. Tiliacee. A
hardy evergreen shrub. Calyx campanulate; petals five,
inserted in the base of the calyx, and alternating with its
lobes. Easily grown, in ordinary garden soil, in the shrub-
bery. Propagated by ripened cuttings, which root freely if
placed under a hand glass; or by layers.
A. Macqui (Macqui’s).* small, greenish, axillary. May.
l. nearly ea stalked, obong, a acute, smooth, shining, dentate,
permanent. h. 6ft. Chili, 1733, A shrub esteemed for its hand- /
some foliage. The berries are about the size of a pons very dark
ack. The variegated form is not so
le, at length becoming
Panky as the type, but m ore ornamental.
ARMENIACA (from Armenia, the native country of
the Apricot). Apricot. ORD. Rosacee. TRIBE Drupacee.
Small, hardy, deciduous trees. Flowers appearing before the
leaves from scaly buds, solitary, or few together, almost
sessile. Leaves, when young, convolute. Drupe ovate-
globose, fleshy, covered with velvety skin, containing a nut,
or stone, which is acute at one end and blunt at the other,
with a furrow on both sides; the rest smooth, not wrinkled.
For culture, &c., see Apricot and Prunus.
rigantiaca con).* jl. white or pink, glomerate, almost
sarin March. (Brigancon) BE by aie ela - toothed ;
the teeth numerous, and lapping over each other. ft. to 8ft.
<< oF Europe, 1819.
Ao nea TE iain serra
h. 10ft. to 16ft. China, 1800.
A. sibirica (Siberian). fl. ap ign
minate ; ee ee h. 8ft. to 20ft.
. white icellate; pedicels
oe pee petioles glandular.
A lL ovate, acu-
Dohe ; 1788.
ing the scape and turned downwards;
the base, persistent; flower scapes ‘Jeafless. Leaves linear,
radical. As the majority of the species differ in mere
technical details, we have given a representative group
only. They are easily cultivated in a sandy loam and leaf
soil, and are increased by seeds and division, separate
pieces being planted as cuttings under hand glasses ; or
the rarer kinds should be potted and placed in a frame.
The seed should be sown in spring, in pots of sandy soil,
and placed in a cold frame. Although best grown as rock
plants, most of them do well in pots and borders. A. vulgaris Se
makes one of the best of edging plants. ; ,
A. cephalotes (round-headed).* jl. deep rose or crimson, in a
pa eee ox on peice nat Raye l. br
rous, acute; petioles channelled,
h. eA to l8in. South Europe, 1800. This a aa i finest
species, and is best raised from an annual sowing of seed, as it is
somewhat difficult to increase by divisions. SYNS. A. formosa, A.
latifolia, A. mauritanica, and A, pseudo-armeria,
A. dianthoides (Pink like).* A light pink, in close heads abont
6in. high. May and i. spreading, flattened, nerved,
slightly downy. South Sood 1810. .
A. formosa (handsome). Synonymous with A. cephalotes.
Apnesi Com TIS a A D ee el baa about 3in.
roundish, pointed, deep- pe = :
South Europe. A ery roy y alpine species. :
114
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Armeria—coniinued.
rose, in small densely
A. (Juniper-leaved).* fl. d
heads. May and June. l. short, stiff, erect, Juniper-like.
6in., with a dense tufted habit. Spain, 1818. Plant in a warm
well-drained portion of the rockery in very sandy soil, with some
nodules of sandstone intermixed.
d
A. latifolia (broad-leaved). Synonymous with A. cephalotes.
2 A. leucantha (white-flowered). A white-flowered variety of A.
plantaginea.
A, maritima (sea). Synonymous with A. vulgaris.
—— mauritanica (editecramenn). Synonymous with A. cepha-
ape plantaginea lantain-leayed).* jl. bright rose ; scapes taller
than in A. inan (P l. broader, three to five-nerved, and with a
— growing habit than the common oon h. 1ft. South
urope, 1818. A very pretty — SYNS. A. leucantha, which
i ae called A. p. alba, and A. scorzonercefolia.
A. a (false-Armeria). Synonymous with A. cepha-
A. . seorzonersefolia (Scorzonera-leaved).
A. setacea (bristly).* fl. light rose, in small heads about 2in.
high, very freely produced from the axils of the leaves. April to
June. l, in dense rosettes, erect, or nearly so, narrow, acute, the
tufts having a bristly appearance. h. 3in. South Eur ope. Plant
in semi-perpendicular cranny of the rockery, with a sunny
position.
Meh ia, or ite (h * Common Thrift; Sea Pink. fl. pink, rosy
red, li zA or white (the latter known as A. v. alba), collected into
a rounded head on the top of the simple scape. June to August.
l. all radical, numerous, linear, usually óne-nerved, more or less
pubescent. h. 6in. to 12in. Britain, on the sea coasts. A. v. alpina
is a dwarf alpine form of this species. The white-flowered variet
is nj handsome. A. v. Laucheana is also a pretty form, wit
pink flowers in dense heads about bin. h, and a very
tufted’ habit. Crimson Sem, of garden origin, is stronger wW-
ing, with stems about Yin. high, carrying heads of bright crimson
pee flowers, also of tufted ibit. Syns. A. maritima, Statice
- Armeria.
“Synonymous with A.
ARNEBIA (its Arabian name). ORD. Boraginacee.
Handsome hardy herbaceous perennials or annuals, allied
to Lit um. should be removed with a
heel in autumn, dibbled in sandy soil in small pots, and
placed in a cool house, where they will ultimately, though
slowly, root; they should then be gradually hardened off,
and finally planted out. A. echioides is dis. easily in-
— creased by making cuttings of the strong roots, which
should be dibbled in pots of sandy soil, and placed in gentle
pricey siti is also raised from seed.
(Echium-like).* fl. bright llow, with
Amplis spot "o the Ste cane inven rinse of the Peston og
uall d. May. se a few days ; spikes terminal, large,
ET ne secund, May. l. sessile, alternate ; margins—as well as
the ste: h. 9in. to 12in. Armenia. One of the
poco of Sed tacts | perennials for the border or rockery.
A. Griffithii (Griffith’s). This differs from above in having
narrower leaves, rather smaller flowers, which are of a more de-
cided yellow, a differently shaped calyx, and a longer corolla.
A, Sin. North-west India. mally desirable, were it a perennial ;
E? cw being an annual, it must be constantly raised from seed.
-ARNICA (from arnakis, lambskin ; in reference to the
tecxkure of the leaves). ORD. Composite. Hardy, dwarf,
herbaceous , allied to Senecio. . They thrive best
m, t, and sand; the plants are best divided in
ig. Seeds should be procured when possible, and
in a cold frame, in spring. The only species worth
are described below. —
A. Aronicum. Synonymous of A. scorpioides.
base A. Chamissonis (Chamisso’s).* ji.-heads yellow, l}in. to 2in.
Across, arranged in a corymb. July to 4 pit g e aa
lanceolate, acuminate or to the base.
h. lft, to 2ft. North Amei. oniran agh vaare
A, Clusii (Clusius’s). fl.-heads yellow, terminal ; stalks
long, thi thickened towards the top, and. erat vi long Sahe. ,
Summer. J. so ones entire, ne ones psi 1 obtuse,
+ er agg pet to tas cauline ones ae stem- —
ing, lanceo. in wer part. | - Swit Zer-
fan isio. SYN. Doronicum Clusii. E T
a > Taen (leafy).* fl.-heads pale yellow, about
; sau a eee i
pae cal
aera Seal
ARPOPHYLL
phyllon, a leaf; the leaf is sword-shaped).
A. esculenta (edible r SeSe oy te the leaves or
oo Sara peg ta i. pinna leaflets broadly
ovate, acun foundly serrated; the
two lowe h. 1ft. to 2ft. Moun-
1823. SyN. Conium
Arnica—continued.
late, entire, smooth. Habit tufted. R. lft. Europe, 1731. A
very handsome but rare plant; excellent for a rockery. It is
slowly increased. See Fig. 150.
Fic. 150. ARNICA MONTANA, showing Habit and Flower-head.
A. scorpioides (scorpion-like).* jl.-heads yellow, large, solitary ;
scape one to. three-flowered. Summer. l. pale green, denticu-
lated ; radical ones on long petioles, broadly ovate ; the lower stem
leaves shortly stalked, coat xicaul; the upper ones sessile. h. 6in.
to l2in. South mee: 1710. Border, SYNS. A.
Aronicum scorpioi
ARNOPOGON. See Urospermum.
AROIDEÆ. See Aracez.
ARONIA. See Crategus Aronia, and Pyrus.
ARONICUM. See Arnica scorpioides and Doro-
Aronicum,
UM (from arpe, a scimitar, and
ORD Orchi-
dacew. Distinct evergreen epiphytes. are abou
six species known, and the genus belongs t
division of orchidaceous plants ; their eral
are: Flowers small, numerous, in closely Packed Wlindrical
spikes ; anther-bed broad, shorter than the broad extension
of the upper edge of the stigma; pollinia eight. Stems
rather long, with wide sheaths. They thrive well in
fibrous peat, one-third turfy loam, freely interspersed with
lumps of fresh charcoal and an abundance of crocks. When
growing, a liberal supply of water at the roots is essential,
as is also a situation near the light, where they will bloom
much more profusely than if in any way shaded. The —
flowers last in perfection about four weeks. !
A. cardinale (cardinal). fl., ; nopia and petals light rose ; lip aep
red, on upright spikes about 1ft. high. Summer. New ‘Grenada. are
A cool house species.
A. giganteum tic).* pono urple and rose, densely and
retin cet on É cylin Sial spikes, which are from
Din. to 14in. lone
ril and May. J. dark green, about 2ft. long,
borne on slender ©. scudo-bulba: Mexico. This is an excellent
cool house species, of great beauty. JEN
A. spicatum (spike-flowered).* fl. dark red, on an eh. spike
about lft. 2 ag During winter. Guatemala, 1839. At present n
- this is rare in cultivation. Pe ae
ARRACACHA (its Spanish name in suerte es
Orp. Umbellifere. A half-hardy tuberous perennial, highly
esteemed as an esculent in South America, where it yields
a food, which is prepared in the same manner as potatoes,
and is said to be grateful to the palate and extremely easy
of digestion. It thrives’ best in rich loam; and is in-
creased by divisions of the roots.
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
115
OF HORTICULTURE.
ARTABOTRYS (from aratao, to suspend or support,
and botrys, grapes; in reference to the way the fruit is sup-
ported by the curious tendril). ORD. Anonacew. A hand-
some stove evergreen shrub, thriving in a good sandy loam
and peat, to which a little rotten dung may be added.
Propagated by cuttings made of ripened wood, placed
in sand under a bell glass, with bottom heat, in early
spring. Seed, when procurable, should be sown as soon
after receipt as possible. S
A.. odoratissimus (sweetest-scented).* fl. reddish brown, ex-
tremely fragrant ; peduncles opposite the leaves, hooked beneath
the middle. June and July. Z. oblong-lanceolate, acuminated,
smooth, shining. h. 6ft. Malayan Islands, 1758. In Java, the
leaves are held to be invaluable as a preventative of cholera.
ARTANEMA (from artao, to support, and nema, a
filament; in reference to a tooth-like process growing on
the longer filaments). ORD? Scrophulariacee. An inte-
resting and handsome greenhouse evergreen shrub, allied
to Torenia. Flowers disposed in terminal racemes, and
on short pedicels. Leaves opposite, sub-serrated. It may
be treated as hardy during summer, for which purpose
seeds should be sown in spring; but it requires the pro-
tection of a greenhouse during winter. Artanema grows
freely in light rich soil, and is readily increased by cut-
tings and seeds, @
fimbriatum (fri $ nel-
A geben oft A E ey ae fa
lobes unequally serrated; racemes terminal, four to sixteen-
flowered. June, November. J. lanceolate, acute, serrated, rough
to the touch from numerous elevated dots. Stem smooth, glossy.
h. 2ft. to 3ft, New Holland (on the banks of the Brisbane River
at Moreton Bay), 1830.
ARTANTHE. See Piper.
ARTEMISIA (from Artemis, one of the names of
Diana). Mugwort; Southernwood; Wormwood. ORD.
Composite. A very large genus of mostly hardy herba-
ceous perennials, few of which, comparatively speaking,
are worth growing. Flower-heads disposed in spikes, or
racemes, and these are usually arranged in panicles; pappus
none; iffvélucre few-flowered, ovate or rounded, imbri-
cated; florets of the disk all tubular; of the ray, if
any, slender, awl-shaped. Leaves alternate, variously
lobed. All the species are of the easiest possible culture
, in any dry soil. The shrubby kinds are best pr
‘by cuttings; the herbaceous ones, by dividing at the root ;
A, Abrotanum (aromatic herb).* Southernwood. /l.-heads yellow-
ish. August to October. Hag By ey ones te; uj ones
innate, with the Stem straight. 2ft. to
ft. Europe, 1548. leciduous shrub ; well known for its fra-
grance. :
A. A. humile (low). A low spreading variety. h. 14ft.
A. A. tobolskianum (Tobolskian). A much more vigorous
growing variety than the last, and larger in all its parts than the
type.
. alpina (alpine).* Jl.-heads yellow, solitary, on long slender
aor ie if rohan lanceolate. Summer. E pinnate, covered
with whitish silky hairs; lobes linear, entire. h. 6in. to 10in.
- - Cayeasus, 1804. Dwarf, with a very tufted habit.
A, anethifolia(Anethum-leaved). fl.-heads yellowish-green, small ;
icle very large, densely packed, nearly 2ft. long. Autumn.
. chiefly cauline, much divided into thread-like segments, greyish-
n. Stem shrubby at the base, nearly glabrous, branc! at
Tae top. h. 3ft. to 4ft. Siberia, 1816.
A. argentea (silvery).* j.-heads pale yellow, roundish, closely
- packed. oy l i Egoe tary freely divided, densely
_ clothed with soft silvery hairs. A. 1}ft. Madeira, 1777. A very
~ pretty sp requiring a warm sunny position on the rockery.
A. cana (hoary).* ‘green yellow, small, uninteresting, ovate, in a
ca, 1800. distinct species, and its silvery
leaves and stems render it Well. worthy of cultivation.
Artemisia—continued. z
A. frigida (frigid). /.-heads yellow, uninteresting, small, roundish,
racemosely agen a l. pinnate; segments narrow,
a h. Siberia, 1826. A prétty creeping, herbaceous
P me :
A. maritima (maritime). _fl.-heads brown; racemes oblong-erect
or drooping. August and September. Z downy, bipinnatifid,
oblong ; segments linear. Britain. A much branched, erect, or
decumbent plant, excellent for rough rockwork or very dry
banks, &c. è
A. Mutellina (Mutellina).* Faroe yellowish-green ; lower ones
stalked, upper ones sessile. July. J. all palmate, multifid, white.
Stem quite simple. A. 6in, European Alps, 1815. -
A. pontica (Pontine). /l.-heads yellow, roundish, stalked, nodding.
September, l. downy beneath; cauline ones bipinnate ; leaflets
linear. A. 3ft. Austria, 1570. 2.
A. rupestris (rock). _fl.-heads brown, globose, stalked, nodding.
August. Z. sub-pubescent; cauline ae pinnatifid ; leaflets
linear, acute. h. in. Norway, &c., 1748.
A. scoparia (twiggy-branched). ragga small, whitish; panicle
broad, densely packed, about 1}ft. long. Autumn. J, much
divided; segments hair-like ; lower branches very slender. h. 3ft.
“to 5ft. East Europe.
A. spicata (spicate). fl.-heads brown, spicate. June and July.
l. hoary; cal ones palmate multifid ; cauline ones pinnatifid A
pepa cnar entire, blunt, Stem quite simple. A. lft. Switzer-
A. Stelleriana (Steller’s).* ji.-heads yellow, uninteresting,
round, somewhat erect. Summer. l, lower ones spathulate-
incised ; upper ones obtusely lobed ; end lobes often confluent,
about 2in. long, silvery white. A. 1ft. to 2ft. Siberia.
tanacetifolia (Tanacetum-leayed). /l.-heads brownish ; racemes
simple, terminal. Summer. J. bipinnate ; lobes linear sub-lanceo-
late, entire, acuminated, rather downy. Stem sometimes branch-
ing at the base, herbaceous. Ah. 1}ft. Siberia, 1768.
A. vulgaris (common).* Mugwort, fl.-heads yellow, somewhat
racemed, ovate. August. l. pinnatifid; segments white, and downy
porn gg 7 Fag do to 4ft. high, eiiiai ae me The varie-
ga orm o; is species exhibits a very pleasing contrast.
There is also a pretty variety with golden aver :
ARTHROPHYLLUM MADAGASCARIENSE.
See Phyllarthron Bojeriana.
ARTHROPODIUM (from arthron, a joint, and pous,
a foot; the footstalks of the flowers being jointed). ORD.
Liliacee. Very pretty greenhouse herbaceous perennials,
allied to Anthericwm. Flowers purplish or white, in loose
racemes. Leaves grass-like, radical. They thrive well in —
a compost of sandy loam and peat, and may be increased —
freely by divisions or seeds. a ee iS ces
f
A. cirratum (curled). jl. white; racemes divided; bracteas _
leafy. May. E a a ie ke h. 3ft.
New Zealand, 1821. 2
A, fimbriatum (fringed). f. white. July. A. 1ft. New Holland,
A. z l i ew Caledonian).*
m -branched
lanceolate, barred with black linear markings near
1}ft. New Caledonia, 1877.
A. ; (panicled).* fl. white; racemes divided ; icels
; inner — cren May. l narrowly pid nee
` h. 3ft. New So Wales, 1800. A. minus is a small form of
this species.
A. pendulum (pendulous).* white, clustered in threes, pen-
dulous. June to August. l. linear, keeled, shorter than the
‘branched scape. A. 14 New Holland, 1822.
ARTHROPTERIS. ‘See Nephrodium and Ne-
phrolepis.
ARTHROSTEMMA (from arthron, a joint, and
stemon, a stamen ; in reference to the stamens or connec-
tives being jointed). ORD. Melastomacee. Beautiful stove —
or greenhouse evergreen shrubs. Tube of calyx turbina
or campanulate, usually clothed with bristles, pili,
scales; lobes four, lanceolate, permanent, without any
appendages between them; petals four. A mixture of loam, —
peat, and sand, suits them best; and cuttings of small firm
side shoots will root, in April or August, under a hand
glass in sandy soil. Only three or four out of the half-dozen —
species belonging to this genus have been as yet intro-
m
116
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Arthroste: —continued.
A. nitida (glossy-leaved). fi. lilac ; peduncles axillary towards the
top of the branches, three-flowered, longer than the petioles.
June. i. ovate, acute, serrulated, glabrous on both surfaces,
shining above, but glandularly hispid on the nerves beneath.
Stems shrubby, erect, and are, as well as the branches, tetragonally
- winged, beset with coloured hairs, k. 2ft. to 3ft. Buenos Ayres,
1829. Greenhouse species,
A. versicolor (changeable-flowered). fl., petals obovate, ciliated,
at first white, but at length becoming reddish, terminal, solitary.
September. l. petiolate, ovate, serrulated, five-nerved, discoloured
beneath. Plant shrubby; hairy. h.1ft. Brazil (on the sea shore),
1825. Stove species. +
ARTHROTAXIS. See Athrotaxis. ?
ARTICHOKE, GLOBE. (Cynara Scolymus, a
cultivated form of O. Cardunculus). As a vegetable, the
Globe Artichoke is cultivated for the use of the im-
mature flower-heads, and is highly esteemed. A good
open position, free from overhanging trees, is best suited
for its culture generally, but, by planting successional
suckers in different aspects, the season may be consider-
ably prolonged. The soil must be of good depth, rich,
and not too heavy. It may be greatly improved for
Artichoke culture by the addition of sea-weeds or salt
applied as manure.
*
Fig. 151. GLOBE ARTICHOKE.
Preparation of Soil. Trench the. ground two spits deep
if possible, mixing a liberal dressing of well-rotted manure
in autumn, and ridge up for the winter, to sweeten. Crude
manure full of straw, leaves, and sticks, often induce fungoid
growths, and are most injurious to the crowns of the plants.
Clay or stiff loam is about the worst soil on which to attempt
_ the culture of this vegetable ; this drawback may, however,
to some extent be alleviated by the addition and thorough
amalgamation of a light free soil or liberal dressings of
sandy road drifts, or similar materials. An ill-drained soil
is also fatal to good results. During hot, dry weather, the
plants are greatly benefited by copious applications of clear
water and dilute liquid manure; and this must be especially
attended to on such soils as are liable to burn or dry up in
summer. x
and about 3ft. from plant to plant. Water-in carefully.
ing of half-decayed manure, to prevent an undue evapo-
ration of moisture. During hot, dry ‘weather, give
liberal supplies of water, and the plants will become esta-
_ blished se Te mosis tho fret season. A few heads will
much of a crop until.
Cultivation. When the beds bsve been properly pre- |
pared, the plants should be put in them ‘a ba pd May. ©
Place three together in rows between 3ft. and 4ft. apart, —
to settle the soil around the roots, and apply a mulch- |
the second season, when five or six ©
Artichoke, Globe—continued.
good heads will be got from each plant, and for three or four
years the produce will be large if the beds are properly
attended to; after which time it will become desirable to
make up new plantations. In October or November, it will
be necessary to apply a good mulching of straw or fern to
the beds, to protect the plants from frost. In April, all
this litter should be cleaned off, a dressing of rotten manure
applied, and the beds forked over and kept clean for the
rest of the season, treating as before described. Great
care must be taken to remove the heads as soon as they
are ina fit state; and, when the whole of them are removed
from the stems, cut the latter out as low as possible.
Globe Artichokes will keep for some considerable time if
laid in a cool place, although they will deteriorate in
quality. These plants may be used in the background of
flower borders in the kitchen garden, their handsome foliage
being peculiarly well adapted for such purposes, whilst their
economical value is also secured. See Fig. 151. Where
there is plenty of room in light, warm sheds, orchard houses,
or other places where frost can be kept out, some stools can
be taken up with the root intact in the early part of November,
placed in boxes of soil, and well watered-in. When
drained, the boxes may be put in any of those posi-
tions for their winter quarters, and, if kept moist,
will develop much earlier than the outdoor crops,
provided they are planted out early in April on a
warm border, and protected with mats when the
weather is cold. Propagation may be effected by
seeds, or by suckers from the old stools, the latter
being the better plan. In the former case, sow the
seeds in March, on a gentle hotbed, and prick the
seedlings off singly, when large enough, into small
pots. Harden off by the last week in May, and
plant out in threes as previously recommended,
_ protecting the plants osts. During the
manure mulching, to prevent undue
In November, well cover with dry litter w
not heat; and, in hard frosts, or heavy snow, throw a
a few mats over the beds, uncovering at the same Ps
time as recommended above for the older plants.
_ To propagate by rooted offsets or suckers, take up
and divide the stools, when they have made a fair
amount of growth in April or early in May, separating
the suckers with as many roots and as much soil
adhering to them as possible. The old woody por-
tions are of little use, but they may be replanted to
give off a fresh supply of suckers for the next year, if
required. Propagation by suckers, if they are to be ob-
tained, has many advantages; but care must be taken, in
removing them from old plants, that some roots are attached,
or growth will be uncertain. Seeds generally produce a
large percentage of plants that are useless, and this is not
found out until the flower-heads appear. On the other
hand, suckers reproduce the parent plant, and if these are
previously selected, the superior stock is thereby perpetuated.
Sorts. The Green and Purple are the best for ordinary ath
purposes ; and of these preference should be given to the __
former. See also Cynara. Sl ;
ARTICH JERUSALEM (Helianthus tube-
rosus). A hardy tuberous-rooted herbaceous perennial,
native of Brazil. The roots are used as a vegetable princi-
pally during the winter, sometimes as a dish, but more
generally for flavouring purposes. Plants will grow in
almost any position, but the best results and largest tubers
are obtained where they receive plenty of room and liberal
atn Their culture has been recommended as a
) E are not likely to take the
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 117
Artichoke, Jerusalem—continued. 5
same time plant good-shaped tubers (see Fig. 152) in rows
about 3ft. apart, and allow from 18in. to 2ft. between the
tubers in the rows. Keep clear of weeds; and, as soon as the
foliage is yellow, in the latter part of the autumn, the roots
will be fit for use. The best plan with this crop is to leave
Fic. 152. TUBERS OF JERUSALEM ARTICHOKE.
it in the ground till wanted, or till the end of February,
and then to take up every tuber, replanting those which
are wanted for stock, and storing the others away in a cold
dry place. When they commence
growth, they turn black, and are of
little use for cooking, save for fla-
vouring soups.
The Jordadlik Artichoke (see Fig.
152), has of late years grown into
favour as a marketable crop, and the
demand seems to be increasing.
Considering its very easy culture, it
is a fairly remunerative vegetable.
See also Helianthus.
ARTICULATE, ARTICU-
LATED. Jointed ; having joints.
ARTOCARPEZ. A tribe of
the large order Urticacez, which
see.
ARTOCARPUS (from artos, |
bived, and carpos, fruit; the fru
when — baked, o
poisonous Antiaris toxicaria, and the
economic Cow Tree (Brosimum Ga-
lactodendron), of Caraccas. A genus of oi evergreen
trees, requiring a high and very moist atmosphere, gg ga
supply of water, perfect drainage, and a compost of two
parts rich loam and one of leaf mould, with the addition of
a little silver sand. Under all conditions, this is diffi-
cult to propagate; the young and slender lateral growths
are adapted for cuttings; and suckers may be utilised
when procurable, which is very rare.
A. Cannoni (Cannon’s).* l. alternate, petiolate ; petiole and mid-
rib bright red ; upper surface glossy, ofa rich, full bronzy crimson
hue, beautifully tinted with purple; under surface bright vinous
leaves vary much in form; some are simple and cordate
Sat the base, with the apex irregularly lobate ; some have the apex
regularly lobed, with short, entire lobes ; and others, again,
ply three-lobed, being divided nearly to the base, the seg-
i h the centre one is largest, being htly sinu sinuate-
Socioty Islands, 1877, This is a most distinct and
ental weaved plant,
beautiful stove plant, The
pee
valued as an article of
food in its
ARUM (formerly aron, and ET: am of Egyptian ex-
traction). ORD. Aroidew. A large genus of ornamental
or curious, hardy, greenhouse or stove perennials, with
thick rhizomes and pedate or hastate leaves. Spathe
large, convolute; spadix naked and club-shaped at the
top. They are all of easy culture, and the indoor species
will thrive with such treatment as is given to Alocasias,
Caladiums, &c. Rich soil is one of the first conditions
of success. Like most plants grown for the beauty of
»
118
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Arum—continued.
the growing season, after which the tender kinds should
be kept moderately dry, warm, and at rest during the
winter. The hardy kinds may be left in the ground.
Propagated by seeds or division
of the roots—usually the latter.
The best time to divide them is
just as they commence their
new growth, securing as many
roots as possible to each divi-
Set sion. Any rootless pieces should
46; be placed in heat shortly after
AZ removal; this hastens the for-
mation of roots and excites top
growth. Arums are useful in
sub-tropiéal gardening, and are
otherwise interesting plants
both for indoors and outside cul-
tivation ; and the hardy kinds
are very suitable fornaturalising
in woodlands, &c. ‘There are
i h many other species besides
: Fic, 154. ARUM DRACUNCULUS thoss. hero” dëkoribed, ous -the
neg * following list comprises the
best. Sub-sections of the genus will be found treated
separately, such as Amorphophallus (which see), &c.
A. bulbosum (bulbous). Synonymous with A. ternatum.
A,
Par ana are pakhea Aet te goon spath e mea Tea gpa d
k. 2ft. Nort
A. ea ie. ton Dragon).*
shorter than the cone, One flat, pine eee rie spathe. July. l
tire. h. 3ft. South Europe, 1548. Hard’
i, marmorata (marbled).* J. marbled with yellow. oe very
porto and oire. hardy border plant.
spotted). Lords and Ladies; Cuckoo Pint. E
spathe v prai pratit below and above, constricted in the mid le,
with inflexed ee when open, spotted with dull purple ; spadix
usually purple, shorter than the spathe. Spring. l. vernal "radical,
hastate-sagittate, bi ay deflexed lobes. h. 9in, Britain, &c. This
ble is admirably adapted for a corner in the wild garden.
A. Malyi rie N Jl. whitish. Montenegro, 1860.
A. Nickelli (Nickel’s). Levant, 1859. A form of A. italicum.
A. orientale (eastern). f. — - those of A. maculatum.
June. l. brownish, simple, ovate, slightly sagittate. h. lft.
Tauria, 1820. Hardy.
A palostisuim (Palestine).* fl., spathe 7in. to 1lin. long, purplish
or spotted outside, geo velvety black insidean venowiah
. white at the base of the tube ; spadix much shorter than the
spathe ; petiole 1 rising 8in. or Gin. above the leaves. May.
pa four or five, tr -hastate, acute, from 6in. to 14in. long,
pore ga pee mood; petioles 12in. to 18in. long. Jeru-
Page pictum (painted). h. 2ft. Corsica, 1801. Hardy.
ALP € oorelike)* K Pa afen al purple,
horizontal, termi terminated by a scapes arising
from among the les. May. l tae i , about fo four, cordate-
A; sposta Gaal showy). fl., ovate-oblong, acuminate, dark
lish insi
Pec angi Eres nnd the peopl SS. ee
lee A, spadix lanceolate, shorter than the oblong-
late. Plant stemless, rast haat China, 1816.
i pace geen pano ngs, Cpe lanceolate. E
‘Maen: h, lft. South Europ 1670. Harty
um (three-leafleted). A at Pou ieee
n (variegated). Dalmatia, 1859. Hardy.
ebor’s). she Fasion Europann teem of d. tree
ge ala Ss E
ARUM LILY. See Richardia ethiopica.
ARUNDINARIA ‘(altered from arundo, a reed).
ORD. Graminee. A small genus of hardy or nearly hardy
shrubby grasses, having
strong jointed stems,
and frequently included
under Bambusa. For
sub-tropical gardening
purposes more particu-
larly it is exceedingly
ornamental as an isolated
tuft.. It thrives best in
a deep, rich soil, and ~
requires plenty of water
when in a growing state.
Increased by division
of the roots.
A.falcata (sickle-shaped).*
l. linear-lanceolate, ve
acute, shortly stalked,
very light green. Stems =
freely branched, deep ~
n, and very ‘slender.
i. 3ft. to 6ft. India. An
extremely handsome spe-
cies for greenhouse decoration ; also for outdoor work, particularly
in the South of England, &c. SYN. Bambusa gracilis, of
gardens.
Tic. 155. ARUNDINARIA FALCATA,
A. Maximowiczii (Maximowicz’s). This Ja apia species is
believed to be allied to, if not identical with, ambusa Simonit.
Quite hardy.
ark groen vena neal L lanonolate,, yiia verg ital in,
persistent, narrowed into a short leafs
Sek ens ee ample. Z wl to 6ft. da i ia
some, hardy, dwarf, m “feels mr
specimens, an Poper Bege iiem aih SYN.
ARUNDO (origin of word doubtful ; KAR by some
authorities to be from arundo, a reed; ‘and others as from
the Celtic arn, signifying water). ‘Reed. ORD. Gre
A very ornamental group of half or quite hardy p
very easy culture in ordinary garden soil, preferring ae
situations. Panicle loose; calyx two-valved, unequal,
many-flowered ; corolla of two very unequal valves ; all,
except the lower and imperfect one, surrounded by a tuft
of hairs. Fruit free, covered by the corolla. Arundos are
very valuable either for conservatory decoration, sub-
tropical gardening, or cultivation in clumps on the turf of
the flower-garden or pleasure ground, and the margins of
lakes. Although well worth growing, all are inferior to
their ally, the Pampas Grass. Propagated by seeds or
divisions, the spring being the best time to adopt either
method of increase.
A. conspicua (conspicuous).* Ya silky-white, on large
racemes, and lasting in res or several months,
but in a good deep and and sandy loam it sometimes the he
of 12ft. New Zealan tes Th vs in de
tufts, from whieh pem meae = ja Pi smooth
4 ens
slightly i rough), lo ing leaves, and erect, gti culms.
The plant is not ently hardy to withstand a severe winter,
and a ould. therefore, be proi with mats, or be grown in
tubs, so that it can be remoyed agg o ‘before the Agee
of winter. more
1: Š p ‘i South
Europe, 1648, This also Sept Soy Sale EE
colder counties. See Fig. sa
A. D.
Alth
h. 3ft. South maea
rior to the t;
with w!
:
AN ENCYCLOPEDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. _ 119
GN
eae
NG
Tas
Fic. 156. ARUNDO Donax, |
ASAFCETIDA. See Narthex asafcetida.
ASARABACCA. See Asarum europeum.
ASARUM (from a, not, and saron, feminine ; deriva-
tion doubtful). ORD. Aristolochiacew. Curious hardy her-
baceous perennials, with bell-shaped, three-cleft perianths.
They should be planted at the foot of the rockery, or in
borders or woodlands, as they are not very showy, but
are, nevertheless, worth growing, and easily propagated by
divisions, in spring.
A. canadense (Canadian).* f. brown, campanulate, on a short
eduncle, sometimes nearly buried. May and June. Z. in pairs,
roadly reniform.
h. 1ft. Canada, &c., 1713.
Fig. 157. ASARUM CAUDATUM.
‘A. incarnata (flesh-coloured).*
Asarum—continued.
A. caudatum (tailed).* brownish- ith attenuated or cau-
date calyx crag July. f cordate-reniform, hooded, sub-acute,
or bluntish, slightly pubescent. California, 1880. A rare and
pretty species. See Fig. 157.
A. europæum (European). Asarabacca. fl. dull brown, solitary,
rather large, drooping; segments of perianth incurved. May.
l. two on each stem, roundish-reniform, stalked, slightly waved.
h. 1ft. England.
ASCENDING. Directed upwards; as the stem,
which is the ascending axis.
ASCLEPIADACEÆ. A large order of, for the most
part, lactescent, climbing shrubs. Flowers sub-umbellate,
fascicled or racemose, interpetiolar ; pollen collected in the
form of waxy masses, coalescing to the cells of the anthers ;
follicles two, one of which is abortive. Leaves entire,
usually opposite.
ASCLEPIAS (the Greek name of Æsculapius of the
Latins). Swallow-wort. ORD. Asclepiadacee. Erect hardy
herbaceous or sub-shrubby perennials, except where other-
wise specified. Corolla five-parted, reflexed; umbels in-
terpetiolar ; corona seated on the upper part of the tube
of the filaments, five-leaved. Leaves opposite, verticil- -
late, sometimes alternate. Most of the hardy species
are very handsome border plants, thriving in peaty,
or light rich soil, and are increased by dividing the
roots in spring, and sometimes also by seeds. The doubt-
fully hardy or rarer species should always be grown in
a peat soil, and have a little protection during severe frost,
by mulching the roots. The most important of the green-
house and stove species is A. curassavica. In order to
obtain good bushy specimens of this, it will be necessary to
cut the plants back annually, after keeping them slightly
dry, and resting for a month or two in midwinter. When
growth has sufficiently advanced, they should be shaken out
and repotted. At this stage, a close, moist atmosphere will
be needful to produce the usually very free growth. The
points of the shoots must be nipped ont, in order to pro-
mote a bushy habit. When the pots have become filled
with roots, liquid manure may be applied; but it must be
quite clear and not over strong. All the indoor spéties
grow best in good fibry loam and leaf mould, and require to
be potted firmly. Cuttings should be secured in spring,
struck in gentle heat, under a bell glass, and as soon as
they are well rooted, potted into 60-size pots. A shift
must be given as often as the pots become filled with
roots, up to the time when the plant commences bloom-
ing. Seeds may be sown in pots in spring, pricked ont
singly when large enough, and then treated similarly to
cuttings,
acuminata (taper-pointed).* jl. red and white ; umbels lateral,
solitary, erect. July. J. ovate, sub-cordate, acuminated, on short
petioles ; superior ones sessile, glabrous, but rough on the edges.
_ Stems erect, glabrous, simple. A. 2ft. New Jersey, 1826. Hardy,
herbaceous,
A. amoena gnp fl. beautiful purple; umbels terminal,
erect; appendages of corona exserted, red. July. l. opposite,
almost sessile, oblong-oval, downy beneath, with a large purple
middle nerve. Stem simple, with two rows of down. h. 2ft. to
Sft. New England, 1732. Hardy, herbaceous.
A. Cornuti (Cornuti’s).* Synonymous with A. syriaca.
A. curassavica (Curassavian). fl. reddish orange-scarlet ; umbels
erect, solitary, lateral. July to September. J. opposite, oblong-
lanceolate, tapering at both ends. Stem rather owny, simple,
seldom a little branched. R. 1ft. to 3ft. Tropical America, 1692.
herbaceous,
A. Douglasii (Douglas’s).* Jl. large, waxy, purplish-lilac, sweet-
scented, in many-flowered umbels. Summer, l opposite, ovate-
— hg hapa ftin. bag D Sin. or more sE oft, to
above, downy beneath. Stem thick, woolly, simple. .
3ft. West America, 1846. 3 s ;
A. hybrida (hybrid). A synonym of A. purpurascens.
fl. red or ` ish; umbels
numerous, usually twin. July. Ų opposite, lanceolate, rather
woolly on both surfaces. Stem erect, hed and tomentose at
the top. h. 2ft. Canada (on the banks of rivers), 1710. Hardy,
herbaceous.
A. me: Mexican), fl. white; umbels many-flowered.
te, pL ed Ah with revolute edges;
The white-flowered variety is a very pretty contrast. Stove ct
xicana
July. 4 vertic
120
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
- Asclepias—continued.
‘lower ones four to six in a whorl; upper ones three in a whorl,
or opposite. h. 2ft. ft. Mexico, 1821. Greenhouse ever-
green.
A. phytolaccoides (Phytolacca-like). fl. purple; corona white,
with truncate leaflets; umbels lateral and terminal, solitary, on
long peduncles, drooping. July. J. broad, ovate-oblong, acute,
glabrous, paler beneath. Stem erect, simple, spotted with
dia h. 3ft. to 4ft. Virginia and Carolina (on the mountains),
purpurascens (purplish). f. purple; umbels erect. July.
l. opposite, large, ovate, with a purplish middle nerve, villous
beneath. Stem simple, rather hairy at top, brownish green at
bottom. h. 2ft. to 3ft. Virginia (in shady swamps), 1732.
Hardy. Syn. A. hybrida.
A. gsi pepe (four-leaved).* jl. white, small, sweet-scented,
with red nectaries; umbels twin, terminal, loose-flowered ;
dicels filiform, July. J. ovate, acuminated, petiolate ; those
in the middle of the stem larger, and four in a whorl; the rest
ge Stems erect, simple, glabrous, h. lft. New York,
1820. Hardy species.
A. rubra (red), jl. red; umbels compound. July, August. J. al-
ternate, ovate, acuminated. Stem erect, simple. h. lft. to 2ft.
Virginia, 1825.
A, Sullivanti (Sullivant’s). Similar to A. syriaca, but having
larger and deeper coloured flowers.
A. syriaca (Syrian).* fl. pale puss sweet scented, in large,
loose, drooping umbels. July. l. opposite, lanceolate-oblong, or
oval, gradually acute, tomentose beneath, Stems simple. h. 3ft.
to 5ft. North America, 1629, SYN. A. Cornuti.
pe Fic. 158. FLOWERING BRANCH OF ASCLEPIAS TUBEROSA.
A. variegata (variegated). fl., petals and foliola of coron i
x l xi -, pet a white,
fructification red, in dense umbels, very handsome; amabield
almost sessile ; pedicels hai July. l. opposi i
0 re 3 . l opposite, ovate, petiolate,
wrinkled, naked, toms ehapie erect, variegated with purple.
h, 3tt. to 4ft. New York to Carolina (on dry, sandy hills), for
A. verticillata (whorled). /l., corolla with yellowish gree
and white nectaries ; umbels mariy-flowcred, July and ta arg
1. very narrow, linear, thick, quite glabrous, usually verticillate
_ but sometimes scattered. Stems erect, often branched, having
a downy line on one side. h. lft. to 2ft. New Jersey, 1759.
ASCYRON. See Hypericum Ascyron.
ASCYRUM (from a, without, and skyros, hard; that is
_to say, a plant which is soft to the touch). Orn. Hyperi-
cine. A genus of elegant little herbs and sub-shrubs, with
sessile, entire leaves, destitute of pellucid dots, but usually
hed with black dots beneath. Flowers resembling
- they: showid
Ascyrum—continued.
Hypericum. They require to be protected during winter
by a frame; for this purpose they should be grown in pots,
as they never exist long in the open border. A compost of
peat, pure leaf soil, and sand, in equal portions, suits them
well; young cuttings of the shrubby kinds will root in
sand under a hand bell glass. Propagated by careful
divisions of the roots in spring. All may be raised from
seeds.
A. amplexicaule (stem-clasping). fl. yellow, few, axillary, and
terminal; corymbs naked. July. J. stem-clasping, ovate, cordate,
sinuately-curled. Stem dichotomously panicled, h. 2ft, North
America, 1823. ‘The flowers and leaves are longer in this than
in any other of the species,
A. Crux Andrez (St. Andrew’s Cross).* fl., petals narrow, pale
yellow, nearly sessile, in terminal corymbs, July. J. ovate-
linear, obtuse, usually in bundles in the axils. Stem shrubby,
round, A. 1ft. North America (in sandy fields), 1759, This proves
to be quite hardy in many situations.
A. hypericoides (Hypericum-like). fl. yellow.
linear, oblong, obtuse. h. 2ft. North America, 1759.
A. stans (standing). fl. yellow. August. J. oval or oblong, some- =
what clasping. h. 2ft. North America, 1816. P
ASHES. The earthy or mineral particles of com-
bustible substances, remaining after combustion. Ashes
are amongst the most economical manures.
Vegetable Ashes are generally the best application for
August. l
manuring boggy, cold, and, consequently, sour and unprofit-
able land, in quantities of about forty bushels per acre,
thinly and evenly distributed. The annual exhaustion of
salts from large crops of grain, roots, and grass, is from
1801b. to more than 250Ib. per acre; and the aggregate of
a few years will so far impoverish the soil in one or more
of the principles necessary to sustain a luxuriant vegetation,
that it will cease to yield remunerating returns. The ashes
of vegetables consist of such elements as are always re-
quired for their perfect maturity, and it is evident they
must furnish one of the best saline manures which can be
supplied for their growth; they contain, in fact, every
element, and generally_in the right proportions, for insuring
a fill and rapid growth. Both gardener and farmer will
therefore perceive the great value of Ashes to their crops.
Coal Ashes. The bituminous and anthracite coals afford
Ashes, and, although inferior in quality to those made from
wood and vegetables, are, like them, a valuable manure, and
be applied to the land in a similar manner. If
n many cinders, from not having been thoroughly
they:
i»
_ from mice; they may also be used for garden and green-
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 121
Ashes—continued.
burned, they are more suited to heavy than to light soils.
Coal Ashes, if very fine, may be sprinkled half an inch deep
on the surface, over peas and beans, &c., to preserve them
house walks, where bricks or tiles are absent, being tidy
in appearance, and an excellent substitute for other and
more expensive material.
Peat Ashes. Peat approaching to purity, when thrown
out of its bed and thoroughly dried, may be burned to, an
imperfect Ash, and when it does not reach this point, it will
become thoroughly charred, and reduced to cinders. The
process of burning should be as slow as possible. In either
form, it is a valuable dressing for the soil.
ASH-TREE. See Fraxinus.
ASIATIC POISON BULB. See Crinum asia-
ticum.
ASIMINA (meaning unknown). ORD. Anonacee.
Hardy shrubs, with oblong, cuneated, usually deciduous
leaves. Flowers sometimes rising before the leaves,
usually solitary and axillary. They thrive freely in a
mixture of sand and peat. Propagated by layers put |
down in the autumn, or by seed, procured from their
native country. Seedlings should be raised in pots, and
y have acquired a consider-
sheltered in winter, until t
able size. s/h; Wore.
Fic, 159. FLOWERING BRANCH OF ASIMINA TRILOBA,
A. triloba (three-lobed).* f/i. campanulate, the three outer petals
pale purplish, and the three inner ones smaller, purplish on the
outside as well as the inside at the base and apex, with the
middle yellow, about 2in, diameter, produced between the upper
leaves. May. l. oblong-cuneated, often acuminated, and are,
as well as the branches, smoothish. A. 10ft. Pennsylvania,
736. A small tree or shrub, See Fig. 159. é
ASKALLON (the Eschallot), See Allium ascaloni-
cum.
ASPALATHUS (from a, not, and spao, to extract;
in reference to the diffietlty of extracting its thorns
from a wound). ORD. Leguminose. A genus of green-
house shrubs or sub-shrubs, natives, with one exception, of
the Cape of Good Hope. Flowers usually yellow, each fur-
nished with three bracteoles, or a leaf comprised of three
leaflets. Leaves of three to five leaflets, eee palmately,
_ rarely pinnately, having scarcely any or very short petioles.
Aspalathus—continued.
All the species are pretty when in flower, and thrive in a
mixture of loam, peat, and sand. Young cuttings of
half-ripened wood will strike in April, in sand, under
bell glasses, which must be wiped dry occasionally. But
little water is needed. Over a hundred species are
known; those introduced are very rarely seen in culti-
vation.
ASPARAGUS (from a, intensive, and sparasso, to
tear; in reference to the strong prickles of some species).
ORD. Liliacew. Erect or climbing herbs or shrubs, with
very small scale-like leaves, and a profusion of numerous
slender fascicled-needle, rather spiny branchlets. Flowers
axillary, inconspicuous. Fruit baccate. The indoor species
will all thrive well in a warm greenhouse temperature,
provided they have partial shade, a good supply of moisture
at the roots, and are not kept too close, in a moderately
rich sandy compost. The hardy species are propagated
chiefly by seeds and divisions of the roots. Rich sandy
loam is necessary, and otherwise they may be treated as
ordinary perennials. Some of the species belonging to this
genus are among the most elegant of foliage plants for
cutting purposes. A. decumbens and A. scandens make
excellent plants for Wardian cases, and may be cut in freely
if they exceed their limits.
ASPARAGUS (A. officinalis) As A VEGETABLE. The value
and importance of this plant as a
vegetable cannot be over-estimated ;
it is extensively grown, and, when
properly managed, produces a fairly
lucrative crop.
Soil and Bed. The first thing to be
done in the preparation of an Asparagus
bed to stand for any length of time, is
to secure an efficient drainage ; and on
wet soils this is best effected by placing
a layer of brick rubbish over the whole —
of the bottom, and connecting this with —
a drain. On gravelly or other soils
which are drained naturally, of course,
this is not needed; but if really good
crops are a desideratum, water shoul
' not stand within 3ft. of the surface.
| In all cases, the ground must be dug to-
a depth of 18in., and, if stiff, a goodly
amount of road sweepings,or other gri
materials, should be well mixed with
the staple soil. Asparagus requires a
good soil, neither too heavy nor too light.
Manuring. After the soil has been
well trenched, and has lain long enough
to settle down, a good dressing of
manure—thoroughly rotted, and not
too rank, at the rate of from twenty
to thirty tons to the acre, dug into
the surface of the beds—will be found
very beneficial. If possible, this should
be introduced in January; and then, if
the weather permits, the beds should be forked two or three _
times by the end of March, so as to render the soil as —
friable as possible. A very good manure, and one that is
easily obtained, is common garden salt. This may be given
annually to established beds. A moderate dressing i
be applied just before growth commences in spring, but
a little will do no harm at other times during the
summer. It is best scattered on with the hand, and a
showery day should be selected, as it will then soon dis-
appear. Salt, besides acting as a manure, has also the
properties of keeping the beds cool and moist in hot
weather, and of preventing the growth of weeds. wie!
Planting. Asparagus can be planted during March and
April, the latter month being the best time for the
work. ‘The soil having been thoroughly prepared, the
next point is to decide on the size of the beds; this”
y E O R g
122 THE DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING,
. Asparagus—continued.
depends on the size of garden, and the class of “ grass”
desired. When very large and fine stocks are the object in
view, the best results will accrue if the plants are fully a
yard apart each way; but this means a comparatively small
crop. A good plan is to make the beds 3ft. wide, planting
two rows, at a distance of 1ft. from each other, and allowing
18in. between each plant, placing them in alternate order.
An 18in. alley should be allowed between the beds. The
roots used for making the beds should be one year old, and
fresh from the ground. In planting, pull out a wide drill
with a hoe, or other tool, to the depth of about 3in. or 4in.,
and spread out the roots all round. Carefully shake the
soil in amongst the roots, and, if dry, apply some water
through a coarse-roscd watering pot, to settle the earth
around them. At intervals, as necessary, give other water-
ings till September, when they should be discontinued.
At all times, keep the beds free from weeds, removing
them by the hand to prevent injury to the crowns of
the plants. If the ground is good, no liquid manure will
be needed the first year. As soon as the foliage turns
yellow, cut it off, cleanly rake over the beds, and leave till
about January, when a top-dressing of from lin. to 3in. of
thoroughly rotted manure may be applied with advantage.
At the end of February, rake off the bed all loose straw or
Fic. 160. ASPARAGUS, Crown for Lifting.
other debris, and throw on them a little of the soil from
the alleys, raking down, and finishing off the edges squarely
and neatly. During this and succeeding years, apply
liquid manure and clear water, from time to time, as
required; and, „provided the manure is not of too great
strength, there is scarcely any limit to its application; but,
in many instances, beds which have only received an annual
dressing have given a good return. Each year they must
be cut over and dressed as before described, but care must
be taken to keep them flat on the surface, otherwise the
plants will die out for want of moisture, When the pro-
duce appears, the beds should be kept cut over until the
20th of June, after which, cutting should cease, or they will
be rendered comparatively unproductive. Cutting can
comm nce the second or third year, or as soon as there is
any “grass” worth taking. Several methods of growing
these plants could be cited, but that which we have recom-
mended will be found most satisfactory,
Seeds. Plants are raised by sowing seeds in rows across |
the kitchen garden, or selected quarter, about the month of
April. The seedlings make a growth, and form good plants
_ daring the first season. In March or April of the following
year, or the year after, they may be removed, and planted
|
|
Asparagus—continued.
out permanently, as already alluded to. Many cultivators
prefer growing their own plants from seed; because during
the transit of the roots from any distance to where they are
to be grown, a frequent and injurious exhaustion takes
place, and particularly so when they are carelessly packed.
Forcing. Asparagus can, if properly treated, be obtained
from December onwards; and at Christmas time the
produce is very valuable; but, in order to obtain it
at this season, it will be necessary to resort to forcing.
Prepare some beds to secure a lasting heat, and on these
place about 3in. of ordinary garden soil, not very stiff. Then
take the roots, and place them crown upwards, and mode-
rately close together, shaking the soil well amongst the
roots, and covering about a couple of inches deep. Water
well, to settle the whole, and put on the lights, allowing a
little ventilation, to let out any steam which may arise.
Unless the weather be very cold indeed, give a little air at
all times, and only cover the lights in actual frost. From
time to time, apply fresh linings of hot manure, and in cold
rains, or wind, cover the outsides of the frames with old sacks,
or other things which will keep in the heat. A regular and
steady temperature of 60deg. will force this plant with
better results than a higher one. Houses that are fitted with
hot-water pipes to give bottom heat can be used equally as
well as manure beds, and so long as the soil is
kept moist, the heat thus obtained is as good
as any for the purpose, and much less trouble
than fermenting materials. To keep up a
regular supply, a succession of beds will be
necessary. Asparagus can be forced, or rather
forwarded, in pots or boxes, in a warm green-
house or vinery, and, of course, when the plants
are done with, they can be cast away. We
give an illustration (Fig. 160) of a bearing
crown fit for gentle forcing; but, of. course, it
must not be left so bare of earth as appears
ness.
Varieties. Connover'’s Colossal, and Giant,
are the most esteemed. Strains are frequently
largely advertised as improvements on the
sorts above-mentioned, and the charges are
higher accordingly. The difference may be
generally attributed to the culture the plants
receive more ‘than to an improved variety.
When saving seed for home sowing, they
should be taken from the strongest growths,
or deterioration will ensue.
A, zthiopicus ternifolius (ternate). jl. white, in
_ Shortly-stalked racemes, very profuse. ugust. l,
false ones in threes, flattened, narrow, linear; prickles soli-
tary, reversed ; branches angular, h. 30ft. South Africa, 1872.
A greenhouse evergreen.
A. Broussoneti (Broussonet’s).* fl. very small, succeeded by
small red berries. May. l, lower ones solitary, the others ter-
nate, lin. long, needle-shaped, persistent, distant, glaucescent ;
stipules with reflected spines at the base. Summer. Stem
tapering, streaked, shrubby. h. 10ft. Canary Islands, 1822, A
very pretty hardy climber.
A. Cooperi (Cooper's), fi. axillary, one to three, from the same
nodes as the false leaves; perianth cream-coloured, one line long.
April and May. l. minute, deltoid, scariose, reddish-brown ; false
leaves six to fifteen to a node, subulate, moderately firm, pe
to žin. long, spreading or ascending. A. 10ft. tol2ft. Africa, 1
A greenhouse climber, with a shrubby terete main stem, 1jin. to
Zin, thick at the base, sending out crowds of spreading branches,
which bear abundant slender, firm, alternate branchlets ; nodes of
branches and branchlets, furnished with distinct red-brown, subu-
late prickles, those of the main stems jin. long, deflexed, but not
curved.
A. decumbens (decumbent).* Stem unarmed, decumbent, much
branched ; branches wavy ; leaves setaceous, in threes. Cape of
Good Hope, 1792. A greenhouse evergreen herbaceous perennial.
A. falcatus (hooked-leaved). J. fascicled, linear, falcate; branches
round; prickles solitary, recurved; peduncles one-flowered,
clustered, h. 3ft, India, 1792. A greenhouse evergreen peren-
A. officinalis (officinal), Common Asparagus greenish-
white, drooping. ppe 5 e
here, which is done for the purpose of clear-
l. setaceous, fasciculate, flexible, —
Rees
a
AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 123
Asparagus—continued.
unarmed, Stem herbaceous, mostly erect, rounded, v much
branched, h. lft. Said to grow on “As s Island,”
Kynance Cove, Lizard, but we have never found it there, and it
has probably long since been exterminated.
A. Rna (plumed).* f. white, small, produced from the tips
the branchlets. Spring. l, true ones in the form of minute
deltoid scales, with an acute ultimately reflexed point; the false
ones are hp eae in tufts, each being jin. to jin. long, bristle-
shaped, and finely pointed. South Africa, 1876. An elegant
evergreen climber, with smooth stems and numerous ipreatitiog
branches. It forms an excellent plant when trained in pots, and
is invaluable for cutting.
A. p. nanus (dwarf).* A very elegant dwarf variety of above.
Stems tufted, slender, and gracefully arching. South Africa, 1880.
For bouquets, the cut sprays of both type and variety have the
advantage of much gieater persistency than any fern, retaining
their freshness in water from three to four weeks. See Fig. 161,
for which we are indebted to Messrs, Veitch and Sons,
A. racemosus (racemose). jl. greenish-white, in many-flowered
axillary racemes. May. ¿ bundled, linear-subulate, falcate;
branches striated ; prickles solitary. h. 3ft., India, 1808. Green-
house evergreen shrub.
a
Fic. 161. ASPARAGUS PLUMOSUS NANUS.
A. ramosissimus (very branching). 7.”solitary, at the tips of the
branchlets ; pedicels hardly perpendicular, one and a-half to two
lines long ; cream coloured. June. l. obscurely spurred at the base ;
false leaves three to eight-nate, flattened; linear-falcate acute,
jin. to Zin. long, spreading. South Africa, 1862. A wide climbing,
copiously branched, slender greenhouse shrub, with very nume-
rous spreading or ascending branches and branchlets.
A. scandens (climbing).* jl. whitish, axillary on the ultimate
branchlets, succeeded by round orange-coloured berries. The
annual, much-branched, unarmed stems bear, usually in threes,
numerous small linear-pointed leaves, which on the ultimate
branches spread nearly in one plane. Cape of Good Hope, 1795.
An elegant climbing greenhouse perennial.
A. virgatus (twiggy).* A remarkably elegant feathery-looking
plant, of n abit. The stems, which issue from the crown
of the stout fleshy roots, are of a dark green colour, and bear at
the upper end a corymbose head of erect branches. of which the
lowest is the youngest or most recently developed. ‘These branches
are again twice branched, the ultimate branchlets being furnished
with needle-shaped false leaves, 4in. long, which usually grow in
threes, South Africa, 1862.
ASPARAGUS BEETLE (Crioceris asparagi), or
“Cross-bearer.” This beautiful little insect is blue-
black or greenish; the thorax is red with two black
spots, and the wing-cases are yellow, with a black cross
on them; the legs and antenne are black. The short grey
larva is flat underneath, arched on the back, and covered
with hairs. The sides are of an olive hue, and the little
legs and head are black. It ejects a drop of blackish
Beetle—continued.
fluid from the mouth when touched. When full grown,
which takes about a fortnight, the larva measures about
two lines in length; the average length of the perfect
Beetle is about three lines. Although this insect does
not, actudlly destroy the plants, it inflicts much damage
on the foliage, and checks the growth of the stems after
they have attained some size, in consequence of which
the foliage becomes much less in the next season. The
eggs are fixed to the shoots, and are small, dark, pointed
bodies. The larve do the harm, as they feed on the
bark and tender portions of the plants. The mature
Beetles should be picked off by hand, and, by commencing
early enough in the season, their numbers will be greatly
reduced. Syringing the plants with water, heated to a
temperature that will not injure the plants, is found a
useful method for removing the grubs.
White Hellebore. Freshly-ground White Hellebore,
sprinkled over the foliage while it is damp, and repeat-
“a
a : a
x
a
ing the operation at intervals of about eight days for
a season, will generally effect a riddance; but the follow-
ing will usually be found better in such cases. Neither
must be applied until after cutting ceases, as they are
very poisonous.
Paris Green. This, mixed and used as for Cherry Fly
(see Black Fly), will generally get rid of the Beetle, if
applied about thrice each season for two years. It should,
however, only be used in severe cases.
Soot, applied in the same manner as White Hellebore,
and in liberal quantities, will, in a season or two, clear —
the beds. If a bushel of salt be mixed with each twenty —
bushels of soot, it will enhance the effect. sae
ASPARAGUS KNIFE. The Asparagus Knife con-
sists of a strong blade fixed in a handle. There are, or were, —
three kinds employed: In one form, the blade was blunt on
Fig. 162. ASPARAGUS KNIFE. ;
both sides, straight, with a sharp tip, and not unlike a
small chisel. Another had its blade slightly hooked, and
serrated at one end. But the best is that now almost
universally employed, and which is illustrated by Fig.. 162. : : =
124 THE
DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING,
ASPASIA (from aspazomai, I embrace; the column
embraced by the labellum). ORD: Orchidacew. A genus
of elegant stove Epidendrum-like epiphytal orchids, with
the lip united to the column, and broad, thin pseudo-bulbs.
The name Aspasia is now and then met with attached to a
totally different genus. Salisbury gave it to a liliaceous
plant which is now referred to Ornithogalum. For culture
and propagation, see Stanhopea.
A, epidendroides (Epidendrum-like).* fl. whitish yellow;
S AP linear oblong, acute ; petals obtuse, concave, lateral lobes
of lip roundish, entire, middle lobe crenated emarginate. February.
Pseudo-bulbs oblong, two-edged. k. lft. Panama, 18.
A. lunata (crescent-marked).* fl. green, white, and brown, solitary ;
sepals and petals linear obtuse, spreading; lip three-lobed, lateral
lobes short, middle one flat, nearly square, wavy. February.
Pseudo-bulbs oblong, two-edged, A. 1ft. Rio Janeiro, 1843.
A. papilionacea (butterfly-like).* 7., sepals and petals yellowish,
mottled with brown lines on their internal inferior halves ; lip
fiddle-shape, its back by great, elliptic, apiculate ; an orange-
coloured area stands at i ase, a wide violet disc before and
around it. h. 9in. Costa Rica, 1876. Distinguished from A.
lunata in having thirteen keels at the base of the lip, which is
higher inserted, and in the echinulate anther. It is a beautiful
but rare novelty.
A. psittacina (parrot-like).* Jl., sepals and petals light green, with
brown transverse bars, which sometimes consist of separate stripes,
at other times of confluent ones; the fiddle-shaped lip shows two
keels and a few purplish dots over its top; the column is brown at
its top, then violet, and white at the base. Ecuador, 1878. It has
a raceme of several flowers, usually one-sided, bent over.
A. variegata (variegated-flowered).* fl. green, spotted with yel-
Jowish red; sepals linear oblong; petals somewhat rhomboid,
acute, lateral lopes of lip recurved, middle one fleshy, serrated,
February. A. Yin. Panama, 1836. Deliciously sweet-scented in
the morning.
ASPEN. See Populus tremula.
ASPERA. Rough, with hairs or points. ~
ASPERULA (from asper, rough; in allusion to the
leaves). Woodruff. ORD. Rubiacee. Hardy herbaceous,
rarely small shrubs. Flowers terminal and axillary, in
fascicles. Leaves opposite, with one, two, or three stipulas
on each side; they are therefore called four to eight in a
whorl, but between the uppermost leaves there are no
Ag stipulas. Stems and branches usually tetragonal. Most
of the species are very pretty when in flower, and are,
; therefore, well adapted for borders, rockwork, and shady
places, in almost any garden soil. Propagated by divisions
of the roots during spring and early summer, Herbaceous
perennials, except where otherwise stated.
A. azurea-setosa (blue-bristly), A synonym of A. orientalis,
A. cynanchica (Cynanche-like). 1. on erect branches, forming a
fastigiate corymb, white or bluish-coloured, elegantly marked
with red lines, or sometimes pure white. Summer. Z. four ina
whorl; floral ones lanceolate-linear, acuminately awned; lower *
enes small, oblong, upper ones opposite. Plant glabrous, erectish.
h. 9in, to 12in. England,
A. hirta (hairy). fl. white at first, changing to pink, with oblong
divisions, July and August. /. usually six in a whorl, four
towards the upper part, linear, hairy, deep green. h. 3in.
= Pyrenees, 1817. A charming but rare little alpine, thriving best
_ inarather damp position on the rockery,
A, (long-flowered).* fl. whitish, yellowish inside, and
reddish outside; tube of corolla elongated ; fascicles terminal,
unculate ; as small, subulate. Summer. Z. four in a
whorl, linear; lower ones small, obovate ; upper ones opposite.
reo be aa ay tee” from - same neck, erectish, glabrous.
4. montana (mountain).* fl., corollas pink, four-cleft, scabrous
apie ee june, July. l. linear i eed kares six
a > ones 4 ones 0) > BS
linear, Stem weak, glabrous, pa to ain pete thee
A, odorata (sweet-scented).* Sweet Woodruff. fi. snowy white;
corymbs terminal, pedunculate, usually tritid, each division bear-
ing about four flowers. May, June. i eight in a whorl, lanceo-
late, smooth, with serrulately scabrous edges, Stems tetragonal,
simple, erect, or ascending. h. 6in. to 12in. Britain. This very
add little -plant is scentless when fresh, but, when dried, it
iffuses an odour like that of spring grass; and when kept among
clothes, it not only imparts an agreeable perfume to them, but
preserves them from insects. ;
A, orientalis (Oriental).* i. sky blue, in terminal heads; bracts
of im shorter than the flowers, Summer. J. lanceolate,
bristly, about eight in a whorl. A. 1ft. Caucasus, 1867. A
rming littl eres blooming, hardy annual, bearing clusters
pi onli Nang gy adapted for bouquet making, SYN.
off
Asperula—continued.
Fig. 163. ASPERULA ORIENTALIS, showing Habit and Portion
of Inflorescence.
A. taurina (bull). j., corollas white, elongated ; corymbs pedun-
culate, axillary, fasciculately umbellate, involucrated ; bracteas
ciliated, Aprilto June. l. four in a whorl, ovate-lanceolate, three-
nerved, with finely ciliated margins. Plant smoothish, erect.
h. lft. South Europe, 1739.
A, tinctoria (Dyers’). fl. white, reddish on the outside; usually
trifid. June. J. linear; lower ones six in a whorl; middle ones
four ; and the uppermost ones opposite ; floral leaves ovate. Plant
procumbent, unless supported. Stem lft. to 2ft. long, purplish.
Europe, 1764,
ASPHALT. Artificial Asphalt is now generally used
in England for footpaths, &c. The recipes are various, one
of the best being the following : Lime rubbish two parts, coal
ashes one part (both must be very dry), sifted very fine;
mix them, and leave a hole in the middle of the heap,
wherein pour boiling hot coal tar; mix well together.
When as stiff as mortar, lay it down, 3in. thick, on a dry
and previously well-levelled surface. A boy should follow
with dry, finely-sifted sand, distributing just enough to
prevent his boots sticking to the tar. Two men should be
employed for the tarring, whilst another should attend to
the boiling operation. Only just enough tar to last ten
minutes must be taken from the furnace at one time,
as, if it be not boiling, the walks will become soft under
the action of very hot sun. This may be repeated every
three years.
ashes and sand be perfectly dry, and that the days selected
for the operation be very fine, the hotter the better.
Another excellent plan is that of using gas lime and
coal ashes. ‘There must be a firm foundation and smooth
surface. Spread the gas lime to about 1}in. deep, and level
with the back of a spade. Over this place a thin layer of
coal dust, and well roll. The work is then complete.
ASPHODEL. See Asphodelus.
ASPHODELINE. Orb. Liliacee. A genus of plants
allied to Asphodelus, but distinguished from it by having
erect leafy stems. They thrive in any ordinary garden soil.
Propagated by division.
A. brevicaulis (short-stemmed). in lax, often panicled
racemes, yellow, veined with green. Î. subulate, ascending, lower
ones ĝin. to 6in, long. Stem slender, often flexuose. Orient.
damascena (Damascene). i. white, in dense generally simple
racemes, bin. to 12in. long. J. in dense rosette, a to Qin. long,
subulate. Stem simple, erect. h. 1}ft. to 2ft. Asia Minor.
A. liburnica (Liburnian). f. yellow, striped with green, in
generally simple lax racemes, bin. to 9in. long. Stem simple,
erect, strict, 1ft. to 2ft. high, upper half naked. South Europe.
A. lutea (ycllow). f. yellow, fragrant, in a dense, very long,
Straight, simple raceme, in the axils of buff-coloured bracts,
SEUR are nearly as long as the flowers. Summer. l. numerous,
awl-shaped, triangular, furrowed, smooth, dark green, marked
with lines of a pe tint; root leaves tufted. Stem 3ft. or 4ft.
high. Sicily, 1596. The best known and handsomest species.
SYN. Asphodelus luteus,
| A. 1, fi-pl. This resembles the species, but the flowers Pipet
ose typical form ; it is
double, and last much longer than
a very pretty plant,
It is imperative that the surface, lime, coal —
‘Pi,
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
OF HORTICULTURE.
Asphodeline—continued. |
A. taurica (Taurian). fl. white, striped with green, in
generally simple dense racemes, bin. to 12in. long, lin. to
2in. wide. Stem simple, erect, 1ft. to 2ft. high, densely
leafy at base of raceme, Asia Minor, &c. SYN, Aspho-
delus tauricus.
A. tenuior (slenderer). fl. Prat in simple lax-flowered
racemes, šin. to 4in. long, Zin. wide. Stem simple lower
half leaf, upper naked, lft. Orient. SYN. Asphodelus
tenuior.
ASPHODELUS (from a, not, and sphallo,
to supplant; in allusion to the beauty of the
flowers), Asphodel. ORD. Liliaceœ. Very pretty
hardy herbaceous perennials, with fleshy fascicu-
lated roots. Perianth white or yellow, of six equal
spreading segments; stamens six, hypogynous,
alternately long and short. Leaves usually radi-
cal, tufted, narrow, or triquetrous. All the species
enumerated thrive in good deep sandy loam, and
are very suitable for borders and shrubberies.
Propagated by division of the root, which is best
done in early spring.
A.estivus (summer). f. white. Summer. h.2ft. Spain,1820,
A. albus (white).* jl. white; peduncles clustered the
length of the bracts. May. J. linear, keeled, smooth,
Stem naked, simple. A. 2ft. South Europe, 1596.
A. creticus (Cretan).* fl. yellow. July. l filiform,
striated, toothed, ciliated. Stem leafy, naked above,
branched A, 2ft. Crete, 1821.
A. fistulosus (pipe-stalked). jf. white. July, August. J. upright,
striated, subulate, fistular. Stemnaked. A. 18in. South Europe, 1596,
A. luteus (yellow). A synonym of Asphodeline lutea.
A. ramosus (branchy). /. large, white, with a reddish-brown
line in the middle of each segment, springing from the axils of
ovate-lanceolate bracts, and in very long dense racemes. Summer.
i. sword-shaped, stiff, sharply keeled below, channelled above.
Stem much branched. A. 4ft. to 5ft. South Europe, 1829.
) Pe
Fic. 164. ASPHODELUS ¥ILLARSII, showing Habit and Flower,
yhite; race se, elongated; bracts dark |
ge Ogg rl fort gl satay yon oil h. lft. to 2ft. Eastern
France. See Fig. 164.
ASPIDISTRA (from aspidiseon, a little round |
shield; in reference to the form of the flower). ORD. Liliacee.
Hardy, or nearly hardy, evergreen, perennial, foliage plants.
The flowers are insignificant, produced close to the ground,
and are remarkable for the curious mushroom-like stigma,
by which this genus is characterised. They thrive in
almost any ordinary garden soil, but are best grown in rich
loam, leaf soil, and sand; plenty of moisture being allowed.
Propagated by suckers.
A. elatior (taller).* J. oblong, large, on long petioles, leathery ;
plant ste . h. lift. to 2it. Japan, 1835. This very easily
cultivated and quite hardy foliage plant is much grown for window
gardening and other decorative purposes, for which itis well suited,
A. e. variegata (vari d).* A fine variety with alternately-
striped green and white leaves. Poen
*
Aspidistra—continued.
Fic. 165. ASPIDISTRA LURIDA,
1. obl
China, 1822.
species, with Jong evergreen leaves, It is an effective plant for
the outdoor garden during summer, and is nearly, if not quite,
hardy. See Fig. 165
ctata (dotted).
This is very closely allied to A. elatior, but of inferior
-lanceolate, on
A. lurida (lurid). fl. purple.
very graceful
July.
long petioles. A. Ift. to lift.
l. lanceolate, on long stalks. A. 1ft.
China.
value.
ASPIDIUM (from aspidion, a little buckler; in
allusion to the form of the involucre). Shield Fern.
ORD. Filices. Including Cyclodium, Cyclopeltis, Cyrtomium,
and Polystichum. Stove, greenhouse, or hardy ferns. Sori
sub-globose, dorsal or terminal on the veinlets; involucre
orbicular, fixed by the centre. They thrive in a compost of
sandy peat with alittle loam. Several species are admirably
cdapted for the indoor fernery. The hardy species are
best grown in the shade; a little sandstone should bo
incorporated with the soil. For general culture, &c., sec
Ferns. :
a
sf, =
Fic. 166. ASPIDIUM ACULEATUM,
acrostichoides (Acrostichum-like).* sti. 6in. to Sin. long,
“ee scaly below. fronds lft. to 2ft. long, 2in. to: 6in. broad,
pinne of the lower half barren, 2in. to din. long, jin. broad, i
126 THE DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING,
Aspidium—continued.
spinoso-serrated throughout, auricled at the base above; the
pinnz of the upper half fertile, much smaller. sori occupying the
whole under side. North America. SYN. Polystichum acrosti-
choides. Hardy.
A. a. grandiceps (large-crested).* A very handsome fern, having
the apices of the fronds and pinne heavily crested ; equally de-
sirable for the hardy or temperate fernery. Of garden origin.
A. a. incisum (incised).* A variety with the pinnules deeply
cut and acutely pointed.
A. aculeatum (sharp-pointed).* The Hard Shield Fern, sti.
tufted, 6in. to 12in. long, more or less scaly. fronds lft. to 3ft.
long, 6in. to 12in, broad, ovate-lanceolate ; lower pinnz close,
lanceolate, 4in. to 6in. long, sin. to Zin. broad; pinnules ovate-
rhomboidal, unequal sided, auricled on the upper base; teeth
aristate. sori nearer the midrib than the edge. A variable and
hardy species, common throughout the world. Syn. Polystichum
a m. A. a. proliferum is a proliferous Australian form.
A. a. vestitum has the rachis densely clothed to the point, both
with reddish-brown fibrillose and large lanceolate dark brown
scales. See Fig. 166.
A. amabile (lovely). sti. scattered, 6in. to 12in. long, slightly
scaly below. fronds lft. or more long, 6in. to 12in. broad, with a
lanceolate terminal pinna, and three to six lateral ones on each
side, which are 3in. to 6in. long, lin. to 14in. broad, the lowest
sometimes divided at the base; segments sub-rhomboidal, with
at least half the lower side cut away, the upper side and part of
the lower lobed and sharply spinuloso-serrated. sori sub-marginal,
Ceylon. Stove species. SYN. Polystichum amabile.
A, an
its distribution. Syn. Polystichum angulare. There are an
enormous number of ties, many of which are not under cultiva-
Fic. 167. ASPIDIUM ANGULARE GRANDICEPS,
A. a. grandiceps (large-crested). This is a narr
po pee the m: ces of the Fadi aai and deh pira
fern. See Fig. 167. °° S Amy ;
A. anomalum (anomalous). sti. tufted, 1ft. to 2ft. ense
scaly below, fronds ett. to 3ft. long, 1ft. or more am 5 poe
pinne bin. to 9in. long, 2in. to Zin. broad; pinnules lanceolate
cut down in the lower part into oblo; snin; teeth blunt or
slightly mucronate. sori placed near the uses of the pinnules.
Ceylon. Stove species. Syn. Polystichum ļ
aristatum (awned).* rhiz. creeping. sti. scattered, 9in.
18in. long, very scaly below. fronds 1E to 2ft. long, Jin. to 12in.
broad, ovate-deltoid, tri- or quadripinnatifid ; lower largest,
_ “in. to bin. long, 2in. to 3in. broad; lowest pinnules much the
_ largest, lanceolate-deltoid ; teeth copious tate. sori small,
jeg wo ae two rows near the midrib. Ja
South Wales, &c. Greenhouse species, Sree i
Aspidium—continued.
A. a. coniifolium (Conium-leaved).* fronds more finely divided ;
segments copiously toothed, with lower lobes distinct.
A. a. variegatum (variegated).* A handsome variety, with a
broad band of green running through the bases of the pinnules
along the course of the rachis.
A. auriculatum (eared).* sti. tufted, 4in. to 6in. long, scaly below
or throughout. jvonds 12in. to 18in. long, 2in. to 4in. broad;
pinne numerous, sub-sessile, usually close, lin. to 2in. long, about
Jin. broad, ovate-rhomboidal, falcate, acute, spinoso-serrated,
the upper base auricled, the lower one truncate. sori in two rows.
India, widely distributed. Stove species, SYNS. A. ocellatum,
Polystichum auriculatum.
A. a. lentum (pliant). Pinnæ cut into oblong mucronate lobes
ag half-way down to the rachis, the auricle sometimes quite
ree,
A. a. marginatum (margined).* A variety with more coriaceous
texture; upper edge of the pinne slightly lobed.
A. capense (Cape).* sti, scattered, lft. to 2ft. long, densely scaly
below. fronds lft. to 3ft. long, 12in. to 18in. broad, sub-deltoid ;
lowest pinne the largest, 6in. to Yin. long, Zin. to 4in. Droad ;
pinnules and segments lanceolate, the latter bluntly lo sori
very large and copious. South America, New Zealand, Cape
Colony, Natal, &c. Greenhouse species. SYNS. A. coriaceum, —
Polystichum capense. P
A. confertum (compressed). Synonymous with A. meniscioides.
A. coriaceum (leathery). Synonymous with A. capense.
A. falcatum (hooked).* sti. tufted, 6in, to 12in. long, densely scaly
below. fronds lft. to 2ft. long, 6in. to 9in. broad, simply pinnate ;
pinnz numerous, the lower stalked, ovate-acuminate, falcate, Sin.
to Sin. long, lin. to 2in. broad ; edge entire or slightly undulated,
the upper side narrowed suddenly, sometimes auricled, the lower
r dor obliquely truncate at the base. sori small, copious,
scattered. Japan, China, Himalayas, &c. SYN. Cyrtomium fal-
catum. j
A. f. caryotideum (Caryota-like) has pinnæ sometimes larger,
sharply toothed, slightly lobed, sometimes auricled on both sides.
Syn. Cyrtomiuntcarpotideum.
A. f. Fortunei (Fortune’s).* This differs from the type in having
inne narrower and more opaque. All are most useful house
erns, and quite hardy in many parts of the country. Syn. Cyrto-
mium Fortunei.
falcinellum (finely-hooked).* sti. tufted, Jin. to 8in. long,
pien to in. long, hg Pgh glial
, din. broad; t acute;
serrated ; the
truncate at the
house species, Syn, Pi
flexum (bending). sti. scattered,
b scaly, Fronds 2ft. to 3ft. long, Yin. to 12in. broad ; lower
te-deltoid, 4in. to 6in. long, 2in. to 4in. broad ; pin-
nules lanceolate-deltoid, cut down to the rachis belowinto oblong
bluntly-lobed segments. sori large, in two rows, copious, Juan
Fernandez. Stove species. SYN. Polystichum flexum. E.
A, fæniculaceum (Fennel-leaved),* rhiz. creeping. sti, scattered,
6in, to 12in. long, densely scaly below. fronds lft. to 2ft. long,
and Qin. to 12in, broad, lanceolate-deltoid, four to five pinnatifid $
lower pinnæ bin, to 8in. long, din. to 4in. broad ; ultimate divisions
linear, awned, with a firm texture. sori solitary, Greenhouse
— Sikkim, 7,000ft. to 10,000ft. Syn. Polystichum feenicu-
aceum.
A. frondosum (leafy). sti. seattcred, 1ft. to 2ft. long, er
scaly below. fronds 18in. to 24in. iong, lft. or more broad,
sub-deltoid ; lower pinnz much the largest, long stalked; pin-
nules lanceolate ; segments very unequal sided, pinnatifid, with
rounded mucronate lobes, obliquely truncate at the base below.
sori large, copious. Madeira. Greenh 2s. SYN.
stichuin frondosum.
A. Hookeri (Hooker's). sti, 1ft. or more long, naked. _ fronds
2ft. to 3ft. long ; pinnæ 6in. to 8in. long, lin, broad, cut down to
a broadly-winged rachis into nearly close, spreading, entire,
linear-oblong lobes lin. broad. sori nearer siie pa than the mid-
rhiz. stout, wide-creeping.
rib, Malay Archipela Stove species. SYNS. A. nephrodioides
and ium Bakr..
tium-leaved).* sti, 4in. to 6in. long,
stramineous, scaly at base. fronds 12in, to 18in. long, 6in. to 9in.
ovate: ; lower pinnæ the est, with
peeks Se , imbricated wit
lower side , lanceo
small, — se Awe segments. sori in two rows, very
apan. i
lepidocaulon (scaly-stemmed), sti. tufted, 6in, to 9in. long,
densely clothed with large cordate scales, "ronds 1ft. or more
long, fim. to bin. broad, sometimes elongated and rooting at the
point : pinnæ ĉin. to din. eng jin. to jin. broad, ite:
cate, the two sides unequal, the upper one auricled at wee
ss $ x i reen-
sori principally in two rows, near midr
house species. SYN. Polystichum lepidocaulon. : ares
A. Lonchitis -like).* The Holly Fern. sti. densely tufted,
lin. pact Tong scaly at Lae fronds Tt ae I lin.
road, pinna v ; pinnæ din. long, jin. |
AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.
127
Aspidium—continued. -
point mucronate, edge spinuloso-serrated, the upper side sharply
auricled at the base, the lower obliquely truncate. Britain, &c.
A very widely-spread hardy species. SYN. Polystichum Lonchitis.
A. meniscioides (Meniscium-like). sti. 1ft. to 2ft. long, scaly
below. fronds 2ft. to 3ft. long, 1ft. or more broad, pinnate ;
. barren pinnæ sessile, 6in. to 9in. long, 1jin. to 2in. broad, oblong-
acuminate, nearly entire; fertile pinnæ much smaller. sori intwo
close rows between the primary veins. West Indies, &c. Stove
species. SYNS. A. confertum and Cyclodium meniscioides.
A. mohrioides (Mohria-like). sti. tufted, 2in. to 6in. long, more
or less densely scaly. fronds 6in. to 12in. long, 2in. to 3in. broad,
bipinnate ; pinnæ numerous, frequently imbricated, lanceolate,
cut down below into slightly toothed, oblong-rhomboidal pin-
nules. sori copious. Patagonia and the Cordilleras of Chili.
Greenhouse species. SYN. Polystichum mohrioides,
A. mucronatum (mucronated).* sti. tufted, 2in. to 4in. long,
densely scaly. fronds 12in. to 18in. long, ldin. to 2in. broad, pin-
nate throughout; pinne very numerous, often imbricated, łin. to
lin. long, jin. to žin. broad, sub-rhomboidal, unequal-sided,
mucronate, sub-entire, distinctly auricled at the upper base, sori
in a long row on each side the midrib. West Indies. Stove or
greenhouse species. Syn. Polystichum mucronatum.
A. munitum (armed).* sti, tufted, 4in. to Qin. long, densely
scaly. fronds lft. to 2ft. long, 4in. to 8in. broad ; pinnz close, 2in.
to 4in. long, about jin. broad, acuminate, finely spinulose and
serrated throughout, the upper side auricled, and the lower
pon bf truncate at the base. sori in two rows near the edge.
California, &c. Hardy; very fine. SYN, Polystichum munitum.
A. nephrodioides (Nephrodium-like). Synonymous with A.
Hookeri,
A. ocellatum (spotted). Synonymous with A. auriculatum.
A. pungens (stinging). rhiz. stout. sti. scattered, 1ft. long, scaly
below only. fronds 2ft. to 3ft. long, Sin, to 12in. broad ; lower
pme 4in. to 6in. long, 2in. to 3in. broad? pinnules ovate-rhom-
oidal, unequal-sided, often deeply pinnatifid. sori principally in
two rows near the midrib. Cape Colony.
SYN. Polystichum pungens.
A. repandum (wavy-leaved). sti. 1ft. to 2ft. long, naked. fronds
‘2ft. or more long, 12in. to 18in. broad, apex deeply pinnatifid,
with linear-oblong, slightly sinuated lobes; lower pinnz four to
eight on each side, 6in. to 8in. long, 1łin. to liin. broad, acumi-
nate ; edge bluntly sinuated, the lowest stalked and forked. sori in
two distinct rows near the main vein. Philippines, Stove species.
A. rhizophyllum (frond-rooting). sti. tufted, lin. to 2in. long,
slender. fronds 2in. to 6in. long, fin. broad, with the long,
narrow upper half of the frond lengthened out and rooting, the
lower half cut down to a flattened fibrillose rachis into oblong-
rhomboidal sub-entire lobes about jin. broad, jin. deep. sori
scattered. Jamaica, 1820, Stove or cool house species. SYN.
Polystichum rhizophyllum.
A. semicordatum (half-cordate). sti. scattered, 6in. to 12in. long.
bboy 2ft. m gA long, 8in. ii ge simply posi ; pinnæ
spreading, 4in. . long, }in. to fin. broad, nearly entire, acu-
minate, cordate or truncate at the base. sori one to t*iree
rows on each side, the inner one close to the midrib. Tropical
America, &c. SYN, Polystichum semicordatum.
A, trapezioides (Trapezium-like). Synonymous with A. viviparum.
triangulum (triangular).* sti. tufted, 2in. to 6in. long, base
scaly. fronds lft. or more long, 1jin. to 2in. broad ; pinnæ nume-
rous, sessile, lower ones distant, central ones 3in. to lin. long,
about šin. broad, sub-deltoid, lower side obliquely truncate ; apex
mucronate, edge sub-entire or slightly lobed, with blunt or spinose
teeth, one or both sides auricled at the sori principally in
two rows near the edge. West Indies. Stove or greenhouse
species. SYN. Polystichum triangulum.
A. trifoliatum (three-leaved). sti. tufted, 1ft. or more long, base
only scaly. fronds 12in. to 18in. long, 6in, to 12in. broad, with a
large ovate-acuminate terminal pinna, narrowed or forked at the
base, and one or two lateral ones on each side, the lowest mostly
forked. sori in rows near the main veins. Tropical America.
Stove species.
A. t. heracleifolium (Heracleum-leaved). A form with pinnæ
pinnatifid on both sides at the base.
A. tripteron (three-winged). sti. 6in. to Yin. long, densely scaly
atbase. fronds 12in. to 18in. long, with a large terminal and two
small spreading lateral pinnæ at the base of it, the former 2}in.
to šin. broad, with very numerous spreading pinnules on each
side, ljin. Jong, about jin. broad, unequal sided, acute, dogi
inciso-pinnatifid, the lower lobes again toothed ; lateral pinnæ din.
to 5in. long, l}in. to 2in. broad. sori principally in two rows mid-
po between midrib and edge. Japan. Greenhouse species. SYN.
Polystichum tripteron. `
A, varium (variable).* rhiz. sub-creeping, sti. 6in. to 12in.
long, densely fibrillose below. fronds 12in. to 18in. long, 9in. to
12in. broad, lanceolate-deltoid; lower pinnze much the largest,
_ Sub-deltoid, unequal sided, 4in. to 6in. long, 3in. to 4in. broad ;
-pinnules lanceolate, imbricated, with oblong, blunt, slightly
toothed segments. sori principally in two rows near the midrib.
Japan. Greenhouse species. SyYNs. Lastrea varia and Poly-
_ stichum varium, It is frequently met with in gardens under the
.
Greenhouse species.
Aspidium—continued.
A. viviparum (bud-producing). sti. tufted, 4in. to 6in. long, scaly
at the base. fronds 12in. to 18in. long, 4in. to 6in. broad ; pinnæ
numerous, nearly lanceolate, the central ones 2in. to 3in. long,
about din. broad, mucronate, sometimes bud-bearing, the edge
more or less deeply lobed, in the lower part sometimes quite down
to the rachis, the upper side auricled. sori in two or four rows.
West Indies. Stove or greenhouse species. SYNS. A. trapezioides
and Polystichum viviparum.
ASPLENIUM (from a, not, and splen, spleen; re-
ferring to the medicinal properties formerly attributed
to the genus). Spleenwort. Orp. Filices. Including
Anisogonium, Athyrium, Ceterach, Cænopteris, Darea,
Diplazium, Hemidictyum, Neottopteris. A very large and
widely-spread genus, including species suitable for the
stove, temperate, and hardy ferneries. Sori dorsal or sub-
marginal, linear or oblong. Iuvolucre similar in shape, `
straight or occasionally curved, single or double, plane or
tumid, bursting along the outer edge. The tropical species
should be grown in a compost of peat, loam, and sand ; the
hardy sorts in a mixture of fibrous peat and sand. Gcod
drainage is at all times required. For general culture, see
Ferns. Po
Repro, y
LATA 08 ano
W ioe
Fic. 168. ASPLENIUM ADIANTUM-NIGRUM, showing Rootstock and
back of Fertile Fronds. E
A. abscissum (clipped). sti. tufted, 4in. to 8in. long.
bin. to 12in. long, us, to 4in. broad, sometimes proliferous at the
apex, with twelve to twenty horizontal pinnæ on each side, which
are ljin. to 2in. long, about jin. broad, bluntish ; edge inciso-
crenate, the upper one narrowed suddenly at the base, the lower
one obliquely truncate. sori short, in two regular rows, falling
short of both midrib and edge. Tropical America, Stove species.
Syn. A. jirmum, : = : iia
A. acuminatum (taper-pointed).* sti. 6in. to 9in. long. fron
lft. to 2ft. long, gin. to l2in. broad, with very numerous close-
128 THE DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING,
Asplenium— continued. > i
paoa lanceolate-oblong pinnæ on both sides, which are 4in. to
. long, liin. to 2in. broad ; pinnules numerous, unequal-sided,
lanceolate, acuminate; edges sharply toothed, the lower base ob-
liquely truncate. sori in two rows in the upper part of the
pinnules, often diplazioid. Sandwich Islands. Greenhouse spe-
cies. Syn. A. polyphyllum.
Adiantum- (Black Spleenwort), sti. tufted, 6in. to
9in. long. fronds 6in. to 12in, long, 4in. to 6in. broad, sub-deltoid ;
lower pinnæ deltoid, 2in. to 3in. long, 14in. to 2in. broad ; all the
pinne pinnate. sori copious, at last often occupying the whole
under surface of the segments. Great Britain. World-wide in
its distribution. Hardy. A. solidum, from Cape Colony, is
supposed to be a mere form of this species. There are several
varieties the best of which are described below. See Fig. 168.
A. A.-n. acutum (acute). fronds Yin. to 15in. long, deltoid, tri-
pinnate; ultimate segments linear, and very acute. Ireland. A
copiously divided and very elegant variety. Habit more graceful
than the type,
FIG, 169, ASPLENIUM ADIANTUM-NIGRUM GRANDICEPS,
ted). fronds 6in. to 12in. long ;
pinnz comparatively short, and slightly crested; apex freely
divided, and expanded into a broad crest, which gives the
frond a very graceful contour, Frame or greenhouse variety.
-= See Fig. 169.
A. A-n. im (sharp-leaved). fronds 4in. to 6in. long,
ovate-lanceolate ; ultimate segments narrow and very acute. A
very pretty little variety.
A, affine (related). sti, 6in. to 12in. long. fronds 12in to 18in.
long, 6in. to 12in. broad, bipinnate, with numerous pinne on each
side, the lower ones lanceolate-rhomboidal ; pinnules rhomboidal,
inciso-serrate, sori copious, linear. Mascaren Islands, &c. Stove
or warm greenhouse species. SYN. A, spathulinum.
- pinnate, with a large terminal and t
Yale of the To frond of the simple state; texture coriaceous.
altern (alternated). sti. tufted, lin. to 2in. long. ond.
bin. to Bin. long, lin, to Tjin broad, Isneeolate-oblong cut down
blunt! nded lobes on each side, which reach
the lower gradually reduced. sori
Greenhouse species. SYN. A. Dal-
housiæ.
A. alternifolium (alternate-leaved). Synonymous with A. ger-
manicum.
r T lium (narrow-leaved).* sti, tufted, about 1f
fronds 18in. to 24in. long, 4in. to bin. broad, simply niani
ceolate-oblong, flaccid, with twenty to thirty sub-sessile pinnæ on
each side, sterile ones largest, 2in. to Sin. long, jin. broad, acumi-
nate; edge obscurely-crenate, base rounded and equal on both
_ Sides ; fertile pinn narrower and more distant. sori very close
and regular, extending from the midrib nearly to the edge.
- Canada, &c. Greenhouse species.
A.
anisophylium unequal-leaved), sti. tufted, 6in. to 12in,
. frond. ft toot long, 6in. to 9in. broad, oblong-lanceol:
ble pinnate, With
with ten to sixteen sub-sessile pinnæ on each side,
Asplenium—continued.
which «iè 3in. to Sin. long, about lin. broad, acuminated, crenate,
the two sides unequal, the uppér One narrowed suddenly, the
lower one obliquely truncate at the base. sori distant, elliptical,
reaching half-way from the edge to the margin. Cape Colony, &e.
Greenhouse species.
A, apicidens (apex-toothed), A variety of A. Vieillardii.
A. arborescens (tree-like). caw. oblique. stò. 1ft. to 2ft, long.
fronds 3ft. to 4ft. long, 2ft. to 3ft. broad, deltoid, tripinnatifid, with
numerous pinne, the lower ones 12in. to 18in. long, 4in. to 6in.
broad; pinnules šin. long, about Jin. wide, acuminate, edge cut
two-thirds of the way down to the rachis into nearly entire lobes,
lin, deep, Łin, broad. Lower sori lin. long. Mauritius, &c., 1826.
Stove species. SYN. Diplazium arborescens.
A. Arnottii (Arnott’s). sti. smooth, angular. fronds ample, tri-
pinnatifid ; lower pinnæ Qin. to 12in. long, 4in. to 6in. broad;
pinnules šin. to 4in. long, lin. or more broad, cut down below to a
distinctly winged rachis into deeply crenate, blunt, oblong lobes,
“` Hin. deep, jin. broad. sori copious, nearly all diplazioid, and filling
up when mature nearly the whole surface of the lobes. Sand-
wich Islands, 1877. Greenhouse species. SYNs. A, diplazioides
and Diplazium Arnottii.
A. aspidioides (Aspidium-like). sti. tufted, 6in. to 12in, long
Sronds lft. to 2ft. long, 8in. to 12in. broad, ovate-deltoid, tripinna:
tifid ; lower pinnz 6in. to 8in. long, lanceolate-deltoid ; pinnules
lanceolate, cut down below nearly to the rachis into inciso-pinna-
tifid ovate segments, two lines broad. sori copious, oblong, the
lower ones curved. Tropical America, &c. Greenhouse species.
Syn, A, multisectum.
A. attenuatum (attenuated). sti. tufted, 3in. to 4in. long. fronds
simple, linear-lanceolate, about lft. long, about jin. broad, nar-
rowed upwards very gradually, sometimes proliferous at the point,
the margin toothed; the lower third also lobed; the lowest
roundish, lobes reaching down nearly or quite to the rachis, sort
reaching nearly to the edge. Queensland, &c. . Greenhouse
species.
A. aureum (golden). A variety of A. Ceterach.
A. auriculatum (auriculated).* sti. tufted, 4in. to 8in. long.
fronds 12in, to 18in, long, 4in. to6in. broad, simply pinnate, lanceo-
ee with ten to twenty-stalked horizontal pinne on each
side, which are 2in. to 4in. long, #in. to lin. broad, lanceolate,
often sub-faleate ; y crenate, the two sides unequal, the
upper one with a cordate auricle, the lower one obli uely truncate.
_ sort distant, not reaching either the midrib or Tropical
America, 1820. Stove species.
A, auritum (eared). sti. tufted, 4in. to 8in. long. fronds 6in. to
12in. long, 2in. to 4in. broad, simply pinnate, with ten to ‘een
-stalked horizontal pinne on each side, which are 2in. to 3in, long, x
and about żin. broad, acute or bluntish ; edge sharply toothed or
often lobed, especially on the upper side towards the base. sori
in two broad rather oblique rows. Tropical America. Stove
species,
A. australasicum (Australian). A variety of A. Nidus.
A. Baptistii EADS sti. 6in. to 8in. long. fronds lft. long,
bipinnate, broadly ovate; pinnæ stipitate, the lower about
Sin. long, with four narrow stipitate linear-toothed pinnules, —
Zin. long, and a terminal lobe, 3}in. long, jin. broad, furnished
with distinct linear marginal teeth, pointing forwards, and ter-
minating in a long attenuated point, which is toothed nearly
to the end. sori linear-oblong, straight, parallel with, and close
to, the midrib. South Sea Islands, 1879, A very handsome stove
species.
A. Belangeri (Belanger’s).* sti. tufted, 4in. to Sin. long, fronds
12in. to 8in. long, 2in. to 3in. broad, bipinnate ; pinnae numerous, —
lin, to 1żin. long, żin. broad, rounded at the point, truncate at the
base on the lower side ; pinnules linear, erecto-patent, line
broad ; one vein and sorus to each segment, the latter ma:
Malayan Peninsula, Stove species. SYNS. A. Veit
Darea, Belangeri, &e.
A. bipartitum (twice-partite). sti. tufted, Zin. to bin. long. fronds
6in. to 8in. long, 2in. to Zin. broad, bipinnate, with about ten to
fifteen stalked pinne on each side, which are lin. to 1jin. long,
żin. to Zin. broad, bluntish, gut down at the base on the upper
side into one distinctly-stalked cuneate pinnule, sometimes into
two or three, the outer edge inciso-crenate, the base on the lower
side obiignely truncate. sori in two regular rows, reaching
nearly to the edge. Mascaren Isles. Stove species.
A, bisectum (bisected).* sti. =n 4in. to bin. long.
12in, to 18in. long, 4in. to 6in, broad, bipinnatifid, with twenty to
thirty horizontal pinnæ on each side, which are 2in, to Jin, long
in. broad, with a very long, narrow, deeply inciso-
upper portion, the base on the upper side narrowed suddenly, on-
e lower obliquely truncate. sori almost all in two parallel rows-
close to the midrib. West Indies, &c. Stove species. —
ly-winged). sti. tufted, 2in. to 4in. long.
in. to 1jin. broad, bipinnate, with twelve
pi each side, of which from ro
i soli
_ Madagascar, &c. Stovespecies. SYN. Darea
oe:
- A. brevisorum (shortly-soriate). sti. 12in. to 18in. long. fro
ait. to att tong, Sin. to lin. broad, ‘tripinnate; lower a
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 129
forms
A.
Sin. to 15in, long,
Asplenium—continued.
or more long; pinnules lanceolate, distant, 2in. to Zin. long, and
sin. broad; segments lanceolate, Zin. long, two lines broad,
deeply and sharply toothed. sori small, six to twelve to a seg-
ment, in two rows near the midrib, the lower ones curved, often
double. Jamaica, &c. Stove species. SYN. Athyrium brevisorum.
(bulb-bearing). sti. tufted, 6in. to 12in. long.
A. bulbiferum
fronds lft. to 2ft. long, 8in. to 12in. broad, oblong-deltoid, with
numerous horizontal pinnæ on each side, which are often pro-
liferous from the upper surface, the largest 4in. to 8in. long, 14in.
to 2in. broad ; pinnules lanceolate-deltoid, slightly toon od sori
oblong, when mature often filling the whole breadth of the seg-
ments. New Zealand, &c., very widely distributed. Greenhouse
species.
A. b. Fabianum (Fabia’s). Lower segments deeply pinnatifid,
with narrow divisions and sub-marginal sori. SYN. A. Fabianum.
A. b. laxum (loose). Habit more slender; segments narrow,
so that the sori are often as if marginal.
A. caudatum (tailed). Probably a form of A. falcatum, but
having the sori more confined to the centre of the pinnæ, being
often restricted to two parallel rows close to the rachis. Poly-
nesia, &c, Greenhouse species,
Fic. 170. ASPLENIUM CETERACH.
A, Ceterach, Scale Fern.* sti. densely tufted, lin. to 3in. long,
scaly. fronds 4in. to 6in. long, sin. to lin. broad, cut down nearly
or quite to the rachis into alternate, blunt, sub-entire, broadly-
oblong or roundish pinnæ, with a rounded sinus between them ;
upper surface naked, lower densely clothed with deep brown
membranous scales. sori linear oblique. Britain, throughout
Europe, Northern Asia, &c. This is a variable species, but the
do not remain constant under cultivation. It should be
firmly planted in a vertical chink of the rockery in ag lime
rubbish, rock chippings, and sand, and be watered freely during
the summer, SYN. Ceterach oficinarum. See Fig. 170.
C. aureum (golden).* A large variety, producing fronds from
nl to in. broad, and pinne more oblong
than the types scales toothed. Canaries and Madeira. This isa
charming fern, requiring greenhouse treatment. Syn. Ceterach
aureum.
A. cicutarium (Cicuta-leaved).* sti. tufted, 4in. to Bin. long.
Jronds bin. to 15in. long, 4in. to 6in, broad, tripinnate, with ten .
to fifteen horizontal pinnæ on each side, the lower ones 2in. to
3in. long, lin. broad, cut down to the rachis into numerous ovate-
rhomboidal pinnules, which are gin. to in. long, jin. broad,
obliquely-truncate on the lower side; segments once or twice
cleft at the apex. sori principally in two rows along the pinnules.
Tropical America, &c. Stove species.
A. Colensoi (Colenso’s). sti. tufted, 3in. to 4in. long. fronds 6in.
to Yin. long, 2in. to 4in. broad, tripinnatifid, with numerous rather
rigid erecto-patent pinne, the lower on stalks jin, to żin. long ;
lower pinnules spreading, deeply inciso-pinnatifid, with linear
segments. sori oblong, solitary. New Zealand. A beautiful
greenhouse species, SYN. A. Hookerianum.,
A. com (compressed). sti. tufted, 6in. to 8in. long.
na ronds at to 3ft. long, gin. to 12in. broad, simply pinnate, lanceo-
, with ten to twenty sessile pinne on each side, which
are 4in. to bin. long, about lin. broad, acute or bluntish at the
nt, edge slightly dentate, the upper ones decurrent at the
ase upon the stout fleshy compressed rachis, the upper side
narrowed suddenly at about a right angle, the lower one obliquely
truncate. sori broad, distant, not reaching either the midrib or
edge. St. Helena. Stove or greenhouse species.
A. ag ge 2 (contiguous), sti. tufted, 6in. to 9in. long. fronds
12in. to 18in. long, 4in. to 6in. broad, with twenty to thirty hori-
zontal sub-falcate pinnæ on each side, which are acuminated at
the apex ; edge more or less serrated, the base narrowed suddenly,
and sometimes auricled on the upper, onoi y truncate in a
Sandwich Isles. G
curve on the lower side. sori close, copious, falling considerabl
_ short of the margin Tele reenhouse species, r
w ae $:
Asplenium— continued.
A. crenatum (crenated).* sti. 6in. to 12in. long, scattered. fronds
Yin. to 15in. each way, deltoid, tri- or quadripinnate, with nine to
twelve pinnæ on each side, the lowest much the est, 6in. to
Sin. long, 14in. to 2in. broad ; pinnules lanceolate, cut down to the
rachis except towards the point on each side into four to six
blunt oblong segments, two lines long, one line broad, which are
bluntly toothed. sori two to six to a segment, oblong, usually
nearly straight, often double. Scandinavia, &c. Hardy species.
A. cultrifolium (hook-leaved).* sti. 4in. to 6in. long. fronds 6in.
to 12in. long, 4in. to ôin. broad, bipinnate, deltoid-ovate, with a
lobed terminal point and six to ten pinne on each side, which are
šin, to 4in. long, żin. to Zin. broad, acute; edge broadly toothed,
sometimes lobed below nearly or quite to the rachis, the base
nearly at a right angle on the upper, but obliquely truncate
on the lower side. sori falling short both of the edge and
midrib. West Indies, 1820. Stove species. SYN. Diplazium
eultrifolium.
A. cuneatum (wedge-shaped), sti. tufted, 6in. to Sin. long.
fronds 6in, to 15in. long, 6in. to 9in. broad, tripinnatifid, narrow-
deltoid, with numerous spreading pinne on each side, the lower
Sin, to 4in. long, lin. to 14in. broad, lanceolate-deltoid, cut down
to the rachis into several distinct ovate-cuneate pinnules, which
are dentate and cut down in the lower part nearly or quite to the
rachis. sori linear, sub-flabellate. West Indies, and widely dis-
tributed in both hemispheres, 1832. A very handsome stove
species,
A. Dalhousize (Dalhouse’s), Synonymous with A. alternans.
A. decussatum (decussate). sti. 1ft. to 2ft. long. fronds 2ft. to
4ft. long, simply pinnate, with numerous pinn# on each side,
which are 6in. to 12in. long, lin. to 2in. broad, often proliferous
in the axils ; edge nearly entire. sori reaching nearly to the edge,
and copiously double. Polynesian and Malayan Islands, &c.
Stove species. SYN. Anisogonium decussatum. ë
A. dentatum (dentated).* sti. tufted, 2in. to 6in. long. fertile
fronds 2in. to 3in. long, lin. broad, with six to eight pairs of
stalked, sub-opposite pinne, which are jin, broad, gin. deep,
oblong-rhomboidal, the lower side at the base truncate in a curve,
the outer edge irregularly crenate. sterile fronds smaller, on
shorter stalks. sori copious, in two parallel rows. West Indies,
&c., 1820. A pretty little greenhouse species,
A. dimidiatum (unequal-sided).* sti. tufted, 6in. to 12in, long.
fronds 6in. to 1l5in. long, 4in. to 6in. broad, deltoid, sac 5 y
pinnate, with six to nine opposite pairs of pinne, which are 2in.
to šin. long, Zin. to lin. broad, acuminated, sharply serrated. sori
radiant, narrow, longlinear. Tropical America. Stove species.
A. dimorphum (two-formed).* sti. tufted, 6in. to 12in. long.
fronds 2ft. to 3ft. long, 12in. to 15in. broad, ovate-deltoid, sterile
and fertile ones different or combined ; lower pinna ovate-deltoid,
6in. to Bin. am 2in. broad, bluntly toothed, and the base on
the lower side o liquel truncate ; fertile pinnæ the same size, but
with very narrow simple or forked pinnules. sori linear, solitary, —
Ravina dd d Norfolk Island. - One of the handsomest warm n-
house species. SYNS. A. diversifolium (of gardens), and re
dimorpha.
A. diplazioides (Diplazium-like). A synonym of A. Arnottii, —
A. diversifolium (diverse-leaved). A garden synonym of A.
dimorphum. aes
A. diversifolium (diverse-leaved), Synonymous with A. mazı-
MUM. ; ;
A. ebeneum (ebony-stalked).* sti. tufted, Zin. to6in. long. fronds
uricled, often cordate. sori t ;
side, oblong, short. Canada, &c., widely distributed, 1779. Green-
house species. A. ebenoides is wt like this, but the pinnz are
not cut down to the rachis, and the frond has an elongated
= ; Peng is only sinuated with a single row of sori on
each side. j
A. erectum (erect). Synonymous with A. lunulatum.
A. erosum (bitten). sti. tufted, 6in. to 9in. long. fronds 6in. to
12in. long, 4in. to 8in. broad, deltoid, with nine to fifteen pinnæ
on each side, which are Sin. to 4in. long, šin. to jin. broad, the
edge slightly lobed and crenato-dentate, the point acuminate,
the two sides unequal. sori falling short of the edge. West
Indies. Stove species. Se bs
A. esculentum (edible).* cau. sub-arborescent. sti. 1ft. to 2ft. —
long. fronds 4{t. to 6ft. long, pinnate or bipinnate ; lower pinnæ
12in, to 18in, long, 6in. to 8in. broad; pinnules Jin. to 6in. Jong,
about lin. broad, acuminate; edge more or less rape genes god :
narrowed suddenly, often auricled; lines of sort. on all the —
lateral veinlets. India, &c., 1822. Stove species, SYN. Aniso-
gonium esculentum.
A. extensum (extended). sti. tufted, 4in. to 6in. long. fronds
12in. to 24in. long, about lin. broad, with twenty to forty sessile
pinne on each side, which are 4in, long, jin. to gin. deep, blunt
and entire, the upper side rather the broadest and often cordate,
the lower merely rounded at the base. sori linear-oblong, two
or three on each side of the midrib. Andes of Columbia and-
Peru. A very rare greenhouse species, allied to our native A
Trichomanes. > > o ON a : sie
130
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
-
Asplenium—continued. š
. Fabianum (Fabia: S ous with A. bulbiferum
A (Fabia’s). Synonym:
A. falcatum (hooked).* sti. tufted, 6in. to 9in. long. fronds 6in.
` to l8in. long, 4in. to 6in. broad, lanceolate, with six to twenty
stalked, nearly horizontal pinnæ on each side, which are 2in. to
3in. long, jin. to lin. broad, acuminated, the edges lobed often
one-third of the way down, and the lobes sharply toothed, the
two sides unequal, and the lower one at the base obliquely
truncate. sori in long irregular lines reaching nearly to the edge.
esian Islands, &c., widely distributed. A very elegant green-
house species.
A. fejeense (Fijian).* rhiz. wide-climbing. sti. 6in. long, scaly
below. reall 18in. to 24in. long, lin. to l4in. broad, lanceolate,
caudate, or acuminate at the apex, and often proliferous, narrowed
below toa truncate base, the margin nearly entire. sori reaching
from the midrib nearly to the edges. Fiji, Samoa. &c. Stove
species.
A. Fernandesianum (Juan Fernandez). A variety of A. lunu-
, um.
lat
A. Filix-foomina dy Fern).* sti. tufted, 6in. to 12in. long.
fronds lit. to 3ft. long, 6in. to 12in. broad, oblong-lanceolate,
with numerous pinnate pinne, the lower ones spreading, lanceo-
late, 3in. to 6in. long, lin. to isin. broad; pinnules deeply inciso-
innatifid, sort e oning; the lower ones often curved.
3ritain, and world-wide in its distribution. SYN. Athyrium
Filiz-famina. This handsome deciduous species has a great
; aer wha of varieties, the most important of which are described
Bs w: :
A. F.-f. acrocladon (summit-branched).* fronds Qin. to 15in. long,
slender, bi- or tripinnate, the lower part very narrow, with the
apices of the pinne sometimes crested; appar portion of the
-frond freely branched, divisions narrow and crested, the whole
forming a broad head,
A. Ff. acuminatum (taper-pointed).* fronds Qin. to 12in. long,
Janceolate-acuminate in ae a a closely set pinnæ, which
are similarly characterised, particularly tapering at the
A, F.-f. apiculatum ).* fronds 6in. to 15in. long, 2in.
ts ee ek eee te. outing, “With, N
apices; pinnæ closely | distinctly acuminated
apices, and small roundish obtuse serrated pinnules.
uF ebyanum (Appleby’s).* narrow, 12in, to 24in.
Jong, with short blunt —— cats ter eani wre Mase
naa oe nina crest, which is very striking upon such a
texture.
_A. F.-f. calothrix (beautiful-hair).* fronds Qin. to 15in. long,
copiously divided into exquisitely fine segments, so that the fronds
present a very light and delicate appearance.
A. F.-f. contortum (contorted).* fronds very diversified, the
various pinne occasionally combining the pi Beant miea of the
varieties Applebyanum and Victoriæ.
A. Fef. coronatum (coronate).* fronds 6in. to 12in. long, 2in.
= wide; pinnæ distinctly forked, sometimes slightly crested at the
ie. — ; the upper extremity of the frond copiously forked, and by
i ramification of the divisions a broad crest is formed, about
Sin. to 4in. across.
F.-f. co (corymbose).* fronds 12in. to 18in. long,
-4in. to Tin. I a lence lat inate in general outline ; pinmnæ
closely set, usually forked and crested at the apices, while the
tremities of the fronds are dilated into broad crests, nearly or
quite as wide at the broadest portion of the frond.
. F.-f. crispum Cerispy or curled).* fronds 6in. long, densely
_ Set with very finely divided pinne, which are thickly curled, pre-
a “appearance.
s 6in. to 12in. long, ovate or
A; F.-f. dissectum (dissected).
broadly lanceolate in form, with irregular and unequal pinne ;
the pinnules also differ very
Oe te che tia forage aid be , and are deeply cut, nearly
A. F.-f. Elworthii (Elworth’s).* fronds 12in. to 20in. long, lan-
anita tripinnate, terminated with a very dense crest. trom
or leas forked and crested. er A PEN nae PIN
A. F.-f. Fieldize (Field’s).* fronds 12in. to 20in. long, narrow,
with regular or variously-forked divided pinnæ, sometimes ar-
_ ranged crosswise, with a very graceful disposition.
A. F.-f. Friselliæ (Frisell’s).* fronds pendent, sometimes 2ft.
long, rarely exceeding lin. wide, bi- or tripinnate ; pinnæ alternate,
i heated, flabellate, with the margins of the pinnules or ulti-
divisions denta
(large-crested).* fronds Yin. to 15in. long,
in outline, copiously forked both at the extremities
pinnæ and frond. The latter is furnished with a very
obose crest, which causes the frond to present a beautifully
Asplenium— continued.
A. F-f. Grantz (Grant’s).* fronds Qin. to 12in. keg; lanceolate,
or broadly so, very thickly set with pinnæ, omer 4 ivided, with
the apices of the latter turned up, so that the plant has a crisp
or bristly appearance.
A. F.-f. Jonesii (Jones’s).* fronds 12in. to 18in. long, oblong-
lanceolate in outline, slightly acuminate, bipinnate, furnished at
the extremities with a small crest; pinne alternate, copiously
forked and crested at the apices, even having larger crests than
the one at the upper extremity of the frond; pinnules narrow,
dentate, slightly crested.
A, F.-f. minimum (smallest).* fronds 4in. to bin, long, lin. wide,
lanceolate, bipinnate; pinnules densely set, imbricated, and
crispy. -
A. F.-f. Moorei (Moore’s).* fronds 4in. to Sin. long, linear, ter-
minated with a broad tasselled crest, 3in. or more in diameter ;
pinnz small, scattered, variously forked, crested, and slender.
A. F.-f. multifidum See 1 A very vigorous giowing
variety, producing fronds as large as those of the type, terminated
with large tasselled crests ; pinnæ and pinnules narrow, the former
furnished with small crested apices. A variety known as nanum
much resembles the foregoing, but the crests are more dense, and
the fronds are usually not more than half the length.
A. F.-f, pannosum (pannose).* fronds 10in. to 20in. long, lanceo-
late in outline, from 4in. to 6in. in the broadest part, bi- or (rarely)
tripinnate; pinne thickly set, closely alternated, lanceolate-
acuminate in form, with deep cut pinnules, and distinctly but
pots Farag lobed; the whole frond is frequently tinged with
reddish-purple.
A. F.-f. plumosum (feathery).* fronds 12in. to in. long, 4in. to
10in. broad, broadly lanceolate in outline, tripinnate, beautifully
arched ; pinne of the same form as the frond, i gs divided ;
— again divided into very fine segments. ere are several
orms of this charming variety.
A, F.-f. Pritchardii (Pritchard’s).* fronds 12in. to 30in. long,
very ae tai tapering especially towards
1ely crested at the apices of and is particularly
A. F.-f. ramosa (branched).* fronds 9in. to 12in. long, the lower
into Shek pamar Aeng Sen Tar the upper "oe te livic rout
two main t which are again varic and fu
forked, and fur-
A. F.-f. scopz (heavily-crested).* fronds bin. to 16in, long, with a
few scattered irregular — along the main rachis ; some of the
pinnez are almost obsolete, while others are an inch long with
oblong-dentate pinnules and a heavy terminal crest ; the upper
portion has several ramifications, each of which is copiously forked
and heavily crested, the whole forming a corymbose h šin. or
4in. in diameter, which gives the plant a pendent habit.
A. F.-f. sub-lunatum (half-crescent-shaped).* fronds Qin. to 20in.
long, less than lin. wide, with curious alternated, nearly crescent-
shaped, much contracted pinne, sparingly divided, arching.
A. F.-f. Victorize (Victoria’s).* fronds long, lanceolate in outline,
with the apices crested, as well as those of the pinnæ; the latter
are forked at the base, the divisions being divergent, and crossing
those of the neighbouring pinnae. A form named gracilis has
narrower fronds, is more compact, and cresting rather thicker.
There is also another form named lineare, having very
heavily crested fronds, and an extremely elegant appearance.
The foregoing are the most important varieties, but a very com-
parative few of the total number. Although forms of an essen-
tially hardy species, the greater number particularly the
rarer sorts—should have a winter protection ; or, what bad a e 5
preferable and satisfactory, they ghould be grown in the frame or
temperate fernery. Pe Se epee
A. firmum (firm-textured). Synonymous with ith A. abscissum. reg
fissum (cut),* ati. tufted, Zin. to Gis KE fronds. ith n
“iong, tn. to 5 Moa g eales flabellato-cuneate, aniy
distant pinnæ on P iine broad
ry - ul ; w s dori
| mammen a aan ae
half a
inear-oblong, pying the whole breadth of the
segments, — South Europe. A pretty little frame or greenhouse
, ‘flabellifolium (fan-leaved).* sti. tufted, 3in. to 6in. long.
~ ds procumbent, wide straggling, elongated, and rooting at the
‘apex, 6in. to 12in. long, Jin. to in. broad, with ten to fifteen
pema flabellate pinnæ on each side, which are jin. to jin. each
way, broadly lobed ; lobes yor A toothed, the base cut awayin a
ways on the lower side. sori oblique, irregular, copious, Tem-
perate Australia, &c. Greenhouse species.
A. f. majus (greater). This is a larger form, with longer fronds
and broader pinnæ, -
A. flaccidum (relaxed). sti. tufted, 4in. to 8in. long. fronds 1ft.
to 3ft. long, 4in. to Sin. broad, often pendent, with numerous
lanceolate pinnæ, which are 4in. to Sin. long, and about żin. broad
sometimes rather rigid and recurved, sometimes quite flaccid a
- drooping, like the main rachis, sometimes — pinaatin, but
more often cut down to the thick rachis in oblique or sub-
| AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA OF HORTICULTURE. = 181
| Asplenium—continued. Aspleninum—continued.
l linear lobes. derfan Se dinidsa tina gnije marginal, New Zea- very ually narrower downwards n entire. aori
| land, &c. SYNS. A. odontites and Darea flaccida. extending within a short distance ae edge. India,
f A. foeniculaceum (Fennel-like). A variety of A. fragrans. Stove species,
f - : A. Halleri (Haller’s). Synonymous with A. purges
lobe, cite cordate. , miih a triangular, m aag Tamm ege
a Eee Dane ; the
+ the pistols, sori narrow upon the simple veins, South Europe,
Ea A pretty greenhouse species. SYN. A. palmatum.
cristatum (crested).* Similar in frond form and size to the
f pocion but the apices are crested and tasselled, Where variety
is sought, this should certainly be grown.
+ x. multifidum (much-divided).* fronds quite as oe ms
; the main divisions ee freely divided or deeply cut,
ba vethem a fringed on
long. Se a ems
late, with very numerous close- ead pahe me saga maimai E
side, which are jin. to lin. jin, deep; the lower edge quite
entire, the upper broa towards the base, i ear
rowed sudde A eg! incised
two, together in the yas, and widely -
enp Fic. 171. ASPLENIUM FONTANUM. ae in south-eastern Asia, A very lovely stove or
A. fontanum (rock).* sti. tufted, 2in. to 4in. long. fronds 3in. to A, heterodon (variousy-toothed). Synonymous with A. vulcani
(
6in. lin. to Ijin. ‘obl -lanceolate ; |
casi sellin cuales petes ae Paro neon in gl ern As Moamar aaah Minne A Colensoi,
stalked, ire tne aena een agian apaina sori copious, .
i the whole the pinnas. England, ee jong. isin, to 2am. Dre x pae Dam Btn “Aero aan dona
pean mag whole under bonged lanceolate, with numerous
Hardy. This requires to be planted in a well-drained chink distant blunt, central .ones
of the rocker inch gry sl. 7 Syn. A. Halleri. A. refractum trond haacocdets Same? pinnules ovate-r) in, "jin.
is a well-marked . 171. much truncated at the base on the lower side and inciso-
A. formosum (beautiful). sti. tufted, An short. fronds 12in. to pinnatifid. sori linear-oblong, one to each vein. Japan, &c,
l8in. long, lin. with twenty to thirty sessile horizontal Greenhouse species. 7
- panas each mep A ot „e a lo ged weg — = two A. javanicum (Javanese). See Allan Brunoniana A
- nes upper edge deeply cut, point rather obtuse, lower
f e ms A in a straight line. sori linear-oblong, short iets ean tans Ma eed pole tte oe —
[ oblique, placed one to four on each side of the midrib. Tropical iin, hen Hin A ua b i; rmai Tini aay hook dal, y
America, &c., 1822. A very elegant stove species. ar and. pe Aan broadly 1 bee) below. sori copious, wl
# ufted, 4in. to 8in. long. fronds 6in. -west
fragrans ( (fragrant). sti. t £, mature covering nearly the whole under surface. South-west
to Yin. long, Sin. to bin. broad, sub-deltoid, tripinnate, with Europe, including sout ern England, &c, Hardy species.
numerous close placed deltoid pinnae on each side, t e lowest Jin. (curled).* fronds 4in. to Sin. long, broadly-
long, lin. to 1jin. broad; pinnules lanceolate-deltoid; segments A. 1. crispatum
rat e one line bond, dentate Found A Outer $ edge. lanceolate, bipinnate, wit nue margins ot the pinnules involute
— sori copious. Tropical America, 1793. A. foeniculaceum is a and sharply toothed, giving them a curled appearance.
1 ee variety with narrowly linear ultimate segments. Both are very A. 1. microdon (small-toothed).* fronds 4in, to bin. simply
handsome stove plants, the latter being especially beau tiful. pawn with deeply lobed pinnæ, the margins of the lobes very
AF ; a ad tufted, 1ft. long. fronds lft. to er en A pretty pes emergent ral
; yg Gc, Gia pantan fararo Portare sti. scattered, 4in. to bin.
cu
än. t to tin. mage ern
| ly Oe ee a ee nee numerous distinct pinnules, the low ith r . eat
widely distributed in the ical and sub-tropical regions of -| segments. sori short, irregular. Polynesian Islands, North Aus-
: both hemispheres. A most t greenhouse species. SYN. tralia, &e. A very handsome greenhouse species.
| A See A. laxum (loose). A variety of A. bulbiferum.
) A, germanicum (Geiman).* sti. dense to 4in. long. lineatum ed). sti. tufted, 6in, to Jin. long. fronds lit.
f vonds 2in. to Sin. long, din. to lin. broad, oad, lancoclate, cut down to "a 2ft. long, A broad, oblong-lanceolate, with twenty to
the rachis into a few narrow flabellato- cuneate pinnæ on each side, thirt pinnæ on each side, which are din. to 4in. long, about in.
the lowest of which are again deeply cleft. sori linear, when sss i acuminate, dentate, nearly or quite sessile, the base
mature covering the whole breadth, but falling short of the point aoc sori very regular, reaching from the midrib nearly to
of the pinnz. Scotland and Norway to Hungary and Dalmatia. the edge. Mauritius, &c. There are several forms of this species :
Hardy or frame species. SYN. A. alternifolium. those with small narrow cuneate pinnules, ineguale ; those with
A giganteum (gigantic). A synonym of A. radicans. deeply bifid or pinnatifid pinnules, bifida. Stove species.
= A. Goringi ictum (painted).* A ve retty form of A. longissimum (longest).* sti. tufted, Sin. to 12in. long. fronds
na A. Dieetetoum i U e fronds An rr ai 6in. to 18in. long, pendu- 2ft. to 8ft. long, 4in. to 8in. broad, lanceolate- elongate, pendulous,
A dems, somewhat lanceolate in form; rachis reddish, with the proliferous, and rooting at the apex, with very numerous pinne >
next it on each side variegated, forming a central grey on each side, which are 2in. to 4in, long, jin. broad, sanini
throughout its entire length. Japan. Greenhouse species, the two sides wong! equal, with a distinct central midri
or hardy in sheltered positions. slightly ween 1 e he on both sides es ricle
numerous, in two regular rows on midi
EI ong, Sin Cre in broad, deltoid lanceotate, the point | reaching neatly to the edge. Malacca, &c., 1840. A
innatifid, with twelve to twenty pinnæ on each side ; the lower s a Gs
sea 2in. or more a distinctly Stalked, 4in. to 6in. long, lin. to A. lucidum (clear). A synonym of A. obtwnatenns Besekdeni. a
ljin. pas peeo edge slightl leoman and sometimes | A, Iunulatum (crescent-shaped).* sti. Aiea, ily to yo tae
broadly lo below, the base eq rounded on both sides. fronds bin. to 18in. long, lite. K au. pinnate,
sori rade ig Aggy sed short of both midrib and edge. narrowly lanceolate-oblong, on ge
i Tropical America, 1 e pao. Syn. Diplazium grandi- side, which pia lin. to ‘to Tain; Tong, in, i pe peg to in Dra rg Pog eg Sa
Pap - acute, more or less
J unequal ; the upper on onthe ase narrowed suddenly, th ri galling
Eee to 3in. sla one obliquely tru ; r pinnæ oft
rr viai en pors short of both edge and midrib. Tropics. SYN. A. erectum.
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
.
132
Asplenium—continued. Asplenium—continued.
A. l. Fernandesianum (Fernandez).* A form with a more A, montanum (mountain).* sti. tufted, 2in. to 3in. long. fronds
rigid rachis and sub-coriaceous, rather narrower pinne. Juan bine tron = , lin. broad, lanceolate-deltoid ; lowest pinnæ dis-
Fernandez. Both are handsome stove ferns. tinctl ” deltoid, sharply serrated round the outer edge.
fronds sori 8 deep ren os United States, 1812. Frame or greenhouse
A. macrocarpum (large fn sti. 6in. to 9in. long.
1zin. to 24in. long, 7 he broad, ovate-lanceo ate, with
numerous oe sapone on each side, th the lowest 3in. to 6in. long, ‘lin. to
ljin. broad; lanceolate ; pinnules on A i inciso-crê-
nate or pinnatifid. sori ‘copious, large. Himalayas. Greenhouse
species. SYN. Athyrium macrocarpum.
A. macrophyllum (long-leaved). Synonymous with A. nitens.
A. marginatum (margined). sti. 2ft. to 3ft. long, strong, erect
woody, about 3in. thick at the base. fronds simply Ditte, 4ft.
to 6ft. ; pinnæ in several opposite pairs, the lowest 1ft. to
2ft. long, in. to 4in, broad, the edge entire, the base often cor-
date. sori long, linear, confined to the free veins. Tropical
America. Stove species. Syn. Hemidictyum marginatum.
A. marinum (sea).* Sea a sti. tufted, 3in. to 6in. long.
i 6in. to 18in. lo to 4in. broad, ,oblong-lanceolate, apex
x ae of the ieee half quite deltoid, the point acute
fone fee erie “i pe as
e including Britain. 01 ectly y
grown in a trame or cool house.
crowned).* fronds țin. to bet oe long, simply pin-
innæ for yaang apta of the way up variable ia Th tam, and
nat ; pinn lobed and cut ; the pig third freely branched with
numerous imbricated, curled, and slightly crested divisions, form-
ing a dense head 2in. or more across. dwarf and pretty
7 form,
_ A, m. crenatum (crenated). fronds 4in. to 8in. long, broadly-
lanceolate ; pinne nearly trapeziform, obtuse, with Tehy ae
nated margins, A very pretty form.
A. cael ee yb eee re eg sti. 2in, to 4in. long. fronds about
rachis into to ovate. - Fear lobes, the margins of
ery handsome form, the
i ayo poet thant its ‘length.
A. m. ramosum (branched). onds from 4in. to 8in. long,
Scpened at the apices; pinn oblong, with the margins obtusely-
dentate, and slightly undulated. ‘
A. m. sub-bipinnatum (half-bipinnate). fronds 6in. to 12in. long,
_ lanceolate; pinne distant, deeply lobed, or cut nearly to the mid-
_ ribs. A very rare and pretty variety.
Am. Th ompsonii (Thompson’s).* sti, in. to 4in. long, smooth.
fronds 6in. to 10in. long, ovate-lanceolate, bipinnatifid ; pinne
closely set, sub-deltoid, unequal-sided, deeply cut into Pron
y undulated lobes below, gradually less divided upwards.
: AET re and handsome variety. All the forms of A. marinum
; y moist atmosphere, consequently they will not thrive
t! phedi ir, unless along the sea-coast.
maximum rest). cau. erect. sti. 2ft. or more long. fronds
several feet long, to 3ft. broad, deltoid-lanceolate, with nume-
1S | è on each , the lowest 9in, to 18in. long, 4in. to 8in.
d rA to 4in. long, Zin. broad ; edge more
Son the lowest two e long. North
ko camel SYNS. A. diversifolium and Diplazium
wien of the
peaulon (black-stiped).* sti. 1ft. to 2ft. long. fronds
j, Sin. to 18in broad; lower inne ĝin. to in? ome
broad; lanceolate, 2in. to Zin, lo
: ; sof the way to the rachis mre near.
mag sori short, oblong, Th
or
Sema “A edge. a SYN.
A. Michauxii (Michaux’s).*
fronds soph sbi- or
deeply E or cut t quito to the
e a a
seas ee hy lho
et ee ee
with the
P rachis divided about half way down from the
wept two Eip e ual divisions, which are in freely forked,
ao into a obtusely on hcg ex-
crested, _—— cern pene ne the
d; the lower pinne are ith equal to abnormal and bluntly
Tiao i sti. 3in. Se Somme ba fronds Gin, to
7 à ak ae cote i the as
: “division, whic. more or less
the entire frond hi ha a very elegant —
ed and feathery).* divided
eee the Sa ont two main bran which are
t below, imbricated u cut
ged Pang
species,
A. multisectum (much-cut). Synonymous with A. aspidioides,
A. muszefolium (Musa-leaved). A variety of A. Nidus.
A. n= Sg ar myriad-leaved). A variety of A. rhizo-
Phylum. ;
; an
apart. h omg ay about half way ag he a Ind p
&c., 1820, Syn. A. australasicum. See Fig. 172.
A. N. australasicum (Australian). Miarib keeled on the
back, often black. Australia, &c. The two former are best
treated in the stove ; the latter thrives well in the greenhouse.
Syn. Lhamnopteris australasicum.
A. N. muszefolium (Musa-leaved).* fronds larger, sometimes
6ft. long, 1ft. broad. sori extending nearly to the edge.
A. nitens (shining). sti. scattered, 6in. to Sin. long. fronds 1in.
to 2in. long, 6in. to 9in. broad, with twelve to twenty ascending
or sub-falcate pinn on each side, which are 4in. to 6in. long, =
to lin. broad, much acuminated ; edge finely toothed, base broadly
rounded on the upper, truncate in a curve on the lower side. sort
in close regular rows, not extending more than half way from the —
midrib to the edge. ‘Mauritius. Stove species. SYN, A. macro-
phylium, of gardens only. att. i
A. nitidum (shining).* sti. 1ft. long, naked. fronds 2ft. i
long, 6in. to 12in. broad, with many lanceolate-deltoid pinne
on each side, which are cut down to the rachis, into nume!
stalked deltoid peanas Beee Bp cut into
pa prabe rar North india. Gey jhouse spec
A noros ae “sti. tufted, 6in. to 12in.
long. fronds Yin. to bin. to Qin. ty
—— lower ard ‘ones and deltoid ;
cord anes ae marginal. e lone, distant,
species, SYN. Darea Darea novee-caledonia.
A obtuse). sti. tufted, 3in. to 6in. long. fronds 6in.
to 12in. long, ae to 4in. broad, {gviong or ovate-deltoid, with a
longer than
Le on ae ide, which La lin. to 2in. } long s ae jin.
>
lower 3
omen
o. lucidum (clear).* fronds often 2ft. long, with fifteen vo
ps od — of Snes on each side, which are more he
texture, darker n in colour, the ——— bin. long, lin. to Thin
broad, narrowed gradually to a long acumi me ted point, edge :
deeply toothed, Greenhouse variety. SYN. A. in a mee
obtuse-leaved).* sti, almost tufted, :
to eg og 2 long, 4in. to 6in. broad, broad, ovate-lanceo-
7 AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE. 133
Asplenium— continued. :
‘Jate, with twelve to twenty stalked horizontal pinne on each side,
which are 2in. to šin. long, żin. to Zin, broad, acute ; edges slightly
undulato-crenate, the upper side with a distinct auricle at the
base, and then narrowed suddenly, the lower side obliquely trun-
cate. sori distant, in two regular rows, falling short of the edge.
West Indies, &c., 1838. Stove species.
A. obtusilobum (obtuse-lobed).* sti. tufted, 2in to 4in. long.
Jronds 4in. to 6in. long, 1żìn. to 2in. broad, with
nine to twelve sub-deltoid pinnz on each side, of
which only the inner third on the lower side is
cut away, the largest nearly lin. long, fin. broad;
lowest pinnules ŝin. deep, flabellately cut into
three to five linear blunt lobes. sori sub-mar-
ginal. New Hebrides, 1861. A very pretty little
stove species, SYN. Darea obtusiloba.
A. odontites (much-toothed), Synonymous with
A. flaccidum.
A. oxyphyilum (sharp-leaved).* sti. firm, 6in.
to 12in. long. fronds lft. to 2ft. long, 6in. to
12in. broad, lanceolate, with several pinne on
each side, which are din. to 6in. long, lin. to 2in.
broad ; pinnules lanceolate, in the larger forms
again pinnatifid; teeth mucronate. sori in two
rows on the pinnæ or pinnules midway between
_ the midrib and edge. Himalayas. A very va-
riable greenhouse species. SYNS. Athyrium oxy-
phylla and Lastrea eburnea.
A. paleaceum (scaly).* sti. densely tufted, lin.
to 3in. long, spreading, densely scaly. fronds 6in.
to Qin. long, lżin. to 2in. broad, sometimes pro-
liferous and rooting at the apex, with twelve to
twenty sub-sessile pinnz on each side, which are
lin. long, about żin. broad, bluntish ; edge inciso-
dentate, the upper base auricled and narrowed
suddenly, the lower obliquely-truncate ; the lower
ones stalked, and nearly as broad as long. sori
linear, extending nearly to the edge. Tropical
Australia. Stove or warm greenhouse species.
A. palmatum (palmate). Synonymous with A.
Hemionitis.
a parvulum (small). Synonymous with A. tri-
obum.
A. persicifolium (Peach-leaved). sti. and rachis
grey, with a few scattered minute grey scales.
fronds oblong-lanceolate, 2ft. to 5ft. long, often
gemmiferous at the apex; pinnz ascending, fifteen to thirty-
jugate, sub-petiolate, 4in. to Sin, long, linear-ligulate-acumi-
nate, 4in. to Zin. broad, distinctly crenate throughout, sori
regular, reaching nearly to midrib and edge. Philippine and
Sandwich Isles. Stove species.
A. Petrarchz (Petrarch’s).* sti. densely tufted, lin. to 2in.
long. fronds 2in. to Sin. long, żin. broad, linear-lanceolate, with
six to ten horizontal sessile pinnz on each side, which are jin. long
and nearly as much broad, cordate-ovate, blunt; edge sinuated ;
the base unequal, slightly truncate on the lower side. sori
oblong, very short, four to six on each side of the midrib. South
tno 1819. A very rare little gem, best treated in a cool
ouse.
A. pinnatifidum (pinnatifid). sti. tufted, 2in. to 4in. long.
Jronds 3in. to 6in. long, lin. or more broad at the base, lanceolate-
deltoid, with a long, gradually narrowing point, which is sinuated
only; the lobes below this jin. to din. deep; the lowest ovate-
oblong, żin, deep by nearly as broad, sinuated and reaching down
nearly to the rachis. sori copious. Pennsylvania. Greenhouse
or sheltered places outside.
A. planicaule (fiat-stiped).* sti, tufted, Sin. to 6in. long, naked.
fronds bin, to 12in. long, 2in. to din. broad, with twelve to twenty
stalked horizontal pinne on each side, which are lin. to 1}in. long,
jin, to šin. broad, acute; edge lobed about half-way down, and
deeply serrated. sori copious, reaching nearly to the edge.
Himalayas, up to 6000ft., &c., 1841, Greenhouse species.
A. plantagineum (Plantain-like). sti. tufted, 6in. to 9in. long.
fronds 6in. to Yin, long, 2in. to 3in. broad, simple, acuminate,
base rounded ; edge slightly undulato-dentate upwards, sometimes
lobed towards the base. sori slender, linear, sometimes nearly
touching both edge and midrib. West Indies, &c., 1819. Stove
species. Syn. Diplazium plantagineum.
A. polyphyllum (many-leaved). Synonymous with A. acumi-
natum.
A. præmorsum (bitten). Synonymous wìth A. furcatum.
m prolongatum (prolonged). Synonymous with A. rutæ-
Oum.
A, pulchellum agad sti. tufted, lin. to 2in. long. fronds
šin. to 6in. long, lin. to 14in. broad, with twelve to eighteen pinnæ
on each side, which are żin. to 3in. long, two lines to three lines
broad, bluntish, almost dimidiate ; the upper edge crenate, and
narrowed suddenly at the base. sori linear, oblique, falling short
of the edge. Tropical America. Stove species.
A. pumilum (small). sti. tufted, Zin. to4in. long. fronds 4in.
to 6in. each way, deltoid, the upper part sinuated only, the lower
Asplenium—coniinued.
cut down to the rachis into distinct pinne, of which the lowest
ir are much the largest; the pinnules on the lower side sometimes
. long, reaching down to a slightly winged rachis, acuminate
and deeply lobed. sori very oblique, the lower ones sometimes
lin. long. West Indies, &c., 1823. A very rare and pretty stove
species,
A. rachirhizon (rachis-rooting). A variety of A. rhizophorum.
—— amn =
—= “aa S
Fic. 173. ASPLENIUM RADICANS.
A. radicans (rooting). cau. erect, sub-arborescent. sti. lft. to
aft. long, tufted. , fronds 3ft. to 5ft. long, 2ft. to 3ft.
deltoid; lower pinne 12in. to 18in. long, 6in. to 8in. broad ;
pinnules lanceolate, sessile, the upper ones entire, lower ones 3in.
to 4in. long, Zin. to lin. broad, with blunt lobes, }in. broad, reach-
ing about half way down to the rachis. Lower sori :
iin, long. yt veo America. A very variable species. SYNS. —
A, giganteum, Diplazium radicans, D. umbrosum, &c. See Fig. 173.
4
A. refractum (refracted). A variety of A. fontanum. — Si
A.
resectum (cut or pared).* sti. scattered, 4in. to 8in. long.
Jronds bin, to 15in, long, Zin. to 4in. broad, la f
with ten to thirty sub-sessile horizontal A mam on each side, w!
are lin. to 3in. lo: e to żin. broad, almost dimidiate, the point
bluntish, all except e truncate part crenate, the upper half at
the base narrowed nearly at a right angle. sori not mg
either the midrib or edge. India, &c., widely distributed, 1820.
Greenhouse species.
z
A. ee ae (root-bearing).* sti. tufted, 4in. to Sin. long.
Jronds lft. to 2ft. long, 4in. to bin. broad, elongated, and rooting
at the apex; pinnæ twelve to thirty on each side, sub-sessile, 14in.
to 2in. long, about żin. broad, inciso-dentate throughout ; the two
sides unequal, the upper one auricled and narrowed, the lower
one obliquely cuneate. sori not reaching either to the edge or
midrib. Tropical America. A very variable stove species. -
A, r. rachirhizon, has distinctly separated oblong ThombokiA.
pinnules, again deeply cut into narrow segments.
A. rhizophyllum (leaf-rooting). sti. tufted, 2in. to 6in. long.
fronds 6in. to 12in. long, lin. to 2in. broad, cut down into
numerous close-placed horizontal pinne on each side; central
ones lin. long, }in. to fin. broad, cut down throughout nearly to
the centre into simple or forked erecto-patent pinnules, the
lowest on the under side suppressed. sori solitary, sub-marginal. __
A. r. myriophyllum is a variety with broader fronds ; central pinnae —
lyin. long, with lower pinnules cut down into several roy wel me
forked linear segments. North America, &c., 1680. Both 2
some greenhouse kinds. ble
fronds 6in. to 15in, long, 2in. to 4in. broad, ovate deltoid,
twelve to twenty pinne on each side, the lowest sub-del
2in. or more long, cut down to the rachis into numerous erecto-
patent distant pinnules on each side, the lowest on the upper i
side again cut down into erecto-patent linear segments. sori
small, marginal. Cape Colony. A peda tiful greenhouse species. :
Syys. A. prolongatum and Darea rutefolia. . ao
sti poa 2in. to 4in. long.
A. rutæfolium (Rue-leaved).* sti, tufted, 4in. to Sin. long.
134 THE
DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING,
Asplenium—continued.
down into spathulato-cuneate pinnules, which are serrated round
the outer edge. sori copious. Great Britain, and almost world-
wide in its distribution. Hardy species. This Topina a well-
drained position, and a soil composed mainly of old mortar
rubbish. . :
salicifolium (Willow-leaved). sti. tufted, 6in. to 12in. long.
fronds 12in, to 18in. long, 6in. to Qin. broad, oblong, with a
terminal pinna and four to ten distinctly stalked ones on each
side, which are 4in. to 6in. long, Zin. to lin. broad, acuminate ;
edge usually entire, the base equally truncato-cuneate on both
sides. sori falling short both of the edge and midrib. West
Indies, &c. Stove species.
A. Sandersoni (Sanderson’s).* sti, tufted, lin. to 2in. long. fronds
Gin, to Yin. long, żin. to Zin. broad, linear, often gemmiferous at
the apex, with twelve to twenty horizontal dimidiate pinne on
cach side, which are deeply erenate on the upper edge, and at the
base narrowed suddenly into a winged petiole, the lower one
nearly straight and quite entire. sori oblong. Natal, &e. A
very rare greenhouse species.
A. schizodon (cut-toothed). Synonymous with A. Vieillardii.
A. Schkuhrii (Schkuhr’s). cau. erect. sti. 1ft. to 14ft. long.
fronds deltoid, 14ft. to 2ft. long, tripinnatifid; lower pinnze
distant, oblong-lanceolate, 6in. to 8in. long, 1żin. to 2in. broad,
‘rachis winged to base; pinnules ligulate-oblong, żin. broad,
sessile, cut into shallow, close, oblong blunt lobes. sori zin.,
medial in a single row in the pinnules. Ceylon. Stove species.
SYN. Diplazium Schkuhrii.
A. Selosii (Selose’s).* sti. densely tufted, lin. to 2in. long, wiry.
fronds żin. to Zin. long, palmately cleft, usually into three nearly
equal forks, which are about one line broad, the edge slightly
inciso-serrate. sori copious, ultimately occupying the whole
surface. Tyrol and Carinthia. A very rare and curious little
species, requiring the protection of the frame or cool house ; it
should be firmly potted between pieces of sandstone in loam,
leaf-soil, rock chippings and sand, with good drainage.
onale (northern).* sti. densely tufted, 3in. to 4in.
x into two or three
A. Shephordi (Shepherd’s).* sti. tufted, 1ft. long. 12in. to
A.S. ineequilaterum (unequal-sided). fronds, texture firm, colour
duller than that of the type; pinnze much acuminated ; the lobes
= deeper, more uniform, and falcate, the two sides unequal, the
_ lower one unequally truncate at the base.
A. spathulinum (spathulate). A synonym of A. afine.
spinulosum (very spiny).* sti. 6in. to 12in. long, scattered.
Jronds Yin. to 12in. each wie, deltoid, tri- or quadripiomatitd, with
nine to twelve pinnæ on each side, the lowest much the largest, 6in.
to 9in. long, 24in. to 3in. broad, ovate-lanceolate ; pinnules lanceo-
late, cut down to the rachis on each side into six to nine oblong-
rhomboidal mucronate segments, two lines long, one line broad,
which are sharply toothed. sori two to ten to a segment, usually
round, but occasionally oblong. Amur-land, &c. Greenhouse
species, SYN. Athyrium spinulosum and Cystopteris spinulosa.
A. splendens (splendid). rhiz. creeping, scaly. sti. oin. to Qin.
fronds deltoid, 6in. to 1ft. long, as to three-pinnate; lower
pinne stalked, deltoid, lin. to 2in. broad, pinnate or bipinnate ;
segments cuneate-flabellate, jin. to 4in. broad, slightly lobed,
sharply toothed round outer edge. sori copious, slender, irregular,
e from base nearly to tip of segments. Cape Colony. A
A. subsinuatum (half-waved). Synonymous with A. lanceum.
_ A, sundense (Sundanese). Synonymous with A. vitteforme.
; woods), cau. decumbent. sti. lft. long. fronds
lft. to 2ft. long, ĝin. to 8in. broad, ovate-lanceolate, with numerous
y Sg mat a šin. to 4in. long, Jin. to Zin. broad,
} ; edge r and briefly lobed
suddenly on . sori in long slender lines, reaching
Stove speci
nearly to the edge. India, &c. ies.
A, thelypteroides (Thelypteris-like), sti. 1ft. long. fronds lft. to
2ft. long, 6in. to 12in. broad, lanceolate, with numerous spreading
inne, the lower ones ĝin. to 6in. long, lin. broad, cut down toa
broadly-winged rachis into numerous nearly entire elliptical
spreading pinnules. sori in close regular rows, reaching nearly
from the midrib to the edge, slightly curved, the lower ones often
_ double. North America, &c., 1 Hardy or cool house species.
«SYN, Athyrium thelypteroides.
_ A, Thwaitesii ( tse. sane stout. sti. 6in.
‘Promda its. of more long, tin, to Gin. brosi, ‘with @ ht to ten
ri : of the way to the OAAS MCA
uted lobes, jin. deep, two lines across. sori reaching half-
Asplenium— continued. e
way to the edge, the lowest about one line long.
fine stove species. SYN. Diplazium. Thwaitesii.
‘FIG. 174. ASPLENIUM TRICHOMANES.
A. Trichomanes (maiden-hair).* Maidenhair Spleenwort. sti.
densely tufted, A to 4in. long. fronds in. to 12in. long, about
sin, broad, with fifteen to thirty opposite pairs of sessile horizontal
pinnæ, which are din. to gin. broad, one and a-half to two lines
deep, edge slightly crenate, the two sides unequal, the upper
one the broadest, and narrowed suddenly at the base. sori linear-
; base narrowed
oblong, three to six on each side of the midrib. Greatt Britain,
and almost cosmopolitan. Hardy species. See Fig. 174. There
are several varieties in cultivation, of which the following are the
most important ;
Fig. 175. ASPLENIUM TRICHOMANES CRISTATUM.
A. T. cristatum (crested).* fronds 4in. tobin. long, simply pinnate,
with roundish as and broad crests at their extremities, some-
times divided, each fork crested, A very pretty little variety, :
requiring frame or greenhouse treatment. See Fig. 175, P
A. T. incisum (deeply-cut).* fronds 3in. to Gin. long ; pinnæ der RN
pinnatifid, the lobes pi deeply cut or serrated. A very rate Bi.
and pretty form, . et ide age
, multifidum (much-divided).* fronds Sin. to bim. long, ,
r T egg ae or, Boo , quadri-furcate, each division terminated
with a little crest. A free-growing ogg? Pe oe, troels
ramosum (bra * fronds Sin. . N
a Toa each pTi ag ae in forked; yor deeply cut or
crenated, or serrate. More Hardy than any of the other forms.
A. trilobum (three-lobed).* sti. tufted, Zin. to Zin. long. fronds
lin. to lin. long, lin. broad, rhomboidal, apex acute, base
cuneate, entire, the margin undulato-crenate, or the lower part
deeply lobed, with broad inciso-crenate divisions. sori broad and
short. Chili and South Brazil. A very rare little stove species.
Syn. A. parvulum 3 ap ; a
Þbrosum (shady). sti. 1ft. or more long, s the base
n 2ft. to a sang 12in. to 18in. broad, ovate-deltoid ; pinnz
ovate-lanceolate, 6in. to 9in. long, Sin. to 6in. broad, with laceolate
pinnules, which are again cut down to the midribs into unequal-
sided rhomboidal lobes, with the margins sharply crenated.
sori copious, oblong, with large tumid membranous involucres.
Canaries, Himalayas, &c. Very widely distri s
A very greenhouse species. SYNS. Allantodia australe,
Athyrium Fa ;
umbrosum.
varians (variable). sti. tufted, lin. to 3in. fronds 4in.
| A, varians (iin bread, oblong-lanceolate, with at to twelve
on the outer edge. sort copious, when mature, covering nearly
the whole under surface of the pinnules. Himalayas, and widely
distributed. Greenhouse species. :
A. Veitchianum (Veitch’s). Synonymous with A. Belangeri.
A. Vieillardii (Vieillard’s).* sti. tufted, 4in. to 6in. long. fronds
6in. to Yin. long, 6in. to 8in. broad, with large linear-lanceolate
terminal pinna, lengthened out at the point, and deeply serrated,
and three to four pairs of erecto-patent similar lateral ones, which
are din, to 4in. long, upwards of żin. broad, equally truncato-
cuneate, and the lower ones slightly stalked at the base. sort
distant, falling short of both edge and margin. New Caledonia.
A very graceful greenhouse species. Syn. A. schizodon. A.
apicidens is but a variety of this, with shortened sori and more
obtuse venation. f
AN
ANY
(yi is
Sporangium (d).
4in. long. fronds 4in. to bin. long, in, broad, with twelve to
twenty sub-sessile pinn on each side, ovate-rhomboia ; upper
narrowed suddenly at the base, the lower one obliquely
truncate, outer part deeply crenated. sori copious, linear-oblong,
oblique. Great Britain, &e., widely distributed in both hemi-
. Spheres. It requires to be planted in a well-drained but moist
situation. Hardy species. See Fig. 176.
A. vitteeforme (narrow-fronded).* rhiz, creeping. sti. short,
erect, fronds entire, lanceolate, 12in. to 18in. long, 1żin, to 3in.
broad, narrowed to an acute point, and very gradually into the
stem below; margin obscurely toothed. ‘sori copious, often
reaching from the midrib tai to the edge. Java, &c, Stove
species. SYN. A. sundense,
A. vivi (plant-bearing).* sti. tufted, 6in. to Sin. long:
fronds lft. to 2ft. long, 6in. bin broad, ovate-lanceolate, wi
numerous close- erecto-patent pinnae on each side, which
ar in. to 4in- long, Liin. to 2in. bi cut down to a compressed
| AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 135
Asplenium—continued. Asplenium—continued.
of pi on each side, lower ones sub-deltoid, 4in. to Zin. rachis into numerous pinnatifid pinnules, the lower segments of
ong, cut down to the rachis into a few cuneato-
which are again forked; ultimate segments jin. to gin. lon
uarter-line broad. sori solitary, marginal. Mauritius, &c., 1820,
very handsome stove species.
A. vuleanicum (volcanic). sti. 6in. to Sin. long. fronds 1ft.
to 2ft. long, 4in. to 8in. broad, oblong-lanceolate, with a linear-
terminal pinna, or gemmiferous at the apex, and 6in. to 12in.
lateral ones on each side; lower ones stalked, 2in. to 4in. long,
łin. to lin. broad, acuminated ; edge a, dentate ; the base
truncate. sori very regular and parallel, falling short of the edge.
Malay Islands. Stove species. Syn. A. heterodon. -
A. zeylanicum (Ceylonese).* sti. scattered, 4in. to 8in. long.
Fronds 6in. to 12in. long, lin. to 2in. broad, the poa acuminated,
apex pa sig lobed, the lower two-thirds more deeply so, and the
base quite down to the rachis ; lobes blunt, jin. to }in. across.
sori linear, two to three lines long. Ceylon. Stove species. SYN.
Diplazium zeylanicum,
le
4. ASSONIA (commemorative of
n2 Ignatius de Asso, a distinguished
Y7 Spanish botanist, who wrote on the
4 plants of Arragon). ORD. Stercu-
liaceew. This genus is now included by
best authorities under Dombeya. Or-
namental stove evergreen trees, with
undivided leaves, and axillary, bifid,
sub-corymbose peduncles. They are
of easy culture; thriving freely in any
light rich soil, or a mixture of loam
and peat. Young cuttings will root
freely in sand, with a brisk bottom
heat, if covered by a bell glass.
T 4
EEA AT
uncles scarcely longer than the pe-
tioles. June. 1. cordate, acumina
smooth, a little serrated. A. 10ft. to are,
Bourbon, 1820.
A. viburnoides (Viburnum-like). 7.
white ; peduncles three times longer than
the petioles. J. cordate, somewhat acu-
minate, crenated, tomentose beneath, as
well as younger leaves. h. 10ft. to 20ft.
Bourbon, 1822.
ASTARTEA (a mythological
name: Astarte, the Syrian Venus).
ORD. Myrtacew. An ornamental green-
house evergreen shrub, requiring a
mixture of loam, peat, leaf soil, and
sand. Young cuttings root readily in
sand under a bell glass in gentle heat.
A. fascicularis (bundle-flowered).
white, pedicellate, solitary, axillary.
May. l. opposite, linear, fleshy; when
young, disposed in axillary fascicles. h.
6ft. to 9ft. West Australia, 1830.
ASTELMA (from a, not, and
stelma, a crown; in reference to the
construction of the fruit). ORD. Com-
posite. Greenhouse evergreen shrubs
from the Cape of Good Hope. Some
species of this genus, which is now
generally referred to Helipterum, are
Fic. 176. ASPLENIUM VIRIDE, showing Barren and Fertile Pinne (a and b), Sorus (e), and very handsome, and thrive well ina
mixture of fibrous peat, leaf soil, and
sand, with thorough drainage. Fill
A. viride (green). Green Spleenwort.* sti. densely tufted, 2in. to ; the pots one-third full of crocks; water carefully, and
only when absolutely necessary; and place in a situation
near the glass, allowing a free admission of air. Seeds
should be sown in pots of light, open soil, and placed in a
gentle heat; half-ripened cuttings will strike readily in
sandy soil with a hand glass placed over them. They are
now but rarely seen under cultivation.
A. canescens (hoary). l.-heads purple ; scales of involucre ovate;
branches one-flowered. May to June. l. oblong, blunt, imbri-
cated. A. 14ft. 1794.
A. eximium (fine).* /.-heads crimson; corymbs sessile. Jnly.
l. sessile, ovate, close, erect, white with thick woolly pubescence.
Stem stout. kh. 3ft. 1793. This is a very beautiful species.
A. speciosissimum (showiest! -heads white, large, solitary,
terminal. July, l. sessile, o aaoo, sate, tines
nerved, woolly. A. 8ft. 1691,
136 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
ASTEPHANUS (from a, without, and stephanos, a Aster—continved.
corona; corona absent). ORD. Asclepiadacee. A genus of D
pretty evergreen greenhouse twiners. Flowers few, small, AW
disposed in interpetiolar umbels; corolla campanulate. . fee
Leaves small, opposite. They thrive in a compost of turfy R
peat, leaf soil, and loam, in equal parts. Very little water
is required when the plants are at rest. Cuttings root
readily in sandy soil in a moderate heat. Propagation may
also be effected by division.
A. linearis (linear). 4. white; umbels dividing in threes, lateral
and terminal. July. Z. lin. long, opposite, linear-lanceolate.
Stems glabrous. Cape of Good Hope, 1816.
A. triflorus (three-flowered).* fl. white; umbels generally three-
flowered. July. l. opposite, lanceolate, villous beneath. Stems
hairy. Cape of Good Hope, 1816.
ASTER (from aster, a star; general shape of flower-
heads), Michaelmas Daisy; Star-wort. ORD. Composite.
Hardy herbaceous perennials, except where otherwise
stated. Heads solitary-corymbose or panicled, heterogamous,
rayed ; ray-florets pistiliferous, one to two-seriate, fertile or
neuter ; ligule elongated, white, blue, or purple; disk-florets
hermaphrodite, fertile, tubular, yellow, five-cleft; involucre
eampanulate or hemispheric; bracts few, or many-seriate,
outer smaller or larger; receptacle flat or convex ; pappus
hairs few or copious, scabrid, outer sometimes shorter,
rigid, and paleaceous. Leaves alternate. This very large
genus contains many handsome border and alpine deciduous
perennials (rarely biennials) of very easy culture in ordi- !
nary garden soil. They may be propagated by root Fig. 177. ASTER ALPINUS,
divisions made in autumn or spring, or by seeds sown in ;
‘spring. The greenhouse species are mostly evergreen A. A. bessarabicus (Bessarabian).* A most desirable variety,
Wi
Si
=)
OS ae
shrubs, requiring a compost of peat, leaf soil, and loam frequently seen in gardens ; it is rather taller than the type, with
3 : Ri T 3 fi - ,of ad l lour. O f th iest
Cuttings root readily in a sandy soil under a hand glass, o aeo tem, boo Vie th eS a e Ia
with very little heat.
acris (acrid). f.-heads blue ; involucre imbricated,
twice as short as the disk. A) l. linear-lanéeo-
late, not dotted, three-nerved. Ñ. aft. South Europe,
A. acuminatus (taper-pointed).* -heads white;
panicle corymbose. tember. l aeey m eara
narrowed at base, entire, with a very long point.
Stem simple, flexuous, angular. A. 2ft. North
America, 1806.
A. adulterinus (false). f.-heads violet; involucre
squarrose, shorter than the disk. September. l.
amplexicaul, lanceolate; lower ones sub-serrate,
smooth; those of the branches linear squarrose, h.
3ft. North America.
A. zstivus (summer-flowering).* /.-heads blue. July.
l. lanceolate, somewhat amplexicaul, narrowed at the
end, scabrous at edge. Stem erect, hispid ; branchlets
pilose. h. 2ft. North America, 1776.
A. albescens (whitish). /l.-heads purple or whitish,
nearly lin. across; corymbosely panicled; scales of
involucre ovate-linear, apiculate ; ray twenty-flowered.
August, /. lanceolate on short petioles, denticulate,
downy. Plant beset with rusty down. h. 3ft. Nepal,
A. alpinus (alpine).* fl.-heads bright purple, lin. to
_2in. across; scales of involucre nearly equal, lanceo-
late, bluntish. July. Z, radical ones lanceolate-
oo those of the stem lanceolate. Stem one-
flowered. A. 6in. to Yin. Europe, 1658. A very
attractive species, having a dwarf, stout habit; it
forms a useful and handsome subject for edging, and
Tig, prii are valuable for cutting purposes. See
A. a. albus (white).* fl.-ħeads white, in other respects
resembling the wi gt but it is much less desirable,
n has not nearly so vigorous a habit, Europe,
A. altaicus (Altaian).* fl-heads blue-purple, about
2in. across; stem simple, corymbose, downy. June,
July. 1. linear-lanceolate, entire, blunt mucronate,
three-nerved at base, veiny. h. lft. Siberia, 1804,
This, which is frequently considered a variety of A.
see alpinus, is one of the handsomest,
_ A, alwartensis (Alwart). fl.-heads red ; ray very fine ;
- involucre loosely squarrose. May. l. ovate, narrowe
at base, entire, about five-nerved. A. lft. Caucasus,
Fic. 178. ASTER AMELLUS BESSARABICUS.
z
oaa EN 5 i EEE g iolet. July. l ovate-
Amellus (Amellus).* fl.-heads le, solitary, numerous ; A. amplexicaulis (stem clasping). j1.-heads vio
_ Involuere imbricated A a leaves bhai: inner! membranous, oblong, geute, amplexicaul,, cordate, pi se 3 on oom
_ coloured ee August. J, oblong-lanceolate, scabrous. h. 2ft. panicled, smooth ; branches one to two- :
Italy, 1596. One of the best border kinds,
: America.
`
°
A, corymbosus (
ay
AN ENCYCLOPEDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 137
Aster—continued. : Aster—continued.
A. amy: (Almond-leaved). fl.-heads white; involucre ow. Autumn. l. 3in. long, cordate acute, lobed at the
closel bricated. August. J. lanceolate, narrowed at base,- ase, coarsely toothed. Stems brittle, blackish purple. h. 2ft.
mated, scabrous at edge. Stem simple, corymbose at end.
h. 2ft. North America, 1759. j
A. argenteus (silvery).* j.-heads purple. August. l oblong-
lanceolate, silky, sedile. tem slender, decumbent, loosely
branched ; branches and branchlets one-headed. h. 1ft. North
America, 1801.
A. bellidifiorus (Daisy-flowered). /l.-heads pale red; involucre
with spreading scales. September. Z. amplexicaul, narrow-
lanceolate, scabrous above, lower sub-serrated. Stem much
branched. h. 3ft. North America.
A. Bigelovii (Bigelow’s).* jl.-heads corymbose, 24in. diameter,
ray-florets lilac, disk yellow. Summer. l. scabrous pubescent,
oblong-spathulate ; cauline ones amplexicaul, ovate-oblong, cre-
nate, obscurely-toothed h. 24ft. Gado, 1878. A very hand-
some biennial species. SYN. A. Townshendi.
A. blandus (charming). jl.-heads pale purple; racemes scarcely
longer than the leaves. October. l sub-amplexicaul paing:
lanceolate, acuminate, sessile, smooth. Stem pyramidal. h.
North America, 1800. i
_A. canescens (hoary). fl.-heads pale le; involucre-imbri-
cated, very acute, jonger than disk” Sopiember, l linear.
Panicle corymbose, much branched, leafy. A. 2ft. North America,
1812. Biennial or perennial.
* bose. vend ea er? i ae so $ at the
cory? af . 1, ovate, acute, serrat pering e
as (Caucasian).* jl.-heads purple, solitary ; scales of
involucre nearly l, linear. July. l. ovate, sessile, scabrous.
h. 1ft. Cauca, 1800. 2
A. ciliatus (ciliated). (ji.-heads white. September. 1. ciliated ;
cauline ones linear-lanceolate, nerved ; those of the branches very
short lanceolate, three-nerved. Stem branched, downy ; branches
downy. k. 3ft. North America,
A. concinnus (neat).* fl.-heads son’ gos involucre closely imbri-
cated. October. J. sub-amplexicaul, lanceolate ; lower ones sub-
serrate, smooth. Stem simple, panicled at end. A. 2ft. North
America, 1800.
A. concolor a aeRAS fi.-heads purple; raceme terminal.
October. l. oblong-lanceolate, hoary on each side, Stem simple,
erect, downy. h. 1ft.” North America, 1759.
A. conyzioides (Conyza-like). Synonymous with Seriocarpus
conyzioides.
A. cordifolius (heart-leaved). _fl.-heads blue, small, disposed in
crowded racemes, which are slightly drooping. July. l. cordate,
pilose benéath, finely serrated, stalked. Stem smoothish,
; panicle spreading. h. 2ft. North America, 1759.
A. (Coris-leaved). jl.-heads pale blue. October.
l. very numerous, linear, blunt, reflexed, hispid at edge. Stem
bra <=" vote diffuse, smooth ; branches one-headed. h.
North
Fia. 179. ASTER CORYMBOSUS, showing Habit and Flower-head
corymbose), fl.-heads corymbose, about lin.
in diameter; ray-florets few, narrow, Whites disk-florets pale
to 3ft. SYN. Biotia corymbosa. See Fig. 179.
A. diftusus (diffuse). j.-heads white; involucres imbricated.
October, J. elliptic-lanceolate, equal, serrated, smooth. Branches
spreading. Stem pubescent. h. 2ft. North America, 1777.
A. Douglasii (Douglas’s).* fl.-heads purple ; involucral scales linear
or spathulate-linear, loosely imbricated. August. J, lanceolate,
acute, entire, or rarely serrate, mostly os at the base. Stem
smooth, slender, paniculately branched, leafy. A. 3ft. to 4ft.
California, &c.
A. dracunculoides (Tarragon-like).* /l.-heads white, about lin.
across, disposed in dense cymose clusters ; involucre imbricated.
September, October. Z. linear, acuminated, entire; lower ones
linear-lanceolate, sub-serrate. Branches corymbose. h. 3ft.
North America, 1811. A very handsome species.
A. dumosus (bushy).* /l.-heads white, about jin. across, disposed
in broad clusters; involucre cylindrical, closely imbricated.
October, l. linear, erg those of the branches very short.
Branches panicled. 2ft. North America, 1734.
A. d. albus hpi 5 ji.-heads quite white, and rather smaller
than those of the species. North America.
A. d. violaceus (violet). /l.-heads violet-purple. North America.
A. ele (elegant). jl.-heads blue, small; corymb contracted,
drooping; scales of involucre oblong-cuneate, blunt, squarrose
September. Z. scabrous; cauline ones oblong-lanceolate, acute ;
radical ones oblong, stalked. h. 2ft. North America, 1790, A
very elegant species, having a graceful habit. re
A. eminens (eminent). l.-heads light blue. October. l linear-
lanceolate, acumina: at ; lower ones sub-serrated.
Stem panicled ; branches one-headed. À. 2ft. North America.
Fic. 180, ASTER ERICOIDES.
A. ericoides (Heath-like).* /l.-heads white ; involucre squarrose
leaflets acute. September. `Z. linear, glabrous; those of the
branches subulate, close together ; and those of the stem long. —
h. šít. North America, 1758. A very pretty species. See Fig. 180.
A, floribundus Gaan nowi ji.-heads light purple Septem-
ber. Zl. sub-amplexicaul, lanceolate ; lower ones serrated, Stem
aT; branches corymbose, h. 4ft. North America. |
liosus (leafy). fl.-heads e blue; involucre imbricate.
September, J, linear-lanceolate, lat arog narrowed at each end.
T
138
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Aster—continued. :
Stem downy, panicled, erect ; branches few-headed. h. 3ft. North
America, 1732.
A. fragilis (fragile) .-heads flesh-coloured, small ; involucre im-
bricated. pi so SE g l. linear, acuminate, entire ;, radical ones
-_ $ s Branches in corymbose panicles. h. 2ft. North
merica, 3
_ Fia@. 181. ASTER GRANDIFLORUS.
grandiflorus (large-flowered).* f.-heads purple, large, ter-
minal; scales of involucre squarrose. November, J, linear,
rigid, acute, sub-amplexicaul ; those of the branches reflexed,
hispid at edge. h. 2ft. North America, 1720. See Fig. 181,
pifolius (Hyssop-leaved).* fl.-heads white, or purple
shaded ; scales of the involucre about half as long as ths dink.
August to October. Z. linear-lanceolate, acute, with the margins
scabrous. Branches fastigiate and corymbose, smooth. h. 14ft. to
2ft. North America.
A. levigatus (smooth-stemmed). f.-heads flesh-coloured, about
lin. across, disposed in ‘arge panicles. September. J, sub-
amplexicaul, broad-lanceolate, sub-serrate, smooth, Stem gla-
brous. Branches many-headed. h. 3ft. North America, 1794.
A. lævis (smooth).* fl.-heads blue; involucre imbricated with
_ cuneiform leaflets. September. J. sub-amplexicaul, remotely
oblong, entire, lucid; radical ones sub-serrated. h. 2ft. North
~ America, 1758. One of the best border species.
A. laxus (loose-flowered). /l.-heads white, about lin. ACTOSS ;
clusters loose. October. Z. linear-lanceolate, scabrous at edge ;
~ lower ones sub-serrated; stem ones reflexed.
_ panicled. h. 2ft. North America,
A, linarifolius (Toad-flax-leayed
a numerous, linear, mu
Stem loosely
aene mid edge pe September.
, nerveless, not dotted, keeled
scabrous, Branches fastigi : 1
SCiee ee fastigiate, one-headed. h. lft. North
A. linifolius (Flax-leaved). #.-heads white ; involucre imbricate
short. July. l linear, néryeless, dotted, scabrous, aoe
spreading. Branches corymbose, fastigiate, leafy. h. 2ft. North
America, 1739.
A. longifolius (long-leaved).* f.-heads white, lin. across,
in dense corymbose panicles; involucre squarrose. October
i. linear-lanceolate, rarely toothed, very long, smooth. A. 3ft
North America, 1798. There are several varieties of this hand-
some species.
_ A.L formosus (charming).* fl-heads pink, produ i
= Corymbs. A. 1sft. to 2ft. $ a e
A. macrophyllus (large-leaved). fl.-ħheads white. August. Z
_ large, ovate, stalked, serrated, scabrous; upper ones cordate,
sessile. Stem branched, diffuse. h. 2ft. No og ee ol
_ A. multifiorus (many-flowered).* fl.-hcads white, small: corymb
large, elongated ; involucre imbricated ; scales oblong, squartose,
Aster—continued.
acute. September. J. linear, glabrous. Stem much branched,
diffuse, downy; branchlets one-sided. h. 3ft. North America,
1732.
A, m olius (Myrtle-leaved). /l.-heads white ; involucre imbri-
cated ; scales length of disk. August. l., stem ones, amplexicaul,
scabrous ; those of the branches small. h. 2ft. 1812. a
A. novee-angliz (New England).* jl.-heads purple, in terminal
clusters. September. J. linear-lanceolate, pilose, amplexicaul,
auricled at base. Stem simple, pilose, straight. h. 6ft. North
America, 1710. One of the best ; having a tall and robust habit.
A. n-a. rubra (red).* fl.-heads deep red pink, in other respects
like the type. North America, 1812. 4
A. novee-belgii (New York).* fl.-heads pale blue. September.
l. sub-amplexicaul, lanceolate, glabrous, scabrous at edge ; lower
ones sub-serrated. Branches divided. h. 4ft. North America,
1710. . There is a variety known in gardens which belongs to this
species, under the name of amethystinus, the flowers of which are
much larger and very showy. j
A. obliquus (oblique). fl.-heads numerous; ray white; disk
purplish. Autumn. J, alternate; lower ones linear-lanceolate,
oblique ; upper stem ones smaller. h. 5ft. North America. A
very fine species, forming large tufts.
A. paniculatus (panicled).* fl.-heads light blue; involucre loose.
September. J. ovate-lanceolate, sub-serrated, stalked, smooth;
petioles naked. Stem much branched, smooth. A. 4ft. North
America, 1640.
pannonicus (Pannonian). _/l.-heads violet; scales of involucre
lanceolate, blunt, equal. July. J. linear-lanceolate, hispid at
edge. Stem simple, corymbose. h., 2ft. Hungary, 1815,
A. patens (spreading). fl.-heads light purple, about lin. across.
October. l. oblong-lanceolate, ciliate: cordate, amplexicaul,
scabrous on each side, hairy. Stem branched, hairy. A. 2ft.
North America, 1773.
A. pendulus (drooping).* fl.-heads pure white at first, ultimately
rosy pi oe . September. J. elliptic-lanceolate, serrate,
smooth, those of the branches distant. Branches much spreading,
pendulous. h, 2ft. North America, 1758, A very pretty species.
A. porose (foreign).* fl.-heads bluish purple, 2in. across;
July, August. l. lanceolate, sub-acute, entire, smooth, those of
the stem rather narrower than the radical ones. Stem smooth, or
h. 1ft. North America. A
nearly so, two or three-flowered, |
very pretty little species for the rockery or border.
A. piloan (pilose). fl.-heads pale blue ; involucre oblong,
| imbricated. September. ay en hoary,
branched, villous; branchlets somewhat one-sided,
h. 2ft. North America, 1812. 5
A. præcox (early). /l.-heads violet; involucre imbricated ; scales
nearly equal ; outer scales somewhat spreading. July. l oblong-
lanceolate, narrowed at the base. Stem hairy. h. 2ft. North
America, 1
A. pulchellus (beautiful).* /.-heads purple, solitary ; scales of in-
volucre nearly equal, linear, acuminate. June. l., radical ones
spathulate ; cauline ones linear-lanceolate, h. 1ft. Armenia.
A. puniceus (red-stalked), .-heads blue, about lin. across;
panicle large, igen oal ; involucre loose, longer than the disk.
September. . amplexicaul, lanceolate, serrate, roughish,
Branches panicled, h. 6ft. North America, 1710,
A, pyrenzus (Pyrenean).* /l.-heads lilac-blue (disk yellow), large,
three to five ina shortcorymb. July. l. scabrous on both sides;
cauline ones oblong-lanceolate, acute, sessile, sharply serrated on
the upper part. A. lft. to 14ft. Pyrenees,
A. Reevesi (Reeves’s). /l.-heads white, with yellow centre, small ;
panicle dense, pyramidal, Autumn. 1, linear, acute. Branches
slender, A, Qin. to 12in.
species, suitable for rockwork.
A. reticulatus (netted). jl.-heads white, July. J. lanceolate-
oblong, acute at each end, sessile, revolute at end, netted, and
three-nerved beneath. Plant hoary all over. A. 3ft. North —
America, 1812. Soe os
A. rubricaule (red-stemmed). Synonymous with A. spurius.
-heads flesh-coloured ; in-
salicifolius (Willow-leaveđ).
A ee lanceolate, imbricate ; es acute, spreading at end.
September. 1. linear-lanceolate, nearly entire, smooth, Stem
smooth, panicled at end, A. 6ft. North America, 1760.
salsuginosus (salt-plains).* _/.-heads violet-purple ; involucral
scales linear, loose, glandular. July. J. entire, the lower spathu-
late, obovate, tapering into a margined petiole; the upper ones
lanceolate, acute, with broad base, usually sub-amplexicaul,
Stem minutely pubescent, leafy nearly to the top, few-flowered.
h. Qin. to 18in. North America, 1827. A very handsome species.
. 8. elatior- (tallest), This variety grows 2ft, or more high,
a has no Ga flowers than the type. North America, 3
riceus (silky). /l-heads deep blue; terminal, about 1żin.
n Er nal autumn. /. oblong-lanceolate, sessile, suing
three-nerved, silky with down. A. 3ft. Missouri, 1802. This isa
half-hardy evergreen shrub, and requires a warm, well-drai t
soil. oe ay
A. serotinus (late-flowering). /l.-heads blue. September. l oblong- _
lanceolate, acuminate, sessile, smooth, scabrous at edge; lower —
North America. A very desirable — a
i
i
i
;
t3
AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 139
Aster—continued.
ones serrated; branches corymbose, smooth. h. 3ft. North
America. í
A. Shortii (Short’s). fl.-heads purplish blue, about lin. across ;
panicles long, racemose, Autumn. l lanceolate, elongated,
acuminated, cordate at the base. h. 2ft, to 4ft. Stem slender,
spreading. North America.
A. sibiricus (Siberian). f/l.-heads blue; involucre loose; leaflets
lanceolate, acuminate, hispid. August. Z. lanceolate, sub-am-
plexicaul, serrate, pilose, scabrous. h. 2ft. Siberia, 1768.
A. sikkimensis (Sikkimese).* l.-heads purple; leaflets of in-
volucre linear, acuminate, sub-squarrose. October. 2. lanceo-
late, acuminate, spinosely denticulate; radical ones on longer
. petioles; cauline ones sessile; corymbs large, of many heads,
eafy, erect, glabrous, branched, A. 3ft. Sikkim, 1850.
A. spectabilis (showy).* fl.-heads blue; scales of involucre loose,
leafy. August. l. lanceolate, roughish, somewhat amplexicaul ;
lower ones serrate in the middle. h. 2ft. North America, 1777.
A very pretty species.
A. spurius (spurious). fl.-heads purple, large, few ; inner scales
of involucre coloured. September. 7¢. linear-lanceolate, amplexi-
caul, polished. Stem virgate, panicled. Branches racemose. h. 4ft.
North America, 1789. Syn. A. rubricaule.
A, tardiflorus (late-flowering). 4.-hkeads blue, numerous. Au-
tumn. J. sessile, serrated, smooth, spathulate-lanceolate, nar-
rowed at base, and bent down towards each side. h. 2ft. North
America, 1775.
A. Townshendi (Townshend’s). Synonymous with A. Bigelovit.
A. Tradescanti (Tradescant’s).* .-Aeads white ; involucre imbri-
cated. A & te-sessile, serrated, smooth ; branches
vi : round, smooth. h. 3ft. North America, 1633. A.
form thereof, with somewhat smaller flowers and more obovate-
oblong leaves.
A. tripolium (Tripoli). Michaelmas Daisy. /.-heads blue; disk
velar scales of involucre lanceolate, membranous, obtuse,
imbricated. August. J. linear-lanceolate, fleshy, obscurely three-
nerved. Stem glabrous, corymbose. h. 2ft. Britain.
Fig. 182, ASTER TURBINELLUS,
A. turbinellus (turbinate). /l.-heads delicate mauve, disposed in
panicles; involucre top-shaped, scales imbricate. Summer and
m
multiflorus is very much like this species, and, perhaps, a mere -
Aster—continued.
autumn. J. lanceolate, smooth, entire, with fringed margins,
somewhat stem-clasping; those of the branchlets awl-shaped.
h. mi hy 3ft. North America. A very desirable species. See
Fig. 182. `
A. undulatus (undulated). j.-heads pale blue. August. l
oblong-cordate, amplexicaul, entire; petioles winged. Stem
oo ai hispid, Branchlets one-sided. h. 3ft. North America,
A. versicolor (various-coloured).* fl.-heads white, changing to
purple; scales of involucre shorter than disk. August. l. sub-
amplexicaul, broad-lanceolate, sub-serrate, smooth, Stem glab-
rous. A. 3ft. North America, 1790.
The annuals (Callistephus chinensis), usually known as
French, German, or China Asters, are very extensively
grown, both for beds and pots, and their diversity and
generally compact growth render them almost universal
favourites. They require a rich loamy soil, and as the
roots are produced near the surface, a mulching of rotten
dung will be found most beneficial. Seeds may be raised
in a cold frame in March or April, and, when the
seedlings are large enough, they must be transplanted
into beds from Qin. to 12in. apart each way. If it
is desired to have them in pots, they may be removed
thence with a good ball of earth adhering just before they
commence flowering, liberally watered, and kept lightly
shaded from the sun, until root action is resumed. Those
kinds required for exhibition purposes should have several
of the side shoots removed, so that the whole growing
. energy of the plant may be centralised into from five to
seven flower-heads, by which means fine blooms may be
obtained. The dwarf kinds are most valuable for bedding
and pots, as the taller kinds frequently require stakes for
support. The following are the most important sections :
Betteridge’s Prize, Very beautifully formed and brilliantly
coloured varieties, unsurpassed for exhibition purposes. As this
class has rather a straggling habit of growth, it is less suitable for
bedding and borders than many of the others.
Boltze’s Miniature Bouquet dal. Dwarf and ele-
gant, in compact bouquets of six or eight; the truss of flower-
heads springs directly from the ground, having only a few leaves
at base. Colours very varied. A. 6in, to 8in.
Fig. 183. TRUFFAUT’S PÆONY-
Fig. 184. TRUFFAUT’S is
FLOWERED ASTER. —_—
TION ASTER.
Crown.* Distinct. The central portion, or disk, of the head of
flowers is pure white, surrounded by a broad margin of coloured
ray florets, such as purple, violet, crimson, rose, &c, Flower-
heads large, flat, freely produced. h. 1ft. to lift, j
Dwarf Chrysanthemum flowered.* In size of flower-
and habit of growth, this surpasses all other dwarf aher
flowers are full, Chrysanthemum-shaped, produced in clusters, or
bonqpeth, TE igs to twenty in a truss, very delicate and beautifui
in colour, h. lft,
Dwarf Pyramidal or Dwarf Bouquet. A pretty little class,
and extremely floriferous, each plant producing from twenty to
fifty heads of bloom. Some of the colours are : Exquisite carmine
with white points, white with blue or carmine points, white with
salmon centre, &c. A. lft.
Improved Imbricate. The best strain of pyramidal Asters with
recurved florets ; fine regular form of meee double to the centre,
producing but few seeds. Colours very brilliant. A. 2ft.
Improved Rose. A handsome class, producing a branched head,
displaying no less than fifty large double flower heads, the outer
- it flowers freely. Propagated by divisions in spring; or
140 THE DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING,
Aster—continued.
florets finely imbricated, and filled up to the centre when quite
= The colours are of great brilliancy, and of many shades.
. afb. :
Pompone Goliath,.* Flower-heads globular, and florets very
closely set. Valuable for bouquets, as the flowers remain intact
for a considerable time.
dal Hedgehog. Singular and unique. Stemsupright,
and branched; each branch terminated by a single flower-head,
herr is filled up with quill-like florets. Colours various.
. Uft. | g
Truffauts Pæony Perfection.* Vigorous upright growers,
having large, hemispherical-formed heads of flowers with incurved
florets, 4in. across. The colours also are very varied. h. about
2ft. See Figs. 183 and 184.
Fig. 185. VICTORIA ASTER.
Victoria.* One of the most popular classes of Asters grown; flower-
heads very double, imbricate, globular, 4in. in diameter, from
ten to twenty on a plant, of various shades, A, 1ft., with a
pyramidal habit. See Fig. 185.
ASTERACANTHA (from aster, a star, and acantha,
a spine ; referring to the disposition of the spines). ORD.
Acanthacew. A handsome greenhouse herbaceous perennial,
of easy culture in sandy loam. It should be grown in a
sunny position, and be kept moderately dry, otherwise little
_ but foliaceous growth will be produced; but, if thus treated,
_ by seeds, sown in August.
A, lo: -leaved). jl. yellow, in dense axillary fascicles.
uly. l tapering to the base, narrow, sessile, serratel
ciliated. Stem quadrangular. Plant rather hairy. A. 2ft. India,
ASTERACEÆ. See Composite.
ASTEROCEPHALUS. See Scabiosa.
AST E (from a, without, and stilbe, brilliancy ; in al-
lusion to the inconspicuous flowers of some of the species).
ORD. Saxifragacew. Tall branching herbs, with triternate
or biternate leaves, allied to Spiræa, from which they differ
in having not’ more than three carpels, eight or ten stamens,
and numerous albuminous seeds. ‘They are all more or less
graceful, and some indispensable, either when grown in
isolated clumps, or intermingled with other herbaceous
plants. They thrive well in almost any rich garden soil,
preferring damp positions, and are easily propagated by
division, which is best done in early spring. A. japonica
_is grown very extensively for decorative purposes, its ele-
gant spikes of pure white flowers rendering it especially
Astilbe—continued.
valuable. The majority of the plants cultivated are im-
ported, but they may be grown fairly well in this country
in heavily manured soil. They should be potted as early
as possible in the autumn, and plunged in ashes or fibre
outside, when they will soon commence to root, after which
they may be placed in heat, and forced as required, always
giving an abundance of water. Indeed, the pots may be
stood in pans of water, especially when the plants are well
furnished with growth.
A. barbata (bearded), A synonym of A, japonica.
A, decandra (ten-stamened). fl. white, in spicate racemose
panicles. May. @. biternate ; leaflets cordate, T lobed and ser-
rated, glandular beneath, and on the petioles. k, 2ft. to dit. North
America, 1812.
Fig. 186. ASTILBE JAPONICA.
A, japonica (Japanese).* fl. small, pure white, in large branch-
ing racemose panicles. May. J. triternate or pinnate, serrated,
h. lft. to 2ft, Japan. This is best grown in pots, as early frosts
generally cut it down in the open air. SYNS, Spiræa barbata and
japonica, also Hoteia and A. barbata. See Fig. 186,
A. j. variegata (variegated).* J. prettily variegated with yellow; `
anicles much more dense than the type; indeed, it is far superior
in that respect.
See
`N
Fic. 187. ASTILBE RIVULARIS.
vula: prook).* . yellowish-white, or reddish, in large
aes be Ei rake sah l. biternate ; leaflets ovate, doubly
serrated, villous beneath and on the petioles. A. 3ft. Nepaul.
A grand plant for the margins of lakes or damp woodlands, See
Fig. 187.
A. rubra (red).* jl. rose, ve
summer and autumn. l.
lin. to 2in. long, with elongated, serrated
India, 1851. A very pretty, but rare species ;
tropical gardening.
numerous, in dense — Late
iternate; leaflets oblique, cordate,
ints. A. 4ft. to 6ft.
excellent for
AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 141
PEE EE Astragalus—continued.
A. Thunbergi (Thunberg’s).* fl. small, white, v small, oblong, acutish leaflets. Spain, 1596. Procumbent annual,
numerous, in
erect, much branched, pyramidal panicles, an reddish and
ciently downy stalks, May. J. unequally pinnate or bi Pasei
Jeaflets d, yellowish green, sharply toothed. h. 14ft. nee
1878. This pretty little Sebatirab ts is extensively propaga
the Continent for forcing purposes.
ASTRAGALUS (a name applied to a shrub by Greek
writers). Milk Vetch. ORD. Leguminose. A very large
genus of hardy herbs or sub-shrubs. Flowers in axillary
clusters ; standard larger than the wings. Leaves unequally
pinnate, About one hundred species have from time to
time been introduced in English gardens; many of these
are lost to cultivation ; the comparative few here described
are still generally grown, and are good representative species.
They are all of easy culture. The shrubby kinds grow well
in any light dry soil, and are slowly increased by cuttings
placed in a cold frame, or by seeds. The herbaceous
perennials prefer a dry light soil, and may be increased by
divisions or seeds; the latter mode is preferable, as many
species are very liable to die if transplanted or divided,
which is at best but a slow method. Seed should be sown
in pots of sandy soil placed in a cold frame as soon as ripe,
or very early in the spring, as they may lie a long time
before germinating. The dwarfer species constitute ad-
mirable rockwork plants, and can be grown in pots con-
taining a mixture of loam, peat, and sand. Seeds of the
two annual species, A. Cicer and A. Glave, merely require
to be sown in the open border early in spring.
gens adsurg *
pre a amet ‘ane the E lag: ch al oe ket wa Ý
with eleven to twelve pairs of ovate-lanceo ae yore leaflets ;
stipules acuminated, length of leaves. Plant ascending, smoothish.
Siberia, 1818. A very handsome and rare perennial species.
A. aduncus (hooked). /l. rose purple, in oblong spikes ; peduncles
rather shorter than the leaves. ` June and July. J. with nume-
rous pairs of roundish-ovate, smooth leaflets, sometimes downy.
h. 6in, to Yin. Caucasus, 1819. S aime
A, alopecuroides (föátail-like).* fl, yellow, disposed in thick
dense ovate-oblong spikes, on s orti axillary peduncles. June. l
with numerous ovate-lanceolate, pubescent leaflets ; stipules
oyate-Janceolate, acuminated. Plant erect. h, 2ft. to 5ft. Siberia,
1737. One of the finest perennial species grown,
; 4; alpinus (alpine). jl. bluish-purple, sometimes indy droop-
twine). es of about sin. long. Summ i impari-
ne with eight t to aii pairs of ovate or r oblong
tain. A very desirable, hairy, prostrate perennial.
sonic ).* fl. blue; ee few-flowered,
“athe shorter ves. pae : l with Penna ro
eaflets ; posi! ea diffuse,
tomentose white p he s aner down. aa 6in. Steno
ee, fi. few; ‘upper petal, or vexillum, blue,
the rest p popes racemes pedun culate, longer than the leaves.
May. eaflets glabrous, linear, emarginate.
Plant diffusele procumbent. South Europe, 1 —
A. canadensis (Canadian). fl. a ee ee By h
peduncles about as long as the leaves,
twelve pairs of elliptic-oblong, a ata a Bank nearl
erect, rather hairy. A. 2ft. to 3ft. North 1732.
Perennial.
A. Cicer (Vetch-like). f, pale yellow, disposed in spike-like
heads ; peduncles longer than the leaves. July. Z. with ten to
thirteen pairs of elliptic-obl mucronate leaflets. Plant
_ diffusely procumbent. Europe, 1570, Annual,
A. dahuricus (Dahurian). _ jl. purple, in dense racemes, which
are longer than the leaves. July. l., leaflets, seven to nine pairs,
ae: mucronate. Plant erect, pilose. A. lft. to 2ft. Dahuria
_ to China, 1822, Perennial.
A, das “fn cant (thick-tongued).*
= aate spikes ; dipte-
Aa d el Ate somewhat emarginate;
ae purple, blue, and white
cles a little longer than the
tee Sis leaves. A. 3in. to 4in. Plant
Siberia’ 1A A sere little alpine perennial.
| (hooked), greenish yellow, in spikes; peduncles
EET than ringed Taa Po June. with aitoon to a
-oblong, acu ets. ant erect, rather hairy
lft. to 2ft.
vie pages (in wet, grassy places), Perennial, Syn.
A (Galega-like),* e yellow, pendulous, race-
reg uncles lon er fib the aves, {gman 1, with twelve
htt. to Oe Biber c-o re tee ets. ao 1.
Fe perennial species. ;
lish
“A posh m
Glaux (Milk dense
g Bererii ag eee J eight to a george
thirteen pairs of»
clothed with whitish hair.
A slycyphyllos (sweet-leaved).* fl. sulphur coloured, in ovate-
oblong spikes ; peduncles shorter than the leaves. June. l with
four, five, to seven pairs of oval, bluntish, smooth leafiets ;
stipules ovate-lanceolate, entire. A. 2ft. to 3ft. Britain. A
perennial prostrate trailer.
A. hypogiottis (under-tongued).* fl. variegated with purplish,
blue and white, disposed in Patch heads; peduncles longer
than the leaves, ascending. June, L with numerous little
ovate, obtuse, dark green leaflets, somewhat emarginate ; mo
connate, ovate, Stems prostrate, rather hairy. h: Sin. n,
&c. Perennial trailer.
A. h. alba (white-flowered).*
in the colour of the flowers.
A, leucophyllus (hoary-leaved).* fl. pale Piura nag ta jin. I
in dense raoin; peduncles 1 much longer than the leaves. “duly
and August. l, leaflets in numerous pairs, a
covered with soft, silky pubescence. A. 2ft. to 3ft. North
erica. Perennial.
A. moe hes ol P yellow ; spike sessile, cylindrical,
nearly term with ovate-lanceolate, et oped
This resembles the type, except
leaflets ; pre Misan Domenie h. 2ft. to 3ft.
very handsome, erect, erage species,
A. monspessulanus
jors-ane longer tiene leaves. June. l, leaflets twenty-one re]
See Fig. 188.
A, narbonensis (Hazbonne) fl. yellow, disponed in somewhat
* elobose spikes, on short axillary rot tomer June. J. with oblong-
ear leaflets ; stipules nos h. 2ft. to 3ft. Narbonne and
Madrid, 1789. ” An erect hairy perennial.
A. odoratus (sweet-scented). fl. pale yellow, sw
in spikes; peduncles same length as leaves. June. — a
disposed
a gale e fourteen ee of oblong acute leaflets;
conna! er rather ascending.
Perennial. + = Levin J
A, onobrychioides (Onobrychis-like).* fl, beautiful, nrpl
capitate spikes on long peduncles, July, i with at
pairs of elliptic leaflets ; stipules connate, opposite the leaves.
lant rather diffuse, shrubby at the base, clothed with adpressed
hairs, R. 9in. to12in. Iberia, Persia, &c., 1819. A very hand-
some perennial species,
ee oblong-ovate,
with seven to six-
Mountains
A. Onobrychis (Onobrychis). urple ;
unculate, oS thax the | Pies June.
142
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Astragalus—continued. -
A. pannosus (woolly).* fl. rose-coloured, in compact globose
heads, with aael shorter than the leaves. July. Z. with
four, five, to nine pairs of ovate-lanceolate leaflets, thickly coated
with long white woolly hairs. A. 6in. to Gin. Siberia, Perennial.
A. ponticus (Pontic). fl. yellow ; spikes sessile, almost globose.
July. Zł. oblong, smoothish; stipules lanceolate. Stem rather
hairy. k. 2ft. Tauria, 1820. A very showy, erect, border perennial,
purpureus (purple). fi. purplish blue, disposed in capitate
spikes ; peduncles longer than the leaves, June. l, leaflets obo-
vate, bidentate at the apex; stipules connate, eo es the
leaves. Plant diffuse, procumbent, rather hairy. h. din. to 6in,
Provence, 1820. Perennial.
A, sulcatus (furrowed).* fl. pale violet, but with a white keel,
tipped with brown ; racemes pedunculate, longer than the leaves.
July. zł. with linear-lanceolate leaflets. Plant erect, glabrous;
stem furrowed. A. 2ft. to 3ft. Siberia, 1783. Perennial.
A. Tragacantha (great goat’s thorn).* Gum Tragacanth. fl.
pale violet, two to five together, axillary, sessile. June. l. with
eight to nine pairs of linear hispid leaflets ; young stipules connate,
clothed with silky hairs; adult ones glabrous; petioles perma-
nent, at length becoming hardened spines, h. 14ft. to 3ft. Levant,
1640. Evergreen shrub. Tragacanth, a partially soluble gum,
was formerly supposed to be furnished by this plant. It is, ee.
ever, now known that A. Tragacantha yields none. Several species
from mountainous regions in Asia Minor, &c., furnish the gum.
A. vaginatus (sheathed-stipuled). fl. ae an le, with white-
Me wings ; calyx rather inflated, covere vith soft white and
black S; spikes dense. Summer. Jl. impari-pinnate, with
seven or eight pairs of elongated-oblong leaflets, both surfaces
covered with short silvery hairs. A.1ft. Siberia. Perennial.
A. vesicarius (bladdery). fl, upper pa purple, the wings
yellow, and the keel white, tipped wit pees calyx clothed
with black adpressed down and long white spreading hairs;
peduncles longer than the leaves. July. Z with tive a seven
pairs of elliptic leaflets. Plant diffusely procumbent, hoary from
adpressed silky down, k. 6in. to 9in. France, 1737. Perennial
A, vimineus (twìgzy J, upper petal purplish rose, much lor
A psa ee hp wiley clothed wits ack ars spies
capitate, than the leaves. June.
page be iy gee of acute leaflets, beset with
_ A. virescens (greenish). Synonymous with A. falcata.
j . * F .
R eaaa Jap. E sda cane, a
rather velv: ay A Plant eaer. = o h, 2ft. to 3ft.
ASTRANTIA (from astron, a star, and anti, in com-
ition signifying comparison ; in reference to the appear-
ance of the umbels of flowers). ORD. Umbelliferæ. Orna-
mental, hardy, herbaceous perennials, natives of Europe and
Caucasus. Universal umbels irregular, of few rays, sur-
rounded by variable involucre ; partial umbels regular, and
containing many flowers, surrounded by many-leaved in-
volucels. Radical leaves petiolate, palmately lobed ; cauline
ones few, sessile. Roots blackish. These are suited for
borders, banks, and woodlands, growing well in any ordi-
nary garden soil, but preferring a damp position. Easily
increased by root divisions in autumn or spring.
A, carniolica (Carniolan).* / white. C RA
| twelve opr quite Daf Eie erya fie gh
nae Ene tie middie of adt, tinged via i réd ; radical ones palmate ;
lobes five ong, a : x
EE E is yess paia T emed, A
A, helleborifolia (Hellebore-leaved).* fl. (and involucre) pink,
edicellate. June. Z. of involucre twelve to thi
exceeding the umbel a littl
major (greater).* ji. pinkish, pedicellate. May. l of in-
twenty, linear-lanceolate, quite nants hardly
longer than the umbel; radical ones palmate - lobes fiv te
lanceolate, acute, rather trifid, oethek. Sri
1506. Very distines and OPMMMMMMI tt. to aft. Ha Ca
A. maxima (greatest), Synonymous with A. helleborifolia,
ASTRAPZEA (from astrape, lightning ; alluding to the
brightness of the flowers). ORD. Sterculiacee. Elegant
stove evergreen trees. Peduncles axillary, long, bearing on
their apex an umbel of large sessile flowers, enclosed in a
_ leafy involucre. Leaves alternate, stalked, cordate, three
_ to five-lobed. They thrive well in a mixture of loam and
peat, and require a plentiful supply of water; but the best
accrue if the bottom of the pot can be stood ina |
of water. Propagated by cuttings of young
Astrapzea—continued.
wood, made in April, placed in a compost of loam and
peat, or sand, under a bell glass, in heat.
A. tiliæfiora (Lime-tree flowered). fl. pink. k. 20ft. Isle of
Bourbon, 1824.
A. viscosa (clammy). fl. pink. h. 20ft. Madagascar, 1823.
A, Wallichii (Wallich’s).* fl. scarlet; umbels drooping. July. we
l. large, cordate, angularly lobed; stipulas leafy, ovate-acumi- 40 |,
nated ; peduncles long, hairy. A. 30ft. Madagascar, 1820. This t hoes
eaid species has often been described as being one of the J ^ fid
finest plants ever introduced into this country ; and, when in full D
flower, nothing can exceed it in beauty and grandeur.
ASTROCARYUM (from asiron, a star, and karyon, a
nut; referring to the disposition of the fruit). ORD:
Palmee. A genus of very ornamental stove palms, allied
to Cocos, having the trunk (when present), foliage, fruit-
stalks, spathes, and sometimes the fruit, covered with
spines. The flowers develop from the axils of the old decayed
leaves. _Drupes oval, one-seeded, orange or yellow, in some
species fragrant. Leaves pinnate, with linear segments,
dark green above, and often of a silvery white below. The
species thrive in a compost of two-thirds rich loam and
one-third vegetable mould ; water may be given copiously.
Propagation may be effected by seeds, which should be ,
sown in spring in a hotbed; or by suckers, if they are to be
obtained,
A, acaule (stemless). l. pinnate, 3ft. to 10ft. long, slender and
spreading ; pinne narrow, arranged in clusters, pendent, Spines
very numerous, long, flat, black. h. 10ft. Brazil] 1820,
A, aculeatum (prickly). A. 40ft. Guiana, 1824.
A. argenteum (silvery).* Z. arching, hater gy pinnate,
distinctly plicate, bright green on the upper surface, the under
Wig well hy covered with a fine white scurf. —
Columbia, 1875. One of
ate, with two divergent
granatense sep Grenadan). Z. pinnate, with oble c on
nate segments ; Be pop abl 4 the petiole, both o a.
upper and lower surfaces ; leafstalks brownish, armed with nume- ~
rend scattered needle-shaped dark-coloured spines, Columbia,
A. mexicanum (Mexican), Mexico, 1864.
A. Muru-Muru (Murumurn). 1. pinnate, 10ft. to 12ft. long;
leafiets lanceolate, sub-faleate, dark green above, silvery white
below. Stem 12ft. to 15ft. high, densely clothed with strong
reflexed black spines, over 6in. long. h. 40ft. Brazil, 1825,
A. rostratum (beak-sheathed), Z. irregularly pinnate, 3ft. to 8ft.
long; pinnæ 12in, to 18in. long ; terminal lobe much larger and
bifid dark green above, silvery white below; petioles broadly
sheathing at the base, densely armed with black spines, some-
times 2in. long. Stem slender, densely clothed with long black
gaa A slow grower, ultimately becoming 30ft. high. B:
A. vulgare(common). h. 30ft. Brazil, 1825.
ASTROLOBIUM. See Ornithopus.
ASTROLOMA (from astron, a star, and loma, a fringe;
in reference to the bearded limb of the corolla). ORD.
Epacridacee. Very handsome, little, diffuse, greenhouse,
evergreen shrubs. Flowers solitary, axillary ; corolla
tubular, distended above the middle, and with five bundles —
of hairs in the inside, near its base. Leaves crowded,
alternate, linear, or obova lanceolate and ‘mucronate.
They thrive best in an equal mixture of sand, loam, and
peat, with thorough drainage. Propagated by young cut-
i which root readily in sandy soil, under a bell glass,
in a cool house. `
denticulatum (finely-toothed . axillary, erect; corolla
"a e red, with a Daren sen rot Stay to July. l. scattered,
eon ar ciliated, usually procumbent, but sometimes slightly
erect. h. lft. New Holland, 1824. i
umifusum (traili scarlet, similar to the fore; %
p and June. ar rather convex Peg with
cilia , Shrub prostrate, much branched, h. lft. New
ASYSTASIA (meaning not clear). ORD. Acanthacew, —
Stove evergreen shrubs. Flowers disposed in axillary or
em...
AN ENCYCLOPZDIA OF HORTICULTURE.
143
Asystasia—continued.
terminal clusters; corolla somewhat funnel-shaped, five-
lobed ; calyx five-lobed, regular. Branches slender. They
require a compost of peat and loam, with a little sand,
and, to induce a vigorous growth, a little dry cow-dung
may be applied. Propagated by cuttings of young shoots,
placed in sandy soil, under a bell glass, in April, with a
brisk bottom heat.
A. chelonioides (Chelonia-like).* fl. in terminal racemes, reddish
popie, the border white. J. opposite, ovate-acute. k. 34ft, India,
1 A pretty dwarf sub-shrub,
A. coromandeliana (Coromandel). f. deep lilac; racemes
axillary, elongated, secund, strict. July. 7. opposite, cordate-
ovate ; branches diffuse. h. 4ft. India, 1845. Syn, Justicia gan-
getica,
A. macrophylla (large-leaved).* fl. bilabiate, bell-shaped, rosy
purple outside, and almost pure white within; spikes terminal,
erect, lft. long. June. l. very large, obovate-lanceolate, h.
8ft. to 20ft. Fernando Po, 1867.
A. scandens (climbing).* fl. cream-coloured; tube of corolla
widened and recurved above, lobes of limb erenately curved ;
racemes terminal, compact, thyrse-formed. July, J. obovate or
ovate acute, glabrous, h. 6ft. Sierra Leone, 1 This hand-
some stove climber requires a high, moist temperature after
shifting. Syn. Henfreya scandens.
A. violacea (violet).* jl. violet purple, striped with white, in
terminal a aa 1 eer bived: ovate-acuminate, deep
pea, minutely eet on both surfaces. A. lft. to 2ft. India,
870. A pretty dwar plant. Ñ
ATACCIA CRISTATA. See Tacca integrifolia.
ATALANTIA (mythological: Atalanta, the daughter
of Schæœneus). ORD. Rutacee. A genus of ornamental
stove evergreen shrubs, having the eight stamens united
below into a tube, and with undivided leaves. It comprises
about ten species. They thrive well in a mixture of loam
and peat. Propagated by means of ripened cuttings, which
will root readily if planted in sand under a hand glass, in
heat.
A. monophylla (one-leaved). f. small, white, in axillary ra-
cemes, fr. golden yellow, about the size of a nutmeg. June. l
simple, ovate-oblong, emarginate at the apex. Spines small,
simple. A. 8ft, India, 1777, A thorny shrub.
ATAMASCO LILY. See Zephyranthes Ata-
ATHAMANTA (named from Mount Athamas, in
Sicily, where some species are found). ORD. Umbelliferæ.
A genus of greenhouse or hardy herbaceous plants, usually
velvety from villi on the stem, leaves, and fruit. Flowers
white ; involucra of one or few leaves; involucel of many
leaves. The undermentioned is the only species in cultiva-
tion, and is avery graceful perennial, with Fennel-like
foilage. It thrives well in any ordinary soil, Increased
by divisions, or by seeds sown in spring.
A. Matthioli (Matthioli’s). f. white, twelve to twenty-five to an
umbel. Summer. Zl. three or four ternate ; leaflets linear-fili-
toi elongated, divaricate. h. lft. to 2ft, Alps of Carinthia,
1 «
ATHANASIA (from a, not, and thanatos, death;
alluding to the length of time which the flowers last).
ORD. Composite. Rather ornamental greenhouse ever-
green shrubs with yellow flowers, from the Cape of Good
Hope. They grow well in a soil consisting of three parts
loam and one part peat. Propagation is effected by
cuttings, taken from half-ripened wood in spring, and
placed in sand, under a hand glass.
ta (headed).* fl-heads yellow. March. l pinnati-
tite ; younger hoary, older smooth. h. 1jft. Cape of Good
A pubescens (downy). fl.-heads yellow. July. 1. oblong, entire
(or tridentate), softly on both sides ; when old, sub-glabrous.
6ft. Cape of Good Hone, 1768.
A (from ather, an awn, and sperma,
seed; seeds awned). Orp. Monimiacee. A beautiful
greenhouse evergreen tree, with the aspect of a stately
i conifer. Flowers panicled, dicecious; perianth five to
eight-fid. Leaves opposite, aromatic. A compost of loam
_ and peat, in about equal proportions, is necessary. It can
be readily propagated by cuttings.
A. moschata (Musk-scented’ . whi
LG Newitt
*
ATHEROSPERMEZ. See Monimiacen.
ATHRIXIA (from a, not, and thriz, a hair; the re-~
ceptacle being destitute of hairs). ORD. Composite. A
greenhouse evergreen shrub. It succeeds best in turfy
loam, peat, and sand, and requires to be potted firmly.
Propagated by cuttings of young wood, placed under a bell
glass in sandy soil, and treated like Ericas (which see).
A. capensis (Cape).* fl.-heads bright crimson, solitary, terminal.
April. J. narrow, lanceolate, alternate, entire. A. 3ft. Cape
of Good Hope, 1821, s
ATHROTAXIS (from athros, crowded together, and
tavis, arrangement ; in reference to the disposition of the
scales of the cones). ORD. Conifere. A small genus of
Tasmanian evergreen dicecious trees or shrubs, with small
seale-like leaves, and small globular cones of many imbri-
cated scales, with from three to six carpels under each
scale. In very sheltered situations they will probably
prove hardy; but, otherwise, they are only suitable for
botanical collections. Increased by cuttings. This genus
is almost universally misspelt Arthrotavis.
A. cupressoides (Cypress-like). J. small, thick, leathery, spiral
arranged, closely imbricated, deep glossy green. h. 30ft. A small,
erect, and very slow growing tree, with numerous slender
branchlets.
A. Doniana (Don’s). A synonym of A. laxifolia.
A. imbricata (imbricated), A garden synonym of A. selaginoides.
A. laxifolia (loose-leaved). Differing from <A. cupressoides in
having longer, more pointed, open, and spreading leaves, which
stand out from the stem in a Juniper-like fashion. Its lateral
growths are rather pendulous, A, 20ft. to 25ft. SYN. A. Doniana.
A. selaginoides (Selago-like). l. glossy green, scale-like, spirally
disposed, closely appressed to the shoots, branches and their
ramifications very numerous. k. variable, up to 40ft. Very inte-
resting, and quite distinct. Syn. A. imbricata (of gardens).
ATHYRIUM. See Asplenium.
ATRAGENE (a name originally given to Clematis
Vitalba by Theophrastus). ORD. Ranunculacee. A genus
of ornamental, hardy, climbing, deciduous shrubs, closely
allied to Clematis, from which they differ in having
numerous petals. They are increased by cuttings, which
should be pricked in light sandy soil and placed under a
hand glass; also by layering in the autumn, Both methods
are slow; the layers should not be separated for about a
year, when they will be vigorous plants. Seeds must be sown
in early spring, in gentle heat; when the seedlings are
large enough to handle, they should be pricked off and
grown on in pots till they are strong plants.
FIG. 189. ATRAGENE ALPINA, showing Habit, Twining Leafstalk, and
‘lower.
A. alpina (alpine).* jl. blue, varying to white; petals ten to
twelve, linsar at the base, but dilated at the apex ; peduncles one-
flowered, longer than the leayes. May. J. biternate; leaflets
ovate-lanceolate, acuminated, /serrate. Mountainous parts of
Europe, 1792. The white-flowered variety, named alba, is in culti-
vation. Syns. A. austriaca and A. sibirica. See Fig. 189,
A. americana (American).* f- large, purplish-blue ;
acute; peduncles one-flowered. May. l. whorled, in fours;
144 THE DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING,
Atragene—continued.
leaflets stalked, cordate, lanceolate, acuminated, entire or some-
what lobed, or serrated. North America, 1797. SYN. Clematis
A. austriaca (Austrian). Synonymous with A alpina.
A. macropetala (large-petaled).* fl. blue. Manchuria, 1870.
A. sibirica (Siberian). Synonymous with A. alpina.
ATRIPLEX (from a, not, and traphein, to nourish).
Orach. ORD. Chenopodiacee. A genus of, for the most
part, uninteresting weeds, of very variable form and habit,
and having the calyx, which encloses the fruit, enlarging
after flowering. For culture, see Orach.
A. hortensis (garden). An annual species from Tartary, of no
value as an ornamental xs but considered a very desirable
substitute for spinach. e leaves must be gathered for use when
pue The variety A. h. atro-sanguinea is a very pretty
orm, having handsome crimson leaves, and growing to a height
of about 4ft. It is well worth growing with such plants as
Amaranthus, &e.
ATROPA (name of mythological origin). Belladonna;
Dwale. ORD. Solanacew. A small genus, having a cam-
panulate regular corolla, and a leafy persistent calyx. The
berries of this native herbaceous perennial are exceed-
ingly poisonous. The plant is of no horticultural value.
Fia. 190. FLOWER OF ATROPA BELLADONNA.
A. jl. green and purple, solitary, pedunculate,
drooping. Summer, Berries about the ‘size of a dal cherry.
l. ovate, acuminate, 4in. to 8in` long. h. 2ft. to 4ft. Britain.
See Fig. 190.
ATTALEA (from attalus, magnificent; referring to the
a beauty of the genus). ORD. Palmaceæ. A genus of hand-
~ some stove palm trees, distinguished from other genera in
having the pinnæ arranged vertically, and not horizontally.
The leaves spring up almost perpendicularly at the base,
but in the upper part arch over. The pinne stand at right
- angles to the rachis—which is very narrow in proportion to
_ its thickness—and while those of the lower side of the arch
hang straight down, those of the upper side point straight
up. They thrive well in a mixture of peat and loam in
equal quantities, and enjoy a copious supply of water.
‘Summer temperature, 65deg. to 80deg.; winter, 55deg. to
60deg. All the species are robust trees; but, although
several have been introduced, few appear to be generally
(Almond-fruited).* l —— 3ft. to 6ft. long;
næ 12in. to 18in. long, and about lin. broad ; terminal lobe
road and bifid, rich dark green. New Grenada,
the best. SYN. A. nucifera.
B (Cohune).* Z. erect, ultimately spreading, pinnate,
with from three to four dozen dark green pinnæ, some-
Stem slender.
in length ; petioles rounded, and dark brown below,
| upon the side. Plant unarmed, A. 50ft. or
‘native habitat.’ Honduras.
. h. 22ft. Brazil, 1820.
Cineando enoa tape m n ts?
hae ele the ental, an economi ue in zi ;
fringe, Which is pref piao pear Ge aasa bolak eam
g). A synonym of A. amygdalina.
A. nucifera (nut-be
A. speciosa (showy).* h. 70ft. Brazil, 1825.
A. spectabilis (remarkable). h. 70ft. Brazil, 1824.
ATTENUATED. Tapering gradually to a point,
AUBERGINE, or EGG PLANT (Solanum melon-
gena, variety ovigerwm). These plants, besides being use-
ful for culinary purposes, are very ornamental, and present
_ an attractive appearance on walls or trellises, or in the
flower garden; and, as they do well in any ordinary rich
Yaziation to the general run of planta nsed for
| remove all but the best one on the plant, and, by careful
` purposes as in France and Italy, where they are largely
garden soil; if the position is warm, they give a good —
Aubergine—continued.
effects. The Black-fruited kind is particularly suited for 4
this purpose. Sow the seeds in a gentle heat, in the q
middle of April. As soon as the seedlings are large enough
to handle, prick off into 4in. pots, replacing in heat till they
root out freely. Gradually harden off by June, and then
transfer to the positions where they are to grow. Let
the plants be at least 2ft. apart, and place a strong stick to
each one to support the fruit when it comes. For trellises,
select the more moderate-sized varieties. In hot, dry
Fic. 191. FRUITING BRANCH OF ROUND AUBERGINE.
weather, the application of liberal supplies of liqnid manure ~
tends to increase the size of the fruit, and also to make the
foliage more vigorous and handsome. Where very large
fruit are needed for show or other purposes, it is well to
feeding with liquid manure, specimens of from 101b. to 121b.
weight can be had. The foliage should not be pinched, as
Fic. 192. FRUITING BRANCH OF LONG AUBERGINE,
this would prevent the free swelling of the fruit. Auber-
gines are not so much grown in England for culinary |
nsed in stews and soups. The following are the most
desirable varieties: New York Purple, tho largest ‘4
grown, and although not as ornamental as the next, is quite
as useful; Black-fruited, large black fruit, with blackish
violet leaves; and White-fruited, the sort most generally
cultivated. See Figs. 191 and 192.
AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 145
AUBRIETIA (named after M. Aubriet, a famous
French botanical draughtsman). ORD. Crucifere. A small
genus of hardy evergreen trailers. Racemes opposite the
leaves, and terminal, lax, few-flowered. Leaves ovate or
oblong, entire or angularly toothed, hairy. They make
excellent rock plants, and will thrive in a deep rich
loam anywhere, excepting under the shelter of trees.
Cuttings struck, or seeds sown, during April or May
generally make fine, dense, cushion-like growths, if trans-
planted on to a somewhat cool or shaded border, and care-
fully lifted in the autumn; the cuttings are best “ drawn,”
or grown until they are soft, in a frame before they are
removed. Where a stock of old plants exist, layer the long
slender branches any time after flowering, and cover with
a mixture of sand and leaf soil; they will then root freely
and establish themselves in time for spring blooming, for
which purpose, when grown en masse, they are most useful.
After flowering, they may be divided and transplanted.
A. deltoidea (deltoid).* fi. le ; petals twice the length of the
calyx ; pedicels short, hat racemes opposite the leaves and
y spring, 7, with one or two
deltoid on each side (therefore they eng gag not truly
4in. es, &c., 1710, There are several ga
are described below ; most of t
Species. See Fig. 193. (S. F. G. 628.)
best of
Fig, 194. AUBRIETIA PURPUREA.
avillei (Bouganville’s).* fl. light
mbricated petals Habit vers dant
and compact, wii
y
violet purple, vaa
Aubrietia—continued.
A. d. Eyrei (Eyre’s).* A very fine variety, with a free branching
habit, and large flowers of a rich violet-purple colour, rather
longar than broad. A. olympica is very near, if not identical
with this.
A. d. græca (Grecian).* fl. light purple. h. 4in. Greece, 1872.
One of the best and largest flowered forms; very vigorous
grower, with neat compact habit. A variety of this, named
superba, has rather deeper-coloured flowers, produced over a very
extended period. (R. G. 697.)
A. d. urea (purple).* Larger flowers and more erect habit
than the type. l. broader, with two to five teeth. Stems more
leafy. There is a variegated form, which is very pleasing and
pe useful for carpeting or edging small beds, See
ig. ‘
A. d. violacea (violet).* -This is a hybrid form, even finer than
Campbelli, with large deep violet-purple flowers, fading to reddish-
violet, and is more effective than any of the others.
A. Hendersonii (Henderson’s). A synonym of A. d. Campbelli.
AUCUBA (the Japanese name of the shrub). ORD.
Cornacew. A genus of hardy evergreen shrubs, thriving
better than any other in the smoky atmosphere of dense
cities. They grow in ordinary well-drained garden soil, and
require no special culture. If grown in pots, they should be
planted firmly in rather sandy yellow loam, with plenty of
drainage. They should not be allowed too large pots, or
an unfruitful growth is likely to result. During the grow-
ing season,an abundance of water is needed, which must be
lessened when the plants are fully developed. If cultivated
in the greenhouse or conservatory, they should be plunged
out of doors during summer. ‘To insure a good supply of
the very ornamental berries, which are produced on the
female plant, careful fertilising is necessary. The time
for applying the pollen is when the pistil exudes a slightly
gummy substance, and otherwise shows signs of maturity.
When it happens, as is sometimes the case, that the male
blooms are open and the pollen mature before the female
blooms are ready, the pollen should be collected on a dry
camel-hair pencil, transferred to a piece of glass, and
covered over by another piece, both of which must also be
dry. It may be applied afterwards when wanted, as it
retains its power for some weeks. Propagated by cut-
tings, inserted in any light sandy soil, with or without a
covering, in spring or autumn; or readily increased from
seeds, sown as soon as ripe.
a branch Cn Die = il maa An paean maran
; es of the icle v ose. es n
oblong. Himalaya. (F. d. S. 12 1471) —
ag to i mre bein sot ge a, seine, ane
green, beautifully spotted with yellow, ha the midrib rather
a, oe rest of the leaf reticulately veined. h. 6ft. to 10ft.
apan, 1 The numerous varieties, both of the male and
n,
female forms, among which will be found many of t beauty,
all x, more or less, in the ha Ft me of their _ ell 7
are very cultivation, and nearly every nurseryman
has an assortment. Among the best of them are the following :
albo- aurea, , lat limbata, longifolia,
macrophylla, ovata, pygmeea, and pygmæa sulphurea.
AUDOUINIA (in honour of V. Audouin, a profound
entomologist). ORD. Bruntaceæ. An ornamental green-
house evergreen shrub, thriving in a mixture of peat and
sandy loam. Propagated by cuttings, made of half-ripened
mon placed in sand, under a bell glass, with a gentle
eat.
capitata (headed à i spike-
Aa Geel tied, s T in pace a ttle keslod.
Branches erect, h. lft, to 2ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1790,
AULAX (from aulaz, a furrow; the under surface
of the leaves of the original species being furrowed
ORD. Proteacew. Greenhouse evergreen shrubs,
Cape of Good Hope, thriving best in a compost of fibrous
loam, leaf soil, and sharp sand, with thorough drainage.
Ripened cuttings, taken off at a joint, and inserted in pots
of sandy soil, will root readily under d glass, in a cool
.
146
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
AURANTIACEZ:. An order of trees or shrubs, in-
eluding the Orange and Lemon trees. Flowers fragrant.
Fruit fleshy, edible. Leaves alternate, articulated above
the stem, filled with transparent oil cysts, giving them a
dotted appearance. Well-known genera are Citrus and
Limonia.
AURICULA (Primula Auricula). This favourite spring
flower (see Fig. 195) was, at one time, almost universally
cultivated, but has of late years fallen into much neglect;
it is now, however, happily regaining enthusiastic admirers,
Although its culture is not nearly so difficult as is generally
understood, a few special items of treatment are neverthe-
less necessary to grow it successfully.
Frames for the reception of Auriculas should be prepared,
with a good bottom drainage, and an inside staging, similar
to the back stage of a lean-to greenhouse, arranged as
near the glass as possible. If the frames are about 4ft.
wide, they will be very convenient; lft. deep in the
front, and about 3ft. at the back. This will allow for a
good stage arrangement. Of course, it is not necessary
to construct an expensive staging, as common boards can
be laid upon pots of various heights, the same results
being practically secured. These frames should face north
from May to October, and south in winter, during which
latter time it will be necessary to well cover the sides
with straw or brake. When frosty, the lights must also be
Fic. 195, A VARIETY OF PRIMULA AURICULA.
mated; but, unless there is absolute fear of frost, the glass
‘should not be covered, as the more light the plants receive
the better. On all suitable occasions, both during summer
and winter, air must be freely admitted, and a good look-out
kept during showery weather; hence it may be necessary
to tilt the lights with blocks rather than remove them
entirely. The latter plan should be adopted whenever
practicable, especially during early spring, and after they
are well established in their fresh pots in sammer. This
will greatly assist to ripen the crown, and produce hard,
stout foliage, which will endure the winter much better
than if grown with less air. Many cultivators prefer small
span or lean-to houses to frames; and it must be admitted
that these are better, more convenient, and in every way
more beneficial. Simple, inexpensive structures, no higher
than is absolutely necessary for convenience, with top and
side ventilation, will meet all requirements; and if a 2in,
foliage.
s shrivel.
Auricula—continued.
months previous to being used, and it should be selected
from districts with a fine atmosphere; the turf should be
cut about 3in. thick. Cow manure that has lain for a year
or so, and been subjected to sharp frosts, is most suitable,
as insect life, which it very probably contains, is thereby
destroyed, and the whole materially sweetened.
Potting. This operation requires to be carefully done as
soon after flowering as possible, unless it is desired to save
seed, when it must be deferred until the seed is ripened.
May and June are the best months for general potting, and
whatever the size of the pots used, they should be care-
fully and thoroughly drained. After a good layer of pot-
sherds, place some charcoal, leaf mould, or spent hops.
Many good growers use the last very advantageously. For
good flowering plants, 48-sized pots are used, many culti-
vators preferring glazed pots to the unglazed; but such
are not absolutely necessary to ensure success. Before
repotting, remove most of the old soil, and with a sharp —
knife cut off any bruised or cankered portion of roots;
the stout tap-root may also be cut away if devoid of
fresh rootlets. Do not pot very firmly. Remove the plants
to their summer quarters, withholding water for a few
days, and keep the frames close. About a week after
potting, water may be advantageously given, the plants will
then soon resume root-action, and air may be admitted
afterwards on all suitable occasions. The collar or neck of
the plant must be left well above the surface of the soil.
Watering is a point that requires careful attention, as
neglect in this matter will result in failure. During the
growing season, Auriculas require an abundance of water ;
in fact, they must never be allowed to get dry. In the
out for drippings from the glass, and to maintain tightly-
glazed frames. On all occasions, decaying leaves must be
removed, and especially during winter.
Top-dressing. About the middle or end of February, when
the plants commence new growth, the surface soil should
be removed abont an inch or so deep, and the pots re-filled
with a rich compost made up of the following : Two parts of
turfy loam, one of rotten cow or hen manure, and one of
leaf soil; if a little Standen’s Manure is added, the compost
will be improved. After this top-dressing, the plants may
be watered freely.
Propagation by Offsets. When top-dressing, any offsets
with roots should be removed, and as soon after as possible
the remaining ones should be taken off, as it is much mo;
desirable to do so early than later on, when-
‘soil, and arrange about four
offsets round the sides; place under a bell glass, or in s
i watering i so as to preven
pre erie oe They ‘ill soon Sstablish themselves,
after which air may be admitted, and the plants may ulti-
mately be potted off singly. To induce choice varieties to
make offsets, the top of the old plant should be removed
and treated like the others, when, as a rule, several shoots
produced, which in due time may be removed. By
ite Some, a nice stock of the rarer kinds may be obtained ;
whereas, if such a course were not adopted, the rate of
increase would be extremely slow. ity
Flowering. During the flowering period, watering, as
already stated, must be carefully attended to, for if the
plants are allowed to get dry, the flowers will quickly _
They must also be kept well shaded from sunshine, —
which quickly destroys the delicate blossoms. As the
masses are developing, particular attention must be given
hier
Bet ba ig eed ieee
fumi
AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 147
Auricula—continued. ‘ : i
to night protection. It is, perhaps, better to cover every
night than to run the risk of exposing the unexpanded
flowers to frost, as the effect is very prejudicial; in fact,
if subject to frost, smooth even flowers may not be ex-
pected.
Seed Saving and Sowing. The only way to obtain new
varieties is by seed; hence the value of careful seed-
saving will be apparent. Severe discrimination must be
exercised in the selection of parents, and the flowers must
be very carefully crossed. The anthers should be removed
from the pistillate parent, if possible, before expansion, so
as to prevent any possibility of self-fertilisation; and, when
the stigma is ready, the pollen must be conveyed by means
of a small camel’s-hair brush, care being taken not to mistake
the brushes used in different classes. It has been observed
in Auriculas that the issue from crossbred seed favours
the pollen more than the pistillate parent; hence the neces-
sity of selecting good pollen parents. It is best to confine
hybridisation to separate classes—i.e., cross a Self with a
Self, and a Green-edged variety with another of the same
class. The importance of selecting the best in each class
scarcely needs suggestion, having regard to constitution as
well as the quality of the flowers. The seed should be sown ~
as soon as ripe, or early in March, in well-drained pots, filled
with sandy soil, which must be well watered previous to
sowing. When this operation is completed, the seed must
be lightly covered with coarse sand, a sheet of glass placed
over the pot, and the latter stood in the hand glass, where
the offsets are rooted. Some of the seedlings will appear
in a month, but the bulk from that sown when ripe will not
be seen until the following spring; while others will germi-
nate even during the ensuing summer. The late comers
should be particularly cared for, as they frequently pro-
duce the best varieties. When the seedlings are large
enough, they must be pricked off in pots of sandy soil; and,
when well established, potted off singly into small thumb
pots, and afterwards encouraged as judgment suggests.
Some growers allow the seedlings to remain in the store
pots till they flower, when the best are kept, and those not
required disposed of. $
Insect Pests. Green fly are often very troublesome, and
should be exterminated as speedily as possible, by tobacco
gation, or by dipping the plants in a solution of
Gishurst’s Compound, or carefully prepared Fir-tree Oil,
all of which are effectual. Many authorities denounce
fumigation, while others advocate it. The roots are also
attacked by a mealy louse, named Trama awricule, which
clusters about the roots and collar of the plants, sucking
nutriment therefrom; and although, provided they do
not attack the collar, they have no greatly prejudicial
effect on the plant, yet it is desirable to exterminate
them. The only effectual way of accomplishing this is
to remove all soil, and thoroughly cleanse the roots
and collar in a solution of soft soap, with a little Fir-tree
Oil added. Of course, this is most easily managed when
repotting’; and, unless the plants are very badly infested, it
would not be advisable to run the risk of root washing
later in the year.
Classes. Auriculas are now arranged in five classes, four
_of which constitute what are known as “show or stage
_ Auriculas,” while the other is known by the name of
_ “Alpines.” Each class is characterised by special points
of on, which, in the opinion of the strict “florists”
school, it is of the utmost importance to observe; and as
there is room for systematists in this, as well as in any
other branch of iculture, we will follow the arrangement
usually adopted, and describe the distinguishing features
of, and enumerate some of the best varieties in, each class,
with, their raisers’ names attached :
Outer edge green, or but sparingly dusted with
er ` powder ; next, a zone of y ich |-
~ Porat ert, a zone of colour known as the body colour, whioh |
most esteemed ; both edges of this ;
the inner one, but there are few
Auricula—continued.
latter and the throat, this should be pure and dense, with a dis-
tinctly circular outline at the throat; the throat and tube should
be bright yellow. Of course, this ideal standard has not yet been
reached, as there are supposed defects in all or some sections
of the flowers at present known. Leading Varieties: ADMIRAL
NAPIER (Campbell), ALDERMAN WISBEY (Headley), APOLLO
(Beeston), CHAMPION (Page), COLONEL TAYLOR (Leigh), DUKE
OF WELLINGTON (Dickson), FREEDOM (Booth), GENERAL NEILL
(Traill), HIGHLAND Boy (Pollitt), IMPERATOR (Litton), LADY ANN
WILBRAHAM (Oliver), LORD PALMERSTON (Campbell), LOVELY
ANN (Oliver), LycurGus (Smith), PRINCE OF GREENS (Traill),
PRINCE OF WALES (Ashton).
bay Sie aa Edge heavily dusted with powder, so as almost
to hide the normal green colour; other points same as the Green-
edged varieties. Leading varieties: ALEXANDER MEIKLEJOHN
(Kay), CHAs. E. BROWN (Headley), COMPLETE (Sykes), CONQUEROR
OF EUROPE (Waterhouse), DR. HORNER (Read), F. D. HORNER
(Simonite), GENERAL BOLIVAR (Smith), GEORGE LEVICK
(Walker), GEORGE LIGHTBODY (Headley), JOHN WATERSTON
(Cunningham), LANCASHIRE HERO (Lancashire), RICHARD
HEADLEY (Lightbody), ROBERT TRAILL (Lightbody).
White-edged. Edge so heavily dusted with farina as to com-
pletely hide the green and give it a white appearance; the
panas frequently as dense as on the paste portion ; other points
ike the first. Leading varieties: ACME (Read), ANNE SMITH
(Smith), ARABELLA (Headley), BEAUTY (Traill), BRIGHT VENUS
Lee), CATHERINA (Summerscales), CONSERVATIVE (Dol »
OUNTESS OF WILTON (Cheetham), EARL GROSVENOR
FAVORITE (Taylor), FRANK SIMONITE (Simonite), GLORY (Taylor),
JOHN SIMONITE (Walker), NE PLUS ULTRA (Smith), REGULAR
Ashworth), SMILING BEAUTY (Heap), SYLVIA (Douglas), TRUE
RITON (Hepworth). j :
Selfs. Tube bright yellow, and circular at the top; paste dense,
pure, with an even edge ; all the rest of the flower of one colour,
without shades or edging ; any colour holds ing
varieties: APOLLO (Hay), BLACKBIRD (Spalding), ©. J. PERRY
(Turner), DUKE OF ARGYLE (Campbell), FORMOSA (Smith), GARI-
BALDI (Pohlman), HELEN LANCASTER (Pohlman), LORD OF LORNE
(Campbell), MAZINNA (Pohlman), METEOR FLAG (Lightbody),
METROPOLITAN (Spalding), Mrs. DouGLas (Simonite), MRS,
SrurRocK (Martin), OTHELLO (Netherwood), PIZARRO (Camp-
bell), Topsy (Kaye).
Alpines. Centre golden yellow, or white, and destitute of powder ;
body colour various; edge one-coloured, shading off paler towards
the margin. These are much hardier than any of the other
classes, and will do well outside in most places. Leading
varieties: A. F. BARRON (Turner), BEATRICE (Turner), BLACK
PRINCE (Turner), BRONZE QUEEN (Turner), COLONEL SCOTT
(Turner), DIADEM (Gorton), DUCHESS OF CONNAUGHT (Turner),
EVENING STAR (Turner), GEORGE LIGHTBODY (Turner), JOHN
LEECH (Turner), Mrs. BALL (Turner), Mrs. DoDWELL (Turner),
Mrs. LLEWELLYN (Turner), MEIKLEJOHN (Meiklejohn),
Mrs. THOMSON (Turner), QUEEN VICTORIA Turner), RUBENS
rner), SAILOR PRINCE (T SELINA (Turner), SPANGLE
Turner), SYDNEY (Turner), TRIUMPHANT (Turner), : kF
AURICULATE, AURICULATED. Having ear-
like appendages. ; : ; ate
AVENA (derivation obscure). The Oat. ORD. Gra-
minacee. A genus of grasses with loose panicles and com-
pressed spikelets. Of agricultural importance only, with
the following exception, which is an annual of easy culture
in ordinary garden soil. Propagated by seeds, sown in
spring or autumn.
A. sterilis (barren). The Animated Oat. jfi. in drooping panicles of
large spikelets. k. 14ft. to 2ft. Barbary, 1640. An elegant plant.
AVENS. See Geum.
AVENUES. In forming an Avenue, the plan must
neither be tortuous nor of a “tedious sameness,” but a
gradually winding line should, above all, be obtained, which
must in no way interfere with the view from the house.
About 12ft. is the width usually allowed for the road, but
this depends upon individual taste or idea—this remark
applies to planting in double rows, the trees forming a
series of triangles, or in single rows. The distance
the road from one row of trees to those opposite
at least 24ft. The Lime is extensively used for
more satisfaction than the White —
Sear ie
148
THE DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING,
Avenues—continued.
Deodars, Araucarias, Douglas Pine, the Mexican, Chinese,
and Japanese Cypresses, and many others, are eminently
suited for Avenue planting. Shrubs and herbaceous plants
should be introduced between the trees, and so remove any
bareness that may occur. Diervilla rosea, and its varie-
gated form, Aucubas, Rhododendrons, Hypericwms, and
many others, could be mentioned to serve this purpose.
A moderately good soil will be found to answer generally.
AVERREBHOA (in honour of Averrhoes, of Cordova,
a celebrated Arabian physician, who resided in Spain
during the domination of the Moors, about the middle of
Averrhoa— continued.
sometimes from the larger ones, and even the trunk. fr. the size
of a hen’s egg, acutely five-cornered, witha thin, yellow rind, and
a clear watery pulp. Z. alternate, with about four to five pairs of
ovate, acuminated, entire, stalked leaflets, the outer ones largest.
h. 14ft. to 20ft. 1793. This, as well as the first-named species, is
cultivated throughout the hotter parts of India, but where it
occurs truly wild is not known.
AVOCADO PEAR. Sce Persea gratissima,
AWL-SHAPED. Narrow-pointed, resembling an awl.
AWLWORT. See Subularia.
AXIL. Literally the armpit; in plants applied to the
angle formed by union of the leaf and stem.
Fic. 196, AZALEA BALSAMINZ:FLORA.
the twelfth century ; he translated Aristotle into Arabic).
ORD. Geraniacew. Ornamental stove trees, thriving in
loam and peat. Half-ripened cuttings will strike in sand,
under a hand glass, about April, with bottom heat. The
leaves of the first-named species are irritable to the touch.
A. Bilimbi (Bilimbi-tree). jf. reddish purple, disposed in racemes,
rising from the trunk. May, fr. oblong, somewhat resembling a
mak cucumber, with a thin, smooth, green rind, filled with a
grateful acid juice, and the substance and seeds not unlike that
_ of a cucumber. id, alternate, with from five to ten pairs of ovate-
lanceolate, entire, smooth leaflets ‘n short stalks. A. 8ft. to 15ft.
Native country unknown, 1791. (B.'F. S. 117.) :
Carambola, Carambola-tree. f. red, scattered, be sn in
ches, but
A.
short racemes, usually rising from the smaller bran
AXILLARY. Growing in the axil of anything.
AZALEA (from azaleos, dry, arid; in allusion to the
habitation of the plant). ORD. Ericacew. A genus of
very popular hardy or greenhouse plants. The species
enumerated were included under Rhododendron by Don,
Loudon, and others, contrary to the classification of Lin-
neus, but the distinctive characters are not consistent.
In this genus, the stamens are usually five, but in Rhodo-
dendron ten is the typical number. One of the showiest
genera for the amateur, as well as one that is indispensable -
to the professional gardener.
~ Ghent or American Azaleas These are extremely
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 149
Azalea—continued.
popular hardy deciduous shrubs. When plants are grown
in the open, artificial crossing will be unnecessary ; but this
method must be employed upon those grown in the cool
greenhouse, if well fertilised seeds are required. The seed
should be gathered and sown when ripe in a large shallow
frame containing from 2in. to 3in. of peat, over which more
peat must be laid very level by means of a fine sieve;
or they may be kept until early the following spring. No
covering will be necessary, but a thorough watering with
a fine-rosed water-pot must be given. The lights should
be darkened, and the frames kept close until the young
seedlings begin to appear, when they must have air (care-
fully admitted), shade, and a daily sprinkling of water. By
the autumn, they will be large enough to transplant in
small clumps into boxes of peat and coarse sand, and to
place in other frames, or in the open. In each case, they
will need watering, shading, and to be kept close until
growth commences. ‘The hardier the plants are before
winter commences, the better; but a protection of mats or
similar material will prevent the probability of their being
killed by severe frosts. During the following season, they
will only require water during dry weather, and no pro-
tection need be afforded this winter. The next spring, they
should be planted out singly in beds, sufficiently wide apart
to allow the development of two years’ growth. If an
upright growth is being made, the leading shoot must be
shortened, in order to secure dwarf, well-branched plants.
The same methods should be employed on a smaller scale
where but a few are wanted. Grafting is largely prac-
tised to increase the stock of named varieties or choice
seedlings, the stock employed being A. pontica. This
process, of course, ensures the quicker production of flower-
ing plants. Layering in March, encasing the part buried
with moss, is also some times practised; but the layer
must be left two years before separating. Cuttings of the
last year’s wood, 2in. or 8in. long, taken with a ‘heel,
root readily in sand; about the end of August is the best
time for so doing. If they are pricked off in pots or
pans of sandy soil, and kept in a cool frame until they
are calloused, and afterwards introduced into a slight
bottom heat, they root quicker, but this is not absolutely
essential. When placed outside, they should be covered
with a handlight for about two months, and, at the end
of this time, air should be gradually given and increased.
Ghent Azaleas are now forced extensively for the market
as well as in private gardens; and, by judicious culture,
they can be had in full blossom by Christmas. With this
end in view, they should be grown in pots, and have the
growth prematurely completed soon after flowering with
the aid of a little artificial heat; after which they may
be placed outside. During very hot and dry weather, the
north side of a wall is necessary, to prevent their flower-
ing in the autumn. The same plants must only be forced
every alternate year. Commence to place the plants in
heat in October, and keep up a succession until the
following March. The best plants for forcing purposes
are obtained from the Continent, where they are grown
in enormous quantities. When grown permanently out
of doors, the most suitable soil is peat and rough sand
_ mixed. Failing this, leaf mould, maiden loam, and sand,
will be found satisfactory. In many cases, we have known
them to flourish in ordinary garden soil.
fine ;
=
w; MIRABILIS, very lovely pi
ICA MA
ink, ve
and
p
e pe pa
pa AON, rich yellow, Fone yn PONTI
ur, very large and L
very fine; SANGUINEA, deep
good; MARIA VERSCHAF-
` Azalea—continued.
A. arborescens (tree-like).* f. large, reddish, not clammy,
leafy ; tube of corolla longer than the segments; a yY,
with the segments oblong and acute. May. l, of the flower
buds large; yellowish-brown, surrounded with a fringed white
border, obovate, rather obtuse, smooth on both surfaces, glau-
cous beneath, ciliated on the margins, and having the midrib
almost smooth. h. l0ft. to 20ft. Pennsylvania, 1818. Deciduous
species.
balsaminzeflora (Balsam-flowered).* fl. bright salmony red,
finely double and _rosette-like, the segments regularly imbri-
cated, much resembling in general appearance the blooms of a
Camellia-flowered Balsam. Japan, Itis a distinct species, and
remains in bloom for a considerable period ; the flowers are in-
en “im bouquets. See Fig. 196, for which we are indebted
r. Bull,
A. calendulacea (Marigold-like).* jl. yellow, red, orange, and
copper coloured, large, not clammy, rather naked ; tube of corolla
hairy, shorter than the segments. May. J. oblong, pubescent on
both surfaces, at length hairy. Ah. 2ft. to 6ft. Ponnapiveaia to
Cani, ae This is saig to he Mo inane shrub in North
merica, ere are several varieties of it in ivation. Hardy;
deciduous. (B. M. 1721, 2143.) 7?
A. hispida (bristly). /l. white, with a red border and a tinge
of red on the tube, which is wide and scarcely longer than
the ents, very clammy, leafy; stamens ten. July. J. long-
lanceolate, hispid above, and smooth beneath, glaucous on
both surfaces, ciliated on the margins, and having the nerve
bristly beneath. Branches straight, and very ) h. 10ft.
ee” re York, &c., 1734. A hardy deciduous species,
. D. B. 1, 6.) J
Fig, 197. FLOWER OF AZALEA LEDIFOLIA, ;
ledifolia (Ledum-leaved).* ure white, showy; corolla
campanulate; in threes o tne Karat mai the branches;
calyx gland and viscid. h. i
erect, ular, ¢ March. l ic-lanceo-
late. A. 2ft. to 6ft. China, 1819. ‘The whole shrub is very
* > vi le . . .
te o i OTereTee : m
A. liliiflora (lily-flowered). Synonymous with A. ledifolia.
n on both surfaces, ciliated on the margins,
h. 3tt. to
A. pontica (Pontic).* fl. leafy, clammy ; corolla funnel-s
stamens very long. May. J. shining, ovate, oblon
ciliated. h. 4ft. to 6ft. Levant, Caucasus,
varieties of this species are also nu
Spuy in the colour of the flowers and the
The flowers are of all shades, and
name generally adopted, as /
with Rhododendron ponticum. If
150 THE DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING,
Azalea—continued.
ends. hes hairy. h. 3ft. to 4ft. North America. The
varieties of above are several, varying in the shape of the leaves
and the colour of the flowers. (L. B. C. 1255
A. viscosa (clammy).* fl. white, sweet-scented, in terminal
clusters, downy, clammy, leafy ; tube of corolla as long as the seg-
ments. July. J. oblong-ovate, acute, smooth, and green on both
surfaces, ciliated on the margins, having the midrib bristly. h. 2ft.
to 4ft. North America, 1734. Like nearly all species belonging
to this genus, the varieties are many, varying in the colour of the
fiowers and otherwise. (T. S. M. 438.)
A. v. nitida (shining).* fl. white, tinged with red, clammy, leafy ;
tube of corolla a little longer than the segments. April. J. ob-
lanceolate, rather mucronate, leathery, smooth on both surfaces,
shining above, having the nerve bristly beneath, with revolute,
ciliated margins. h. 2ft. to4ft. New York, 1812. Hardy ; de-
ciduous, (B. R. 5, 414.)
Indian or Chinese Azaleas. Thisisa section of green-
house evergreen varieties obtained from A. indica (which
see), blooming continuously from November to June, or
even later, and of the greatest value for all purposes,
whether for decoration, cutting, or exhibition. Cultiva-
tion: Thorough drainage is essential, and a compost of
half peat, the other half made up of fibrous loam, leaf
soil, and sand, in equal quantities. They cannot have
too much light and air, and may be grown to almost
any size by shifting from one pot to a size larger. In
repotting, the whole of the crocks should be taken away
from the base of the ball of soil and roots, and the top
should also be removed till the fine roots are reached.
The plant should then be put in the new pot, and the
additional soil rammed firm, in order to prevent the water
running through it, and thus depriving the plant of any
benefit therefrom. In all cases, the roots near the stem
must be above the soil, so that the water may not sink in
next the stem, or death will most certainly ensue. After
potting, for a few days the plants should be kept close and
freely syringed, and as the growth is completed, they
may be well hardened off. The best time for potting
is after flowering, before the new growth has been made.
_ From October to June the plants should be in the green-
house, and during the other months in a cold frame, or
plunged in pots in the open; or, what is preferable in
favoured localities, planted out in prepared beds; they will
thus be kept cleaner, and the growth will be much
superior. In autumn they may be lifted and repotted,
placing in a shady position for a few days. Water in
abundance must be given throughout the blooming and
growing season; and the plants must, on no account, be
allowed to become dry. At the same time, a proper amount
of care is most essential, as an excessive amount of
moisture is equally as fatal as drought. Cuttings should
be placed in sand under a bell glass with moderate bottom
heat; half-ripened ones are preferable. They must be
cut up to a joint—the base of a leaf—the lower leaves
a 4 an inch stripped off, and the stem stuck into the
_ Sand, which should lay, about an inch thick, on the top of
_ sandy peat soil; the bottom of the cuttings should reach,
_ but not go quite into, the soil. The whole should be
covered with a bell glass, which must be wiped dry
amoena
out lin. across,
On
` WALLE,
| A. sinensis (Chinese).
of science, but of botany in
Azalea—continued.
free, The following are most desirable : LADY MUSGRAVE, light
carmine; Miss Buist, pure white; MRS. CARMICHAEL, rich
magenta, shaded crimson; PRIME MINISTER, soft pink, deep
shaded, very free ; PRINCESS BEATRICE, light mauve, very distinct
and free ; PRINCESS MAUDE, rich magenta, rose shaded.
Fig. 198. FLOWER OF AZALEA INDICA.
A. indica (Indian).* fl. campanulate, terminal, solitary or twin;
calycine teeth long-lanceolate, obtuse, ciliated, spreading. l
cuneate-lanceolate, finely crenulated, covered with sharp, close-
pressed = hairs, attenuated at both ends, Brane also
covered with s , close-pressed, rigid hairs. h. 3ft. to 6ft.
China, 1808. See Fig. 198. There are a great number of er
seedlings of the Indian Azalea, including every shade and
colour. A selection to any extent may made from the
nurserymen’s catalogues, but, for the guidance of the amateur,
we rer He made a rigid selection of the best double and single
varieties.
Double-Flowered: A. BORSIG, pure white ; “ALICE, rich dee
rose, blotched with vermilion, very fine; BERNARD ANDRE, dar!
violet-purple, large, semi-double ; CHARLES iS, dark
good form and substance; COMTESSE EUGENIE DE KERCHOVE,
white, fakon SHE red se a peda MINIQUE VER-
VAENE, bright orange, very 3 Tose =
white und sched badk very fine ; EMPEREUR DE ric
rose, banded white, the upper petals marked red ; FRANCIS DEVOS,
deep crimson; IMBRICATA, pure white, sometimes flaked with
rose; MADAME IRIS LEFEBVRE, dark orange, shaded with bright
violet, and blotched with chocolate; PRESIDENT GHELLINCK DE
intense rose, upper petals blotched withlake, and crimson-
rayed; SOUVENIR DE PRINCE ALBERT, rich rose peach, broadly
margined with pure white, very free and beautiful.
Single-Flowered : CHARMER, rich amaranth, very large ; COMTESSE
DE BEAUFORT, rich rose, the upper petals blotched with crimson;
CRITERION, rich salmon pink, white-margined ; DUC DE NASSAU,
rich rosy-purple, very free and large; ECLATANTE, deep crimso}
rose shaded; FANNY IVERY, deep salimon-scarlet, blote
magenta, very fine; FLAMBEAU, rich glowing crimson, extremely —
showy; JOHN GOULD VEITCH, lilac-rose, netted and bordered
white, and blotched with saffron, very showy ; LA SUPERBE, i
lake, bordered orange, and black spotted, a very fine variety ; La
VICTOIRE, centre reddish, white towards the edge,
petals spotted with maroon-crimson ; LOUIS VON BADEN,
white, a grand variety ; MADAME CHARLES VAN ECKHA
white, with beautifully crisped edges, of excellent form sub-
stance; MADAME VAN HOUTTE, richly flaked with carmine
and rose, very large and free; MARQUIS OF LoRNE, brilliant
scarlet, of the finest form and substance ; MRS, TURNER, Dr
ink, white-margined, and § with crimson ;
Vaz DEN HECKE, white, st
red, very fine.
A. mollis (soft). Synonymous with A. sinensis.
fl. campanulate, downy, flame coloured ;
eal May. Lalowty deciduous,
ther-nerved, with ciliated
stamens equal in length to the petals.
elliptic, acut sely pubescent, fe
margins, greyish beneath. h. 3ft. to 4f
ber of seedlings and hybrids from th are in
cultivation, known under the name of Japanese A , and all
are valuable for the decoration of the cool vatory, or for
outdoor work. SYN. A. mollis. (L. B. O. 885.) be
(in honour of J. N. Azara, a Spanish
Showy evergreen, hardy and half-hardy shrubs, with alter-
simple, stalked stipulate leaves, and fragrant ; flowers.
.
E oe
pure ee 4
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 151
Azara—continued. r
They thrive well in a compost of loam, leaf soil, and sand.
Ripened cuttings root readily if placed in sand, under glass,
in slight heat. It is believed that all the species enume-
rated will prove hardy if a slight winter protection in
midland and northern counties be afforded. This precaution
will be unnecessary in more southern parts.
A. dentata (toothed). 7. yellow; corymbs sessile, few-flowered.
June, l. ovate, serrated, scabrous, tomentose beneath ; stipules
leafy, unequal in size. h. 12ft. Chili, 1830, (B. R. 1728.)
A. Gillesii (Gilles’).* 1. bright yellow; panicles axillary, densely
packed. Spring. J, large, Holly-like, ovate, coarsely toothed,
smooth. A. 15ft. Chili, 1859. (B. M. 5178.)
“rm et
2
%
f
a7
w
A. integrifolia (entire-leaved).* jl. yell
- . yellow, on numerous short
axillary spikes, A an aromatic fragrance. Autumn. Z. obovate or
( (irene smooth ; stipules equal, pormanemk, h. 18ft, Chili
Kenia 8 onception), 1832. The variegated-leaved form, although
yalov tal. The variegation consists of greenish-
: , k
bee ornamen:
vith deep pak ee green, and in a young state edged
A. microphylla (small-leay. i rym
: -leaved),* (fl. greenish, corymbose, suc-
= by namerous small orange-coloured berries, Autumn.
P Sey er me obovate, obtuse, dark-shining green. A. 12ft.
oe and Valdavia, 1873. This shrub is very ornamental as a
S d, and also excellent for coveri Quite hardy,
Sons.
Veitch and |-
BABIANA (from babianer, the Dutch for baboon; in -
reference to the bulbs being eaten by baboons). ORD.
Iridacee. A genus of very ornamental bulbous plants
confined to the Cape of Good Hope, with the exception of a
single species, which is found in Socotra. Flowers occa-
sionally fragrant, and generally characterised by their rich
self-colours, or the striking contrast of very distinct hues in
the same flower; perianth regular and symmetrical, with six
ovate divisions (tube varying in length). Stems from 6in.
to 9in. high, arising from a small bulb-like corm, and bear-
ing tapering plaited leaves, which are usually more or less
densely covered with long hairs; the scapes are racemose,
FIG. 199. AZARA MICROPHYLLA, showing Habit, and Foliage (half natural size),
each bearing about six or more simultaneously e
flowers, They may be successfully grown in pots.
plan there is, perhaps, less danger of loss, and
ing season can be prolonged considerably. A aia il
compost, with a small proportion of well-decayed manure,
is required, and thorough drainage is also most essential.
Use 48 or 60-sized pots, placing four or five corms in the
former, and two or three in the latt keep moderately
dry until they commence to form roots. October is the
best time to pot. As soon as the plants appear above
See Fig. 199, for which we are indebted to Messrs.
ground, water may be carefully given, and the supply pro-
152
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Babiana—continued.
portionately increased as the plants develop. Very weak
liquid manure, applied twice a week, just as the spikes are
pushing up, will be beneficial, When the flowers fade,
and the stems show signs of decay, the supply of water
must be gradually decreased, thus inducing the thorough
maturation of the corms, upon which the next season’s dis-
play depends. When quite down, store the pots in a dry
place till the time for repotting arrives, when the corms
should be carefully cleaned, and all offsets separated, the
latter being potted up in the same way as the parent
corms in order to produce flowering specimens; or they may
be kept in a pot of sand and planted in a warm border out-
side in March. Outdoor culture: A sheltered, sunny, and
well-drained situation is most essential to success. Al-
though not absolutely necessary, it is preferable to replant
every year in early spring, placing the bulbs about 5in. or
Fig. 200, BABIANA STRICTA RUBRO-CYANEA,
~ Gin. deep, with a little sand sprinkled about them. Pl
ig may, of course, be done in autumn, when it dar be
necessary to cover with cocoa nut fibre refuse to the depth
of Sin. or 6in. „In warm, sheltered situations, the corms
may remain undisturbed ;-but, as a rule, it is desirable to
remove them late in autumn, when the leaves are dead, and
store them in dry sand through the winter in a cool?
position, free of frost, Mixed Babianas may be Sa
they are best to plant. Propagation me :
po Bs plant. Propagation may be effected by
Babiana—continued.
perfume; perianth pale violet-blue; anthers blue, and stigmas
yellow. May, June. J. lanceolate, distinctly plicate. h. 6in,
1774. SYNS. B. cerulescens, B. reflexa. (B. M, 576
B. reflexa (refiexed). Synonymous with B. plicata.
B. ringens (gaping).* fl. scarlet, irregular in form, gaping, very
handsome. May, June. l. narrow, acute, deep green, A. 6in.
to 9in. 1752. (L. B. C. 1006.)
B. sambucina (Elder-scented). Jl. bluish-purple, with an Elder-
like fragrance ; perianth divisions spreading. April, May. J.
lanceolate, slightly plicate. h. 6in. to 9in. 1799. Syn. Gladiolus
sambucinus. (B. M. 1019.)
B. stricta (strict).* jl., perianth segments narrow, acute, outer
three white, inner three lilac-blue, with a dark blotch near the
base of each. May. l. broadly lanceolate, obtuse, ciliated.
h. 1ft. 1795. (B. M. 621.)
B. s. angustifolia (narrow-leaved). fl. fragrant ; perianth bright
blue, slightly pink in the tube, Ma P June. $ linear, AA
light green. Å. 1ft. 1757. (B. M. 637.)
B, s. rubro-cyanea (red-and-blue).* jl. 2in. or more in diameter ;
upper half of the perianth very brilliant blue, and the lower part
rich crimson, forming a central zone, in striking contrast to the
blue portion, May, June. J. broad, sig ge downy on the —
under surface. h. 6in. to 8in. 1796. See Fig. 200, (B. M. 410.
B. s. sulphurea ee ae e . cream-coloured or pale
yellow ; anthers blue, and stigmas yellow ; segments spreading.
April, May. J. narrow-obtuse. h. 9in. 1795. Syns. Gladiolus
sulphureus, G. plicatus. (B. M. 1053.)
B. s. villosa (villous).* fl., perianth smaller than the last, with
the narrower segments rather more widely spreading than in B. s. -
anea, brilliant crimson, with violet-blue anthers. Au-
gust. 6in. 1778. (B. M. 583.) !
BABINGTONIA (named after C. O. Babington,
fessor of Botany at Cambridge, and a di i
botanical author). ORD. Myrtacee. A very pretty green-
house evergreen shrub, allied to Beckea, from which it
differs in having the stamens collected in groups opposite
the sepals. Cuttings of the young unflowering shoots may
be planted in sand under a bell glass, and kept in a
moderate heat until rooted, when they should be placed
singly in small pots, in a compost of equal parts loam
and peat, with the addition of a little sand. As the
small pots fill with roots, the plants should be removed
into larger ones, and the compost have less sand in it;
but this shonld not be done until the next February, The
established plants must have a good shift about March
or April, and should be kept in a light, airy greenhouse ;
the first shoots may be topped to moderate their vigour,
and to produce a greater profusion of less luxuriant ones.
In May, when most plants are removed from the green-
house, these should be set to grow under a frame which,
while shielding them from heavy rains, and supporting
some slight shading in the hottest parts of the sunny days,
will not prevent a free circulation of air. To this end, the
frame should be elevated from the rests or supports at its
5
corners ; the lights should be left off at night in fine, mild
weather, and on dull, cloudy days, being only rep!
during heavy rains, and when shading is necessary. To-
wards autumn, the plants must be returned to the gree!
house. 2
B, camphor-smelling).* fl. pinkish-white, in
little cymes, di in long terminal racemes. Sammeta
linear, opposite, nerved. h. Tft. Australia, 1841, (B. R. 28, 10.)
BACCATE. Berried, fleshy ; having a pulpy texture. =>
BACCHARIS (from Bacchus, wine; referring to the
spicy odour of the roots). Ploughman’s Spikenard. ORD.
Composite. <A genus of hardy, stove, or greenhouse herbs,
shrubs, or trees. Flower-heads many-flowered, dicecious,
terminal. Inyolucre sub-hemispherical or oblong, in-many
series, imbricated. Leaves simple, alternate, exstipulatey
- deciduous, oblong-lanceolate, notched, serrated, or entire.
Shrubs of short duration. These plants are
nor ornamental, but are of easy cultiva
. Propagated by cuttings. 3
neither beautiful
in ordinary soile
AR a ce a
i mo
TENNET VERNE
eigen a SES tie
AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 153
BACKHOUSIA (commemorative of the late James
Backhouse, a botanical traveller in Australia and South
Africa). ORD. Myrtaceew. A greenhouse evergreen shrub,
requiring a compost of fibry peat and loam, with a little
white sand intermixed. Propagated by cuttings, made of
half-ripened shoots in April, and planted in sand, under a
bell glass, in a cool house. ae
yrtif - .* fl. whi isposed in 8,
a ofte moins gat Se hs toe beat igh
May. . ovate, acuminate, smooth ; branches slender. A. 16ft.
New South Wales, 1844, (B. M. 4135.)
BACTRIS (from baktron, a cane ; the young stems being
used for walking sticks). ORD. Palmacew. Very orna-
mental, slender growing, and prickly stove palms. Pe-
duncle of the spadix bursting through about the middle of
the leaf sheath. Drupes small, ovate, or nearly round, and
generally of a dark blue colour. Leaves pinnatisect ; seg-
ments generally linear and entire. Instead of being con-
fined to the apex of the trunk, the leaves are scattered over
nearly the whole surface, and the lower ones retain their
verdure long after the upper ones have fully developed.
Stems slender, varying from 2ft. to 10ft. in height. Some
of the species are of easy culture in a compost of loam,
peat, leaf mould, and sand, in equal parts; but most of
them are very difficult to manage. Propagation may be
effected by suckers, which are very freely produced. Many
species are ornamental only when in a young state.
i T i , 2ft. to
© yee aur eer
broad rk green above, paler below; ioles sheathing and
densely clothed with sharp brown and black spines, liin long.
South America. :
B. caryotzfolia (Caryota-leaved).* jl., spathe ovate, prickly ;
branches of spadix simple, flexuous. l., pinne wedge-shaped,
three-lobed, and erose; rachis, petioles, and caudex, prickly.
h. 30ft. Brazil, 1825.
$ flavispina (yellow-spined). Synonymous with B. pallidispina.
or (greater). . greenish-yellow, with a broadly ovate
spathe. h. 25ft. Carthagena, 1800.
B. Maraja (Maraja). Maraja Palm. fl. yellow, with a prickl
spathe. h. 0ft. to 50ft. Bahia, 1868. . Jd
B. dispina (pale-spined).* l. pinnate, bifid at the apex;
jgan clustered, 6in. to 12in. long, lin. wide, dark; petiles
sheathing at the base and furnished with a profusion of long,
bag te spines, which are tipped with black. Brazil. SYN.
. flavispina.
BACULARIA (from baculum, a walking-stick). ORD.
Palmacew. A small genus containing a couple of stove
species, which are amongst the smallest palms of the Old
World. Both are confined to the east coast of tropical
Australia, B. monostachya—in allusion to its slender stem,
which rarely exceeds in thickness that of the thumb—is
known as the Walking-stick Palm.
B. minor (lesser). l at ft. Stems, several from same
+ rhizome, 2ft. to +, high sie thick. Queensland.
B. monostachya (one-spiked). J. pinnate, pendent, 6in. to 12in.
long, bifid at the apex ; pinnz about 4in. across, broad, ig om
in shape, with ragged and irregular ends; dark ae tem
slender, petioles sheathing. h. 10ft. New South Wales, 1824.
Syn. Areca monostachya. (B. M. 6644.)
BADGER’S BANE. See Aconitum meloctonum.
BZA (commemorative of Rev. Dr. Beau, of Toulon,
brother-in-law to Commerson, the discoverer of the genus).
Syn. Dorcoceras. ORD. Gesneracee. Curious and pretty
~ greenhouse herbaceous perennials, requiring a rich sandy
Jos They are easily propagated by seeds. Probably the
om Species in cultivation is the following:
€ tric).* fl, pale blue-coloured, yellowish
at throat ; aga’ a mb =e or less rellexed;
corolla fivi somewhat resembling that of the Violet;
thinly comma ae faked, es tow Lowered. Summer, - & in a rosette,
white hairs, ovate acute a ends,
crenate serrate. h. bin. North China, 1868. (B. M. 6468.)
BECKEA (named after Abraham Back, a Swedish
brane a an esteemed friend of Linneus). ORD.
-_ Very pretty greenhouse evergreen shrubs.
Flowers white, pedicellate, smali. Leaves opposite, gla-
oe thrive in a compost of sandy peat,
soil, and lumpy, fibrous loam. Cuttings, taken from
#
Bæckea—continued.
-young wood, root readily, if pricked in a pot of sand, with
a bell glass placed over them, in a cool house.
B. diosmæfolia (Diosma-leaved).* f. axillary, solitary, approxi-
mate, sessile. August to October. l. oblong, rather cuneated,
keeled, acute, crowded, imbricate, and are, as well as the calyces,
ciliated. h. lft. to 2ft. New Holland, 1824.
B. frutescens (shrubby).* jl. solitary; pedicels aa No-
vember. l. linear, awnless. h. 2ft. to 3ft. China, 1806, (B. M. 2802.)
B. parvula (little). /l., peduncles axillary, umbelliferous. l.
elliptic-oblong, obtuse, rather mucronate. h. Ift, New Caledonia,
18 This is very close to B. virgata. (R. G. 886, 2.)
virga i * Š i iferous.
August an one l VA aoaea da a N py hee
Caledonia, 1806. (B. M. 2127.)
BÆRIA (named in honour of Professor Baer, of the
University of Dorpat). ORD. Composite. A genus con-
sisting of about half a dozen species. Probably the only
one in cultivation is that mentioned below; it is a very
pretty plant, having a dwarf, slender, erect habit, and
downy stems. It is of very easy culture in ordinary garden
soil. Propagated by seeds, sown in spring.
chrysostoma (golden-mouthed). /l.-heads bright yellow, soli-
tary, terminal, about lin, across; involucre of about ten leaflets,
arranged in two series. Early summer. J. linear, opposite, entire,
h. lft. California, 1835. (S. B. F. G. ii., 395.
BAGGED. Swelled like a sac or bag.
BAHIA (derivation uncertain; probably from Port of
Bahia, or San Salvador, in South America). ORD. Com-
positæ. An ornamental, hardy, herbaceous perennial, much
branched from the base of the stem, and having a greyish
appearance. It may be increased by seeds, or by divisions.
B. lanata (woolly). fl.-heads yellow, solitary, produced in great
numbers. Summer. l. alternate, or with the lower ones some-
times opposite, deeply divided, and sometimes ligulate and entire.
h. 6in. to l5in. North America. This species thrives on borders
of light and well-drained sandy soil. (B. R. 1167.)
BALANIUS. See Nut Weevil.
BALANTIUM. See Dicksonia.
BALBISIA (commemorative of Giovanni Battista
Balbis, a Professor of Botany at Turin). Syn. Ledocarpum.
ORD. Geraniacee. A very ornamental half-hardy ever-
green shrub, requiring a cool, dry atmosphere. As it is
very liable to rot off, water must be applied with great
care. Propagated by cuttings of half-ripened wood, placed
in sand, under a hand glass; or by seeds.
B. verticillata (whorled). jl. yellow, large, with a whorl of
narrow bracts beneath. Autumn, 4 opposite, three-parted ;
ents linear-oblong; branches slender, glaucous. A. 3ft. to
. Chili, 1846, (BM. 6170.)
BALCONY. A projection from the external wall of a
house, usually resting on brackets, and having the sides
encompassed by a balustrade. It should at all times be
prettily decorated with plants, which in the summer is a
comparatively easy matter. During winter, the display
cannot, of course, be so effective. Evergreens of various
kinds are most serviceable for the latter season, the best
being Arbutus, Aucubas, Boxes, Euonymuses, Hollies, Irish
and Golden Yew, Portugal Laurel, Retinosporas, Vincas, &c,
These may be grown in pots, and when replaced by the sum-
mer occupants, should be plunged in some reserve quarter,
where they should receive plenty of water; by this means,
they will increase in size, and keep in a healthy condition,
Very little water will be required during the winter,
Climbing plants, such as Ivy, Passion Flower, Virginian
Creeper, Climbing Roses, &c., are indispensable for cov
the trellises, and draping the pillars and arches. 7
BALL. This term is used in reference to the roots
mass of earth as they are moulded into form and pr
into hardness by the pot. The masses of roots and earth
which, in the case of fibrous-rooted subjects (such as
Rhododendrons), must be taken intact when removing the
plants, are also termed Balls. -
BALM (Melissa officinalis). A perennial herb, often
used in the manufacture of a drink for sick persons,
and sometimes employed for culinary purposes. It may
be grown in ordinary garden soil, and is propagated by
à x
peated until they are in Sin. or 10in. pots.
154
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Balm—continued.
divisions, in spring. A pretty variegated form is some-
times met with, having the additional advantage of being
equal to the normal species for medicinal purposes.
BALM OF GILEAD. See Cedronella triphylla.
BALSAM (Impatiens Balsamina). <A well-known
ornamental and tender annual, native of India. It is
one of the showiest of summer and autumn flowers, and
well deserves a place in every garden. Although of com-
paratively easy cultivation, good blooms and well-grown
plants are far toorarely seen. A good Balsam bloom should
be quite as double as a perfect Camellia, and to show to the
greatest advantage should appear like one in the arrange-
ment of the petals. To secure this, seeds should only be
saved from the finest and most perfect flowers, although
the quantity must, of necessity, be small. They should be
sown, about the third week in March, in properly prepared
pans of rich sandy soil, and placed in a gentle bottom heat
of about 65deg. As soon as the first rough leaf appears,
the plants should be potted off into 3in. pots, care being
taken to let the cotyledon, or seed leaves, be close to the
i
Fig. 201. CAMELLIA-FLOWERED BALSAM.
soil. When the roots touch the sides of the pots, the plants
should be moved into larger ones, and this should be re-
Some growers
place one or two seeds in small pots, so as to avoid the
first shift, and a good plan it is. During the time the
plants are under glass, they should be kept as near the
light as possible, and be frequently turned around, so that
they do not draw to one side; and careful training must
be given to those that are required in fine form. Dis-
budding is also necessary to such as are wanted at their
best, removing all bloom from the main stem and base of
branches until the plants are of sufficient size, and then
the buds at the tops will bloom almost simultaneously.
The buds that will be formed afterwards will cause a con-
tinuance of blossom for a long time, in fact, for some
months, if the plants are liberally supplied with liquid
manure. If it is desired for them to flower out of doors.
the plants should be transferred, about May, to a frame
where the heat is not above 50deg., and be kept in a stead:
growing state, air being admitted on all suitable occasions,
cold winds and heavy rains avoided, and water supplied
when needed; never allow them to get dry. They require
training and disbudding the same as those grown in the
ig
Balsam—continued. š
greenhouse. About June, the plants should be fully ex-
posed during the day; and, when danger of frost is over,
the lights may be kept off altogether. These should bloom
at the end of July. In all cases, plenty of drainage must be
allowed, as the amount of water required is very great.
Insects must be sharply looked after, as well as slugs
and snails. There are several sections, such as Camellia-
flowered (see Fig 201), Rose-flowered, &c., each containing
variously striped, spotted, and entire coloured blooms, and
it is best to pay an extra figure to secure a good strain.
BALSAM APPLE. See Momordica Balsaminea.
BALSAMINA. See Impatiens.
es
Fic. 202. BAMBUSA ARUNDINACEA.
BALSAMINEZS. A tribe of yaaa ge to the
iacee. Sepals and petals all coloured, consisting
of ake ano a eo outer ones small, flat, and oblique ;
the next large, hood-shaped, ending below in a conical spur ;
the fourth opposite to it, small, very broad, concave; the
two innermost very oblique, and more or less divided into
two unequal lobes.” The best known genus is Impatiens.
BALSAMODENDRON (from balsamon —an old
Greek word used by Theophrastus—balm or balsam, and
dendron, a tree). ORD. Burseracee. Greenhouse or stove
balsamiferous trees. Flowers small, green, axillary, often
unisexualy calyx four-toothed, permanent; petals four,
linear-oblong, induplicately valvate in mstivation; sta-
mens eight, inserted under the annular disk, having
elevated warts between them. Berry, or drupe, ovate,
AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE.
155
- Balsamodendron—continued.
acute, one to two-celled, marked with four sutures.
Leaves with three to five sessile, dotless leaflets. They
thrive in a compost of thoroughly drained sandy
loam. Propagated by cuttings of ripe young
wood, taken in April, and placed under a hand
glass, in bottom heat. The species named below
doubtfully belongs to this genus, as the charac-
teristics above enumerated will show.
B. zeylanicum (Ceylon).* jl, white, three-petaled,
lomerated, involucrated ; racemes interrupted, downy.
. impari-pinnate, with five to seven-stalked, ovate,
acute leaflets. A. 30ft. Ceylon.
BALSAM OF CAPEVI. see Copaifera.
BALSAM-TREE. See Clusia.
BAMBOO CANE. See Bambusa.
BAMBUSA (from bambu, the Malay name).
Bamboo Cane. ORD. Gramineew. A genus of orna-
mental, shrubby, greenhouse, half-hardy or hardy
shrubs, each culm flowering but once. Flowers
usually hexandrous. Leaves, as a rule, relatively shorter
than the stems, lanceolate, and narrowed at the base.
Stems jointed, flexuose, branching, usually hollow, and,
when mature, of a hard, woody nature. In well drained,
sheltered situations, in the open, with rich, loamy soil,
some of the species make a tee graceful objects, par-
ticularly so in the more southern counties of England,
and in parts of Scotland. Unless a very severe winter
is experienced, they may be left without protection.
Plants of all the species, however, should have the shelter
of a cold greenhouse till about the end of April; when they
should be gradually hardened off, and transferred to a
X X
A i É
WES
2AA
D AIN
a
BiG, 203. BAMBUSA AUREA, j i
warm, sheltered spot, such as in woodlands, by the mar-
gins of lakes, &c., as they like plenty of moisture during
Bambusa—continued.
A good watering must be given after plant-
Propagation is effected by careful
the summer.
ing, to settle the soil.
“Fra. 204. BAMBUSA NANA.
division of well-developed plants, which should be done in
early spring, just as new growth is commencing; and it
is advisable to establish the divisions in pots. See also
B. arundinacea (reed-like).* Stem very stout, rising like a
beautiful column g some 50ft. or 60ft. in height; the laterals
ucing a profusion of light green leaves, the whole ga
e appearance of a huge plume of feathers. India, 1730. This
species is best treated as a stove Fe but it may be placed out
of doors in summer. See Fig. 202. (B. F.
B. aurea (golden).* J. lanceolate, acute, light green, distinguished
from B. nana by having their under surface less glaucescent, and
the sheath always devoid of the long silky hairs. China. This
very handsome species forms elegant tufts, with its slender much-
branched stems, which attain a height of from 6ft. to 10ft., and
are of a light green colour in a young state, ultimately changing
into a yellowish hue. Hardy in most parts of the country. See
Fig. 203.
B. Fortunei (Fortune’s).* l. linear-lanceolate, abruptly pointed,
somewhat rounded at the base, on very short hairy stalks, serrated
and often fringed with long hairs on the margin, downy on both |
sides, and distinctly variegated, the transverse veins often of a
bottle-green colour, A. lft. to 2ft. Japan, A dwarf tufted specie:
with very slender stem. Quite hardy. "There are only varie-
gated varieties of this in cultivation, viz., variegata ani
vittata. (F. dS. 1863, t. 1535.)
B. glauca (milky-green). A synonym of B. nana. —
B. japonica (Japanese). Synonymous with Arundinaria Metake,
B. Maximowiczii (Maximowicz’s). Synonymous with Arundi-
naria Maximowiczii, :
B. Metake (Metake). Synonymous with Arundinaria Metake,
B. mitis (small). J. deep green, lanceolate, acute, striated, clas
=e Se Se simple, erect, close; spikes long, aen
Stem tapering. h. 40ft. Cochin China and Japan. This
156 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Bambusa—continued. SN
vigorous-growing species can be cultivated out of doors during
EIMAN, Kia Aeon localities, it may be left out all the year.
B. nana (dwarf).* l. lanceolate, acute, glaucous, stoutish, with the
footstales slightly downy. h. 6ft. to 8ft. India, 1826, A rather
tender species, requiring to be grown in the stove or greenhouse.
SYNS. B. glauca and B. viridi-glaucescens, See Fig. 204.
B. nigra (black). See Phyllostachys nigra.
Ragamowski (Ragamowsk’s).* J. Qin. to 18in, long, and about
lin. to in. broad. China and Japan. This species “can readily
be recognised by the tor line on one side of the midrib,
running nearly the whole length of the leaf on the underside, this
line being always on the longer side of the leaf.” Hardy. Syn.
B. tessellata.
B. Simonii (Simon’s).* 7. narrow, nearly 6in. to 10in. long, occasion-
ally stri with white. Stems growing with great rapidity,
mealy-glaucous at the joints ; branchlets numerous, rather closely
crowded. A. 10ft. China and Japan, 1866.
B. striata (striated).* Z, linear-oblong; culms striped yellow and
green. h. 6ft. to 20ft. China, 1874. very slender and graceful,
rather tender, species. May be grown in the ong’ air during
summer, and in very favoured spots it is probably hardy, espe-
cially if covered with a mat in winter. It makes an excellent
pot plant. Syn, B. viridi-striata. (B. M. 6079.)
B. tessellata (tessellated).* A synonym of B. Ragamowski.
B. violescens (nearly-violet).* Z. green above, bluish-grey beneath,
with an elongated ligule, surrounded by a bundle of black hairs.
Stems much branched, blackish-violet. China, 1869, This hand-
some and vigorous species is intermediate between Phyllostachys
nigra and B. nana. It requires protection during winter. -
B. viridi-glaucescens (glaucous-green). A synonym of B. nana.
B. viridi-striata (green-striped). A synonym of B. striata.
BANANA, or PLANTAIN. See Musa.
BANEBERRY. See Actza,
BANISTERIA (named after John Baptist Banister, a
traveller in Virginia in the seventeenth century, author of
a catalogue of Virginian plants, inserted in Ray’s “ Historia
Plantarum”). ORD. Malpighiacee. Stove trees or shrubs,
frequently climbing. Flowers yellow; calyx five-parted ;
petals furnished with long stalks; stamens ten. Leaves
simple, stalked. They are for the most part very orna-
mental, but are not often seen in flower in this country.
They will grow in a mixture of loam, leaf soil, and peat,
with some sharp sand added. Cuttings, made from ripened
wood, will root freely in sandy soil, under a hand glass, in
stove heat, taking about three or four weeks to do so.
B. sc data ci (golden-leaved).* fl. deep orange, axillary,
corymbose. l. ovate, oblong, acutish, somewhat sinuated towar
a top, clothed beneath with golden shining down. Brazil, 1793.
B. ciliata (ciliated).* ji. large, orange-coloured, umbellate. June.
l. cordate, orbicular, smooth, ciliated. Brazil, 1796. Twiner.
i {rust-coloured). f. yellow; racemes panicled.
June. 1, Žin, long, ovate, acuminated, smooth above, and shining,
rusty beneath, and are, as well as the petioles, clothed with
close pressed hairs. Brazil, 1820. Climber,
B, fulgens (glowing).* É yellow, in umbellate corymbs. l. ovate,
_ acuminated, smooth above, and clothed with silky pubescence
beneath, as well as the petioles. Branches dichotomous. West
Indies, 1759. Climber.
B. Humboldtiana (Humboldt’s).* ji. yellow; umbels lateral and
terminal, sessile, Z, roundish-ovate, cordate, rather acuminated,
mucronate, membranaceous, smoothish above, clothed beneath
en la down as well as the branchlets. South America,
B. sericea (silky). f.
: er A (s yellow, racemose. July. J, ovate, obtuse,
wate uoan younger ones downy on both surfaces, adult ones
181 m under surface ; down of a golden shining colour, Brazil,
_ B, splendens ( * fl. yellow; racemes icho-
agen "E a oral leaves esigpe ke ot t, mid oe fem
beneath. South inet 812. Climber. oe stages
: BANKS. These are usually formed with a view to
increasing the amount of surface ground, and for the
acceleration or retarding of vegetable crops, such as straw-
_ berries, &c. They should be from 6ft. to 12ft. apart, ac-
-= cording to the depth of soil, and run from east to west.
- In constructing Banks of a uniform size, great care, and
a constant use of the garden line, will be found n i
For the warmest side of the Banks, Dwarf French Beans, |
_ Peas, Vegetable Marrows, Cucumbers, New Zealand Spinach,
_ Capsicum, &c., may be grown. On the opposite side, and
Banks—continued. y
when a prolonged supply is desired, Cauliflower, Broccoli,
Lettuce, Turnip, Spinach, &c., may be sown thinly in drills,
to be thinned out, and remain. It needs but little dis-
cretion to produce valuable crops by this method.
BANKSIA (named in honour of Sir Joseph Banks,
once President of the Royal Society, and a distinguished
patron of science, particularly of Natural History). ORD.
Proteacee. Greenhouse evergreen shrubs, natives of Aus-
tralia, principally grown for the beauty of their foliage.
Leaves variable in form, usually dark green, clothed with
white or rufous down beneath; margins deeply serrated or
spinous, rarely entire. The following is the mode of cul-
ture recommended many years ago by Sweet. The pots
should be well drained, by placing a potsherd about half
way over the hole at the bottom of the pot, then laying
another piece against it that it may be hollow, afterwards
putting some smaller pieces all around them, and on the
top of these some others broken very small. All the
plants belonging to the order Proteacew should be drained
in a similar manner, as the roots are very fond of running
amongst the broken potsherds, and consequently there is
less danger of their being overwatered. Care must also be
taken not to allow them to flag, as they seldom recover if
once allowed to get very dry. The plants should be placed
in an airy part of the house when indoors, Cuttings are
generally supposed to be difficult to root, but this is not
the case if properly managed. Let them be well ripened
before they are taken off; then cut them at a joint, and
place them in pots of sand, without shortening any of the
leaves, except on the part that is planted in the sand, where
they should be taken off quite close. The less depth they
are planted in the pots the better, so long as they stand
firm when the sand is well closed round them. Place them
under hand glasses in the propagating house, but do not-
plunge them in heat. Take the glasses off frequently to
give them air, and dry them, or they will probably damp
off. When rooted, transfer to small pots; after which,
place them in a close, unheated frame, and harden by
degrees. Seeds are a very unsatisfactory means of multi-
plying the stock.
B. æmula (rivalling).* Z. 6in. to 10in. long, lin. broad, linear-
oblong, tapering slightly at the base ; edges deeply toothed, dee
een on both sides; midrib of under surface clothed with ric
rown hairs. h. 20ft. 1824. Syn. B. elatior. (B. M. 2671.)
B. australis (southern). A synonym of B. marginata,
B. Caleyi (Caley’s), J. 6in. to`l2in. long, linear, deeply and
regularly toothed from base to apex, dark green above, paler
below. h. 5ft. to 6ft. 1830, Said to be an elegant species.
B. collina (hill-loving).* l. 2in, to 3in. long, jin. broad, linear ;
apex premorse, as if bitten straight off ; upper surface dark green,
silvery below. h. 6ft. to 8ft. 1822. This forms a dense and
handsome shrub, especially with its large head of yellow flowers.
Syns. B. Cunninghami, B. ledifolia, and B. littoralis. (B. M. 3060.
B. Cunninghami (Cunningham’s). A synonym of B. collina. — n
pinnatifid, divided almost to the midrib; lobes trié T,
eep green above, and reddish-brown below. Stem cl with
reddish-brown hairs, h. 6ft. 1824. This plant is extremely
graceful and elegant as a table decoration.
B. elatior (taller). Synonymous with B. emula, ?
B. inte: lia (whole-leaved), Z. cuneate-oblong, 6in. long,
nearly lin. wide at the broadest part; edges entire ; mee side
dark green, niver white beneath. h, 10ft. to 12ft. 1788. SYNS.
B. macrophylla, B. oleifolia. (B. M. 2770.) 2
B. i. compar (well-matched). 7. very densely set upon the
branches, oblong, mporing xt hi base, blunt at the apex ; edges
serrulate; upper side dark olive green, silvery white beneath.
h. 6ft., finely branching. 1824.
B. latifolia (broad-leaved). Z. 6in. to l0in. long, 3in. broad,
obovate-oblong ; nee serrated ; upper surface deep green,
beneath clothed wit "az greyish hairs, those on the midrib
bright brown. A. 20ft. 1 E M. 2406.)
B. ledifolia (Ledum-leaved). Synonymous with B. collina.
B. littoralis (shore). Synonymous with B. collina. ;
B. macrophylla (large-leaved), Synonymous with B. integrifolia.
B. dryandroides (Dryandra-like).* ` l. 6in. to 10in. long, łin.
bron ;
AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE.
157
Banksia—continued.
B. occidentalis (western).* /l. yellow, rather handsome, in spikes
about 4in. April to August. Z. 5in. to
Be - Pa} West coast of New Holland. A beautiful species.
B. oleifolia (olive-leaved). Synonymous with B. integrifolia.
B. Solanderi (Solander’s).* Z. 4in. to 6in. long, and over 2in. wide,
deeply pinnatifid, with three to six pairs of lobes on each leaf;
ge — off ; upper side dark green, under silvery white.
B. speciosa (showy).* l. 8in. to 14in. long, about sin. wide,
pinnatifid, but divided almost to the midrib; lobes semicircular,
with a spine on the end of each ; upper side deep green, beneath
silvery white, with the midrib clothed with ferruginous woolly
hairs. h. 6ft. 1805. Both this and the preceding species are very
handsome, and highly deserving of the most extensive culture.
B. quercifolia (Oak-leaved). l. cuneate-oblong, deeply incised
at the manina and having a short spine upon each lobe. A. 5ft.
1805. (B. R. 1430.)
BAOBAB-TREE. See Adansonia.
BAPHIA (from baphe, a dye; the tree produces the
camwood of commerce). Camwood or Barwood. ORD.
Leguminose. <A stove tree, requiring a loam and peat soil.
Cuttings, not deprived of any of their leaves, will root if
planted i in a pot of sand, with a hand glass placed over
them, in heat.
B. Ferd shining), fl. white; corolla with a roundish
vexill wings, which are about the length of
lum, ond an acute sp nel i ls two to three together, one-
flowered, Jun l. entire, oval-oblong,
shining. h. 30ft. ‘Sierra Léons, 1793. (L. B. C. 36 3
BAPTISIA (from bapto, to dye; so named aoe the
economical use of some of the species). ORD. Leguminose.
North American hardy herbaceous plants, with trifoliate,
rarely simple leaves, and racemes of yellowish or blue
flowers. They are somewhat shy bloomers, but grow freely
in a loamy soil. Propagated by divisions, or, more easily,
by seed, which latter may be sown in sand and leaf mould
in the open, or in pots placed in a cold frame.
B. alba (white).* fl. white; racemes terminal. June. Z. stalked,
glabrous; leaflets elliptic- ‘oblong, obtuse ; stipules deciduous,
subulate, shorter than the petioles. Branches divaricate. h. 2ft.
1724. (B. M. 1177.)
B. australis (southern).* fl. blue; racemes few-flowered, elon-
ted, shorter than the branches. June. l stalked, smooth ;
eaflets oblong-cuneated, obtuse, four times longer than the
acumina
tiole ; stipules lanceolate, acute, twice the length of the Bee a
Etem branched, diffuse. A. dft. to bit. 1758." (Flora, 1856, 2;
B. M. 509.)
B. confusa ( confused). f dark blue, alternate, bracteate ;
prc l, stalked, smooth ; leaflets oblo
mah
te; pra linear-lanceolate, ' tis the length
of the petioles. ain branched. 1758.
x” Spinal many-flowered,
B. exaltata (e 3 eee: ft.
elongated, twice the 7 h of ke pts June, J, ternate,
stalked; leaflets lan -obovate, five times longer than the
petioles ; stipules lanceolate, acuminated, three times mes longer than
the petioles Stem erect, branched. A. 3ft. to 4ft. 1812. (5. B.
B. leucophæa (dusky-white). . cream-coloured ; racemes many-
flowered, lateral, with the flowers leaning to one side. July.
i sessile, somewhat villous ; leaflets rhomboid-obovate ; stipules
and bracts ovate, acute, broad, leafy. h. 1ft. 1870. (B. "M.
B. minor (less). /l. blue; racemes axillary, bracteate. June.
l, leaflets rhomboid-lanceolate ; stipules lanceolate, longer than
the petioles. Stem erect, solid. A. 1ft. to 2ft. 1829.
B. uate (perfoliate-leaved).* fl. yellow, small, axillary,
solitary. August. l. pee. roundish, quite entire, rather
glaucous. A. 3ft. 1793. (B. M. 3121.)
. tinctoria (dyers’).* fl. yellow, with wings each furnished with
callosity, or lateral tooth ; racemes terminal. Z. stalked, upper
near e; leaflets roundish- fy the i, sti
5 R. 2ft. to 3ft. 1759. (L. B
BARBACENIA (named after M. RBeiaoiie. a Gover-
nor of Minas Geraes). Formerly placed in ORD. Hæmo-
doracee, but now referred by Bentham and Hooker to
Amaryllidacee. Very Singular and pretty stove ever-
green herbaceous perennials, allied to Vellozia. Flowers
purple, large, showy; perianth tunue:-shaped, resinosely
hairy on the outside; limb spreading ; scapes one-flowered,
usually clothed with glandular hairs. Leaves firm, spiral,
spreading, acutely keeled. Lindley says that they are
‘capable of existing in a ay, hot air without a with
setaceous,
6in. long, fin. broad. -
.
Te
Barbacenia—continued. `
the earth, on whiéh account they are favourites in South
American ‘gardens, where, with Orchids and Bromeliads,
they are suspended in the dwelling houses, or hung to
the balustrades of the balconies, in which situation they
flower abundantly, filling e air with their fragrance.
ey are rarely seen in our gardens, They may be grown
n baskets of fibrous loam: and peat, with some nodules of
iğ
charooal mer 7
Fic. 205. FLOWER OF BARBACENIA PURPUREA.
B. purpurea (purple).* fl. funnel-shaped, six-cleft, terminal, soli-
tary; ovarium elongat , tuberculated. July. i. linear, keeled
with Spy) serratures. h. lift. Brazil, 1825. See Fig. 20
(B. M
purple; scape and ovaria tubercled ;
B. Rogieri (Rogers’).* jf
filaments broad, bifid. July. i. linear, acuminated, imbricate,
with broad stem-clasping bases, finely spiny -serrated on the mar-
and keel recurved; caudex short. h. lłft. Brazil, 1850,
fist. 82)
BARBADOS CHERRY. ‘cee Malpighia.
BARBADOS GOOSEBERRY. ‘ve Pereskia.
BARBADOS r LILY. See Hippeastrum equestre,
BARBAREA (anciently called Herb of St. Barbara).
Winter Cress; American Cress. ORD. Crucifere. Hardy $
perennial herbs, very smooth, with fibrous roots. Flowers :
yellow; racemes erect, terminal. Stems erect. They are
easily grown in common garden soil, but scarcely worth.
cultivation in the pleasure garden. Propagated by cut-
tings, suckers, division of the roots, or by seeds.
m ae caai gaint S EARE linear otloug, quite ‘entire. A
lft. to fe to Tatt.” Commonly known as American, or Black American
ere and there on roadsides, and in dry gravelly places
fn Greed Britain. An escape from cultivation. (Sy. En. B. 124.)
B. vulgaris (common). l, lower ones lyrate; terminal Tr
roundish ; upper ones obovate, toothed, or pinnatifid. h. lif
The double owering form of this native s cies is the only se
of this genus worth growing for beauty ; it is generally known
as Double Yellow Rocket. The variegated form is also rather
pretty, and comes true from seed. (Sy. En. B. 120.)
BARBATUS. Having long weak hairs, in one or
more tufts; bearded.
BARBERRY. See Berberis.
BARBIERIA (in honour of J. B. G. Barbier,
a French physician and naturalist, author of
cipes Generaux de Pharmacologie on de Matière Medicale,” —
Paris, 1806). ORD. Leguminose. An ornamental stove
evergreen, requiring a mixture of peat, loam, and sand.
Propagated by cuttings of half-ripened wood, which should
be placed in sand, under a glass, in stove heat.
B. polyphylla ( (many ainet ft. scarlet, 2in. long; racemes
axillary, few-fi orter than the leaves. l. impari-pinnate,
ite sie to closer tic-oblong, ‘mucronate 1
at in an € j 8. Syns, Chitorea
polyphylla and Galactia pinnata. i ; oi
158
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
BARBS. Hooked hairs. n -
BARK. The outer integuments Tet 3 kati
wood, and formed of tissue parallel with it. ~ i
BARK-BOUND. This condition is ‘generally the re-
sult of very rich soil, or insufficient d ainage. In most
fruit trees mmy exudation takes. place. a
by Fak thorough dr “should immedia
effected. Scrubbing the sa ES also recommended. — vin
ting the bark with a kgs s likely to do more* harm than
good, particularly so in the hands of the inex erfenced. a.
BARKERIA (namo commemorative Of the late G.
Barker, of Birmingham, an ardent cultivator of orchids).
ORD. Orchidacew. From a scientific point of view, this
genus should be included in Epidendrum. Very handsome,
deciduous, epiphytal, cool-house orchids, having slender
pseudo-bulbs, from 6in. to 12in. high, from the top of which
the numerous flower-stems are produced. Ina cool, airy
temperature, these plants grow vigorously, suspended in
pans or small baskets close beneath the glass, and slightly
shaded with tiffany. They succeed well also on flat blocks
of wood, on the top of which they should be tied, without
any moss, as their freely-produced, thick, fleshy roots soon
cling to the blocks. During the season of growth, a good
supply of water is needed, and in hot weather it may be
applied three or four times daily; the blocks and plants
are best immersed in water; but when at rest, a slight
watering twice or three times a week gwill suffice. Pro-
pagated by divisions, just previous to the commencement of
If
new
B, (elegant).* fl. in loose racemes, four or five in each ;
each blossom about picid fhe’ ga” and petals dark rose ; lip
tted and edg with a lighter colour. Winter,
h. 2ft. mA Of this
beautiful slender- or
there are two or three varieties in cultivation. ¢
(Lindley’s).* fl., raceme 2ft. long, ve sender
from a to seven ‘enone near its po x
le; lip white, with a deep purple blotch at it its
; remaining in — for a considerable time.
h. 2ft. Costa Rica, tert (B. M. 6098.)
pe are praia Yasar par c; lip oblong; margins
crenulated n pn E ae n Pt- purple. Costa Rica, aS
Tai potas sony Tunes P -stemmed).* fl. on an erect spike ; sepals
s w Sora AA ig neer at bg ce man at the RR
oe eee ; otch of green in the centre. Au
h. 1ft. Costa Rica, Very rare,
Sh: inary nrn ji. deep rose polod ; spikes 6in. to 9ľin.
long, from the apices of the Pg growth, often ranched, form-
ing a dense mass of deep ae purine blossoms, which, if af dry, lasts
from anlakas to ten weeks. A, l4ft. Guatemala. (P. B 15.13
B. S. superbum (superb).* jl, dark rose; lip somewhat deeper
tinted, and marked towards the base with yellow streaks. Guate-
mala, This far surpasses the type in size ie number of flowers,
as well as in brilliancy of colour. (W. S. O. 38.)
spectabilis (showy).* fl. quite 2in. across, produced eight or
_ ten together, on a > go issuing from the top of the pseudo-bulb ;
Sepals and long, acuminate, rosy lilac; lip white, mar-
lilac or rosy purple, ’and dotted or spotted with
crimson. a. very distinct and desirable species lasts from eight
; ‘te ton ty, and forms a very handsome object when
placed in dra -room and covered over with a large glass
“shade. ra tA (B. M. 4094.) oe
IRONS. Instruments used in taking off
the bark of trees,
asta ree Bene mag Sir H. Barkly, formerly
ustralia). ORD. Leguminose. A large
greenhouse tree, thriving in a compost of loam and leaf
rer propagated by ange and cuttings; the latter
ripened, laced in oati
bell glass, in a cool house. n m magal s
syringifolia (Syringa-leaved). jl. golden yulow, numerous,
d illa te
on: x zotte Moreton E n sage e "ee
BARK STOVE. A hothouse adapted for moisture-
loving exotics, and having a pit from 2ft. to 4ft. deep, con-
taining fermenting matter, chiefly tanners’ bark, by which
means a steady heat is maintained for a considerable time.
The Bark Stove is now almost obsolete. Bark is, however,
still used in pine pits, and in some pro
_ beds; but such beds are generally superseded by hot-water
or hot-air tanks.
BARLERIA (named after J. Barrelier, a French
botanist of the seventeenth century). ORD. Acanthacew.
| A genus of interesting and ornamental stove evergreen
. shrubs. Flowers axillary or terminal; calyx four-sepaled,
„the two outer larger than the others. They thrive best
if grown in loam and peat, with a little rotten dung added.
Propagated by cuttings made of the young wood, and
placed in a similar compost, under a bell glass, in stove
temperature, with bottom heat.
B. flava (yellow).* fl. yellow, aggregate, terminal, tubular ; bracts
very narrow, setose. Summer. J, lanceolate, hairy, entire. Plant
unarmed. h. 3ft. India, 1816, SYN. B. mitis. (B. M. 4113.)
B. Gibsoni (Gibson’s). flèpale purple, ee: er arga sub-terminal.
Winter. l. ovate or`oblong-lanceolate, 7. A glabrous
stove shrub, of branched habit. (B. M. sa”
B. Leichtensteiniana (Leichtenstein’s).* fl. very or:
spikes axillary, 2in. to 3in. long, ovoid or oblong, consisting of a
large number of closely packed overlapping bracts, turned to
the fore or lower part of the spike; bracts ovate-acuminate,
mucronate, spine-toothed, one-ribbed, with prominent and curved
veins, and lin. to ljin. long. A opposite, lin. to 2in. long, linear-
lanceolate, entire, mucronate, tapering at the base into a very
short stalk, Branches slender, virgate, sub-angular. South Africa,
1870. This plant is covered over its whole surface with close,
white, hoary down. (G. C. 1870, p. 73.)
B. longifolia (long-leaved). fl. white; spines of whorls six.
Summer. l ennio, very long, rough. h. 2ft. India, 1781.
This is a biennial.
`B. lupulina (Hop-headed). fi. yellowish; spikes ovate; bracts
ovate, aaa inatet yit l, lanceolate, quite entire ;
spines simple, spreading. h. 2ft. Mauritius, 1824.
B. Mackenii (MacKen’s).* jl. purple, large, in a terminal raceme.
Spring. 1. recurved, narrow- orato; or elliptic-lanceolate, sub-
acute, petioled. Natal, 1870. (B. M
B. mitis (small). Synonymous with B. fava.
B. prionitis (Prionitis-like). orange; spines axillary, as
in fours. Summer, J. aromas fuamoolate ovate. h. aft.
>
BARLEY. See Hordeum vulgare.
BARNADESIA (named after Michael np
Spanish botanist). ORD. Composite. Pretty greenh
deciduous shrubs, requiring a dry atmosphere. They should
be grown in peat, loam, and sand, in equal proportions,
Propagated either by seeds, sown in hotbeds in March, or
by cuttings, made of half-ripened wood in April, and placed
in sand under a bell glass.
¿soils asare normally unprofitable.
only be correctly applied in very few cases; as
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 159
Barnadesia—continued. ʻ
à *
B. rosea (rosy).* /l.-heads rose-coloured, solitary, ovate-cylin-
ny, sessile; florets bilabiate, one lip oblong-emar-
, the other filiform; hairs on receptacle twisted;
j] l. alternate, ovate, acute at both .
appui pum
p
„stif ose. May.
ends. A. 1}ft. South America, 1840. See Fig. 206. (B. M. 4232.) _
BARNARDIA SCILLOIDES. See Scilla chi-
nensis. i
»
w E
METER. An instrument for measuring the
density of the atmosphere, and hence determining the pro-
bable changes of weather, or the height of any ascent. To
the gardener the Barometer is indispensable as a warning
to take due precaution.
BAROSMA (from barys, heavy, and osme, smell; re-
ferring to the powerful scent of the leaves). The name of
this genus is frequently incorrectly spelt Baryosma. ORD.
Rutaceæ. Very pretty small, Heath-like, greenhouse ever-
green shrubs, from the Cape of Good Hope. Calyx equally
five-parted ; petals five, oblong ; stamens ten. Leaves oppo-
site or scattered, coriaceous, flat, dotted, with their margins
sometimes glandularly serrulated, sometimes almost entire
or revolute. They thrive in a mixture of sand, peat, and
a little turfy loam, with good drainage and firm potting.
Cuttings, taken from ripened wood, planted in a pot of
sand, and placed in a shady position in a cool house, with
a bell glass over them, will root readily in a few weeks.
betulina (Birch- axillary, solitary.
m September. l. metai Orie, aE, oia, nient
h. 1ft. to 3ft. 1790. M. PL 45.)
cecious).* fl. $ uncles axi A
gy a
ndular
ones lanceolate, PE to both ends, full of gla
dots, g. h. 1ft. to 2ft. 1816. (B. R. 502.)
B. latifolia (broad-leaved). fl. white, usually solitary, lateral.
July. l. opposite, ovate-oblong, sessile, serrulated, smootiiish,
without glandular dots ; branches villous. h. 1ft. 1789.
B. pulchella (pretty).* fl. pale red or purple ; peduncles axillary,
usually solitary, exceeding the leaves. February. l crowded,
ovate, quite smooth, with thickened, crenate-glandular margins,
h, 1ft. to 3ft. 1787.
B. serratifolia (saw-edged-leaved),* jl, white ; peduncles axillary,
sub-divided. arch to June. J. nearly opposite, lanceolate,
usually
stalked, glandularly serrulated, smooth. A. lft. to 3ft. 1789,
(B. M. 456, and B. Z. 1853, 12.)
BARRED. Marked in spaces with a paler colour,
resembling bars.
BARREN FLOWERS. The male or staminate
flowers of many plants, such as the Cucumber, Melon, &c.,
are pop known as Barren Flowers, ie., they pro-
duce no fruit. This condition is,in some similar
to “blind ” Strawberries or “blind” Cabbages, so far as
fruition is concerned, but stru and functionally it
is widely different. The Barren Flowers of the Cucumber,
Melon, &c., are produced by what are known as monæœcious
plants, i.e., having male and female organs in different
flowers, but on the same plant. In the Strawberry, &c.,
Barren Flowers are generally the result of unfavourable
surroundings, or unskilful cultivation. A good example of
Barren Flowers is seen in the ray-florets of many
Composite plants, which are frequently really
neuter, having neither male nor female organs.
BARREN SOILS. A term signifying such
The term can
almost any soil may be rendered capable of afford- «
ing a basis for some kind of vegetable life, arboli
real or other. The question of planting up the
enormous quantity of what is now waste land, might well
engage the most practical consideration. Of course, the
natural state of any land will, to a great extent, determine
what would be its ultimate condition, after all that could
be effected by mechanical agency has been accomplished.
Drainage, irrigation, enrichment, pulverisation, are all
matters which can only be considered upon a particular
basis; but we doubt not that the thousands of acres of
land now practically almost useless, might, by the adop-
tion of proper means, be rendered fairly remunerative.
BARREN-WORT. See Epimedium.
GTONIA (named after the Hon. Daines
n, F.RS.). ORD. Myrtacem A genus of stove
- evergreen ee, very difficult to cultivate.
Flowers- large, racemose. Leaves opposite or whorled,
generally obovate; margins ed or-entire. Fruit one-
seeded, fleshy. They require a compost of two parts loam,
one peat, and one sand. ~~ air should be given in abun-
dance, and a moist atmosphere times maintained, the
temperature ranging from 65deg. 95deg. Propagated
by cuttings obtained from the lateral shoots; these, taken
off at a joint when the.wood is ripe, planted in sand, with
a hand glass ovpr them, root readily. The cuttings should
not be stripped of any of their leaves.
B. (raceme-flowered
long. l. cuneate-oblong, acum
bar, 1 *(B.M. 3831.)
. red ; racemes dulous, v
arap r Ac Oak. bale.
(showy).* jl. purple and white, large and handsome,
disposed in an erect thyrse. l. shining, cuneate-oblong, obtuse,
quite entire. h. 20in. to 30in. in England. This beautiful species
seldom attains a height of more than 6ft. or 8ft. (G.C. 1845, p. 56.)
BARROW. Garden Barrows are very numerous, both
with and without wheels. The Flower-pot Barrow has a
wheel and a flat surface, on which plants, pots, or leaves are
placed, either directly, or, when small, in shallow baskets.
The Haum Barrow is an open box or case, of wicker or
other work, placed on, or suspended from, a pair of handles,
with or without a. wheel, and is useful for carrying litter,
leaves, &c. The Water Barrow, instead of a box, contains
a barrel, tub, or cistern, in which fluid manure, or ordinary
water, is conveyed to different parts of the garden. The
Hand-barrow is a frame of wood, carried by two levers,
which form four handles; for removing large pots or tubs
of trees or shrubs it is very useful,
Fic. 207. FLOWER OF BARTONIA AUREA. pn
BARTONIA (in honour of Benjamin S. Barton, M.D.
formerly Professor of Botany at Philadelphia). ORD. Loa-
sacee. Hardy annuals or biennials, downy, with stiff and
bearded hairs, This genus is now placed under Mentzelia in
most standard botanical works. Flowers “ay yellow,
large, terminal, expanding in the evening, w. are very
fragrant, and becoming reddish as they fade. Leaves alter-
nate, interruptedly pinnatifid. The species are very showy,
and well worth growing. Any ordinary garden soil suits
them. Seeds should be raised in a gentle heat in spring; =)
160
-
Bartonia—continued. ~
and, when the seedling? are Mfioientiy
be potted singly into Small, well-drain
should:
large, y"s
winter,
‘pots. ™
they should be placed on a dry shelf ina greenhouse or:
frame. B. aurea is one of the brightest of hardy annuals,
and may be sowngeither ina a frame, or in the open border
in April. ’ 2h ae hs
B. albescens (whitish).* jl., petals teri, pale yellow, disposed in
a leafy panicle. July. J. sinuateély toothed. Stem with a white
shining epidermis. A. Tit, to 4it. Chili, 1831. Annual or bi-
ennial. (S. B. F. Œ: ii., 1 ‘ *
B. aurea (golden).* fl. two or three. gether, terminal, bright
olden yellow, as large as a half ; petals five. June,
lit. calif ornia, 1834. Annual. See Fig. 207. (B. M. 3649.)
B. nuda (naked) and B. orna orned) are two very pretty
white-flowered biennial species. Wi. 2ft. Missouri, 1811, i
BARYOS See Barosma. n
BASAL, o Situated at the base of any-
thing; asthe embryo, when situated at the bottom of the
seed.
BASELLA (its Malabar name). Malabar Nightshade,
ORD. Basellacee. Annual or biennial stove trailers, with
white pinkish flowers, of no great horticultural value.
In India, and elsewhere throughout the tropics, some of
the species are cultivated as pot herbs, and are used as a
substitute for Spinach.
B. alba (white).* white. August. l heart-sha inted,
h. 8in. India, iier this laut; either ghen. allowed to tall
in festoons from the roof of a warm h , oF t as a
basket plant, forms an elegant object when in flower.
BASELLACEZH. A series of usually herbaceous
climbers, and considered a tribe of Chenopodiacee.
BASIL, SWEET (Ocymum basilicum). This is a
tender annual from India, and must be raised in gentle
heat. The foliage is somewhat largely used for flavouring
purposes. Seeds should be sown in April, the seedlings
pricked out into boxes to strengthen, and finally planted
out about 8in. asunder, in beds of light rich soil, in June,
being well watered until fully established. As soon as they
bloom, they should be cut down to within a few inches of
the ground, and the portions cut off should be tied up in
small bunches and dried in the shade for winter use.
Some of the plants can be lifted in September, potted up,
and placed in a warm greenhouse for the winter, when
the fresh green leaves will be found useful. Bush
Basil (Ocymum minimum) is a dwarfer plant, but may be
treated in the same way. Wild Basil is botanically known
as Calamintha Clinopedium.
BASIL-THYME. See Calamintha Acinos.
; BASI-NERVED. When the nerves of a leaf spring
_ from the base.
- BASING-UP. The raising of a small bank of earth
~ entirely round a plant, so as to retain water immediately
_ about the root. The term is sometimes used to signify
Eart) or , which see,
BASKETS. Few objects contribute more to the adorn-
ment of a window, or E decoration of the dining-room,
_ Grawing-room, or glass-house, than Hanging Baskets, taste-
fully filled with handsome foliaged and flowering plants.
Baskets are made in different forms and of various materials,
such as wire, terra-cotta, wood, and cork. The Wire Baskets
have a very light and elegant appearan
thick layer of moss, or Selaginella Kraussia
which a layer of coarse sacking must be placed, eve
the soil from working through, Terra-cotta Baskets aro
„very pretty, and are extensively employed in domestic
rooms, but they should always have one or more holes at
the bottom, to facilitate drainage. Rustic Baskets, of cork
or wood, are also very suitable for floral arrangements ;
those composed of teak-wood are very generally used for
orchids. The compost should be prepared according to the
requirements of the plant or plants intended to be grown,
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Baskets — continued.
in this work. The soil should not be allowed to get dry;
in thé event of this happening, however, a thorough soaking
by immersion must be given, As a rule, attention should
be given in the matter of watering every other day, and
light Syringing every morning and evening during the
spring and summer months will be most beneficial. The
Baskets should be examined every week, all dead or decay-
ing leaves being removed, and any insects, which are so
likely to get a foothold, destroyed. In arranging the sub-
jects, the centre plant should be the tallest, the next outer
ones shorter, and the marginal ones of a trailing or drooping
habit, so that the whole may present a symmetrical, and at
the same time a natural, appearance. Wickerwork Baskets
are used for carrying or transferring plants, and are generally
made 18in. wide by 20in. deep; they are extremely useful,
and should be in every garden. Split wood and withes are
largely employed in making Baskets. The Planter’s Basket,
described by Loudon as a flat, rectangular utensil of wicker-
work or boards, partitioned into three or more parts, for the
purpose of carrying with the gardener when about to plant
or remove plants, is now, unfortunately, almost obsolete.
One division is for the plants, another for those taken up,
and a third for the tools to be made use of, and for any
decayed parts of plants, stones, weeds, or other refuse which
may be collected. By tising this Basket, order, accuracy,
and neatness are secured. The Sussex “Truck” Baskets,
made of willow-wood, are very useful, being both light and
durable. See also Measures.
BASSIA (named after Ferdinando Bassi, Curator of the
Botanic Garden at Bologna). ORD. Sapotacew. Handsome
lofty-growing lactescent stove trees, with axillary, solitary,
or flowers, and quite entire, smooth, coriaceous
leaves. They require stove heat, and a compost of peat and
loam. taken from ripened wood, strike readily in
sand, under a hand glass, in a strong moist heat. piao
B. butyracea (buttery). The Indian Butter Tree, , pedice Is
d as well as the calyces, woolly. i above, Sie oii
rey gine are,
to 9in. long, and gin. to 5in. broad, tomentose
70ft. Nepaul, 1823. (B. F. F. 36.)
to
B. latifolia (broad-leaved). The Mahwah Tree of Ben A.
corolla thick and fleshy ; pedicels drooping, terminal. Lube r
or elliptic, smooth above, whitish beneath, 4in. to 8in. long, an
2in. to 4in. broad. h. 50ft. India, 1799, (B. F.S. 41.)
B.
lia (long-leaved). jl., pedicels axillary, drooping, crowded
round the ends of the branchlets. l. ovate-lanceolate, ope
mate at the tops of the branches, 6in, long, deciduous, 50ft.
Malabar, 1811. (B. F., S. 42.)
BASS or BAST MATS. These are prepared, chiefly
in Russia, from the inner bark of various Limes (Tilia), and _
are very largely used in this country by nurserymen for —
packing purposes, They are also extensively employed as
coverings, being excellent preventatives of the effects of
frost. They are beneficial as a covering for beds of early — iii
vegetables, to prevent radiation during the night.
tying purposes they are now greatly supers Raffia
Grass. Archangel Mats are larger, and of Detter iy
than the St. Petersburgh. Dunnage Mats are heavy, an
generally used for covering, as they are m cheaper.
BASTARD ACACIA. See Robinia Pseudo-acacia.
BASTARD BALM. See Melittis. saad
BASTARD BOX. See Polygala chamebuxus.
BASTA CABBAGE-TREE. 5e Geoffroya.
ARD CHERRY. See Cerasus. Pseudo-
Cinnamomum
BASTARD CINNAMON. See
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 161
BASTARD VERVAIN. See Stachytarpheta.
BASTARD VETCH. See Phaca.
BASTARD WIND-FLOWER.
Pseudo-pneumonanthe. -
BASTARD WOOD-SAGE. Bes Teucrium Pseudo-
scorodonia. ; Tag
BAST MATS. See Bass Mats. ;
BATATAS (its aboriginal name).
This genus is now referred to Ipomæa. Strong, free-grow-
ing, greenhouse or stove deciduous twiners. Calyx of five
sepals; corolla campanulate; stamens inclosed. They are
of easy culture, only requiring plenty of room to spread,
and are well adapted for trellis work, or to run up pillars.
They are all tuberous rooted, and therefore require to be
kept dry when in a dormant state. A rich, open, loamy
soil is most suitable. Young cuttings strike readily under
a hand glass, in heat.
i nioides (Bi -like).* urple, funnel-
ry with | egies odinles many Hower, nutant,
o
shorter than the petioles. Jw iae “reat hind lobes
rounded, imbricate. Cayenne, 1B ( (B. M
Cavanillesii (Cavanilles’).* fl. pale oti A lobes of
corolla obtuse, crenulated; peduncles one to three-flowered.
August. Z, quinate; leaflets ovate, entire, unequal. Native
country unknown, 1815 ;
See Gentiana
ORD. Convolvulacee.
Pr a
Fic. 208. BATATAS EDULIS, showing Tuber,
B.. „gants ble).* Sweet Potato. fl, corolla lin, long, white
purple inside; peduncles, equal in inet to the
oct d
petioles, x obei hree to four-flowered. l. variable,
pitt tae Th. Re Stem creeping, rarely climbing.
B. glaucifolia (milky oi To ed rolla small, purplish,
perder an ~~ es. and ovate. N gn A ut semen i podun vig two-
ves. M.
on long aor Ae Saree me pey ttate, truncate behind,
B. hete Na rations -lenved blue; a li
vappe h three piae at vial i. quinate ui y
palmate; lobes or or leaflets ovate-spathulate, acute. A aar ge very
pa ous. ai 1817.
paniculata (panicled) * d
ge the petioles, mai ioen ma ch
e
Sa oiimi
bosely panicled. June. J. palmate, five to seven-cleft; lobes
ovike landbolate òr elliptic, bluntish, » giprely sub-acuminated.
India, 1799. (G. G. n. s., x., 541.)
B. sene ensis (Sen: alese).
fe ag em neonate June. a
ovate, obtuse, middle one the tegs
Guinea, 1823.
B. ve
nosa (veiny). fl. puple;
white or purplish, ig
quinately p: A p
Stem White, a lo
E ia umbellate, with an
ovate-cordate, solitary 1 the base of each pedicel. July.
l. digitatel ly quinate ; leaflets ‘petiolate, acuminated, quite entire.
France, 18:
BATEMANNIA ae. after Mr’ J. Bateman, a
collector and cultivator of orchids, and author of a
“Monograph of Odontoglossum,” and other works on orchi-
daceous plants). ORD. idacee. A small and easily-
grown genus of dwarf, compact-growing epiphytes, closely
allied to Mazillaria, but differing from that genus in having
the anther-bed with a membranous bord They may be
grown in pots, in a compost of peat and moss, or on blocks
of wood with moss. They require an intermediate house
and plenty of water in the growing season. Propagated by
divisions and offsets. They have generally a free-flower-
ing habit; but some of the species are not so ornamental
as many other orchids.
B. armillata (braceleted). jl. green, white. 1875. (R. X. O. 316.)
B. Burtii (Burts). 7. red-brown, yellow base, 3in. across; lip
white, tip rok er chocolate. Autumn, J, elliptic-oblong, or ligulate,
sub-distichous. Plant bulbless. Costa Rica, 1872. (B. M. 6003.)
B. Colleyi (Colley’sy fl. as a e A raceme, rising from the
base of the pseudo-bulbs ; sepals and petals brownish-purple
within, green without; lip white. Autumn. A. 6in. Demerara,
1834. (B. R. 1714.)
B. grandifiora a i -flowered).* fl., flower-spike coming up with
the young growth, bearing three or four flowers, of curious struc-
ture ; sepals and petals olive-green, striped with reddish-brown ;
lip white, with reddish-purple streaks, orange or yellow towards
the base. Pseudo-bulbs ovate, 3in. or 4in. long, raan hoarna iro
large, broad, leathery leaves. New Grenada, @. M. .)
B. Wallisii (Wallis’).* fl., sepals light eaa A outside,
olive-green to chestnut-brown inside, with some yellow at the
base ; petals with scarlet ones = kae very base, but otherwise
coloured like the sepals; lip bla nish, with a brownish
hue at the anterior part; b Bres slender, corymbose. h. lit.
Columbia, 1876.
BATSCHIA. See Lithospermum.
BAUERA (named after Francis and Ferdinand Bauer,
German botanical draughtsmen). ORD. Savifragacee. Small
shrubs, natives of Australia, New Zealand, &c. Flowers
axillary, solitary, maar Leaves six in ay Whedon
proximating by threes, and therefore, as it _ Were, |
and ternate, exstipulate. Easily cultivated in a compost of
sandy loam and peat, Propagated by cuttings, placed in
sandy soil, under a glass. These very pretty little green-
house evergreens flower nearly the whole year through.
P rubioides, and U int I al or a
rubioides, ani smaller.
December. I oblong, ah. iit. New South Wales
1804. wa B.C. ene
B. rubizefolia (madder-leaved). Synonymous with B. rubioides.
B. rubioides (madder- ag fl. pale red, or pink. Ll aone
late, crenated. k. 1ft. to 2ft, New South Wales, 1793, SYN.
rubhiæfolia. (A. B. R. 198.)
BAUHINIA (in honour of John and Caspar Bauhin,
two famous botanists of the sixteenth century). Moun-
tain Ebony. ORD. Leguminosæ. Very showy stove ever-
green shrubs. Flowers racemose ; petals five, spreading,
oblong, rather unequal, upper one usually distant from the
rest. Leaves two-lobed, constantly composed of two jointed
leaflets at the top of the petiole, sometimes nearly free,
usually joined together, more or less, and with an-
the recess. They succeed well in a mixture of sand, loam,
and peat, requiring good drainage and moderately firm
potting. Propagated by cuttings, which should be taken >
when the wood is neither very ripe nor very young; the
leaves must be dressed off, and the cuttings planted in
sand, under a glass, in moist heat. A
objects in the tropics, few of the i
our comparatively sunless skies; those which hitherto have
succeeded well in Britain are marked with an asterisk. ae
x
162
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Bauhinia—continued.
B. acuminata (taper-pointed- bared. E pure white ; petals
broadly ovate, ges stipitate. June. rather cordate at the
base, smoothish ; leaflets connected beyond the middle, ovate,
acuminated, parallel, four- nerved. A. 5ft. to 6ft. Malabar,
1808.
B. aurita (eared). fl. white; ; petals ovate, on short stipes. August.
i. glabrous, cordate at the base ; leaflets connected the fourth
part of their length, oblong-lanceolate, nearly parallel, six to
eight-nerved. h. 4it. "to 6ft. “Jamaica, 1756.
B. corymbosa (corymbose).* ji. in loose racemes; petals pinkish,
regular, crenulated at the edge. Summer. Z., leaflets semi-oval,
obtuse, parallel, connected nearly’ to the middle, three-nerved,
cordate at the base, the nerves on the under surface, as wellas
me etioles, branches, and calyces, clothed with rufous villi.
“i Cam climber. India, 1818. (G.C. 1881, xvi., p. 204.)
a inermis (unarmed). fl. white ; petals linear ; racemes terminal,
leafiess, simple. J. ovate at the base, ferruginous beneath ; leaf-
lets oblong, acute, four-nerved, parallel, connected a little beyond
the middle. h. 6ft. to 8ft, cae 1810.
B. multinerva_(many-nerved). snow-white; petals linear.
Legume 8in. to 12in. long, l elliptic, ded at the base, mem-
branous, shining above, rather pilose beneath; nerves dexragin ous 5
leaflets semi-ovate, obtuse, approximate, five- nerved ; free. h.
20ft. Caraccas, 1817.
B. natalensis (Natal),* fi. white, lłin. across, opposlio the leaves.
September. l. small, ee e of two obliquely-oblong rounded
leaflets. Natal, 1870. (B.M . 6086.)
B. petiolata (long- tae agp J. white, 3in. long, in terminal
clusters. Autumn. ed, ovate. -acuminate, five-nerved,
glabrous. Columbia, 1862. SYN. ‘Casparia speciosa. (B.M 6277.)
B. pubescens (downy). fi. white, large, much crowded; petals
obovate ; peduncles three to four-flowered,’ l rather cordate at
the base, Batre ea beneath and on the petioles; leaflets con-
nected AT the i Ney apma four-nerved, nearly
parallel. 4ft. to 6ft. oo
me e). ae
ite on per nd me linear, lft, long.
glabrous ; leafle
connected much above the the middle, eal A so obtuse, four-
nerved; free. h. 6ft. India, 1778.
= one of them streaked with
B. racemose) ; petals obo obtuse ;
raceme eraan Ah i Sora hi urdak at the ae "akon with
silky villi beneath, as well as on the rou ovate, obtuse, o0 seems oo
calyces, and petals ; leaflets broadly ovate, connected to
ee Je five-nerved. India, 790. ‘Shrubby climber, (B. F. S.
B. tomentosa ( — Em Lee va ni pae eo ghd a , witha red spot
at the claw, obovate, o es one to three-flowered.
l. ovate or roun at the'be base; Par surface villous, as well as
the petioles, branches, stil ules, oe bracts, and calyces ;
leaflets connected a he middle, oval, obtuse, three to four-
nerved. h. 6ft. to 12ft. Ceylon, 1808.
variegata (variegated).* fl. red, pea with white, and
yellow at the base, in loose terminal racem ovate, nearly
sessile. June. J. cordate at the base, ahan: leaflets broadly-
ovate, obtuse, five-neryed, connected beyond the middle ; free.
h. 20ft. Malabar, 1690.
B. v. chinensis (Chinese). fl, petals lilac, with nie pyh spot
at the base of each, acute. J. Eso at the base. ina, ~
BAWD-MONEY. See Meum.
BAY-TREE. See Laurus nobilis.
BEAK. Anything resembling the beak of a bird, as in
Aconitum ; the point which ends the helmet or upper sepal ;
| hard, sharp points.
BEAN BEETLE (Bruchus granarius). This insect,
pitino. ho gla seeds of Beans and Peas,
ria tts A
when sowing, all seoda infested’ by. ity and. this may be
detected by the skin of the seed being unusually trans-
parent above the tunnel for exit. Im seeds of
Broad Beans are often much infested. “Dipping the
Beans or Peas in boiling water for one minute is stated
to kill the grub inside; but, as dipping for four minutes
generally destroys the germinating power, the eoe
is much too hazardous for general use” (Ormerod).
BEAN CAPER. Se Zygophyllum
BEAN FLY. See Aphides and Black Bb
| or
BEANS. There are three sections of these in cul-
tivation for garden purposes, viz.: The Dwarf or French
Bean ; the Climbing, or Scarlet Runner; and the ordinary
Broad Bean. See also Faba and Phaseolus.
G. 209. BROAD BEAN PLANT IN FLOWER (FABA VULGARIS),
Soil. All Beans like a somewhat loamy soil, which,
to secure good crops, must be deeply worked and heavily
© Fic. 210. Pops oF BRoaD BEAN.
d. The Kidney Beans, dwarf and tall, however, do
not aaa for oo henry aen il as the Broad and ‘Long-podded
kinds; and this fact should be borne in mind when selecting
Fig. 211. BROAD BEAN SEED,
situations. The term Kidney is generally
their respective
oe the Dwarf: op Praha
OT ocr
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 163
Beans—continued.
BROAD AND LONG-PODDED (Faba vulgaris). Cultiva-
tion: As early as possible in the autumn, deeply trench
a piece of ground, and work in a heavy dressing of manure,
leaving the surface of the soil in ridges, to become well
aérated by winter frosts. Where desired, a piece of
ground on a warm, protected border, can also be deeply
dug in November, and a few rows of Mazagans sown to
stand the winter. When up, draw a ridge of soil on
either side the rows, and in frosty weather strew a few
handfuls of bracken, or other light, dry litter, over them.
Not much is, however, gained by this winter sowing.
Early in January, level the ridges with a fork, working
the whole of the surface soil over, and towards the
end of the month, make the first sowing, choosing
Mazagan and other early varieties. Mark out two rows,
9in. asunder, leave a space of 30in., then another two
rows, and so on throughout the piece sown. If preferred,
they may be sown in single rows at intervals of 14ft.
The drills should be about 3in. deep, and the seed from
Zin. to 9in. apart in the rows. Where the double-row
system is adopted, arrange the seed for the plants to come
alternately. In March, get in the main sowing of the
Broad and later Long-podded kinds, in the manner already
described; another sowing for late use may be made in
April. When the plants are about Gin. high, earth up as
recommended for those sown in the autumn. As soon as
a good crop is set, pinch out the tops of the plants, to assist
the maturation of the Beans, and prevent the attacks of the
fly. Figs. 209, 210, and 211 are excellent representations
of the flowering plant, pods, and seed of the Broad Bean.
Sorts. For early use: Early Mazagan, Long-pod, Mar-
shall’s Harly Prolific, and Seville Long-pod. For late use:
Carter’s Mammoth Long-pod, and Broad Windsor (white
variety). These are all distinct and good varieties.
Fig. 212. FRUITING PLANT OF DWARF OR FRENCH BEAN
(PHASEOLUS VULGARIS).
Dwarr or Frencn Kipney Beans (Phaseolus vulgaris).
ultivation: This class (see Fig. 212) also requires a rich
and deeply trenched rather light soil. A very important
point is to get the ground into a good condition, by fre-
quently forking it over; and, as the seeds are not sown
till the beginning of May, there is plenty of time for the
work. The finer the soil is, and the more it is aérated,
the better will it suit the crop. From the beginning of
May till the end of June, at intervals, draw out drills
about 2ft. apart, and Sin. deep, and in these place the
pags sagir thick, as generally they are not all certain
grow. soon as up, carefully thin them, and slightly
earth up to prevent the wind blowing them about. They
-
Beans—continued.
should not, however, be earthed higher than the seed leaves,
or they will probably rot off in wet weather. Keep free
from weeds, and maintain a sharp look out for slugs. In
dry weather, water occasionally, giving good drenchings,
and not mere sprinklings, which do more harm than good.
A good mulching of half-rotted manure is very beneficial,
as it prevents evaporation to-a great extent, besides afford-
ing some amount of nourishment to the plants. Great care
must be taken to pick off the Beans as soon as large enough
for use, or they will exhaust the plants. Where seeds are
needed, a number of plants should be left for the purpose,
and these should be some of the best, to prevent deteriora-
tion, or loss of the true variety.
Forcing. French Beans require more heat than can be
obtained in either a frame or an ordinary greenhouse; and,
although easy enough to grow in a structure suited to their
requirements, yet, iffsuch does not exist, they are almost
sure to fail. A good heat, from 60deg. to 70deg., with
abundance of moisture, is necessary for successful results.
Plenty of light is also most essential. A position such as
that of a cucumber house is generally a suitable one; but
the plants must not be placed under the cucumbers. Suc-
cessional sowings in pots or boxes must be made, from the
end of August till March, to keep up a supply. For soil,
use good maiden loam, with a little well-rotted manure
added. Use 8in. pots, sowing five or six beans in each.
The first sowing should be placed in a frame and kept
well watered, bringing into heat in October; but the sub-
sequent sowings should be placed directly in the house.
Keep the soil moist, and the plants free from aphides
and other insect pests, and give air at every favourable
opportunity. The plants should be as near the light as
possible, and kept from falling about by tying or placing
small pieces of Birch wood round them. In dull weather,
it will be found that the blooms will not set so freely as
when the sun shines brightly ; therefore, every care should
be taken to secure both heat and ventilation when sun-
shine prevails. When the pots get full of roots, and the
plants are bearing fruit freely, a little liquid manure is of
great assistance; at no time must the plants get dry
enough to flag. Allow plenty of room for the full de-
velopment of foliage, and maintain a minimum temperature
of 60deg., with plenty of moisture. __ $
Sorts. These are very numerous, among the best being
Black Negro, Canadian Wonder, Canterbury, Fulmer’s
Forcing, Golden Dun, Newington Wonder, Osborn’s Early
Forcing, Sion House, and Sir Joseph Paxton.
RUNNERS OR CLIMBING KipnEy Beans (Phaseolus
multiflorus). Cultivation: Being tall growers, these need
a greater space than the Dwarf French varieties, and
they also require support. Rich soil is indispensable for
them, and liberal supplies of water on light soils and
in dry weather. A good overhead syringing from time
to time is also advantageous. Trench and heavily manure
a piece of ground in autumn, leaving it in ridges for
the winter. In March, level the ridges down, and well
work the ground, to render it friable and in good con-
dition. The plants being extremely tender, it is not safe
to sow before the end of April or the first week in May.
It is preferable to sow in rows, which should be from
6ft. to 12ft. apart, and crop the ground between with
other vegetables. arth up and stake them as soon
ready, to prevent injury from rough wind. A good
which may be adopted to obtain early produce, is
raise the seeds in boxes in a cold frame, getting them
ready for planting out in the middle of May. Plant at
the same distances, and treat afterwards as recommended
for those sown out of doors. e
If preferred, they can be grown on the ground without
stakes, Under this treatment, they must have their tops
` pinched off when about 18in. high, continuing this pinch-
ing from time to time as necessary. If this plan is
adopted, the rows need only be 3ft. apart, the ground
164
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Beans— continued.
not being otherwise cropped. In dry seasons and on
light soils, there is an advantage attached to this method,
namely, that those on sticks are liable to injury from
drought, while the foliage of those pinched back keeps
the soil moist underneath.
Fic. 213. RUNNER OR CLIMBING KIDNEY BEAN
(PHASEOLUS MULTIFLORUS),
Runner Beans may also be planted to cover arches or
fences, and in various places of a like description. See
Fig. 213.
Sorts. Common Scarlet Runner, Champion, Painted
Lady, and Giant White. The first two are those gene-
rally grown.
BEAN-TREE. See Ceratonia Siliqua.
BEARBERRY, and BEAR'S GRAPE. ?
Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi, z aia
BEARS BREECH. see Acanthus.
BEAR’S FOOT. See Helleborus fæœtidus.
; BEATONIA. See Tigridia.
3 (a commemorative name). ORD.
: eas, A small genus of curious seats plants,
noe Mexico. ue Leaves narrow, gracefully depending.
tems slender, woody, with a peculiar swollen, some-
base. Mr. B. S. Williams recommends
with ample drain a iar sy $
when obtainable; but chiefly by seeds which hare ee
imported from their native country. Beaucarneas are
principally grown for the beauty of their foliage, and are
onc, graceful, and extremely curious in habit and
B. glauca (grey).* 7. pendent, 0
: Ppr the swollen a ree ea sooi AR One aa
&. latifolia (broad-leaved) differs from ty nly ;
stouter and more robust stem and broader avec = : ee
B. dent, daek ae long-leaved).* Z. 6ft. to 10ft. long, narrow,
a beautiful vase-like centre, — ern
(Q. C. 1871, vii, 493) a
Beaucarnea—continued.
B. recurvata (recurved-leaved).* l so long, linear, gracefully
pendulous, bright green. Mexico, about 1845. ‘This is an excellent
subject for open-air culture during the summer, as well as for the
conservatory. SYN. Pincenictitia tuberculata. (G. C. 1870, 1445.)
B. r. rubra (red). Z. red at base.
B. stricta (upright). l. 3ft. or more long, less than lin. broad,
very glaucous. Stem stout. Mexico, 1870.
BEAUFORTIA (commemorative of Mary, Duchess of
Beaufort, a botanical patroness). ORD. Myrtaceew. Elegant
free-flowering greenhouse Australian shrubs, with sessile,
opposite, or scattered leaves, and scarlet flowers; calyx
with a turbinate tube; stamens in bundles opposite the
petals. They require a compost of peat, leaf soil, and loam,
lightened, if necessary, by the addition of sand. Cuttings
of half-ripened shoots root freely in sandy soil, under a glass,
with very little heat.
B. decussata (decussate). fl. scarlet; bundles of stamens on
very long claws ; filaments radiating. May. on. Bs es decus-
sate, ovate, or oval, many-nerved. h. 3ft. to 1 ew Holland,
1803. (B. M. 1733.)
B. purpurea (purple).* fi, purplish-red, in dense globular heads.
k aire to five-nerved, erect or spreading, ovate-lanceolate to lan-
ceolate-linear. New Holland.
B. sparsa (few-leaved). fl. bright scarlet. 1
scattered, ovate-elliptical, obtuse. West Australia,
splendens. (P. F. G. xiii., 145.)
B. splendens (splendid). Synonymous with B. sparsa.
BEAUMONTIA (in honour of Mrs. Beaumont, for-
merly of Bretton Hall, Yorkshire). ORD. Apocynaceæ. A
very ornamental stove twiner, remarkable for its handsome
flowers. It succeeds best when planted out in the borders
of a temperate house, in rich lumpy loam and peat. Pro-
pagated by cuttings, placed in sand, with bottom heat.
B. grandiflora (large-flowered).* l., corolla large, white, ish
outside near the base, and eg oat, with a Sort aa aed
l. many-nerved,
Syn. B.
; and a
campan five-lobed limb; corymbs axillary and terminal,
many-flowered. June. l broad, oblong-ovate, with a
e Esa wn e — smooth shining above,
er downy beneath; leaves and branches rusty,
Chittagong and Sylhet, 1820. ¢ 3213.) f A
BED. A term usually applied to pieces of ground laid
out in gardens for sowing small seeds, or for the isolation
and better protection of ‘small collections of plants in the
reserve ground. The oblong is the best shape for this pur-
pose, about 4ft. or 5ft. wide, somewhat raised, and having a
narrow path on each side, so that the workman may attend
to the plants or seeds without having to tread on the bed.
Any one part of a flower-garden design, cut ont in grass, or
otherwise formed, is also generally termed a Bed. When
required to be planted for effect, as in this case, the Bed
should be proportionate in size to the plants that are to be
put in it, always planting the highest in the centre and
gradually sloping, with other sizes, to the edges, which
should be the lowest. Circular Beds are best with one
centre plant; and oblong or other shapes should have the ~
height of the centre plants carried nearly the whole length,
not, however, placing them in too formal a manner.
BEDDING-IN. A method of seed-sowing, now almost
obsolete, and chiefly employed in nurseries. “In this
method, the ground being dug and formed by alleys into
Beds, 4ft. or 5ft. wide, each alley being a spade’s width
or more between Bed and Bed, and the earth being drawn
off the top of the Bed with a rake or spade, tin. or lin.
deep into the alleys, the seed is then sown all over the
surface of the Bed; which being done, the earth in the
alleys is immediately cast over the Bed, again covering the
seeds the same depth, and the surface is raked smooth”
(Johnson). In the case of small seeds, a very light covering
is needed, and that only of very fine soil.
BEDDING-OUT. The temporary placing out of doors
of greenhouse and other tender plants during the summer
months. It is considered by some to be the showiest,
most expensive, and most unnatural of any style. The
ome arrangement of gaudy colours is not at all
times satisfactory, and under the most favourable cc
AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 165
Bedding-out—continued.
ditions the design is rarely retained more than two or
three months, say, from July to September. The method
is, however, so extensively adopted as to demand due notice
in this work. Bedding usually commences in May. An im-
portant consideration is the proper preparation of the soil for
the reception of the plants. It will be found to materially
Fic. 214. DESIGN FOR CARPET BEDDING.
assist the growth if the soil is well dug over a fortnight
before the plants are put in. By this means, it will acquire
a certain amount of solidity, a point of great importance
with fibrous-rooted plants that are subject to injury from
the fine roots not taking a firm hold of the soil. Having
Fic. 215. DESIGN FOR CARPET BEDDING.
decided upon the arrangement of the plants, proceed to
work with the planting. With round, oval, or, indeed, almost
any shaped bed, begin in the centre and work towards the
edge; in borders, commence at the back and finish with
the front row. Plant with a trowel, disturbing the balls as
_beneficial, leaving it smooth and tidy.
Bedding-out—continued.
of distress; and then a good soaking should be applied.
A careful hoeing of the surface after planting will be most
A Dutch hoe will
be the best to use. Injudicious use of manure and water
will only cause a foliaceous growth. The proper treatment
of the various Bedding Plants will be found under their `
respective headings. For spring decoration, the Beds may
be filled with Dutch bulbs, and spring-flowering annuals
and perennials ad infinitum; or, after the plants are
removed in autumn, the Beds may be filled with evergreens
plunged in pots, such as Aucuba, Arbor vitæ, Euonymus,
and various little Conifers, which have a bright appear-
ance through the winter, and can be removed at any time.
With the relative value, or advisability of adoption, of
either or any system of gardening, it scarcely comes within
the province of this work to deal. No hard-and-fast rules
can be laid down as regards “style,” and each individual
may follow his own taste and inclination.
Carpet Bedding. This mode of gardening, although not
so generally employed as it was some few years ago, has
many admirers, and small plots, geometrically arranged
in multi-coloured beds on lawns, are frequently seen. In
. our large public parks, the system is largely adopted, and
evidently proves very gratifying to the multitudes who
visit these places; but probably no system is more un-
natural or expensive, as such a large number of plants
are necessary in order to produce a desirable effect. The
illustrations (Figs. 214 and 215) represent two designs
for Carpet Beds. ‘The numbers placed in the various com-
partments indicate the way the different colours should
be arranged, repeats being marked by the same cypher. A
very varied and large selection of plants can be used for
Carpet Bedding, some of which are quite hardy, such as
Herniaria glabra and Veronica repens, two of the best
dwarf green plants; Sempervivum californicum, Sedum
lydium, S. glaucum, Antennaria tomentosa, &c. These may
be planted early in the season, with Golden Feather, and
are especially valuable, as they are generally employed to
a great extent. Other plants, not quite so hardy, are
Mentha Pulegiwm gibraltarica and Echeveria secunda
glauca, both of which are extensively used; while the
tenderest subjects are Alternantheras of various kinds,
Coleus Verschafeltii and Mesembryanthemum cordifolium
variegatum. These latter should not be planted till the
first or second week in June. As the plants are usually
small, and require to be planted thickly, the work is best
accomplished with the fingers, pressing the soil moderately
firm. First of all, work out the design, and plant the
leading lines; afterwards fill in the “ panels.”
a
ai i.
ond
3
(Q
ó
4 r
3 is
j
O JO
6
—
—\*
little as possible, and when in the
moderately firm. After the
soaking of water to settle the soil at the roots. _
for Flower-beds should always be perfectly rotte
that from a spent hotbed. When the plants
=
established, water must only be given if th
holes press the soil
Bed is finished, give a good | arrangement of tropical plants in Beds or groups outside
-very attractive and unique display may be:
Fic. 216. DESIGN FOR BEDDING.
166
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
' Bedding-out—continued.
enjoyed, a grand effect may be produced by the grouping
of tree and other large ferns with palms, Cannas, Aralias,
Dracenas, &c., avoiding, of course, formal arrangement, and
yet, when finished, a symmetrical appearance should be
produced. In more open positions, palms, Castor Oil Plants,
Cannas, Humea elegans, Aralias, Phormiums, Wigandias,
Fig. 217. DESIGN FOR BEDDING.
Nicotianas, &c., may be employed, the result being, if
properly arranged, most gratifying. Sub-Tropical Bedding
should not be done till the middle or end of June, and the
Beds should be well dug and freely manured for those that
are to be planted ont.
Bedding-out— continued.
are intended for specimen foliage and other plants, such
as Fuchsias, Yuccas, Aloes, Cannas, Solanums, variegated
or plain Reeds, Grasses, Maize (Zea), &c. No. 1, tall plants
of Echeveria metallica, edged with E. glauca; 2, 2, yellow
or orange Calceolaria; 3, 3, Mrs. Leavers Pelargonium;
4,4, Triomphe de Stella ditto; 5, 5, purple or blue Verbena;
6, 6, white ditto. The narrow border round the
side may then be filled in with Golden-feather
Pyrethrum, blue Lobelia, or Alternanthera ama-
bilis. This same plan may also be treated in
quite a different manner, according to the taste
of those adopting it, or the stock of plants at
command. ;
Fig. 217 illustrates a design admirably adapted
for a rosery or small flower garden. Its only
ts, fault is the number of sharp angles at the
corners of some of the Beds; but this can be
counteracted by the predominance of curved
lines. It is easily formed, and the effect is good
if furnished in the following manner: The circle
in the centre, 1, Centaurea ragusina compacta,
edged with a double line of Coleus Verschaffeltit ;
the four figures 2, 2, 2, 2, scarlet Pelargoniums,
such as Vesuvius, Bonfire, Triomphe de Stella,
or others ; 3, 3, Mrs. Pollock, golden-zoned Pelar-
goniums, edged with Alternanthera amena; 4, 4,
Lady Cullum, ditto, ditto, edged with ditto;
5, 5, Lobelia speciosa, Imperial Dwarf Ageratum, or
Purple King Verbena; 6, 6, white Verbena or white Ivy- -
leaved Pelargonium. :
The group of Beds illustrated in Fig. 218 is effective
on grass or gravel. If on the latter, the lines should be
Fig. 216 represents a Border or long piece of ground,
_ which may be either marked out permanently with Box
Fic, 219. ARRANGEMENT OF NURSERY FOR ROSE TREES AND
eae SHRUBS,
edging, dwarf-growing silver or golden leaved plants, tiles,
stones, or pebbles, and filled in with silver sand or bright-
_ goloured stones or gravel; or the lines may be widened out
_ into walks. The whole of the small circles not numbered
4
Font
Fic. 218. DESIGN FOR BEDDING OR CARPET BEDDING.
_ defined with Box, Golden Thyme, Cerastium, or Santolinas.
The design is pretty on level, but is still more effective
on sloping, ground; in the latter case, it should rise
from the straight walk (dotted line). Thus each Bed may
ze
f
f
AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 167
Bedding-out—continued.
the colours in alternate Beds. The Beds, a, a, a, Flower
of Spring, or another silver-leaved Pelargonium; b, b, b,
Purple King Verbena, or Imperial Dwarf ‘Ageratum ; 0; 6;
White Perfection Verbena, and silver-leayed or white-
flowered Ivy-leaved Pelargonium; d, d, Alternanthera
magnifica; e, e, Blue Lobelia. The ‘long border, Alter-
nanthera paronychioides, edged with Antennaria tomen-
tosa; or Iresine Lindenii, edged with Pyrethrum, Golden
Fleece or Crystal Palace Gem Pelargonium. The two
sides may also be planted alike. The colours are re-
versed above to produce a greater variety and a more
striking effect. This design is also well adapted for
Carpet Bedding
Bu ee
+
©)
Soe O = BDM
Fig. 221. BEDDING-OUT DESIGNS,
Nursery Bed. This is merely a reserve
nursery for a a S E
_ flowering dwarf-growing
Bedding-out— continued.
Roses, &c. One of the first requirements is an easy access
to the individual plants, and with the least possible waste
of space. This may be obtained by arranging the Beds in
regular geometric figures, as shown in Figs. 219 and 220,
and, by exercising a little care and taste, the whole can be
so contrived as to present an ornamental appearance,
We are indebted to Messrs. Cannell and Sons for the
diagrams of Bedding-out designs shown at Fig. 221, which
may be made very effective :
Bed A. This Bed may be planted with the following:
Summer-flowering: 1, Gain’s Yellow Calceolaria or Agera-
tum Lady Jane; 2, Geranium Vesuvius or another scarlet;
3 and 4, Viola Bluebell or Purple King Verbena; 5, edged
with Gnaphalium lanatum, or Antennaria tomentosa, white
foliaged plants. Summer Foliage: 1, Coleus Verschaffeltii;
2, Centaurea ragusina compacta; 3 and 4, Mrs. Pollock
Geranium; 5, band of any of the Echeverias, or Kleinia
repens.
Bed B. Plants mentioned for A will do for this.
Bed C. This is really intended for a Carpet Bed. 1,
_ Alternanthera amabilis, with a narrow line of amena for
the edge; 2, Mentha, or Herniaria glabra; 3, band of
Mesembryanthemum cordifolium variegatum. Flowering:
1, Any kind of Scarlet Geranium; 2, Golden-leaved ditto;
3, Blue Lobelia (edge). Spring: 1, White Arabis; 2,
Myosotis dissitiflora ; 3, Golden Feather.
Bed D. Summer: 1, Pink Geranium; 2, Iresine Lindenii ;
3, Golden Feather. Carpet: 1, Alternanthera versicolor
grandis; 2, Mesembryanthemum cordifoliwm variegatum;
3, Alternanthera magnifica, edged with Sempervivum mon-
tanum. $
Bed E. 1, Scarlet Geranium; 2, Pink ditto; 3, Lobelia
speciosa; or, 1, Alternanthera amæna; 2, Mesembryan-
themum cordifoium variegatum; 3, Echeveria secunda
glauca.
Bed F. 1, Dracæna, Chamepeuce, or any other graceful
foliage plant for the centre; 2 and 4, Alternanthera
amabilis, the divided lines, 6, being filled with Mentha or
Echeverias; 3 and 5, Alternanthera amæna; and the
outer edge, 7, with Sempervivum californicum. This bed
would look well if planted with any of the above-men-
tioned spring flowers. Spring: Bed might be raised to
a mound, and lined out with hardy Sedums, or Semper-
vivums, placing a larger growing one in the centre; and
2, 3, 4, and 5 divisions may be filled with any spring-
BEDDING PLANTS. This term applies to many
half-hardy subjects which are planted out in beds for
summer display, such as Ageratums, Calceolarias, Gera-
niums, Heliotropes, Lobelias, Verbenas, &c., all of which
will be treated under their respective headings. They are
mostly soft-wooded plants and are easily cultivated with
proper means, in spring and autumn.
BEDFORDIA (named in honour of a former Duke of
Bedford). Orn. Composite. Greenhouse evergreen shrubs,
allied to Cacalia. They thrive in a mixture of a peat,
loam, and brick rubbish, in equal proportions. —
by cuttings, which should be dried a little before i
them in rough, sandy soil.
B. salicina (willow-like apa. 2 apt ee eee and solitary,
et few together.
above, covered ‘witht hile y Pree
toria and Tasmania, 1820.
pcre Bier tr ~ TA
SYN. Cacalia salicina. ers)
168
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
‘BEET (Beta, which see). The present varieties of
Beetroot are the offspring of Beta vulgaris, a plant of
biennial duration, and a native of the sea coasts of
Southern Europe. It was cultivated in this country about
1656, but was probably long previously introduced by the
ancient Romans. Beetroot is largely used as salad, more
extensively on the Continent than with us, also pickled;
medium sized, deeply coloured roots being the chief de-
sideratum. Some varieties are largely grown for their
-highly-coloured foliage, being planted in bedding-ont de-
signs, and generally proving extremely effective.
Cultivation: For obtaining the best results, an open
situation should be chosen, free from the shade of trees.
The ground should be light and sandy, and, if possible, that
which been previously manured for some other crop,
Fig. 222. Long YELLOW BEETROOT.
r inst: gy e soil to a depth of
vutumn, ar ‘ge 1t up for the winter. As soon
as dry enough to allow of wo tking in spring, dig over the
whole bed with a steel digging fork, and break the soil
tolerably fine. Sow any time from the last week in April
to the end of May. Prepare the drills about a foot or 15in.
apart, and from lin. to 2in. deep. The seeds grow quicker
if steeped in water previous to sowing, afterwards allow-
ing them to get dry enough to separate from each
other. Sow thinly, and fill in the drills with a rake. As
soon as the plants are up, hoe between the rows, and keep
_ free from weeds. In a fortnight or three weeks after this
_ hoeing, if the weather has been favourable, the plants
_ be large enough for thinning. ‘Thinont to about 9in. apart
Beet—continued.
and carefully fill up, in dull weather, any blanks that may
occur. ‘Transplanting is, however, not generally a very
satisfactory method. Carefully lift the roots in autumn,
before frost comes, and wring off the leaves about an inch
from the crowns. Place the roots in a cool shed or house,
and allow the soil on them to get quite dry, when they may
be stored for winter use in dry sand, or soil, in a shed free
from frost. It is preferable to keep the crowns free from
soil, to prevent decay from the ends of the leaves left on
them. If this be carefully done, the roots will keep till the
next season’s early crop is ready. In all processes con-
nected with the growing, storing, or cooking of this vege-
table, the greatest care must be taken to avoid bruising or
otherwise injuring the roots, as deficiency of colour would
be the result, especially in the case of the red-fleshed kinds,
in some cases rendering them valueless for table use.
Seed Saving: When lifting the crop in autumn, select
as many of the best formed and coloured roots as required,
and store them separately from the rest. In April, plant
impregnation from other varieties, and in due time good
seed will ripen. If good foliaged varieties are required,
the best should be selected when growing in the summer,
and either be marked by some means, or have the inferior
ones removed from them.
Sorts. These are somewhat numerous—almost every
seedsman having a so-called “improved strain.” Nutting’s
Dwarf Red, Chelsea, Pine Apple, Dell’s Crimson and Red
Castelnaudary, are the best of the crimson or red-fleshed
kinds. The Egyptian Turnip-rooted is a distinct variety,
with flesh of a good colour, and fine flavour; excellent for
summer salads, Betterave de Bretagne is a Continental
variety ; the roots grow to a good size, with a distinct onter
skin of a dark colour; flesh rich purple. The best of the
yellow-fleshed kinds are Small Yellow and Long Yellow
(see Fig. 222); but these are not grown
much as the deep-coloured section; in fact,
almost useless for garden purposes.
Bedding Purposes: In this case, where the
Pren to a object, the seed may be sown in a re-
serve bed, and the plants transferred to their positions in
the flower garden. If, however, a line is required in a
ribbon or other border, the best plan is to sow there, and
thin out the plants to equal distances. Dell’s Crimson is
one of the best varieties for this, purpose, being very com-
pact and of a good dark colour. *
Varieties of the Leaf Beet (Beta Cicla), and Sea or
Perennial Beet (Beta maritima), are sometimes, but very
seldom, cultivated for the use of the leafstalks and
leaves, the roots being hard and unfit for cooking pur-
poses. They are at the best but substitutes for other
them in a spot by themselves, where there is no danger of ©
80,
ely, the midrib for Sea-kale and the leaves”
ed
l
|
,
I
d
j
i
3
AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 169
Beet—continued.
for Spinach. If desired, seeds may be sown in the way
described for Beetroot, in April for using in autumn and
winter, and in August for spring use, plants of the latter
sowing being protected in severe weather. The best sorts
are Red-stalked, Yellow-stalked, and White (see Fig. 223)
or Silver Leaf.
BEET CARRION BEETLE (Silpha opaca). This
destructive insect is frequently found in dead animals,
but often its grub almost destroys the leaves of Beet and
Mangold Wurzel crops. The grubs, which are black and
shining, when full grown are from din. to din. long; the
three segments next the head are rounded at the sides, but
the other segments are sharp, and the tail segment has a
sharp spine on each side. ‘ When full-fed, the grubs bury
themselves, and form cells at the depth of 3in. or 4in.
below the surface of the earth, in which they turn to pups,
and from these the Beetle has been seen to come up in
about the space of a fortnight or three weeks” (Ormerod).
The Beetles are flattish, and about five lines long, brown-
black, with a tawny down; eyes large and oval; horns
club-shaped; body somewhat oval; wing-cases very flat,
turned up at the outer edge, each case having three sharp
ridges running along it; tip of abdomen dull red. Any
manures or methods of cultivation that would stimulate
growth in the plants, so as to permit renovation of injuries,
would be found useful. If farmyard manure were applied
to the soil intended for Beet in the autumn instead of in
spring, it would lessen the risk of attack to the Beets.
BEETLES (Coleoptera). Beetles form one of the most
extensive orders of insects, there being upwards of 8000
known British species. They vary much in appearance,
but a Beetle is readily recognised by its front wings, or
elytra; these form a tough horny sheath or case, which
lies over the real wings, and protects them when the insect
is not flying. Sometimes, the elytra are very short (seo
Fig. 225); the mouth is fitted with jaws for cutting.
The metamorphosis is complete, i.e., the larva or grub
Fia. 224, COMMON GARDEN BEETLE. ee
is very unlike either the quiescent pupa or the perfect
insect, The period that elapses before Beetles arrive at
their perfect state varies from a few weeks to two or
three years, but is usually rather longer than in Butterflic
or Bees. Various Beetles attack growing plants and roots,
Thus, Otiorhynchus sulcatus and O. picipes attack Vines,
Fie, 225, Devin’ CoacH HORSE,
Roses, and other plants, gnawing off the bark. Some
species of Beetles attack Mushrooms, while others. bore
into the wood of old trees, or eat leaves (e.g. Turnip Fly),
or burrow in the leaves, or form galls on roots (Cabbage-
gall Weevil). Of some kinds, the- beetles are hurtful; of
Beetles—continued.
others, the larve. Many kinds, however, are beneficial,
such, for instance, as the common Ground Beetle
(Carabus, Fig. 224), and the Devil’s Coach Horse (Ocypus
FIG. 226, SEVEN-SPOTTED FIG. 227. GRUB OF LADYBIRD.
LADYBIRD. (Enlarged).
olens, Fig. 225). These live upon other insects and
snails. One kind of Beetle—the Ladybird (see Figs. 226
and 227)—is very beneficial in a garden, as it preys upon
the aphides, or plant lice. For instructions in dealing
with the noxious kinds, see Asparagus Beetle, Bean
Beetle, Beet Carrion Beetle, Click Beetle, Cock-
chafer, Lily Beetle, Rosechafer, and Turnip Fly.
BEET or MANGOLD FLY (Anthomyia betæ).
The maggots of this fly do considerable damage by feeding
on the pulp of the Beet or Mangold leaves. The eggs are
small, white, and oval, and are laid in small patches beneath
the leaves ; the maggots are about Hin. long, legless, cylin-
drical, and yellowish-white. As it is of such recent appear-
ance in this country, specifics for its eradication are by no
means numerous; but, according to Miss Ormerod, “the
best treatment appears to be to nip it in the bud, where
such treatment is possible, by destroying the infested plants,
but generally by all means of good cultivation, or by special
applications of artificial manure, to ensure a hearty growth,
which may run the plants on past the power of average
attacks to weaken the leafage to a serious extent.”
BEFARIA (named in honour of Bejar, a Spanish
botanist). ORD. Ericacee. Syn. Bejaria. An elegant
genus of greenhouse evergreen shrubs, closely allied to
Rhododendron. Flowers bracteate; corolla very deeply
seven-cleft, spreading, Leaves racemose or corymbose,
crowded, quite entire, coriaceous. They thrive in a com-
post of peat and loam. Propagated by cuttings, made of
the young wood, and placed in sandy soil, in gentle heat.
1 . e; simple;
ae "eg Eg cal tm Bey nam Eeri dlathot eile
clamm EAEN EE hairs, 2. ellipti
tomentum. Plant much branched ; ets sub-verticillate.
- h. 10ft. to 15ft. Peru, 1846. Syn. Acunna oblonga. (G. C. 1848, 119.)
B. cinnamomea cinnamon-coloured). ; panicles close,
tem Rat omg te dowa abore
1847. i
B. coarctata (close-headed). purple; corymbs terminal,
simple ; =i a gi and calyces clothed with rust;
k payaa gg a oblong, ERS cous th. Shrub mu
branched. A. 4ft. to bff. Peru, 1847. (G. C. 1848, 175.)
B. glauca (glaucous).* jl. flesh-coloured; racemes terminal and
axillary ; icels somewhat fastigiate. June. J. oblong, obtuse,
ucous beneath. _ Shrub much
} Sit. to 6ft. South America, 1826.
B. ledifolia um-leaveđ).* ji. purple; racemes terminal;
peduneles, coe me eg branchlets, and calyces clothed with
clammy glandular hairs. J. eblong, somewhat mucronate, with
deans aoa erei ox em pene: Shrub much
ranched ; branches purplish, ` . to 4ft. South America,
1847. (F. d. S. 3, 195 gi
B. racemosa (racemed), jfi. purple, di
; branchlets angular,
oy
d in racemose ter.
minal panicles. July, Z. ovate-lanceolate, glabrous; branchlets _
ries
smooth or hispid. R, 3ft. to 5ft. Georgia, i
BEGONIA (named after M. Begon, a French
of botany). ORD. Begoniacee. A large genus son-
lent herbs or undershrubs (a few climbers), in many of
which the stem is reduced to a tuberous rhizome, whilst
some are distinctly tuberous. Flowers usually showy and
large, white, rose, scarlet, or yellow, unisexual; perianth
segments petaloid, four to five divisions, rarely two. Sta-
170 THE DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING,
Begonia—continued.
alternate, more or less unequal-sided, entire, or lobed, or
toothed. Flower-stalks axillary, cymose. Distribution:
Species about 350, in all tropical moist countries, especially
South America and India; not known in Australia. Cul-
tivated species (exclusive of garden hybrids and varieties)
about 150. A large number of genera, or what were con-
sidered as such are now merged in Begonia—viz., Barya,
Baryandra, Casparya, Pritzelia, &c. The rich colours and
beautiful form of the flowers of Begonias, their prettily-
marked foliage, and free-growing, free-blooming nature,
have long marked them out as favourite garden plants.
Within the last twenty years a new race, characterised
by a tuberous root-stock, annual herbaceous stem, and
large handsome flowers, has been introduced from the
Andes of South America, from which, by means of careful
cross-fertilisation and selection, a large number of beau-
tiful and almost hardy kinds have been raised. The size,
- substance, and rich colours of the flowers of the majority
of the plants of this race of Begonias are witness to
what may be done by skilful cultivation and careful cross-
breeding among plants. In the same way the large-leaved,
stemless section, of which B. Rew may be taken as the
type and principal progenitor, have been improved both
in the size and the coloration of their foliage, and count-
less forms are now in cultivation, both as garden plants
and for the decoration of rooms, &c. The propagation
of Begonias may be accomplished by means of seeds, which
are freely produced by almost all the cultivated kinds,
by cuttings, by division of the rhizomes, and—in the case
of the large-leaved kinds—by leaf-cuttings. For the first
of these methods it is necessary that the seeds should be
well ripened before they are gathered, and kept dry until
sown. Where it is desired to increase any particular
kind of garden origin, seeds are useless, none of the
hybrid or seedling forms perpetuating themselves through
their seeds, although equally beautiful sorts may be raised
from them. The characters of all true species are, how-
ever, reproduced in their seedlings. For the successful
raising of Begonia seeds it is necessary to sow them on
pans or pots of well-drained, light, sandy soil, which should
be well watered before the seeds are sown. The seeds
should not be covered with soil, or they will fail to germi-
nate. Over the pans a pane of glass should be placed, and
they should then be stood in warm house or a frame where
a temperature of about 65deg. can be maintained, and
shaded from sunshine. As soon as the plantlets are large
enough to be safely manipulated, they should be pricked
off into pans of light leaf-mould soil, in which they may
remain until large enough to be placed singly in pots. }
ings: These strike freely if planted in small pots, -
in sand and leaf mould, and placed on a bottom heat of
0deg. Where large quantities are required, a bed of
= cocoa nut-fibre in a stove or propagating frame may be
used, and in this the cuttings may be planted and remain
until well rooted. Leaf cuttings succeed best when laid
on sand or cocoa-nut fibre, and shaded from bright sun-
light. In preparing the leaves, old, well-matured ones
should be selected, and incisions made with a sharp knife
across the principal nerves on the underside. They should
placed on»the sand or fibre and held down by
pieces of crock. Under this treatment,
bulbils will form on the | ends of the nerves of each
section of the leaf, and these, when large enough, may be
removed from the bed and potted. With the exception of
B. Evansiana (discolor), an almost hardy species from North
China, all the shrubby species require a warm or inter-
_ mediate house for their cultivation, although during the
summer months a frame or sheltered bed answers for most
of them, provided they are removed into their warm winter
quarters on the approach of cold weather. Some of the
es
“B.
Begonia—continued.
and under liberal treatment they form large handsome
specimens, which are of great value as flowering plants
for the conservatory in winter. The tuberous-rooted her-
baceous kinds should be started in heat in February,
and, when vigorous growth has commenced, be gradually
hardened off, for use either as bedding plants or as pot
specimens for flowering in the greenhouse. A mixture of
loam and leaf mould with a little sand and rotten cow-
dung is suitable for the cultivation of these plants in pots.
Liberal supplies of water should be given during the grow-
ing season. As the growth decays, water should be with-
held until finally the tubers may be shaken out of the soil
and placed in dry sand or cocoa-nut fibre, in a house or
shed where a temperature above freezing can be main-
tained. B. gracilis and its varieties, diversifolia and
Martiana, are beautiful greenhouse plants, which thrive
well if treated as advised for the other tuberous-rooted
kinds, with the addition of a few more degrees of heat.
The Rew section requires a light rich soil, plenty of
moisture, and a shaded position in a warm greenhouse.
These kinds are often employed with good effect for
clothing peat-covered walls in ferneries, or as an under-
growth in large tropical houses. Large specimens have
been grown under the stage in a warm house, the shade
and moisture of such a position being exactly what they
best delight in.
B. socotrana, an interesting species from the island of
Socotra, is somewhat singular in its requirements. The
stem is herbaceous and annual, and about its base a cluster
of bulbils are formed, from every one of which a plant
will be developed the following year. The growing season
for this species is from September to March, after which
it goes to rest for the whole summer. A tropical tem-
perature and all the light possible, are essential to the
well-doing of this plant. = =
It is interesting to note the apparent impossibility to
cross any of the shrubby Begonias with the inctly —
tuberous - rooted species; and even the species of the
shrubby section, whose stems are semi-tuberous, have
hitherto refused to commingle with the South American
tuberous kinds, of which B. Veitchii, B. roseflora, and
B. boliviensis may be said to be typical. The infusion
of the blood of these large, handsome -flowered kinds
into the tall, shrubby species, would almost certainly
result in the production of a race of splendid winter-
flowering greenhouse plants, and it is therefore in every
way desirable that no pains should be spared to break
=
. through the obstacle to the union of the two races.
> Explanation of contractions: T, tuberous-rooted; $,
| shrubby.
_ B. acerifolia (Acer-leaved). S.
stemmed species, with green, lobed, serrated
branching cymes of small white flowers ;
iry ; styles three, two-horned. Capsule tri
the isles prolonged into an obtuse wing. Spring
taper-pointed-lea S. Aloe shrubb;
æ having semi-cor oblong, ;
oe ee
white, cymes, nearly
the third Jin. long. Spring. Jamaica, I :
(acute-leaved), S. A smooth-stemmed, semi-erect
ae acute-lobed).* A species with thick fleshy rhi-
be iais e a leaves which are divided into five to
d
seven ees. with toothed margins and pointed apices, under side
thinl vered with brown hairs. Flower-stalk tall, hairy, sur-
mran Sa by a branching head of rather large white flowers,
B. albo-coccinea (white and red).* Stemless, with a thick root-
stock. l. broadly ovate, te, entire, 3in. to 4in. es petiole
šin. to t. wer-scape bin. to 9in. Jong. in dense
cluster, t rose on the outside, white wi ory regu-
] with short wings. Summer. India, SYN.
B. an (B. M. 4172.)
rotundate,
Hiii
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 171
Begonia—continued.
stalks. Flower-stem slender, few-flowered. fl. small, rose-coloured.
Summer. Brazil.
B. amabilis (lovely).* Stem creeping, fleshy, short. Z. ovate,
crenulate, acuminate, about 6in. long, tomentose, dark en,
blotched with white, under side purple-red. Flower-s Qin.
long. ji. rose or white, in clustering cymes. Capsule irregular.
Summer. Assam, 1859. The foliage sometimes comes wholly
green, but, under good treatment, it is handsomely variegated.
B. amoena (pleasing).* Rhizome tuberous. Stem none, or very
short. J. 3in. by 2in. ; leafstalk 3in. Flower-stem 6in. long, few-
flowered. jl. medium sized, pale rose. Capsule wings small,
nearly equal. Summer. North India, 1878. Syn. B. erosa.
B. ampla ee! S. Stem lft. to 2ft. high, very stout, woody.
l. long-stalked, 8in. to 10in. in diameter, broadly ovate, cordate,
pointed, when young densely covered with rusty stellate down.
jl. on short petioles, rose-coloured, 2in. wide. Fruit a succulent
berry, small. Summer. Guinea,
B. aptera (wingless). Stem herbaceous, Z. heart-shaped, pointed,
shining green. fl. in short axillary cymes, white, small. Capsule
four-angled. Spring. Celebes, 1878.
B. arborescens (iree-like), S. A large growing species, sometimes
forming a bush 8ft. to 10ft, in height. l. pale green, ear-shaped,
ge: long. ñ. in large cymose clusters, white, small. Summer,
B. arayrostigma (silvery-spotted). Synonymous with B. macu-
B. Arnottiana (Arnott’s). Synonymous with B. cordifolia.
B. see. ‘Asplenium-leaved). S. A slender-stemmed, beau-
tif cut-leaved species, the foliage of which is pinnatisect,
giving Su ) the appearance of a Thalictrum rather than a
gonia. f. very small, white. | Guinea.
assamica (Assam). Stem short, SoN ji. pinkish flesh-
aie ae cases og og erap A "r A blotches
above, and of a pale -] neath ; petioles pale D,
softly hairy. Assam, Tes z di —
B. attenuata (attenuated). Synonymous with B. herbacea.
B. aucubeefolia (Aucuba-leaved). Synonymous with B. incarnata.
B. auriformis (ear-formed). Synonymous with B. incana.
B. barbata (bearded). S. Stem short, hairy. l. toothed, oval-
shaped, pointed, hispid beneath, 4in. long. fi. medium-sized,
mo or pink ; flower-stalk hairy. Capsule equal-winged. Summer,
ia. ie š
B. Berkeleyi (Berkeley’s).* T. A den ‘hybrid, with thick,
fleshy stems, and lon; fe SR tags. Pe An panicles,
rose-coloured. A useful winter-flowering kind,
B. bipetala (two-petaled). Synonymous with B. dipetala. +
biserrata (doubly-serrated). S. Stenr erect, branched, 2ft. to
3ft. high. J. 6in. long, 2in. to 3in. wide, deeply lobed, toothed,
Ji. in loose cymes, drooping, rose-coloured, ljin. wide,
serrated es. Capsule "mad two short and one long wings.
Summer. Guate 1847. (B. M. 4746.) x >
B. boliviensis (Bolivian).* T. Stem herbaceous, succulént, 2ft.
high, branching. J. lanceolate, pointed, serrate, Zin. to Sin, long.
jl. in gs om anicles, large, scarlet, males twice as la as
females, piolo three-winged. Summer. Bolivia, 1857. (B.M.
: mp
(Bowring’s). Synonymous with B. laciniata:
razilian). S. Stem erect, tall, succulent. %
Rrape era d, slightly pubescent
oblique, ovate, e y pubescent; princi nerves”
brownish ; stalk hairy. fl. whine By rose, small, in short, fe
B.
(B. M. 5657.
flowered cymes. Capsule wing żin, long. Summer, Brazil, 1 ;
B. Bruantii (Bruant’s).* B. A garden hybrid between B. Schmidti
and B. semperflorens. l. green, with a brownish tint. eye.
or rose, in erect panicles. Summer, 1883. Used as a ding
plant in summer. ji i
B. bulbifera (bulb-bearing). Most likely a form of B. gracilis. ~
B. caffra (Kaffrarian). A variety of B. Dregei.
B. carolineæfolia (Carolinea-leaved). S. Stem erect, thick,
fleshy. 7. palmate, curiously divided into six to eight long ovate
_ segments, each 6in. long. fl. in a dichotomous cyme, on long
- stalk, rose-coloured, wall, Capsule small, wings one longer than
ss Winter. Mexico, 1876, A singular-leaved species. (R. G.
B. Catheartif (Cathcart’s). S. Caulescent. l. heart-shaped
ae glabrous ; stalks of ress and leaves hairy ; flowers and
(C HP. By” . Summer. India. SYN. B. nemophila.
B. Chelsont (Chelsea).* T. A garden hybrid between B. Sedeni
and B. meni. tem fleshy, 2f l. oblique, lance-
mer 1874 gularly lobed. ji. large, orange-red, drooping. Sum-
B. cinnabarina (vermilion).* S. Stem erect, short, herbaceous:
Aee 4in. jong, oblique, toothed ; rin me long, few-
Santee: d e), medium, red; female flowe - small.
B. irregularly-winged. Bolivia, 18 483
cinnabarina (vermilion). A variety of B. fuchsioides.
.
Begonia—continued.
B. Clarkii (Clarke’s).* T. Stem purplish, fleshy, stout. J. ob-
aai, ed o Ji. in pendulous racemes, abundant, large,
bright red, very handsome, nearly related to B. Veitchit, Summer.
Peru and Bolivia, 1867. (B. M. 5675.)
B. coccinea (red).* S. Habit suffruticose, Stemsub-erect, lft. to
2ft. high, thick at the base. l. ovate-oblong, pointed; margins
undulate and toothed. jl. in pendulous racemes, medium-sized ;
flowers and peduncles red. a nearly regular ; wings short.
Summer. Brazil, 1842. (B. M. .)
B. conchzefolia (shell-leaved). Stem creeping, rhizomatous,
thick. 1. peltate, ovate, 3in. to 5in. long, edges almost entire ;
under side, along with leaf and flower-s' , covered with ferru-
ginous hairs; scape 9in. long, erect, surmounted by corymb of
small whitish fragrant flowers. Capsule wings, one long, two
short. Autumn and winter. South America, 1862. SYNS. B.
scutellata, B. Warscewiczit. (R. B. 246.) a
corallina (coral-flowered). S. Stem woody, branching, sub-
erect, browish when matured. J. ovate-oblong, pointed, undulate,
smooth, dull green, under peA le. jl. in long pendent ra-
2.
cemes, numerous, medium right coral- Summer.
Brazil (?), 1875. A rare respecte, and one of the handsomest of the
shrubby kinds, most y closely related to B. maculata.
B. cordifolia (heart-shaped). T. Stemless ; rootstock fleshy. J.
cordate, orbicular, toothed, 3in. wide, — above, pubescent
below ; flower-scape 6in. long, dichotomous. ji. numerous,
medium-sized. Capsule with three narrow wings. Winter.
Ceylon and India, Syn. B. Arnottiana,
B. coriacea (leathery).* T. Stem 6in. high, herbaceous. Z. reni-
form, bin. wide by 3in. long, smooth above, pilose below. i. rose-
coloured, large, in twos or threes on the end of an erect ag
a to 10in. long. Wings of capsule short, red, Summer.
via.
B. coriacea (leathery), Synonymous with B. peltata,
B. crassicaulis (thick-stemmed). Stem short, thick, articulated,
succulent. J, palmate; segments acuminate, toothed, under side
clothed with rusty down. jl. in many-flowered cymes, dipetalous,
white or rose-coloured, medium-sized. Capsule wings unequal.
Near to B. heracleifolia. Spring. Guatemala, 1841. (B. R. 28, 44.)
B. crinita (hairy).* S. Stem lft. high, fleshy, bright red, more or
less hairy. l. ovate-cordate ; margins toothed, k n ; pe-
tiole red and hairy, like the stems. fl. in lax, branching cymes,
rose-coloured, ljin. in diameter. Fruit three-winged, one long
a mes two short and rounded. Spring. Bolivia, 1870, (B. M.
B. cucullata (hooded). A variety of B. semperflorens.
B. dsedalea (adorned).* Stem short, thick, succulent. l. large,
green, thickly covered with a close network of russet-brown,
scarlet when young; edges pilose. jl. white and rose, in loose
poina Mexico, 1860. A handsome foliaged plant. (I. H. 1861, .
B. Daveauiana. See Pellionia Daveauana.
B. Davisii (Davis’s).* T. stemless, J. springing directly from
roots ovate-cordate, shining green, slightly hairy, under-
side red; petiole short, fleshy. Flower-scapes, cels, and
flowers bright red ; scape 4in. high, bearing half a dozen flowers
in umbel. Capsule thréo-wings4. one long, two very short.
Summer. Peru, 1876. A handsome tuberous-rooted cies,
dwarf. See ay ge 8 which we are indebted to Messrs. Veitch
and Sons. (B.
_B. dichotoma (branching). S. Stem tall, stout, fleshy. Z. 5in.
- long by 4in. wide, lobed, dull n. ji. white, on long axillary
“| scapes, numerous. Winter. b
B. (Digswell’s). Stem short, semi-decumbent,
large, green ; red, on long, erect scapes, pale pink,
numerous. Useful for winter flowering purposes. A
garden hybrid. (F. M. 236.)
prs two-petaled). Stems springing from a fleshy root-
E3 , erect, Bin. high, frown, 1 “og 2 Reh pe Abt
toothed, upper surface thickly spotted with white, under side
red. jl. in loose axillary cy two-petaled, large, pink. Cap-
)
sule equal-winged. Spring. India, 1828. A handsome species,
(B. M. 2849.) SYN. B. bipetala. `
B. discolor (two-coloured). Synonymous with B. Evansiana.
B. diversifolia (diverse-leaved). A variety of B. gracilis.
B. Dregii (Drege’s).* Rootstock fleshy. Stems succulent;
annual, lft. high. J. oblique, thin, green, y spotted with
Ww
grey, reddish on the under side. ji. white, about lin. across, in
axillary cymes. Capsule three-winged, one much longer than
the other two, and acute-pointed. al I ise sons.
B. caffra, B. reniformis.
B, echinosepala (spiny-sepaled).* Stem green, succulent, 18in.
872. (R. G. 707 ;
B. elliptica (elliptic). ‘eee. Pee
B. erecta multifiora (erect, gon Serger a . bri >
oa, pencieet A several Cege ne- b ray oo during
e winter. 0 ue, deep bronze loured, consp! icuous:
A decidedly Pa oe and very useful garden variety.
a o THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Begonia—continued. : Begonia—continued.
B. erosa (bitten). Synonymous with B. amæna. B. frigida (frigid). S. Stem 1ft. high, smooth, green, succulent.
Evansiana (Evans’s).* T. Stem herbaceous, branching, l. cordate, acuminate, lobed, serrated, slightly pilose; upper
smooth, 2ft. high. l. oblique, ovate-acute, sub-cordate, lobed ; side coppery-green, beneath deep rose-red, especially upon the
margins denticulate, green above, under side and petioles deep veins. fi. small, white, in erect branching cymes. Capsule wings
red; flower-stalks branching, axillary. fl. numerous, flesh- two long, one short. Summer. Country unknown, 1860. (B. M.
coloured, large. Capsule wings blunt-pointed, one longer than 5160.)
the others. Summer. Java, China, Japan, 1812. A handsome B. Froebeli (Frebel’s).* T. Stemless. l numerous, cordate,
opas; and almost hardy. Syns. B. discolor, B. grandis. (B. M. acuminate, green, covered with purplish-yelvety hairs. fl. in
1473.) tall, lax, drooping, branching cymes, brilliant scarlet, large.
B. eximia (excellent).* A hybrid, raised from B. rubro-venia Winter. Ecuador, 1872. A beautiful flowering plant, useful for
and B. Thwaitesii. Stem short, succulent. l heonsy-purple, tinged conservatory work in winter. (Garden, pl. 96.)
with red. A handsome foliage plant. (I. H. 1860, 53.) B. fuchsioides (Fuchsia-like).* S. Stem tall, drooping, her-
B. falcifolia (sickle-leaved).* S. Stem lft. to 2ft. high, erect, baceous, smooth, green, tinged with red. Z. copious, distichous,
branching. J, 6in. long, lin. wide, curved, tapering to a narrow likin. long, oblong-ovate, slightly falcate, serrated, smooth;
point ; margins toothed, upper surface green, more or less spotted margins tinged with red. ^. in branching pendulous panicles,
4
n: —— iy
- Giles A < y
Fic. 228. BEGONIA DAVISII.
with white, under side red. . on shi ill ss ich, deep scarlet. Corale wings two very short and
duncles, drooping, dipetiung hat h it Wings prient et re ee Bater, New Grenada, 1846. A handsome green-
in, wide. Summer. Peru, 1868. A pretty flowering P t. house ps useful for covering pillars, &c. SYN. B. miniata.
B. M. 5707.) ee (B. M. 4281.)
B. ferruginea (rust-coloured), S. Stem woody, erect. a! miniata (vermilion).
branching, covered with ferruginous hairs, J, prs dat pon pe ies we red. (F. d. S. 8, 787.)
acuminate, lobed; margins toothed, Po in branching cymes, | B, gemmipara (bud-bearing). 8,-Stem 1ft. high, from a tube-
large red. Capsule unequal-winged. Summer. Bogota. Syn. rous rootstock, succulent, o¥ate-acuminate, cordate, lobed,
Tae B. magnifica. smooth above, pilose below. jl. medium-sized, white, or with
B, Fischeri (Fischer's). Similar to B. falcifolia, except that the rose stripes, on pendulous, axillary peduncles; sometimes the
ge is unspotted, and the flowers are white andsmall. Brazil, peduncles bear, instead of flowers, quadrangular cups, which
1835. (B. M. 3532.) zN are closely packed with oblong viviparous bulbils, Summer. _
B. foliosa (leafy).* S. Stem slender, branching, fleshy. J. 3 . Himalaya. (C. H. P. 14.)
~ ovate-oblong, sa e r
l. smaller than in type. fl. cin-
C green, numerous, distichous on ee B. geranifolia (Geranium-leaved).* Rootstock tuberous. Stem
li, numerous, white, tinged with pink. Summer, New Gre- | — lft. high, erect, angular, succulent, green, with a purplish tinge,
1868. Useful for growing in hanging baskets. Syn. B. | . branched dichotomously. l cordate, cut into unequal ser- č
t. (Ref, B. 222.) a oe ; rated lobes, gugen ; margins red, whole plant perfectly smooth;
AN
ENCYCLOPAEDIA
OF. HORTICULTURE. 173
Begonia—continued.
tr terminal, bearing two to three flowers, which are
clined, drooping while in bud; outer petals orbicular, red, the
twot Eers obovate, waved white. Summer. Lima, 1833. (B. M.
B. geranioides (Geranium-like).* T. Rootstock fleshy. 'Stem-
less. Jt. radical, sontak reniform, lobed, serrated ; surface
scabrid, deep, gee leafstalks red, hairy. A white, in lax,
drooping panicle. Summer. Natal, 1866. “A pretty, though
delicate, species. (B. M. 5583.)
B. glandulosa (glandular-leaved).* Stema stout rhizome, scaly.
Leafstalks thick, terete, erect, hairy, Qin. high. Z. 6in. broad,
fieshy, cordate, lobed, green ; veins dark, fl. on tall, dark, erect
scapes, numerous, greenish-white. Capsule wings, one very ‘large,
blunt. Costa Rica, 1854. Syns. B. hernandic/folia, B. nigro-venia.
(B. M. 5256.)
| (Gogoan).* l. peltate, ovate-orbicular, oblique,
with a Bronsy metallic hue, ultimately chang-
a deep velvety. intersected by the paler midribs and
Gogo, in Sumatra ia aei jl. et i a ai
es or
mat T: Stem erect, unbranched, very succulent, -
A f Summer. One of the
Begonia—continued.
diversifolia, Martiana, &c., are beautiful summer flowering n-
house Begonias, requiring a sandy peat soil and shade. en
well grown, they are exceedingly raana. (B. M. 2966.)
B. Grahamiana (Graham’s). Synonymous with B. albo-coccinea.
B. grandiflora (large-flowered). Synonymous with B. octopetala.
B. grandis (great): A variety of B. Rex, i
B. grandis (great). Synonymous with B. Evansiana.
B. grandis (great). Synonymous with B. vitifolia.
B. Griffithii (Griffith's). Stemless; rhizome subterraneous. E
large, obliquely-cordate ; margin crenate, hairy; surface granu-
lated, colour a dark green; margin purple, oey with grey,
under side green, centre and margin yee 3 purp rple. jl, on cymes,
large, white internally, outside tinged with blush, slightly pilose.
Capsule tubercled, one wing large, projecting. Winter. India,
1856. (B. M. 4984.) ae
B. Hasskarlii (Hasskarl’s). Synonymous with B. peltat 4
B. heracleifolia (cow-parsnip leaved). Rootstock thick, a:
l. radical, on long pilose stalks, mate, large, bronzy
margins toothed, iry. Flower-s S long, stout, erect,
many-flowered. “fl. rose-coloured. Capsule wings nearly ey!
Spring. Mexico, 1831. This and the pent 9 varieties are
handsome Avge ya in foliage rig: SYNS. B. olia,
B. AEE (long-haired). J. greyish in middle; outer rtions
dark bronzy, blotched with ae Bais he plant covered with long,
stiff, fleshy hairs. fl. as in t
B. h. nigricans (dark). This ‘differs from the type
foliage of a Dae tint all round the me eT BS. si the toes,
and the petals of the flowers nearly white.
B. h. punctata (dotted). 7 green, reddish near = J. rose-
colour, with deep red spots on the outside. Pe
B. herbacea (herbaceous).* Rhizome re cage l. oblong-acute,
lanceolate, toothed, ciliated. Flower-stalks shorter than leaves ;
male flowers in a cymose head, white, small; female flowers soli-
tary, on-very short Beal stalks. Spring. . Brazil, 1873. A small species,
very succulent, with the app pearance of a primrose when not in
flower. SYN. B. menage (G. C. 1873, 679.)
hernandizfolia (Hernandia-leaved).
B. glandulosa. pierre Mog
B. hernandiæfolia (Hernandia-leaved).
B. nelumbiifolia. (Gardens.)
B. hernandiæfolia (Hernandia-leaved).
B. peltata. (B.M. 4676.)
B. hirsuta (hairy). Synonymous with B. humilis.
B. Hookeri (Hooker’s). A variety of B. semperflorens.
B. Hookeriana (Hooker's). S. Stem woody, 5ft. to 6ft. high,
branching, covered with minute rusty hace _t. ovate, =
equal sided, blunt, 8in, jong, tomentose, like th ;
axillary cymes, small, white. Spring. Brazil, 1850.
B. humilis (dwarf).* Stem erect, fleshy, hairy. l. semicordate-
J Towi acuminate or whine Da hairy above, smooth beneath.
ew, in es, small, w. apsule unequal winged. Summer.
dad, 1788.” Ann “Annual. SYN. B. hirsuta.
oS see Laas. (dwarf). Synonymous with B. suaveolens, (B. R. 294.)
hybrida floribunda y-flowered).* A very beautiful
summer blooming hybrid Pare Poa bit B. multi-
rht rose, medium in ween in abundance.
enny-wort-leaved).* Stem succulent,
ro ice: dean? sprig wh petiole
Synonymous with
Synonymous with
Synonymous with
_ short, bi eg l. rotundate yet
- short. gio tagged Flower-stalks 1ft. ilose. ji. in
cymose heed. A petalous, rose-coloured, as also are
di;
le wings equal-sized, large. Summer.
exico, 1841. (B. M. ) x
_B. h. asarifolia (Asarum-leaved). Leaves and flowers smaller
_+ than in the type, the latter white. Mexico.
imperialis (imperial).* Ste rhizomatous, short, thick. J
large, broad, ovate-acute, corde lijigoee, hairy, dark dlive-green ; :
nerves banded with greyish-green colour.
medium-sized. Sr. 7 ie winged,
foliage species. (I. H. 1860, 262.)
B. i. smaragdina (emerald-like). Z. shining emerald green.
B. incana (hoary). Stem erect, fleshy, tomentose. _ I. leathery, *
peltate, oblong-acute, sub-angular, whitish | . Flower-
stalks long. jl. in small downy panicl white. Winter.
1840. SYN. z auriformis. g = Be
B. i. auriformis (ear-like). J. divided at the base, not
jl. glabrous,
B. incarnata (fleshy).* S. Stem k taki sy, dt, high, smooth; ;
nodes a a poon a na
unequally coro acumina sinua! serrate, green. Bese
rose-coloured, handso eduncles rea :
jl. in cymes, white,
Mexico, 1861. A handsome
174 THE DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING,
Begonia—continued.
B. i. papillosa (papillose). Foliage margined with bright rose;
upper surface covered with little papilla. (B. M. 2846.)
B. i. purpurea (purple-leaved). Foliage deep bronzy-purple.
B, Ingramii(Ingram’s).* A garden hybrid, raised at Frogmore in
1849, from B. fuchsioides and B. nitida. It combines fhe cha-
racters of the two parents. A useful winter-flowering plant; may
be grown out of doors in summer. (G. M. B., p. 153.)
B. insignis (remarkable). Synonymous with B. incarnata.
B. involucrata (involucrate). §S. Stem, erect, tall, angular,
covered with a reddish tomentum. J. oblique, ovate-acuminate,
cordate ; margins toothed and ciliate. f. enclosed in a wrapper,
or involucre, when young ; peduncles graceful, bearing umbel of
white, largish flowers. Capsule wings unequal, the largest fal-
cate. Winter. Central America.
B. rm (Jatropha-leaved). Synonymous with B. hera-
ci iq.
B. Josephi (Joseph’s). Stemless. Z. radical, on petioles 6in. to
10in. long, ovate-acuminate, three-lobed, or orbicular, with nu-
merous acute lobes, slightly pubescent; scape 1ft., branched.
f. small, rose-coloured. Capsule wings unequal ; upper margins
horizontal. Summer. Himalaya.
B. Kunthiana (Kunth’s)* S. Stem erect, smooth, slender,
purple-brown. J. on short petioles, lance-shaped, acuminate,
Ti ly serrated, smooth, k arom above, bright crimson
ow, ary, on short nodding peduncles, white, large,
Soh aan Summer. Venezuela, 1862. A pretty species. (B. M.
laciniata (cut-leaved).* Rhizome thick, fleshy. Stem short,
thick, jointed, reddish, woolly. J. large, 6in. to 10in. long, 4in. to
z 6in. broad, unequally cordate ; margins irregularly cut, serrated ;
upper side green, under dull, rufous. jl. on short axillary pe-
duncles, large, white, tinted with rose. ig te wings, one very
= , others short. Spring. Ne aba) irma, South China,
Syn. B, Bowringiana. (B. M. 51
B. Leopoldi (Leopold’s). A hybrid from B, Grifithii and B. splen-
x dida, with large 2 he AE foliage, . ais >
peduncles, medium
B. (Lindley’s), A garden synonym of B. incarnata,
(Gardens.
B. longipes (ong-stalked). S. Stem 3ft. or more high, stout,
succulent, furrowed, covered with glands. J. large, rotundate-
cordate ; margin irregular, serrated, both sides n, m ent
when young. fl. numerous, small, white ; uncle 1ft. long,
branched. Winter. Colombia, 1829. (B. M.
o B. longipila (long-haired). A variety of B. heracleifolia.
i B. lucida (shining). Synonymous with B. scandens.
B. Lynchiana (Lynch’s). S. Stem erect, tall, succulent, smooth.
l. fleshy, 10in. long, *oblique, ovate cordate, crenulate, green,
smooth, fi, axi , in drooping cymes, numerous, large, deep
i Winter exico, 1880. One of the finest of
the tall-growing winter-flowering species. When well managed,
the flower-heads are almost a foot in diameter.
of gardens. (B. M. 6758.\
Syn. B. Roezlii,
LATA, showing Habi ion ©
ak Few ing bit, Section of Capsule,
ee
).* S. A woody shrub. Stems branching,
que, ovate-oblong, leathery, slightly undulate ;
under side bright crimson, above , Wi
ad n, green, with nu-
of silvery white. ji. in
Begonia—continued.
panicles, coral-like, handsome. Capsule with one long, narrow
wing. Summer. Brazil, 1821. (B. R. 666.) There are numerous
varieties of this species, some with leaves almost green, others
with the markings more striking than in the type; in the flowers
they differ also, ranging from white to coral-red. The beautiful
B. corallina is probably a variety of this. SYN. B. argyrostigma.
See Fig. 230.
B. ca (magnificent).* S. Stem erect, fleshy, smooth. l
ovate, unequal sided, toothed. fl. in terminal, cymose panicles,
rosy-carmine, ljin. long. New Grenada, 1870. (R. H. 1870, 271.)
B. magnifica (magnificent). Synonymous with B. ferruginea.
B. malabarica (Malabar).* Stem thick, succulent, 2ft. high,
branching. J. numerous, cordate, acute, unequal-sided, crenate
or serrate, hairy above and sometimes below, or altogether gla-
brous, spotted white. fl. rose-coloured; peduncles axillary, short,
few-flowered. Capsule wings equal, joined above and below.
Summer. Malabar and Ceylon, 1828. B. dipetala is made a
variety of this, by Sir Joseph Hooker, in “ Flora of British India.
(L. B. C. 1730.)
sg FiG. 251. BEGONIA MANICATA.
B. manicata (tunicated).* Stem fleshy, twisted, short. J. oblique,
ovate-acute, cordate, dentate-ciliate, smooth on both sides, shining
een nerves on under side, with fleshy, scale-like hairs, fl. pink,
dipetalous, in branching cymes; upper portion of stalk scaly.
Capsule wings nearly equal. Winter. Mexico, 1842. See Fig. 231.
B. Manni (Mann’s). S. Stem succulent, 2ft. to 3ft. high, branched,
green; branchlets, young parts, petioles, and leaf-nerves clothed
with rusty, furfuraceous pubescence, JU. petioled, 5in. long, 2in.
wide, lanceolate, cordate, acuminate, toothed, 1. numerous, rose-
red, in axillary cymes; peduncle lin. long, Capsule linear, densely
tomentose. Winter. Fernando Po, 1862. (B. M. 5434.)
B. marmorea (spotted). A variety of B. xanthina.
B. Martiana (Martin’s). A variety of B. gracilis,
denticulate ciliate ; petiole long, pilose. jl. in bran
e orbicular, pilose on the outside, white.
B. megaphylla (large-leaved).* Stem short, thick,
iarge, palmate, Bes ; lobes numerous, pointed; 1
under side slightly pilose ; nerves with scaly hairs.
hite; peduncles pilose. Capsule
fi. in diffuse
cymes, small, w wings wide.
Winter. Mexico.
B. metallica (metallic). A variety op oag a
et lar, es | oer? ab Di j ovate, fieshy, pale green ; margin
snuatey unde, side, ne Yon ong aailarypetinccs, In large
| ort on lon
j: covered SAE EER white. piein ngs equal, Summer. Brazil,
844. (B. M. 4100.) ; i
B. microphylla (small-leaved). Synonymous with B, foliosa.
B. microptera (emai winged), Stem 1ft. high, terete, De. a
escent, as in the rest of the plant. Branches few. J, su -dis-
ichous, 4in. to 6in. long,, ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, serra’
dark green; petiole short; stipules as iong as petiole. fl, in ter-
minal panicles, medium-sized, white, tinted rose, Capsule long,
triangular, two angles wham, the other with a narrow wing.
Winter. Borneo, 1856, (B. M. 4974.)
B. miniata (vermilion). -A variety of B. fuchsioides.
B. monoptera (single-winged).* Stem erect, lft. to 2ft. high,
rounded, swollen at the joints, dull red, papillose and downy.
Radical leaves on long red stalks, large, ret truncate at —
the base; caulescent leaves smaller, on short petioles, angled,
AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.
175
Begonia—continued.
crenate, dark green above, red below, and “ggg sE wagon
jl. on an elongated terminal raceme, white. e three
angled, two Rahal a the other with a long pea wing. Sum-
mer, A distinct and pretty species. (B. M. 3564.)
B. go gee (Moritz’s).
Synonymous with
B. scandens.
B. natalensis (Natal).* T. Rootstock thick,
fleshy. Stem 1}ft. h, succulent, thick at
the — articulate, ranched, smooth. l
toothed > semicordate, acuminate, lobed,
toot tted with white. jl. on axillary
cymose peduncles, pale rose. fr. three-winged,
BM lar, ay i small, Winter. Natal, 1855.
B. nelumbiifolia (Nelumbium - leaved).*
Rhizome thick, fleshy, creeping. l. on long
hairy petioles ; blade 12in. to 18in. long, 8in.
to 12in. wide, peltate, hairy on under side;
scape lft. to oft. high. jl. in cymose head,
numerous, small, white or rose coloured.
Winter. ‘Mexico. A noble-foliaged plant.
Syn. B. hernandicfolia.
B. nemophila, Synonymous with B. Cath-
cartii.
nigro-yenia (black-veined). Synonymous
with B. glandulosa. i
B. nitida (shining).* S. Stem 4ft. to 5ft.
i gn erect, branched, woody when aged,
large, glossy, green on
both sides, obliquely ovate, acute, crenated
at margin. jl. in terminal and axillary pani-
cles, numerous, large, deep rose, handsome.
Capsule three- ed, one much larger than
others. Jamaica, 1777. One of the bes winter,
= aw perpetual On eb ps species.
YNS. obliqua, pulchra rea.
(B. M. 4048.) ’ purpu
B. obliqua (oblique). Synonymous with B.
nitida.
B. octopetala (eight-petaled).* T. Stem-
less. l. on long succulent downy Pn
1}ft. or more in length, cordate, 6in. long,
deeply lobed and serrated at the mar,
bright green; scape as long as petioles
rounded, downy. fi. in corymbs,
white, males with eight petals, fe yg
rally fewer. Conte three-angled, Fete wings
almost suppressed, the other
bini, toothed. Autumn. Peru, is’ SEN,
B. grandiflora. (B. M. 3559.)
Otton’s). A hybrid from B. *
ve E (R. G. 1859,
my ‘aan (papillose). A variety of B. incarnata. i
= ’s).* T. Stem succulent, branching.
ng oe ge rg a t toothed, gla glabrous above, ne sa
oka nea an e re _. c ens
large, bright yellow. Summer. Bolivia, 1865. $ saame
because of its being one of the progenitors of the handsome Ba
of garden tuberous Begonias.
a aoh (shield-like), Stem short, tomentose; leaves 6in. RA
bY pee ovate, geen pilose. A. in n branching as e, sm
; peduncle bin. to 9in., pilose, zil, 181 teresting
Becanse ped its distinct]; tate foliage tae silve: or. of
plant. SYNS. B. ily peltato B. Hasskarlii, B MAAA iæfolia,
Itifolia eS o possit with B. peltata.
phy aniac ed). B. Stom thick, Reshy,
ener twisted, green, a o clined. alia old, with si vivi-
i ves, By which oe the Leong He
“4 rages >» 4% ovate, acuminate, co sinuately lobe
ciliate, smooth above rae below. i. ‘in axillary Car drooping,
e "E? Capete with one large wing. Guatemala,
m, pon ig E. generally smooth, succulent,
bim to diin; high orain ned regen d nearly equally cordate,
serrated, hairy abo ay roa on the nerves ae sometimes
Short, fam few:
le hairy,
ar RL
B. prismatocarpa (prism-fruited).* Stems small,
hairy ; branchlets ascending. l. long, — also hairy, obliq
Begonia—continued.
diameter, reniform, lobed, hispid on both sides, dark green ; lobes
acute, toothed, ciliated, . in axillary, dichotomous c er rat
white, tinted rose, handsome. Summer. Brazil,
3591.)
Bap
Fic. 232. BEGONIA POLYPETALA.
Se re ae ‘many-petaled). Stem about 1ft. covered
th a soft whitish tomentum. 7. ovate-acute, toothed, pubes-
cent above, and densely tomentose below. fl., petals nine or ten,
of a fine red colour, pote external ones ovate-oblong, pointed ;
internal ones somewhat shorter and narrower ; sepals WO, ovate-
elliptic. Capsule tomentose, three- , with one Ae | larger,
ascendent. Winter. Andes of Peru, 1 "See Fig. 232. (Garden,
Dec. 14, 1878.)
B. prestoniensis (Preston).*, A garden hybrid between B.
cinnabarina and B. nitida. l. lobed, glabrous, fl. brilliant
Ty
orange-red, in drooping axilla
es, very fragrant. Autumn ~
and winter. 1867. (G. M. B. 3, 149.)
cordate, ovate, three to five-lobed: obes Eao Danteg, pe-
duncles axillary, longer than foliage, Paaa ro Alabel o al
to four dipetalous orange and yellow flowers, one =
umbel., Capsule four-angled, bonesi S
bleder r ioana tite iow anai DOE
cially interesting ne 0 our:
pretty cushion of bright n foliage, ee ns studded
with its brightly coloured resms $ g eria a stove temperature
and a stony soil. (B. M. 5307.) _
B. pruinata (frosted).* Sheek short, thick, fleshy, smooth.
jac oneal: e ) yatiolen, fiin
eg ed eens ay rit an ‘white. pes Cen-
America, 1870. (R. B. 247.) joe
`B, pulchra (fair). Synonymous with B. nitida. © = ®
B. punctata (dotted). Aare of B. heracleifoia. ; ý
176 THE: DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Begonia—continued. : Begonia—continued.
B. purpurea (purple). Synonymous with B. acutifolia. like those of the Castor-oil plant. 7. numerous, on an erect scape.
B. purpurea (purple). Synonymous with B. nitida. Winter. 1847. : < :
Putzeysiana (Putzeys’). $S. Stem erect, branching, smooth. B. Roezlii (Roezl’s). Synonymous with B. Lynchiana.
l. oblong-lanceolate, acute, toothed, glabrous, under side spotted EB. rosacea (rosy). Stem succulent, short. J. ovate obtuse,
with white. fl. in copious small corymbs, white and rose, small. slightly pubescent, toothed; petioles long, pilose. fl. in few-
Capsule small, with rather large obtuse wings. Winter. Vene- | flowered cymes, medium-sized, rose-coloured. New Grenada,
zuela, 1871. 1860. (Garden, pl. 152.) :
B. radiata (rayed). Synonymous with B. heracleifolia. B. roszeflora (rose-flowered).* T. Stemless. Petioles, scapes,
B. ramentacea (scaly).* S. Stem erect, branching, brown, bracts, and stipules bright red. Z. green, 2in. to 4in. wide, on
scaly, as also are the leafstalks and peduncles. Jl. ovate, reni- stout hairy petioles, 2in. to 6in. long, orbicular-reniform, concave;
form, oblique ; margins slightly angulate, recurved, under side margins lobed, red, toothed. Scapes stout, villous, three-flowered.
red, scaly; peduncles branching. ji. drooping, pink and white, ji. 2in. across, bright rose-red. Summer. Peru, 1867. One of the
tee’ G Capsule, when ripe, a bright scarlet ; wings large. Spring. parents of the popular race of tuberous-rooted large-flowered
razil, 1839. (P. M. B. 12—73). Begonias. (B. M. 5680.) 3 2
B. reniformis (kidney-formed). Synonymous with B. Dregei. | B, rubricaulis (red-stalked).*" Stemless. Leafstalks, peduncles,
(Gardens. ) pedicels, and ovaries, a deep red colour. Z. obliquely ovate, 4in. to
B. reniformis (kidney-formed). Synonymous with B. vitifolia. bin. long, slightly hairy, bright green, wrinkled ; margins toothed
and ciliated. Scape lft. high, erect, stout, branching at the top,
(Hook.)
forming a head of about a dozen flowers, which are large,
white inside, rose-tinted outside. Capsule with one large
wing, the others almost suppressed. Summer. Peru, 1834.
(B. M. 4131.) i
B. rubro-venia (red-veined).* Rootstock thick. Stems
12in. to 18in. high, red, pubescent. l. 4in, to 6in. long,
elliptic or lanceolate acuminate, entire or slightly angular,
toothed, green spotted with white above, purplish-brown
below. Scapes axillary, red. jl, in cymose head; outer
segments white with rose-red veins, inner segments pure
white. Summer. Sikkim, &c., 1853. (B. M. 4689.)
B. sanguinea (blood-red). S. Stems woody when old, tall,
stout, red, with scattered paler spots. J. din. to 6in. long,
unequally cordate, acuminate, thick and somewhat fleshy
in texture, minutely crenate, green above, deep red below;
peduncles axillary, long, erect, red. fl. ina branching cyme,
rather small, white. Capsule wings sub-equal. Spring.
Brazil, 1836. (B. M. 3520.)
B. scabrida (rough). Stem stout, erect, somewhat succu-
lent, covered with small tubercles. l bin. long, oblique,
ovate-acute, Deo toothed, slightly hairy. Ei T;
small ; e many-flowered, Capsule wi rge,
Veneta, Mii $ zvonka 4
B. scandens (climbing).* Stem flexuose, fleshy, creeping
cordate ; Areias Sereqgularty’ tected, palecalitging iroi
; e shi k
i bran jee es nta. small.
@ 4. in axi cymes, whi
_ America, 1874. Useful either as a basket plant or for E
training against moist walls. SYNS. B, elliptica, B. lucida °
B. Moritziana. ` (R. G. 758.)
B. sceptrum li pega s p S. 1. obliquely ovate in outline,
e;
Se aie = he go agen = one si 4 Pe plese obtuse, veins sunk,
an e raised spaces between marked with large silver
Fig, 233, BEGONIA REX, blotches, and numerous smaller dots of silver grey. rani,
B. Rex (Royal).* Steml hi flesh i bt pe
> ess; Rhizome Hesny, creeping, subter- | B, Schmidtiana (Schmidt’s).* Stems lft. high, branching, her-
w i 5 gin round, red, setose. l. 8in. to 12in, long, 6in. baceous, J, obliquely rece se ovate-acute, aaa, dark metallic
fag: tonsa yaar big es rao hae soap cordate, Me gee ; tallto green above, tinged with red below. fi. in loose drooping axillary
a ace bullate, dark olive-green, with a metallic i : win A
iu tre, a broad silvery zone running all weed: about lin. from the ana white, small, numerous, Winter. Briail, leis. (R.G.
wings, two short, one long and rounded. Assam, 1858. See B. Scutellata (salver-like). Synonymous with B. comchæfolia.
£
growing, but those named have been selected from a large number:
and very centre dark green, while the greater portion of
Ney surface is covered with a silvery-grey ; REGINA,* LAN olive-
l. large, on long stalks, rich velvety-creen, banded with silvery-
grey ; ŠPLENDIDA ARGENTEA,” l large, of a greyish hue, vana
‘ with w wie ir tinged with bronze-red, very beautiful. The fol-
eties are also very good: ADRIEN ROBINE,* BERTHE
LOUISE CHRETIEN,* MADAME J. MEN ARGA,
| TALISMAN, W, E. See ne Meee gyal,”
B. Richardsiana (Richards’).* T. Stem lft. ;
with slender branches. l. palmately lobed, the Ere peti rag ai
toothed. jl. white, males pe ornate gs females with five petals.
Cymes axillary near ends of branches, few-flowered. Capsule as
oe wings equal. Summer. Natal, 1871. (G. C., 1871, =
p. 1065. agar
a z 3 IA SEMPERFLORENS FRAU MARIA BRANDT,
B. R. diadema (of gardens).* This is referred to here because of ii aap co Habit and Pa eee! i
its close resemblance to the above. It is most likely a hybrid a
between B. eernese Ga E ns L palmately lobed, B. sonan eae T. 4 ps an Seb oe a aegea |
rather spot with white. 4. large, rose-coloured. and B. Veitchii, Summer. 5 andsome p mu
Simmer. 1s. > si inferior to many of the more recent hybrids. (R. H. 1872, 90.)
, (Ricinus-leaved).* A garden hybrid between B B. semperflorens (always-flowering).* Stem fleshy, erect,
folia and B. peponifolia. 1. large, bronzy green, in shape | ` smooth, reddish-green. 4, ovate-rotundate, hardly cordate;
ar
Sl cal tite te ie
B. Thwaitesii (Thwaites’s).* Stemless. 7. 2in.
B. ulmifolia (Elm-leaved). S. Stem 2ft. to
B. undulata (wavy-leaved). S. Stem 2ft. to
Leafstalks terete, succulent, clothed with scat-
AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 177
Begonia—continued.
margins serrated, ciliated, surface smooth, shining green. on
axillaty. stalks, near apex of stems, white or rose, rather large.
Capsule wings two short, one long, rounded. Autumn. Brazil,
329. ‘A usefal summer and autumn flowering p tee of which
there are several named varieties more or less distinct from the
type, either in colour or size of flowers, or in habit of plant.
he varieties carminea, gigantea, and rosea are perhaps the best.
Syn. B. spathulata. (B. M. 2920.)
B. s. Frau Maria Brandt. A dwarf compact variety, with
rose-tinted flowers. See Fig. 234.
B. socotrana (Socotra).* Stem annual, stout and succulent,
forming at base a cluster of bulbils, each of which produces a
plant the following year; sparsely hairy, J, dark green, orbi-
cular, peltate, 4in. to Tin. across, centre depressed ; margin re-
curved, crenate. fl. in terminal, few-flowered cymes, ljin. to
2in. wide, bright rose. Capsule three-angled, one-winged, Winter.
Socotra, 1880. Should be rested through the summer, and started
in heat in September. A distinct and beautiful species. (B. M. 6555.)
B. spathulata (spathulate). Synonymous with B. semperflorens.
B. stigmosa (branded).* Rhizome creeping, fleshy. J. 6in. to
8in. long, oblique, cordate-acute, irregularly toothed, smooth
above, hairy beneath, green, with brownish -purple blotches ;
stalks scaly, as in B. manicata. jl. in cymose panicles, white,
medium-sized, numerous. Brazil, 1845.
strigillosa (strigillose).* Rhizome short, fleshy, creeping,
1. 4in. tobin. Tong oblique, ovate-acute, cordate-toothed ; margins
ciliate, red; stalk and blade covered with fleshy scales; blade
smooth, blotched with brown. fi. in branching cymes, dipetalous,
small, rose-coloured. Summer. Central America, 1851
B. suaveolens (sweet-scented), S. Stem branching, 2ft. high,
smooth. J, din. to 4in. long, oblique-ovate, cordate-acute, crenu-
late, glabrous. f. in axillary panicles, large, white, Winter,
Central America, 1816.. Resembles B. nitida, but may be distin-
guished by its distinctly crenulate leaves and smaller flowers,
which are white, and not pale rose, as in B. nitida. Syn. B.
odorata. (L. B. C. 69.)
B. Sutherlandi (Sutherland’s).* T. Stems annual, lft. to 2it.
high, slender, graceful, red-purple. 7. on slendeg red petioles,
Zin. to din. long ; blade 4in. to 6in. long, ovate-lanteolate, deeply
lobed at base; margins serrate, bright green;
nerves bright red. fl. in axillary and terminal
cymes, numerous, orange-red, shaded with dark
vinous-red. Capsule wings equal. Summer.
Natal, 1867. (B. M. 5689.)
B. Teuscheri (Teuscher’s). S. A strong, erect-
growing, large-leaved plant, from the Dutch
Indies, not yet flowered. 7. cordate-ovate, acute,
olive-green above, with greyish blotches ; under
side rich claret-coloured. Hort. Linden.
3
3
to 4in. in diameter, obtuse or sub-acute, cor-
date at base, minutely toothed, = pubes-
cent, very sha when youn co -
green, red-purple and pr with e ite;
under side blood red. an medium-
sized ; scape short, white. Capsule like
a Beech nut; wings short. Ceylon, 1 One
of the most beautiful of eoloured-leaved Be-
onias uiring a close, moist atmosphere
fn a psig, (B. M. 4692.) :
4ft. high, bing l. Sin, to 4in. long, ovate-
oblong, unequal-sided, toothed, rugose,
f. on hairy peduncles, numerous, small,
Capsule wings two small, one ovate.
Winter. Venezuela, 1854. (L.C.
hairy.
white.
3ft. high, erect, branching freely, turgid below,
i atcculent until old. Z. distichous, ‘ob-
ong-lanceolate, undulated, smooth, shining
green... $ in nodding axillary cymes, white,
small. inter. Brazil, 1826. (B. M. 2723.)
lla (caudate -leaved). Stemless.
tered bristly hairs. J. large, 12in. long, broad,
cordate ; margin AE cut, toothed ; apex
long pointed, green, smooth above, hairy be-
i stout, paniculate. jl. crowded,
cash; pedune t
larg ndaga] i
Ge aI A Ybite.: Spring.. Brazil.
B. Veitchii (Veitch’s * T., Stem ver
\ . Ste y short,
thick, fleshy, green. Z, ‘orbiculate, cordate,
Obed and ‘incised; margins ciliated, green,
se a or aa an from bright car-
l i ntre; under side pale green;
petiole thick, terete, with a few hairs on the
upper portion ; scape 10in. to 12in. high, thick, . ~
terete, pilose, two-flowered. fl, 2jin. in diameter, cinnabar red.
One’ af the species rom wilet pul den tro
s mM w en rous-
rooted Begonias have been obtained. A M. ) :
f
i
Begonia—continued.
B. Verschaffeltiana (Verschaffelt’s).* A hybrid between
B, carolinefolia and B. manicata, with large ovate acutely-lobed
leaves and flowers in large cymes, rose-coloured and pendent.
Winter. (R. G. 1855, p. 248.)
B. vitifolia (Vine-leaved). S. Stem 3ft. to 4ft. high, thick,
smooth, and fleshy. J. large as vine foliage, and similar in
shape; peduncles axillary, erect, branching into a cymose
head of small white flowers. Capsules three-angled, one-winged.
wane Brazil, 1833. SYNS. B. grandis, B. reniformis. (B. M.
B. Wagneriana (Wagner's). S. Stem 2ft. to 3ft. high, erect,
glabrous, green, succulent, branched. J. cordate-ovate, acumi-
nate; margins obscurely lobed, slightly serrate, quite glabrous ;
pecans axillary and terminal, cymose. jl. numerous, white,
apsules, which are ripened in abundance, wae one
wing long, two short. Winter. Venezuela, 1856, (B. M. 4988.)
B. Warscewiczii (Warscewicz’s). Synonymous with B. conchefolia.
B. Weltoniensis (Welton). A garden hybrid; one of the oldest
Pai cultivated winter-flowering kinds, with light pink flowers, very
ree.
B. xanthina (yellow-flowered).* Stem short, thick, fleshy, hori-
zontal, along with petioles thickly-clothed with brown scaly
hairs ; petioles 6in. to 12in. long, stout, terete, fleshy, reddish-
brown ; blade 8in. to 12in, long, cordate-ovate, acuminate,
sinuate-ciliated, dark green above, purplish beneath. Flower-
stalks erect, 1ft. high, bearing a cymose head of large golden
hg Capsule with one large wing. Summer. Boutan, 1850,
B. x. Lazuli (Lapis-lazuli).* Foliage metallic purple, with a
bluish tinge.
B, x. pictifolia (ornamented-leayed).* l. with large silvery spots,
and pale yellow flowers. ;
The following list comprises a selection of some of the
best and most distinct of the innumerable varieties now
existing in gardens, and which have been obtained by
crossing and re-crossing the several tuberous-rooted species
found in the temperate regions of South America.
Fic. 235. FLOWERING BRANCH OF BEGONIA ADMIRATION.
Single-Flowered Varieties, Crimson and Scarlet
ADMIRATION, fogera une t Tie. 255); on G S04
pariani piled y excellent form, and gi free; B.
: i A
178 THE DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING,
Begonia—continued.
OF FIRE,* glowing fiery-scarlet, flowers large and compact, very
free; BLACK DovuGLas,* dark carmine crimson, flowers large,
of the finest form, one of the best; BRILLIANT, deep orange-
scarlet, very free; CHARLES BALTET, rich velvety vermilion ;
COMMODORE FootT,* brilliant velvety crimson, very free and
showy; DAVISH, flowers small, dazzling scarlet, habit dwarf
and free; Dr. MASTERS,* flowers large, with immense spikes,
deep red-crimson, very attractive; Dr. SEWELL,* glowing crim-
son, grand form; EXONIENSIS, brilliant orange-scarlet, immense
flowers; F. E. LAING, deep velvety crimson, full and free; Hon.
Mrs. BRaSSEY,* deep glowing crimson, very rich and floriferous ;
J. H. LarnG,* brilliant scarlet, one of the freest; J. W. FERRAND,*
rich vermilion, dwarf and free, one of the finest for bedding;
LOTHAIR,* dark scarlet-carmine, crimson shaded, of grand form
and size; MARQUIS OF BUTE, brilliant carmine-crimson, of the
FIG, 236. BEGONIA QUEEN OF WHITES.
finest form, and immense ; SCARLET GeM,* very dark
scarlet, flowers medium-sized, y very floriferous ; SEDENL,
rich rosy-crimse, dwarf, a good ;. VESuVIUS,* bright
orange-scarlet, cotnpact and free, one of the finest bedders,
Rose-Coloured : ALBERT CROUSSS,* bright salmon-rose, very free ;
ANNIE LainG,* large and free, rich pink ; CAPT. piem Bint ee
salmon-rose, very free and compact ; DELICATUM, pale flesh-rose ;
Exquisits,*,rich deep rose, very free and showy; J. AUBREY
CLARK, flowers very large, rich, deep ; JESSr1£,* soft rosy-pink, with
the tips of the petals shaded carmine, a very fine, perfect variety ;
LADY BRooKE,* dark rose, shaded magenta, very perfect in form,
_ and large; LADY HUME CAMPBELL,* pale pink, of good form
and size, an exquisite variety ; MADAME STELLA,* flowers perfect
in form, lexan, Wright rosy-pink, one of the best; MARCHIONESS
oe ure, light rosy-pink, with an immense bloom and handsome
- fo x OPE,* rich salmon-rose, very free and good ; PRIN-
-= and colour; QUEEN OF WHITES,* flowers pure white, large,
foliage; MRS. PONTIFEX,* rich orange
delicately
fae
WALES, very delicate pink, and free; ROSE DAMOUR, rich
rose, deli ately ieii 3 d Pa
Begonia— continued.
White-Flowered : ALBA FLORIBUNDA, flowers medium-sized, very
free; MOONLIGHT, very free, with good flowers and handsome
foliage ; MRS. LAING,* flowers exquisite in form and shape, pure
white, one of the best; NYMPH,* large and round, white, tinted
with rose at the base ; PRINCESS BEATRICK,* flowers large, of ex-
cellent form, and pure in colour ; PuRITY, flowers round, good size
Joye
most freely produced (see Fig. 236, for which we are indebted to 4
Messrs. Veitch and Sons); REINE BLANCHE,* one of the best, 3
very pure; SNOWFLAKE,* flowers large, in full spikes, pure a
white, habit compact, and very free. j
Yellow and Orange-Flowered : CHROMATELLA,* habit dwarf and
compact, pure yellow; EMPRESS OF INDIA, deep yellow, very A
showy; GEM OF YELLOWS,* rich deep heyf, of grand form an 3
size, one of the best ; GOLDEN GEM,*rich golden yellow, of excel- 4
p ;
lent form and size, habit free, with prettily mottled foliage ; J. L.
MACFARLANE, i form, and large ; LADY TREVOR
* orange- w, of good form, with handsome foliage ;
DEERENCE ing ¥ pale’ yellow, deeper shaded, with elegant
URCHI
MAUDE CH ee ellow, very large flowers,
roduced; POLLIE, pale yellow, fine round flower;
SULPHUR QUEEN,* pale sulphur-yellow, of good form and size,
Flowered Varieties. Crimson and Scarlet Shaded: —
ACHILLES, rich dark crimson, very large and free; DAVISII
HYBRIDA FL.-PL.,* rich coral-red, very full and free; DAVISII FL.-PL. _
SUPERBA,* brilliant crimson-scarlet, of good size, and extremely ~
free; DR. DUKE,* brilliant scarlet, very large and double, one of _
the best ; FRANCIS BUCHNER,* rich cerise-red, very double, perfect
in form, and very large; FULGURANT, rich crimson, full, wi
dark foliage; GLOIRE DE Nancy,* rich vermilion, very free;
.»* bright orange-scarlet, very large and e: yfree, .
habit t and vigorous; LEMOINEI, deep beer et iment ;
very floriferous ; MONSIEUR BAUER, deep red, tinged with violet;
F
|
ee
AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 179
Begonia—continued.
NIMROD,* rich red-scarlet, very large and full, with a free and
very vigorous habit; PRESIDENT BURELLE,* glowing red, tinted
with scarlet, very free; QUEEN OF DOUBLES,* rich rosy-crimson,
very double and floriferous. one of the best varieties ; ROBERT
Burns,* brilliant orange-scarlet, tinted vermilion, very double
and free; SIR GARNET, deep orange-scarlet, very vigorous ; WM.
BEALBY,* deep velvety scarlet, immense size and perfect form,
very free.
Wess Lelouret Apa,* bright rosy-salmon, fringed at the edge,
very full and free ; COMTESSE H. DE CHOISEUL, pale rose, at first
nearly white, very handsome; ESTHER,* rich rosy pink, with a
distinct crimson margin; FORMOSA,* rich rosy carmine, with a
white centre and crimson margin, very distinct and showy ;
GLORY OF STANSTEAD,* deep rose, with a well-defined white
centre, very distinct and handsome ; JOHN T. POE,* bright rose,
tinted with cerise, of excellent form and vigorous habit; MADAME
COMESSE,* rich satiny salmon-rose, immense, and most profuse ;
MADAME LEON SIMON, soft pale rose, very full and free; MARIE
LEMOINE, light salmon with a rose centre; MRS. BRISSENDEN,*
salmon-rose, with a cream-white centre, of excellent form and
very free; PZONIFLORA, flowers enormous, rich salmon-rose, very
full; QUEEN OF Scots,* satiny-pink, salmon-shaded, of a perfect
form and very large, habit compact and very free; ROSINA,* deep
rose, violet shaded, of exquisite form, very vigorous and free,
White-Flowered : ANTOINETTE QUERIN,* pure white, cream,
shaded centre, very large and full, a magnificent variety ;
BLANCHE JEANPIERRE, pure white, cream tinted, of excellent
form and very free; LITTLE GEM,* pure white, of the best form
and good size, habit dwarf and extremely floriferous; MRS.
LUDLAM,* white, tinted with pink, a very handsome variety ;
PRINCESS OF WALES,* flowers very full and profuse, almost pure
in colour, and immense.
Yellow-Flowered: CANARY BIRD,* flowers large, of the finest
form, deep yellow, habit dwarf and very free; GABRIEL LEGROS,*
e sulphur, changing to yellow, very full and imbricated, ex-
mely showy.
BEGONIACEZ:. An order comprising a large num-
ber of useful garden plants. The only genera are Begonia
and Begoniella (which is not yet in cultivation). Flowers
apetalous; perianth single; pistillate flowers having the
perianth two to eight-cleft, staminate ones two to four-
cleft; stamens numerous, collected into a head. Leaves
alternate, stipulate. See Begonia.
BEJARIA. See Befaria.
BELLADONNA. See Atropa.
BELLADONNA LILY. See Amaryllis Bella-
donna.
BELLEVALIA (named in honour of P. R. Belleval,
+
BELL GLASSES, or CLOCHES. These are used
for the purpose of protecting or accelerating the growth of
a plant or plants. The French Cloche (see Fig. 237) is
largely employed for this purpose. Ordinary Bell Glasses
(see Fig. 238) are exceedingly useful for propagating pur-
poses, especially for hard-wooded plants; or for placing over
subjects which require a very moist atmosphere, such as
Filmy ferns, Cephalotus, &c.; or for covering half-hardy
plants or rare alpines, and thus protecting them from ex-
cessive moisture. Large Bell Glasses, inverted, serve as
miniature aquaria, and many small aquatics are easily
grown in them. `
BELLIDIASTRUM (from bellis, a daisy, and astrum,
a star; flower-heads being star-like). ORD. Composite. A
pretty dwarf, hardy, herbaceous perennial, allied to Aster.
It thrives in a compost of loam, leaf soil, and peat. In-
creased by divisions in early spring, or directly after
blooming,
B. Michelii (Michel’s).* /l.-heads white ; scape one-headed, naked ;
involucre with equal leaves; pappus simple. June. J. in a rosette,
shortly stalked, obovate, repand. A. lft. Austria, 1570.
BELLIS (from bellus, pretty, in reference to the
flowers), Daisy. ORD. Composite. A genus of hardy her-
baceous perennials, distinguished from allied genera in
having conical receptacles and an absence of pappus.
They grow well in all loamy soils. The garden varieties
are increased by division after flowering, each crown
making a separate plant. The soil must be pressed about
them moderately firm. Seeds may aiso be sown in March, but
the plants thus obtained are seldom of sufficient floricul-
tural merit to perpetuate.
a French botanist). ORD. Liliacew. This genus is now
usually placed under Hyacinthus. Hardy, bulbous-rooted
plants, admirably adapted for spring bedding or forcing,
and invaluable as cut flowers. Flowers small, whitish, or
violet, tinged with green. Leaves few, radical, broadly
linear. They are of extremely easy culture in ordinary
Me garden soil. Propagated by offsets; also by seeds, which
Pe ees Se
Fig. 239. BELLIS PERENNIS FLORE-PLENO.
n nial).* Common Daisy. Jl.-heads white. June.
should be sown as soon as ripe. i. num roomy Tying Ani on th : ground, obovate, create, slightly
R e aooe SS EE a are ve y perap Ae oes nio ones being particularly fine. See
; B. romana (Roman).* Roman Hyacinth. fl. white, racemose ; Fig. 239. The handsome variegated form, aucube/folia, has its
ecg! campanulate ; pedicels longer than the flowers. April.
from 4in. to Sin. long.” h. 6in, Italy, 1596. A most desirable
2 lant, and the best the genus for a3 ‘oie SYNS.
. operculata and Hyacinthus anus. (B. M. 939, under the
-~ name of Scilla romana.) See thus,
B. syriaca (Syrian).* jl. white; uncles spreading, racemose.
May. l. glaucous, lft. long, i eed, rather scarious on the
margins, h. lft. Syria, 1840.
BELL-FLOWER. ‘See Campanula.
= .
wi
Fia. 240. HEN AND CHICKENS DAISY (BELLIS PERENNIS PROLIFERA).
i tained and veined with yellow. There are both
leaves richly. Staines ad forms of this variety. ‘The Hemand
Chickens Daisy is a proliferous form, rather more quaint than —
il
me
180
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Bellis—continued.
pretty. See Fig. 240. Good garden kinds are B. p. conspicua, red ;
CROWN, pink; ELIZA, purple; RUBENS, red; SNOWFLAKE, white.
|
V4
|
ff
\
Ni
j i\
B
i
eu
Fic. 241. BELLIS ROTUNDIFOLIA C@RULESCENS.
B. rotundifolia ccoerulescens (round-leaved, bluish).* Jl.-heads
from in. a in diameter, resembling those of the common
Daisy, but with fewer, often broader, ray-flowers, which vary
from white to pale blue. 1. more or less hairy, with slender stalks,
lin. to Sin. long; blade ovate or sub-cordate, sinuate toothed,
three-nerved. Morocco, 1872, A very beautiful perennial, re-
Tea the shelter of a cold frame during severe winters. See
. 241. (B. M. 6015.)
BELLIUM (from bellis, a Daisy; the flowers re-
sembling those of that plant). ORD. Compositæ. A genus
of pretty little, free-flowering plants, differing from the
common Daisy only in having a pappus of six to eight
broad scales, torn at the apex, alternating with a like
number of long scabrous bristles. They thrive best in a
mixture of sandy loam and peat. Propagation is readily
effected by means of seeds or divisions; the latter should
be made in spring.
Je
Ors
Bellium—continued.
B. bellidioides (Daisy-like).* fl.-heads white, solitary. June to
September. J. spathulate, radical. Stolons creeping. h. 4in.
Italy, 1796. Annual. See Fig, 242.
B, crassifolium (thick-leaved). fl.-heads whitish-yellow ; scapes
much exceeding the leaves, downy. June. J, sub-radical, thick,
obovate, entire, attenuate at base, rather downy. Stems many,
ascending. h. 6in. Sardinia, 1831. Hardy perennial. (S. B.
F. G. 2, 278.)
B. minutum (very small).* .-heads white and yellow, }in. across,
on slender stalks, longer than the foliage. June to September.
l. narrow spathulate, attenuated at the base, slightly hairy.
h. 3in. Levant, 1772. A rare little species, requiring a warm,
well-drained position on the rockery
BELLOWS. These were formerly employed for fumi-
gating, but are now entirely superseded by the ordinary
fumigators. The Sulphur Bellows is a very useful instru-
ment for the uniform distribution of flowers of sulphur on
vines and other subjects infested with mildew. In form it
is very like those in common domestic use, but has a rose of
small holes at the end of its nozzle, through which the
sulphur is ejected.
BELL-PEPPER. See Capsicum grossum.
BELOPERONE (from belos, an arrow, and peronne,
a band; in reference to the arrow-shaped connectivum).
Syn. Dianthera. ORD. Acanthacew. Very pretty stove
evergreen shrubs, allied to Justicia. Flowers blue or
purple, borne in secund, ‘axillary, or terminal spikes, fre-
quently subtended with coloured bracts; corolla gaping,
the upper lip concave, the lower trifid. They are easily
cultivated in a compost of loam, leaf soil, peat, and sand.
Propagated by young cuttings, taken in spring. Belo-
perones may also be treated like Justicias (which see), and
will succeed admirably. There are a large number of ©
species, but few of which haye been introduced.
; anthers
peer Das. Weta yt rigged T oblong-lan-
ceolate, opposite. h. 3ft; Brazil, 1832. (B: H. 9,9.) -
* i i-
ee ee
BENDING-DOWN the branches of fruit trees, by-
means of weights or string attached to pegs driven into the
ground, is sometimes resorted to for the purpose of ac-
quiring a particular shape, or fruitfulness; but authorities
differ as to the usefulness of the plan for the latter pur-
pose. Young trees that are inclined to grow strong in the
middle may be more evenly balanced by adopting the plan
of Bending the strong branches, and so diverting the sap to
the weaker ones.
BENGAL QUINCE. See Egle Marmelos.
BENJAMIN-TREE. See Ficus Benjamina.
BENT GRASS. Se Agrostis. f
BENTHAMIA (in honour of George Bentham, a dis-
tinguished English botanist). ORD. Cornacew. ju
evergreen shrubs or low trees, now ret
genus Cornus. The first-na
in the neighbourhood of K
successfully against a w
„to ert
; is rather tender
and can only be oe
for which purpose it is very sutt-
‘er mild places, it attains a height
able. In Cornwall and oi
London thinks it might be rendered
9 Flowers dis- |
which ~“
B. japonica (J . yellowish-red.
Japan, 1847. CTT sey ¢ ae
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 181
BERARDIA (named after M. Berard, a Professor
of Chemistry at Montpelier). ORD. Composite. A genus
containing a single species, confined to the high mountains
of Western Europe. It makes a pretty rock plant, and
grows best in thoroughly well-drained spots amongst rocky
débris. Propagated by seeds, sown in spring.
B. subacaulis (almost stemless). /l.-heads whitish, solitary, very
‘ee: l. rounded oval, nearly heart-shaped at base, cottony.
A. Sin. or fin. (A. F. P. 3, 38.
BERBERIDACES. An order of shrubs or herba-
ceous perennials. Flowers terminal or axillary, usually
racemose ; sepals three, four, or six in a double row; petals
as many or double in number; stamens four to eight,
opposite the petals. Fruit, a berry or capsule. Leaves
alternate, compound. ‘The order contributes a great number
of handsome plants to our gardens. Well-known genera
are Berberis, Epimedium, and Nandina.
BERBERIDOPSIS (from Berberis, the Barberry,
and opsis, like; resembling the Barberry). ORD. Berberi-
dacee. A handsome evergreen shrub, with climbing habit.
Sepals and petals nine to fifteen; outer small, spreading ;
intermediate orbicular, concave; inner obovate-cuneate,
erect, inserted upon the fleshy torus. Stamens eight to
nine, free. With a slight winter protection, or planted at
the foot of a south wall, it will prove quite hardy, being of
easy culture in ordinary garden soil. It is an excellent
plant for the cool greenhouse. Increased by seeds, which
should be sown in spring; by layering, in autumn; or by
young cuttings, in spring.
ONN
“B. corallina (coral-red).* £ crimson, in terminal, drooping:
racemes, leafy at the base. Z, about 3in. long, alternate, pated |
ae
bs uaa ' , of
Fic. 243. FLOWERING BRANCHES OF BERBERIDOPSIS CORALLINA.
Berberidopsis—continued.
tiolate, oblong-cordate, obtuse or acute, spiny-toothed. Chili,
862. See Fig. 243. (B. M. 5343.)
BERBERIS (Berberys is the Arabic name of the fruit,
signifying a shell; many authors believe this to be the
original derivation of the word, because the leaves are
hollow, like a shell). Barberry. ORD. Berberidacee. In-
cluding Mahonia. A genus of hardy erect or trailing shrubs.
Flowers yellow or orange, racemose or fascicled; sepals and
petals similar, in two series. Leaves simple or compound,
alternate or fascicled from the non-development of the
branches, often spinose, or reduced to spines. The common
sorts thrive well in any ordinary garden soil, but the rarer
kinds require a compost of loam, peat, and a little sand.
Propagation may be effected by suckers or layers, put down
in the autumn; by ripened cuttings, taken at the same
time, and planted in sandy soil, in a cold frame; or by
seeds, bown in the spring, or, preferably, in the autumn,
when, if fresh from the pulp or berry, they will germinate
in the open in the following spring. The last-named is
the method generally adopted.
B. uifolium (Holly-leaved).* ji. yellow; racemes nearly erect,
much crowded. Spring. l, leaflets two to three pairs, with an
odd one, the lower ep distant from the petiole; ovate, approxi-
mate, cordate at the base, one-nerved, spiny-toothed. h. ft. to
6ft. North America, 1823. This is — planted in wood-
lands as an excellent covert plant. Syn. Mahonia aquifolia.
(S. E. B. 49.)
B. aristata (bearded). f. yellow; racemes nodding, many-
flowered, longer than the leaves; pedicels trifid, three owa.
Spring. J. obovate-oblong or lanceolate, mucronate, membranous,
smooth, serra with four or five spinulose teeth ;
lower spines three-parted, upper ones co t and hardly
bidentate at the base, h. 6ft. Nepaul, 1820. (B. R.
729, under name of B, Chitria.)
B. asiatica (Asiatic). fl., racemes short, many-flowered,
corymbose, shorter than the leaves ; pedicels elongated,
one-flowered. l. oval, cuneated, or elliptical, mucronate,
smooth ; under surface glaucous, entire, or spinulosely-
toothed ; spines trifid, or simple. A. 4ft. to 8ft. 1820.
à =Half-hardy.
B. buxifolia (Box-leaved).* fl. solitary, on slender
peduncles. Spring. i. nearly sessile, oval or oblong,
about jin. long, entire. k. 8ft. Straits of Magellan,
1830. Nana is a charming little variety, not exceeding
18in. in height. Syn. B. dulcis. (B. M. 6505.)
B. (Canadian).* jl., racemes many-flowered,
nodding. Spring. l. obovate-oblong, remotely serrated ;
upper ones nearly entire ; spines three-parted. h. 4ft.
Canada, 1759. j
B. cratægina (Hawthorn-like). fl., racemes many-
flowered, crowded, dhepa g, scarcely longer than the
leaves. Spring. l. oblong, reticulated,
spines simple. A. 4ft. to 8ft.
B. cretica (Cretan).
flowered, Fate
oblong-oval, entire, or somewhat serrated ; spines
to five-parted. h. 4ft. to 5ft. Crete and Cyprus, 1759.
serratifolia has leaves ciliately-serrated.
(Dastiin's).* ji. orange, racemose, very
numerous. May, and sometimes again in autumn.
l. oval or oblong, about lin. long, with usually five
spiny teeth, A, 2ft. South Chili, 1849. This very fine
species is, perhaps, the best; it forms a densely-
branched, spreading, evergreen bush, thus making an
excellent covert plant. (B. M. 4590.)
B. dulcis (sweet). Synonymous with B. buxifolia.
B. emarginata (emarginate). fl., racemes scarcely
pendulous, shorter than the leaves. Spring. l. lanceo-
late-obovate, ciliately serrated; spines three-
h. 6ft. Siberia, 1790. or
B. empetrifolia (Empetrum-leayed).* fl.
minal, sub-umbellate, on slender et BP
fascicles of about se
few,
.
ter-
in
B. floribunda (
flowered, loose, pama
or obovate-oblong,
182
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Berberis— continued.
mucrone at the apex, paler beneath, spiny-ciliated ; spines three-
parted, unequal. A. 10it. Nepaul. A variety of aristata.
B. Fortunei (Fortune’s).* fl. small, in terminal clustered racemes.
l., leaflets about seven, linear-lanceolate, distant, with numerous
pee spiny teeth, lower pair remote from the base of the petiole.
ina.
B. glumacea (glumaceous). A synonym of B. nervosa.
B. iberica (Iberian). fl., racemes many-flowered, pendulous,
Spring. l. eee ee entire ; spines simple and three-
parte h. 8ft. to 10ft. ria, 1818.
B. ilicifolia es Vaso Jl., peduncles short, four-flowered ;
pedicels elongated, somewhat corymbose. July. l. ovate, tapering
at the base, coarsely and spinulosely toothed ; spines three-parted.
h. 2ft. to 3ft. Tierra del Fuego, 1791. (B. M. 4308.)
B. japonica (Japanese).* fl., racemes in terminal clusters. Spring.
l, leaflets usually nine, about 3in. long, quite sessile, broadly
cordate, or rotundate at the base, oblique, with about five long
spiny teeth, and a terminal one, the lowest pairs close to the base
of the petiole. China and Japan. Very distinct, with unbranched
stems and leaves about lft. long. B. Beali and B. intermedia
are mere forms of this species, the latter differing from it in
having narrower leaves and longer, slender racemes. (B. M. 4852).
B. loxensis (Loxanese). fl. unusually small, erect, in panicled
racemes on a long peduncle quite clear of the leaves. /. very
shining, blunt, obovate; sides often with several teeth; spines
small, palmated. h. 3ft. to 4ft. Peru. Evergreen, not hardy.
(P. F. G. 1, p. 13)
Fic. 244. BERBERIS NEPALENSIS,
).* fl. yellow; racemes few, elongated
; leaflets five to nine po ohovades
-toothed, with five
at the apex. A. 4ft.
to ten teeth o1 „base,
to 6ft. Nepau A men hag, tricuspida
them parts of England. mo Pore, thriving best in the
i, leaflets ave to =a 2
distan rom the petiole; ovate, acumina
toothed, somewhat three to five-nerved, WER ivan to De
teeth on each side. h, lft. to 3ft, North America, 1826. SYNS.
B. glumacea, Mahonia nervosa, (B. M, 3949.)
1176.) ;
a (1I leaved
Beara ved). fl. a little
mg, tapering at the base, mucronate,
Berberis—continued.
grass snd spiny toothed. h. 4ft. to 8ft. South America, 1823,
=, y-
Chinese).* /l., racemes many-flowered, nodding.
sinensis ey.
l. oblong, obtuse, entire, or the lower ones are a little toothed ;
spines three-parted. h. 3ft. to 6ft. China, 1815. (B. M. 6573.)
wy h A
v
7 Cf A
Fic. 245. BERBERIS STENOPHYLLA, showing Habit and
Flowering Twig.
B. stenophylla (naked-leaved),* with narrow mucronate leaves,
is said to bea hybrid between B. empetrifolia and B. Darwinii.
See Fig. 245,
B. trifoliata (three-leafleted). fl,
TE a e E
a e ends of the ioles, deeply o0; -green, varie-
gated, glaucous R per t h. 5ft. Mexico, 1839, Ev: e i
quite hardy. (P. F. G. 2, 168.)
B. trifurcata (three-forked). £
tea; l pinnate ; leaflets broad, three-forked.
1850. Evergreen. (P. F. G. 3, 258.)
B. umbellata (umbellate). E peduncles solitary, erect, bearing
at the top several umbellate pedicels. 7. obovate-oblong, mu e
cronate, entire, glaucous beneath; spines three-parted, long, a
equal. A. 6ft. Nepaul, 1842. (P. F.-G. 2, 181.) oS
racemes sy erect.
6ft. China,
y with an odd one, the lower pair
vulgaris (common).* Common Barberry. fl., racemes many- A
flowered, apare a Spring. 7%. somewhat obovate, ciliately- =
serrated ; spinesthree-parted. h. 8ft. to20ft. Britain, &c. There i
are yellow, violet, purple, black, and white fruited, and purple-
leaved forms.. (Sy. En. B. 51.)
B. Wallichiana (Wallich’s).* /l. on drooping, ted pe-
* duncles, six to eight or more in a cluster. Spring.
fascicles, 2in. to 3in. long, spreading or ag Ahm
sinuato-serrate; spines deeply three-parted, slender but
ul, 1820. See Fig. 246. (B. M.
rigid.
h. 6ft. to 10ft. AN
terminal panicles. Lea
The species meritioned
in cultivation.
soil, and is well
ornate, many: I
is probably the only one yet
rdy, will grow in any common
aq for bowers*or trellis-work. Pro- —
ted by ripened ent ngs, and slips of the root, planted
Paor a hand glass} or by layering the young shoots.
volubilis (twining).* . greenish-white ; ich ll, axil-
= 5 and terminal. É oblong, violaceous. June. L pom
ucronate, a little poy 4 Branches smooth. Carolina, 171%. A ee
Seaia twiner. (G. G. 165.) = ~ i i
BERGAMOT. See Mentha odorata. j : :
BERGERA (named after C. J. Berger, a a ipai a
Danish botanist). ORD. Rutacee. Interesting stové ever- .
four to five flowers at the |
or
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 183
Bergera—continued.
B. Koonigi (Konig’s). fl. whitish-yellow, small; racemes many,
forming a corymb at the top of the branches. June. l., leaflets
serrated. h. 40ft. India, 1820, (L. B. ©. 1019.)
BERKHEYA (named after M. J. L. de Berkhey, a
Dutch botanist). ORD. Composite. A genus of ornamental
greenhouse or hardy thistle-like herbs or shrubs. Flower-
heads surrounded by a spiny involucre, the scales of
|
a
+
ote ~ . FIG, 246. BERBERIS WALLICHIANA.
which are united at the base only: f flat
l y; pappus of many flat,
_ obtuse, or pointed, scales. They are of easy cultivation in
a sandy loam soil. The perennials are increased by cuttings
j
}
|
f
f
i
|
|
|
Berkheya—continued.
placed under a glass; the herbaceous perennials usually
by divisions of the plant in spring. The species most
frequently seen in English gardens is B. purpurea.
B. grandiflora (large-flowered).* jl.-heads yellow; scales of in-
volucre spiny toothed. July. 7. opposite, lanceolate, three-
nerved, spiny toothed, downy beneath. h. 2ft. Cape of Good
Hope, 1812. ‘Greenhouse evergreen. (B. M. 1844.) °
B, pinnata (pinnate). fl.-heads yellow: involucral scales spine-
pointed, entite or toothed. Autumn. l oblong, woolly beneath,
deeply cut into lance-shaped segments. SYN. Stobea pinnata.
(B. M. 1788.)
B. purpurea (purplish).* /l.-heads numerous, pedunculate, corym-
bose, circular, šin. across, surrounded by an ac of spread-
ing or reflexed linear oblong bracts. J., lower ones 15in. to 18in,
long, 2in. to 2}in. wide, dark green, viscid above, paler and
cottony beneath. h. 3ft. South Africa, A very handsome,
hardy, herbaceous perennial. (G. C. 1872, p. 1261.) SYN. Stobea
purpurea. nae
B. uniflora (one-flowered), jl.-heads yellow ; scales of involucre
spiny toothed. June. J. alternate, lanceolate, three-nerved,
spiny toothed, downy beneath. h. 3ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1815.
Greenhouse evergreen. (B. M. 2094.)
bermu-
BERMUDA CEDAR. See Juniperus
diana, P
BERRY. A fleshy fruit, containing seeds. _ |
BERTHOLLETIA (in honour of Louis Claude Ber-
thollet, a celebrated French chemist). Brazil Nut Tree.
184 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Bertholletia—continued. Beschorneria— continued.
TRIBE Lecythidew of ORD. Myrtacew. B. excelsa is a tall i
tree, having the young branches leafy at the apex. Leaves AE
alternate, oblong, quite entire, rather coriaceous. From YY
this Brazilian species are obtained the well-known Brazil 4
or Para Nuts of commerce. ‘The tree is of no value for TN
decorative purposes.
BERTOLONIA (named after A. Bertoloni, an Italian
botanist, author of “ Rariorum Italiæ Plantarum Decades,”
&c.). ORD. Melastomacee. Elegant little creeping or
dwarf-growing stove plants, chiefly cultivated for their
exquisitely marked leaves. Flowers white or purple.
Leaves stalked, ovate-cordate, five to eleven-nerved,
crenulated ; cymes corymbose, terminal. They thrive in a
compost of equal parts peat, leaf mould, and sand, in a
warm, close, and moist atmosphere, but are most suc-
cessfully cultivated under a bell glass in the stove; in
fact, the latter is the only plan of growing them where a
constantly humid atmosphere cannot be otherwise obtained
without such means. They are easily propagated by
cuttings or seeds.
B. ænea (coppery). fl. purple. h. 6in. Brazil.
B, guttata oa geren nig era
B, maculata (
| and calyces ‘rom a Jon bristles. Stem rooting at the base.
f mi “BM. asoL .
mara aein dirii a m eo 8in. Page
— ; upper vi
marked with sriegnler snrenin. oF sallaga oem und Bi poe
regener eh gig purple. Stem aiy. Ga Brazil, 1858.
B. pubseeers (downy).* J. ovate-acumina’ = bmg to 4in. long, and
Mi owner an ren a
z
2in. to šin. broad; bright light green, with a broad chocolate-
coloured band down the centre ; upper surface clothed with long
white hairs. Ecuador.
BERZELIA (named in honour of Berzelius, a cele-
brated Swedish chemist). ORD. Bruniacee. Very pretty
little greenhouse ev shrubs. Heads of flowers
naked, with three bracts at the base of each; usually
crowded at the tops of the branches. Leaves short, some-
what trigonal, imbricate or spreading. They require a
mixture of peat, loam, and sand, with thorough drainage
and moderately firm potting. Young cuttings root freely
in sand, under a bell glass, in gentle heat.
B. abfotanoides Abrotanumlike). J -heads white, the size of
m filbert, termi crowded, s bi clavate,
green, smooth, ustulate at oe apex. ay tS to July. l ovate,
X.
KA lift. Cape of Good Hope, 1787. (L. B, O E) petioles.
B. ‘woolly).* heads whi = ae
ey ome (woolly).* fi, marge br k the size of a
of lateral
thula;
1774. (L. B. C. =.
horiéur of H. Beschorner, a
German botanist). — 2A a i oH. Greenhouse
tg succulents, allied to Littwa and Fourcroya.
eae dee x-parted; segments linear spathulate,
often spreading at the point; stamens
scant Jongas the ‘peranth For culttre, &., see
B.
sit a Aade eid
and corymbose, subtended Scaviowe reddish bracts. t |
seabrous margin. h. bft. to 6ft. Mexico, ico "ee Pig of nih P
B. Decosteriana (Decoster’s),
Sr aire ie prieg ite ae
rous bracts. mero a ie 24in, to lin.
ae eet ; edges ly serrulate. h, 8ft, Me ie Big Pe
: =; Tonen I’s).* fl. tubular,
dark blood-red Ted below and down iain lone. nthe reat Very bright
j bracts
Fia. 247. BESCHORNERIA BRACTEATA.
tubifiora (tube-flowered). enish-purple, nutant, fascicled,
*practate| Mrascieles iaee ok ie scapes erect, long simple.
May. linear, c y recurved, spinosely denti-
poe nett Sesion, 1845. (B. M om) F
B (Yucca-like), f b racemose, á
with rich -red bracts; papes soe v a af cotal red a ie.
r sre gS Se acute,
ee honour of Basil Besler, an
apothecary at SYN. : ais D
neraceæ. Very. pretty
branched. Peduncle = eile Sei
site, petiolate, thickish; nerves veins very
beneath. Stems sub-tet
mixture of samy A kem, Beslerias may
readily in heat.
f alinea ech ront
(sete
yellow; peduncles axillary
in ri umbel at wa bracts two, at-
CRY. orbicularly cordate, toothed,
toothed. Guiana, 1819,
oe
hairy outside ;
"bracts cordate
grandiflora large-flowered).* fl. pA campanulate, sii
y red; Se ai xillary, as many- weet 3
oblong, , crenated, di nsely pioen a) above, be-
, well as on the endon h.
| neath, as
t in
aa ggg ie ds > A nih a T axillary
Eae e.
AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 185
Besleria—continued.
B. incarnata (flesh-coloured-berried).* fl., corollas purplish ; tube
very long, ventricose ; lobes of limb reflexed, roundish, unequal,
fringetth=peduncles axillary, solitary, one-flowered. J. oblong,
crenated, tomentose on both surfaces.
Herbaceous perennial.
B. violacea (purple-berried). fl; purple, small; corolla with a
curved tube and spreading limb; peduncles racemosely panicled,
terminal. Berry purple, edible. /. ovate, acute, quite entire,
stiff. Guiana, 1824. Climbing shrub. (A. G. 254.)
BESOM, or BROOM. Birch-brooms are best for
garden purposes, and are generally used. The most suit-
able for paved yards are those made of the common Ling
(Calluna vulgaris). Those made of bass fibres are fre-
quently used on paths, for which they are very suitable,
but their expensiveness prevents them being generally
employed. Whatever material is used in its composition,
a Besom will last much longer if soaked in water for some
time before using.
BESSERA (in honour of Dr. Besser, Professor of
Botany at Brody). ORD. Liliacew. An elegant little half-
hardy, Squill-like, bulbous plant, from Mexico. Perianth
bell-shaped, six-parted. Leaves narrow, linear. It re-
quires a compost of loam, leaf soil, peat, and sand, with
good drainage. If cultivated in pots, a plentiful supply of
water must be given from the commencement of growth
until ripening off. When at rest, however, it should be
kept dry and cool, but secure from the effects of frost.
If planted out, a well-drained sunny position must be
chosen, such as close to the wall of a greenhouse with a
southern aspect. Propagation may be effected by offsets.
B. elegans (elegant).* i: scarlet, or scarlet and white. July to
September. Z. 1ft. to 2ft. long, narrow, furrowed on the upper
side. h. 2ft. Mexico, 1850. This is the only species. The colour
of the flowers varies considerably, on which account other names
4 have originated. (B. R. 25, 34.)
BETA (from bett, the Celtic word for red; in reference
a to the colour of the Beet). Beetroot. Orp. Chenopodiacee.
x Perianth single, -inferior, five-cleft, persistent. Seed
iin one, reniform, imbedded in the fleshy base of the calyx.
B. Cicla is largely used as a decorative plant in sub-tropical
and other styles of gardening. They require the same cul-
ture as the ordinary Beet. The other sorts, with dark
blood-red leaves, are largely employed in flower gardens,
- and the roots utilised for culinary purposes. See also Beet.
f
f
ii
’ *
j
,
i *
ie oS
ka a
i4
dia
ie Ree
4 venir
fal,
im = EN ‘fe +A
SRR Ae
Fig. 248, BETA HORTENSIS M
|. B, Gtela (Sicilian). 4, ish, disposed in threes. August. Z
ae - with very thick ribs. looms temsais wep: h. 6ft. Portugal, 1870.
ee
h. 2ft. Guiana, 1820. ~
>
Beta —continued.
The variety, B. e. variegata, usually known as the Chilian Beet, is
a very handsome plant, having its leaves often more than a yard
in length and over lft. in diameter, with a remarkably handsome
variegation. The midribs are usually dark orange or scarlet, It
is a most desirable and effective plant for sub-tropical gardening.
B. hortensis metallica (metallic). Victoria Beet. An orna-
mental variety with glistening deep blood-red leaves. Useful for
decorative purposes in summer, either as a single specimen or ina
mass. Roots may also be used for cooking. See Fig. 248.
B. maritima (sea). f. greenish, disposed in hairs. August. l,
lower ones n rme a ona acute ; upper ones lanceolate. Stem
diffuse. Root scarcely any. h. lft. Britain.
vulgaris (common). The Common Beetroot. fi. greenish
clustered. August. Z, lower ones ovate. Root fleshy. h. 4ft.
South Europe, 1548. :
BETCKEA. See Plectritis.
BETEL, or BETLE. See Piper Betle.
BETONICA. This genus now forms a sub-division of
Stachys (which see). Betony (Stachys Betonica) is a
native herb formerly much used in medicine, but now
almost entirely discarded. w
BETONY. See Stachys Betonica.
BETULA (according to some authorities, from Betu,
its Celtic name; others give the derivation of the word as
from batuo, to beat, the fasces of the Roman lictors, which
were made of Birch rods, being used to drive back the
people). Birch. ORD. Cupulifere. TRIBE Betulew. Orna-
mental, hardy (except where otherwise specified), deciduous
trees or shrubs, allied to Alnus, having round, slender,
often drooping branches, and the bark in most species in
thin membranous layers. The flowers appear at the same
time as the leaves. Male catkins cylindrical, lax, imbri-
cated all round with ternate concave scales, the middle
one largest, ovate; corolla none; filaments ten to twelve,
shorter than the middle scale, to which they are attached.
Female catkins similar, but more dense; scales horizontal,
peltate, dilated outwards, three-lobed, three-flowered ;
corolla none. Nut oblong, deciduous, winged at each side.
The Betulas are easily cultivated in any ordinary soil;
but a light sandy loam suits them best. Most of the
species are best increased by seeds, which ripen in Sep-
tember, and need to be dried, in order to prevent fer-
mentation. They should be sown in in a sandy
soil, the surface of which has been previously made per-
: fectly level. They must be
: spread on the surface, and not
covered with soil, but pressed
downwith the feet. When
grown in quantities, beds
in width are preferred, with
an alley of lft. between
In early summer, if the
er be warm and dry, the
should be shaded with
i . The young seedlings
must be transplanted when a
year old. The dwarfer kinds
may be p gated by layering
inthe autumn. The numerous
beautiful varieties are best in-
creased by grafting or budding
upon seedling stocks of the
common kinds, the former being
done in spring, and the latter
in summer when the buds are
ready. Those most useful as
forest trees and for protection
are quick-growing and very or-
namental. The time of maturity
of the Birch depends very
much upon the soil and situa-
EF j tion, but it seldom inereases in
ETALLICA, or VICTORIA BEET,
size after it is thirty years old.
The common species (B. alba)
is one of the hardiest and most useful trees in cultivation,
growing quickly, and withstanding exposure pe than
; B
186
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Betula—continued.
many others; consequently it is invaluable for skirting and
nursing more tender subjects, and is especially desirable for
clothing mountainous and exposed districts. Itis also very
beantiful and picturesque. It is the commonest tree
throughout Russia, from the Baltic to the Eastern Sea, fre-
quently monopolising gigantic forests. In Italy, it forms
excellent forests up to 6000ft. altitude, and in our own
Highlands of Scotland it occurs up to a height of 2500ft.
In Greenland, although much reduced in size, it holds its
own as the only arboreal vegetation.
- Ty ai R .
4 =
wo
&
a
B. alba (white),* Silver, White, or Com a Birch a
"February and March. r brown, zipo aaa Gone:
serrated ; autumnal
+
S
ltoid, uneq
tints yellow, scarlet, or red. A utive shrub in
x 0 the
_ extreme , but a tre o ja high in the middle
me alg ma arain forest tree,
a. alba-purp te anc le).* 1. rich purple abo
with a lustrous hue, fale bae B RRR with a
tus rane! with
ipasa on. A very effective variety. hes g
a. ¢ sarli arlian).* 1, deeply pinnatifid, with the
"a foliis-variegatis (variegated-leaved).* 7, blotched with
i (pendulous and laciniate),* J. rather
form, laciniated y
decidedly Tt anrea phe ented, deep goon. sne
that ely pendulo., Tt appears there are two forms of this, but
B. a. :
as those of the
B. a, pendula (pendulous).* A well-known tree, distinct from
the — in having the shoots more slender, smoother, and |
B. a. pontica ( ntic). 7. somewhat larger ti speci
and the plant of more robust growth. (W.D. Be ae ae
B. a, pubescens (downy). /. covered with hairs.
. ifo) nettle-leaved).* Z. deeply laciniated, serra’
; others, reputed as distinet, are mere
f& (Bhojpattra).* jl., female catkins erect, cylin-
; bracts smooth, woody, two-parted, blunt, much
ag cain Female catkins twice as long |
Betula—continued.
longer than the fruit, which has narrow wings. May. l. oblong-
acute, with nearly simple serratures, somewhat cordate at the
base; their stalks, veins, and twigs hairy; the bark is of a pale s
® cinnamon colour. h. 50ft. Himalayas, 1840. This requires a
_ sheltered position. ; :
B. carpinifolia (Hornbeam-leaved). Synonymous with B. lenta.
B, daurica (Daurian).* , catkins whitish-brown, larger than
those of the common Birch. February and March. l. ovate, narrow
at the base, quite entire, unequally dentate, glabrous; scales of
the strobiles ciliated on their margins ; side lobes roundish. k.
` S0ft. to 40ft. Siberia, 1786, The variety parvifolia has smaller
leaves than the type.
B. excelsa (tall). Synonymous with B. lutea.
B. fruticosa (shrubby).* fl. whitish-brown ; female catkins arames $
February and March. l. roundish-ovate, nearly equally serrated,
glabrous. A. 5ft. to 6ft. in moist situations, but much higher on
mountains, Eastern Siberia, 1818. (W. D. B. 2, 154.)
B. dulosa (glandular).* jl. whitish; female catkins oblong.
ay. l. obovate, serrate, quite entire at the base, glabrous, =
almost sessile; branches beset with glandular dots, glabrous. :
h. 2ft. Canada, 1816. A handsome little shrub. (F. D. .)
"B. lenta (pliant). fl. greenish-white. May to June. l. cordate,
ovate, acutely serrated, acuminate; petioles and nerves hairy
beneath ; scales of the strobiles smooth, having the side lobes
obtuse, equal, with prominent veins. h. 60ft. to 70ft. Canada to 4
Georgia, 1759. Syn. B. carpinifolia. (W. D. B. 2, 144.)
B, lutea (yellow).* Jl. greenish-white. May. L 34in. long, and
24in. broad, ovate, acute, serrated; petioles pubescent, shorter
than the peduncles; young shoots and leaves, at their unfolding,
downy, but ultimately quite glabrous, except the petiole, whic
remains covered with fine short hairs; scales of the strobiles
having the side lobes roundish. h. 70ft. to 80ft. Nova Scotia,
1767. SYN. B. excelsa.
B. nana (dwarf).* fl. whitish-green ; catkins erect, stalked, cylin-
drical, obtuse; the barren ones lateral, and the fertile ones ter-
minal; scales of the latter three-lobed, three-flowered, permanent.
April and May. _ Z. orbicular, crenate, reticulated with veins be-
neath. h, 1ft. to 3ft. Scotland, Lapland, Sweden, Russia, &c. A
shrub with numerous branches, slightly downy when young, and
beset with numerous little, round, » Smoot l sharply crena’
leaves, beautifully reticulated with veins, beneath ; and
furnished with short footstalks, having a of brown lanceolate
stipules at their base. There is also a pretty variety named
pendula, with drooping branches.
gra (black).* The Black Birch. fi. greenish-white; female
catkins ‘eatin and nearly cylindrical, about 2in. es ~ re
i. rhomboid-ovate, doubly serrated, acute, pubescent beneath,
entire at the base; scales of the strobiles villose; segments
linear, equal. h. 60ft. to 70ft. New Jersey to Carolina, 1736.
SYN. B. rubra. (W. D. B. 2, 153.)
B, papyraces (papery).* jl. greenish-white; female catkins on
long footstalks, drooping: scales having the side lobes short,
somewhat orbiculate. ay to June. J. ovate, acuminate, doubly
serrate ; veins hairy beneath; petiole glabrous ; the branches are
much less flexible than those of the common Birch, and are more
2s e h. 60ft. to 70ft. North America, 1750. (W. D. B. 2,
B.D. fusca (brown). 7. smaller than those of the type, and less
owny. `
B. p. platyphylla (broad-leaved).* 1. very broad. ;
B. p. trichoclada (hairy- ed).* 1. cordate. — es ex-
tremely hairy, and twigs in threes,
= ` il, May.
soepen parana Aaaa aa
i. deltoid, mu unequally 3
peadas o! 1 geo 7 yo roundish side lobes ; g
rous, t anada, 5
closely resembling’ B. alba, grows with less vigour, and does not
attain so large a size. (W. D. *
B, p. laciniata (laciniated).* 1 largo, shining, and deeply out.
furnishing rockeries, or planting on hill
ground. (W. D. B. 2, 97.) °
B. rubra (red).* Synonymous with B, nigra.
BETULEZ. A tribe of deciduous shrubs or trees.
Perianth none, or bract-like ; flowers monecious, in catkins,
in twos or threes. Fruit, a dry, compressed, lenticular, —
often winged, indehiscent nut. Leaves alternate, simple, -
stipulated. The genera are Alnus and Betula. «= © o
BI. In compound words, this signifies twice. at ‘Z
5
y
pe
gn
`
k
years in the development from seed to the maturation of
AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE.
187
BIARUM (an ancient name of a plant). ORD. Aroidee.
A genus of small, hardy, tuberous-rooted perennials, much
more curious than pretty, allied to Sawromatum. This
genus, according to Dr. Masters, differs from Arwm in its
spathe being tubular at the base, with the limb spreading.
The female flowers have a distinct style, and the fruit con-
tains only one ovule. They will thrive in any light, rich,
well-drained soil, and may otherwise be treated similar to
the hardy Arums. ‘There are several other species besides
those named, but they are not yet in general cultivation.
B. constrictum (constricted), A synonym of B. tenuifolium.
B. gramineum (grassy). A synonym of B. tenuifolium.
B. tenuifolium (slender-leaved).* fl., spathe dark brown-purple,
refiexed in the upper part; spadix very long, subuliform, June.
l. linear-lanceolate. h. 6in. South Europe, 1570. Syns. B. gra-
mineum and B. constrictum. (B. R. 512, under name of Arwm
tenuifolium.)
BIAURICULATE. Having two auricles.
BIBRACTEATE. Furnished with two bracts.
BIBRACTEOLATE. Furnished with two secondary
` bracts.
BICARINATE. Two-keeled.
BICOLOR. Two-coloured.
BICONJUGATE. Having two secondary petioles,
each with a pair of leaflets. .
BICORNUTE. With two horn-like processes.
BIDENS (from bis, twice, and dens a tooth; in
reference to the seed). Bur Marigold. ORD. Composite.
A rather large genus of mostly hardy annual and perennial
herbs, distinguished by the pericarp having from two to
four rigid awns, which are rough with minute deflexed
points. Involucre erect, of several oblong, nearly equal,
parallel scales. Most of the species of this genus are of
no merit as garden plants. Two are natives of Britain,
viz., B. cernua and B. tripartita. They thrive in any
ordinary garden soil. Propagated by divisions of the
plant; or by seeds.
ea (dark-bloody). /l.-heads black-crimson, very
B. atro-sanguin
freely produced. Late summer and autumn, Leaves pinnate.
Root tuberous, h. 3ft. Mexico. (B. M. 5227.)
B. ferulzefolia (Ferula-leaved). fl,-heads yellow. Autumn.
Se ae k. 2ft. Mexico, 1799. Syn. Coreopsis ferulefolia.
B. procera finely divided,
ga a ons h to Bik Mexico, 1
B. striata (striped). _l.-heads rather large, in a panicled leaf
corymb ; ray florets white; disk yellow. L we
glabrous. . A. 2ft. to 3ft. Autumn. Mexico.
ternatel innated,
3 (B. M. as)
BIDENTATE. With two teeth.
BIEBERSTEINIA (named after Frederic Marschall
Bieberstein, a Russian naturalist, author of “Flora Taurico-
Caucasica,” and other works). ORD. Rutacee. A genus
of half-hardy herbaceous perennials. They thrive in a
compost of loam, peat, and sand. Propagated by cuttings,
placed under a hand glass in early summer; or by seeds,
sown in a slight hotbed in March or April.
B. odora (sweet). jl. yellow; racemes terminal,
entire. May. l. impari-pinnate; leaflets roundish,
Plant beset with glandular hairs. k. lft, Altaia,
A term applied to plants occupying two
Ji.-heads yellow,
perennial.
simple ; petals
a toothed.
1837,
g g one year, flowering, fruiting, and dying the
next. Seeds of Aia Biennials are, as a rule, sown from
To August, to flower the succeeding season, Tender
ieties are sown in a frame or cool house, and kept there
all winter, being transferred from the frames or houses
to the open bordér, in June. Wallflowers, Foxgloves,
Canterbury Bells, and Sweet Williams, may be taken as
types of Biennials, although they often assume more
æ Biennial character on light sandy soils.
BIFARIOUS. Two-ranked; arranged in two opposite
,
“i
iis:
bi
BIFID. Divided about half-way down into two parts;
two-cleft. ii s
BIFOLIATE. Compound leaves with two leaflets.
E BIFRENARIA (from bis, twice, and frenum, a strap ;
-in reference to a double strap or band, by means of which
the pollen masses are connected with their gland). ORD.
Orchidee. A genus of pretty stove orchids, allied to
Mazillaria, and distinguished from it by having two frena
or caudicles to their pollen masses. For culture, see
B. aurantiaca (orange-coloured).* fl. orange ; lateral lobes of lip
semi-cordate, middle one transverse, sub-undulated, callous at
the base ; raceme erect. October. J. oblong, plicate. Pseudo-
bulb roundish, compressed, two-leaved. ` in. Demerara,
1834. (B. R. 1875.)
B. aureo-fulva (orange-tawny). fl. orange, on long pedicels ; lip
iculate, three-lobed ; ane aise Baay owacen. October.
l. oblong-Ianceolate. _Pseudo-bulb roundish-ovate, wrinkled, one-
leaved. k. lft. Brazil, 1840. á
B. Hadwenii (Hadwen’s). jl. each nearly 4in. across; petals
and papens żin. broad, yellow free» beautifully blotch
mottled with a rich brown; lip large, above lin. broad, whi
with striped spots of rose. June. J. ae.
Brazil, 1851. “SYN. Scuticaria Hadwenii. (
B, H. bella (charming).* A new variety with
whitish yellow outside, brilliant shining
with a few spots, bars, and blotches of whitis
lip wide, white, with one light bro
one in front of the callus; radiating *
lobes, and mauve ones on anterior lobe. ere
H. pardalina (leopard-marked).* A very bes utiful isty,
having sepals and petals with brown circles or polygonal figures
on a light yellow ground ; lip light ochre-coloured at its basilar
part, white in front, with radiating mauve-purple’ streaks. This
variety is extremely rare.
B. vitellina (yolk-coloured).* fl. yellowish purple; lip cuneate,
three-lobed ; lateral lobes acute, crenulated; racemes drooping.
July. 1, lanceolate. Pseudo-bulb ovate, bluntly angular, one-
leaved. h.1ft. Brazil, 1838.
BIFURCATE. ‘Twice-forked.
BIGELOVIA (named after Dr. Jacob Bigelow, author
of “Florula Bostoniensis,’ &c.). ORD. Composite. A
genus of hardy shrubs, sub-shrubs, or herbaceous plants,
as now understood, comprising ‘several subjects formerly
referred to Chrysothamnus, Linosyris, &e. Flower-heads
disposed in corymbs; involucre imbricated, oblong, or
campanulate; receptacle flat. . Leaves alternate, linear
or lanceolate. They thrive in any ordinary garden soil.
Propagated by cuttings. - ee
B. Howardii (Howard's). f.-hénds yellow ; involu
low shrub. Syn. Linosyris Howardti.
,
țin. broads h. lłin.
. M. 4629.)
B. nudata (naked). /.-heads yellow. September.
oblanceolate or linear. h. lft. to 2ft. New Jersey.
B. paniculata cled -heads yellow, barely 4in. long,
loosely panicled, : gnere Shrubby.
ve-flowered. forni
BIGEMINATE. Doubly paifed.
fournefort, in compliment
rian’ to Louis IV.). ORD.
Bignoniacee. A large genus of scandent shrubs,
furnished with tendrils; rarely erect trees or shrubs.
Flowers axillary and terminal, usually panicled; corolla
with a short tube, a campanulate throat, and a five-
lobed, bilabiate limb. Leaves opposite, simple, conjugate,
ternate, digitate or pinnatifid. These handsome plants
are particularly suited for large houses, where, if well |
grown, they give great satisfaction.
BIGNONIA (so mgpa
to the Abbé Bignon, libri
in their culture is to obtain free and, at the same time,
sturdy growth, giving due attention to training, pruning,
&c., or the plants soon exceed all limits. Like all free-
growing plants, Bignonias thrive best planted out in the
borders of the stove or greenhouse, or out of doors, as the
case may be; but the space allowed should be limited, in
order to- restrict root production. They may either be
trained to cover the back ve be planted in ae
in front, and trained up the , or on Wires, arrange
where most desirable. In summer, god = l the strongest
shoots to w, training them so as to hi ut
sunlight as possttile—which i absolutely necessary to well
188 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Bignonia—continued. Bignonia—continued. |
ripen the wood, and make it capable of producing flowers— | most satisfactory method of propagation is by cuttings, j
without entirely shutting it out from the plants below. made of good strong shoots, in early spring. Three joints
Soil: A compost of two parts fibrous loam, one part peat, ,| are sufficient to make a cutting, if short-jointed ; if
one of leaf mould, and a due proportion of sand, will be, | long-jointed, two are, sufficient. Place them in a well-
:
FiG. 250. BRANCH AND FLOWERS OF BIGNONIA MAGNIFICA,
found actory. The loam and peat should be | drained pot of sandy soil, under a bell glass. in bottom
used in a . state, unsifted, as this will keep the border | heat. As these cuttings are young and yo they are
open for- years, and thorough drainage should be | liable to damp off; hence it is necessary, for the first
» effected. Propagation: Seed being rarely procurable, the | two or three weeks, to wipe the moisture from the glasses `
È
"1. AN ENCYCLOPADIA
La
OF HORTICULTURE. 189
Bignonia—continued. - = a p
_ every morning, and water incsingly. If well managed,
` they will root in about two months, and should then have
the glasses left off every night for" a week; they should
then be transferred to small pots in the ¢ompost above
described, passing it through a coarse sieve, to extract the
stonés and rough pieces of soil. Af otting, the plants
should be kept close for a short time, till they are able to
bear full exposure to the light. In a year’s time, they
will be large enough to plant out in their permanent
quarters. Bignonias may also be increased by layering.
B. zequinoxialis (equinoxial); 71. yellow ; egg two-flowered,
terminal ones racemose. June to October. l. glabrous, conju-
te; leaflets oblong-lanceolate. Tendrils simple, axillary.
ayenne, 1768.
B. æ. Chamberlaynii (Chamberlayn’s).* jJl., corolla yellow, funnel-
shaped ; segments obtuse; racemes axillary, six to eight-flowered.
April to October, l, leaflets ovate, acuminated, glabrous, shining
above. Tendrils strong, simple. Brazil, 1820. (B. R. 74 41.)
B. æsculifolia (Chestnut-leaved). A synonym a Tabebiua
Pie ce benm
apurensis (Apuran). fl. pedicellate, 2in. long; corolla yellow,
ried shaped with roundish, spreading, nearly e ual lobes ;
ikes terminal, sessile, p et leaflets elliptic-ob ong, short-
N anatod, acutish at the base. Shady banks of the river
Apures, near El Diamante, 1824.
Mie
B. argyreo-violascens (silvery-violet). J. white-yeined, in a
young state violet. South America, 1 2. (F.M. 1
B. aurantiaca (orange). fl. orange-coloured. South peo 1874.
B. capreolata (tendrilled).* fl., corolla orange; peduncles
Pra: one-flowered, crowded. April eink i BF ee: u TEN
leaflets cordate oblong ; ; lower ones simple. Tendrils s
Pi, phe America, 1710. Hardy in south of England. (B. M. eh)
c. atro-sanguinea me UEAN red- le. S
ba tate States. (B. Mt Geol ee PER rane nea
B. Cherere (Chirere),* fl, Pe orange, 2in. long; cymes
axillary. June to November. l., lower Wiss ‘ternate, upper ones
pom Sage cirrhose ; leaflets ovate, acuminated, sometimes sub-
corda’ oR iso) "Guiana oi woods and on the banks of rivers),
1824. (B. R. 1
B. Chica keii A ooi funnel-shaped, violaceous ; limb with
nearly equal, rounded segments; panicles epee tE ndulous.
E T to 10in. ara À — bipinnate ; ioetots conjuga , elliptic-
acumina: e cor , gla I:
Danks crete Ortan te sane y e, glabrous. ndrils simple.
B. chrysantha (yellow-flowered).
pom 2in. long. May. l, 1
bed on pedicels in.
jl. terminal, crowded ; corolla
eaflets five, ovate, acuminated,
long. h. 12ft. to 26ft. Caraccas,
“an ,ehrysolewca (yellowish-white). fo, Bay ck ellow, with a
Fones Jnly. compat Teas Sin: to` ta Gh the in ong dn en,
Ten undivided. of the River
B; bes ly equal,
n near!
l. Tin. to Bin. long, ly
Zin. long, lin. broad, ovate, narrowed at
the base, glabrous. Branches quadrangular,
diversifolia (diverse-leaved). Jl., corolla yellow, jpm ulately
funnel-shaped ; panicles terminal. J. conjugate and simple;
leaflets roundish-ovate, acuminated, sub-cordate, gatos i
ing. Tendrils undivided. Branches quadrangular, striated.
Mexico, 1825.
floribunda (many-flowered).* fi., corolla purplish, funnel-
shaped, eight lines long; panicles axillary, powdery, witho posite
es and dichotomous branchlets. l conjugate; leaflets
in. Boe, c one elliptic, acuminated, acute at the base, glabrous,
undivided. Branches beset with white warts
a B. ta fine Te ny Mexico, 1824.
lactiflora (milk-flowered). jl., corolla milk white, liin. long,
_ Yillously Bones, on the outside ; ; racemes twin, with a petio-
late bract at i the base of each pedicel. Apriland July. l. conju-
> i eS 2in. long, cordate, ovate, glabrous. Branches
B. TE trifid’ Santa Cruz, 1823.
B. Lescol white onde). A synonym of Tabebiua leucozyla.
side rales, (shore J, corolla funnel-shaped, red, downy out-
l. ternate; leaft » dichotomously branched. May to July.
hair on both ets ro undish-ovate, acuminated, clothed with soft
hairy. Mexico, 1824. Branches terete, glabrous; branchlets
kA
k crenately* ciliated. July.
“Bignonia—continued. : z
= mor (soft). small, downy ; panicle terminal terminal, many-flowered.
ine D dows Sin. long, ovate, sub- pi downy on both
s. Cayenne, 1818,
B. mollissima (very soft). a corollas somewhat funnel-shaped,
A downy inside ; panicles axilla lary otomously branched, downy.
7 leaflets 24i broad, os ovate,
l. conjugate and simple ; in. long, lin. broa
acute, cordate, clothed with soft hairs above.
pallida (pale).*. ji. axillary, usually soli ; corolla ag long,
funnel-shaped, with a yellow tube, and a pa e lilac limb ; ober
l simple, opposita: oblong, obtuse,
rather cordate at the base.
(B. R. 965.) å
B. ta (painted). A synonym of B. speciosa. į pe
B. ; (rooting). See Tecoma radicans, ws ah
B. reticulata (netted). Columbia, 1873.4." | os ose
Be (Roezl’s). Columbia, 1870, — "ie
three to six-flowered, downy. Summer. s conjugate ;
lanceolate, Sin. long, acute at both ends, quite glabrous, : shining,
Branches terete, sulcate. Trinidad, 1824. :
B. speciosa (beautiful).* fi. pink, T amko andr cal; vine
aceous, split on one side; panicl i, pinnate,
ternate and verticillate ; "leaflets oblong-lanceola , acumina te,
shining, serra; h. 4ft. Uru , 1840. A glabrous evergreen
shrub. Syn. B. picta. (B. M. i
B. bilis (showy). fl., corolla 3in. long, coriaceous,
glabrous, a racemes terminal, short, havin e two lower
edicels three-flowered, and the rest one-fi L aiea.
eaflets ovate-oblong, acuminated, obtuse. A
B. Tw eedie’s). fl. yellow; nt glabrous, limb
oe a five pve partd, ci ted ; segments emar; uncles one-
flowered. Summer. l conjugate ; leaflets la: acuminate ;
petioles downy. Buenos Ayres, 1838. (B. R. "26,
B: variabilis (variable).* fl., corolla 3in. lo , with a greenish-
yellow tube ; limb ultimately white ; racemes simple, short, many-
flowered, terminal. June to August. l, lower ones biternate ;
superior ones conjugate ; divisions ternate. Branches tetragonal.
Tendrils trifid. Caraccas; 1819.
B. venusta (lovely). fl., corolla crimson, clavately m nial -sha
with a spreading n Ba villous instile 3 ped,
many-flowered. August to December. l., ower ones ae
superior ones conjugate; leaflets oblong-ovate, ted
oblique at the babe. razil, 1816. R. 249.)
BIGNONIACEZ. A large order of trees, or twining
or climbing shrubby plants. Flowers usually trumpet-
shaped; corolla usually irregular, four or five-lobed, and
with a swollen portion below its mouth; stamens five,
unequal. Fruit, a two-valved, often pod-like copenle. 1 Leaves
usually opposite, compound. The best - known
Bignonia, Catalpa, Eccremocarpus, Jacaranda,
- BIJUGATE. A compound leaf, with two.
leaflets.
BILABIATE. Having two Bipe. n
BILBERRY. See Vaccinium Myrtillus,
BILIMBI TREE. See Averrhoa Bilimbi. >
BILL. A cutting i , curved forward, or hook-
shaped toward the point, an with a handle, like a
hatchet. It is used for p n &e. -When short, it is
called a Hand-bill; + bg har a Hedge-bill, or Hedge-
hook.
(in honour of Jacques Julien Labil-
celebrated French botanist and traveller).
Apple B Orv. Pittosporacee. Very desirable green-
house evergreen climbers. Peduncles solitary from e,
apex of the branches, one-flowered, pendulous; calyx
five subulate sepals; petals five, combined into a tub
below, generally yellow; stamens five. Fruit edible. ;
Leaves alternate. They thrive either in pots or planted
out in a compost of fibrous loam, leaf soil, aye peat, in
lardiere,
in agente heat, root sah
from seed, w several of the : .
dance. "A
B. angnatifenid ¢ ( I
B. orig-fio
* |
. longiflora (l
iene Ta solitary ;
Branches terete. St. Vincent, 1823,"
B: salicifolia (Willow-leaved). , corolla funnel-shap sin.
long, copper-coleured, with a w ite limb; peduncles ae
=
ic co + P $. ká al * =
+ x? : ¥. x ¥ a pi i j z * 7 ý: € ú
v we. a ~ oak s *
A 4 sA Bs. ` x = &
- S ee 5
190 # THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, | ¥ e
i diera—continued. EE a? 1 Billbergia—conlinved. ee A
fre wing and profuse-flowering species. SYN. = ialis. See ameoena (pleasing). — aa w bey i ped viih Sluta
Fig. 51. (B. M. 1507.) E è q loosely panicled ; bracts c ured. ERS al Brazil ith
me j * (eR 3). y et y 8 ily spits razil, 1817.
wes. We ed yas
B. Baraq uin’s).* een; spikes ihe ‘the
. wor f or five lar, ph oblong-lanceo-
+
1G. 251. PRurnine Porto OF » BILLARDIERA L LONGIFLORA.
j (cdattighaiie) Lorda a e en i
t (oval-leaved}y Asynonymof B:longifora. `
scandens (climbing).* fl. cream-colo at length lish,
solitary ; pe Is sa ‘length as the re se Stas i Bete ber.
a’ , entire. Bran , when young, villous. New
Holland, 1795. SYNS. B. mutabilis, . angustifolia. (B. M. 1313.)
BILLBERGIA (named after J. G. Billberg, a Swedish
botanist). . ORD. Bromeliacew. A genus of handsome stove
plants. lowers borne on light panicles; calyx three-
parted ; corolla of three convolute petals, scaly at the base;
stamens inserted into the base of the perianth. Leaves
harsh, tigid. These require much the same treatment as
nended for Achmea. The most suitable soil is
f B; of peat, leaf soil, and loam in about equal parti
» which is added some sharp sand, to keep it open and
porous. Free and perfect drainage is absolutely neces-
ay for the successful culture of this class of plants, and
E yer of moss should be placed over the crocks previous
filling the pots with soil. Although fond of heat,
gias will, when in flower, bear removal to a cooler
tham a stove; and, if they are kept a little dry at
od. The ‘stronger growing kinds thrive well
woll-dininsd loam and leaf poig Propagation
is effected by carefully taking off the suckers which
the oes after the plants hase” done flowering ;
this, they ad be allowed" to attain
me more mature, and are in
ing. The best method to.a
sucker in a hand and gen
tly tills
e by the removal of
trim the } a few of the lower
leaves, and then insert each sucker separately in a small
pot, in sharp : A bottom heat of about 80deg.
will greatly root-g failing this
“the Siter
| - (B. R. 1068.)
lee ACT ps s \ PE
na aa By es +
“upper aa pendulots bear:
late, bright scarle bracts at the fury of the flowers; the stem
above the bracts is‘hoary white. ly spring. l. ligulate, taper-
ing to a point, where, as Sa as at the edges, they are armed with F
mhar reddish s spines, -a ee with white > ae
SCUT: y bars... te (£. H. SN
B. chlorosticta Greens Syhowyinous with B. Saundersii,
B, iridifolia (Iris-leaved).* „fl. red and yello a" tipped with blue, -
in drooping spikes ; rachis ‘bracts crimso March. L lanceo-
s Tate, ensiform, 1ift., grey beneath. h. lft. Rio goi, 1825.
Liboniana (Libon’s).* jl., outer herak segments beautiful _
. ‘coral red, about half as long as the i Med ones, which are whitish.
at the base, and a splendid pu © ero Winter, oad in a
detise rosette. A. 1ft. Brazil, 1 a M. 5090.)
B. Lietzei (Lietz’s).* fl. in loose terminal. racemes, eas! È. Te
tended by lanceolate pink bracts; sepals rosy pink, half aioe
as the greenish corolla. 1. tufted, ligulate, acute ; Margin spiny. —
Brazil, 1881. A double-flowered ‘variety, with petaloid stamens,
is mentioned by M. Morren, which is Lag ee in being the =
first double-flowered Bromeliad yet recorded. (B. H“ 1881, 97.) -
» marmorata (marbled).* ji. deep blue; calyces green, tipped
with blue ; bracts very large, leafy, oblong, bright scarlet ; panicles
erect, bral iched, much longer than the leaves... l. broadly ligulate,
sheathin at the base, truncate-mucronate at the apex ; edges
regularly toothed, deep groen, freely blotched and ‘barred, 4
wit dull reddish-brown. (1. H. 2, 48.) i
B, Moreli (Morel’s).* fl., sepals vad. densely woolly, less than © ~
half as long as the purplish-violet petals ; spike dense, drooping; -~
bracts e, deep ig red, much longer than the solitary alls r
ebruary. 7. arching, lanceolate, shining green on both a
surfaces ; marginal spines few and weak. h. lft. Brazil, 1848. 2
An excellent basket plant. Syn. B. Moreliana. (B. H. 1873, 1, 2.) ` g
B. Moreliana (Morel’s). “Synonymous with B, Moreli. è
a
Fic, 252. FLOWERS OF BILLBERGIA NUTANS.
B, nutans (nodding). ju, es reddish ; ellowish-green,
“Pee Ge suis Seta ai whee
ryge ros e inter.
Bi y bracts, AARO ing in ing spi
7 h. Init.
Brazil, 1868." See Soe fig. 252, (B. M. 6428.) ES Ta
1
B. (pallid). fl enish-white; ovary deepl;
iat! pendulous ; act orl Eei te, of a beautiful
sE, and potted on the Dr u
grooved ;
*
P
* æ marked with transverse mealy ands.
B: Saundersii (Saunders’).* jl. about 2in. long,
a >% toothed,
faces.
-B
- + zones of grey, the whole deepening with a
Having both primary and secondary segments of
p o Veg Ey
-< +
Oe as ee ar ee Ot A ne
#
CYOEOPADIA OF 2 Horticut ure. -3 -1191
3 Z > S$ aN as å
" Billbergie continued, Teri E d at a ETA à t A
+ _ beneath, with Er A te bars Ñ, -Bft aa, 1856. Srys. B. . | Rooks, are ‘tiseful in lessening the numbers of wire-
2 Sans sith ed “worms, and-of hurtful insects in general; but, if “very _
B. pale). Synonym a vi
B. ‘Prramidalts ¢ Pram).
erect ent, ; bracts Janceo eera wit
: with w hije, hands hens
B. Quesneliana (Ques nel’ T9 uf deep purple 3 Bracts flesh-
oloured ; ; upper ones riegat with white. h.6ft.. Guiana,
874.” An erect growing species, possessing the Same habit as B.
nginatm, but having the leaves ore E EA and deep
SYN. Quesnelia rufa.
Fotki argina
. oblong spike of light blue, subtended by ‘large; ‘broad, deep, rose-
coloured bracts, with scarious margins. January. l. sheathin
at the base, about 2ft. long, channélled, spiny on thé margin, an
x lift: opical America,
1880. Syys. B. rubro-marginata and Quesnelia roseo-marginata,
B. rubro-marginata (red-margined). „Synonymous with B..
rosea- -marginata.
Peru, 1822.
sen
ta (rose-margined).* H PA a dense =
* disposed ina
loose pendulous inflorescence ; sepals crimson, half the length of
the petals, which are yellow outside and blue within. J. tufted,
ligulate, rounded at the apex, termin by a short mucro, saw:
n gat? o purple beneath, and pigeon white dn both
SYN. (according to , Morren) B. chloro-
(F.-M. n. s. 106.)
leyka tees a yrsoid). j. dense, in thyrsoid spikes, a
out bracts. June. l. n, ti s a N e
gin toothed. h. 1ft.
B; vittata ( (striped), f. Sogou, with crimson calyces and
er ‘es elongate, Tahiting.
et:
lft. Brazil, isa &. H. 1871, 1
B. Wioti (Wiot’s). Synonymous with B. pallescens. a
B. omen (zebra-streaked).* Ë greenish; scape clothed with
e, salmon-coloured bracts; inflorescence cefully
pon downwards. Early spring. J. sheathing for about half
< their length, forming thus a sort of tube, yi ie with
m South
America, 1826. SYN. Helicodea zebrina, (L. B
— Two-lobed.
ATE. In pairs.
BINDING. The process of securing a graft.or bud
in its place by means of Raffia or Bast. The same term
is applied to hard clay or other soil impervious to water,
in summer.
BINDWEED. See Convolvulus.
BIOPHYTUM (from bios, life, ‘and phyton, a plant;
the leaves of one species being sensitive to the touch).
TRIBE Ovalidee of ra A ge es
and interesting pe ring from Oza oie.
pide i has Boe Winds An “the valvds of i cap
being patent and separate to the base. They will thrive in `
a mixture of loam and peat. Propagated by seeds} which
should be sown in spring, on a hotbed. bly the only
*
species in cultivation is the following : ae
B. sensitivum (sensitive). fl. yellow, small. July. aoe leaflets”
oblong, obtuse, mucronate. h. Gin. Eas and Ching, 1825. The
leaves of this plant
É. oii ae the slightest touch. raga. Oxalis
sensitiva. (B. R. 3
BIOTA. See Thuja.
BIOTIA. See Aster oappiáboitai.
=
BIPARTITE. Divided into two nearly to the base... .
BIPINNATE. Twice pinnate.
BIPINNATIFID, or BIPINNATIPART
divided, but to the base.
BIPLICA' Having two folds or plaits.
BIRCH. See Betula.
BIRD-CHERRY. See,Cerasus Padus.
BIRDLIME. A
preparation made from Mistletoe
berries and Holly bark. Tt is used for catching birds.
BIRD-PEPPER. See Capsictim egin,
. „As a class, Birds are very much more useftl
Peng aes
— hurtful i in gardens, Owls are of great use in catch-
g mice, anl Night-jars i in ae: insects.
with le margin, Yn |
i y peeves: ligu-
oe
} above the surface of the ground, or in fro
apnsals ae lyrata, u
the peréfinials, coronopifo m ot gen
, Bik Sna but none are worth cultis
collections.. ee a S
ah
numerous, they may be driven -to eat potatoes and others
vegetable food, and may then do harm. The same rors -
-be said ‘of Starlings. Blackbirds and 'Phrushe ef
“much” on, snails and worms, ‘but they also feed the f
ripe, fruits. in ‘gardens. As a rule, slender- billed ‘birds
fee Sige «wholly on ets or other animals, and are.
- to yuraged in ip # all seasons. Among Š é.
ead ma be. -enumerated the Tree- Creeper, Wryneck, — aa
Varblers, s and ‘Wrens of ` various - kinds, Chats, Hedge: - |
sparrow, Larks,- Redstart, Robin, Titmice, and. W: 5
»
‘Swifts, Swallows, andeMartins, are also» stroyers ` y T
“Of insects. ‘The Finches feed, in part, event apikan w
alsð eat large quantities of ‘seeds, and often do = *
able mage among plants grown for seed eJ., Cabbag j
and in the seed-beds. Sparrows are about the most “
troublesome, though they are often assisted by J untings,
Chaffinches, Linnéts, and others. When seed-beds’ or”
fruits have to be protected, this may-be done by nets;
or, more simply, by threads tied to sticks a few inches
nt, of the trees.
EYE PRIMROSE. See Primula fari-
nosa.:
BIRD'’S-FOOT. See E Hn ¥
BIRD’S-FOOT FERN. Sve Pellea ornithopus.
BIRD’S-NEST FERN. See Aspleniusy. N Nidus.
` BIRTHWORT.
t
e
See Aristolochia. — ae
BISCUTELLA (from-bis double, and scutella, a saucer;
in allufion to the form of the, silicles). Buckler Mustard.
ORD. Crucifere: Perennial or ‘annual herbaceous plants,
usually hispid, but sometimes downy or smoothish. . Flowers
yellow, scentless ; pedicels” filiform, bractless. Leaves ob-
long, entire, toothed “ or pinnatifid, somewhat radical or
cauline. Stems round, erect, ‘usually corymbosely branched
at the top by racemes, which, when in flower, are short,
bat elongated at the time of fruiting. All the species pro-
duce seeds freely. The annuals should be 80
open borders. Some of the ares kinds are)
ne roc
el rows. : ar !
BISERRATE. nak ina saw-liko manner, bot
with the primary teeth again serrated. a. S
BISULCATE. Doubly furrowed.. .
| BITERNATE. Twice ternate.
BITTER ALMOND.
amara. z»
BITTER APPLE. “k Cucumis Colocynthis. t
BITTER-SWEET. See Solanum Duloamara. He
BITTER VETCH, See Orobus. .; >- i
BITUMINOUS. Clammy; id Pt yd
BIVONÆA (named after Antonio Bivona- ? Fr
a Sicilian botanist, author of “Sicularum Plantarum Cen-
turia I. et*II.,” Palermogit806)» _ ee A pretty
little monotypic gennsy, we adapted, for menting
rockwork or the*front o flower: a ders. - sandy
soil is most suitable fof its oul are, - Px seeds,
z g
*
4
See par communis
ated B
a : > ka 2s ‘ x P s i r * i a
s . ee Se p - A "En & ‘
, ane te THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, E oe i
n Ri: =? Lir ’ a
ith Atherican name). = s “Black Fiy- continued. :
A r - er mean with dich ous panicles ` $ * struction must be - employed directly. the insect appears.
post of d cordate priekiy Tts extermination is an extremely difficult matter ; but —
bangin apted to” the "Sprig remedies are "H effectual : 0
re eed, so i i á
ut SA ot free
i _ Fig, 254. THE BEAN FLY. i
ša, Female, maguifie’ ; b, Male, natural size, and magnified,
Tobacco” Water. This, made and applied as Rleom:ncRded
for Aphides (which see) is a good ‘remedy; but it is ren-
dered more certain by the employment of soapsuds, instead
of clear water, in its manufacture. a $ ; iZ
3 Ar = ; ge i i :
s$ -e `
For 258, a rowan Pace OF BIXA ORELLANA, YR :
d sepak tikë; > Paris Green (Arserifate of Copper). Owing to its poison-
the tacle |, ous me this should not be used where there is fruit on
‘ PRS ewe: under them; but there is no better
lestroye Shard-dying Tts application is very
ple. Mis 1lb. ‘oft green with 30gals. of water,
rell wet the infested parts of the trees, using a fine-
watercan or gardem engine for the purpose. The
operator’s hands should be free from sore#and scratches,
r dangerous ulcerations may ensue.
` Gas Liquor. If this can be obtained from a gas-house, it
_ should.be diluted with twice its bulk of water, and applied
in the same manner as Paris Green, being washed off. with
clean water in a few hours. If the process be repeated on
? = gri th: oe ighis it will be found certain in
i eover, it is no poisonous. The finger
ong " Apia rumicis), | of thumb, Wos Aphis ‘rush dal early, will often
J band-sBlack Doll This Fly (see | exterminate these oes insects at once. The first
pe
ne herbageous plants. It is | of the methods abovéd is eee the most acces- >
to Boana hone p Smaa aie sible and the safest to Poisonous insecticides are
es ae >. ey
y dangerous, oE
brn Afo. hands of
n e c@gperienced. Black Fly e, ho féver, one ef.
y insects to eradicate, especially if allowed”
pe atiy, A syringing of clean water should follow either
d age ot the above applications. See also Aphides. ki
| => BLACK JACK OAK. See Quercus nigra.
- BLACK MAIDENHAIR SPLEENWORT. See
Aspleni tum-nigrum.
- BLACK E. See Pinus austriaca.
= BLACKTHORN. See Prunus spinosa., |
- BLACK VARNISH TREE; See Melanorrheea,
BLACK) WATTLE. s See Callicomia serratifolia.
BLADDER CATCHFLY. See Silene: inflata.
LADDER KETMIA. See Hibis s Trionum.
‘BLADDER NUT. See Staphylea. =
BLADDER SENNA. See aie es
e done when repotting.
den).* fl. 14in. to 2in. long; sea:
ree to five pure golden-yel roo d
mmer. Z. narrow, linear, k lor channelled, from
which the flower-scape arises. h. lft. to 2ft. New
(Œ. M. 5809.)
r om
BLADDER WORT. Se Utricularia” a. aa ts. sooth She f rich conte, i
“© BLADE. «The lamina or expanded part’of a leaf. deed Paita rome lo Fem ys n nae nt om
4 wenty, termina sca une.
p Ae rs after Patrick Blair, M.D., F.R.S., ga s diz htly keeled at the’ — lim broad, New South
a who practised medicine at Bosto: Lincolnshire, ‘and was es. This magnificen se ve a CHACON
author of “Miscellaneous Onaaete oka: ” 1718; “Botanic a. Heapybesek M Se aca rained Ta
oe A 1820, &c.). ORD. Ericaceæ.’ Pretty little green- t BA ro, e ; >
K bell-shaped, in a dense drooping umbe
-o pazergrocn shrubs, natives of Southern and Tropical fi. dullish w =
~ Flowers terminal, glomerate; corolla short-tubu- £ sters iira ateélance: EI =
lar, with a four-cleft limb, very freely branched. Leaves ete pot, an
~ verticillate, with revolute margins. For culture, see Erica. | B. elegans (elega
*. í funnel-shaped. $ r. =l. long
B. articulata (jointed).* jl, reddish; heads drooping. May. handsome form is ons Aaa T
“ L. four in a. whorl, ovate or linear, glabrous, and shining; bracts B. £ wE
: ‘solitary. A. lft. 1795, i and Eii oo agnificont). $e i ,
eae B- eficoides (Heath-like). fl. purplish-red August. J. fourina scape abont ft tl i htly endulot , and ai ed near the
am whorl, oblong, obtuse, ringed ; bracts three, length of the calyx. summit, Summer; l ct, ong. Peia disposed
h. 2it. 1774. SYN. Erion orbicularis. (L. B.C phant distichons manner. Shis is a v splendid greenhouse
B. purp rple. fl. purple; heads ieee June. 4 ioe te acca be mel tes — 875. SYN,
ina whorl, arate, ‘jubstliated. Stem flexuous, erect. h, 2ft
_ BLAKEA (named after Martin Blake, of wai a a. petn oae
4 greatepromoter of usefúl knowledge)... ORD. Melastomacee. t] 812i
à m ae stove eve uae enjshrubs or trees. Flowers red, eat funnel-
. ` large, show¥; pedu pe ri p one-flowered, naked, ied, fe lla
3 = opposite or tary ] ijfwith:
e : bilis lees . On i ns, on long
summer: Cuttin Sob freely if taken Sak drooping. “Bites T 7 hW A. 2ft. News r
are quite ripe | Fe ot erwise they are apt to rot), p
pot of sand, and plaaged in a mcist heat, under
glass. *
+ B. quing quenervia (fv
sid white disks; unc
= L elliptic, acuminated, naked, and shini
nerved, h. 10ft. to 16ft.. Guiana, 1820.
B. trinervia (three-nerved). ` fl. rose colour, ta E teks
solitary, longer than the petioles. June. l ‘oval-obl , three
pees glabrous and shingy n both surfaces in the adult state
when young soraia tod Wibtioleajend branchlets clothed
r flesh-coloured, lange, with
es Eain Saer t the, etio June.
Hoat hott E fiv Ora
“ tomentum. Roots issuing from the branches and s
= to 8ft. Jamaica, 1789. (B. M. 451.)
NC G. ` This process is effected for the pur-
btaiming crispness, and for converting what would,
Ta Ne stances, be a dangerous plant—in ’
deli case of Celery especially so—into a highly popular
= ee Blanching can only be accomplished by entirely
eas ante the light pe the plants, thus depriving. the
g matters’ of their power to decompose water
and carbonic acid gas. It is also termed Etiolation.
Blandford
2 ). (g % A be
greenhouse Er plants, nativ: rad A — ned genus of
solitary, on recurved pedicels ; 4 pésiar
‘©
(pamed after George, A of
A Flowers |
wiunnel-shaped, six- `
inon, the Greek name
_ attractive genus of
ith, d usually Sotia i
dis from the edge of the ‘frond.
generally pinnate or pinnatifid.
» general ie see Ferns,
B. austral uthern),* ;
ĝin, to bin. long. fronds Yin,
broad, lanceolate, narrowed
the barren ones i
hastate-cordate, or a
~ side, with a very <
in a continuous-¢ tl
to the midrib. South /
B. boreale See
- lft. or more 1
scales. stù t, si
x
4
~ a d * *
oa BU | ti
. i ga £ g7 ak EA. * Tie P
194° | THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, «§ ~*~
# © *Blechnum—continued. aie ae Blechnum—continued.
a
aye long, 6in. to 16in. broad, narrowing downwards Bin! |. pinne numerous, linear, 4in. to 6in. long, about sin. broad, —
i
ys pinne close, linear, 4in. to 8in. long, gin. to Zin. b -narrowed dually towards the point, margin finely toothed,
q% wed gradually towards the ‘Point, finely. toothed or un- |+ dilated, and connected at the base. sori in a broad line close to
ih R dulated, connected at the base. Brazil and Peru, 1820. See- the midrib. Temperate Australia, 1820. Greenhouse species.
Pe i Be hae e ho a 2 TRN
b * ao y I;
ie i ee.
s qr a - a a4
E ae Pa
ee es Š; a "i rg
am ol
-* E A 4 =
inal " ý N a
+.
$
a j
on .
Fs
én r
* .
Fig ; BP, tee £ _ Fic, 255. BLANDFORDIA FLAMMEA PRINCEPS. P
ig. 256. (H. S. F. 3, 157.) There is a very,pretty variety met | B. hastatum (halbert-shaped).* rhiz. short stout, scaly. sti. 4in.
with in gardens under the name of Corcovadehee crispum, which |' to 6in. lon, Hone naked. fronds from’9in. to 18in. pid and 2in.
at quite so strong-growing as the type, with wavy, crispy | to Sin. broad, lanceolate, with twenty to forty pinnæ on ench side ;
edges. They will y Aat m aa cool of nioo foma: the barren ones lin. to lin. long i ate, falcate, narrowed
on us). cau. oblique, densely scal ually to a point, the lower sides uncate, and slighi
at top. sti. strong, erect, 4in. to bin. long, scaly, muricated in the fobed, the upper cordate, with a large y auricle ; fertile
lower part. frondsovate-oblong, 2ft. to 3ft. long, bin. to 12in. broad ; pinne narrower, sori midway between b and margin;
$ | : *
& i Fic. 256. BLECHNUM BRAZILIENSk,
ra rachis and surfaces naked or slightly pubescent ; texture coriaceous.
= Temperate South America, 1841. Greenhouse species.
B. Lanceola (lance-leaved). rhiz. slender, creeping, stoloniferous.
an sti. slender, erect, 2in. to 4in. long. fronds lanceolate, undivided,
k 4in. to 6in. long, in. broad, or less, narrowed gradually from the
i centre towards each end. Tropical America, 1820. Stove species.
1 B. L. trifoliatum (three-leaved). fronds furnished with one or
f two pairs of small oblong-obtuse lateral pion at the base of the
large terminal one. Stove variety. (H. S. F. & 94.) . y
B. longifolium (long-leaved).* rhiz. shior. creeping. sti. firm,
i erect, nearly naked, 6in. to 12in. long. fronds 6in. to Yin. long,
d with a terminal pinna, and three to six lateral ones on each side,
which are 3in. to Sin. long, and }in. broad, narrowed gradually
towards the point. soriin broad lines gow to the midrib ; texture
Mos ical America, 1820. m is a variety
found in nda under the name of J) P Ati oita with a
; pinne six to eight on a "a
habit more a an mo,
> sometimes lin. termedium -) and B.
: aih ge often ’s hag gafiiens, are slen
1 r í i edigh im
B. nitidum (shining t, erect, nak naked, 3in. to 4in. long.
fronds oblong-lanceolate, siege more jong, in
pinay numerous, ‘sub- al ear, 3in, to iene, ie. to nA
road, narrowed gråd wards the int, dilated. and con-
nected at the base; “ie undulate-den’ ; texture ceoUus 5
both surfaces smooth. species. The variety actum,
often seen in gard has Ey ork contracted, and the edge
much undulated. Brazil. ( 3, 65.9
B. occidentale Biese. Ae ge cau. s ereet, scaly at the top.
sti. 6in. to 12in. long, erect, scaly below. fronds ovate-acuminate,
Yin. to 18in. long, fin. to 8in. broad, with twelve to twenty-four
linear pinne on each side, which are 2in. to 4in. long, and about
ĝin. broad, narrowed gradually to a point, truncate or cordate ;
texture coriaceous. West Indies, southwards to Chili and South
Brazil, 1823, A very handsome stove or greenhouse fe $
B. s multifidum (much-cut). * A pretty variety, said to hive been
rom Dominica; the apices of the pinne are copiously
crested eh tasselled, rendering it very desirable. Stove variety.
B. orientale (orientat) cau. stout, erect, clothed at the crown
sti. ameg to ĉin, long, Mron erect, herd
PL ea ae at Pgceaseer
A
setae Tagan aios South China and the Hi
B. polypodioides (Polypodium-like). A synonym of B. unilate-
me 6in. to 12in. lng iron cau. elongated, » stout, ascending.
erect, sm nearlymaked.
co ong acuminate, long, 6in. to 9in. broad, with twelve
plane ot aod pairs of uite distinct articulated linear oblo
are about 4in. to din. in.
narrowed gradnally towards the Point, and downwards = a narrow
wing vari er 3
É perennials, closely allied to Mona
= s% 3 :
+ z AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE: — PH 195
Blechmum— continued. š Blechnum —continueđ. - s - `; 4e
base, the margins finely- incised. Florida, &c.,
1819. te es or greenhouse. SYN. B, striatum,
*(H. 8. F. y
z i
e a B, striatum (striped). A synnyn ot B; as $
gs nlp (one-sided rgated,
aes a E Ss eae ext go ba
lin. to 4i AN lightly sg agg 3 3
lanceolate, bin. to 12in. long, Ijin. to 2in. age
pinnæ numerous, spreading inode, ly, linear, >
gin. tò lin. long, central ones jin. s : aroa, 7
point usually mucronate ; edge en "ashe ly j
so, the lower pant dilated broad . sort Pa
in a line close e midrib, Tropical America,
1829, ael at ibuted Stove or t vay
cies. SYN. B. olypodioides, der w aki
usu foun n gardens, 4
BLE JM @ Greek name for’ an t
known plant, supposed to resemble I Marjoram). #
ORD. Acanthacew. Stove herbacee
nials. For culture, &c., see Jus
B. Brownei (Browne’s). - =
bracteated spike, which ur-cornered bracts +
ovate, downy. Summer. elliptical, some-
what toothed, h. 2ft. West Indies 1780. The
other species introduced are : angustifolium, blue;
braziliense, blue ; and laxiflorum, white. A a y
(from blepharis, the eye-
lash; in refe to the fringed bracts of
the calyx). ORD. Acanthaceæ. Dwarf shrubs
or herbs, often spiny and woody, allied to
Acanthus. Flowers in bracteate spikes; calyx
cruciately four-parted, bracteate ; -upper seg- aes
-A ment entire, three-nerved lower, two-nerved;
corolla-tube very short; lip five-lobed, three
lobes often paoter than the others; stamens four,
sub- didynamots. or culture, & Ay see Acanthus.
B. boerhaaviæfolia (Boerhaavia-leaved). tes, July. l
usually four in a whorl, elliptic, toothed. India, 1829.
Stove annual.
B. capensis (Cape Colony).* fl. blue. July. l me lanceolate,
spinose. h. lft. Cape of Good Hope, 1816. Greenhouse biennial.
white, in a E ies
B. furcata (for ed-spined). blue. J l lanceolate, entire
or spiny ; bracts large, stro spinose. n Sit. of Good
“Hope, 1846. Greenhouse evergreen shrub. ws
B. linearifolia (narrow-leaved blue. July. l long entire
linear, open or hairy, st shia. h. ze G
Stove annual. i $
B. procumbens (trailing).* bias: al, L armaani praene
spiny. h, lft. Cape of Dodi Hope, 1825. ‘Greenhouse
trailer.
BLEPHILIA (from blepharis, the Sah., A
to the ciliated bracts). ORD. Labiate.
a, Ornamental hardy
but differing from it
in the calyx tube having thirteen i of fifteen nerves,
arid being naked in the throat, while the corollas are much
smaller and more dilated. They are of easy culture in
ordinary soil. Increased readily by dividing the roots in
early spring.
B. ciliata (ciliated). f. blue; whorls all distinct; bracts
ciliated, reddish at top. July. J. almost sessile, ovate-oblong,
narrowed at the bass, canescent beneath. A. lft. to 2ft. Nort!
America, 1798.
B. hirsuta (hairy). jl. purple or blue; whorls more numerous
than in the preceding ; upper ones approximate. July. l pe-
tiolate, = roundly cordate at the base, hai on both surfaces,
h. lft. to 2ft. Virginia, 1798. Habit more bra welled
than in B. ciliata.
BLESSED THISTLE. See Cnicus Dex
properly Carbenia benedicta.
BLETIA (in honour of Don Lonis Biot, a Spams
botanist). ORD. Orchideæ. A large genus of, for the
most part, stove terrestrial „orchids. Flowers purple or
whitish, in terminal racemes. Leaves narrow, grass-liko.
Pseudo-bulbs ne See, The flowers are
produced wh are thoroughly establish
are valuable for eer as git for their |
as for the time they last in perfection. se ae arire
best in a compost of loam and leaf mould.
of crock, teasers S BE f
196 ‘
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Bletia—continued.
in the bottom of the pot, which should be filled to within
lin. of the top with soil. The bulbs should then be in-
serted, and just covered. A good supply of water during
the growing season is necessary, and only a moderate
amount of heat. After growth has ceased, a period of
rest is required, during which.time very little water
should be given. Propagation is effected by divisions,
which should be made after the plants have finished
flowering, or previous to their starting into growth.
B. campanulata (bell-shaped). f. deep purple, with a white
centre, lasting a considerable time in perfection. Mexico.
B. florida a ji. pale rose-coloured ; lip not spurred. July
and August.
(B. R. 1401.)
B. gracilis (slender). fl. pale greenish-white; sepals and petals
the different subjects.
nearly equal, lanceolate, acuminate; lip red and yellow ; scape
simple. J. oblong, lanceolate, plicate.
(B. R. 1681.) .
B. hyacinthina (Hyacinth-like).* fl. purple, racemose; lip not
spurred, beardless ; scape about as long as the leaves. March to
June. l. lanceolate. A. 1ft. China, 1802. This pretty species
has proved to be quite hardy. (Garden, Nov., 1879.)
B. patula (spreading-flowered). fl. purple, spreading ; scape tall,
h. 1l}in. Mexico, 1850.
ae March. J. lanceolate. h. 2ft. Hayti, 1830. (B. M.,
B. Peepher dh (Shepherd’s).* f. on branching spikes, purple.
marked down the centre of the lip with yellow. Winter. l. long,
lanceolate, dark green. Jamaica, 1825. (B. M. 3319.)
B. Sherrattiana (Sherratt’s).* Jl. about a dozen on a spike, rich
rosy purple; petals very broad, twice the breadth of the sepals ;
lip deep pore in front, marked with white and yellow down the
centre. ree to four-plicate. Pseudo-bulbs depressed. New
Grenada, 1867. (B. M
B. verecunda (modest). fi. purple; lip not spurred. January.
h. 3ft. West Indies, Mexico, &c., 1733. (B. M. 930.)
BLIGHIA SAPIDA. The Akee Tree. This is now
included under the genus Cupania (which see).
BLIGHT, or BLAST. Applied to various diseases
of plants which are caused’ or accelerated either by the
presence of “parasitic fungi or insects, or by atmospheric
influence. Blight generally proves fatal to the whole or
part of the subject attacked.
BLIND. A term applied to plants which fail to pro-
duce central buds. The defect is frequently noticeable in
the Cabbage, and other plants of the Brassica tribe; and
is, perhaps, mainly due to the attacks of insects in a very
early stage. Great care should therefore be exercised in
keeping the seed beds clear of insect pests, by the appli-
cation of ashes, lime, and soot, or spent hops.
BLOOD FLOWER. sce Hemanthus.
BLOODROOT. See Sanguinaria canadensis.
BLOOM. A fine powder-like substance found on
Grapes, Cucumbers, Plums, &c., and varying in colour in
It should be carefully protected,
as it improves the appearance of the fruit. The term is
also generally used—although incorrectly—as the plural of
blossom, : ; 7
BLOSSOM. The flower of a plant, or the essential
organs of reproduction,..with their appendages.
gee ae naM Pampanula rotundifolia ani
BLUE-BOTTLE. See Centaurea Cyanus.
BLUETS. The French name for Centaurea Cyanus.
See also Houstonia cerulea and Vaccini
folium. ‘
BLUMENBACHIA (in honour of John Frederick
Blumenbach, M.D., Professor of Medicine at Göttingen,
and distinguished as a comparative anatomist). Orp.
Loasacee. Elegant branched, climbing or trailing, annual,
biennial, or perennial herbs, generally covered with stinging
hairs, which are very objectionable. Flowers axillary,
solitary, bracteate, very pretty and interesting. Leaves
> Opposite, lobed. They are of easy culture in ordinary
garden soil. Propagated by seeds, which should be sown
h. 2ft. West Indies, 1786, A very pretty species. |
Blumenbachia—continued.
in pots, in spring, and placed in a gentle heat, where they
will germinate in about a fortnight. When the seedlings
are large enough, and after having been previously hardened
off, they may be planted out in their blooming quarters, or
potted on and trained to a trellis.
FiG. 257. BLUMENBACHIA CHUQUITENSIS.
B. chuquitensis (Chuquitan).* fl. solitary, axillary, with five to _
~ ten boat-shaped red petals, which are yellow within. September.
l. oblong-lanceolate, pinnate; segments pinnatifidly lobed. Peru,
1863. Half-hardy climbing perennial. See Fig. 257. (B. M. 6143.)
B. contorta (twisted).* fl. orange-red, with cup-shaped green
scales within. July. J. oblong-ovate, pinnatifid; lobes incisely
toothed. Peru.
a wall, out of doors, during the summer. (B. M. 6154.)
Fic. 258. FLOWER OF BLUMENBACHIA CORONATA,
B. coronata (crowned).* fl. of pure glossy whiteness, quad-
rangular, crown-shaped, 2in. in diameter each way.
narrow, bipinnatifid, cut into small segments, A. 1}ft.
1872. This is an elegant dwarf, tufted, erect biennial, with the
pure white blooms imbedded in the metallic lustrous foliage. SYN-
Caiophora coronata. See Fig. 258. wai se bi
insignis (remarkable).* f. with w petals | reddish-
pe ales axillary, on long peduncles, about lin. in diameter.
Greenhouse climber, but may be grown against ~~
= AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. +
Blumenbachia— continued.
ven-lobed; upper ones deepl
a hat Ave nil, 51826. a suena) fapa aid
SYN. Loasa palmata. (B. M. 2865.) i
- BOBARTIA (named after Jacob Bobart, Professor of
Botany at Oxford in the seventeenth century). ORD.
= [rideæe. A small genus of greenhouse or hardy bulbous
plants, closely allied to Sisyrinchium. The species in
cultivation are very pretty hardy plants, but require
protection from severe frosts and excessive rains. They
thrive best in a warm, light soil, and make pretty plants
` for rockwork. Propagated by separating the offsets
during autumn. This genus has been much misunder-
stood. Among the plants which have been referred to it
are some which now find places in the genera Aristea,
Sisyrinchium, Homeria, Marica, Morea, &e., &e.
` B. aurantiaca. See Homeria aurantiaca.
B. gladiata (sword-shaped). jl. yellow, thinly sprinkled with
purple dots near the centre, handsome, nearly 2in. across.
4. linear, ensiform, narrow, slightly glaucous, lft, or more in
length. 1817. SYN. Marica gladiata. (B. R. 229.)
B. spathacea (rush-like). l. rush-like, several feet in length ;
flower-stem as long as leaves, bearing near extremity a cluster of
pale yellow flowers, with narrow segments. Each flower lasts but
one day ; as a good many, however, are developed in each spathe,
there is a ee which lasts some time. 1832, Syn. Xyris
altissima. (L, B. C. 1900.) A
5.
w
__ FIG, 259. BOCCONIA CORDATA, showing Habit and Flower.
botanist, author of the “Museum des Plantes,”
Histoire Naturelle de lIle de Corse,” &e.). ORD.
receipt Two of the species are greenhouse or half-
prt aig ms Flowers inconspicuous, in terminal panicles,
Piece branches and branchlets each furnished with one
pri i stalked, glaucous, large, lobed. This genus
tae De agree with the rest of Papaveraceæ, from its
DIE py eat capsules and apetalous flowers. B. cor-
s ge a dsome, hardy, herbaceous plant, with a stately
it and finely-cut foliage, and, where bold subjects are
desired, few will be found superior to it. As an isolated
Bocconia— continued. P agha
specimen on the lawn, or by frequented walks, where it
will not be too closely surrounded by tall plants, it may be
grown with marked effect. It also forms a good subject-
for pot culture, and is largely used for sub-tropical bedding.
The soil most suitable for its culture is a good fat loam, of
considerable depth. pagated by cuttings, taken from
the axils of the larger leaves, during early summer; or
by young suckers, taken from established plants, during
summer, as they will then flower the following season. If
the former method is employed, the cuttings should be-
pushed on, so that there are plenty of roots before the ©
winter sets in. The other two species require greenhou
culture; but both are eminently suited for sub-tropical
gardening, in any light rich soil, or well-drained airy
situation. They are best propagated by seeds, ma:
hotbed in spring, the seedlings being placed out from June
to September. td x“
B. cordata (cordate).* jl. buff-coloured, very numerous, borne in t
very large terminal panicles; individually they are not showy, but
the fully grown inflorescence has a very distinct and pleasing ©
appearance. Summer. Z. large, reflexed, ly-veined, roundish-
cordate ; margins lobed or sinuated. Stems wing rather close
es ag thickly set with leaves. h. 5ft. to 8ft. , 1795, and
1866. Mr. Robinson recommends its being grown in the angle of
two walls which shelter it from the north and east. It runs
quickly at the roots, and the suckers may be cut off to the benefit
of the Pree an tee suck Bhat Eees a strong plant pie
year’s time. SYNS.~ ica and Macleaya yedoénsis.
Fig. 259. (B. M. 1905.) sid ;
B. frutescens (shrubby).* fl. greenish. October. l. large, sea-
green, oval-oblong, cuneated at the base, pinnatifid. A. 3ft. to 6ft.
Mexico, 1739. (L. B. C. 83.) i
B. integrifolia (entire-leaved). fl. greenish; panicle crowded.
1. flat, oblong, tapering towards each;end, entire, or scarcely
crenated. k. 9ft. Peru, 1
B. japonica (Japanese). Synonymous with B. cordata.
BEBERA (named after Bceber, a Russian botanist).
ORD. Composite. A genus of evergreen greenhouse shrubs,
now generally referred to Dysodia. Tuey are of easy cul-
ture, thriving in ordinary garden soil. Propagated by cut-
tings, made of young, rather firm, shoots, and placed in
sand, under a glass. There are several other species besides
the one given below, but they are not of much horticul-
tural value.
B, incana (hoary).* /.-heads spn nan: nae one-headed. No- ;
vember. l. pinnate, rather balsy $ omg linear FET _—— es
some entire, hairy. ‘Mexico, Bees $
1828. (B. R. 1602.) 2 os
and some
BOHMERIA (named after George Rudolph Boehmer,
a German botanist). ORD. Urticacee. A genus of shrubs
or herbaceous plants, allied to Urtica, from which it is ©
distinguished in not having stinging hairs. B. nivea is
the only species having any horticultural value. This
thrives best in a warm, sandy soil; and is increased by
divisions. - 5
B. nivea (snowy). greenish, disposed in spikes. J broadl
cordate, about 6in. bos by 4in. broad, Tonia aoet in a bag
slender point; edges serrate, covered on the under side with a
dense coating of white down. h. 3ft, to 4ft. China. A shrub-
like perennial, rather more curious than beautiful.
BOG BEAN. See Menyanthes trifoliata.
BOG-EARTH. Sec Peat. >o s
BOILERS. These are very important articles in all
gardens where there are glass houses, and the best should
always be selected. They are made in cast and w: =
iron, both of which have their special advantage
advantages, The former are less liable to
198
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Boilers—continued.
of the Boiler, has to be considered, should such a contin-
gency occur, it is certainly advisable to reduce all risks
to a minimum; and as the average life a Boiler is from
ten to fifteen years, a slightly larger first cost is not of
very serious moment. The forms of Boilers are very
diverse, and, in some of the patented forms, complicated.
But, whatever the shape, the following points are essential :
A clear and unrestricted waterway of not less than 2in. in
thickness; the greatest exposure of surface to the direct
action of the fire; a sufficient fire space; and a fire-bar
area calculated to supply enough fresh air to the fire to
support thorough combustion. The forms generally used
for horticultural work are the following, or some modifi-
cations of them; and, however grand the name, their
chief value consists in the attested heating capacity
at a given cost: The Saddle Boiler, which is made of
various sizes, with or without check ends, cross tubes,
and other devices for increasing the heating surface, and
also of a tubular form; the Upright Cylinder (a vertical
Fic. 260. VERTICAL SECTION OF CYLINDER BOILER,
A A, Wrought-iron Boiler, the shaded space showing the Water-
way ; B, Ashpit inside the cast base of Boiler; C, Fire-bars; D,
Flue; E, Domed Top’; F, Feeding Lid; G, Flow, and H, Return
Pipe Sockets.
section of which is shown in Fig. 260); the Upright
Tubular Cylinder; the Horizontal Tubular; and the Cornish
or Horizontal Cylinder. Combinations of the various forms,
au every case, it is necessary that the Boiler should
fixed in a proper rit | It is also good policy to have
Boilers about 30, or Sie | per cent., more powerful than
is actually required, when they are new, as, from various
nee ay Ue heating: tg le off in a year or two
desirable to. stimulate’ the action in order tor command
sufficient heat. There is no doubt that, for general pur-
poses, some modification of the Saddle or Cylinder Boiler
is by far the best, all things duly considered; but it is
impossible to give any practical advice without a thorough
knowledge of the requirements of any particular place.
Gas Boilers are also useful for small places. These are
made in many forms, and are, as a rule, in the shape of a
cylinder, with a coned inside, against which the flames
play. Some Gas Boilers have also a superheater attached ;
this exhausts the heat from the air which has passed
¿through the Boiler. Another good form is made of hori-
Boilers— continued.
over and amongst them. An atmospheric burner of
approved construction should be used where gas is the
heating power. A sufficient supply of gas should be
assured by using supply pipes of a good size. Care should
be taken to keep these pipes free from water, and pro-
tected from frost by silicate cotton lagging, or some other
good non-conductor. Except for very small places, how-
ever, gas apparatus is almost useless, and will never super-
sede fuel Boilers. For other particulars regarding Boilers,
see Heating and Stoking.
BOIS-PERDRIX. See Heisteria.
‘BOLBOPHYLLUM. See Bulbophyllum.
BOLETUS (from bolos, a mass; in reference to its
massy or globular form). ORD. Fungi. The only species
of this rather large genus demanding mention is B. edulis
(see Fig. 261), which is considered an excellent article of
food. Itis easily distinguished, and is often of large size
and somewhat unshapely; the pileus is usually of a dusky
= ALN RI ALU Vir L
— NR soi fi N. ; ee a
Fia. 261. COMMON BOLETUS (BOLETUS EDULIS).
yellow or brownish hue, but sometimes brighter and more
of a chestnut colour; the flesh is white, and does not change e
to a blue colour when cut (this is a very important cha-
racteristic, and should always be noticed). It is a species
common in most districts, usually growing in woods, and
appearing chiefly in the autumn.
BOLEUM (from bolos, a ball; in reference to the shape
of the seed-pods). ORD. Orucifere. An ornamental, hardy,
evergreen shrub, well adapted for rockwork, in ordinary
soil. It requires slight protection in winter if planted in
very exposed situations. Propagated by seed, sown in a
pot, in spring, and placed in a frame, or in the open border
mee a * A. cream-coloured ; racemes erect, elon-
B. asperum Cone" shiort, the lower ones bracteate. April.
e Alternate, oblong, linear; lower ones somewhat divided.
~À suffruticose, erect, branched plant, hispid from stiff hairs.
h. 6in. to lft. France. 1818.
BOLLEA. See Zygopetalum.
BOLTED. A term used in reference to plants that
have prematurely run to seed.
BOLTONIA (named after J. B. Bolton, an English
professor of botany). ORD. Composite. A genus of rather
pretty hardy herbaceous perennials. Flower-heads with
white or purplish rays. Leaves pale green, lanceolate,
sessile. They thrive in common garden soil. Propagated
by divisions of the roots, in March. a
2 AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 199
E Boltonia—continued.
7 B. asteroides (Aster-like).* /l.-heads flesh-coloured, stellate, dis-
posed ina rather large terminal icle. August. J. all entire,
somewhat broadly lanceolate, narrowed at both ends. h. 2ft.
E North America, 1758. (B. M. 2554.)
e B. glastifolia (woad-leaved).* /l.-heads pink. September. l., lower
~ ones serrated. h. 1l4ft. North America, 1758. (B. M. 2381.)
ORD.
tinguished by its twining
the capella
Bomarea—continued.
thriving in a compost of peat, leaf mould, loam, and sand,
with good drainage. Manure water should be given during
the season of growth. Although they make fine pot
plants, their full beauty is only developed when planted
out in the conservatory or greenhouse border. Propagated
a FIG. 262, FLOWERS OF BOMAREA CARDERI. >
by seeds, or by careful divisions of the underground stem.
In making a division, it is necessary to observe that the —
| part taken has some roots by which to live till new ones. _
are formed. It should. be potted at first, and may, when —
established, be planted out or shifted on. Seeds may be —
200 THE DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING, .
Bomarea—continued.
raised in a warm house without difficulty. They germi-
nate in a few weeks; and when the young plants are 2in.
or 3in. high, they should be placed separately in small
pots, shifting them on as necessary, or planting them out.
In favoured southern localities, several species have proved
hardy, but they are muth the best when grown in a green-
house.
B. acutifolia Ehren
undulate, outer segments dee
and spotted. Spring. J. lanceolate acute, smooth, Mexico, 1878.
(B. M. 6444).
1
B. Caldasiana (Caldas’s).* fi. orange pen, paed crimson. |
(Ehrenberg’s acute-leaved). fl.
orange, the inner ones paler
l. ovate-lanceolate, acute. Peruvian Andes, 1
B. Carderi (Carder’s).* fl. 2hin. long by lgin. in breadth at the
widest part, regularly bell-shaped, with six segments, the three
outer rose-coloured, the three inner nearly equal in length, crenu-
late, and spotted with purplish-brown ; inflorescence pendulous,
and consisting of a large terminal umbellate cyme, surrounded
at the base by a series of crowded leaves. J. oblong lanceolate,
acuminate, about 7in. by 2}in. Columbia, 1876. See Fig. 262, for
which we are indebted to Mr. Bull.
B. chontalensis (Chontalese). fl. lin. long, sub-campanulate,
obtusely trigonous ; outer segments thick, fleshy, wavy, rose-red,
with afew brown spots round the margin at the tip, very convex ;
inner segments a little shorter, pale yellow blotched with brown ;
umbels surrounded by a whorl of leaves, and composed of several
gwar each bearing four to six nodding flowers. August.
@. a or ovate oblong, acuminate. Nicaragua, 1871.
B. conferta (dense-flowered).* A synonym of B. patococensis.
B. edulis (edible). fl., outer segments rose, green tipped ; inner
spotted with rose. St. Domingo, &c. One of the oldest species
in cultivation. The tubers are said by Tussac to be eaten in St.
Domingo, like those of the Jerusalem Artichoke. See Fig. 263.
B. frondea (leafy). fl. 2in. long, tubulate-campanulate ; outer
segments narrow, oblong, yellow; inner segments żin. longer than
the outer ones, canari ge spotted with red; cymes umbel-
many-flowered, ut 8in. across, base leafy. lanceolate,
Bogota, 1881. (G. C. n. s. 17, p. 669.)
oligantha (few-flowered).* fl ly funnel- shaped,
about lin. long; outer segments slightly shorter than the
inner, oblanceolate, under łin. abroad, obtuse, unspotted,
reddish on the outside, yellow within; one or two to an
umbel, on simple, flexuous, glabrous dicels, about lin.
long. l. long, acute, about 2in. long, bright green on the
La ciliated on the ribs beneath. Peru, 1877. See
acuminate,
{Patococha). fl. 2in. to 2hin. long, elongate-
pa
funnel-shaped ; the three outer segments ovate lanceolate, about
one-fourth shorter than the inner segments, both of a rich crimson
colour; numerously borne in drooping, contracted tufts at the
Fic. 263. FLOWERING BRANCH OF BOMAREA EDULIS,
Bomarea—continued.
ends of the shoots; peduncles about 2in. to 2}in. long, intermixed
` at the base with broadly ovate-acute, leafy bracts. August and
Fig. 264. FLOWERING BrancH OF BOMAREA OLIGANTHA.
September. J. scattered, shortly stalked, broadly lanceolate, tail
pointed. Bogota, 1881. (G. C. n. s. 17, p. 187.)
B. salsilla (Salsilla). #. purple, about jin. long, the two inner
segments having a darker spot at the base, and all of them tinged
with green towards the points ; collected
into a terminal umbel. June. l. few,
lanceolate. South America, 1806. This
has proved quite hardy under various
conditions.
B. Shuttleworthii (Shuttleworth’s).*
ji, perianth about 2in. long, funnel-
shaped or elongate bell-shaped; seg-
ments nearly equal, oblong acute, outer
ones orange vermilion, slightly tinged
with green and dotted with small dark
at the tips; cymes umbellate, pendu-
lous. J. ovate lanceolate, Sin. to 6in. by
2in., gape Bogota, 1881. (G. C.
n. s. 17, p. 77.)
illiams’s).* (fl. rose-
B. eae about bg long, elongate fun-
nel shape; disposed in a compound
umbellate cyme. J. lanceolate, very
acute, and tapering to a very short
twisted petiole. New Grenada, 1882.
BOMBACES. A division of
Sterculiacee.
<- . BOMBAX (from bombaz, one of
the Greek names for cotton; the
pods are filled with a fine silky sub-
stance like cotton, but which it is
impossible to spin into thread, in
consequence of the edges being per-
fectly smooth). Silk Cotton Tree.
ORD. Malwvacee. ` A genus, of large
soft-wooded stove trees. Flowers
> AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 201
Bombax—continued.
scarlet or white, large, usually rising laterally from the
trunk or branches, either singly orin clusters. They grow
best in a rich loamy soil. Cuttings, not too ripe, taken off
at a joint, placed in sand under a bell glass, in moist heat,
= will root readily; but plants raised from seeds brought
from their natural habitats make finer trees.
B. Ceiba (Ceiba), fl. pale red, large. J. palmate, with five leaflets.
Jr. turbinate, concave at the apex. h. 100ft. South America, 1692.
BOMBYX NEUSTRIA. See Lackey Moth.
BONA-NOX. Sce Ipomea Bona-Nox.
BONAPARTEA. See Tillandsia.
BONAPARTEA JUNCEA. A synonym of Agave
geminiflora. ;
BONATEA (in honour of M. Bonato, a distinguished
Italian botanist, and a Professor of Botany at Padua).
ORD. Orchidew. A handsome terrestrial stove orchid,
allied to Habenaria, and requiring similar culture.
B. speciosa (showy).* jl. white, galeate; petils bipartite;
raceme many-flowered, compact; bracts ARTEA acuminate.
August. J. oblong, sub-undulate. Stem leafy. A. 2ft. Cape of
Good Hope, 1820. (B. M. 2926; L. B. C. 284.)
BONGARDIA (named after Heinrich Gustay Bongard,
a German botanist). - ORD. Berberideæ. A very pretty
“hardy tuberous-rooted perennial, requiring a sandy soil,
and good drainage, with protection at all seasons from
_ excessive wet, otherwise it will rot. It should be care-
fully planted in a compost of loam, peat, leaf soil, and
sand, in equal proportions, and covered with a handlight.
B. Rauwolfii (Rauwolf’s). f. golden yellow, on pyramidal
branched panicles ; stamens and petals nearly equal in length,
May. J. radical, pinnate; leaflets sessile, oval-oblong, three to
five-cleft at the apex, glaucous, each with a dark purple blotch at
the base. h. 6in. Syria, Persia, 1740, Syn. Leontice Chryso-
gonum. (B. M. 6244.)
BONNAYA (named after Bonnay, a German botanist).
ORD. Scrophulariacee. A small genus of usually glabrous,
rarely pilose, slender, creeping or erect, annual, biennial, or
perennial stove plants, almost unknown in cultivation.
Flowers axillary, opposite, or alternate from abortion,
usually pedicellate, the upper ones sometimes racemose,
pinkish, or blue. Leaves opposite, quite entire, or toothed.
They thrive in a rich sandy loam. ‘The annual species are
propagated by seeds, the others by divisions and cuttings.
BONNETIA (commemorative of Charles Bonnet, a
French naturalist, who wrote some botanical papers in 1754).
ORD. Ternstremiacee. A genus of elegant middle-sized
stove trees or shrubs. Flowers large, terminal; peduncles
one or many-flowered. Leaves scattered, exstipulate,
coriaceous, entire, one-nerved, marked with transverse
veins, sub-sessile, narrowed to the base. They thrive well
in a mixture of loam and peat. Cuttings of firm young
shoots will root if placed in sand under a hand glass, in a
: moderate heat. :
« B., sessilis (stalkless). /l. purplish, terminal. l. oblong, coriaceous,
"entire. h. l5ft. Guiana, 1819.
" BORAGE. See Borago officinalis.
BORAGINACEZ:. A large order of herbs or shrubs,
having spirally-coiled inflorescence; corolla usually regular
and five-lobed, with an imbricated estivation; throat gene-
_ rally hairy; stamens five, inserted in the corolla, Leaves
_ alternate, rough. Among other genera belonging to this
order may be named Anchusa, Borago, Cynoglossum,
Echium, Lithospermum, and Myosotis.
BORAGO (derivation very uncertain; probably a cor-
ruption of some eastern name). Borage. ORD. Boraginacee.
A genus of hardy herbaceous perennials or annuals, excel-
lently adapted for naturalising in dry stony places. Flowers
pty Danicled, drooping; corolla rotate; throat furnished
ih acca e vaulted processes; anthers distinct, oblong
‘ato cotate, awned, fixed by the inner side, conniving
byte yeg Nuts four, one-celled, turbinate, fixed to the
the cecal ATE Leaves oblong or lanceolate. All
ba aged cultivated, thriving in any common
divisions, in spring, or by striking
¢
Borago—continued.
the young cuttings in a cold frame. They may also be
raised from seed, which should be sown from March to
May, in any good garden soil, and the plants, when large
enough, thinned out to lft. or more apart. In hot
weather, Borage is generally in demand for claret cup and
other drinks. e
B. laxiflora (loose-flowered).* fl. on long pedicels, racemose,
drooping; corolla pale blue; segments ovate, bluntish, erectly
spreading. May to August. J. oblong, and rough from strigæ ;
radical ones rosulate; cauline ones half stem-clasping. Stem
decumbent, many from the same root, hispid from retrograde
bristles. Corsica, 1813. (B. M. 1789.) «
B. longifolia (long-leaved),* fl. disposed ina terminal bracteate
panicle ; corolla blue ; segments ovate, acute, spreading. July and
August. J. linear-lanceolate, scabrous and sgt a beneath ;
cauline ones half stem-clasping. A. 1ft. Numidia, 1825.
Fic. 265. FLOWER OF BORAGO OFFICINALIS.
B. officinalis (officinal).* Common Borage. jl. blue, purple, or
white; segments of the corolla limb ovate, acute, spreading.
June to September. l, lower ones obovate, attenuated at the
base ; cauline ones oblong, sessile, subcordate at the base. A. lft.
to 2ft. Britain. This is the kind most cultivated in gardens for
flavouring. See Fig. 265. (Sy. En. B. 36.)
BORASSUS (a name applied by Linneus to the
spathe of the Date Palm). ORD. Palmacee, A very small
genus of stove trees, containing two noble species, which
are distinguished by unisexual flowers, produced upon dis-
tinct plants, the males being borne in dense branching
catkins, and the females on simple, or, more rarely, slightly
branched spikes. Fruit very large, brown, three-seeded.
Leaves fan-shaped, with spiny petioles. Trunks unarmed,
often 70ft. high. They may,be grown in good fibrous loam,
leaf mould, and sand, mainly the former. Increased by
seeds only, which require to be sown in strong bottom
heat. Rarely seen in cultivation.
B. zthiopicum (African). J. nearly circular,
ported wy, Byte petioles, 6ft. to 7ft. 1
bulging out or swelling in its stem, near the middle, or about
and plaited, su
Westo P-
BORBONIA (named after Gaston de Bourbon, Duke
of Orleans, son of Henry IV. of France, a great lover
and patron of botany). ORD. Leguminose. A genus
of very ornamental greenh vergreen shrubs, natives
of the Cape of Good Hope aitibiwsre yellow, disposed
in terminal heads, axillary. Leaves simple, amplexicanl,
alternate, exstipulate, pungent. They thrive well in a
mixture of peat, loam, and sand, with good drainage.
Cuttings, half-ripened, obtained in April, will root freely
in sandy soil if placed under a bell glass, in.a cool house.
B. barbata (bearded).* jl. sessile, villous ‘on the outside. July.
lL narrow, lanceolate, many-nerved, complicated, ciliate! eiii
4 very much acuminated ; branches diverging. A. Sft.
B. cordata (heart shape Jl, corolla densely villous, =
q
vexillum obcordate. July. l. cordate, many-nerved,
entire, glabrous. Branches villous. A. 3ft. to 6ft. 1759
B. crenata (crenated).* fl. less villous than
species, July. J. cordate, roundish, acute,
-
į the rest of the
ii » many
nerved and reticulated between the nerves, and as well as
* the vranches, glabrous. A. 3ft. to 6ft. 1774. "E sA
B. lanceolata (lance-shaped). fi. densely villous. . July. l. ovate-
lanceolate, pungent, many nerved, E e, sessile, glabrous,
erates eae h. Bit. to Site (L. . C. 81.) aren
B. ruscifolia (Ruscus-leaved), ji. spari Ae soos. July. č cor-
date, many-nerved, ae ro th % (B. M. B)
as well as the branches.
202 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, ° w
BORDERS, FLOWER. Small beds, or a continuous | Borecole—continued. ;
bed, of greater length than width, skirting a wall or
shrubbery, and containing plants of a heterogeneous
character. They should be slightly raised above the sur-
rounding level, and thoroughly drained. In the first pre-
paration of the Border, it is most essential to deeply dig
or trench the ground, thoroughly incorporating a large
amount of well-bodied manure; and if the soil is very stiff,
wood ashes or coarse sand should be well worked in with
the manure. The best time to plant such Borders is in
early autumn or in March.
Where, as is frequently the case, the Borders are only
2ft. or 3ft. wide, not more than two rows of plants, either
in groups or singly, will be allowable. The tall plants or
shrubs should constitute the background, with dwarfer sub-
- jects in front; but formal arrangements must be avoided.
The object should be to secure a continuous succession of
flowers. This would entail some little trouble at first,
which, however, would be amply repaid by results.
No hard-and-fast rules can be laid down as to the arrange-
- ment of the plants, which depends on individual taste and
means; but the best results are obtained when the border
is mainly made up of hardy herbaceous perennials, as per-
manent occupants, assisted by liberal quantities of summer
bedding plants, such as Dahlias, Fuchsias, Geraniums,
' Heliotrope, Tropzolums, &c., as well as many hardy annuals
and biennials. By this means, a very varied and beautiful
display may be maintained, especially if bulbs are used for
early spring effect, such as Narcissi, Scillas, Snowdrops,
Tulips, &c. Of course, the herbaceous perennials should
be selected with much care, all weedy subjects being
avoided, and variety in colour and time of flowering secured.
Anything like a full list of these would oceupy too much
_ space for repetition here, but the following will be found
very showy and useful: Achilleas, Aconitums, Anemones,
Aquilegias, Armerias, Asters, Campanulas, Carnations and
Picotees, Delphiniums, Dodecatheons, Doronicums, Fritil-
larias, Funkias, Gaillardias, Geraniums, Geums, Holly-
hocks, Iberises, Irises, Liliums, Ponies, Papavers, Pyre-
thrums, double and single, Ranunculus, Trolliuses, &c.
BORDERS, FRUIT. These should be well drained,
and if not naturally so, the soil should be excavated from
3ft. to 5ft. deep, in order to form a bottom of stones, pieces
of brick, clinkers, &c. Where it is convenient, draining
pipes should be added, if an outfall in the vicinity can
be secured, The base of the Border should be sloped to
the front, where the pipes should be laid, and the bottom
covered with draining material, thereby effectually pre-
venting the fruit trees rooting deep, which is detrimental
to healthy growth. Gross-feeding vegetables or flowers
should not be grown on the surface, but shallow-rooting
_ crops will generally do no harm. Many advocate the
_ surface being kept free from crops of any sort, simply
_ letting it be freely exposed; whilst others equally as
_ Strenuously condemn this ‘plan. Where necessary, chalk
œ some other mineral constituent of good soil which is
a absent, may be added; but much animal manure
he depth and width of Border may
trees, but efficient drainage is in
© BORECOLE (Brassic fimbriata), An im-
portant division of the Brassics e, often cultivated in
gardens under the name of Kale. It comes in very useful
when hard weather has rendered cabbages, &e., unfit for
use, as it endures cold better than most other green
vegetables. Some are also grown as ornamental foliaged
plants. Like alk other plants of a similar description, they
require rich soil, and they should be put out in June or
early in July, as it is almost useless to plant this kind of
vegetable after the middle of the latter month. To
_ obtain the best results, the ground should be deeply dug
and well manured; but it must not be full of crude
| manure at planting time, or it will make the plants too
_ tender and succulent in wet seasons, with the result
that the first sharp frost would cause them to rot.
Good hard-stemmed plants are the kinds most needed,
especially for crops required in spring, when green vege-
tables are scarce. Cultivation: Early in April, and again
a month later for succession, the seeds should be sown
thinly in nursery beds, not covering them too deeply. The
soil should be in a-friable condition, and it is an advantage
if the first beds be made under a south wall. As soon as
the seedlings appear, if they are too thick, they should be
thinned, as those which are drawn up weak and spindly
are useless. When large enough, they should be carefully
planted out, choosing showery weather, if possible, for the
operation. If it is necessary to plant them in dry weather,
they must be well watered-in. The rows should be from
2ftvto 3ft. apart, according to the variety, and the plants
2ft. apart in the rows; or, if potatoes are planted wide
apart, the Borecole may be arranged between them. Dead
leaves must be cleared away from time to time, but no
green ones should be broken off. "When the tops are cut
for use, the stems should not be denuded of foliage, as
they will soon break again and form successional crops.
The plants must be kept free from weeds. After April,
the Kales are of little use; the stems may therefore be
pulled up, and the ground planted with some other crop.”
They all require the same treatment, and at their various
seasons come in equally useful.
Sorts. The distinct forms are somewhat limited, but
being largely cultivated on the Continent as well as all parts
of Britain on account of its hardy nature, the varieties of
Borecole receive a large number of names that are either
synonymous with, or indistinct from, a few well-known
types. Dwarf Green Curled or Scotch is probably the best
and most grown; other good hardy sorts are Asparagus
Kale (this name is applied to several different kinds, the
best one being in use very late in spring), Buda, Cottagers’,
Dwarf Purple, Imperial Hearting, Ragged Jack, and Tall
Green Curled. Melville’s Variegated and Variegated Bore-
cole, amongst others, have fine ornamental foliage.
BORONIA (named after Francis Boroni, an Italian
servant of Dr. Sibthorp, who perished from an accident
at Athens; he collected specimens of many of those plants
which are figured in the “Flora Græca”). ORD. Rutacew.
Very elegant and useful shrubs, requiring similar treatment
to ordinary greenhouse hard-wooded subjects, and much ~
aided with a little extra heat in spring, when breaking into
growth. Flowers pretty, pink-purplish, or white; peduncles
terminal, but usually axillary on the extreme branches,
one to many-flowered; pedicels furnished at the base and
middie with two opposite, short bracts, jointed, commonly
dilated under the calyx. Leaves opposite, simple, or 1m-
pari-pinnate, entire, or a little serrulated, full of pellucid
dots. They should be placed out of doors from July to
the middle of September; the most convenient place for
them is in pits, as there are then greater facilities i
tecting them from heavy rains and thunderstorms. When
first put out, Boronias should not be fully expos but in
the course of a week they may remaim open to the full
influence of both sun and air. Potting should be per-
formed once æ year, as soon as the top growth ceases, as
the roots then extend themselves in preparation for their
next year’s functions. The best compost for them is one
of peat and maiden loam in equal parts, and about one-
sixth sharp silver sand. Many cultivators, however, prefer
a compost consisting of good fibry peat and silver sand,
together with some pieces of charcoal, smaller or larger,
according to the size of the pots used. The soil should
be rammed firmly in the pots, which must be well drained.
The leading shoots should be pinched, to ensure good
bushy specimens. Propagation may be effected by young
cuttings, or those made from the half-ripened wood; these
should be put into a thoroughly drained pot of sandy soil, —
with lin. of sand on the surface, and covered with a bell-
glass, which must be frequently taken off and wiped dry.
for pro- s
EA
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
203
OF HORTICULTURE.
Boronia—continued.
When in the cutting state, water must be very carefully
given around the rim of the pot, without taking off the
glass. If placed in a temperature of about 50deg., and
shaded from bright noonday sun, they soon root, when
-. they may be potted off singly into small pots, and plunged
in sawdust, or cocoa-nut fibre refuse, in which situation
but little water is needed. Pinching repeatedly, when
young, is the only means to secure good ultimate growth.
Air must be given on all possible opportunities.
i B. alata (winged). jl. pale rose-colour, small; peduncles dicho-
E - tomous, usually three-flowered; bracts fringed. May. l, leaf-
j lets three to five pairs, or more, crenate, revolute, pilose on the
3 nerves beneath, as well as the rachis. h. 2ft. to 6ft. New Hol-
4 land, 1823. (L. B. C. 1833.)
q B. anemonifolia (Anemone-leaved). jl. pink; peduncles axillary,
solitary, one-flowered. May. J. stalked, trifid; segments narrow,
wedge-shaped, furnished with two or three teeth at the apex, or
quite entire. h. lft. to 3ft. New Holland, 1824. -(P. M. B. 9, 123.)
B. crenulata (crenulate).* f. red, small, with a fringed calyx;
pedicels axillary and terminal, one-flowered. July. 1. obovate,
mucronulate, crenulated. A, lft. to 4ft. King George’s Sound.
(B. M. 3915.)
B. denticulata (finely-toothed), _/l. rose-coloured; bracts de-
ciduous; peduncles corymbose. March to August. l. linear,
retuse, toothleted, terminated by a small point. h. 2ft to 6ft.
King George’s Sound, 1823. (B. R. 1000.) 3
B. Drummondi (Drummond’s).* fl. ponr rosy pma freely pro-
duced during spring and summer. ¿. pinnatitid. h. 2ft. New
Holland. A very pretty species, with a slender but compact habit
of growth. There is a white-flowered variety of this species.
(F. d. 8. 9, 881.)
B. elatior (tallest).* fl. pendulous, rosy carmine,. very fragrant,*
disposed in long dense clusters along the ends of the branches.
May. l. very prettily pinnately cut into linear segments. R. 4ft.
Western Australia, 1874. (B. M. 6285.)
B. ledifolia (Ledum-leaved). fl. red; peduncles axillary, one-
flowered, each bearing two bracts in the middle. March.
l. linear-lanceolate, quite entire, downy beneath. h. 1ft. to 2ft.
New Holland, 1814. (P. M. B. 8, 123.)
we
y ý : i
Fic. 266. FLOWERING BRANCHES OF BORONIA MEGASTIGMA.
B. megastigma (large-stigma).* fl. numerous, axillary, fragrant
drooping, jin, in diameter, pet campanulate ; petals
nearly orbicular, concave, maroon purple outside, and yellow
P
Boronia—continued.
within. l. sessile, ae with three to five narrow linear rigid
leaflets. h. 1ft. Of slender habit, with twiggy branches. South-
western Australia, 1873. See Fig. 266.
B. pinnata (pinnate).* fl. pink, with a scent like that of Haw-
thorn ; peduncles dichotomous. February to May. l, leaflets
two, three or four pairs, linear, cyte quite smooth. h. lft. to 3ft.
New Holland, 1794. (B. M. 1763.
B. polygalefolia (Polygala-leaved), jl. red; peduncles axillary,
sole one-flowered. March to July. L pe a aeri
quito entire, opposite, alternate, and three in a whorl. h. lft, to
ft. Port Jackson, 1824.
B. serrulata (serrulate).* /l. of a
peduncles aggregate, terminal. July tra
serrulated in front, smooth, full of glandular dots.
Port Jackson, 1816. (B. R. 842.)
B. tetrandra (four-stamened). fl. pale purple; pedicels short,
one-flowered. May. l yp tah meg 8 leaflets four to five pairs,
linear, obtuse, smo 4 i ”
Holland, 1824. (P. MB. 168 21) aaea aar
BORRERIA (named after William Borrer, F.L.S., a
profound botanist and cryptogamist). ORD. Rubiaceæ. A
large genus of stove herbs or sub-shrubs, now referred to
Spermacoce. Flowers small, white, rarely blue, disposed
in verticillate heads, in the axils of the leaves, or on the
tops of the branches, rarely cymose or corymbose. Leaves
opposite, or the young ones disposed in fascicles in the
axils of the old ones, and therefore appearing verticillate ;
stipules joining with the petioles, more or less sheathing,
fringed by many bristles. Stems and branches usually.
tetragonal. The species are of easy culture, thriving in
a light soil. Cuttings of the perennial kinds strike root
readily in the same kind of soil, in heat. The annual
kinds require a similar treatment to other tender annuals.
B. stricta (straight). A dwarf shrub, but closely allied to the
next species. Porto Rico.
Tay ran ‘
peziform, acute,
h. lft. to 6ft.
deep Toa çoroun
B, verticillata (whorled-flowered). fi. white. July.” 1. linear
lanceolate, acuminated, opposite, but appearing verticillate from
> fascicles of young leaves in the axils. h. 2ft. West Indies,
1732.
BOSCIA (named after Louis Bosc, a French professor
of agriculture). Syn. Podoria. ORD. Capparidacee. A
small genus of stove plants, requiring a soil of lumpy, fibry
loam and peat. Propagated by cuttings of firm wood,
placed in sand, under a glass, in heat.
B. sene; (Senegal). jl. white, small, apetalous, corym-
Luck n Bonegal, 1600 An nosrmed evereremm Mni
(L. E. M. 395.)
BOSSIÆA (named after M. Bossier Lamartinière, a
French botanist, who accompanied the unfortunate La
Peyrouse round the world). ORD. Leguminosæ. A genus
of elegant Australian greenhouse shrubs. Flowers yellow,
axillary and solitary, the base of the vexillum or the keel
generally blotched or veined with purple. Leaves simple,
of various forms. A mixture of turfy loam, leaf mould,
peat, and sand, with very free drainage, suits these plants
best. Half-ripened cuttings will root freely if placed in a
pot of sand with a bell glass over them, in a cool house.
Seeds should be sown, in March, on a slight hotbed.
B. cinerea (ashy-grey). fl. yellow, the vexillum furnished with
a purple circle at the base, and the keel dark purple. May.
i. nearly sessile, cordate acute, ending in a spiny mucrone,
scabrous above, but pilose on the nerves beneath, with recurved
margins. Branches terete, crowded with leaves, villous. A. Ift.
to 3ft. 1824. Syns. B. cordifolia, B. tenuicaulis. (B. M. 3895.)
B. cordifolia (heart-leaved). A synonym of B. cinerea.
B. disticha (two-ranked).* fl. yellowish-red ; peduncles solitary, —
axillary, one-flowered, longer than the leaves. March a
l. distichous, ovate, obtuse. Young branches terete. %. 1jtt.
Swan River, 1840. (B. R. 1841, 55.) ;
B. ensata (sword-shaped). fl. yellowish, with the back and base
of the vexillum of PE manet Rance colour ; keel brownish-
urple. April. Branches flat, linear, leafless, toothed, the teeth
teacies the flowers; upper bracts distant from the lower ones,
shorter than the pedicel. h. lft. to 2ft. 1825. (S. F. A. 5L)
B. foliosa (leafy). jl. yellow and orange. May to June. l alter-
nate, small, orbicular, retuse, scabrous, withrevolute margins, silky
beneath ; stipules permanent, hooked, a the petioles.
Branches straight, terete, villous. A. lft. ) Sit. 1824.
B. lenticularis (lentil-leaved). A synonym of B. rhombifolia,
yellow; keel
= dark brown;
the calyx; pedicels
(Linnæa-like).* fl. solitary.
linnæoides (Lir ;
corolla about twice the length of
204:
THE DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING,
Bossiza—continued.
one-fiowered, elongated. May. J. elliptic, mucronate. Branches
terete, prostrate, puberulous. 1824. A procumbent shrub.
B. lino: (Flax-leaved).*. fl. orange and purple. July to
August. l. linear, with recurved margins. Branches compressed,
a h. lft. to 4ft. 1803. (B. M. 2491.)
gage are (small-leaved). Z. cuneiformly obcordate, gla-
une terete, leafy, spinescent; young branches
oa compressed and pubescent. kh. 1ft. to 2ft. 180%. (L. B. C.
aa rhombifolia panera gr eps Ji. yellow, the vexillum having
dark red zonate mark at th ri base; wings red at the base; keel
rowan: -purple. April. 7. rhomboidal - orbicular, somewhat
emarginate and mucronate. Branches terete; branchlets com-.
eS leafy. h. lft. to 3ft. 1820. SYN. B. lenticularis. (G: B. ©.
B. rotundifolia (round-leaved). J. roundish, or broadly obovate,
somewhat mucronate, flat, four to five lines long and five to six
broad. Branches and. branchlets leafy, compressed. h. lft. to
2ft. 1824.
B., scolo; drium (plank-plant). ath e yal zen, miin the back of
um and kee
the ve. brownish i. (when present)
ovate and smooth. Branches flat, Nida, aies, toothed, with
the teeth bearing the flowers ; keel naked ; superior bracts
eth ieee imbricate, oe in length to the peduncles, h. 3ft.
10ft. 1792. (B.M. 1
B. tenuicaulis (slender-stemmed). Synonymous with B. cinerea,
(named after Dr. Boswell, formerly of
Edinburgh). Olibanum Tree. ORD. Burseracee. Orna-
mental and economic evergreen stove trees. Flowers her-
maphrodite; calyx five-toothed, permanent; petals five,
obovate-oblong, spreading, with the margins incumbent in
estivation; disk cup-shaped, crenate; stamens ten; cap-
sule trigonal. They are of easy culture, thriving well in
loam and peat soil. Cuttings root readily if placed in sand
gE a glass.
the ear pee impari
B. sein oe aag star -leaved).* a jikkon: Jai
lary, simple. pari-pinna’ leaflets ovate-oblo: taper-
pointed, se pubescen A Batt. India, 1820. (T. L.
BOTANY BAY UM. See Xanthorrhæa
arborea.
BOTANY BAY TEA (and TREE). See Smilax
glycyphylla.
BOTHY. A residence for under-gardeners, usually
built behind the hothouses, or some high wall, in what is
called a back shed. The place is too frequently a cramped,
ill-ventilated hovel. A Bothy proper should be an indepen-
dent structure, and fitted with modern conveniences ; for, of
all people, gardeners are the most susceptible to colds, &c.
A library of standard horticultural and botanical works, as
-~ well as a few on other scientific subjects, and a moderate
_ number of high-class books of fiction, one or more weekly
-~ gardening and other papers, should be supplied by. the em-
_ ployer. During the winter months, for mutual improve-
_ ment, lectures should be delivered, or papers read, by each
_ gardener, on various subjects, after which a free discussion
_ should take place upon the paper or lecture, by which means
a great saa = good would be accomplished.
BOTR} E (from botrys, a bunch; in reference
to the bunch-like of the indusia). Moonwort.
Orp. Filices. A genus of very interesting and pretty little
hardy ferns. Ca; ged in two rows on
the face of spikes which fi 1
essential. For general culture, see Ferns. -
B. australe (southern). A variety of B. ternatum.
B. daucifolium (Daucus-leaved). sti, stout, 6in. to 12in, lon
petiole of sterile segments lin. to 6in. long, the latter 6in. to 12i1 n
each way, aeneo tripinnatifid or tripinnate, the lower pinnæ
largest; segments lanceolate-oblong, fin. to gin. broad, finely
toothed. fertile peduncle equalling the sterile segments when
mature ; panicle 2in. to 4in. long ; te, not very close.
&c. Greenho'
use species. SYN. B. renee
B, Lunaria. Common Moonwort.* sti. lin. to 4in.
- XV., 4.) ©
a
a compound - They |.
require a compost of sandy loam; perfect drainage is most —
so, lin. to 3in. 1 oF
n the middle; cut orotic |S
Botrychium—continued.
rachis into several distinct, close, entire, or notched cuneate.
flabellate pinnze on both sides. Jertile peduncle equalling or
exceeding the sterile portion ; anicle close, lin. to 2in. long.
England, ke, Hardy. See Fig. 267.
Fic. 267. BOTRYCHIUM LUNARIA, showing Habit, Capsule, and
Spores. “
. B, lunarioides (Lunaria-like). A variety of B. ternatiemn.
B. obliquum (oblique). A variety of B. ternatum.
B. subcarnosum (sub-fieshy). A synonym of daucifolium.
a orasta? sti. lin. oi E ae ES
S » Ve %
7 ;
ae w
É
AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 205
Botrychium— continued. |
sterile segments 2in. to 4in. Jong, the latter 3in. to 6in. each way,
deltoid, tri- or a grea lower pinnz much the largest.
Jertile peduncle 6in, to 9in, long ; panicle lin. to 6in. long; deltoid,
yery compound. Nootka and Hudson’s Bay territory. Several
so-called species come very close to this, including
australe, lunarioides, and obliquum, which are only
geographical varieties. Greenhouse species.
B. virginianum (Virgipian).* - sti. 3in. to 18in. long.
sterile segments sessile, țin. to 12in. each way, deltoid,
quadripinnatifid; lower pinnæ much the largest; pin-
nules oval-oblong, close, cut down to the rachis into
finely cut linear-oblong segments. fertile peduncle equal-
ling or exceeding the sterile part of the plant when
mature; panicle lin. to 4in. long, loose, oblong. Oregon,
and North United States, 1790. A hardy species in shel-
tered places. (H: G. F. 29.)
BOTTLE-GOURD. See Lagenaria.
BOTTLE-TREE. See Sterculia rupestris.
BOTTOM HEAT. This is usually secured by `
passing hot-water pipes through an air chamber, or
a water tank, beneath a bed of plunging material.
The covering of the tank or chamber is best made
of slate. The heat must be regulated according to
the requirements of the subjects grown; this is
easily accomplished by using the valve. A ther-
mometer should be placed in the tank or bed.
Bottom-heat is indispensable for propagating plants
from seeds and cuttings, especially in spring. See
Heating and Hotbeds.
BOUCEROSIA (from bowkeros, furnished with
buffaloes’ horns; in reference to the curved lobes
. of the corona). ORD. As-
clepiadacee. A genus of
greenhouse succulent pe-
. rennials, allied to Stapelia,
‘A andrequiring the same cul-
Flowers numerous,
terminal, umbellate; co-
rolla sub-campannulate, five-cleft;
segments broadly triangular, with
acute recesses; stramineous co-
rona fifteen-lobed ; lobes disposed
in a double series; the five inner
ones opposite the stamens and
lying upon the anthers; the rest
exterior, erect, or a little incurved
at apex, adhering to the back of
the inner ones. Branches and
stems tetragonal, with toothed
angles.
g temin non canoe ty i pa to
Sicily, 1833. SYNS. Apteranthes and
Stapelia Gussoniana. See Fig. 268.
(B. R. 1731.)
meet
Fic. 268. BOUCEROSIA
EUROPA. orocco).* fl. dark
maroccana
red purple, with yellow concentric
lines. Summer. l. minute, trowel-shaped, deflexed at tip of
stem angles. A. 4in. Morocco, 1875. (B. M. 6137.)
BOUCHEA (named after C. and P. Bouche, German
naturalists). ORD. Verbenacee. A small genus of stove or
greenhouse evergreen herbs or sub-shrubs. Flowers sub-
sessile, in spicate racemes, which are either terminal or in
the forking of two branches; corolla funnel-shaped. Leaves
Opposite, toothed. They thrive in a well-drained compost
of loam and sandy peat. Propagated by cuttings, placed
. oe under a glass, and in a gentle heat, during spring.
eif - . ite. pril. h. 4ft.
Cape of gee eat So y P sua T maeh shrub.
SYN. Chascanum cuneifolium. ae
B. udogervas i ; :
spike z ka emt in. te io ae slender,” September, 1 opposite,
ell, 1c-O P Í
© A Rit to Sft. "Brazil, 1814, A stove perennial. (B. M.
(named after De Bougainville, a
French navigator). ORD. Nyctaginee. Gorgeous warm
greenhouse or conservatory plants, comprising some of the
most showy climbers in cultivation. Their beauty lies in
onous,
ERT So ers
Bougainvillea—continued.
` the’ bracts, which envelop the small greenish flowers.
B. glabra may be grown in pots, or planted out in the
greenhouse borders; the others are best planted out, as
AN
Fig. 269. FLOWERING BRANCH OF DOUGAINVILLEA SPECTABILIS.
they root very freely, and plenty of space would be occu-
pied if allowed, but it is best to limit it, as they bloom
much better. Strict training and pinching are not de-
sirable, being prejudicial to the free production of bloom ;
indeed, the best plan is to allow the plants to ramble freely
over the roof of a moderately high house, or along the upper
portion of a back wall; they will then bloom profusely for
several months in the year, provided proper attention be
paid to watering, and that the plants are in a well-drained
situation. In preparing a border for their reception, the
first point to be considered is the drainage, which must be
perfect. This is best effected by placing a layer of brick
rubbish, 6in. to 9in. in thickness, communicating with the
drain, by which means all sourness and stagnancy of the
soil will be obviated. The bed should be excavated to a
depth of 18in. or 2ft. Three parts turfy loam, and one
part leaf soil, with the admixture of a liberal quantity
of sharp gritty sand, will form a suitable compost for the
culture of Bougainvilleas. The amount of sand invorpo-
rated must depend upon the quality of the other com-
ponents, heavy loam requiring more than that which is more
friable. The occasional incorporation of manure in the
compost is not to be recommended; but a liberal applica-
tion of liquid ‘manure will be of material advantage, espe-
cially if the root space is limited. When the plants cease
blooming each year—about November or Decemb
they should be dried off and rested; and in February
they should be closely spurred in, the same as with vines,
and all weak leaders removed, so that strong wood only is
left. When grown in pots, they must be started in brisk
heat. They are easily increased by cuttings prepared
from the half-ripened wood; these should be placed in
sandy soil, in a brisk bottom heat, when they will soon.
root. Scale, red spider, and mealy bug are the only insects
likely to infest the plants, and recipes for their destruction
will be found Se aes a4 ae
smooth).* Ji., inflorescence panicled, er
or B, pb each princhlet producing cordate-ovate acute rosy
p
206
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Bougainvillea—continued.
bracts, in threes. Summer. Z. bright green, smooth. Brazil,
1861. - This is by far the best species for pot culture, and forms
a very showy plant when well grown.
B. speciosa (beautiful).* fl., bracts large, cordate, delicate lilac
rose, produced in immense panicles, which, in well grown speci-
mens, are so freely produced as to entirely shroud the whole plant.
March to June. ¿. ovate, very dark green, covered on the upper
surface with small hairs. Stems branched, abundantly furnished
with large recurved spines. Brazil, 1861. (F. M. i., 62.
B. spectabilis (showy). fl., bracts of a dull brick-red, shaded with
scarlet. South America, 1829. It is very difficult to obtain bloom
on this plant; and when flowers are produced, they are extremely
ephemeral. The species is, for all practical purposes, much
pa to either of the foregoing. SYN. Josepha augusta. See
ig. 269,
BOURBON PALM. See Latania.
BOUSSINGAULTIA (named after Boussingault, a
celebrated chemist). ORD. Chenopodiacew. Very pretty
half-hardy, tuberous-rooted plants, requiring a rich vege-
table sandy soil, and a well-drained sunny aspect, under
which conditions the first-mentioned species develops into
a very luxuriant trailing plant, attaining a length of 20%.
or more. Propagated freely by means of the tubercles o
the stem; these are, however, extremely brittle.
B. baselloides (Basella-like).* fl. white, ultimately becoming
black, fragrant, small, disposed in clusters, 2in. to 4in. long,
which are axillary at the ends of the branches. Late autumn.
per gsm face gaa geet Mining, a slightly Pave i a
£ ning, tinged red, ve uick-growing,
tahere South Ee 1835. (B. pon 3820.) a aa
B. Lachaumei (Lachaume’s), 4. rose, constantly in perfection.
Cuba, 1872. A stove species.
BOUVARDIA (named after Dr. Charles Bouvard,
formerly superintendent of the Jardin du Roi, at Paris).
ORD. Rubiacee. Handsome greenhouse evergreen shrubs.
Peduncles terminal, three-flowered, or trichotomous and
corymbose ; corolla funnel-shaped, tubular, elongated, beset
with velvety papille outside, and a four-parted, spreading,
short limb. Leaves opposite, or in whorls; stipules nar-
row, acute, adnate to the petioles on both sides. These
extensively cultivated plants are among the most useful
F - Fic. 270. FLOWERING BRANCH OF BOUVARDIA.
” conservatory or greenhouse decoration (see Fig. 270,
Il
bted to Messrs. Can
largely employed
Bouvardia—continued.
Humboldtii. Cultivation: Presuming the grower to be
commencing with young rooted cuttings, these should be
potted off into a mixture of good fibrous loam, leaf soil,
find sand, in equal proportions, to which may be added
a small quantity of peat; they should then be placed in
a temperature of from 70deg. to 80deg. until fully esta-
blished in the small pots. It is necessary at this stage
to stop the young plants back to the first joint, and as
they continue to make fresh breaks, to keep on pinching
them back during the whole period of cultivation, or until
sufficiently bushy plants are produced. Many growers
neglect stopping far too much, the result being ill-shaped
and almost flowerless plants. The pinching, of course, can
be regulated by the time the plants are required to flower;
and it is unwise, in most cases, to stop them after the
end of August. When the small pots are well filled
with roots, the plants should be shifted into the flowering
ø, pots, viz., large 48-sized, which are quite commodious
enough to grow very fine plants, a similar compost as in
the first potting, with a little Standen’s manure added,
being used, and good drainage provided. A cool green-
house, with a damp bottom for the pots to rest upon,
and with a moist atmosphere, is the most suitable place in
which to grow them during late spring and early summer,
the moist air being very desirable as an effectual check
to red spider, a pest very fond of the foliage, which it
permanently disfigures. A cold pit or close frame is
better during the summer months, as a moist atmosphere
and cool bottom are then certain. Ventilation may be
effected during the greater part of the day by tilting the
lights below, and on fine nights they may be removed
altogether. During bright sunshine, shading will be bene-
ficial.- All through the period of active growth, it is
absolutely necessary that the plants should receive plenty
of water, or they will surely suffer; and when the pots are
filled with roots, occasional doses of manure water will be
beneficial. Many cultivators plant them out about the end
` of June, in favoured situations, or in spent hotbeds, when
they make very vigorous growth; and, if carefully pinched
and watered, fine specimens are obtained. These are lifted
in early autumn, with a good ball, potted, and kept shaded
for a few days until the roots are again active, when
they are taken to the house in which they are intended
to bloom, and an enormous supply of flowers is secured.
We have also seen Bouvardias planted out permanently
in beds, in prepared pits, in which the winter tem-
perature was not less than 55deg., with very satis-
factory results; the quantity of bloom being very great.
Of course, with the last-named treatment, it is essential
to give the plants a rest and hardening-off after flower-
ing, and when they are started into fresh growth to
keep them well pinched and watered. Bouvardias are
liable to the attacks of red spider and green fly. The
former stands little chance of existence if the plants
are kept well supplied. with moisture; the latter may
be destroyed by fumigating with tobacco. Mealy bug
are also troublesome, and should be sponged off with
a solution of Gishurst’s Compound. Propagation: After
flowering, and a slight rest and hardening-off, the old
plants should be cut back, placed in heat, in a stove
or cucumber pit, and freely syringed, which will cause
them to break freely, and produce a good supply of
cuttings. When the young shoots are from 1}in. to
Qin. long., they are in the best condition for striking.
It is not necessary that they should be cut off at a
joint, as they will root from any surface of the stem;
and, working economically, it is wiser to cut them off just
above the first joint, as other shoots will speedily break
out, which may, in their turn, be taken. Pots about 5in.
across should have previously been prepared for the cut-
tings, by being well drained and filled with a mixture of
good fibrous loam, leaf soil, and coarse sand, in equal parts, —
| with a copious supply of sand upon the surface, into which
| | the cuttings should be dibbled pretty thickly. A good
AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA
207
OF HORTICULTURE.
e Bouvardia—continued.
watering must be given without wetting, and thereby
injuring, the foliage. The pots should be plunged in the
cutting case, or in any bottom heat of about 70deg. or
80deg., and covered with a bell glass. All that is then
necessary is to keep them moist and shady during sunshine,
until they ‘are rooted, which, as a rule, is effected in three
weeks’ time. When well established, they may be removed
from the case, gradually hardened off, and finally potted
singly into small thumb pots.
B. angustifolia (narrow-leaved).* jl. pale red; corymbs some-
what trichotomous. September. J. three in a whorl, lanceolate,
with revolute edges, glabrous above, but beset with fine hairs
beneath. 3ranches terete, smoothish. h. 2ft. Mexico, 1838.
(P. M. B. 17, 99:)
B. Cavanillesii (Cavanilles’s). fl. red ; peduncles terminal, trifid,
three-flowered. May. l. opposite, ovate-lanceolate, acuminated,
rather villous beneath. A. ift. Mexico, 1846. SYN. B. multiflora.
(J. H. S. 3, 246.)
B. flava (yellow).* fl. yellow, drooping ; racemes three to five-
flowered ; pedicels downy, slender. March. J. opposite, ovate-
lanceolate, ciliated; stipules setaceous. A. 14f{t. Mexico, 1845.
(B. R. 32, 32.)
B. hirtella (hairy). fl. pale red or flesh-coloured, corymbose.
l. whorled, lanceolate, with revoluted edges, hairy on both sur-
faces, Branches terete. Mexico.
B. Humboldtii corymbifiora (Humboldt’s corymb-flowered).*
Jl. white, large, fragrant, disposed in terminal racemes; tubes long.
Autumn and winter. ¢. ovate, oblong-acuminate, dark green.
1874. One of the finest kinds in cultivation. (G. C. 1873, 717.)
B. Jacquini (Jacquin’s). A synonym of B. triphylla.
B. jasminiflora (Jasmine-flowered).* Jl. white, fragrant, in com-
pound cymes; very floriferous. Winter.. l opposite, elliptic-
acuminate. South America, 1869. A very charming and largely
grown species, (G. C. 1872, 215.)
Fig. 271. BOUVARDIA LEIANTHA,
leiantha (smooth-flowered).* fl. scarlet; corymbs sub-trichoto-
hae July to November. 1. ternate, ovate-acuminate, slightly
airy above, downy-villous beneath. A. 2ft. Mexico, 1850.
See Fig. 271.’ (B. H. 26.)
agape Jong-flowered).* fl. white, terminal, solitary, sessile,
at the be bg %8 <in. or Sin. long. Ù opposite, oblong, acute, cuneated
i. Of E aso, glabrous, Branches compressedly tetragonal, glabrous.
i, 2ft. to 3ft. Mexico, 1827, (B. M. 4223.)
= triphytia O A synonym of B. Cavanillesii.
i yita (three-leaved).* jl. scarlet, nearly lin. long; corymbs
“sre tet gt trichotomous, Iir L ; anoulbial Aboni Jay
Sanath, aroe i a whorl, oblong. Branchlets trigonal, hairy.
- Alb. tO olt. Mexico, 1794. There are numerous varieties of this
species. SYN. B. Jacquini. (B. M. 1854.)
B. versicolor ( various-coloured). ^., corolla with a scarlet tube,
Bouvardia—continued.
which is }in. long, but having the limb yellowish inside ; corymbs
three-flowered, trichotomous, drooping. July to September. l
opposite, lanceolate, ciliated. Branches terete, glabrous, velvety
while young. h. 2ft. to 3ft. South America, 1814. (B. R. 245
_ The garden hybrids are very handsome. A selection is
given below:
ALFRED NEUNER, flowers double, white, or slightly tinged with
rose (see Fig. 272); BRILLIANT, flowers bright crimson, numerous,
freely branching habit, and strong constitution ; DazzLER,* habit
very bushy and compact, extremely floriferous, flowers rich
scarlet, in dense clusters; HOGARTH, brilliant scarlet, very fine ;
LONGIFLORA FLAMMEA,* flowers long-tubed, blush-rose ; MAIDEN’S
extensively,
BOWENIA (commemorative of Sir G Bowen, Go-
vernor of Queensland). Orp. Cycadacew. A remarkable
and handsome greenhouse fern-like plant, closely allied to
Zamia, from which it is distinguished by having the leaflets
decurrent to the petiole, instead of articulated, as in that
genus. For culture, see Cycas.
B. spectabilis (showy).* fl., male cones small, ovoid, jin. to jin.
long; female Eenh Sede 3jin. long. J. bipinnatisect, on tall,
slender petioles; leaflets falca: late, decurrent; stem
short, thick, cylindri Queensland, Australia, 1863, (B. M.
5398 and 6008.) e aE
208
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Bowenia—continued.
B. s. serrulata (finely-toothed).* This differs from the type in
= z the margins distinctly toothed or serrated. Rockingham
BOWIEA (named after J. Bowie, a botanical collector
for the Royal Gardens, Kew). ORD. Liliacee. A very
interesting greenhouse or half-hardy twiring bulbous
Fic. 275. BOWIEA VOLUBILIS, showing Habit, Flower, and Fruit.
perennial, thriving in a sunny border, under the wall of
a greenhouse, where it will i tion during
winter.
may be propagated by seeds or offsets.
=
not developed for years; but the green, fleshy, mostly a
a ae performs their functions. South Africa, 1866.
See Fig. i
BOX. See Buxus.
BOX ELDER. See Negundo.
BOX THORN. See Lycium.
BRABEIUM (from brabeion, a sceptre; in reference
to the racemosed flowers). African Almond. OỌORrbDp. Pro-
teaceew. An ornamental greenhouse evergreen tree. For
culture, &c., see Banksia.
= B, stellatifolium (star-leaved). fl. white, sweet-scented, dis-
posed in elegant, axillary, spiked racemes, August. l. whorled,
serrate. A. 15ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1731,
_ BRACHYCHITON (from brachys, short, and chiton,
a coat of mail; plants covered with imbricated hairs and
scales). ORD. Sterculiacew. A genus of tropical or sub-
tropical Aus a trees or shrubs, allied to Sterculia,
from which it differs in very minor points. They are of
easy culture in a loamy soil. Propagated by young cut-
aaas planted in sandy soil, in gentle heat.
acerifolinm (AcerJeaved), jf, bri
deeply five to eves a a Gore to iai. ee
B. Bidwillii (Bidwill’s).* A. bri i
bunches, 4 stalked, hearts Pele gar aged. in axillary
covered with a soft pubescence. (BOM. 6133.)
B. diversifolinm (various-lea l coriaceous, obtuse, lanceo-
late, entire, or three-lobéd, atest lobes senna, h. 20ft.
to 60ft. 1824.
BRACHY COME (from brachys, short, and kome, hair).
Swan River Daisy. ORD. Composite. A genus of beauti-
ful little half-hardy perennials or annuals, closely resem-
bling Bellis in structure. Involucral bracts membranous
at the margin; receptacle pitted, naked. Fruit com-
pressed, surmounted by a very short bristly pappus.
E iberidifolia is one of the prettiest of sammer annuals,
and in the open border it flowers profusely, if in a dry,
It does well in any light well drained soil, and
Brachycome—conlinued. *
sunny spot. Towards the autumn, it may be removed
to the greenhouse, where it will still continue flowering
for several weeks. Seeds may be sown in a gentle hot-
bed, early in the spring, and, when large enough, planted
out in borders or beds, Gin. apart; or they may be
sown thinly out of doors, late in April, and ‘thinned out,
when they will flower a month later than those sown in
the hotbed.
B. iberidifolia (Iberis-leaved).* fl.-heads blue or white, with
a dark centre, about lin. in diameter,
l. pinnate ; segments linear.
See Fig. 274.
Summer and autumn.
l Plant erect, glabrous. A. 1ft.
Swan River, 1843.
Fic. 274. BRACHYCOME IBERIDIFOLIA, showing Habit and
Flowering Branch.
BRACHYLZNA (from brachys, short, and lena, a
cloak or covering; referring to the shortness of the invo-
lucre). ORD. Composite. A genus of South African ever-
green greenhouse shrubs, nearly allied to Baccharis. They
thrive in a compost of peat and loam. .Propagated by
cuttings, made of half-ripened shoots, placed in a well-
drained pot of sandy soil, under a bell glass.
B. dentata (toothed). j.-heads yellow. l. lanceolate, acute, en-
tire, rusty beneath when young, when adult quite glabrous.
B. nerifolia (Nerium-leaved).* jl.-heads yellow, in branching ra-
cemes or panicles, August to November. l, lanceolate, serrated
with one or two teeth forward. h. 2ft. Cape of Good Hope,
1752.
BRACHYOTUM (from brachys, short, and otos, the
ear; in reference to the short appendages at the base of
the anthers). ORD. Melastomacee. A handsome green-
house evergreen shrub, with a bushy habit. Allied, and
requiring similar culture, to Pleroma (which see).
mii odding, with
ate, small,
1873. (B.M.
oN rro with adpressed hairs. Andes, P
BRACHYSEMA (from brachys, short, and sema, &
standard; the standard of the flower is very short). ORD.
Leguminose. Elegant procumbent or climbing greenhouse,
evergreen shrubs. Racemes axillary and terminal, few-
flowered. Leaves alternate, oval or ovate, entire, mucro-
nate, silky on the under surface. They thrive in a compost
of peat, leaf soil, and loam, in equal proportions, made
porous,.if necessary, by the addition of sand.
Increased
by cuttings, made of half-ripened shoots in summer, placed
in sandy soil, under a bell glass, in a gentle bottom heat;
or by layers. Seeds may be sown in March, in heat.
Brachysemas require thorough drainage, whether. grown
in pots or planted out. B. latifolium does best under
the latter treatment, when it forms a magnificent climber
for pillars or the roof.
B. lanceolatum (lanceolate-leaved). jl. rich scarlet, with the
‘margin of the vexillum white, red at the disk, with a large yellow
spot in the centre, each about lin. long, in axillary, '
THE
GIANT WATER
LILY (VICTORIA REGIA).
209
“OF HORTICULTURE.
AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA
Brachysema—continued. 3 t
sub-compound racemes. Z. opposite, rarely alternate, ovate or
ovate-lanceolate, entire, silky Ppa beneath. A. 3ft. Swan River,
1848. (B. M. )
B. latifolium (broad-leaved).* /l. crimson-scarlet, large; vexillum
oblong-ovate. April. J. ovate, flat, silky beneath. New Holland,
1803. A handsome climber. (B. R. 118.) i
ms melanopetalum (black-petaled), Synonymous with B. undu-
atum: r
B. undulatum (undulated).* /f. deep violet-maroon, solitary or
twin ; vexillum oblong, cordate, convolute, and bluntish above.
March. i. oblong-ovate, mucronate, undulated. New South
Wales, 1820. A tall sub-scandent plant. SYN. B. melanopetalum.
(B. R. 642.)
BRACHYSPATHA (from brachys, short, and spatha,
a spathe; the spathe is much shorter than the spadix).
ORD. Aroidew. Stove tuberous perennial, allied to, and
requiring the same cultivation as, Amorphophallus (which
see).
B. variabilis (variable).* fl. exhaling an abominable feetor,
which is, however, of very short duration ; spathe much shorter
than the spadix, qoe en se sharply acuminate, and many-
nerved ; spadix whitish, with female flower at the base, and
above contiguous to them are the males without any interme-
diate neutral flowers; anthers orange red; the naked apex of
the spadix is very long, wrinkled, and pitted on the surface.
l. solitary, 18in. across; the spotted petiole divides at the top
into three main divisions, each of which is again forked and
deeply pinnately cut; the segments alternate, ile, or decur-
rons very unequal in size, ovate or oval-lanceolate, acuminate,
glabrous, shining. A. 3ft. India, 1876. (G. C. 1876, 129.)
‘BRACHYSTELMA (from brachys, short, and stelma,
a crown; in reference to the short coronal processes of
the flowers). ORÐ. Asclepiadacew. Extremely curious
little suffruticose, tuberous, twining, greenhouse peren-
nials. Corolla campanulate, having angular sinuses; corona
simple, five-cleft, lobes opposite the anthers, simple on
the back. Leaves opposite, membranous. ‘They thrive
best in fibry loam. Propagated by cuttings, which will
root in sandy soil, in heat; also by divisions of the root.
B, Arnotti gpa ees jl. brown, green. l. in opposite pairs,
nearly sessile, crisped, ovate, dull green above, densely grey,
pubescent beneath. h. 4in. South Africa, 1868. (Ref. B. i., 9.)
B. Barbers: (Mrs. Barber's). fl. dingy purple, speckled with
yellow. August. l large, Hisor ablons: nets: tie Gia South
— Africa, y
1866. (B. M. 5607 ?
B. ovata (ovate-leaved), . yellowish-green. l ovate, shortly-
stalked, pubescent. etre gouth Africa, 1872. (Ref. B. 226.)
spathulate-leaved) green. June. l u-
“hs A. lft. Cape ot Ged Hope, 1026. R.
te, Í
) n
iate. E UA “Cape oF doii. B EM BB
- BRACTEOLATE. Having secondary bracts between
the true bracts and the flowers.
BRACTS. Modified leaves placed near the calyx on
the peduncle or pedicel.
BRAHEA (named after Tycho Brahe, the celebrated
astronomer). ORD. Palme. A small genus of dwarf
palms, with fan-shaped leaves, and hermaphrodite, greenish
flowers. They require rich light loam and fibrous peat,
in equal parts, to which may be added a good portion of
ashed sand; thorough drainage and liberal supplies of
water are also absolutely necessary. Propagated by seeds.
During summer, they may be removed to the greenhouse,
and can be employed with much success for sub-tropical
gardening. a
B. dulcis (sweet),* i bright shining green;
petioles clothed mith woolly tomentumn, armed at the edges with
Perm o and enveloped at the base in a network of
loping species TN Mexico, 1865. A rare and slow deve-
B. filamentosa (filamentose). A synonym of Washingtonia filifera.
BRAINEA (commemorative of ©. J. Braine, Esq., of
Hong Kong, China). pe aE: Sori continuous along
verse veins, near the midrib, and also produced along
e veins in the direction of the edge of the frond.
Brainea—continued. e i
B. insignis (remarkable), which is the only species, has a trunk
šin. to 4in, thick; scales linear, nearly lin. long. sti. firm, Zin.
to 4in. long, scaly only at the base. fronds 2ft. to 3ft. long, Bin.
- to 12in. broad, simply pinnate ; pinne close, numerous, linear,
finely serrated. ong Kong, 1856. A very handsome and
interesting greenhouse tree fern, requiring a soil of loam and
t, in equal parts, with the addition of some sharp sand, and
horough drainage.
BRAMBLE. See Rubus.
BRASSAVOLA (named in honour of A. M. Bras-
savola, a Venetian botanist). Orn. Orchidew. A genus
of epiphytal orchids, requiring the heat of an intermediate
house. Flowers large, usually with narrow acuminate
greenish petals and sepals, and a white lip, which is some-
times broad ; column having a pair of great falcate ears on
each side of the front, and eight pollen masses. Leaves
solitary, succulent. They are of easy culture on blocks of
wood, with a little moss, suspended from the roof. Water
should be plentifully given during the growing season;
at other times, a very small quantity will suffice. About
seventeen or eighteen species have been introduced, of
which the following only are worth growing:
B. acaulis (stemless : petals
greenish Bs nony. Sheet ak for wpe ly yar gall
white ; base of tube spotted with dull rose. mber. l, very
my rush-like. A. 4in. Central America, 1 (P. F. G. ii,
B. Digbyana (Digby’s).* /l. solitary, 4in. across, uced from
the top of E - Poi ani Diak creamy-white; lip same
colour, streaked with Daeg down the centre, and beautifully
fringed. Winter. A. Sin. Honduras, 1844. A compact-growing
evergreen. (B. M.%474.)
B. Gibbsiana (Gibbs’s).”
large, three on each spike. s
This rare, erect-growing species must be potted in
sphagnum. .
B. glauca (glaucous).* fl. solitary, produced from a sheath at the
top of the bulb; sepals and petals yellow; lip orange, with a
white throat. cory emt l. of a milky-green. h., lft. Vera
Cruz, 1837. A very handsome fragrant species, somewhat difficult
to flowér, but this obstacle may be overcome by liberall growing
403850 the proper season, and giving be bovete dry vest. (B. M.
lineata (lined).* , very fragrant; sepals and petals
P ereamy whit ; ip lige, puro wii, E longi ga America,
Vi >
1850." (BoM. 4734.) T :
venosa (veined).* small and com ; sepals and
Mereamcntoured s Tip w te, stro n a pretty free
ing species. Honduras, 1839. (B. R. 26, 39.) com
BRASSIA (named after Mr. William Brass, who was
sent by Sir Joseph Banks to Cape Coast and the neigh-
bouring districts as a botanical collector, at the end of
the last century). Orp. Orchidee. A genus of tropical
neri orchids, very nearly allied to Oncidium, with
lich, indeed, Rei unites it. From this genus,
however, Brassia may be distinguished by its simple in-
florescence, elongated tail-like sepals, and short column,
which is quite destitute of the side lobes or ears that form
a marked feature in the species of Oncidium. There are
about seventeen species, of which many are not sufficiently
attractive to deserve the cultivator’s attention. They will
succeed either in pots or in baskets, the drainage of which
must be perfect. They require to be potted in good
fibrous peat, broken in pieces not less in size than a ©
walnut, placed in the warm end of a Cattleya or Brazilian —
house, and supplied liberally with water during summer. —
In winter, they must still be kept in a tolerably warm
place, and given sufficient water to keep the pseudo-bulbs
from shrivelling. It is useless to dry off until shrivellin;
takes place, for experience assures us that when a plant
shrivels it is generally safe to assume that it has been
tried beyond its powers of endurance, and that its con-
stitution has given way. Propagated by dividing the
plants, when growth has co “a 2
(brilliant).* Jin. in diameter from ti tip
Oar: sepals a eins yellow, penres e an e we
bar date E
sath.” Tropical 1879.
jl. white, spotted with chocolate,
l. rather broad and very thick.
peat and
er-
210
THE DICTIONARY
OF , GARDENING,
Brassia—continued.
B. caudata (tailed).* fl., sepals and petals yellow, barred with
brown, from 4in. to 6in. long; lip broad and yellow, spotted
with greenish-brown. When the plant is large and healthy, it
roduces numerous prone spikes, 18in. long, and many-flowered.
. lft. West Indies, 1 (B. R. 832.)
B. Gireoudiana (Gireoud’s). fl., sepals and petals bright
yellow, spotted and blotched with deep red, produced in many-
flowered scapes of singular and beautiful flowers during spring
and early summer, This species much resembles B. Lanceana,
but has larger flowers. Costa Rica. (R. X. O. 1, 32.)
Fig. 275. SINGLE FLOWER OF BRASSIA LANCEANA.
Lanceana ce’s).* fl., sepals and petals lanceolate and
tapering, bright yellow, blotched with brown, or sometimes with
deep red; lip wholly yellow, slightly spotted at the base, and
much waved, deliciously fragrant ; scapes radical, many-flowered.
In the typical — the lip is rather more than half as long
as the sepals. ¿. rich dark green. h. Yin. Surinam, 1843. See
Fig. 275. (B. R. 1754.)
_B. L. macrostachya (large-spiked).* fl., sepals and petals bright
rich yellow, sparingly spotted with brown, as in the type; sepals
E ed out into tail-like appendages, which are sometimes
~ nearly Sin, in length ; lip wholly of a clear pale yellow. Deme-
x (a . Jl, sepals pale yellow, without spots or
etals of the same colour, tinged with purple near the
bout half the length of the sepals, slightly contracted
middle, yellow, with a brownish-yellow base. Caraccas.
Lawrenceana (Lawrence’s).* Ji. lar :
i . large, sweet-scented ; sepals
pe ag: gat” intl up tee with cinnamon and green ; =
es. eta i 1 une to August. k. lft. Brazil,
B. L. longissima ng-sepaled),*
blotched and spotted, E a the tote mite Tow,
purple, and lengthened out into tail-like appendages. which, in
well-grown examples, measure Tin, in length: petals. about 2hin,
long and jin, broad at the base, marked in the same s
the se m a agar ae bng, pale yellow, dotted and ted
owards the base with purple. August and osta
Rica, 1868, A magnificent variety. ee E
B. maculata (spotted).* fl. large; sepals and petal l
irregularly spotted with brown ; the former wt a rth pad cnc
with those of the other species; lip white, spotted about and
below the centre with brown and purple. Sorina and early
summer. Jamaica, 1806. See Fig. ane, (B. M. 1691.)
B. m. guttata (spotted).* fl. on spikes 2ft. or 3ft. lone : sepals
and Eaa oraban, a eines yok ; lip ere alee,
tted with brown, May ugus ruatemāla, 1842. Syn.
Wrayæ. (B. M. 4003.) i 3
B, L, pumi
Brassia— continued.
B. verrucosa (warty-lipped).* fl. large; sepals and petals greenish,
blotched with blackish-purple ; lip white, ornamented with
numerous little green protuberances or warts, hence the specific
name; scape many-flowered, May and June, Guatemala.
B. v. grandiflora (large-flowered).* fl. twice the size of, and a
lighter colour than, the type. ‘This variety is very rare, and is
said to be the best of the genus.
B. Wrayee (Wray’s).* A synonym of B. maculata guttata.
BRASSICA (old Latin name used by Pliny; from
Bresic, the Celtic name for Cabbage).
Cabbage. ORD. Crucifere. Herba-
ceous, usually biennial, rarely annual
or perennial, or suffrutescent plants,
usually with a short caudex. Flowers
yellow, rarely white, but never purple
nor veined. Radical leaves usually
stalked, lyrate, or pinnatifid; cauline
ones sessile or stem-clasping, entire;
racemes elongated ; pedicels bractless,:
filiform. Full cultural details will be
found under the popular garden name
of each variety.
B. oleracea (herb-like). fl. pale yellow,
large. May and June. J, glaucous, waved,
lobed, smooth. _Root-stem cylindrical,
fleshy. h. lft. to 3ft. England, Biennial.
B. o. acephala (headless). Borecole or
Kale. Stem round, elongated. l. ex-
panded; racemes panicled.
. 0. bo asparagoides (Asparagus-like). The Broccoli.
f abortive. Stem taller than that of the Cauliflower.
greyish-glaucous, elongated. Branchlets fleshy, bearing small
flower-buds at the top.
B. o. b. cauliflora (Cauliflower). Heads of flower -buds
rk, terminal. Stem short. l. oblong, of a greyish-glaucous
colour. ;
B. o. bullata gemmifera (bud-bearing). Brussels Sprouts.
Heads small, numgrous, rising from the axils of the leaves along
an elongated stern. > ‘
B. o. b. major (larger). Savoy Cabbage. Heads of leaves loose
thick, terminal, Meat ED i t :
B. o. ca) ed). The Cabbage. Stem round, short. Z.
concave, not blistered, crowded into a head before flowering;
racemes panicled. |
B. o. Caulo-rapa (Kohl-Rabi). Stem tumid and somewhat glo-
bose at the origin of the leaves.
B. Rapa (Rape) The Turnip. Radical leaves lyrate, destitute
of glaucous bloom, green, covered with bristly hairs; middle
cauline ones cut; upper ones quite entire, smooth,
.
Fic, 276. SINGLE FLOWER OF BRASSIA MACULATA.
BRASSICACEÆ. See Cruciferæ.
BRAVOA (named after Bravo, a Mexican botanist).
OzD. Amaryllidacee. A pretty little graceful bulbous
AN ENCYCLOPEDIA
211
OF HORTICULTURE.
Bravoa—continued.
plant, hardy in very sheltered positions, but in exposed
situations requiring a slight protection in winter. It is
an admirable plant for cool-house culture, and delights
in a compost of light rich loam, leaf mould, and sand.
Propagated by offsets, which are obtainable in autumn;
or by seeds, which should be sown as soon as ripe.
geminiflora (twin-flowered).* Twin Flower. fl. rich orange-
red, tubular, drooping, disposed in the upper part of the flower-
stems, which are sometimes 2ft. long. July. J. linear, ensiform,
pale green. Mexico, 1841. (B. M. 4741.)
BRAZILIAN TEA. see Ilex paraguariensis and
Stachytarpheta jamaicensis.
BRAZIL NUT. See Bertholletia.
BRAZIL WOOD. See Cæsalpinia brasiliensis.
BREAD FRUIT. See Artocarpus.
BREAD NUT. See Brosimum.
BREDIA (named in honour of Professor J. G. S. van
Bred). Orp. Melastomaceæ. `An ornamental greenhouse
shrub, thriving in rich light loam, leaf soil, and peat. Pro-
pagated by cuttings of the ripened shoots, inserted in sandy
loam, under a hand glass, in heat; or by seeds.
B. hirsuta (hairy).* jl. rose-pink, about jin. across, disposed in
loose, terminal, many-flowered cymes. Autumn, l. ovate acumi-
nate, hairy. Japan, 1870. (B. M. 6647.)
‘BREEZE. ‘The small particles or refuse of gas coke.
It constitutes a very cheap fuel, but, unless mixed with
good coke, is only suitable for boilers of the saddle type,
having a good draught. Breeze must not, however, be con-
founded with coke-dust.
BREVOORTIA COCCINEA. See Brodiæa coc-
cinea.
Fig. 277. FLOWERING BRANCH OF BREXIA MADAGASCARIENSIS.
BREXIA (from brevis, rain; the large leaves afford
Pe ae rain), EBRD. Sawifragew. Excellent stove
3 w green, in axillary umbels, surrounded by
bracts on the outside. Leaves alternate, simple, dotless,
ae Sirens with mae stipules. Stems nearly simple.
uey require a compost of two parts loam and one of peat,
with the addition of a little sand, to keep the whole open.
A liberal supply of water must be given at all seasons.
Brexia—continued.
Cuttings, with their leaves not shortened, strike readily in
sand under a hand glass, in heat; or a leaf taken off with a
bud attached will grow. Leaves as in accompanying
illustration (Fig. 277), and long,’ narrow, spiny-toothed
ones, are often produced on the same plant. Probably the
two species enumetated below are simply forms of one.
Well hardened off, strong growing plants of B, madagas-
cariensis are very suitable for sub-tropical gardening.
B. mada; D 2 * g at b
entire, while young minutely gland toothed. -A Iih Maap
car, 1812. See Fig. 277. * g
B. spinosa (spiny). l. lanceolate, 20in. long, 2in. broad, spiny-
toothed. h. 20ft. Madagascar, 1820.
BREXIACEÆ. A section of Sazifragee.
BRIAR. Sce Rosa.
BRICKS. In England, the standard thickness of
brick walls is a Brick and a-half, that is, the length of
one brick and the breadth of another. Thirty-two paving
bricks, laid flat, will form one square yard of flooring; if
set on edge, eighty-four will be required for the same space.
The best Bricks for walls are those termed Stocks, which
are well burnt. Grizzells and Place Bricks, being only
partially burnt, are soft and not durable. In various parts
of the kingdom, different clays and methods of manufacture
cause a disparity in the weight and appearance of the
finished article. Several forms are made to suit various
purposes, but the standard size is 9in. long by 4}in. wide,
by 2}in. thick, although, since the remission of the duty,
some slight variations occur, owing to shrinkage and other
causes. Fire Bricks are made of a particular kind of clay,
which will stand intense heat when once burnt, and are
used in furnaces and other places where durability under
great heat is a desideratum. Fire-clay should always be
used in place of mortar in building with
these.
BRILLANTAISIA (named after M.
Brillant). Orp. Acanthacee. A very small
genus of erect, branching, stove evergreen
shrubs. Flowers large, in terminal pani-
cles; corolla ringent; upper lip falcate and
overarching, with a trifid apex, the lower `
one large, spreading, shortly trifid. Leaves
ovate-cordate, on long petioles, For cul-
ture, see Barleria.
B. ensis (ouarn oe rotine .
cymes sub-sessile, loose; icles termina
March. l. ite ekiohie. h, 3ft.
; ite, peti
Western Africa, 1 This plant, in its habit_
of core. resembles some of the largest speciés
of Salvia, (B. M. 4717.)
BRISTLES. Stiff hairs.
BRISTLY. Covered with stiff hairs.
BRISTLY-TOOTHED. Furnished
with teeth like bristles, or with the teeth
ending each in a bristle.
BRIZA (from briza, to nod). Quak-
ing Grass. ORD. Graminee. A genus of
ornamental hardy grasses. Panicle loose;
calyx two-valved; corolla two-valved, awn-
less; exterior one ventricose, interior small
and fiat. Fruit adnate with the corolla.
These extremely graceful plants delight in-
a soil composed of loam, leaf soil, and peat. —
Seeds may be sown in spring or autumn.
For decorative purposes, the branches should
be gathered as soon as full grown, and loosely placed in
flower-stands, todry. ‘Tufts of these plants look extremely
pretty on the rockery, or amongst hardy ferns.
B. gracilis (graceful). Synonymous with B. minor.
maxima (greatest).* Jl, spikelets oblong-cordate, thirteen to
g aee eg he : tine nodding atthe end. June and July,
l. bih linear-acuminate. A. 14ft, South Europe, 1633. See
212
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Briza—continued.
Fic, 278. BRIZA MAXIMA, showing Habit and single Flower.
B. media (middle).* Common Quaking Grass. fl., spikelets
broadly ovate, of about seven florets (calyx shorter than the
florets), tremulous with the slightest breeze, very smooth, shining
purple. Branches of the panicle thread-shaped, divaricating,
Po yi mS l. short, linear acuminate. h. lft. Britain.
B. minima (least). Synonymous with B. minor,
Fig. 279. BRIZA MINOR, phowing Habit and small Panicle of
owers,
B. minor (small).* Little Quaking Grass, fl., spikelets triangular,
seven-flowered ; glumes longer than the flowers; panicle with
hair-like branches. June an July. l. pale green, short, narrow.
ħ. 8in, England (but very rare). An exceedingly pretty little
av aual or perennial grass. SYNS, B, gracilis and D, minima. See
Fig. 279. (S. E. B. 1775.)
ge —— piked) A yocums aga gw from Brazil, eenen
2 pon r pan
Bin in ke abt = and quite distinct, having erect spikes abou
BROADCAST. A method of sowing seeds by means
of the hand, scattering them over the surface of the ground
as equally as possible. It is now superseded, for the
majority of garden and field crops, by drilling, which not
only economises the quantity of seed used, but greatly
facilitates subsequent weeding and thinning out.
BROCCOLI (Brassica oleracea botrytis asparagoides).
A cultivated variety of the Cabbage, having e oie
inflorescence condensed into a fleshy, edible head (see Fig.
280). To grow this popular vegetable successfully, it is
necessary to have rich soil of a good depth, in an open
ER 2 where the plants can have plenty of sun and
air to keep them sturdy. They succeed the autumn Cauli-
flower, and are in season from November till May.
In preparing ground for Broccoli, trench, in the
autumn, to the depth of from 1}ft. to 2ft., and during the
process work in a liberal dressing of rotten farmyard manure
Ground which has carried a crop of Celery is very suitable
for the strong-growing kinds, as, by planting where the
Celery rows have been, the necessity of trenching is, to a
great extent, obviated. Smaller kinds, however, need to be
planted closer in order to obtain a profitable crop.
Cultivation. At the beginning of May, prepare seed beds
on a south border, and sow the earlier and sprouting kinds.
The later varieties would, perhaps, be best sown in April,
but they must not be put in early and allowed to remain
too long in the sëed bed. Sow thinly, to get the plants as
*
sturdy as possible; and, to prevent clubbing, work in a little
Broccoli—continued.
soot or wood ashes on the surface of the beds. Care must
also be taken to pick off the club excrescences at planting
time, should there be any, and to destroy the grub inside.
Clubbing is not so frequent in ground which has been well
trenched, and where the plants are not allowed to suffer
from drought. Showery weather should be selected for
transferring them to their permanent quarters. If it is
desired that they should succeed potatoes, they may be
planted between every two alternate rows, and the latter
crop can be removed when ready. Broccoli succeed best
where the ground is firm, and not recently dug or manured.
Planting with a crowbar is preferable to digging the
ground afresh. If grown by themselves, a distance of
from 2ft. to 3ft. should be allowed between the rows, and
an equal distance from plant to plant. Some of the early
varieties will, in favourable seasons, follow the later Cauli-
flowers, while the latest will not be fit for use until the
following spring. The heads should be cus as soon as they
are large enough; they will keep good for a week in a
cold place, while a day or two might open them too much
if allowed to remain on the plants. Broccoli which have to
stand the winter are liable to injury from severe frosts, and
some method of protection is necessary. Two plans are
Fic, 280. BROCCOLI.
recommended for both large and small gardens, and either
or both may be adopted, as found convenient. The first
is to apply a covering of fern or other dry protective
material, not using too much, but giving sufficient to break
the rays of the sun, which, perhaps, do as much harm
as the actual frost. The other plan is to take up the
plants as soon as the flowers can be seen, and lay them
in under a hedge or wall until required for use. In shel-
tered positions, or where there are trees to break the
force of the wind, the covering with dry litter during
severe weather will generally be found sufficient; still, a
little precaution in lifting will frequently save a valuable
crop. Broccoli should never follow a crop of any other
kind of cruciferous plants, particularly Cabbage. :
Sorts. Veitch’s Self-protecting Autumn, Purple and White
Cape, Grange’s Early White, and Snow’s Winter White. ;
These are the best for autumn and mid-winter supplies. n
A good selection for spring and late purposes is tohin-
son's Penzance, Knight’s Protecting, Cooling’s Matchless,
AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA
213
OF HORTICULTURE.
Broccoli- -continued.
Purple Sprouting, Model, Willcove, Leamington, and Cat-
tell’s Eclipse.
BRODIÆA (named after J. J. Brodie, a Scotch crypto-
gamist). Syn. Hookera. ORD. Liliacee. Pretty, slender,
hardy, or in some positions only half-hardy, bulbs. The
flowers are usually borne in large clusters or umbels; the
prevailing colour is blue; coccinea is, however, an exception,
the flowers being scarlet. The scape is usually straight and
slender, but strong. Leaves from two to four in number,
enveloping the part of the scape beneath the surface, and
procumbent thereon. Most of them are of easy culture in
rich sandy loam; if grown in pots, a mixture of loam, leaf
soil, and sand, suits them well. Increased freely by offsets,
which should be left undisturbed with the parent bulbs till
they reach a flowering state, when they may be divided and
replanted in autumn.
B. capitata (headed),* jl. deep violet-blue, funnel-shaped, dis-
posed in a compact, many-flowered umbel; valves of the spathe
eo deep violet. May. l narrow, linear. A, lft. to 2ft. California,
ae, Bais
Fig. 281. BRODIÆA COCCINEA, showing Flower and Habit.
B. coccinea (scarlet).* /l. lin. long, tubular, rich blood-red below,
the apex of the tube and the segments yellowish-green ; umbels
composed of five to fifteen mage ag flowers. June. J. linear,
loose, shorter than the scape. 14ft. California, 1870. Ver
handsome, distinct from all other species, requiring a warm, well-
drained, and sunny position, and to remain undisturbed. Syn.
Brevoortia coccinea. See Fig. 281. (B. M. 5857.)
B. congesta (close-headed).* fi. blue, with the crown paler ; seg-
ments cleft at the top ; umbel bearing six to eight blooms. The
stamens in this species are metamorphosed into fleshy scales,
which adhere to the mouth of the perianth. Summer. J. few,
- long, slender, channelled on the inside. Bulb small, roundish,
much wrinkled. k. lft. Georgia, &c., 1806. A very free-
growing and rapidly increasing species.
©. alba (white).* fl, white; in other respects like the type, but
B 50 Vigorous.
Sracilis 8 (graceful).* 7. deep yellow, with brown nerves, }in. or
be t more , In K -flowered umbels. July. l solitary,
1876. žin. broad, nger than the scape. h. din. to ğin. California,
Eai scarce and rather tender little species, but very pretty.
ii flora Qarge-flowered).* fl. bluish-purple, with entire
ite pt sments ; um) Dak two to seven ea okan
í l. two to three or more, linear,
pointed, slender, grooved on the inside, furnished with a few
b small, roundish, dry and wrinkled.
tags North America, 1806. Syn. Hookera coronaria. (B. R.
_ B, Howellii (Howell’s).* 7, x
bell-shaped purplish-blue, about łin. across, sub-
ONE acute. Pccon et ig umbels. July aba August. l.
California, 1880. shorter than the scape. h. 18in. to 24in.
Brodiza— continued.
B. ixioides (Ixia-like). See Calliprora lutea.
B, lactea (milky-white).* fl, white, usually with green midribs,
šin. to Zin. across, saucer-shaped, in many-flowered umbels. June
and July. Z. linear, acute, nearly as long as the scape. A. lft,
to 2ft. California, 1833. Syns. Hesperoscordum lacteum, Milla
hyacinthina,
B. multiflora (many-flowered).* jl. blue-purple, very numerous,
in sub-globose heads. May. J. linear, elongate, lft. to 2ft. long,
rather fleshy. h. 1ft. to 14ft. California, 1872. (B. M. 5989.)
B. volubilis hwita). J. rose-coloured, in dense umbels, each
containing fifteen to thirty blooms; scape twining, sometimes
12ft. long. July. l. narrow, linear-lanceolate, lft. long, synan-
thous. California, 1874. Half-hardy bulb. (B. M. 6123.
BROMELIA (named after Bromel, a Swedish botanist).
ORD. Bromeliacee. A genus of stove herbaceous perennials,
allied to the Pineapple. Flowers, corolla three-petaled,
convolute, erect, or spreading at the top. Leaves densely
packed, rigid, lanceolate, with spiny margins. Stems short.
These plants require much the same treatment as Bill-
bergia. Allied genera are Æchmea, Ananassa, Billbergia,
Disteganthus, Greigia, Karatas, Ruckia (which see).
B, antiacantha (opposite-spined). Jl. purple, scarlet. Brazil,
1864. Syn. B. sceptrum.
B. bicolor (two-coloured).* fl. scarlet, in a close central sessile
head, March. l. numerous, narrow, ensiform, outer green, central
crimson; elegantly radiate. Chili, Syn. B. Joinvillet, B. pit-
cairniefolia. (B. H. 14.)
B. bracteata (red-bracted).* Jl. pink; scape elongated ; raceme
compound i bracts red, ovate-lanceolate. September. J. serrate,
spiny. h. 2ft. Jamaica, 1785.
B. Fernandez (Fernanda’s).* fl. yellowish, in ovoid heads ; bracts
orange-red. July. l. linear-ligulate, 24in. to 30in. long, recurved,
spiny-edged. Para, 1872.
B. Joinvillei (Joinville’s). A synonym of B, bwolor.
B. Karatas. See Karatas Plumieri.
B. piteairnizefolia (Pitcairnia-leaved). A synonym of B. bicolor.
B. sceptrum (sceptre-like). A synonym of B. antiacantha and
Karatas Plumieri.
BROMELIACEZ:. An extensive order of stemless or
short-stemmed plants, having rigid, channelled, and usually
spiny leaves. Flowers very showy; outer perianth three-
cleft, persistent, inner one of three withering segments ;
stamens six, inserted in the tube of the perianth. To this
order belongs the Pineapple. The genera best known in
gardens are Ananassa, Æchmea, Billbergia, Bromelia, and
Tillandsia.
BROMHEADIA (in honour of Sir Edward Finch
Bromhead). Orp. Orchideæ. A small genus of stove
orchids, comprising a couple of species, with erect stems,
large flowers, and cucullate lip, which is parallel with the
column. For culture, see Ansellia.
B. palustris (marsh).* ., sepals and calyx white; lip white ex-
ternally, within streaked with purple, and having a yellow blotch
in centre; spike terminal, distichous, flexuous, many-flowered, on
a long peduncle; bracts short, stiff, tooth-like. June. l dis-
_tichous, oblong-linear, emarginate. h. 2ft. Singapore, 1840.
(B. R. 30, 18.)
Pi
ry
c/s
ESS
Fic. 282. BROMUS BRIZEFORMIS.
BROMUS (from bromos, the Greek name for a wild
oat), ORD. Graminee. B. brizaformis (see Fig. 282) is an
elegant biennial grass, with drooping panicles of spikelets,
Py
214
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Bromus—continued.
about as large as those of Briza maxima. It grows about
2ft. high, and is of very easy culture in common garden soil.
Sow seeds outside in patches, in July, thinning out the
plants when necessary. There are numerous other species
belonging to this genus, but the above-mentioned is the only
one worth growing in gardens. It forms a beautiful object
in the mixed border, or among ferns.
BRONGNIARTIA (in honour of Adolphe Brong-
niart, a distinguished botanist, and one of the editors of
“Annales des Sciences Naturelles ”). ORD. Leguminose.
Handsome greenhouse evergreen sub-shrubs, clothed with
silky villi. Flowers large, purple; pedicels twin, axillary,
one-flowered. Leaves impari-pinnate, with many pairs of
leaflets, the terminal one not remote from the rest. They
require a compost of sandy loam, leaf soil, and fibry peat,
with perfect drainage. Cuttings of the young shoots, if
firm at the base, will root if dibbled in sand, under a bell
glass, in a cool house.
yrioides (Podalyria-like).* fl. purple, large. September.
l. with two to five pairs of leaflets; leaflets elliptic-oblong,
rounded, and mucronate at the apex, clothed with adpressed
pain on both surfaces, but silky when young. h, 1ft. New Spain,
B. sericea (silky).* fl. purple. September. k. 1ft. l, leaflets
ovate-oblong, acute, very silky on both surfaces. Mexico, 1843.
BROOK-LIME. See Veronica Beccabunga,
BROOM. Sce Besom.
BROOM. See Cytisus scoparius.
BROOM RAPE. See Orobanche.
BROOM, SPANISH. See Spartium junceum.
BROSIMUM (from brosimos, edible; fruit edible).
Bread Nut. ORD. Urticaceœ. A genus of stove evergreen
shrubs or trees, principally of economic value in their native
countries. Male and female flowers generally in a globular
head, but sometimes borne on separate trees; calyx and
corolla wanting. Leaves entire. They generally thrive
in a rich fibry loam. Cuttings of ripe wood, with their
leaves on, root if placed in sand, in moist heat.
B. Alicastrum. f., catkins globose, stalked, twin, axillary. fr.
coated. l. ovate-lanceolate. A. 6ft. Jamaica, 1776.
BROUGHTONIA (named after Mr. Arthur Broughton,
an English botanist). Orp. Orchidew. A very com-
pact-growing stove evergreen, allied to Lelia, succeeding
best if suspended from the roof on a block of wood, with a
little moss; it requires a free supply of heat and water
when in a growing state. Propagated by dividing the
plant. The colour of the flowers is very distinct.
B. sanguinea (blood-coloured).* fl. blood-coloured, rather large,
disposed in a terminal panicle ; scape divided ; column distined, or
at the very base united with the unguiculate lip, which is
1 ned at the base into a tube, connate with the ovarium.
Summer, /. twin, oblong, seated on a pseudo-bulb. h. lift.
Jamaica, 1793. (B. M. 3076.)
: : (named after P. N. V. Broussonet,
a French naturalist, who wrote numerous works on Natural
History). ORD. Urticacee. Orname fast-growing, de-
ciduous, Malberry-like trees. They require rather good
open garden soil, and prove hardy in situations which are
not very exposed. Propagated by suckers and cuttings of
ripened wood, inserted in autumn, in a cool house; and by
seeds, sown when ripe, or kept till the following April.
B. papyrifera (paper-bearing).* The Paper Mulberry.
dicecious ; males in beera i pode nd cai E mmen
: in the axil of a bract; females in peduncled, ax i
AG lobular heads. May. l. simple, alternate, exstipulate, variously
S O e o gE
e eaves. (B. M. 2358). ee ee
BROWALLIA (named in honour of John Browall,
« Bishop of Abo, who defended the sexual system of Lin-
X næus against Siegesbeck, in a book entitled “ Examen
; . epicriseos,” &c., 1739). ~Orp.Scrophularinee. A genus
“> of handsome shrubs or herbs. Flowers blue or white, axil-
~ lary and terminal; corolla salver-shaped, resupinate from
contortion of the peduncle; tube fifteen-nerved, ventri-
e
Ta
Browallia—continued.
cose at top. Leaves alternate, stalked, ovate in outline.
They thrive best in a rich, open, sandy soil. To have strong
plants in bloom by Christmas and after, seeds should be
sown in July, in pans or pots of light rich sandy soil, and
kept in a close frame, or hand light, where they can be
shaded till germination takes place. When large enough to
handle, the seedlings may either be pricked out, three in a
pot, or potted singly, according to the size of the specimens
required. In the former way, they form fine masses for
conservatory or greenhouse decoration, or to cut from; and
in the latter, they are very suitable for window recesses,
&c. After potting, they should be stood in a pit or frame,
and syringed every morning and evening, to ward off at-
tacks of insect pests. An abundance of well-diluted liquid
manure is required as soon as the flower-buds appear.
To keep the plants dwarf and bushy, it will be needful
to stop them about three times during the remainder of
the summer and autumn, keeping as near the glass as
possible; they should be housed by the end of September.
These elegant little greenhouse annuals are unrivalled for
affording choice, neat sprays for bouquets during the winter
and early spring months, or for growing as pot plants,
to furnish warm greenhouses or sitting-room windows.
Many of the species and varieties are largely employed for
summer decoration of the flower garden, with highly satis-
factory results; for this purpose, seeds should be sown
in gentle heat early in spring, and the plants transferred
to the flower borders latë in June, or early in July, having
been previously encouraged in pots, and well hardened off.
B. abbreviata (shortened). /l. light red; pedicels shorter than
the calyx; calyx campanulate, with teeth as long as the tube.
ae ed when young, quite glabrous when mature. 1852.
B. demissa (low).* 7. ofa brigas but pale blue colour, sometimes
red or purple; peduncles axiilary- one-flowered, downy. June.
l. ovate-oblong, acuminated, oblique at the base. h. 6in. to lft.
Panama, 1735. (B. M. 1136.) ;
A à
i
pS
ip
me
pec
N
Fig. 283. BRuWALLia ELATA, showing Habit and Flower.
B. elata (tall).* fil. deep blue; calyx beset with glandular hairs;
peduncles axillary, one or many-flowered. July. l. oval, acumi-
nated. h. 1}ft. Peru, 1768. Of this extensively-grown species
there are two varieties, one with white flowers, and the other,
grandiflora, with pale blue, both of which are well worth growing.
Fig. 285. (B. M. 34.)
diflora (large-flowered).* fl., corolla with a greenish-
B ow tube, aeh 2 clothed with aspar villi, and a white or
very pale lilac limb; peduncles one-flowered, axillary, racemose at
the tops of the branches. July, l. ovate, acute, attenuated into
the petioles at the base. h. lft. to 3ft. Pern, 1829. (B. M. 3069.)
B. Jamesoni (Jameson’s)* /. bright orange, with lighter-
coloured throat, tubular. June. h. 4ft. New Grenada, 1850.
This species has been recently re-introduced, after having been
lost to cultivation for over thirty years. (B. M. 4605.)
B. Roezli (Roezl’s). fa large, either of a delicate azure blue, or
white, with a yellow tube. Spring to autumn. J. shining n,
An exceedingly pon species, having flowers double the size of
any other, and forming a dense compact bush,
height. Rocky Mountains,
1yft. to 2it, in
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 915
BROWNEA (named after Patrick Browne, M.D.,
- author of a History of Jamaica). ORD. Leguminose.
Very handsome stove evergreen trees or shrubs, allied to
Amherstia. Flowers of a rose-scarlet colour, rising in
fascicled heads from the axillary buds. Leaves abruptly-
pinnate, when young flaccid, and with the leaflets revolute
at the edges; leaf-bud long and stipulaceous. All the
species are well worthy of the most extensive cultivation.
A mixture of loam, peat, and sand, is a soil well adapted
for them, and great care should be taken not to over-water
the plants in winter, as too great a supply will be sure to
kill them. Propagated by cuttings, taken from ripened
wood, planted in a pot of sand, and placed under a hand
glass, in a moist heat,
B. Ariza (Ariza).* /l. richest scarlet, produced in a large, globular,
drooping head of immense size. Summer. Z. pinnate, usually
with six or eight pairs of pinnæ, which are oblong-lanceolate, and
sharply tapered to a point. A. 20ft. to 40ft. Columbia, 1843.
This noble tree requires a large house to fully perfect its beauty.
Syn. B. princeps. (B. M. 6459.)
B. Birschellii (Birschell’s). Jl. rose-coloured, in drooping racemes,
April to July. l. pinnate ; leaflets oblanceolate, 6in. long. h. 10ft.
to 20ft. La Guayra, 1872. (B. M. 5998.)
B. coccinea (scarlet).* fl. scarlet, fascicled. July to August.
l. with two to three pairs of oval-oblong, acuminated leaflets.
h. 6ft. to 10ft. Venezuela, 1793. (B. M. 3964.)
B. grandiceps Saree pended)” Jl. red, in dense capitate spikes.
July. l. with usually twelve pairs of oblong-lanceolate glandless
leaflets, ending in a long cuspidate acumen; branches and pe-
tioles pubescent. h. (in its native home) 60ft. Caraccas, 1829.
(B. M. 4859.)
B. latifolia (broad-leaved). fl. red, in dense fascicles; invo-
lucre tomentose. 1. with one to three pairs of ovate or obovate-
cuspidate leaflets. h. 6ft. to 8ft. Caraccas, 1824.
B. macrophylla (large-leaved).* fl. orange-scarlet, in dense
heads, often measuring nearly 3ft. in circumference. Central
America, 1879. (G. C. 1873, p. 779.)
B. princeps (chief). A synonym of B. Ariza.
B. racemosa (clustered).* jl. rose-coloured, racemose; inyo-
lucre and calyx clothed with fine tomentum. J. with four pairs
of unequal-sided, oblong, or oblong-lanceolate, cuspidately-acu-
à minated leaflets, which are glanduliferous at the base. h. 4ft.
Caraccas, 1826.
= B. Rosa del Monte. f. scarlet, in dense heads; leaflets
of the involucre roundish, imbricated, and, when in a young
state, rather reve, i
June. l. with two to three pair of oval-
Farr acuminated leaflets; branches pen petioles glabrous.
South America, 1820. (B. R. 1472.
BROWNLOWIA (named in honour of Lady Brown-
low, daughter of Sir Abraham Hume, and a great patroness
of botany). ORD. Filiaceew. Very handsome greenhouse
evergreen trees, thriving well in a mixture of loam and
peat. Cuttings of ripe shoots will root if placed in sand,
under a hand glass, in heat.
* . i s,
a arate nt v: oita srai paesan . eke Ok
India, 1823. (B. R. 1472.)
BRUCEA (commemorative of James Bruce, the cele-
brated African traveller), ORD. Simarubee. Ornamental
stove evergreen shrubs. Flowers small, purplish inside,
disposed in interrupted glomerate spikes, or racemes.
Leaves impari-pinnate, with six pairs of opposite, entire
or serrated leaflets, without dots. Branches, peduncles,
petioles, and nerves of leaves, clothed with rufescent down.
They thrive in a loamy soil; and cuttings from ripened
wood strike freely, in a pot of sand, under a hand glass,
un a moderate heat. :
Be idysenteric). fl., racemes simple, spike-
ee azaemterica (antidyse ra
e. y. leaflets quite entire, clothed with rusty villi on
the nerves beneath. A. Sit. Abyssinia, 1775.
E. (Sumatra).* . dark purple; racemes usually
compound, 3 i beneath. h. 20ft.
Sumai. May. l., leaflets serrated, villous benea
BRUCHUS GRANARIUS. See Bean Beetle.
BRUCHUS PISI. See Pea Weevil.
BRUGMANSIA. See Datura.
' BRUNPELSIA (named after Otto Brunfels, of Mentz,
rst a Carthusian monk, and afterwards a physician ; he
published the first good figures of plants in 1530). SYN.
Franciscea. ORD. Scrophularinee. Elegant free-flowering
Brunfelsia—continued.
stove evergreens. Flowers sweet-scented; corolla large,
fu.nel or salver-shaped, with a long tube, and a flat, five-
lobed, obtuse, nearly equal limb. A light rich soil, or a
compost of loam, leaf soil, and peat, is necessary to grow
these plants successfully. Propagated by cuttings, planted
in sand, and placed under bell glasses, in a moderate heat.
When rooted, they should be placed in small pots, in a com-
post somewhat more sandy than that already mentioned.
While growing, they require to be kept in a moist stove
temperature, and should be hardened by placing them in
a drier, and somewhat cooler, temperature after each
growth is completed; the pots should be changed as often
as the roots become thick around the ball of earth. The
larger plants flower freely, and should be slightly pruned
in annually, before commencing their new growth, thus
securing neat and compact specimens. Repotting should
be effected directly they have done flowering. The plants
should then be placed in a temperature ranging from
60deg. to 68deg., and both the roots and foliage liberally
supplied with water. When flowers appear—about October
or November—the syringing must be less frequently per-
formed. At this period, if it be desirable to prolong the
flowering season, the plants should be removed to a tem-
perature of about 48deg. A few administrations of weak
liquid manure during the growing season are of great value.
B. acuminata (taper-pointed-leaved).* fl. bluish-violet, few, sub-
cymose, terminal. April. J. oblong, acuminated, attenuated a
little at the base, glabrous; bracts lanceolate, acuminated,
glabrous. h. lft. to 2ft. Rio Janeiro, 1840. (B. M. 4189.)
B. americana (American).* fl. first yellow, then white, very sweet-
scented ; axillary flowers solitary, terminal ones numerous. June.
l. obovate, elliptic, acuminated, longer than the petioles. A. 4ft.
to 6ft. West Indies, 1735. There are narrow and broad-leaved
varieties of this species. (B. M. 393.)
Fic. 284, FLOWER OF BRUNIA NODIFLORA, .
calycina a * urple, disposed in large trusses,
gt are (oup shape) eras hout the whole year.
l. large, lanceolate, shining light green. A. 2ft. Brazil, 1850. One
of the largest-flowered species grown. (B. M. 4583.) i
wered). ji. soft blue, cymosely irp
B. confertiflora (dense-flo i
terminal. January to June. l. nearly sessile, oblong
216
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Brunfelsia—continued.
above; bracteoles oblong, attenuated at the base, and are, as well
as the calyces, clothed with rusty hairs. h. 1ft. to 2ft. Brazil.
B. eximia (choice).* fl. produced from the points of the shoots,
upwards of 2in. in diameter, deep purple. een to July. J.
oblong-lanceolate, dark green, but not glossy. kh. 2ft. Brazil,
1847. (B. M. 4790.)
B. grandiflora (large-flowered). fl. greenish; limb of corolla
2in, in diameter, corymbose, terminal. June. J. elliptic-oblong,
acumina Branches twiggy. h. 3ft. Peru.
B. hydrangezformis (Hydrangea-like).* fl. beautiful bluish-
violet; cymes terminal, hemispherical, large. April. J. oblong,
acute, cuneiform at base, quite glabrous, lft. long; bracts lan-
ceolate, aggregate. h. lft. to 3ft. Brazil, 1840. ‘This is one of
the most elegant species of the genus, (B. M. 4209.)
B. latifolia (broad-leaved). fl. at first lavender-colour, with a
distinct white eye, eventually becoming almost white; deliciously
fragrant, sub-cymose, termina]. Winter to early spring. l broad-
elliptic, acutish, greyish-white, 6in. to 7in. long, and ‘Bin. to 2gin.
broad. A. 2ft. to 3ft. Brazil, 1840. (B. M. 3907.)
B. Lindeniana (Linden’s).* fl. rich purple, wi i Ek
rreraren nh Forni, 8b ioe eee i
B. uniflora (one-flowered). fl. solitary; corolla with a whitish
tube, and a bluish-violet or purple limb. Winter. J. elliptic,
acute ; branches greenish, hoary, diffuse, spreading. h. 1ft. to 3ft.
Brazil, 1826. (L. B. C. 1332.)
BRUNIA (named after Corneille de Bruin, better known
under the name of Le Brun, a Dutchman, a traveller in
the Levant), ORD. Bruniacee. Elegant little greenhouse
evergreen Heath-like shrubs, more or less branched, with
the branches in whorls, erect or spreading. Flowers
capitate, furnished with three bracts each, or sometimes
deficient of the two lateral ones. Leaves small, closely
imbricate. They require a compost of peat and sand, with
a little leaf soil added, firm potting and good drainage.
Cuttings of young shoots root freely in sand, under a hand
light, in summer.
B. nodiflora (knot-flowered).* fl. white; heads globose, size of a
cherry, on the tops of the branches. July. J. lanceolate, awl-
shaped, trigonal, acute, smooth, closely imbricate, not ustulate at
the apex. lft. to 3ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1786. See Fig. 284.
BRUNIACEZ. An order of much-branched Heath-
like shrubs, usually having small leaves, which are crowded
and entire. Flowers in terminal heads; petals five, alter-
nating with the lobes of the calyx. The typical genus
is Brunia.
BRUNONIA (named after Robert Brown, the most
eminent botanist of his time). ORD. Goodenovie. A stem-
~ less greenhouse perennial herb, with the habit of Scabiosa,
downy from glandless simple hairs. Flowers distinct, with
a whorl of five membranous bracts; corolla blue, marcescent.
Radical leaves quite entire, spathulate; scapes undivided,
each bearing one head; head hemispherical, lobate ; lobes
involucrated by foliaceous bracts. It thrives in a compost
of decayed manure, or leaf soil and peat, with a little
_ loam added; thorough drainage is necessary. Propagated
_ by divisions, in early spring, previous to repotting.
; B. australis (southern)* is the only species known to be in
cultivation. h. lft. New Holland, 1834. (B. R. 1833.)
_ BRUNSVIGIA (named after the noble House of
Brunswick). Orp. Amaryllidew. Very showy greenhouse
bulbous plants, from the Cape of Good Hope. Flowers
red, on vory long pedicels. Bulbs large. Leaves broad,
horizontal; perianth with an evident longer or shorter
tube, curving upwards, funnel-shaped, deeply six-parted,
deciduous ; segments sub-equal, many-nerved, flat, and re-
curved at the apex; stamens on the tube much curved
upwards; scape appearing in summer without the leaves ;
umbels many-flowered. Propagation is effected by offsets,
of which the large bulbs produce but few. These, when
secured, may be removed after reaching some consider-
able size, carefully potted in a mixture of sandy loam
and peat, with good drainage, and kept tolerably warm
and close until established; water must be given but`
sparingly until root-action has commenced. The best place
for growing the offsets into a flowering size is on a shelf
near the glass, in a temperature of from 50deg. to 55deg.
With an abundance of water while growing, and kept dry
while semi-dormant, thus allowing them a rest, the bulbs
Brunsvigia—continued.
will speedily increase in size; but it may be years before
flowers are produced. Culture: This may be divided into
two periods—one of growth, and one of rest. After the
latter period, they should be allowed to start into fresh
growth, without stimulation, and, as soon as started,
liberal supplies of water should be given, and a genial
temperature of from 60deg. to 65deg. maintained, to make
them grow vigorously. Good-sized pots are also necessary,
with a mixture of loam, peat, and sand, in equal parts. They
are usually confined to the greenhouse, or warm conserva-
tory, but are sometimes successfully grown in a south
border at the base of a wall, planted out in a pit, upon
which the lights may be placed in winter, and matted if
necessary, as they cannot endure frost. A good depth of
soil, consisting of fibrous loam, peat, and sand, in equal
proportions, with good drainage, should be prepared. In all
cases, the bulbs should be planted somewhat deeply. One
of the most satisfactory methods of ensuring the flowering
of these plants consists in subjecting the bulbs, when at
rest, to a hot dry heat of 70deg. or more, which thoroughly
ripens them; but, after this treatment, it will be necessary
‘to encourage the after-growth to the fullest possible extent.
B. ciliaris (liair-fringed).
with white hairs. h. 1ft.
B. Cooperi (Cooper’s).*
SD. sapea e oaee.
fleshy. k. 1ft. 1872. (Ref. B. 330.) a
B. falcata (sickle-leaved).* ji. red. May. l sickle-shaped, wi
r discoloured, pi o era edge. h.9in. 1774. (B. M.
1443.) Syn. Ammocharis falcata.
B. J hineæ (Josephine’s).* fl. scarlet; scape twice as long as
the rays of the many-flowered umbel. l. strap-shaped, erect,
spreading, glaucous. h. 1ift. This handsome species is much
grown. 1814. (B. M. 2578.) Minor and striata are varieties.
B. multiflora (many-fiowered).* jl. red, loosely umbellate. June.
l iform, smooth, lying on the ground. h. lft. 1752. (B. M.
fl. dull purple. l. strongly fringed
1752. (B. R. 1153.)
jl. sulphur-coloured, edged with red ;
l. ligulate-obtuse, bifarious,
. k +
B. toxicaria (poison-bulb).* fl. pink ; umbel hemispherical, many-
flowered. Äl pean vtn to Dooa . many, erect, oblique, glau-
cous. h. 1ft.- 1774. (B. R. 567.) B. coranica is a variety of this.
1815. (B. R. 139.) 1
BRUSSELS SPROUTS (Brassica oleracea bullata
gemmifera). A cultivated variety of the Cabbage (Fig.
285). Leaves blistered. Stems covered with small, close
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 217
Brussels Sprouts—continued.
heads. To secure this vegetable in its best form, it must
be grown on deeply-worked and rich ground. In addition,
the seeds should be obtained from a good source, as there
are many spurious stocks in cultivation. Plenty of room
must be allowed the plants to develop, and the tops and
Brussels Sprouts—continued.
sow thinly in a cold frame, or carefully prepare seed beds
on a warm south border. As soon as the plants are large
enough, prick them off into prepared soil, to grow on ; about
the end of April, transplant into a piece of rich ground,
which has been previously prepared for them, setting in
Fic, 286. BRYONIA LACINIOSA.
leaves should not be removed till after the sprouts are
gathered; dead leaves, of course, excepted. It is a bad
plan to plant Brussels Sprouts amongst potatoes or other
crops, as they become unduly weakened, and never give
such good returns as when grown by themselves.
Soil and Cultivation. In February, and early in March,
rows from 2ft. to 3ft. asunder, and 2ft. apart in the rows.
The earlier the plants are put out, the better; and they
should be watered-in when planted, so that they receive
as little a check as possible. They must be kept clear of
weeds, and earthed up as soon as they get a good size.
During severe frost, some light dry aw TA with
F
218
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Brussels Sprouts—continued.
advantage be thrown over them for protection; and the
less they are interfered with when frozen, the better.
Sorts. The Imported is the best strain for general use ;
other good sorts are: Sutton’s Matchless, The Aigburth,
and Serymger’s Giant.
BRYA (from bryo, to sprout; the seeds germinate
before falling from the tree). ORD. Leguminose. A small
genus of stove shrubs or small trees, furnished with
stipular spines, and solitary, or clustered, or pinnate
leaves. The undermentioned species thrives in a rich
fibry loam. Propagated by seeds, or by cuttings, placed in
a hotbed.
B. Ebenus (ebony). Jamaica Ebony. f. ss a yellow; peduncles
two to three together, , one to two-flowered, shorter than
the leaves. July and August. _ l., leaflets aggregate, obovate.
h. 12ft. to 14ft. West Indies, 1713. (B. M. 4670.)
BRYANTHUS (from bryon, a moss, and anthos, a
flower). ORD. Ericacee. A genus of small trailing shrubs,
allied to Loiseleuria. Flowers terminal, somewhat race-
mose; calyx five-leaved, imbricate; corolla deeply five-
parted, spreading. Leaves crowded, spreading, flattish.
For culture, see Menziesia.
B. empetriformis (Crowberry-leaved). reddish-purple, clus-
tered near the extremities of the branches. l. crowded, linear,
on short adpressed petioles. h. 6in. North-west America, 1829.
Syn. Menziesia empetrifolia. (B. M. 3176.)
B. erectus (erect). fl. red, pentamerous, broadly campanulate.
l. linear, obtuse, o rely serrated. h. about lft. Siberia.
iler. (L. & P. F. G. 1, 19.)
B. Gmelini (Gmelin’s). fl. red; peduncles glandular, many-
flowered. E with danaou a ERa A din ox Sin,” EA
chatka and Behring’s Island.
BRYONTA (from bryo, to sprout; in allusion to the
annual growth from the tuber). Bryony. ORD. Cucurbitacee.
Tuberous-rooted perennial herbaceous plants, producing
annual climbing stems. The native species is well worth
growing over unsightly hedges, fences, &c., and in the wild
garden ; it is a rapid grower, and of extremely easy culture.
The stove perennial species should be grown in pots, and
the stems trained up the rafters. Rich loam is the soil most
suitable for their cultivation. Propagated by seeds, or by
divisions of the tuber.
R. dioica (di ). jl. greenish-white, racemose, dicecious. fr.
ace ges red. May to September. J. cordate, mately five-
0
a toothed, scabrous, from callous points. England. (Sy. En.
B. 517.) e
B. laciniosa (cut-leaved). fl. yellow, solitary ; corollas hairy in-
side, smooth outside. fr. size of a cherry, striated with white.
July. l palmately five-parted, cordate, rough, and blistered,
with oblong-lanceolate, acuminated, serrated segments ; petioles
muricated. Ceylon, 1710. Stove species. SYN. Bryonopsis laci-
niosa. See Fig. 286.
BRYONY. See Bryonia.
BRYOPHYLLUM (from bryo, to sprout, and phyllon,
a leaf; plants spring from the notches on the edges of the
: leaves when taken off the plant, and placed in a moist
situation). ORD. Crassulacew. This very curious stove suc-
` eulent thrives in pots of rich loamy soil; perfect drainage
is essential, and but little water is at any time needed.
d). jl. yellowish-red ; cymes panicled,
‘ pp osite, + i ; i i- i a
nate, with one or two pairs of HE ge gg amet a ~
i 2ft. to 3ft. India,
1806. A fleshy, erect, % k
for curiosity. á hed evergreen shrub, grown chiefly
BUCCO. See Agathosma. = 3 |
BUCIDA. Se T Tee ee a
BUCKBEAN. See Menyanthes.
BUCKLANDIA (named after Dr. Buckland, a former
Dean of Westminster, and Professor of Geology at Oxford).
‚ORD. Hamamelidee. A handsome greenhouse tree, allied
to Liquidambar. It thrives in rich sandy loam, peat, and
leaf mould ; or peat may be left out if the leaf soil is good ;
perfect drainage is also essential. Cuttings of ripened
shoots will strike in sandy loam, under a hand glass, with
Bucklandia—continued.
moderate heat. They must be watered carefully, or they
are liable to rot off.
EB. populnea (Poplar-like). J. pale green, large, leathery, cordate,
ovate-acute, on long stalks, pinkish when young; stipules very
curious, large red, consisting of two leafy oblong plates, placed
face to face in an erect position between the leafstalk and the
stem. h. 100ft. Himalayas, 1875. (B. M. 6507.)
BUCKLER MUSTARD. See Biscutella.
BUCKTHORN. See Rhamnus.
BUCKWHEAT. See Fagopyrum esculentum.
BUCKWHEAT-TREE. See Mylocaryum.
BUDDING. This process consists of taking an eye
or bud attached to a portion of the bark, and transferring
it to another and different plant; it is an operation almost
confined to woody plants, but has been practised with more
or less success upon herbaceous perenniais. The stock
should not be budded unless the sap is in circulation, which
is assured if the bark will detach itself easily, when gently
lifted, from the wood.
There are many ways of performing the different
systems, in preparing and inserting the Buds, &c., and all
may prove more or less successful if undertaken when the
Buds and stock are both in a suitable condition. The
principal methods are Shield or T-budding, including the
Circular, Square, and Inverted forms; Flute or Tube-
budding, and Annular or Ring-budding.
The first-named method, which is fully described below,
is very extensively practised for propagating Roses and
stone fruits. It is also coming more in use for the pro-
pagation of many other fruit ‘trees, including Apples and
Pears, especially new or scarce varieties, as the great ad-
vantage of making use of many more of the eyes, to form
separate trees, is thereby attained. In large nurseries,
where skilful propagators are employed, thousands of trees
are annually budded, the majority of them with very suc-
cessful results. It is, in most cases, preferable to purchase
established fruit trees, as cultivators require the produce m
much quicker than they could get it by propagating trees
themselves. The same system of Budding is, however,
applicable for increasing Roses; and this may be adopted
with every chance of success by even a cottager, if he
takes the necessary care in performing the work.
Rare varieties of ornamental deciduous trees are largely
propagated in this way; for instance, many of the Acers,
Elms, Horse Chestnuts, &c.
Rhododendrons and Hollies, are also rapidly increased in
some establishments by this means.
In the case of fruit-trees, plump wood Buds must be
selected, from medium-sized branches. On some sorts
these are scarce, the majority being Flower-buds, and it is
rather difficult to distinguish between them at the Budding
season. The best time for the operation is from June to
the end of August; but surrounding influences, condition of
Buds, stocks, &c., must be taken into account. Clean cuts,
with gentle and skilful handling, are even more important
in the Budding of stone fruits than of Roses or other
plants, and the ties should be lightly but firmly made. In
all cases, the operation must be performed as quickly as
possible, as both Bud and bark are injured if exposed
to the air for any length of time. a
Fic. 287. FıG. 288,
To proceed with the ordinary system of Shield-budding,
the stock (see Fig. 287 a) should first have a longitudinal and
Evergreen shrubs, such as _
KJ
s
AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 219
Budding—continued.
a transverse incision made in the bark, the former about lin.
long. Next, the Bud should be prepared, removing half the
leaf (see Fig. 288). Hold the branch with the left hand, and
pass the knife from about jin. below, gradually upwards
and inwards under the Bud, bringing it out in a similar way
at a somewhat shorter distance above. A portion of wood
will also be taken out, and this is generally removed the
opposite way to that in which the Bud has been cut. By
skilful Budders, it is removed by a sort of twitch from
either end. Great care must be taken not to pull out the
base or root of the Bud at the same time, as this would
render it useless. Should the whole come out together,
leaving a hollow place under the eye of the Bud, it must be
thrown away, and another prepared. The Bud being ready,
loosen the bark at the point where the incisions meet, with
the ivory knife handle, and insert it by means of the piece
of leaf attached. It must then be tied in with soft
matting or bast, to exclude air, but not tight enough to
injure the bark. Shading from bright sun is advisable for
a few days afterwards, and, as soon as the union takes
place, the ties must be frequently examined, and loosened
if necessary. Some prefer Budding late in the season, in
order that the Bud may remain dormant during the winter,
and breaking stronger the following spring. Occasionally,
they are inserted in spring, just at the commencement of
growth. The stocks of the Summer-budded trees should
only be allowed a moderate amount of foliage during the
autumn, and should be cut back to the established Bud
before growth commences in spring.
Square and Circular Shield-budding consists in cutting
out a piece of bark of either shape from the stock, and
inserting another piece of exactly the same size, containing
a Bud, and covering with a bandage, or piece of sticking ~
plaster, all except the eye. This mode is seldom made use
of. Inverted T or Shield-budding is preferred in the south
‘of France for propagating Orange-trees, but is not other-
Wise much used. The only difference is that the transverse
cision is made below, instead of above, the other, and the
inserted upwards, making it fit with the bark at the
point where the stock is cut across.
Flute-budding is sometimes used, and answers well for
some trees (see Fig. 289). A cylinder of bark is removed
Fic. 289,
from the stock, and one of a similar size from the scion,
containing Buds, is fitted in its place, being carefully made
air-tight by means of a bandage or grafting wax. Some
fer splitting the bark, as shown in the illustration,
ng it over the tube or cylinder; but the parts
cannot be fitted so well as when it is removed.
Ring Budding. By this mode, it is not necessary to cut
off the top of the stock. A ring of bark may be removed
from any convenient part (see Fig. 290b) and replaced with
one containing eyes (see Fig. 290 a). The latter should be
taken from a little larger branch than the stock, as the bark
a Bente ket to fit better. As in Flute-budding, air
e exciu y means of i d bandages
Or grafting wat. pam paper an ag
g operations may be performed at any time
during the season; but dull cloudy weather, and morning
or evening, are most suitable, If the branch, containing
Budding—continued.
Buds, cannot be obtained as required for use, the ends may
be placed in water, to keep them fresh; but unnecessary
delay should be avoided. ;
Stocks for Budding upon. For the Cherry, the Wild
Gean, and seedlings from the Morello, make capital stocks
for tall trees and those of moderate growth; and the
Mahaleb, or Perfumed Cherry, for small trees for pots,
bushes, pyramids, or cordons. For the Plum, the Mussel,
Mirabelle, Magnum Bonum, St. Julian, &c., are mostly
used for stocks, the Mirabelle being best for small trees.
Peaches and Nectarines are generally budded on the
Mussel, St. Julian, or Mirabelle Plums; the last are best
for dwarfs. The Apricot is budded on the Mussel or
Fic, 290,
Mirabelle Plums, for small plants; and the St. Julian Plum
for standards. In France, the Damas Noir, or Black
Damask, and the Cerisette, are also used. They should all
be raised from seeds, and not from suckers. Seeds for
raising plants for stocks may be sown as soon as ripe; but
where quantities are used, the stones are thrown into
heaps, so as to slightly ferment during winter. In the
zI í
> is, tl
EAN ý 4 G i x
j 1A Y
—- = H a —
Fie, Bl...
in drills or beds, and transplanted
2ft. or 3ft. apart, and 10in. or Hoa
fi lant to plant. The dwarfs are generally bud
(ho atd p and the standards the third or fourth.
Dwarf trees are budded from within a few inches of the
spring, they are sown
the‘next year in rows
ET
220
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Budding—continued.
ground to 1ft. above; standards and riders from 3ft. to 9ft.;
cordons, pyramids, &c., can hardly be budded too low.
Rose Budding. Propagation of Roses by Budding is
very extensively practised both with standard trees and
= dwarf plants. It is perhaps easier and more certain to
succeed with these than with fruit trees; but the mode
adopted is precisely the same—that of the shield-shaped
Bud with the core, or root, and the bark attached. For
standards, the common briar of the Dog Rose is the best.
The earlier these are obtained and planted in November, the -
better, as roots are then formed at once. For dwarf plants,
the Manetti stock is mostly used, being easily
obtained and had in proper condition almost at
any time when Buds are ready. Plants on this
stock do not succeed in all soils, and suckers
are also very liable to be produced. Budding on
the seedling briar is attended with good results,
and is practised more than hitherto. The De la
Grifferaie stock is also used, more for Tea Roses
than others, and is considered by some to pro-
duce better plants than the Manetti. The shoots
on standard briars should be reduced to about
three of the strongest, selected as close together
as possible, and near the top, the briars having
been previously cut back the desired height at
planting time. Two Buds are sufficient for a
good head; but, for certainty, three may be in-
serted. Fig. 291 represents a tall briar with three
shoots; a shows the shoot slit for the Bud; b,
the Bud inserted ; c, the Bud tied in. Fig. 292
is a branch showing Buds, the lowest ones of
which are most suitable, being in firmer wood.
Fic. 292, Those at the top are often useless. Fig. 293
represents a Bud taken from Fig. 292, a, b, and
Fig. 294 gives an idea of how the wood is removed. As
previously remarked when describing the system, ex-
perienced Budders remove the wood from either end.
Fig. 294 shows its removal from the lower end.
Fig. 293
Budding as close as possible to the main stem is most
desirable. Raffia grass is superior in every way for tying,
which should be performed as soon after the Bud is inserted
Fig. 294,
Fig. 295.
as possible. It requires much care, and, of course, the
Bud itself must be entirely free. As soon as the Buds
Budding —continued.
swell, the tying material should be loosened, and the
top of the stock cut back to the level of the budded
shoot. By Budding late, the Buds lie dormant till the next
spring, and the necessity of tying the young shoots is
dispensed with for that season. The shoots of the briar in
advance of the Rose Buds must be cut back, as shown in
Fig. 295, so soon as the Buds are safely established. The
Manetti and other dwarf stocks are budded on the main
shoot nearly close to, or underneath the ground, and if low
enough to cover part of the rose stem when grown, the
latter often roots as well and assists the stock. Being
small, they may be grown in pots and removed to the
required position at any time.
Dog Roses, used for standards, are usually collected from
hedgerows, and sold at about 8s. per hundred. Manetti
stocks are increased by cuttings, which, after making one
season’s good growth, will be fit for use. Briars are raised
from seed, which may be collected from hedges, and sown
in the autumn, in drills. The seedlings should be trans-
planted the first year after sowing, and the following season
they will be ready for working.
BUDDING KNIVES. The best Budding Knives
are those manufactured by Messrs. Saynor and Co., and
Messrs. G. Hall and Son. They are made with handles of
ivory, shaped in different ways at the end, for the purpose
of opening the bark, in order to insert the Bud. Some
of the blades are made with the edge rounded at the point,
so as to cut the bark without the knife entering the wood
underneath (see Figs. 296 and 297). Others, which may be
Fia. 300.
BUDDING KNIVES.
used for Budding, and are much better for ordinary use for
cutting flowers, &c., are made with the edge of the blade
carried to a point, as in ordinary knives (see Figs. 298
and 299). Another form has the handle made of some
other material, and a piece of ivory inserted for opening
the bark; this is represented in Fig. 300. The first-named
is the best, if required for Budding only; the second is the
most useful for ordinary purposes, and answers admirably
for Budding as well. None of the other shapes have any
- material advantages over these.
BUDDLEIA (named after Adam Buddle, who is so
often mentioned in Ray’s “Synopsis”; his collection of dried
British plants is preserved in the British Museum). ORD.
Loganiacee. A large genus of stove, greenhouse, or half-
hardy shrubs. Flowers small, often tomentose, axillary,
spicate, capitate, or thyrsoid; calyx equally four-toothed ;
corolla tubular-campanulate, regular; limb spreading, four-
toothed. Leaves opposite, reticulately veined. Branches
quadrangular.
a all
——
V
AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 991
Buddleia— continued.
The species most extensively grown is B. globosa, which,
among all our other shrubs, is quite unique; but it is only
in the southern or favoured counties of England where it
can be fairly termed hardy. It is readily propagated by
cuttings or by seeds. The latter should be sown in a gentle
heat the spring following the ripening, when they will vege-
tate pretty freely. With careful treatment and nurturing
in pots for the first winter, in a frost-proof pit or house, they
may soon be grown into elegant plants. Cuttings of the
ripened wood, put in under bell glasses or hand lights, in a
cool but frost-proof pit, will root slowly during the winter.
They will root all the surer and quicker if each cutting has
a heel of older wood attached to that of the current year’s
growth. They are best inserted in fine sand or in very
sandy soil, and require but little water until rooted. As
soon as fairly calloused over or rooted, their further pro-
gress may be much advanced by potting them off, and
plunging them in a bottom-heat of 60deg. or 65deg. This
is by no means an essential to secure success, but it hastens
it, and promotes growth in an extraordinary manner. The
surface temperature should range about the same as the
bottom-heat. Under such treatment, the plants will be
quite fit to place out about the middle of July. A warm,
sheltered situation should be chosen, and a light, rich soil
prepared for them; and if dry weather ensues, they only
require water. South or west walls are, without doubt, the
best situations for them. In all cool or unfavourable
localities, much may be done to ensure success by planting
on a dry bottom, and on poorish soil. A loose, free-and-
easy style of training suits the plants best. This enables
,them to yield a great number of their peculiarly formed,
distinct, and beautiful flowers; whereas, anything like a
close, trim course of pruning or of training reduces the
flowers to the lowest number.
Throughout the southern parts of England, and, indeed,
in many places in the north, B. globosa makes an excellent
bush for the shrubbery. It is only during severe winters
that it gets badly cut.
_,.For the other presumably hardy species much the same
plan as the foregoing may be adopted. The greenhouse and
stove kinds may have the same routine of culture usually
employed with plants requiring similar temperatures.
Stove species, except where specified otherwise.
B. americana (American ow; pikes disposed in a
terminal fies nearly 1ft. Fath oll es nearly globose,
size of a sloe, on short peduncles. August. l. ovate, acuminated,
= at the base, serrately crenated, h. 8ft. to 12ft. Peru,
B. asiatica (Asiatic).* fl. white, small, di ed in long, dense
racemes. l. lanceolate, finely serra‘ 3ft. India, 1874.
A graceful and sweet-scented shrub. Syn. B. Neemda. (B. M. 6323.)
B. cris curled). fl. lilac, with a white eye; numerously
peg s > terminal branching spikes, forming a pyramidal
head about bin. long. March. J. ovate-lanceolate, Seer
curled ; lower ones cordate at the base; superior ones rounded,
all thick and wrinkled, clothed with soft tomentum on both
surfaces. h. 13ft. Western Himalayas. Half-hardy. (B. M. 4793.)
lobosa (globose).* jl. orange, or honey-colour; heads large,
ag te th ari Pediat May. l. lanceolate, acuminated,
petiolate, crenated, 6in. long. Branches sub-tetragonal, clothed
with hoary tomentum, as well as the under side of the leaves,
h. 15ft. to 20ft. Chili, 1774. Hardy in most places. (B. M. 174.)
Lindleyana (Lindley’s). fl. purplish-red, hairy; disposed in
ates gan S ae peak toy l. ovate, shortly petiolate,
serrate. Branches angular, glabrous. R. 6ft. China, 1844, Half-
hardy. (B. R. 32, 4.)
B. Neemda (Neemda). A synonym of B. asiatica.
BUDS, FLOWER. These are developed like Leaf-
buds, from which they differ chiefly in containing one or
more incipient flowers within the leaves—the flowers
being wrapped up in their own floral-leaves, within the
ordinary leaves, which have their outer covering of scales.
If a Bud be gathered from a Lilac or Horse-chestnut very
early in spring, all the rudiments of the future flowers and
leaves will be found within it, though the Bud itself may
not be more than half-an-inch long, and the flowers not
larger than the points of the smallest pins,
BUDS, LEAF. These consist of rudimentary leaves,
surrounding a growing vital point, and appear like a
collection of scales arranged symmetrically one above. the
other. Leaf-buds universally originate in the horizontal
or cellular system, and are formed under the bark at the
extremity of the medullary rays, and at the margin or on
the surface of leaves, whether perfect or rudimentary.
Deciduous trees lose their leaves, but in the axil of
each a little Bud previously forms, from which fresh
leaves expand the following spring. Im some cases, as
in the Horse-chestnut, the Buds are covered with a gummy
exudation. In Privet-trees, Leaf-buds are generally smaller
and more elongated than Flower-buds.
BUETTNERIA (named after David Sigismund Au-
gustus Byttner, once a Professor of Botany in the Uni-
versity of Gottingen). ORD. Sterculiacew. Erect or scan-
dent stove or greenhouse shrubs. Flowers small, usually
dark purple; calyx and corolla valvate; umbels simple,
disposed in something like racemes or panicles, rarely in
corymbs. Leaves simple. All are of easy culture in a
compost of loam and peat. B. dasyphylla, hermannie-
folia, microphylla, and scabra, are occasionally met with,
but they are hardly worth growing.
BUETTNERIEZ. A section of Sterculiacee.
BUFF-TIP MOTH (Pygera bucephala). This large
and beautiful Moth is very common in many districts; it
is easily recognised by the buff-coloured tips of the fore-
wings—whence its common name; the head, and body
between the wings and abdomen, are ochreous. According
to Newman’s “ British Moths,” “the caterpillars, when full
grown, are about an inch and three-quarters long, and
sprinkled with silky hairs; the general colour yellow, with
black head, black lines running from the head to the tail,
interrupted by a transverse orange band on each ring, and
a black horny plate above the tail segment.” They feed
on the leaves of the Lime, Elm, and Oak, among other
trees, and apparently the only remedy is that generally
adopted in exterminating caterpillars, viz., to shake the
branches which are infested, when the pest will be quickly
dislodged, and fall to the ground. Miss Ormerod is of
opinion that “as the caterpillars come down the tree to
| the ground for their change to chrysalids, it might be
worth while to throw a few spadefuls of gas-lime, or of
anything they would not cross, in a circle at about a yard
from the tree; or a rough band of any material soaked in
tar, or tar and oil, which would keep wet longer, would
stop them from straying off . . . and they might be
cleared in sufficient numbers so as to considerably lessen
future attack.” This plan of prevention deserves a trial
in any place where the destructive caterpillars of these
Moths abound. It is almost a hopeless task to destroy
them altogether when once established on the trees, such
specimens as large Oaks being often almost or wholly de-
nuded of foliage.
BUGLE. See Ajuga.
BUGLOSSUM BARRELIERI.
Barrelieri.
BUGWORT. See Cimicifuga.
BULBIFEROUS. Bearing bulbs.
See Anchusa
BULBINE (from bolbos, a bulb). ORD. Liliaceae. A
genus of rather pretty hardy, or nearly hardy, herbaceous
or bulbous plants, allied to Anthericum. Flowers showy,
fragrant; perianth with spreading segments. Leaves
somewhat fleshy, narrow. Stems short. They are all of
easy culture in a compost of sandy loam. The bulbous-
rooted species are increased by offsets, and the herba-
ceous sorts by suckers and divisions. The only species
which can be grown satisfactorily in the open air is
B. annua. All the others should be grown in the green-
house, but may be placed in the open during the summer
months,
222
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
<
Bulbine—continued. :
B. alooides (Aloe-like).* /l. yellow, disposed in a terminal panicle.
April. l. fleshy, tongue-shaped, lanceolate, flat on both sides.
h. lft. Cape of Good Hope, 1782. SYN. Anthericum alooides.
(B. M. 1317.)
B. annua (annual). /l. yellow; scape racemose. May, June. l.
fleshy, subulate, rounded. A. 9in. Cape of Good Hope, 1731.
An annual species, the seeds of which should be sown in a gentle
heat during spring, and the seedlings may be transplanted to the
open when large enough to handle. SYN. Anthericum annuum.
(B. M. 1451.)
B. caulescens (caulescent).* fl. yellow. March. Z. fleshy, rounded.
Stem shrubby, erect, branched. A. 2ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1702.
A shrubby species, which should be propagated by cuttings, placed
under a hand glass. SYN. B. frutescens. (B. M. 816.)
B. frutescens (shrubby). Synonymous with B. caulescens.
BULBOCODIUM (from bolbos, a bulb, and kodion,
wool; referring to the woolly covering of the bulbs). ORD.
Liliacee. TRIBE Colchicee. A very pretty little bulbous
plant, much resembling the Crocus, from which it differs prin-
cipally in having a superior ovary and six stamens. It is
amongst the earliest of spring-flowering plants, the flowers
preceding the foliage; and, like the majority of bulbs,
delights in rich sandy loam. In such positions, they multiply
rapidly from offsets. It is a good plan to take up the bulbs,
divide, and replant them every second year, selecting in
autumn, and renewing the soil or planting in new positions.
Few plants prove more welcome in the garden, in February,
than B. vernum, either in beds, patches, or masses.
B. Aitchisoni (Aitchison’s). A synonym of Merendera Aitchisoni.
B. Eichleri (Eichler’s). A synonym of Merendera caucasica.
B. trigynum, A synonym of Merendera caucasica.
à ’
Fic. 301. BULBOCODIUM VERNUM.
B. vernum (spring).* jl. violet-purple, with a white spot on tl
claw as long, tubular, funnel-shaped, two io hol rly rote aie:
m ing the appearance of the leaves. Very early spring.
- usually three in number, broadly strap-shaped, concave, and
surrounded at the base by well-developed sheaths. Bulb black
oblong. k. 4in. to 6in. Spain, 1649. See Fig. 301. is a
is a variety with the leaves striped white, which is also desirable.
BULBOPHYLLUM (from bulbos, a bulb, and phyllon,
a leaf ; referring to the leaves issuing from the apex of the
pseudo-bulbs), Syns. Anisopetalum, Bolbophyllum, Tri-
brachium. ORD. Orchidew. Of this rather large genus of
orchids but few are worth cultivating except as curiosities.
Racemes long or spike-like, very rarely one-flowered or
sub-umbellate ; sepals usually nearly equal and free; lip
jointed to the foot of the column. ‘They are of easy cul-
ture when grown on small blocks of wood with a little
Pad
Bulbophyllum—continued.
moss, and suspended in a warm part of the house; the roots
require a good supply of water. Propagated by dividing
the pseudo-bulbs.
The following comparative few of the aggregate number
of species already introduced are really all that are worth
the cultivator’s attention; what the botanist often regards
as being very pretty, &c., does not always appear such in
the eyes of the grower.
B. barbigerum (bearded).* fl., sepals and petals greenish-brown ;
lip covered with dark-coloured hair, and so loosely attached at
the baseas to be moved with the slightest breath. Sierra Leone,
1835. A curious dwarf-growing plant, with dark green leaves and
pseudo-bulbs. (B. R. 1942.)
B. Becearii (Beccari’s). fl. light brownish and painted with |
violet; lip brown, with a violet hue, proceeding from reste |
at the base of the leaf (just below the small pseudo-bulb), and
once turning downwards; racemes dense, cylindrical, nodding.
l. three, 25in. long, 18in. across, very thick. Rhizome 20in. long.
Brazil, 1879, A remarkable and gigantic climbing species ; the
odour of this plant is intolerably fcetid, and the leaves are larger.
than those of any other known orchid. This species requires
plenty of heat. (B. M. 6517.)
B. Lobbi (Lobb’s).* fl. large ; sepals and petals yellow, the upper
part spotted with ad hee solitary, on radical scapes. Summer.
Java, 1845. (B. M. 4532.)
B. maculatum (spotted).
bright green. India.
B. reticulatum (netted-leaved).* jl. in pairs, white, striped
inside with purple ; lip spotted with the same colour. J. some-
what heart-shaped, with the nerves of a deeper green than the
rest of the leaf, giving it a beautifully reticulated appearance.
Brazil, 1866. Perhaps the handsomest of the genus. (B. M. 5605.)
B. saltatorum (dancing). fl. greenish-brown, lasting some time
in perfection. Winter. %. 6in. Sierra Leone, 1835. (B. R. 1970.)
B. siamense (Siamese).* fl. pale yellow, striped with purple ; lip
yellow, streaked with purplish lines. A very pretty species,
Carne! allied to B. Lobbi, but with longer an
Pseudo-bulbs ovate. Siam, 1867. Sh
peat and sphagnum.
'TYLES (from bolbos, a bulb, and stylos, the
style). ORD. Composite.
green plants, now referred to Eupatorium.
BULBS. A Bulb is formed upon or beneath the
ground, and is a swollen stock, consisting, in the first place,
of a more or less fleshy disk, which below gives rise to the
roots; secondly, of more or less fleshy coats, or scales,
borne on the disk; thirdly, of a more or less central shoot,
equally borne by the disk, protected by. the coats or scales
already mentioned, and formed of rudimentary leaves and
flowers. In some instances, small Bulbs, called Cloves, are
ñ. prettily spotted, l. long, obtuse,
stouter leaves.
be grown in a pot of
formed at the base of the scales of the original Bulb; these .
are destined to reproduce the plant. Shallot and Garlic are
good examples. Bulbs are, in fact, storehouses, husbanding
the strength and energy acquired by the plant during one
season, for the exigencies of the next. They are classified
under two sections—Scaly and Tunicated. In the former,
the scales of the Bulb are imbricated, as in the Lily; in
the latter, they form continuous coatings, one within the
other, as in the Hyacinth, &c. In several Lilies, young
Bulbs are found growing in the axils of the leaves, when
they are known as Bulbils. Bulbs is also a popular term
given to Dutch Flower Roots, mostly arriving here in the
autumn for spring flowering. Crocus, Colchicum, Cyclamen,
Gladiolus, and several others, are not Bulbs, but Corms.
The flowering season varies according to the different sorts
of Bulbs. The majority may be lifted and kept tolerably
dry during the resting period ; but they wither and become
exhausted if not replanted at the proper time, thereby
causing many failures. Dutch Bulbs generally arrive in
September, and the best results are obtained from those
potted or planted at once, although some for succession
may be kept in reserve up till the beginning of November.
The failure in cultivating imported Liliums and other
Bulbs may be often caused by their long-continued con-
finement in a dry atmosphere, whereby their vitality
is often almost lost. The roots of some Bulbs are nearly
always, more or less, in action, and these, especially, should
not be kept out of the ground for any length of time.
A small genus of stove ever-
a
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 223
BULLACH. See Prunus insititia,
BULLACE, or MUSCADINE. See Vitis vul-
pina.
BULLATE. Blistered or puckered.
BULRUSH, or CLUB-RUSH. See Typha.
BUNCHOSIA (from bunchos, the Arabic name for
Coffee ; in allusion to the similarity between the seeds of
this genus and those of Coffee). ORD. Malpighiacee.
Ornamental greenhouse evergreen shrubs, nearly allied to
- Malpighia, but having the racemes of flowers axillary.
Fruit fleshy, indehiscent, externally smooth, and containing
two or three seeds. They thrive best in a compost of loam,
peat, leaf soil, and sand, in about equal proportions.
Bunchosia—continued.
B. odorata (fragrant).* jl. yellow, sweet-scented; racemes op-
osite. May. J. ovate, emarginate, downy on both surfaces.
7ft. Carthagena, 1806.
BUPHTHALMUM (from bous, an ox, and ophthal-
mos, the eye; the disk of the flower being ox-eye-like).
Oxeye. ORD. Composite. Very showy and ornamental hardy
perennial plants, thriving freely in common garden soil.
They are propagated by divisions, made in autumn or
spring.
B. grandiflorum (large-flowered).* fl.-heads yellow, large; in-
volucre naked. June to October. J. alternate-lanceolate, some-
what toothleted, smooth. A. lift. Austria, 1722. Hardy
herbaceous perennial.
B. salicifolium (Willow-leaved).* /1.-heads yellow, solitary, rather
t;
J
Fic. 302. BURBIDGEA NITIDA.
*
n Cuttings of ripened shoots will root in sand under a bell
glass, in moist bottom heat, taking several weeks to do so.
drainage is essential, both in striking cuttings and in
the cultivation of the plants.
B. argentea (silvery).* ellow ; racemes opposite, simple,
pubescent. Jy fs Ree silvery beneath. Wtnnches
puberulous. A. 1 Caraccas, 1810.
B. (gland-bearing). fl. yellow; racemes simple,
ax . _March to May. l. TEA ap bere on short petioles,
wavy, Bae sare on surfaces, furnished with four glands
beneath at the base. A. 10ft. Caraccas, 1806.
B. nitida =. A. yellow; racemes elongated, almost the
~ . length of the leaves. July. fr. la red; it is much eaten b;
turkeys and large fowl. 1. 4 , acuminated,
glandless. A. 4ft. Jamaica, 1800. vee
large, terminal; involucre naked, June. l alternate, oblong-
lanceolate, sub-serrated, three-nerved, villous. A. l4ft. Austria,
1759. Hardy herbaceous perennial. re
. 8 osissimum (showiest),* fl- low. July. h. 2ft.
Eao, 1826. Taras borban Salman ore Teiekia
speciosissima. tne
BUPLEURUM (derivation not satisfactorily explained).
Hare’s-Ear. ORD. Umbellifere. A somewhat extensive
genus of quite glabrous shrubs or herbaceous plants.
Flowers yellowish; umbels compound. Leaves mostly
quite entire. But few of this genus are worth growing,
and all are of the easiest culture in common garden soil.
Seeds of the annuals may be sown out of doors in March
or April; divisions of the herbaceous perennials made in
B
k ”
ar termixed with small distinct bracteoles; and each
224,
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Bupleurum—continued.
autumn or spring; and cutting or divisions of the green-
house species, in March or April.
B. fruticescens (shrubby).* /., umbels small, three to five-rayed ;
involucre of three to five, very short, subulate leaves. August.
L linear-subulate, stiff, striated, five to seven-nerved. Branches
slender, elongated, erect. A. lft. Spain, 1752. Hardy and
evergreen.
B. fruticosum (shrubby).* Leaves of involucre oblong. July.
i. of a sea-green colour; oblong, attenuated at the , cori-
aceous, one-nerved, quite entire, sessile. Bark of branches
purplish. A. 3ft. to 6ft. Spain, 1596. Hardy. This is nearly the
only species grown. (W. D. B. 1,14.)
B. gibraltarica (Gibraltar). fl. yellow. June. l. lanceolate,
one-nerved, coriaceous. A. 3ft. Gibraltar, 1784. Evergreen,
half-hardy.
lium (grass-leaved).* fl. n-yellow. June. Z.
linear, grass-like, A. 6in. Switzerland, ties, ardy
perennial,
longifolium (long-leaved). jl. green-yellow. June.
l. ovate-oblong ; radical ones A, greet face ones
amplexicaul, A. 3ft. Switzerland, 1713. Hardy
perennial,
BUR. See Centotheca lappacea.
BURBIDGEA (named after F. W. Bur-
bidge, the discoverer of the genus, a traveller
in Borneo, and author of several horticultural
works). Orp. Scitaminee. A very large, bril-
liant-flowered_ stove herbaceous perennial, allied
to Hedychium. For culture, see Alpinia.
long, lanceolate, r
ae. ht poao a tufted, to ed
slender, . N. W. Borneo, 1879.
Fig. 302, for which we aes dahisi 6 Mauss. Valen
Sons. (B. M. 6403.)
BURCHARDIA (named after H. Burchard,
M.D., a botanical author). ORD. Liliacee. An —
ornamental greenhouse herbaceous perennial,
allied to Androcymbium. It thrives best in
sandy peat, or peat mixed with a little loam.
Propagated by offsets or divisions, made just
previous to potting, in spring. It is best to re-
pot annually. Good drainage should be allowed,
and the plant must not be potted too firmly.
B. umbellata AET fi. white, green. August.
h. 2ft. New Holland, 1820.
BURCHELLIA (named after W. Burchell,
a botanical traveller in the Cape of Good Hope,
and in Brazil). ORD. Rubiacee. A stove ever-
green shrub from the Cape of Good Hope. Flowers
scarlet, disposed in heads at the tops of the
branches, sessile upon a villous receptacle, in-
head is propped up by the ultimate pair of leaves ;
_ corolla of a clavate-funnel-shape. Leaves ovate,
acute, a littl date at the base, petiolate ;
stipules: lar, broad, cuspidate at the
Apex, di ous. It grows well in a rich light
soil, or a mixture of turfy loam, turfy peat, and
sand. Cuttings, not too ripe, root readily if
planted in sand, and placed under a hand glass,
in a gentle heat. = '
B. capensis (Cape).* er dean an ong. March.
i, ovate, acute, clo
broad, and very short. A. 3ft. rg loft. to laft. in 2 wid 3
state. SYN. B. bubalina. (B. M. 2339.)
BURLINGTONIA (named after the “amiable and
accomplished” Countess of Burlington). ORD. Orchideæ.
A small genus of epiphytal orchids, all of which are
beautiful and eminently well worth growing. They may be
grown upon small blocks of wood, or in rustic baskets,
suspended from the roof of the plant stove, where, if
liberally treated with water, and a genial moisture in the
air during the growing season, very little else will be
. cultivate; its great enemy is a small white scale, which
Burlingtonia—continued.
required to ensure health and vigour. In the dull days of
winter, they should be watered less frequently, but the
plants must not be allowed to exhibit the slightest signs of
distress from drought, or the consequences may be fatal to
their health. When fastening these plants to blocks- of
wood, a little sphagnum should be used, for experience
proves that they thrive best when their thin white roots
can escape and hang exposed to the air. If growing them
in baskets, it is preferable first to fasten them securely
upon small pieces of bare cork, then to fill the basket,
and finally to cover the whole thinly with a layer of
sphagnum,
.
Generally speaking, this genus is not a difficult “one to” 4
*
i
Fia. 303. FLOWER-SPIKE, PSEUDO-BULB, AND LEAF OF BURLINGTONIA DECORA
itself in the sheathing bases of the leaves. Here
pper as e s to the great detriment of the plants;
the leaves soon turn yellow at the base, and drop off ; the
whole plant looks sickly, and soon dies, or else requires a
very long time and much trouble to achieve its recovery
to health. To prevent this, the bases of the leaves must
be carefully looked into every time the plants are taken
down to be dipped in water; and, should the slightest
sign of this pest appear, a thorough washing with soft
soap and tepid water must be given, repeating the opera-
tion every day until all traces of the insect are re-
moved. Red thrip are also apt to work much mischief —
Sith
am peo iiD \* A. purplish-wh
AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.
225
Burlingtonia—continued.
with these plants. They take up their abode in the same
way as the white scale, and if not speedily removed or
destroyed, soon make sad havoc. To put a stop to the
ravages of this pest, a wash should be given, as before
recommended, and after the soap has been rinsed out of
the base of the leaf, a little tobacco powder should be
sprinkled into the hollows, and allowed to remain for a day
or two before brushing it off. This process will, however,
cause a somewhat dirty appearance, but it will ensure
ultimate health and vigour. Propagated by dividing the
plants,
B, Batemanni (Bateman's).* fl. white, deliciously-scented ; lip
ri beautiful mauve. A very pretty South American species, re-
. sembling B. candida,
B, o candida (white).* jl. snowy-white, with a slight stain of
ey ow on the upper part of the lip, in ‘substance an appearance
e white phe trimmed with gold; large, sweet-scented, in
paniy drooping three to Jour-blossomed racemes, produced
the axils of the leaves. April and ene lasting about three
weeks in perfection, and sometimes having a —, flowering
Season. 1, one or two in number, dark green, and firm in texture.
h. 1ft. Demerara, 1834. A very ‘compact species, well suited for
basket culture; it should never be allowed to get dry. It may
be distinguished from other species by having a single row of
it, eke ary a ridge upon each side of the slightly hastate
Pp.
pe ad comely).* fl. white or gh i ote
A es ti oa lie tite Karg rdar Pahane Winter.
BRAO itis Tet nl Ta Pant
as a lon er: em, from different
of which arise pag oval
udo-bulbs, each a4
s tt lesser leat ayy appears at the of a bulb, so from
o:
but cade
B. Pe icta pees A beautiful variety, differing from the
type in bering sos and more acute leaves ; flowers produced
in fester rofusion, rose-coloured, beautifully ones and
dark purple. October. Brazil. (B. M. 5419.)
=a L; ragran s (fragrant).* very gratefully fragrant, disposed
~ y tn. penfontion about three
ps l long, rigid, dark green. compact. Brazil, 1850.
B. pubescens Fae: p snow-white ; dis-
perg an i) Ay and petals
ridges on each each side, and also bythe day alum "Noveuber
y column, November.
with on the
1838. handsome
plant, but dificult to flower. (L. S. O. 56,
B. venusta ermine et wie white, hie lightly tinted with ou:
produced in heavy usters at various a een
year; lip stained with in yellow,“ Fo rig Brazil, ‘oO,
Tt forms a d req! heat Bay think the kinds
its large
smooth column, by the lip not being
ny ap pc hte f and by the numerous neg eA ridges d rsadih near
fae base erona iie
BUR hee: choral fies Bidens.
BURNET (Poterium Sanguisorba; from poterion, a
cup; being used in cooling drinks). ORD. Rosacee. A
native perennial. The leaves are sometimes used in soups,
and with Borage in cooling drinks; they are also put in
salads. The foliage only being useful, keep the flower-
spikes removed, as this tends to increase the luxuriance
of the plants. Tt thrives in any light soil. Propagated by
division.
BURNET SAXIFRAGE. See Pimpinella,
BURNING BUSH. Se Euonymus atropur-
pureus and E. americanus.
BURN ONION. See Potato Onion.
BUR REED. See Sparganium. |
‘BURSARIA (from bursa, a pouch; the capsules
very much resemble those of the Shepherd's Purse) ORD.
viously Jeane F It is ; often pest sir with B. pubescens,
Fro which it may be distinguished r and more loosely
Bursaria—continued.
Pittosporacee. A handsome, much-branched, greenhouse
evergreen shrub, forming a very pretty object when covered
all over with its elegant white blossoms. It thrives well
in a compost of sandy loam and peat, in equal proportions.
Young cuttings will root freely in sand, under a bell glass,
with a little bottom heat.
*
Te ruin palin. geg beeen rr fal ohlng-ene
ated, entire. A. 10ft. New Holland, 1793, (B. M. 1767
BURSERA (named after Joachim Burser, a yn
of Caspar Bauhin). ORD. Burseracew. Stove balsam-
bearing trees. Flowers polygamous, or hermaphrodite ;
calyx small, four to six-toothed ; petals four to six, spread-
ing, generally valvate in æstivation ; stamens eight to
twelve; disk annular, with usually six to ten teeth; drupe
oblong, covered by a ‘three-valved succulent rind, contain-
ing three to five nuts. They thrive in a compost of loam
and peat. Propagated by cuttings, placed under a glass,
with bottom heat. Soa
B. m-b whi h
e ey re
ry. L deciduous, usuall} bay ih on pinnate; eat leaf-
lets ovate, acute, membranous. A. 60ft.
B. serrata (serrate).* whit! decandrous ; axillary,
shorter rag the me L pen Enero anise ax to five
pairs of broad-lanceolate, eg or ig serrulated :
petioles and pedicels pubescent. A. 25ft. 1818.
BURSERACEÆ. An mir shrubs or trees, abound-
ing in resinous juice; with opposite compound leaves, full
of pellucid dots, and axillary and terminal fascicles of
flowers. Fruit indehiscent, somewhat drupaceous. The
genera best known are Amyris, Balsamodendron, Boswellia,
Bursera, and Canarium.
BURTONIA (named after D. Burton, a plant collector
for Kew Gardens). Orp. Leguminose. A genus of hand-
some greenhouse dwarf Heath-like shrubs, natives of West
Australia. Flowers axillary, often thickly gathered at the
ends of the branches; corollas rich purple; keel generally
of a deeper colour, and the standard having sometimes
a yellow blotch at its base. Leaves simple or trifoliolate,
sessile, usually awl-shaped. They thrive well in a mixture
of loam, peat, leaf soil, and sand, in equal proportions, with
thorough drainage; but care must be taken not to give
them too much water, as they require to be kept moderately
dry, and are difficult to preserve in a living state. Young
cu root freely in a pot of sandy soil, in a cool house,
with a bell glass placed over them; but some of the species
produce seed in abundance, which are the best means of in-
creasing them.
B. conferta (clnster-flowered).*
pont iaren Ton a. ght hes ong eap be
h. 2ft. 1830. (B. R. 1600.)
B. minor (smaller). A synonym of Gompholobium minus.
B. pulchella (beautiful). A synonym of B. scabra.
le; uncles axi
* abel t leanes glabrous neat ioe irane thame o
t. 1846. Syn. B. pulchella. (B. M
B, ville viliosa villose). ff. purple, large; peduncles axillary, bi-
. L leaflets ores ubula bluntish, scabrid
ran oe. A M. 4410.) ag se
BUSHEL. See Measures.
BUTCHER'S BROOM. See Ruscus aculeatus.
BUTEA (commemorative of John, Earl of Bute, once
a munificent patron of botany). ORD. Iepninan S A ae
genus of very ornamental stove evergreen unarmed ae
Racemes many-flowered; flowers three together, on an
pedicels, and furnished with two bracteoles each, under
the calyx; corolla deep scarlet; down on the calyces
usually black and velvety. Leaves pinnately-trifoliate;
leaflets large, ovate, roundish, stipellate. For culture,
Sron
naa July. l simple,
Tagme with
, smooth.
&c., see
frondosa (l . L, leaflets roundish, ob!
B. frondosa (caf Bet vel forba P ek pubescent. aed
India, 1796. (B. F. S. 176.
B. superba (superb).* £ leaflets uae velvety
G
226
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Butea—continued.
beneath. Branches glabrous. Coromandel, 1798. This approaches
the preceding species, from which it differs mainly by its scan-
dent habit, and not by any botanical characters. (B. F. F. 143.)
BUTOMACEZ:. An order of aquatic plants, now
usually included under Alismacee.
BUTOMUS (from bous, an ox, and temno, to cut; in
reference to the sharp leaves, which injure the mouths of
cattle that browze upon them). Flowering Rush. ORD.
Alismacew. A very handsome hardy perennial aquatic, of
extremely easy culture on the margins of ponds or muddy
banks. Propagated by divisions of the roots, in spring.
m
Fie, 304. BUTOMUS UMBELLATUS, showing Habit and single Flower.
B. umbellatus (umbelled).* fl. rose-coloured, umbellate ; pedicels
with scariose sheathing bracts at the base; scape naked, terete,
longer than the Jeaves. Summer.
linear, acuminate, triquetrous. Ditches and ponds; frequent in
i and rare in See Fig. 304.
BUTTER AND EGGS. The double-flowered variety
of Narcissus aurantius (which see).
BUTTER AND TALLOW TREE. See Penta-
desma. :
BUTTER-BUR. Sce Petasites vulgaris.
BUTTERCUPS. See Ranunculus.
BUTTERFLY ORCHIS. See Habenaria bifolia
and H. chlorantha.
BUTTERFLY PLANT. See Oncidium Papilio.
BUTTER NUT. See Caryocar and Juglans
cinerea.
BUTTERWORT. See Pinguicula.
BUTTON FLOWER. See Gomphia.
BUTTON-TREE. See Conocarpus.
BUTTON-WOOD. See Cephalanthus.
~ BUXUS (from pyknos, dense; referring to the hardness
of the wood). c Tree. ORD. Euphorbiacee. A genus of
ardy ev: s or small trees. Flowers unisexual,
lowers, sg of four minute. segments,
; n: d under the rudiment of a pistil;
female flowers singly, at the tips of groups of male ones.
Fruit, a regma, leathery, beaked with the st
; 7 a OTAS, yles. Leaves
simple, opposite, exstipulate, evergreen. These well-known
plants thrive in any light, well-drained soil. Seeds should
be sown in similar situations as soon as ri i
š . Cuttings
made of the young shoots, from 4in. to Gin. ay
inserted in a shady place, in August or September, root
readily. Layers of either young or old wood, made in
autumn or early spring, will make good plants. They can
also be increased by suckers and division.
B. balearica (Balearic).* 1, ellowish-green ipti
emarginate, coriaceous, about i long, me a,
margin. h. 15ft. to 20ft. South Europe, 1780. This is a hand-
some species. The cuttings will require a shelter in winter,
poo cg Situations it will be better to afford the plants
l. all radical, Afty to 3ft. long, |
Buxus—continued.
B. sempervirens (evergreen).* Common Box. l. oval-oblong,
retuse, convex, coriaceous, shining; stalks slightly hairy. Ah.
various, England. There are numerous forms of this popular
shrub: argentea, silver-variegated; aurea has its leaves varie-
gated with a golden colour; marginata has leaves with a golden
margin; myrtifolia has small, oblong, narrowish leaves; obcor-
data-variegata is a variegated variety, with obcordate leaves, from
Japan ; sufruticosa is the form usually cultivated for edgings,
its leaves are small, obovate, this is readily increased by divi-
reo and requires to be planted firmly, in order to keep it
warf. :
BYRSONIMA (from byrsa, a hide, and nimius, much
used; because the bark of some of the species is used in
tanning, in Brazil). ORD. Malpighiaceæœ. Ornamental stove
evergreen trees or shrubs. Flowers racemose, terminal,
simple or branched. All the species thrive very well in
any light soil, or a mixture of loam and peat. Cuttings
made of half-ripened shoots will root freely in sand, under
a hand glass, in a moist bottom heat.
B. altissima (tallest).* . white; racemes clothed with rufous
hairs. July. J. ovate-oblong, covered with rufous down beneath,
but beset with bristles above, which are fixed by the centre.
h. 60ft. Guiana, 1820. >
B. chrysophylla (golden-leaved).* fl. yellow; racemes simple.
August. 7. oblong, short, acuminated, acute at the base, rather
wavy on the margin, and revolute, smooth above, clothed beneath
with silky down, which is of a rusty golden colour. h. 14ft.
South America, 1823.
B. coriacea (leathery-leaved). fi. yellow, sweet-scented ; racemes
densely spiked, pubescent, erect. May. l. ovate, acute, quite
entire and smooth. A. 30ft. Jamaica, 1814.
B. crassifolia (thick-leaved). fl, yellow; racemes erect, elon-
ted, brownish-velvety. July. l. ovate, acute at both ends, at
ength smooth above, but clothed with brownish down beneath.
t. Guiana, 1793.
B. lucida (shining).* pink; petals hastately kidney-shaped ;
pedicels hispid ; Lo Ea crock short, smooth. May. a
obovate, cuneiform, obtuse, or mucronate, smooth, veinless,
s! ._ h. 8ft, Caribbee Islands, 1759. Described as “a
beautiful shrub,” i
B. verbascifolia (Verbascum-leaved). fl. yellow; racemes ter-
minal. Jul l late-obovate, quite entire, downy on both
surfaces. :
-BYSTROPOGON (from byo, to close, and pogon, a
beard; in reference to the throat of the flower being closed
up with hairs). ORD. Labiate. Greenhouse evergreen
sub-shrubs, nearly allied to Mentha. Flowers small, in
dichotomous, sub-corymbose, or panicled cymes; or else
disposed in dense spicate whorls. Bracts lanceolate or
subulate. This genus contains easily cultivated species,
which are, however, of no value for garden purposes,
*
CAA-CUYS. See Ilex paraguariensis.
CAA-MINI. See Ilex paraguariensis.
CAAPEBA. See Cissampelos Pareira.
i MAREM DE ANGOLA. See Panicum specta-
CAA-QUAZU. Sce Ilex paraguariensis.
CABARET. The French name of Asarum ewropeum.
CABBAGE. The common name for Brassica; but
especially applied to the plain-leaved hearting garden
varieties of Brassica oletas. 48 angr pai aari
Cabbages in early spring an ug i >
is Sadet fie Gee NA be planted on rich, deeply-
trenched ground, in a position free from the shade of fruit
or other trees. Stable dung or good farmyard manure is
best for this crop, and should be applied when trenching
is being done, burying the manure a spit below the surface.
Cabbages should not be planted successionally on the same
ground, nor should they follow any of the other species
of Brassica, if it can be avoided. A warmer position, not
too much sheltered to make the plants tender, will be
found beneficial for the earliest spring crop. This should
not be planted too soon in autumn, as the plants are more
subject to run to seed, especially if the winter be mild.
The several forms of Cabbage are well known, being so
n 6ft. Guiana, 1810. a Aso. a ee i
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
x
OF HORTICULTURE. 227
Cabbage—continued.
much cultivated by cottagers as well as gardeners. None
of those forming close hearts will bear severe frost, but
the Savoys are improved by a little in the early autumn.
The Coleworts are very useful in winter, being perhaps the
hardiest of all; and, as the hearts do not get so close and
hard as the Savoy and other Cabbages, the frost, unless it
is very severe, does not injure them so much.
Cultivation. The crop obtained in April and May is
usually the most important one, young Cabbages being
then much appreciated by everyone. The time for seed-
sowing varies in different localities, from the third week in
July to the middle of August. The first date would pro-
bably prove suitable for the northern parts of the country;
and the latter would be early enough for the south. The
seed should be sown thinly in beds of rather light, well
pulverised soil, afterwards covering these with netting,
to protect the seed from birds. The plants will be ready,
in most cases, for placing out during September, or as soon
as the ground can be cleared of other crops and prepared
for their reception. The Early Battersea, or one of its
many allied sorts, is best for sowing at this season; and,
when planting out, an allowance of 2ft. apart each way will
ba sufficient. Seed should again be sown on a mild hotbed
in February, and occasionally afterwards, for succession ;
and a second crop may be obtained from the plants put out
in autumn if they are allowed to remain. Drumhead and
other strong-growing sorts, sown in spring, will require
from 6in. to 1ft. more space when planted out. These are
not, however, of such good quality as the smaller-growing
varieties.
Savoys. The seed of these should be sown in March or
April, according to the locality, in the same way as
described above, in seed beds; and the after treatment is
also very similar. The young plants must not be allowed
to starve in the seed bed, but should be kept watered, and
Fic, 305. Savoy CABBAGE.
planted out in June and July, choosing dull weather for
the operation. The ground should occasionally be hoed
between the plants, to keep the surface open and destroy
weeds. Distances of from 15in. to 30in. between the plants,
according to the variety, must be allowed. See Fig. 305.
Coleworts. Seed of these should be sown about the end
of June, and planted out 1ft. apart on a sheltered border,
Cabbage—continued.
when large enough, Rosette is one of the best varieties;
but the early Cabbages are often grown and used as Cole-
worts before they have had time to form close hearts.
Y
Fic, 306, EARLY YORK CABBAGE.
Pickling Cabbage. The Red Dutch is the variety
generally grown for pickling, and is probably the best to
keep its colour when so treated. Seed should be sown in
August, to stand the winter, and again in February for a
succession ; only a few plants will, in the majority of cases,
be required, as, if liberally treated, they grow to a good size.
Fic. 307. OXHEART CABBAGE,
Sorts of White Cabbage. These are extremely numerous,
and selections or improved forms are of annual appearance.
Some of the old types are. however, still much cultivated.
The following are a selection of the best sorts for general
purposes: Atkins’ Matchless, Carter’s Heartwell, Early
Battersea, Early York (see Fig. 306), Ellam’s Early Dwarf,
Enfield Market, Little Pixie, Oxheart (see Fig. 307), St.
John’s Day (see Fig. 308), Sugarloaf, Wheeler’s Imperial,
and Portugal or Couve Tronchuda. The last-named variety
was introduced from Portugal some years ago, where it is
228
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Cabbage—continued.
much grown. It has a large midrib, and does not form
very close hearts. It is very tender when cooked, and is
only suitable for culture in sammer. Undemthe name of
Gilbert's Cabbage Broccoli, or Chou de Burghley, a variety
of Cabbage was recently distributed which produces, if
Fro, 308. Sr, Joun’s Day CABBAGE.
left long enough, hearts resembling Broccoli.
there are different opinions as to ite merits, it is said to
be very tender when cooked, and is considered a decided
acquisition.
Of Savoys, the best are: Drumhead, Dwarf Green Curled, |
Early Ulm, Large Late Green, and Tom Thumb, |
Althongh
Insects, ĝe. The majority of the Cabbage tribe is
attacked by a very large number of different caterpillars
and other pests, both above and below ground. The plants
in their young stages are always a prey for snails and slugs,
and often require a dusting of soot and lime as a protection.
When planting out, many of the plants are often found
with a protuberance at the root, caused by an insect, and
termed “clubbing.” Those so injured should be thrown
away if they can possibly be spared, and the others dipped
in a thick solution of soot water. This is the worst kind
of disease the Cabbage tribe is subject to. The caterpillars |
of several moths and butterflies are very destructive in
summer, often eating through the hearts of Cabbages and
Gaulifiowers, and so rendering them totally unfit for use.
j üsting with lime, is apparently the only
the numbers of these pests.
k Po Large Cabbage
rassice). m May to July, and again in
October, this, the most common of our
@ Seen in great numbers, frequenting
fields, being especially numerous where
à : ing. Their beautiful yellow eggs are
laid singly on the under surface of the leaves, and
securely fastened by a natural glue; from these, in dne
time, issue the small, but destructive, “ green caterpillars.”
Shortly after birth, they become quite green in front and
yellow behind. They then get hairy and dotted over with
black ; they have eight pairs of feet, of which the three
front ones only are “true” legs, or those which ultimately
develop into the legs of the butterfly. They change their
skin several times, and at each moult beeome larger in
size. When fall grown, they are about l}in. long, of a
ES
h
Cabbage Caterpillars—continued.
light green or bluish hue above, and yellow beneath; along
the back of the adult caterpillar is a conspicuous yellow
line, edged on each side with black dots.
The chrysalis, or pupa, is commonly found on window-
| ledges, palings, walls, and similar places; but is sometimes
|
Fia. 309. CATERPILLAR AND CHRYSALIS OF LARGE CABBAGE
BUTTERFLY.
attached to the plant (see Fig. 309). It isa rather curious
object, of the colour of stone, and prettily chiselled. It is
fastened to the plant by the tail and by a belt of silk round
the middle.
Fie. 310. LARGE WHITE CABBAGE BUTTERFLY.
The perfect male insect has the body black and wings
white on the upper side, except the tips of the forewings,
which are black and crescent-shaped; and on the upper
edge of the hinder wings there is a black spot. On the
under side, the fore wings are white with yellow tips,
and two black patches on each; the hind wings are
yellow, with small black markings. The antennw® are
alternately black and yellow, with the club black above
The
and yellow beneath. female (see Fig. 310) differs
Fig, 311, SMALL WHITE CABBAGE BUTTERFLY AND CATERPILLAR.
OF HORTICULTURE. 229 |
the fore or upper wings, and a spot on the inner margin.
The Small White (Pieris rapa, see Fig. 311) bas two
broods in the year, the first batch about April, and the
second in July. The eggs are always placed on the upper
side of the leaf, and are hatched in from ten to thirteen
days, the caterpillars becoming full grown in about three
weeks after emerging. The colour of the caterpillar is
dark green, with a fine line of yellow, and a row of yellow
spots down the sides The chrysalis is attached by the
tail and a band of silk to the place selected by the cater-
pillar, and varies greatly in colour, although generally it is
of a whitish-brown.
Cabbage Moth (Mamestra brassice). Newman, in his
“ British Moths,” thus describes the Cabbage Moth: “ The
~ antenne are rather long and slender, and scarcely ciliated
in either sex ; the forewings are dark, smoky, grey brown,
mottled and marbled with confused markings, both darker
and paler ; the orbicular spot is inconspicuous, but devidedly
to be traced; the reniform stigma is delicately outlined with
white or whitish-grey, and has a pale anterior dise, in which
; the hind wings
white dots on each of their segments. On being disturbed,
they roll themselves into a tight ring, and so remain until
they suppose that danger is over. They descend into the
reat ie. Wia epeei :
ime over the Haat, bat ie mast ee 7 s throwing
frequently applied.
CABBAGE FLY (Anthomyia brassicæ). Among the
legless, tapering to the head, and blunt at the tail, which
short teeth on the lower margin, and two brown
tubercles in the middle. When full grown, they are about
tin. long. They then leave the plants, and turn, in the
earth, to pupæ, with a few black spots at the head, and
short teeth at the tail, inside which the flies form, and
emerge in about a or three weeks. The fy is
recommended : Eg |
| AN ENCYCLOPEDIA
Cabbage Caterpillars—continued. Cabbage Fly—continued. ‘
from the male in having two large black spots on each of | these maggots may be easily detected by the and
change of colour of the leaves. The infested plants
be immediately removed and destroyed. The following
remedy will be found beneficial:
Lime. Hot lime should be soaked in water for abont
twenty-four hours. When clear, the infested Cabbages
should be well washed with the liquid. Superphosphate
of lime may also be applied with advantage.
CABBAGE GALL WEEVIL (Cewlorriynchue pulei»
collis). This is a pretty little beetle, about three-quarters
of a line or one line in length. Its colour is dark, but the
insect is really of a coppery hue; on the thorax and head
are rather large depressions; the wing-casea vary in colonr
from green to greenish-blue, or even black, and along the
entire length of the elytra are parallel lines or holes, as
may be seen with the aid of an ordinary lena.
which causes much damage to plants of the Brassica family,
is, in some places, very difficult to eradicate. It ia also
very destructive to other crops, and, therefore, any
effectual remedy is valuable. The following methods may
be recommended :
Oarbolic Acid. Mix loz. Calvert's No. 5 carbolic acid
with two gallons of soapends, and add sufficient loam or
See ee the roots of the whole of
and put the plants
will not be necessary.
Parafin, or Coal Oil. This, applied in the same manner
as recommended for Carbolic Acid, is also very good.
and Nitrate of Boda.
is dug, and in wet weather, about a month
plants are put out, has been found very benoficial; but,
although preventatives, they do not totally clear the erop
from insects for the season.
CABOMBA (the native name in Guiana).
Nympheacee. Sup. Ord. Cabomber. | nd ve
interesting aquatics. They thrive well in a cistern
deep, with 2in. of loam in the bottom, for
root in, then filled up with water, and placed in a ¥
part of the greenhouse during summer, being allowed a
rest in a cool part of the stove in winter. Propagation
230
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Cabomba—continued.
multifid; floating leaves alternate, on long petioles, peltate,
orbicular, entire. Guiana, 1823. Syn. Nectris aquatica.
C. caroliniana (Carolina) is somewhat similar to C. aquatica.
It isa native of the Southern United States.
CACALIA (from kakalia, a name used by Dioscorides).
ORD. Composite. A genus of hardy herbaceous peren-
-nials, here treated as distinct from Senecio, of which genus,
from a botanical point of view, it is but a section. Heads
five to many-flowered; florets all tubular and perfect;
scales of the involucre in a single row; receptacle naked ;
pappus of numerous capillary bristles. For culture, see
Senecio.
C. atriplicifolia (Atriplex-leaved). fl.-heads white. August.
l, lower ones triangular-kidney shaped, or slightly cordate; the
upper rhomboid, toothed. Stem terete. A. 3ft. to 6ft. United
States of America.
©. hastata (hastate), f.-heads white, nodding, racemose. Au-
tumn. l stalked, three-lobed, bastate, serrate. A. lft. Siberia, 1780.
C. reniformis (reniform). fl.-heads white, disposed in large
corymbs. August. J, dilated, fan-shaped, lft. to 2ft. broad,
j repandly-toothed and angled, petiolate.
angled. h. 4ft. to 9ft. New Jersey, 1801.
C. suaveolens (sweet-scented).* fl.-heads white. Autumn. l.
triangular-lanceolate, halbert-shaped, pointed, serrate ; those of
the stem on winged petioles. Stem grooved. h. 3ft. to 5ft.
North America, 1752.
C. tuberosa (tuberous).* fl.-heads whitish. June. J. thick;
lower ones lanceolate or oval, nearly entire, tapering into long
petioles; poper ones on short margined petioles, sometimes
toothed at the apex. Stem angled and grooved. h. 2ft. to 6ft.
North America.
CACOUCIA (its name in Guiana). ORD. Combretaceæ.
A small genus of stove twining or climbing shrubs. Flowers
large, showy, racemose. Leaves opposite, oblong or ovate-
elliptical. For culture, see Combretum.
Stem grooved and
disposed in long terminal racemes. May. l. ovate, acuminated,
sor petiolate. Guiana. (A. G. i., 179.). A handsome stove
CACTEZ. A large order of succulent plants, with
remarkable spines clustered on the cylindrical, angular,
two-edged, or leafy stems. Flowers very variable, showy
or minute, usually solitary, sessile, rarcly in fascicles, ephe-
meral; petals disposed in two or more series, hardly
distinguishable from the inner sepals, and sometimes united
with them; sepals numerous, united and adnate a great
length to the ovarium. Fruit fleshy. one-celled.. many-
seeded. Well-known genera are Cereus, Melocactus,
Mammillaria, Opuntia, Pereskia, and Rhipsalis,
CACTUS (from kaktos, a name used by Theophrastus
to describe a spiny plant). This generic term is popularly
applied to all members of the extensive family Cactee,
which order may be distinguished by the following
characteristics; Calyx composed of many sepals, usually
indefinite in number, the inner series not readily dis-
_tinguishable from the petals, united and adnate a great
length to the ovary; with the tube smooth in the genera
Mammillaria, Mek actus, and Rhipsalis; or with the lobes
of the y ag the fruit, and having the tube scaly,
ous, Opuntia, and Pereskia. Petals
series, hardly distinguishable from
omewhat united to them; sometimes
in a long tube at the base, but
in the genera Mammillaria, Melo-
“Sometimes equal and distinct to the
a rotate as in the genera
Opuntia, Pereskia, and Rhipsalis. Stamens indefinite
disposed in many series, more or less eohering with the
_ petals or inner sepals; filaments slender, filiform ; anthers
ovate, versatile, two-celled. Ovarium obovate, fleshy, one-
celled. Fruit fleshy, one-celled, many seeded, either smooth
and crowned by the calyx, or covered with scales, scars, or
tubercles, and umbilicate at the apex. This order contains
~ fleshy or succulent shrubs, very variable in habit and size.
-Flowers very variable, showy, or minute, usually soli
i B= re in fascicles, ephemeral, expanding
night
Leaves usually wanting, but, when present, ali,
C. coccinea (scarlet).* fl. scarlet, alternate, bracteate at the base,
_space will be occupied; at the same time, a great deal
Cactus—continued.
caducous, and terete, rarely flat and expanded, sometimes
alternate and disposed in a spiral order, always glabrous
and fleshy. Prickles or bristles disposed in fascicles, rising
from the axils of the leaves. In the leafless genera, the
fascicles of spines are disposed on the angles of the stem,
rising from tubercles. Stems usually angular, winged, or
regularly beset with tubercles, rarely terete, usually jointed;
joints compressed. A group of Cacti is shown at Fig. 312,
for which we are indebted to Herr Fr. Ad. Haage, jun., of
Erfurt, Germany. See Cereus, Disocactus, Echino-
cactus, Epiphyllum, Leuchtenbergia, Mammil-
laria, Melocactus, Nopalea, Opuntia, Pelecyphora,
Pereskia, Phyllocactus, and Rhipsalis.
Cultivation. Perhaps no class of plants more easily
accommodate themselves to a general system of treatment,
than do these; although certain genera would undoubtedly
thrive better than when subjected to the lower tempera-
ture, suited to the requirements of those coming from cooler Bis
regions. Notwithstanding that nearly all the species are i
natives of the western hemisphere, they occur in various
geographical and altitudinal areas, in which the tempera-
ture is proportionately lessened or increased, as the case
may be; yet, presuming a special house is set apart for
their culture, the majority of ¿the species may be happily
suited therein. The warmest end of the structure should
be selected for the tropical kinds; while those found in
cooler regions may be grown in the other portions of
the house; even those which are hardy in our climate
are really best wintered in a house or frame. Granted
that several species will endure our winter outside, it is
yet necessary to give them the shelter of a friendly ledge of
the rockery, or frame, or to cover them in their permanent
position with a hand light, or sheet of glass, in order to
prevent the ill-effects of excessive moisture. Generally, a
winter temperature of from 50deg. to 55deg., and a summer
one of from 70deg. to 80deg. during shade, or in ie Er
up to 90deg., will be found advantageous. When thus
treated, it will be necessary to keep the tropical species,
on the whole, very dry during the winter. As regards
soil, potting, and general treatment, all may be treated
alike, except Epiphyllum, Disocactus, and Pereskia (which
see). Some growers give them the protection of a house
in winter, and stand them outside during the summer,
which is not, however, a very commendable plan, as, in
consequence of the very variable character of our climate
being especially prejudicial to several of the tender and
more delicate species, the often excessive amount of ="
moisture they would receive, will produce a weakly state
of health in many, while others will be lost. It is far
better if their culture is attempted at all, to give them the
proper treatment. The numerous species and varieties
found on the Rocky Mountains are a most interesting
series, and may be well managed in a cold frame facing
south, arranging them on shelves as close to _ A perdas
possible, and keeping them very dry n :
If the weather is very severe, the lights should be matted.
One of the best collections of these in the country, is in
the possession of E. G. Loder, Esq., Floore House, Weedon,
Northampton, where a great number are admirably grown
in frames, and under a large ledge of the rockery outside.
Amatenrs may grow quantities of handsome Cacti either
in dwelling rooms near the window, or in small frames
or greenhouses. As they are slow growing, not much
of interest will be centred in their culture. As regards
watering and insect pests, they are but little trouble.
Miniature Cacti, of numerous kinds, are now often sold in
small pots, and most attractive little subjects they prove.
Soil, Drainage, and Potting. Good ordinary fibrous loam
should form about one-half of the compost, the other half
should be made up of sand, broken bricks, and lime rubbish
in equal quantities; the whole to be carefully mixed to-
gether, and not used until it is moderately dry. It is
sarm
AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 231
Cactus—continued.
absolutely necessary to ensure perfect drainage; a good
“ stopper” should, therefore, be placed over the hole at the
bottom of the pot, and about one-third of its depth filled
with draining material. The best time for potting is during
February and March. Turn out the plants, and remove
nearly all the old soil from the roots, taking away any dead
aiid
1. Opuntia, 5. Mammillaria.
2. Cereus,
5. Opuntia streptacantha.
4. Cereus candicans.
7. Echinocereus electracanthus.
8. Mammillaria.
6. Cereus peruvianus monstrosus.
+
Cactus—continued.
vessels. A good top-dressing, with an occasional dose of
weak liquid manure, is all they will require for several
seasons.
Watering. This must be discriminately managed, espe-
cially during the winter; for, whatever their treatment
as regards temperature during that season, they must be
9. Echinopsis formosa.
10. Echinocactus Visnaga.
11. Cereus peruvianus var.
12. Opuntia candelabriformis,
13. Cereus strictus.
14, Pilocereus senilis.
15. Cereus Tweedii.
16. Cereus chilensis.
Fic. 312. GROUP OF CACTI.
or decaying roots which may be observable. Place some of
the roughest soil next the crocks, and gradually fill the pots
with the finer material, well working the same amongst the
roots; finally press the soil moderately firm. Do not water
for a few days after potting, but syringe every evening,
especially if the weather be fine; a little extra heat may
be given after potting, to excite new, healthy growth. It
will not be necessary every year to repot specimens in large
studiously watered, and anything like a saturated condi-
tion of the soil should be avoided. If the temperature is
brisk, a little water may be given once a week, or perhaps
not quite so often. If the plants are subjected to very
cool treatment, water must be sparingly administered
during November, December, and January; after which,
they should be examined weekly, and very carefully at-
tended to. During the summer months, when in active
232 ea
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Cactus—continued.
growth, they will not suffer if watered ‘twice a week;
and, on bright afternoons, light syringings may be advan-
tageously given.
Propagation.. Three methods are adopted, viz., by cut-
tings or offsets, grafting, and seeds; the former is the plan
generally adopted. The cuttings or offsets should be
removed with a sharp cut, and laid upon a sunny shelf
- until the wound is healed and roots are emitted, when they
should be potted in sandy soil, and placed with the others.
They will thrive freely if kept syringed. Grafting is re-
sorted to with delicate kinds, which, from some reason or
another, will not grow freely except-upon the stock of a
stronger species; and, by this means also, such delicate ©
kinds can be kept from the damp soil, which frequently
causes incipient decay. ‘The stocks usually employed are
those of Cereus tortuosus, O. peruvianus, &c., according to
the species intended for working; they readily unite with
each other. If the scion and stock are both slender, wedge-
grafting should be adopted; if both are broad, it is best
to make horizontal sections, placing them together and
securing in proper position by tying with matting, but not
too tightly, or the surface may be injured. Propagation by
seeds is not often adopted, as it is a very slow method;
they should be sown in very sandy soil, and placed in a
semi-shady position until germination commences, when
they may be exposed, and very carefully watered.
CACTUS DAHLIA. See Dahlia Juarezii.
CADUCOUS. Falling off soon; deciduous.
CH:NOPTERIS. See Asplenium.
CZ[SALPINIA (in honour of Andreas Cesalpinus,
a celebrated Italian botanist, 1519—1603). Brasiletto.
ORD. Leguminose. An ornamental genus of stove ever-
green trees or shrubs, not much grown, on account of the
space required and the time the species take to flower.
Flowers yellow or red, produced in racemes, having a
top-shaped calyx, divided at the end into five parts, the
lowest larger than the others; petals five, unequal-stalked,
upper one shortest; stamens ten. A mixture of loam
and leaf mould suits them best. Cuttings are somewhat
difficult to root, but sometimes will succeed if taken off
from the mother plant in a growing state and planted in
sand, with a hand glass placed over them, in heat.
C. alternifolia (alternate-leaved). fl. orange, clustered.
uate, very elegant, compound. Central America, 1868,
C. brasiliensis (Brazilian). Brazil Wood. fl. orange; racemes
rather panicled. J. with seven to nine pairs of pinne, each pinna
bearing about fifteen or sixteen pairs of oval-oblong, pt eng
glabrous leaflets. Brazil, 1739.
l alter-
1s . Plant unarmed.
C. Sappan (Sappan). fi. yellow, panicled. l. with ten to twelve
pairs of pinna, each pinna bearing ten to twelve pairs of unequal-
naeg o uely sakong a ae oy oer at the
= dott: Tropical Asia, is tree furnishes th
Sappan-wood of commerce.
C. sepiaria (hedge), fl, yellow. April. l compound; pinnæ with
about ten pairs of Pinnules. A. 60ft. India, 1887, din. Biancea
OUS _ Lavender-colour, bluish-grey.
ve. l Growing in tufts.
BREAD. See Encephalartos Caffra.
TEA. See Helichrysum nudifolium.
CAFFER
CAFTA. See Catha edulis, —
CAHOUN NUTS. A nam li ——
Attalea Cohune, which yield a noe ee
= CAIOPHORA. See Blumenbachia and Loasa.
CAJAN. See Cajanus.
CAJANUS (Catjang is the Amboyna name). j
ORD. Leguminose. A genus of eroct uae P snis
shrubs, clothed with velvety pubescence.. Flowers yellow,
distinctly peduncled, corymbosey.racemose; standard some-
times beautifully veined with red. Leaves pinnately
e
UA
jmmr
Cajanus—continued.
trifoliate.
cuttings will root in sand, with a hand glass placed over
them, in heat; but plants are usually raised from seeds,
obtained from the West Indian Islands and India.
C. indicus (Indian).* Pigeon Pea. fl. yellow, or purple-spotted,
in axi praim SE uly. k rl trifeliate ; Teaflets
lanceolate. h. 6ft. to 10ft. India. (B. M, 6440.)
C. i. bicolor (two-coloured). ji. yellow. July. k. 4ft. India,
1800. (B. R. 31, 31.) i
C. i. flavus (yellow). fl. yellow. July. h.4ft. India, 1687.
CAJUPUT OIL and CAJUPUT-TREE.
Melaleuca leucadendron minor.
CAKILE (derived from the Arabic). Sea Rocket.
Orp. Crucifere. A pretty hardy annual, frequently found
on sea-shores. It is of easy culture in most sandy soils.
Propagated by seed, sown in spring. :
C. maritima (sea). fl. lilac, large, densely corymbose. Summer
and autumn. fr. a succulent pod, divided, when mature, by a
horizontal partition into two cells, the upper containing a single
erect seed, the lower a pendulous one. J. oblong, deeply lobed,
fleshy, Stem much branched. k. lft. Sea-shores of Europe and
North America.
CALABASH NUTMEG. See Monodora Myristica.
CALABASH, SWEET. Sce Passiflora maliformis.
CALABASH-TREE. See Crescentia Cujete.
CALABA-TREE. Sce Calophyllum Calaha.
CALADENIA (from kalos, beautiful, and aden, a
gland; in reference to the disk of the labellum being finely
beset with glands). Orv. Orchidee. A genus of pretty
greenhouse terrestrial orchids from New Zealand and
Australia. They should be kept ina cool frame or green-
house, and carefully watered, when not in a growing state.
A compost of peat, loam, and sand, in equal parts, suits
them well. Over thirty species are enumerated, but pro-
See
bably none are seen out of botanic gardens.
CALADIUM (derivation of name doubtful; probably
of Indian origin). ORD. Aroidew. Stove perennials, chiefly
grown for the great beauty and varied hue of their leaves.
Spathe hood-like, rolled round at the base; spadix, upper
portion entirely covered with stamens, but ultimately
becoming bare at thd extreme top, provided with blunt
glands or sterile stamens in the middle, and ovaries
beneath ; anthers shield-shaped and one-celled; ovaries
numerous, two-celled, with from two to four ascending
ovules in each cell. Leaves upon long petioles, more or
less sagittate, ovate, and usually very richly coloured;
Fruit a one or two-celled berry, with few seeds. They
are all of easy culture, and grow freely in a humid
atmosphere. In March, when the tubers have been kept
dry or rested for some time, they may be started into
growth again, in small pots, placed in a stove or pit,
where a night temperature of from 60deg. to 65deg. is
maintained, and syringed daily once or twice at least.
As soon as indications of activity are | d, they
may be shifted into 4in., 5in., or Gin. pots, or larger ones
may be used if good sized specimens are required. If
the tubers should be in large pots, it is best to turn
them out, dividing if necessary, and placing all the crowns
in small pots, from which they can be removed when root
action and growth are resumed, and they require more
room. Large tubers, if sound, may be divided, and the
‘pieces placed in pots of such sizes as it is desired to grow
| them in.
Soil. Turfy loam, leaf mould, turfy peat, and a little well
decomposed manure, in equal parts (not broken up too fine),
with a good sprinkling of sharp sand, form an excellent
compost, the whole being well incorporated together.
Thorough drainage must be insured, as these plants require
an abundance of water. After potting, they should be
placed in a stove temperature, and kept well moistened
by syringing two or three times daily. If accommodated
with mild bottom heat at this time, they will make much —
f i p 3
A light rich soil suits these plants well.. Young
EET
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
OF OO EULARE.: = 233
Caladium — continued.
freer and more vigorous growth than if otherwise treated.
Water sparingly at first, but as soon as the leaves expand,
increase the supply; and, when the pots are well filled with
roots, apply clear liquid manure at every other time of
watering. As the season advances, the temperature and
humidity of the house should be increased. During bright
sunshine, Caladiums should be slightly shaded for a few
hours in the middle of the day, with some thin material,
just to break the fierceness of the sun’s rays; but the more
they are exposed to the light at other times during growth,
the brighter, richer, and more beautiful will the foliage
be. As soon as the plants have attained a good size,
some of them should be placed in the coolest part of the
house, and partially hardened off; they may then be taken
to the conservatory, allowing them a situation free from
currents of cold air, and giving water only when really
necessary. They may remain here for some time, but
care must be taken to return them to the stove before
they suffer from cold.
Small neatly grown specimens make beautiful orna-
ments for table decoration, and their suitability for exhibi-
tion purposes is well known, and largely taken advantage
of. Towards autumn, and as the foliage begins to fade, the
_ supply of water should be gradually lessened, until all the
leaves die down; the pots should then be placed under the
stage in the stove, where they can be looked to now and
then, and a little water given if required. By no means
allow the tubers to get dried up, as is often done; for, if
so, they will frequently rot away inside; whereas, kept in
a semi-moist condition, even the most delicate can be pre-
served. In this state, they may remain until the follow-
ing season. Caladiums will not endure a very low tem-
perature; from 55deg. to 60deg. is as low as they can be
safely kept. Very few of those known as “ true species”
are grown, being superseded, for general decorative pur-
poses, by the numerous hybrids which have been raised of
iate, principally from C. bicolor.
313, ‘CALADIUM CHANTINIIL.
C. argyrites (silvery).* l. small, sagittate, ground colour light
FIG,
n; centre and margins white, with many irregular white
lotches scattered over the remaining portion. Para, 1858. One
of the smallest and most yo of the genus, and much esteemed
for table decoration, (I. H: 1858, 185.)
c. uinii (Baraquin’s). Şi ‘teens 20in. to 30in. long ; centre
deep ; margin dark green. Para, 1858. (I. H. 1850, 257.)
Cc. bicolor l mip aggin eo a Ay spadix shorter than the hooded
spathe, which is contracted in the middle. June. l peltate-
Caladium—continued.
oaristo tl coloured in the disk. h. lft Brazil, 1773.
(B. M. 8
C. Cannartii (Cannart’s).
deep red. Para, 1863,
C. Chantinii (Chantin’s).* l. chiefly brilliant crimson, irregularly
blotched with white, and margined with dark green. Para, 1858.
See Fig. 313.
C. Devosianum (Devosie’s).*
pink. Para, 1862.
Cc. esculentum (edible). Synonymous with Colocasia esculenta.
me cog or (Hardy’s). JU. red-tinged, slightly spotted with white.
ara, 1862.
Cc. aren (Koch’s).* Z. spotted with white. Para, 1862.
C. Lemaireanum (Lemaire’ 2i l. green, with whitish venat on.
Brazil, 1861. (I. H. 1862, 311.)
C. Leopoldi (Prince Leopold’s).* Z. green, marbled with red, md
blotched with pink. Para, 1 DN “A
C. macrophyllum Sarr veg * l large, palish green, blotehed
with greenish-white. Para, 186
l. green, with pale blotches ; veins
l. angular, blotched white and
Fig, 314 CALADIUM MACULATUM.
©. maculatum (spotted).* J. oblong, acuminate, cuspidate,
cordate at base, finely spotted with clear white. Plant erect,
caulescent. South America, 1820. See Fig. 314.
C. marmoratum (marbled).* J. broad, peltate, upwards of lft.
long, sagittate-ovate, acute or shortly acuminate, the two basal
lobes being slightly divergent, dark bottle-green, variegated with a
greyish or silvery angular spots and blotches; petioles terete, |
greenish, mottled with purple. Guayaquil. SYN. Alocasia Roezlii.
The variety costata differs from the type in having the midrib-
(or costa) marked out by a tapering band of silver grey.
C. Rougieri (Rougier’s). l. green, with white spots; the centre
pale green, with red veins. Para, 1864.
C. rubronervium (red-nerved). A synonym of C. rubrovenium.
C. rubrovenium (red-veined).* /. greyish-green in the centre, with
red veins. Para, 1862. Syn. C. rubronervium.
C. sanguinolentum (blood-red blotched).* Z. with a white mid-
rib, blotched with red, Amazons, 1
C. Schoelleri (Schoeller’s), A synonym of C. Schomburgkii.
C. Schomburgkii (Schomburgk’s).* l. green, with white veins,
Brazil, 1861. SYNS. C. Schoelleri and Alocasia argyroneura,
. S. Schmitzii (Schmitz’s), Z, centre whitish, with green net-
Work; midrib and veinsred. 1861, SYN. Alocasia erythræa.
2 H
~
234 .
-> THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Gadadlani—conbtued. i
; < with red and
cman sun È vountit oa
C. Verschaffeltii (Verschaffelt’s).* l somewhat heart-shaped ;
ground colour aat green, entire surface irregularly spotted
_ with bright red. Para. oe » S cael
allisii (Wallis’s). Z. dark olive green, wit ge irregular
p ee pem ie ia tn of the purest white, and the veins all
yellowish-white. Para; 1864.
The following descriptive list of hybrid varieties is, for
the most part, a selection from Mr. Bull's catalogue, and
contains all of importance :
P. =
hem ground, with broad margin of rich green; BARON DE
OTHSCHILD, rich blood-red centre, and spots, on mottled green
leaf-ground ; BARONNE JAMES DE ROTHSCHILD,* young leaves of
a bright rose colour, the more matured foliage soft rose, with
red veins ; bright i
with
LEYME!,* fine white ps. soe
green gro!
th attractive spots; CHELSON!,*
a ae ee suffused with brilliant red,
with or ; CLIO, ground colour rose, shaded white,
green and narrow green in; ANDOLLE,* rich
green, white centre
rays; DE HUMBOLDT, 2 fine variety, having n leaves,
scarlet ; DEVINCK, leaves pink
centre ribs, interspersed with whi a BOISDUVAL,
rayed crimson, snow-white oma :
Dr. LINDLEY,* crimson marked with
rose blotches ; Duc DE CLEVELAND, surrounded
ý centre,
with pen- ,_largel with red; Duc DE MORNY,* deep
pees leat borders, with large crimson-rayed centre; DUC DE
NaSSau,* brilliant red centre and ribs, white spot on emerald
green leaf borders; Duc DE RATIBOR, green ground, with red
midribs marked with white spots; DUCHARTRE, leaf-ground
; white, flushed rose, green veins and red spots ; EDOUARD ANDRE,
= erimson centre, and rose blotches ; EDOUARD MOREAUX, mottled
green ground, with lake centre; EDOUARD RODRIGUES,* deep
carmine, margined with light green, and spotted with rose;
E. G. HENDERSON,* green, with transparent rose spots and mottled
crimson rays and centre; ELVINA, bright green, blotched with
red, grey centre and veins; EMILIE VERDIER," leaves of a light
transparent rose colour, spotted with red; ETOILE D’ARGENT,*
tgreen, midribs and veins creamy-white, shaded with grey;
EUCHARIS, rose centre, with violet reflections, margined with
bright green, very fresh and bright looking; FELICIEN DAVID,*
centre of leaf dark carmine, surrounded with white and beautifully
veined with red on a light green ground ; GOLDEN QUEEN, leaves
rge, pale golden yellow, uniform in colour; GRETRY, carmine
with white spots on a dark green ground; HELEvy, white
irked with crimson blotches, on a green ground ;
mine veins, surrounded by light green, blotched
marg dark green; IBIS ROSE,* a magni-
| rich rose-coloured foliage, extremel
a a á ive; Isp ala rich metallic green, with crimson-re
bed 5 ns ES DUPLES arigas rose centre, shaded with
surface blotched X
surrounded with yello
with white; LA
marked with white, and
se pat e , green Bertin Lonoumaenns * lan
the leaf blotched i
l h red and green; MADAME DOMBRAIN,® centre and
3 ‘Tibs pale yollowish-green, shaded rose, surface covered with ;
white and ros A ) Te
White and vena spss: ra e vine ikoma pil ou
P stricta (upright). jl. brown, spreading in all directions ; panicle
Caladinm—continued.
variety ; MADAME HEINE,* silvery white, stained and edged with
green, distinct ; MADAME HUNNEBELLE, leaves veined with
ht garnet colour on a white ground, and margined with green
ve ; MADAME JULES MENOREAU, fine large leaves, with white
- centre tinted rose, veined rich bright rose, and margined green ;
MADAME LAFORGE, centre and ribs reddish-crimson, with green
uc ; MADAME MARJOLIN SCHEFFER,* a beautiful variety, with
whi bigs je charmingly veined and netted with pure rosy-lake ;
MADAME WILLAUME, a charming variety, with transparent leaves,
of a delicate salmon-rose colour ; MARQUIS DE CAUX, red centre |
and veins, with rose blotches on margins; MARTERSTYGINUM,
crimson centre and white spots; MERCADANTE, e copper-
coloured centre and veins, bordered with green; MEYERBEER,*
white leaf-ground, green veins, and red midribs; MINERVE,*
silvery white midrib and rays, surrounded with greyish white,
green margin, with snowy white ts; MITHRIDATE, ground
colour crimson-lake, with darker ribs, and dark bronze-green
margin; MONSIEUR A. HARDY, rich reddish-carmine veins on
white ground, tinted with rose and spotted with green; Mon-
SIEUR J. LINDEN,* a fine e whitish leaf, with metallic reflec-
tions, coral-rose veins, and reticulated green border; Mrs.
LAING,* white ground, deep rose centre and vein: ga
margin; MURILLO,* centre and veins metallic-red, wit rge-
crimson blotches, broad margin of lustrous bronzy-green ;
NAPOLEON III.,* flamed crimson centre, with forked rays, and car-
mine spots on green ground ; ONSLOW, deep rosy-crimson centre, F
with broad green margin, spotted with rose; PAILLET, crimson a
centre, broad green margin, splashed with crimson, and dotted with
white; PAUL VERONESSE, large leaves, with pinkish-white centre,
deep scarlet ribs, and broad green margin; PHILIPPE HERBERT,
deep mottled crimson rays, and clear white margin, spotted
with crimson; PicruM, green blotched, and spotted with white;
PRINCE ALBERT,* dark emerald green, rick crimson munh,
colour bright orange-yellow, the veins suffused with deep red;
PRINCESS
crimson, peegron
with white; REGA silvery grey €
“ae vermilion-red A NE Ma ay DE Gates violsoge —~
centre, with dark maroon zone, and green border,
handsome ; REINE VICTORIA green veins and :
f or
marbled with white and rich crimson ; ROSSINI, large leaf, with
pale centre, pink midribs, and red blotches ; ROUILLARD, glossy
green margin, pale green centre, midrib and rays rich violet-plum,
the whole leaf spotted crimson; SANCHONIANTHON, crimson
centre, deep glossy crimson ribs, and pea-green margin ; SIEBOLDH,
rich green, with fiery-red crimson-rayed centre, green spaces,
spotted with claret ; SOUVENIR DE MADAME E. ANDRE,* large
deep green Jeaves, marbled with pure white, veins fine ros:
crimson ; SPONTINI, pea-green, with white spots, and rosy-pin
ribs and veins; THIBAUTH, fine large leaf, with rich crimson veins
on a red ground; TRICOLOR, edges of leaves grey-green, inter-
sected with dark green, centre red-lake, carmine midribs;
TRIOMPHE DE L’ EXPOSITION,* crimson centre, with red ribs, and
green border ; VERDI, crimson-lake centre with small green zone
and apple-green margin ; VESTA, greenish-white vei ded
with crimson, the whole of the leaf spotted
COMTESSE DE LA ROQUE-ORDAN, red midrib, and rays
with white, the margin beautiful emerald Lt ag vi
MULHOUSE, a beautiful variety, with greenish-white leaves, 5!
rose, and rich green centre; VIRGINALE,* clear shining `
veined with dark bluish-green, a handsome variety-
CALAIS. See Microseris.
CALAMAGROSTIS (from cí
tis, grass). ORD. Gramineew. An e7
for the most part hardy. Panici
spikelets compressed, one-
equal, lanceolate, pointed,
any ordinary garden soil.
auien satel asie spreading in all directi
‘ ’ ES r directio) $
C. lanceolata (lancoo ite), iioi. July. “Ontns about tt.
igh, smooth, slender. Britain (moist woods and hedges). (Sy.
Seeds may be sown during
CALAMANDER WOOD. See Diospyros que-
sita. rs
CALAMINT. See Calamintha. piel oe
(from kalos, beautiful, and mir ha,
mint). Calamint. ORD. Labiate. A genus of hardy
AN ENCYCLOPEDIA
OF HORTICULTURE.
235
Calamintha— continued.
herbaceous plants, having the following essential cha-
racters: Calyx two-lipped; stamens diverging; upper lip
of corolla nearly flat; tube straight. Rather pretty plants,
with Thyme-like flowers, well suited for furnishing rock
gardens. They grow in almost any garden soil. Increased
4 = seeds, cuttings, or divisions of the roots, in spring.
©. Acinos (Acinos). Basil Thyme. fl. bluish-purple, variegated
zg with white and dark purple, disposed in whorls, one on “each
ri fiower-stalk. July and August. l acute, serrate. Stems
branched, ascending, leafy. A. 6in. England, Annual. SYNS.
Acinos vulgaris and Thymus Acinos. (Sy. En. B. 1048.)
C. alpina (alpine). fl. purplish, almost sessile, four to six in a
whorl, June to September. l. petiolate, roundish or ovate, slightly
serrated. . bin. S. Europe, 1731. A freely branched, tufted
plan
C. grandiflora (large-flowered).* fl. purplish, , 1jin. long, in loose
racemes; throat much inflated. une tiolate, ovate,
acute, coarsely toothed, rounded at the base, Zin. to Zin. long.
Herbaceous stems branched at the base, and decumbent. A. lft.
C. patavina (Paduan). pale or purplish-red, rather ae.
a k piilo, ovate, gtn pubescent. A, 6in. to 9in.
Europe, 1
_M@ALAMPELIS. See Eccremocarpus.
CALAMUS (from kalamos, a reed; old Greek name
used by Theophrastus). ORD. Palmee. An elegant genus of
stove palms. Flowers small, usually of a rose or greenish
colour, clustered upon branching spikes, each branch
having a separate spathe, which is not large enough to
enclose it. Fruit one-seeded, and covered with smooth,
shining scales. Leaves pinnate, Stems reed-like, lin. to
2in. in thickness. When in a young state, these palms
are most effective as drawing or diningroom decorations ;
and, when in a more mature condition, they are excellent
as stove ornaments and for exhibition purposes, They
are all of slender growth, and of easy culture in a compost
of equal parts loam and vegetable mould; a copious supply
of water being needed to keep them in a flourishing state.
» Propagated by seeds. C. Rotang, C. viminalis, and several
en: species furnish the canes usually employed in this
try for the bottoms of chairs, couches, &c.
s o Faine
k green, pinnate ;
Eiaa black
wing, miniature
aap 2ft. in le s (yery rough he & pinnate, Sit Sit, to laft. Jong 5 pinne
light
side with two rows of hair- pi enpreni petiole E eei nent te Sper
py the base, dense! errs i armed with long, Java,
-4 Pa on} beautif species, which Frere a le size.
(I. Hi 275.)
C. ciliaris (fringed).* J. pinnate, clothed witha e en of soft
hair-like bristles ; petioles sheating at the base. erect and
slender, India, 1869. From the lume-like habit of the leaves,
it makes a splendid plant for table as well as being
a beautiful specimen for exhibition.
Senn (dragon). l 4ft. to 6ft. in length, beautifully arched,
; pinne 12in. to 18in. lon rrow, slightly penans,
: green ; petioles EE at Gans, armed with long, flat,
_ black spines. A. 20ft. to 30ft. India, 1919. A very handsome
species, Frith a robust pid ms
sad to, l. ovate in outline, pinnate, when pows bright
cinnamon ; leaflets pendent, dark green, bearing on the upper side
a few black hair-like bristles; petioles armed with dark, stout
spines. Borneo. A very ornamental species.
Ro (whip-like). 1. 6ft. to 8ft. in length when om! grown,
pinnate ; pinnæ pendent, about 1ft. in length and lin. in breadth,
dark green, furnished on the upper side with two rows of long,
white, hair-like spines; petioles sheathing, copiously armed with
stout white spines, much swollen at the base, and tipped with
black, Stem slender,
C. Hystrix (bristly). l pinnate; petioles spiny. A compact-
Ree ree very graceful species,
Calamus—continued. +
surface with three bristle-bearing ribs; a few er bristles
at dis: along the midrib Uedereenth ; margins finely and
Pe. Sy y toothed with small ascending bristles ; petiole chan-
Jed, tomentose towards the base, bearing three or four solitary
needle-like spines, about lin. long. India. A rare species, and
daii as one of the most graceful
C. Lewisianus (Lewis’s).* L ultimately spreading, 2ft. to 6ft. longs
pinnate; pinne equidistant, Jin. broad, and from 13in. to 15in.
ong; veins on the t r surface bristled, under surface smooth ;
margins rough, with appressed bristles ; petioles white, with a
broad, sheathing, blackish-brown base, densely armed with long,
flat, black spines. India, A fine, but somewhat rare, species.
C. Rotang (Rotang). l. pinnate, from 3ft. to 4ft. in length,
very gracefully arched; pinne 6in. to 12in. long, less than lin.
broad ; upper side dark ns with two rows of hair. like spines ;
petioles and stems armed aay with stout, slightly reversed
spines. Stems slender. Ind en young, especially, this plant
is very handsome.
mtb s).* l. pinnate, arching; pinnæ very nume-
C. Royleanus (
rous, narrow, penden t dep an sig ; petioles wit few spines, dark
green. North-west Himala
spectabilis (showy).* "È pinnate witha few pairs of smooth
linear-lanceolate, three-ribbed leaflets, measuring 6in. to Bin. long ;
petioles green, furnished with numerous short conical white
spines, tipped with brown. Malacca. A slender-growing species,
C. verticillaris (whorled). /. pinnate, with a very ornamental
plume-like appearance; pinnze long, broad, drooping ; petioles
with the spines arranged verticillate y- Malacca. This beautiful
species is Ea M rare.
L 1ft. waa lon, A morama oval aeons
‘bin. long, oy” ent green ; ri vine
f fl en only 3 ea or oar 8 r- Eoen its
leo long flat white spines.
ava, 1847.
_— whi m4
ender.
The following are roils but np act | jes: australis, elegans,
mi ine niger, oblongus, and t ws
US ferentem pakeme An old name of
Acorus Calamus (which see).
CALAMUS ODORATUS. An old name of An-
dropogon Schenanthus (which see).
CALANDRINIA (in honour of L. Calandrini, an
Italian botanist, who lived in the beginning of the
eighteenth century). ORD. Portulaceew. A rather large
genus of fleshy, glabrous, annual or perennial, herbaceous
plants, some fourteen or fifteen species growing in Australia,
the rest occurring in the New World. Flowers usually
rose or purple, solitary, or in terminal umbels or racemes.
Leaves quite entire, radical or alternate. Only four or five
species are cultivated in this country; these are treated
as half-hardy annuals—with the exception of C. umbellata, |
which is best treated as a biennial—and as such they are
extensively grown in small gardens, with most satisfactory
results. They should be sown in the spots where they are
intended to flower. as transplantation, unless performed
Fic. 315. CALANDRINIA Mewziest, showing Flower and Habit,
with more than ordinary. care, will considerably check their
growth or. result in loss. Their flowers only expand
and, consequently, they are less
grown than thoy otherwise would be. a S at
236
á
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Calandrinia—continued.
a light sandy soil. O. umbellata may be sown in a pan,
placed in a cold frame, in May or June; and when the
plants are large enough to handle, they should be potted
off, or placed out in colonies where they are to bloom.
C. discolor (two-coloured). J. bright rose, with a yellow tuft
of stamens in the centre, Ijin. across; raceme long. uly,
Angust. l fleshy, obovate, attenuated at the base, pale green
shove, purple benecihs. h. lit. to 1}ft. C 1834. (B. M. 3357.)
CG. ora (large-flowered).* fl. rosy, about 2in. across ;
calyx spotted ; raceme simple, loose. Summer, J. fleshy, rhom-
boid, acute, petiolate. Stem suffruticose. A. lft. Chill, 1826.
(B. R. 1194.)
C. Menziesii (Menzies’).* #. deep purple-crimson, from jin. to
lin. across, terminal and axillary, solitary. June to September.
l. elongated, ——- much attenuated at the base. Stems
much branched, prostrate. California, 1831. Syy. C. speciosa.
See Fig. 315. (B. R. 1598.) ki
C. nitida (shining). A. rose-coloured, about 2in. across ; raceme
leafy, many-flowered. S . l. oblong-spathulate, sub-acute,
ow ars attenuated at the base, lin, to 2in. in length. A. 6in.
‘hili, 1837. A very pretty hardy annual, forming a tuft from fin.
to in. across.
C. speciosa (showy). A synonym of C. Menziesin
\\
Fic. 316. CALANDRINIA UMBELLATA, showing Flower and Habit.
C. umbellata (umbeliate).* 4. of a dazzling magenta-crimson,
about as large as a sixpence ; corymb cymose, terminal, many-
flowered. Summer. & radical, linear, acute, pilose. A. 6in.
Peru, 1826. A very charming half-hardy biennial. See Fig. 316,
(P. M. B. 12, 271.)
Other species occasionally met with are: compressa, micrantha,
= procumbens; they are, however, inferior to those described
above.
CALANTHE (from kalos, beautiful, and anthos, a
flower). ORD. Orchidew. Sec. Vande. A very handsome
genus of stove terrestrial orchids. They may be cha-
racterised as robust-growing plants, producing large,
_ broad, many-ribbed, or plaited leaves, which are, with one
_ or two exceptions, evergreen, and long spikes, bearing
many flowers, distinguished by their calcarate lip, which is
attached to the column, and by the eight thick, waxy pollen
masses adhering to a separate gland. Calanthes should
be special favourites with amateurs, as, in the first place,
they produce an abundance of showy flowers, which last a
long time in perfection; and, secondly, because they are
so easily managed. In potting these plants, it will be
necessary to depart from the usual style of potting orchids
and, instead of elevating them above the rim of the pot
upon a cone of peat and sphagnum, they must be kept
below the rim, as in potting ordinary*plants. In place
of the usual soil and moss, these plants should have a
mixture of loam, leaf mould, and peat, broken up rough,
-to which may be added some silver sand and dried cow
manure. During the growing season, they require abundant
_ supply of water, and in winter éven this element must be
administered freely to the evergreen kinds; whilst the
deciduous ones, on the contrary, enjoy a thorough rest after
o
' pagated by suckers and divisions.
Calanthe—contipued.
“blooming, Good drainage is essential to all. Little more
need be Said upon the cultivation of Calanthes during
*the summer months. When growing, they enjoy strong
heat and plenty of moisture ; but, when growth is complete,
a cooler situation is most beneficial. They are subject to
the attacks of ‘various insects, which. must be continually
searched for, and, when found, destroyed; for, if neglected
in this particular, the bold and handsome leaves will be
niuch disfigured, and rendered far from ornamental. Pro-
1 About forty species are
known, of which the following are a selection :
C. curculigoides (Curculigo-like). /l. beautiful orange-yellow,
disposed in an erect spike. Summer and autumn. Z. large, ever-
green, plaited. h. 2ft. Malacca, 1844, (B. R. 33, 8.)
C. Do | (Dominy’s),* fl., sepals and petals lilac; lip d
purple. This fine giie s a cross between C. Masuca and Q
veratrifolia, (B. M. 5042.) ; 3
C. furcata (forkeds fl, creamy white, very freely produced ;
spikes erect, 3ft. long. June to August, Luzon Işles, 1836. An
excellent exhibition plant.
C. Masuca (Masuca).* fl., sepals and petals deep violet colour,
with an intense violet-purple lip; numerously produced on spikes
2ft. long. Juneto August. India, 1838. (B. M. 4541). The variety
grandiflora differs from the type in its greater size both of spike
and individual flower; the gigantic spikes are from 3ft. to 4ft.
high, and continue blooming for three months,
C. Petri (Peter Veitch’s).* . whitish-yellow. Said to be very
like C. veratrifolia, but pearing: leaves a little narrower, and a
system of five curious sulcate yellowish calli on the base of the lip,
without the single lamella and teeth which are proper to that
species. Polynesia, 1880.
C. pleiochroma (many-coloured). fl. whitish, purplish, ochre,
orange. Japan, 1871.
k green, :
dwarf-growing species. (R. H.
Fig. 317. SINGLE FLOWER OF CALANTHE VEITCHII.
's).* fl. rich rose, with a white throat ;
c. Tortent T a helit of, ft, and bearing an inkmense
rge,
ege- light green
A Winter.
uantity of flowers. s very beautif
do-bulbs flask-shaped.
iduous.
result of a cross between C. vestita and C., rosea
hybrid i atodes rosea), See Fig. 317. (B. M. 375.)
Cc. (Veratrum-leaved).* jl. pure white, except the
f of the sepals and the go den papillæ on the disk of the
f + spikes 2ft. to 3ft. high, freely produced on well-
iggy OSA 1. 2ft. or more long, dark es
May to July. een,
amet kea d with wavy margins. India, 1819. ;
_ (B. M. 2615.)
vestita (clothed).* fl., sepals and petals pure white, numerously
C voa & manyfowered, nodding epike k Cann
udo-bulbs la whitish, A. 2}ft. Burmah. (B. M. 4671)
The varieties of this species are very numerous,
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
OF HORTICULTURE: 237
Calanthe—continued.
Fic, 318. SINGLE FLOWER OF CALANTHE VERATRIFOLIA.
C. v. igneo-oculata (fire-eyed).* fl., base of the column purplish,
over which is a dazzling fire-colour, the blotch in the base of the
lip of the same colour. Borneo,
i _ Sai komis get OR É spre e entirely destitute of any
Cc. H rubro-oculata (red-eyed).* fl. delicate white, with a blotch
of ren ania the centre ; upwards of in, sorom; spiken iong,
;u
A having & white downy covering and rising from the base
a of the silve n pseudo-bulbs, hen the latter are without
* ~ leaves. October to ebruary.
C. v. Turneri (Turner’s).* fl. pure white, iota ros-colomed eye,
larger, and produced on longer flower-spikes than the other kinds ;
form of flowers more compact. Java. is is considered by
some authorities, to be a distinct species.
CALATHEA (from kalathos, a basket; in reference
4 to the basket-shaped stigma, or to the leaves being worked
into baskets in South America). ORD. Scitaminew. This
genus of very ornamental-leaved stove plants is dis-
tinguished from Maranta by mere botanical characters;
and the two genera are often confounded. Flowers in ter-
minal spikes, bracteate; perianth six-cleft, outer segments
golob, inner ones blunt and irregular ; stamens three,
; admit of easy increase by
_ division. July is a favourable time to set about it, or it
? “may be carried out any time between that and the spring
g months. In order to make the necessary separation with-
out damaging the roots, the plants should be shaken out
from the soil, when they may be divided into as many
pieces as there are separate crowns. Whether an increased
stock be desired or not, Calatheas require fresh soil
annually; and, if not reduced by division, they become
much too thickly foliaged to properly develop, unless
they are shifted into larger-sized pots, which can always
be done if large specimens are required. When making
divisions, see that each crown is well furnished with roots,
so that "they may at once commence sending up fresh
young foliage. Although Calatheas require an abundant
supply of water while growing, a stagnant moisture is most
a 3 good drainage is, therefore, essential. To have
“the leaves in fine, healthy condition, plenty of atmospheric
moisture must be maintained during their growth ; and, if
Se he totes,
during ‘dhe dealer; ak they ‘isi strong somhine, and
c.
6in, to
Calathea—continued. +
sphere is at all times maintained; but, if either of these
are lacking, red spider soon put in an appearance, and
quickly disfigure the leaves.
C. applicata wis f. white. Brazil, 1875, Syn. Maranta
pinnato-picta. (B. H. 1875, 18.)
C. arrecta (erect).* l rich satin-green on the mioa fn n
heavy ruby colour on the under side. ere
species, with a very elegant growth. (I. H. 1
C. Bach (Bachem’s). J. silvery, ar vec lines and
emiana
blotches. Brazil, 1875.
C. Baraquinii (Baraquin’s).* 1. ovate-lanceolate ; ground colour
bright green, relieved by beautiful bands of silvery white.
Amazons, 868.
C. bella (handsome).* J. greyish-green, with the margins and two
series of central patches deep green = Sea 1875, SYN. Maranta
tessellata Kegeljani.
C. crocata (saffron-coloured). fl. orange. Brazil, 1875.
KSA (choice). 1857. SYN. Phrynium eximium. (R. G.
fasciata (banded).* l 8in. to 12in. 1 = e Ss oe
ae ly cordate ; ground colour t Pes with broad bands
of white running across from midrib to the margin; the under
side pal Pale „green; tinged with purple. h. lft. Brazil, 1859.
(R. G
C. hieroglyphica ge > hic). l broadl
ground colour rich dark vi Seay iE which, A war al the midrib;
shades off into light emerald green ; eins oblique, and
the spaces between them ornamented wi streaks
and bars of silvery white; ender arenes of k aioe dark vinous
purple. Columbia, 1873. Dwarf and distinct. (I. H. 1873, 122.)
G, Siasiris Qripi eee ae upper surface of a
DE Pen Miksi with transverse bands of a deeper
obovate, obti
C. Kerchoviana (Kerchove’s).* L peesaa; name obtuse, short]
and abruptly acuminate, aeS n row of ish
blotches on each side of the midrib.’ A. ny a §
Syn. Maranta leuconeura agr ape cag
C. Legrelliana Grell’s). ery dark relieved by a
Sateaey band of white, i the the whole Le ngth between the
midrib and margin. Ecuador, 1
C. Leitzei (Leitze’s). l. oblon; Jnneodiate, deep metallic
and no go 4. eal poring with feather-like aro
deeper colour, purplish-violet beneath. aks pe c G
A e argar.
O. popra on each ra g fever ‘oblong acuninae
blotches of deep green. oe corail 187s. )
C. leuconeura (white-nerved). a of Maien A
neura.
o.a (nite piked A ie lft. paR tapers to
Marengan q eip 00 ags deep
Bee wt
wiih Hitees of yeliowish-green om as ny k
“Upper side ard visible, Pe Peru, Shick the machen of the
growing. (I. H. 1871, 82.)
C. Luciani cian’s). i. shining the midrib festooned
‘feces wuss HEA E Tie g
(Makoy’s).* L sais dee roem
ob oe
upwards of 4in. men Pp
the -transparent, ae
between t pa viw transverse veins wi with “raa biotehes of =- green ;
petioles slender, Tropi merica, SYN.
C. olivaris. (G. C. te nee)
C. Massangeana (Massanzge’s).* l. beautifully covered with rich
a somewhat similar appearance to the winy
of oertain buttert
butterflies. The outer portion is pirogen t ZE
middle, on both sides of the costa, of a delicate siver are
from which the whitish side veins run out in a waded
and regular manner; the m hag of the leaf rok dark velvety T
wwe Spee is ornamented with large blotches of dark
purplish-maroon, occasionally shaded with brownish
the whole of the leaf being marked with silky and s F
reflections. Brazil, 1875. It is of neat habit, 3 ae
tufts, its ample foliage covering the ground. a ss
ed cta (middle ted). Z oblong-acute, boo he ee
an a ‘ green, with a feathered white gaouto, tapering, Brazil, ae
cing eras’ 2in, to 3in. yi ao
little over | g shining gron, with a Se a
pamet pani Ahha os a apreading habit, and
o
quickly forming denso a a E abe There is a varlety >
a seh tar e
C. nitens (
marked on each
238
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Calathea— continued.
bars, alternating with numerous lines of a dark green on a pale
e green ground, Brazil, 1880. An elegant and small-growing
plant. "
C. olivaris (olive-green). Synonymous with ©. Makoyana.
C. ornata (ornamented).* Z. oblong acuminate, 6in. to Yin. long,
Sin. or more broad, yellowish-green, relieved by broad transverse
bands of dark olive-green; under side tinged with purple. A, 1ft.
to 2ft. Columbia, 1849.
C. o. albo-lineata (white-lined). Columbia, 1848, Syn. Maranta
albo-lineata,
C. o. majestica (majestic).
majestica.
C. o. regalis (royal). Peru, 1856. SyNs. Maranta regalis and
M. coriifolia.
©. o. rosco-lineata (rosy-lined).* h. lft.
roseo-lineata,
Rio Purus, 1866. Syn. Maranta
1848. Syn. Maranta
pacifica (Pacific). l. oblong ovate, of a fine dark green on the
upper surface, olive-brown beneath. Eastern Peru, 1871
Fie. 319. CALATHEA VEITCHII.
G. pardina (leopard).* 7. yellow, large, handsome, produced in
great abundance. Z. 10in. to 18in. long, 5in. to Gin, wide, ovate,
@ green, With dark brown blotches on each side the midrib, and
Which occur at regular intervals the whole length of the leaf.
New Grenada, (F. d. S. ii., 1101.)
c. aa Geek-green). l. with a yellow-green central band.
* + bl
C. princeps (magnificent).* Z 12in. to 18in. long ; centre rich dark
= bray margined with C eair purple beneath.
» Peru, 1869. A superb large-growing species.
Cc. aang r pr retty). l. bright green, with two series of deep
green es, alternately large and small. Brazil, 1859. This
much resembles C. zebrina in general appearance, but is not so
strong a grower, and the leaves are not so dark.
C. rosea-picta (rose-coloured). 2. somew i
glossy green ; midrib of a A BS stg Aha o Saco
and midrib are two irregular bands of the same colour, seaiveratn y
the entire length of the leaf. Upper Amazon, 1866. (R. G. 610.
Seemanni (Seemann’s). 1 about Ift. 1 i paren
emerald-green ; midrib whitish. N PE ea ja MONA MENY
C. splendida (splendid). J. large, oblong-
5 r 2 . large, g-lanceolate, deflexed
10in, to 18in. long, rich dark olive-green, with distinct } i
Bd ag ert me green, with distinct blotches of
CG. (tube-spathed),* Z. somewhat obo
a va
Gin. to 12in. long, pale greenish-yellow, beautifully alg =
row of rich brown oblong blotches, set in pairs on each side of
the midrib, throughout the entire length of the leaf. West
Tropical America, 1865. An elegant species. (B. M. 5542.)
Calathen—continued,
C. Vanden Heckei (Van den Heck’s).* l rich dark glossy green,
shaded with transverse bands of a lighter green; midrib broadly
margined with silvery-white, two bands of the same colour tra-
verse the leaf from base to apex, midway between midrib and
margin ; under side of a uniform purplish-crimson. Brazil, 1865.
Very distinct and handsome.
C. Veitchii (Veitch’s).* l. large, ovate elliptic, over 1ft. long, very
rich glossy green, marked along each side the midrib with cres-
cent-shaped blotches of yellow, softened by shades of green and
white; under surface light purple. h. 3ft. W. Tropical America,
1865, Probably the handsomest of the genus. See Fig. 319.
. vir s (virginal). J. large, broadly ovate, light green ;
midrib white, also with a white band on each side; the under side
of a greyish-green. Amazons, 1857. Habit dwarf and compact.
C. vittata (striped). J. ovate-acuminate, 9in. long, very light
green, with narrow transverse bars of white on each side of the
midrib. Brazil, 1857.
C. Wallisii (Wallis’s).* l. rather large, of a rich and pleasing light
green, beautifully relieved with a ray of rich dark green. South
America, 1867. A handsome and distinct sort, but somewhat
rare,
C. W. discolor (two-coloured). l. bright velvety green, with the
centre and margins grey. South America, 1871.
€C. Warscewiczii (Warscewicz’s).* l. 2ft. long, about 8in. wide,
deep velvety green in colour, relieved by a feathery stripe of yel-
lowish-green on either side the midrib, and extending from the
base to the apex. A. 3ft.
(R. G. 515.)
C. Wioti (Wiot’s). Z. bright green, with two series of olive-green
blotches. Brazil, 1875.
Tropical America, 1879. A fine sort.
Fig. 320. CALATHEA ZEBRINA
C. zebrina (zebra).* 7. 2ft. to 3ft. long, 6in. to 8in. wide, beautiful
velvety light green on the upper side, barred with greenish- upis
under side of a dull greenish-purple. h. 2ft. Brazil, 1818, is
is a very old inhabitant of our stoves, and, for general usefulness
is not much surpassed. See Fig. 320. (B. R. 385.) i
CALATHIAN VIOLET. See Gentiana Pneumo-
nanthe.
CALCARATE. Spurred, or having a spur.
CALCEOLARIA (from calceolus, a little slipper, in
allusion to the form of the corolla; the form calceolarius,
shoemaker, probably chosen to include a reference to F.
Caleeolari, an Italian botanist of the sixteenth century).
Slipperwort. ORD. Scrophularinee. A genus of hardy or
half-hardy shrubs, sub-shrubs or herbs. Peduncles one
or many-flowered, axillary or terminal, corymbose ; corolla
with a very short tube; limb bilabiate ; upper lip short,
truncately rounded, entire ; lower lip large, concave, slipper-
shaped. Leaves opposite, sometimes three in a whorl,
rarely alternate.
Surussy SECTION. In addition to the widely-known
utility of this class for bedding purposes, they are fine
decorative plants when well grown, and useful alike in
conservatory or dwelling house. It will be found more
convenient to grow these in a pit or frame, as in such
places they are less liable to the attacks of fly, and make
sturdier growth. If large plants are required, cuttings
should be taken in August, placed in a cold frame facing
AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 239
Calceolaria— continued. x
the north, in sandy soil, and, when rooted, potted off
into 3in. pots. They should then be placed in a light
sunny frame, where they may remain until the middle of
February. The points should then be pinched out. When
the plants break, they must be shifted into 48-sized pots.
If there are from four to six breaks to each plant, it
will.-be sufficient; but, should such not be the case, the
plants must be stopped again, when the requisite number
will probably be obtained. Directly the roots touch the
pots, the plants should be transferred to 7in. or 8in. pots,
in which they will flower, and the shoots must be tied
out so as to develop fully. Every effort should be exerted
to keep the foliage green to the base of the plants, and
they should be fumigated on the first appearance of green
fly. As the flower-spikes are thrown up, weak liquid
manure, applied two or three times a week, will prove
beneficial. For potting, the following compost is most
suitable: One-half good fibrous loam, one-eighth thoroughly
rotted manure, and the remainder leaf soil, with enough
sharp sand to keep the whole open. During frosty weather,
of course, it will be necessary to protect the frames with
© mats, and to water judiciously, to avoid damping. Those
Fic. 321. HERBACEOUS Caicrorania.
plants intended for bedding will nöt require to be repotted,
but should be inserted, about 3in. apart, in sandy soil, in
a cold frame. The tops must be taken off early in March;
and from the middle of April to the middle of May, they
may be planted out where they are to remain. Should
frosty weather, accompanied by drying winds, ensue, the
~ plants will require the protection of inverted flower-pota,
with pieces of slate or crock placed over the holes. A good
soil, abundantly enriched with rotten manure, is most
desirable for them.
Varieties. These are very numerous. The best of them
are the following: Bryou, dark red, very free; Garner's
YELLOW, rich deep yellow, extremely free; GENERAL
HAVELOCK, crimson-scarlet, very fine; GOLDEN GEM,
bright yellow, pig et the best; infer oriin erimson-gold,
attractive.
Calceolaria—continwed. å
if properly managed, produce a good percentage of ex-
cellent flowers. The seed may be sown from June to
August, when large batches are required (when only one
sowing is made, July will be the best gnonth), on pans
of light, sandy soil, which should be soaked with water
before sowing. Care must be taken to make the surface
of the soil level, and also to sow the seed as evenly as
possible. It is better not to cover with soil, but a sheet
of glass should be laid over the pan, which must be
placed in a shady part of the greenhouse or cold frame
until the young plants show the first leaf. ‘The glass
ean then be gradually removed. When large enough to
handle, the seedlings must be pricked out, about 2in.
asunder, in pans or boxes, and placed in a close, shaded
situation. As soon as of sufficient size, they must be
placed singly in 3in. pots, returned to the frame, kept close
for a few days, and as near the glass as possible, to make
them sturdy. When necessary, they should be shifted into
5in. pots, in which they may be kept through” the winter ;
or the later batches may be placed in small pots. By the
end of October or early in November, the plants will be
strong and fit for wintering; at this stage, the best place
for them is in a dry, frost-proof pit, or on an airy shelf of
the greenhouse, giving them sufficient water to prevent
flagging. All dead leaves must be removed. On the first
appearance of green fly, the plants should be fumigated
with co. From the end of January onwards, in order
to en growth, the plants should be removed into
7in. or Bin. pots, giving plenty of drainage, and a com-
post consisting of one-half good light fibrous loam, one- |
fourth thoroughly decayed sheep manure, and one-fourth
leaf soil, to which must be added sufficient coarse sand to
keep the whole open. After potting, the plants must be
again placed in the same position, and, as they require it,
plenty of room given. Careful attention to watering is
necessary, as they must not be allowed to get dry. Air
The flower-stems,
C. alba (white). ø. white; uncles "ga racemose,
rors hotomous. i l rt serrated. Plant suf-
ruticose, clammy, and resinous. A. Ift. Chili, 1844. Shrubby.
(B M. 4157.)
amplexicaulis ( -clasping).* fl. yellow, umbellately
fascicled ; corymbs kani; pedicels pilose, l stem-clasping,
ovate-oblong, acuminated, te, crenately-serrated, pilose,
h. 14ft. Pern, 1845. Half- hardy, herbaceous. (B. M. 4300.
p arachnoidea (cobwebby).* f. purple; peduncles termi
twin, ted, dichotomous, Iin to Septe a sag L Îingulatelys
oblong, a little toothed, narrowing downwards into long wi
, which are connate at the base ; about 5in. long, wrink S kA.
aa ie pee us, nmass, spreading, — >d with white cob-
we wool, as well as the leaves and other parts, ex the
corolla. A. lft. Chili, 1827. (B. M. 2874.) ~
C. bicolor (two-coloured).* J. in large terminal cymes f
yellow, small ; lower lip large, gaping, sophie heen dint
yellow, the back white. July to to Rovers d]
sub-acute, coarsely crenated, wrinkled. A. 2ft. tout oe
——,. woody at the base. Peru, 1829, o SYN. s
(B.
C. Burbidgei (Burbidge’s).* fl. rich yellow, with large lower 1i
* Sen and winter. T ovate, distinctly obtusely re mpeg ner
acute, with a narrow wing ru down the ; both sur-
faces downy. h. 2ft. to 4ft, This isa à handsome hybrid between
C. Pavonii . fuchsiefolia, by F. W. Burbidge, Esq.,
Trinity College Botanic Gardens, Dublin, 1882.
c. chelidonioides (Chelidonium-ike). A. yellow. June. Wft. ;
poa a i sked with purple dots
©. corymboss Ciarain ft f y —— purp.
and corymbose. May GERAT » radical ones
240
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Calceolaria—continued.
and cordate, petiolate, doubly crenated, white beneath ; cauline
ones few, cordate, half amplexicaul. Stems herbaceous, leafless
at bottom, but TET a i at top. Plant hairy. h.
lft. to 13ft. Chili, 1822. (
C. defiexa (bending). Synonymous with C. fuchsieefolia,
C. diffusa (spreading). A synonym of C. bicolor.
C, flexuosa (fiexuose). fl., corolla yellow; lower lip large,
*ventricose; peduncles axillary and terminal, many-flowered ;
pedicels umbeliate. J. cordate, unequally and bluntly crenated,
apene remote. Plant shrubby, rough, beset with glandular
airs. h. 3ft. Peru, 1847. (B. M. 5154.)
C. Fothergillii (Fothergill’s).* ., upper lip of corolla yellowish ;
lower lip sulphur colour, having the margins spotted with red,
four times the size of the upper one; peduncles scape-formed,
one-flowered. May to August. J. spathulate, quite entire, pilose
above, about lin. long. Stem herbaceous, a little divided near
the root, A. 3in. to 6in, Falkland Islands, 1777. (B. M. 348.)
Fig, 322, CALCEOLARIA VIOLACEA,
C, fuchsizfolia egare aah og E fi. paion; disposed in terminal
paves ; upper lip nearly as large as the lower one. Spring.
` & lanceolate, glandless. +. 1ft. to 2ft. Peru, 1878. This is a
very handsome winter-flowering shrubby species, but it is difficult
_ to keep the foliage in og ond like good condition. Syn. C.
ee < mae (Garden, March, 1879.)
C. Henrici (Anderson- s) 3
-corymbose cymes ; tsk Hee of
to entirely close the mouth.
yellow, disposed in terminal
3 a a ho ree so as
3 2 late
pii ra r large, elongate-lanceolate,
ean beneath. (BM. STIA) t. Andes of Cuenca, 1865. Shrubby ever-
bt ea amas ssop-leaved).* 7, in termi 4 i
clear yellow, about half the width Re ner a aaa ¢ led
to it; lower lip clear canary-yellow ve, nearly white Ponieatih
May to August, l, sessile, Janceolate, sub-acute, entire.
A. Ift. to 2ft. Chili, Shrubby, (B. M. 5548) e
C. integrifolia (entire-leaved). Synonymous with C. rugosa.
C. lobata (lobed). jl. yellow, ing mer in erect, loosely-branched.
sr 3 » meine prar -rh ng and spotted on the inner
sur k mate obed. in.
ae Pan ate, n. Peru, 1877. Herbaceous
C. Pavonii (Pavon’s).* jf. rich yellow and brown, in large terminal
idel ing. 1.
clusters; upper lip small ; lower lip wi gaping.
„perfoliate, the petioles onne by a broad wie running all
__ their length ; blade broadly ovate, coarsely serrate-dentate ; both
_ Sides covered with soft down. A, 2ft. to 4ft. Herbaceous.
il
o .
Calceolaria—continued.
. pinnata (pinnate). fl. sulphur-coloured ; peduncles twin or
tern, panicled. July to September. J. pinnate; leaflets or seg-
ments toothed, lower ones pinnatifidly toothed. h. 2ft. to 3ft.
Peru, 1773. Annual, clothed with clammy hairs, (B. M. 41.)
C. pisacomensis (Pisacomanese). jl. rich orange-red, large;
lower lip of corolla so bent upwards as to close the mouth ;
cymes produced from all the upper axils, forming long leafy
panicles. 2. ovate. obtuse, coarsely crenate. h. 3ft. Peru, 1868.
A sub-shrubby perennial, of strong, erect habit.
C. plantaginea (Plantain-like).* jl. yellow; lower lip of corolla
large, hemispherical; upper one small, bifid; scapes generally
two to three-flowered, pilose. August. l. radical, ovate, rhom-
boid, rosulate, serrated. Plant herbaceous, stemless, pubescent.
h. 1ft. Chili, 1826. (B. M. 2805.)
C. purpurea (purple). fl., corolla of an uniform reddish-violet,
rather small; corymbs terminal, many-flowered. July to Sep-
| tember, l. wrinkled, hispid; radical ones cuneate-spathulate,
serrated, quite entire behind, petiolate, acutish; cauline ones
cordate, decussate, with a few long scattered hairs on their
surfaces. Stems herbaceous, many from the same root. h. lft.
Chili, 1826. There are several hybrids between this and other
species, (B. M. 2775.) ;
C. rugosa (wrinkled). fl. yellow; panicles terminal, corymbose,
pedunculate. August. l. ovate-lanceolate, or lanceolate, denti-
culated, wrinkled, bias? Si rusty. beneath; petioles winged,
connate, h. lft. to 1}ft. Chili, 1822, Shrubby species. Syn.
C. integrifolia. (B. R. 744.) Two varieties of this are angusti-
Jolia, and viscosissima.
C. scabioszefolia (Scabious-leaved).* fl., corolla pale yellow;
lower lip large, ventricose; peduncles terminal, corymbose.
May to October. J., lower ones pinnate ; superior ones pinnatifid,
. three-lobed, or simple, the terminal segment always the largest.
Plant rather hairy. Peru, 1822, Evergreen trailer. (B. M. 2405.)
C. tenella (small). fl. golden yellow, with orange-red spots
within the lower lip; corymbs few-flowered. 7. opposite, ovate,
acuminated. A, 6in. Chili, 1873. Hardy, herbaceous. (B. M.
c
yellow, downy inside;
thyrsifiora (thyrse-flowered).
d compound, umbellate.
duncles
, June. 1, linear, attenuated at both en
’ serrate-toothed, sessile,
2in. long, and two lines broad. h. lft. to 2ft. Chili, 1827, Shrubby,
clammy. (B. M. 2915.) :
C. violacea (violet).* fl., corolla pale violet, spotted with dee,
violet beneath ; in s> ula! cm
peđuncles terminal corymbose ;
flowered. June. L olate, ovate-lanceolate, coarsel. .
Taies ass h. Chili, 1853. Shrubby. (B. M. 4929.) See
CALCEOLATE.
shoe,
CALDASIA. Sce Galipea heterophylla.
CALDCLUVIA (named after Alexander Caldcleugh,
F.R.S. and F.L.8., who collected and sent to this country
many plants from Chili). ORD. Savifragee. A greenhouse
Shaped like a slipper or round-toed
evergreen tree. Flowers panicled, terminal. Leaves
opposite, simple, serrate, glabrous; pedicels jointless;
stipules twin, sub-falcate, toothed, caducous. It thrives
well in a compost of peat and loam, and may be pro-
pagated by cuttings of the half-riperled shoots, planted
in sand, under a hand glass, and placed in a very gentle
bottom heat.
C. paniculata (panicled). jl. white. June. Chili, 1851.
CALEA (from Kalos, beautiful; referring to the flowers).
ORD. Composite. A genus of stove evergreen herbs or
small shrubs. Pappus hairy; receptacle paleaceous ; invo-
lucre imbricated. ‘They thrive in a compost of peat and —
loam. Side shoots root readily, if placed in sand, under ~
glass, and with bottom heat; seeds may be sown in March.
Warmer parts of-New World.
CALEANA (named after G. Caley, Superintendent of
the Botanical Garden, St. Vincent). ORD. Orchidew. A
genus of greenhouse terrestrial orchids, natives of Australia.
Flowers few, greenish-brown ; column broad, thin, concave;
sepals and petals narrow, reflexed ; lip posticous, peltate,
unguiculate, highly irritable. In fine weather, or if left
undisturbed, this lip bends back, leaving the column un-
covered ; but in wet weather, or if the plant is shaken, the
lip falls over the column, securely fastening it. Leaves
solitary, radical. They are of easy culture, in a compost of
fibry peat, lumpy loam, and a little charcoal.
B. major (greater). 1. green-brown. June, 1810.
SRR a a
AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA.
OF HORTICULTURE. 241
——
Caleana—continued.
C. minor (less). f. green-brown. June. 1822.
©. nigrita (blackish-flowered). 7. dark.
CALECTASIA (from kalos, beantiful, and ektasis, èx-
tension; in allusion to the star-like perianth segments).
ORD. Juncaceæ. An elegant greenhouse suffruticose
perennial, with dry, permanent, starry flowers. It thrives
best in a compost of peat and loam. Propagated by
divisions.
C. cyanea (blue). fl. bright blue, solitary, on short terminal
branches. June. J. needle-shaped, sheathing at the base.
Australia, 1840. (B. M. 3834.) .
CALENDULA (from calendw, the first day of the
month; in allusion to the almost perpetual flowering).
Marigold. ORD. Composite. A genus of showy green-
house and hardy annuals, and some few greenhouse shrubby
species. Pappus none; receptacle naked ; involucre of one
to two series of sub-equal, acuminate, generally scarious-
edged bracts. The shrubby species are propagated by
cuttings, and thrive best in a compost of loam and peat.
For culture of the annuals, see Marigold.
Fig. 323. FLOWERS OF CALENDULA OFFICINALIS.
arvensis (field). .-heads yellow. Pericarps urceolate, obovate,
Rocco; outer lanceolate-subulate, muricated at back. A. 2ft.
Europe, 1597. Hardy annual. “EA.
Calendula—continued.
C. maderensis (Madeira).* fl.-heads orange. Pericarps cymbiform,
incurved, muricated; outer five ovate lanceolate, membranous,
toothed at edge. A. 2ft. Madeira, 1795. Hardy. SYN. C. stellata.
C. officinalis (officinal).* Common Marigold. fl.-heads orange.
June to September. Pericarps cymbiform, allincurved, muricated.
h. 3ft. South Europe, 1573, Hardy annua). See Fig. 323,
C. o. prolifera (proliferous). A garden form, analogous to the
Hen and Chickens Daisy. See Fig. 324. s
©. stellata (stellate). A synonym of C. maderensis,
CALICO BUSH. See Kalmia latifolia.
CALIPHRURIA (from kalos, beautiful, and phroura,
prison; from the handsome spathe inclosing the flowers).
Orv. Amaryllidew. Pretty half-hardy greenhouse bulbs.
Tube of perianth narrow, funnel-shaped, nearly straight;
limb regular, stellate; stamens furnished with ¿a bristle
on each side. They thrive best in a com of sandy
loam, a little peat, leaf soil, and sand. . Propagated by
offsets. After flowering, the plants should have a slight
heat; and, when starting into new growth, they ‘should
be repotted. +", zwa
C. Hartwegiana (Hartweg’s).* fl. greenish- e umbels seven-
flowered ; scape nearly terete, glaucous. étiolate, de-
pressed, ovate, sub-plicate, green, A. lft. enada, 1843.
(B. M. 6259.)
Fic. 325. CALIPHRURIA SUBEDENTATA.
C. subedentata (rarely-toothed).* jl. white, funnel-shaped, dis-
posed in a truss, on a long scape. Winter. J. stalked, ovate.
oblong, h. 14ft. Columbia, 1876. See Fig. 325. (B. M. 6289.)
CALISAYA BARK. See Cinchona Calisaya.
CALLA (from kallos, beauty). ORD. Aroidee. A genus
of plants, comprising but the single species here figured.
Tt isa native of Central and Northern Europe and North
Fic. 326. CALLA PALUSTRIS
2%
shift will be into 4in. or 5in. pots.
have plenty of light and air, but more especially after they
nate, cordate at the base, hairy on both
243
.
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
yar
America, has creeping or floating stems, and cordate entire
leaves. CO. palustris is sometimes grown in collections
of aquatics or bog plants; and, although, perhaps, hardly
worth cultivating as a pot plant, is well worth a place in
open ornamental waters. Richardia ethiopica is fre-
quently erroneously called Calla wthiopica.
ustris oe n ix protected b t white
palu upper kanpi Owe Rone is Sage online:
Ehrend like stamens. J, stalked, emerging from a sheath. h. 6in.
Hardy aquatic, naturalised here and there in Britain. See
Fig. 326. : :
CALLI. Small callosities, or little protuberances.
CALLIANDRA (from kallos, beauty, and andros, a
stamen; referring to the elegant long, silky, purple or white
stamens). ORD. Leguminose. A genus of beautiful stove
evergreen shrubs. Flowers usually borne on stalked glo-
bose heads; corollas small, hidden by the numerous fila-
ments of the stamens. Leaves bipinnate; leaflets varying
in size and number, They thrive in a compost of peat
and loam. Propagated by cuttings, made of rather firm
young wood, nd placed in sand, under a hand glass,
inheat. = |
c. Harrisii (Harris's) pink; peduncles axillary, fascicled,
ndularly downy. Fe pen l. bipinnate ; leaflets obovate,
cate, downy ; stipules , falcate. Branches puberulous.
h. 10ft. Mexico, 1 (B. M. 4238.)
A eedie’s).* ae red; luncles longer than the
ioles; bracts linear. March and April. Z. with three to
our pairs of pinnæ; leaflets numerous, oblong-linear, acutish,
ciliated, pilose beneath; stipules ovate, acuminate. Branches
and petioles pilose. A. 6ft. Brazil, 1840. (B. M. 4188.)
CALLICARPA (from kallos, beauty, and karpos, fruit ;
referring to the beautiful berries). ORD. Verbenacee.
Stove or greenhouse, or nearly hardy evergreen shrubs, allied
to Petrea. Flowers inconspicuons, in axillary cymes; co-
rolla-tube short, with the limb four-lobed. Fruit a very
ornamental small juicy berry or drupe. The following
mode of culture has been recommended: “ After the old
plants have been cut back in the spring, and started into
growth, the young shoots will strike as readily as a Fuchsia,
and with exactly the same treatment. In order to make
good plants, short-jointed cuttings should be selected ; and,
as soon as these are struck, they should be potted into 2}in.
pots, using a compost of equal parts loam and peat, with a
little charcoal and river sand. When they commence to
grow, after being potted, remove toa pit or house with a
temperature ranging from 60deg. to 75deg. Pinch out the
tops of the plants as soon as they have three pairs of leaves,
and whenever each of the laterals has made two pairs of
leaves, pinch: out their points, and continue this operation
with all the rest of the shoots till the beginning of August,
at the same time keeping off all the flower-buds. The next
They should always
come into: flower.”
C. americana (American). “fl. red, small, in axillary cymes.
| Wit l. ovate-oblong, toothed, silvery beneath,
= oo of tomentum. A. 6ft, South America, 1724. Green-
C, Japonica (Japanese). ff. pink. August. Z stalked
obl acuminate, ugus B , ovate,
(L. ae. F. G. Es 165.) h, Sft. Japan, 1850. Stove.
C. lanata (woolly). fl. purplish, June, Rervies purple. 1 i
ovate, acuminate, serrate, hairy rple. 1. sessile,
Stove. (S. F.d. J. 1861, p96). mete. Sit. India, 1788.
le). fl. insignificant, borne in
vy cee ben clusters,
usely clothed, as well as the stem, with hairs. ho 3ft India’
C. rubella (reddish) jf. red. May. l sessile, obovate, acumi-
Halthardy.” (3 ih surfaces. h, 2ft. China,
CALLICHROA (fró kallos, beauty,
and chroa,
z colour; referring to the bright yellow colour of the flowers),
omposite. This genus is now usually included
Callichroa—continued.
garden soil. Seeds may be sown in March, on a slight
hotbed, and transplanted to the open border early in May;
or if sown out of doors in April, it will flower in the
autumn.
er es trees os, ae aaa T iiaa,
sessile, ciliated. h. lft. California, 1836. Syn. Layia platy-
glossa., (B. M. 3719.)
CALLICOMA (from kallos, beauty, and kome, hair; in
reference to the tufted heads of flowers). ORD. Saxifrageæ.
A greenhouse evergreen shrub. Flowers capitate; heads
terminating the tops of the branchlets, pedunculate, globose.
Leaves simple, coarsely serrated, stalked. Stipules mem-
branous, bidentate, caducous. It thrives well in a sandy
peat soil. Half ripened cuttings will root if placed in the
same sort of soil, under a hand glass.
C. serratifolia (saw-leaved). Black Wattle. fl. yellow. May to
August. l. lanceolate, acuminate, hoary beneath, attenuated at
the base. h. 4ft. New South Wales, 1793. (B. M. 1811.)
CALLIGONUM (from kallos, beauty, and gonu, a knee-
joint ; in reference to its leafless joint). ORD. Polygonacee.,
Syns. Pallasia, Pterococcus.
score species of very curious, erect, evergreen, hardy
shrubs, found growing in dry, arid, sandy spots in Northern
Africa and Western Asia. They will thrive in any well-
drained sandy loam. Cuttings will root in spring or
autumn if placed under a hand glass.
allasia i . whitish, i ups. May. fr. winged;
prin a sad Spon Ee oie, pa Bison § ania, able:
l. simple, alternate, exstipulate, deciduous, caducous, minute.
— rush-like, smooth, green. h. 3ft. to 4ft. Caspian Sea,
CALLIOPSIS. See Coreopsis.
CALLIPRORA (from kallos, beauty, and prora, a
front ; referring to the front view of the flower). ORD.,
Liliacew. A very pretty little bulbous plant, now often
referred to Brodiæa. It thrives in a well-drained maA
soil.
on the lower flanks of rockwork, in dry, rich, sandy
Propagated by offsets, which should remain on the parent
bulbs until they are a good size.
C. lutea (yellow).* Pretty Face. fl., segments purplish-brown
in the middle on the outside. Summer. Z. linear-lanceolate,
acuminated, channelled, longer than the flower-stem; bracts
sheathing, scarious, much shorter than the pedicels. h. Qin,
North California, 1831. Syns. Brodiwa ixioides, Milla ixioides.
(B. M. 3588.)
CALLIPSYCHE (from kallos, beauty, and psyche, a
butterfly; alluding to the handsome flowers) ORD.
Amaryllidacee, Ornamental greenhouse bulbs; requiring
shade, and a compost of rich sandy loam and leaf mould,
with good drainage. Propagated by seeds and offsets.
They should have plenty of water when growing, and,
during the winter, be kept moderately dry, but not dried
off, so as to cause them to shrivel. As the leaves wither,
water should be gradually withheld.
C. aurantiaca (orange).* fl. deep golden-yellow, several in
an umbel, pol e 2s patei A sideways ; ah otek’
twice the length of the perianth ; scape erect, zo kaka
l few, oblong-acute, bright green, conspi TEES
6in. long. Andes of Ecuador, zo yom re aioe a
k Eucrosia-like).* sea ani ;
pp ee bar eee scape cheat ten-flowered, glaucous. March.
l. few, green, tessellated, pitted, 4in. wide. h. 2ft. Mexico, 1843,
(B. R 1848, d8.) i.e f. greenish-yell Il, with st
. nish-yellow, smaili, With stamens
O. mina jag ome: righ “ect and spreading out on all
š in an umbellate head of about thirty blooms ;
cain ie gh. l about two, oblong-spathulate, green, 1ft. long.
Pern, 1868, An extremely curious plant. (Ref. B. 168.)
(from kallos, beauty, and pteris, a
fern). ORD. Filices. A genus of stove ferns, founded
upon the sub-genus Diplazium, which is now included
under Aspleniwm.
CALLIRHOE (name of mythological origin, from
Callirhoe, a daughter of the river-god Achelous). Closely
allied to Malwa. Species belonging to this genus have
been erroneously referred to Nuttallia and Malva. ORD.
A genus containing about a,
S
AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 248
Callirhoe— continued.
Malvaceœ. A genus of elegant annual or perennial herbs,
natives of North America. They are of extremely easy
cultivation,sthriving in a compost of light, rich, sandy loam.
Propagation of the perennial species may be effected by
means of both seeds and cuttings; of the annuals, by
seeds only. Seeds should be.sown in spring, either out-
side, or in pans ina cold frame. Young cuttings should be
taken and dibbled in sandy soil in a frame.
C. digitata (fingered).* jl, reddish-purple ; peduncles long, axillary,
one-flowered. Summer, l. sub-peltate, six to seven-parted, with
linear-entire or two-parted segments ; upper one§ more simple.
h. 2ft. to 3ft. 1824. Perennial. (S. B. F. G. 129, under the name
of Nuttallia digitata.)
C. involucrata (involucrate),* fl. crimson, nearly 2in. across,
loosely panicled. Summer. J. divided nearly to the base, three
to five-parted ; segments narrow, lanceolate, three to five-toothed,
hairy on both surfaces. Habit procumbent; stems hairy. h. 6in.
Perennial. (G. W. P. A, 26.) SYN, Malva involucrata (B. M. 4681).
C. Papaver (Poppy-like).* fl. violet-red; sepals ovate-acute,
ciliated. Summer, l., root leaves lobed or pedate ; lower stem
leaves palmato-pedate, upper digitate or simple. A, 3ft. Louisiana,
1833. Perennial. SYN. Nuttallia Papaver. (B. M. 3287.)
ta (pedate-leaved) jf. cherry-red, panicled. August.
mei eT ay er ones trifid. A. 2ft. to bft. Ís.
Annual. (R. H. 1857, 1 5.
C. triangulata (triangular-leaved). fl. pale purple. August. 1836.
A Riss Nuttallia cordata (under which name it is figured
n B. R. 5
CALLISTACHYS. See Oxylobium.
CALLISTEMMA. See Callistephus.
CALLISTEMON (from kallos, beanty, and stemon,
a stamen; in most of the species, the stamens are of a
YV beautiful scarlet colour). ORD.
N | VA Myrtacee. Handsome greenhouse
=M evergreen shrubs or trees, having
AT the inflorescence rising from the
old branches in crowded spikes, as
in the species of Melaleuca, but
with the stamens free, as in Me-
trosideros. Leaves elongated, stiff,
alternate, usually lanceolate. All
the species of this genus are very
ornamental and neat in habit.
They are well adapted for a con-
servatory. The soil best suited
for them is a mixture of loam,
peat, and sand. Ripened cuttings
strike root in sand, under a hand
glass; seeds are frequently pro-
duced on large plants, and these
may also be used to increase the
stock, but they do not produce
flowering plants for a considerable
time; whereas plants raised from
cuttings, taken from flowering
plants, come, into flower when
small. -
C. linearis (linear-leaved).* f scarlet;
calyces clothed with velvety pu-
bescence. June. l. linear, stiff, acute,
keeled beneath, channelled above, vil-
lous when young. h. 4ft. to 6ft. New
South Wales, 1788.
C. lophanthus (crest-flowered). Sy-
nonymous with C. salignus.
C. us (willow). ji. straw-co-
loured, distinct, spicate, nearly ter-
minal; petals rather pubescent, cili-
ated ; calyx pilose. June to August.
l. lanceolate, attenuated at both
ends, mucronate, one-nerved, villous
when young, as’ well as the branches.
h, 4ft. to 6ft. Australia, 1806, SYN. C.
lophanthus. (L. B. C. 1302.)
C. speciosus (showy).* Jl. scarlet;
calyx villous. ak to ily. l lan-
ceolate, mucronate, flat, middle nerve rather prominent; when
young, agia teed from adpressed es") and reddish. A. ee
Syn. Metrosideros speciosa.
Fig. 327. (B. M. 1761.) *
Fig. 327. CALLISTEMON
SPECIOSUS.
-e 7
CALLISTEPHUS (from kallistos, most beautiful, and
stephos, œ crown; in allusion to the appendages on the
ripe fruit), China Aster. Syn. Callistemma. ORD. Com-
posite. A hardy annual, requiring an open situation and
a rich loamy soil. Involucre of many fringed bracts;
receptacle naked, pitted; pappus double. Propagated
by seed, sown in a hotbed in March, the seadli eing
hardened off and transplanted in . +- For culture of
these much grown plants and their varieties, see Aster.
#3%
Victoria Aster.
Fic, 328. FLOWER-HEADS OF CALLISTEPHUS CHINENSIS WARS
C. chinensis (Chinese).* f-heads dark purple. July. l ovate,
coarsely toothed, stalked; stem ones sessile, cuneate at the
base, Stem hispid. Branches with single heads. h. 2ft. China,
1731. See Fig. a
CALLITRIS (probably altered from kallistos,’ most
beautiful ; referring to the whole plant). ORD. Conifere.
Syn. Frenela. Half-hardy evergreen shrubs or small trees,
with long, very slender-jointed branches, and often very
minute, scale-like, persistent leaves. Flowers moncecious.
i
.
244
THE DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING,
¥Callitris— continued.
Fruit globular, composed of four to six—rarely eight—
æ é
unequal, woody, valvate scales, with one or two seeds at
the base of each. All the species are somewhat tender,
in England, except in the more southern districts. They
require a sandy loam post. Propagated by cuttings,
inserted under a i in autumn, and protected by a
cold pit; or by see
C. quadrivalvis (four-valved).
and two of which bear seeds. February to May.
articulate. h. 15ft. to 20ft. Barbary, 1815.
CALLIXENE. See Luzuriaga.
Arar-tree. fl., female catkin
ragonal, with four oval valves, each furnished with a point,
i. flattened,
uw y JA
o he pe hardened.
glands. : NDULAR.
CALLOUSLY-SERRATED. Having hardened ser-
ratures.
Having hardened
ALLUNA (from kallwno, to sweep, from the use of the
ins în brooms). Common Ling; Heather. Onn. Ericacea.
small hardy spreading shrub, very common throughout
Northern and Central Europe. Corolla campanulate, four-
lobed, shorter than the calyx. For culture, see Erica.
C. vul, (common).* f. disposed in N termin
“Facemes, July to September, l trigonal, obtuse, very prone
-imbricatin ating in four rows, having the margins revolute and the
base vada peal beeen ai nan Por pert numerous very
nental varieties s species, which are admirabl
Planting in borders and clumps. The white lows ae
-
Fig. 329. FLOWERS AND LEAVES OF CALOCHORTUS VENUSTUS.
lip purple, covered with rich brown hairs. For culture,
very short,’
Calluna—continued.
Serlii, and Hammondi), flesh-coloured (carnea), and double-
flowered varieties (/l.-pl.) are all well worth growing in shrub-
beries; aurea and argentea, with gold and silver coloured shoots,
are also very ornamental. The value of the common form can
scarcely be over-estimated for planting on barren hill sides or
spaces ; it affords excellent shelter for game, and food for bees.
CALLUS. The new formation at the end of a cutting
before it puts forth roots; when the Callus is formed, it
shows that the cutting is in a healthy state.
CALOCHILUS (from kalos, beautiful, and cheilos, a
lip; referring to the beauty of the labellum or lip). ORD.
Orchideæœ. Interesting greenhouse terrestrial tuberous-
rooted orchids, allied to Epipactis. Sepals yellowish-green;
i ih
MH)
j
Jii
s22 Bletia. ‘ an
. greenish and brown. April to June.
C. campestris (field
l. narrow, po ms . Stem leafy, slender, terete. h. Qin.
Australia, 1824. (B. M. -)
* fl. very similar in colour
o paneer E lateet. May and J oti. a pation
roader, h. 9in. Australia, 1823. (F. A. O., part 4.)
CALOCHORTUS (from kalos, beautiful, and chortos,
grass; referring to the leaves). Mariposa Lily. ORD.
Liliacee. Handsome bulbous plants, Flowers showy,
on erect scapes; perianth deciduous; three outer seg-
ments sepaloid, three inner ones much larger and broader,
and bearded on the inside. Leaves ensiform. Bulbs
tunicated. These have not, hitherto, been generally
grown in the open air with much success; but in warm
= AN ENCYCLOPEDIA
OF HORTICULTURE.
Calochortus—continued.
localities and sheltered positions, they may be flowered
outside. A frame, in a sunny situation, is the best pos-
sible place for their cultivation. Here they may be
fully exposed to the sun and air, during mild weather,
through the winter; and, when expedient, they may be
protected from excessive moisture, as that is the primary
cause of failure, rather than cold, for they are perfectly
hardy, and capable of enduring all the frost we are likely
to get. From May onwards, the lights might be wholly
removed. From the end of June to August, the bulbs will
be in bloom, when, if necessary, the flowers should be
fertilised to secure seed; and when the capsules are
forming, material assistance would be given by placing the
lights on again, allowing plenty of air. Assuming that
fresh bulbs are being planted, they should be in the soil
early in the autumn, as nothing is more prejudicial
than keeping them dry through the winter. A good depth
of soil should be provided, composed of fibrous loam, leaf
J soil, and sand, in equal proportions, in a well-drained
position. The bulbs must be planted 3in. deep, and some
_ Sand placed about them; they may be left undisturbed
ger for years. Of course, where no frame can be provided,
they may be planted in a well-drained, sunny position in
the same soil. They are also easily managed in pots, but |
it is necessary to pot in the autumn, and keep in a frame.
Through the winter, they must never be allowed to get dry,
until the leaves are withering in the autumn, when water
may be withheld.
- Propagation. This may be effected by seeds or offsets,
and by the tiny bulbs frequently produced on the upper
portion of the stem. Sow seeds in pans, in a cool house or
frame, as soon as ripe, or in the early part of the year, and
keep the plants close to the glass during their early
stages, as they are very liable to damp off. Sow thinly,
so as to enable the young plants to pass a second season in
the seed pots or pans. Early in the third season, pot off
and plant out singly, encouraging them to grow freely.
Propagation by offsets is the most usual method. With
iberal treatment, most of the species increase pretty
freely. The offsets are best removed when the plants are
in a dormant state. They may be either grown in pots or
pans, or planted out in pits or frames, until they reach
flowering size. During the season of rest, it is the safest
plan, with those in pots, to keep them in the earth in
which they were grown.
_ - C. albus (white).* fl. snow-white, with a rich blotch, bearded and
ciliated, large, globose, pendent; umbels many-flowered, on stems
from lft. to 1}ft. Ta California, 1832. This handsome species
is rare. SYN. Cyclobothra alba. (B. R. 1661.)
a entham’s).* rich yellow; 3
S ensely covered. with ests ae ites stein thes ip sa flowered
ugut: inear, much elon; in. erra
Nevada, SYN. C. olgali aoe a
C. ceeruleus (bluish).* fl. lilac, more or less lined and dotted
- with dark blue, the petals covered and fringed with slender hairs ;
stem two to five-flowered. July. l. solitary, linear. h. din. to 6in.
Sierra Nevada. `
C. elegans (elegant).* Jl. greenish-white, purplish at base ; stems
sere nowirod te tals not ciliate on the margin, or sparingly so.
June. h. 8in. ifornia, 1826. This is a rare species.
C. e. lutea (yellow). A synonym of C. Benthami.
C. Gunnisoni (Gunnison’s).* * fl. light lilac, yellowish-green below
the middle, Si a purple f ri encircling the base of the
perianth ; large, 2in. to din. in diameter. Rocky Mountains.
C. Leichtlinii (Leichtlin’s), A synonym of C. Nuttallii,
C. lilacinus (lilac).* fl. pale pink, hairy below the middle, 1}in.
across, with three segments narrow and three broad; scape
slender, leafy, bearing one to five flowers. l, solitary, narrow
lanceolate, radical, 6in. to Sin. California, 1868. - Syn, C.
ptt (B. M. 5804, under the name of C. uniflorus.)
_ G, luteus (yellow).* fl. terminal, two or three together; exterior
wie pa pean of he ish; the pated. tg bordered
purple hairs. ni:
1567.) ae
ee
th h
September. h. 1ft. California, 1851. (B. R.
p A eye on Sus ane er ooh petal: sii i br ight yellow, wi
apin e _ lavender-
h. “Au T 4 lifo ag A
Calochortus—continued.
C. Maweanus (Mawe’s). fl., sepals purplish, broadly obovate
acute ; petals white or bluish-purple, longer than the sepals, the
surfaces more or less covered with long purplish hairs. June,
July. Z. glaucous, linear. Stem three to six-flowered. h. 6in. to
10in. San Francisco, &c. (B. M. Reve, figured under the name of
C. elegans.) ”
C. Nuttallii (Nuttall’s).* fl. large, 2}i oss ; the three smaller
segments of the perianth of a greenish colour streaked with red ;
the three larger segments pure white, with a purple spot at the
base on the inner surface ; two or three fiowers on a stalk. June.
ee h. 6in. California, 1869. SYN. C. Leichtlinii.
C. pulchellus (beautiful).* /l. bright yellow, globular, drooping ;
umbels three to five-flowered, on stems from 10in. to 12in, igh:
Summer. California, 1832. A lovely species. (B. R. 1662.) SYN.
Cyclobothra pulchella.
C. purpureus (purple).* fl, outer segments of the perianth green
and purple outside and yellow within; inner segments purple
outside and yellow within. August. A. 3ft. - Mexico, 1227.
(S. B. F. G. ser. ii., 20.)
C. splendens (splendid).* ‘fl. clear lilac, large. August. h. 1}ft.
California, eke (B. 4 1616) e à
C. umbellatus (umbelled). A synonym of C. lilacinus.
C. venustus (charming).* /l. large, white, nearly 3in. in diameter,
yellow at the base, deeply stained with crimson, and blotched on
each ETIN withcrimson. A. 1łft. California, See Fig. 329.
(B. R. 1669.) There are three varieties of this species, viz., brachy-
sepalus (short-sepaled), lilacinus (lilac), and purpureus (purple-
flowered). i :
CALODENDRON (from kalos, beautiful, and dendron,
a tree), ORD. Rutacew. A very handsome greenhouse
evergreen tree. Flowers in terminal panicles. Leaves
large, opposite, simple, crenated. It will grow freely in
a mixture of loam and peat. Cuttings of half-ripened
wood root in sand if placed under a bell glass, in gentle
bottom heat.
C. capensis (Cape). fl. flesh-coloured ; ressed,
dilated under the flower; panicle hotomously divided.
Branches opposite, or three in a whorl. 40ft. Cape of Good
Hope, 1789. This is supposed to be one of the finest trees at the
Cape of Good Hope. (G. C., 1883, xix., 217.) See Fig. 330, for
which we are indebted to Mr. Bull,
CALODRACON. See Cordyline.
CALONYCTION. See Ipomea.
CALOPHACA (from kalos, beautiful, and phake, a
lentil; in allusion to the beauty of the plant, and to its
being one of the leguminous kind). ORD. Leguminose.
A hardy deciduous shrub, with axillary pedunculate ra-
cemes of yellow flowers, and impari-pinnate leaves. This
is well adapted for the front of shrubberies. It is some-
what difficult to propagate, except by seeds, which, how-
ever, in fine seasons, are produced in abundance. Grafted
high on the common Laburnum, it forms an object at once
singular, picturesque, and beautiful, whether covered with
blossoms, or with its fine reddish pods. `:
"A w. May, June. l, leaflets six or
ene Glace, A O as well an tH calyoen
h. 2ft. to 3ft. Siberia, 1786. (W. D. B. 83.)
CALOPHANES (from kalos, beautiful, and phaino, to
appear; alluding to the flowers), ORD. Acanthacee. A
genus of about therty species, widely distributed, prin-
cipally in the tropical regions of both hemispheres. The
best garden plant is that mentioned below; it is an in-
teresting hardy herbaceous perennial, excellent for growing
in borders, in loam and peat, or sandy loam soil; and may
be propagated by dividing the roots, in March.
oblong-leaved).* fl. ; corolla funnel-shap
yg o erana A A EE al equal; tube of corolla
half longer than the calyx; pedicels axillary. Augu
posite, oblong-spathulate, entire, acuminated. A. lft.’
&c., 1832. (S. B. F. G., ser. ii., 181.) oe
CALOPHYLLUM (from kalos, beautiful, and phyllon,
a leaf; the leaves are large, of a beautiful green, and ele-
gantly veined). Orp. Guttiferæ. Fine stove evergreen
trees. Flowers disposed in axillary racemes. Leaves
furnished with numerous transverse, parallel nerves. They
thrive in a compost of loam, sand, and peat. Cuttings
of half-ripened shoots will root in sand, if placed under a
‘glass, in bottom heat. ae :
icels coimp
246 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, >
Calophyllum—continued. Calopogon—continued.
ig i -A bh yp geep tet face | Orchidee. Very pretty, hardy, tuberous-rooted orchids, 7
; mes lateral, very short. d en. l ate or . . ‘ BRE -i
oblong, obtuse’ or pdr Mntd h. 30ft. Wet Indies, &c., 1780, admirably suited for a good shady position at the foot of
C. inophyllum (fibrous-leayed). fl. snow-white, sweet-scented, the rockwork, or for an open situation in a hardy fernery.
iooni racemose; racemes axillary ; peduncles one-flowered, Propagated by offsets, taken from the tuberous roots; but
> Fig. 330, CALODENDRON CAPENSIS. i
pronlly ~ eget Rag faim the pa ay walnut. 1, oblong | this method of increase is very uncertain. Perhaps the
t ob A cogs Old World, 1793," Pea paa p peana round. | only species in cultivation is the following :
PEA ; FE p | C. pulchellus (beautiful).* fl. purple, with a very pretty pale
CALOPOGON (from kalos, beautiful, and | yellow beard or tuft of hairs growing from the lip ; two or three to
ie a ‘ -PO & a plant, Late summer. J. few, radical, grass-like. A. 14ft. North
jeard; tm "eference to the fringe on the lip). Onp. | America, 1791. SYN. Limodorum tuberosum. (S. B F. G, 115.)
a AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 247
~ CALOSANTHES INDICA. A synonym of Orany-
lum indicum.
CALOSCORDUM (from kalos, beautiful, and skoro-
don, garlic). ORD. Liliacee. A genus of half-hardy bulbs,
allied to Allium, but now referred to Nothoscordum. For
culture, see Calochortus.
C. nerineflorum (Nerine-flowered).* fi. rose; umbels about
twelve-flowered ; spathe one-valved. June and July. J, narrow,
semi-terete, channelled above. h. 6in. Chusan, 1843. (B. R.
CALOSTEMMA (from kalos, beautiful, and stemma,
2 a crown). ORD. Amaryllidacee. Handsome greenhouse
bulbous plants, natives of New Holland. Flowers funnel-
shaped, irregular; perianth with the orifice surmounted by
a corona; stamens erect, united by their dilated bases;
ovary three-celled, many-seeded. Leaves linear-lorate.
C. album (white). f. white. May. l _ acute, 3in. to Sin.
long, 2in. to 3in. broad. h. lft. 1824.
UL strap-shaped,
C, luteum (yellow). fl. yellow. onde,
narrow. h. lft. 1819. (B. M. 2101.)
c. y am eon tf ji. Perle. ademas l. like those of
~~ CALOTHAMNUS eat ‘aids beautiful, and tham-
nos, a shrub; in reference to the elegance of the shrubs,
from their scarlet flowers and terete leaves). ORD. Myr-
taceœ. Greenhouse evergreen shrubs. Flowers scarlet,
axillary and solitary, sessile. Leaves red, crowded,
terete. They require much the san ture as Calli-
stemon. Cuttings of young wood, firm at the base, will
root in sand, if covered by a hand glass, which requires
to be occasionally ko off and wiped, to prevent damp.
uadrifidus © cleft), fl, scarlet, r ngat E secund ;
C.
buniies of stamens r, distinct, è
well as the flowers). h. 2ft. to aft.
.)
v uly.
ual, gg ey s (as
West — hs.
C. villosa (villous),
equal, distinct. July to September. i. villons ta well as the
‘ . fruit). h. 2ft. to 4ft. West Australia, 1823. (B. R. 1099.)
eS CALOTIS (from kalos, beantiful, and ous, tous an ear;
i in reference to the chaffy scales of the pappus, or seed-
j Senha to Bellium. ORD. Composite. Greenhouse
E y herbaceous perennials, rarely annuals," all
; w natives of Anstralia. Receptacle naked; involucre nearly
many-leaved, in a single or double row. They may
- be grown su in any garden soil. Pro-
a pagated by divisions of the root.
$ cuneifolia * heads solitary,
Ng. See by eara ey terminal,
~~ Greenhouse herbaceous perennial. (B. R. 504.)
CALO PIS (from kalos, beautiful, and tropis, a
keel; literally “beautifully twisted,” apparently in refe-
rence to the corolla of C. gigantea). ORD: Asclepiadee.
A genus of stove evergreen shrubs, or small trees. The
three species bear large Handsome flowers, in interpetiolar
umbels. They thrive best in a mixture of „Joam, sand, and
peat, Young cuttings, thinly dibbled in a pot of sand,
strike root freely under a hand glass, in heat. Care must
be taken that they do not receive an excess of moisture, or
they will a z
Cc. antic)” very handsome, a mixture of rose
and © wn a ma shorter than the gynostegium obtuse, cir-
cinately Peurvad: at the base; umbels sometimes, though rarely,
3 com aes surroun by several involucral scales, Jt L de-
i cussa' ig! foo oath Bi rded on the upper side at the
ii ae ia 2 ‘with woolly down on the under side, 4in. to 6in.
reg apie 3in. broad. A. 6ft. to 15ft. India, &., 1690. (B. R.
c. procera (tall). -Jt while: petals s reading, marked at the top
le spot. blong, on short petioles,
whitign fom yoo wool. ey, 6ft. pai 1714. E R. 1792.)
a See Kopsia. ;
i CALTHA (a nynoope of kalathos, a goblet; in allusion
to the form the perianth, which may be likened to
a. golden cup). Marsh Marigold. Orv. Ranunculacee.
Hardy herbaceous perennials, of easy culture on the margin
of a piece of water, or in a m a es
os where their showy ms look very brilliant,
r i
w
Jl. scarlet, quinguefid ; Wando of stamens |
Caltha—continued.
Propagation is readily effected by dividing the roots, in
early spring, or in summer after flowering. *
C. leptosepala (slender-sepaled).* fl. pure white, one to two u
erect, scape- =o peduncles. May, June, l, radical, cordate, the
margins nearly entire, or sometimes crenate. A, Lt North-
western America, 1827. (H. F. B. A. 1, 49, .)
Fic. 331. CALTHA PALUSTRIS MONSTROSA PLENA,
palustris (marsh).* jl. golden-coloured, large; peduncles fur-
Clee Sota L cordate, somewhat orbicular, round] -crenate,
with rounded Sariolaa Stems dichotomous, erect. A. lft. Great
Britain. (Sy. En. B. 40.) The double forms of this species, under
the names of nana plena and monstrosa plena Fig. 331)
are excellent. plants, and, though growing best mn the he Hnr oiiato
. vicinity of water, and most appropriate or rough scenery, ae
like the type, do very well in ordinary well-enriched soil. A
variety named purpurascens, from Southern Europe,
showy, more erect, and vues the shoots and Batina
purplish.
C. p. biflora (two-flowered), A twin- Rivero wi of C. palus-
tris. North America, 1827. This is not quite so tall as the type,
and the flowers are rather larger.
Cc. parnassifolia Eaman: men: yellow, on e
Sakk a uncles, April, ma. S co te-ovate,
h. 3in. to aa North America, 18 *
ht yellow, several in small cyme.
“xo, May. May. l. reniforn T eniform cordate, te, sharply cronate-serrate, spread-
CALTROPS. S See peal ey
_ CALTROPS, WATER. See Trapa natans.
CALUMBA, FALSE. See Coscinium fenes-
CALUMBA ROOT. See Jateorrhiza ba.
CALUMBA WOOD. See Coscinium tum.
CALYCANTHACEÆ. A natural order of shrubs,
with square stems, having four woody axes surrounding the
central one. Flowers solitary, lurid; calyx of numerous
coloured sepals compounded with the petals. Leaves oppo-
site, entire, exstipulate. The two genera known are Caly-
canthus and Chimonanthus.
CALYCANTHUS (from kalyz, EDS a calyx, and
anthos, a flower; in reference to the calyx being coloured,
and appearing like a corolla). Allspice. Orp. Calycan-
thacew, A genus of hardy, deciduous, North American —
shrubs. Flowers lurid purple, axillary, and terminal,
stalked, sweet-scented ; stamens numerous. Leay Sia
site, oval or ovate-lanceolate, entire, generally ao
the surface; sweet-scented, All are handsome and well
worth growing. They thrive best in a peaty compost, but
grow freely i in almost any soil. Increased by layers, put
down in the summer; or by seed, sown as soon as ripe, or
in spring, in a cold frame.
C. floridus (Floridan).* Carolina Allspice. fl. with a sweet
apple scent. ( May. ovate, downy y beneath; as well as the
bennie. Branches n; roots smell
of camphor. A. rk Carolina, 1726. See Fig.
B. M 403) There are several varieties of this species.
248
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Calycanthus—continued.
Fig. 332. FLOWERING BRANCH OF CALYCANTHUS FLORIDUS.
©. glaucus (glaucous).* fl. lurid purple, not strongly scented.
May. l. ovate-lanceolate, acuminated, glaucous and pubescent
beneath. A. 4ft. to 6ft. Carolina, 1726. Syn. C. fertilis. (B. R.
ao) C. oblongifolius is a variety with ovate-lanceolate elongated
eaves,
4 *
“a Fig. 333. FL ING BRANCH OF CALYCANTHUS LEVIGATUS,
. levigatus sm ved), * i .
thin, either Ane or sp J. lurid purple. May. Z. oblong,
| nted
ormela ao; op barh aidsa, ot ather pale Beneit.. Branches
. h. 3ft. to 6ft. Moun
See Fig. 333. (B. R. 481.) of P lvania, &e.,
Meecrovay: Hus (large-leaved). A’ garden synonym of C. occi-
C. occidentalis rn).* fl. brick-red, sweet i
ĝin. across, each petal about Žin. long and żin. aeey nE
October. 1, oblong or ovate-cordate, acuminate, slightly pubes-
cent on the veins only beneath. A. 6ft. to 12ft. California, 1831.
' In California, this is called the Sweet-scented Shrub. Syn.
ae ane iphyllus, of gardens, (B. M. 4808.
ai CALYCIFLORÆ. „A sub-division of dicotyledonous
lants, having the stamens inserted on the calyx or disk.
CALYCIFORM. Formed like a calyx.
`> CALYCINE. Of, or belonging to, the calyx.
CALYCOPHYLLUM (from kalyz, a calyx, and
phyllon, a leaf; in allusion to one of the teeth of the calyx
being expanded into a large petiolate coloured leaf), ORD.
Rubiacew. Stove evergreen shrubs, requiring a compost of
loam, peat, and a little sand and charcoal. Cuttings of
half ripe shoots. will root in sand if placed under a bell
glass, in bottom heat.
C. candidissimum (whitest).* 7., corolla white, campanulate,
with a bearded throat, three together, the middle one Rearing a
etiolate leaf, but the two lateral ones naked; corymbs terminal.
fon bluntly acuminated, 2in. to 3in. long. h. 30ft. Cuba,
CALYCOTOME (from kalyz, kalykos, calyx, and tome,
a section; lips of calyx fall off). ORD. Leguminosae, A
small genus of hardy, divaricately-branched, spiny shrubs,
formerly inclided as a section of Cytisus. Flowers yellow,
disposed in short branched leafy fasicles. For culture,
see Cytisus. > = ihe
C. spinosa (spiny). fl. yellow. June and July. l., leaflets obovate-
oblong. Branches angular, spiny. h. 5ft. to 6ft. Genoa, Cor-
sica, &c., 1846. (B. R. 55.) j
CALYCULATE. Having bracts so placed as to
resemble an external or additional calyx.
+ CALYMMODON. See Polypodium.. he
CALYPSO (from the beautiful nymph, Calypso, or
from Greek kalypto, to’ conceal; in reference to its place
of growth), Orp. Orchidee. An elegant terrestrial
monotypic genus. It thrives well in half-shady spots on
the margins of a rock garden or artificial: bog, in a light,
moist, vegetable soil, composed of peat, leaf soil, and
sand, mulched with cocoa-nut fibre refuse in
` wintex. - Propagated by offsets. -`
C. borealis (Northern).* fl. solitary, delicate rose and
brown, with a yellow crest on the lip; labellum longer
than the sepals, the lateral lobes cohering in thei
upper part over the saccate central one, which.
usually bifid at the tip, resemblin ose of a Cypri-
ium. Summer. J. solitary, thin, many-nerved, |
ovate or cordate. - Stems usually thickening into psendo-
bulbs. A. 1ft. High latitudes of Northern hemisphere,
1820, (B. M. 2763.) %
CALYPTRA. Literally an extinguisher; ap-
CALYPTRANTHES (from kalyptra, a
covering, and anthos, a flower; in allusion to the
operculum of the flower). ORD. Myrtacew. Strong-
growing stove evergreen shrubs or small trees.
Peduncles axillary, many-flowered. Leaves feather-
veined. They are of easy culture, in a compost
of loam and peat, and may be propagated by
layers, or by cuttings, placed in heat. a S
C. Chytraculia (Chytraculia). jl. white, small, glome-
a1
the apex, st labrous. t h. ami ATT.
pex, sefia, garrons el Me
(N. S. 1, 26.) ME T a ;
C. S um (Syzygium). vhite, on sl paticds:
e ed ph , tric Juš, ny fort d. “May _
to July. E ovate, obtuse, sti —— S es
GALYPTRARIA, Se Contronia.
‘Resembling an extinguisher. |
CALYPTRATE. Re bling ; “
CALYPTRIFORM. Shaped like an extinguisher.
CALYPTRION. See Corynostylis.
CALYPTROCALYE (from kalyptra, an extinguisher, .
and kaly, a calyx, in allusion to the form of the outer’ "
perianth segments). ORD. Palmee. A monotypic genus
of stove palms. For culture, see Calamus.
C. spicatus (spiked). j, spadices elongated, spicate, leafy at
base; spathe opening longitudinally. l. terminal, pinnatisect ;
segments reduplicate, linear, acuminate, bifid at the apon;
etiole fibrous at the base. Caudex finally smooth. h.
Syys. Areca and Pinanga globosa.
6
oluccas.
+
plied to the hood which covers the theca in mosses. ©
rate; peduncles axillary and terminal, trichot “ag!
panicled, and are, as well as the flowers, clothed ith z
rufous velvety down. *March. l. ovate,
ee
_—
AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE.
249
hate (from kalyptra, an extinguisher,
and gyne, a woman—pistil—in allusion to the form of the
pistil). Including Calyptronoma. ORD. Palmee. A small
genus comprising five species of handsome stove palms,
allied to Geonoma (which see for cultivation). —
C. Ghiesbreghtiana (Ghiesbreght’s). fl., peduncles erect, over-
topping the leaves, bearing a single cylindrical, undivided spadix,
Qin. to 12in. in length. Z. pinnate, 2ft. to 5ft. long; pinnze opposite
or alternate, sessile, of unequal breadth, the narrower ones one to
two-nerved, the broader ones six to ten-nerved, usually from six to
twelve on each side of the rachis ; the intervals between the pinnæ
vary from lin. to 2in. ; petiole broadly sheathing at the base, from
a few inches to 1}ft. long. Stem short or absent. Mexico. A very
elegant dwarf-growing species. SYNS. Geonoma Ghiesbreghtiana,
G. magnifica and G. Verschaffeltti, (B. M. 5782.)
C. dahurica Dahurian).*- Jia corolla of a rosy-purple; sepals
lanceolate, acute, the two outer ones broadest; peduncles tetra-
gonal, tomentose ; bracts broad-ovate, acute, longer than the
E calyx. July.“ l. glabrous hairy, oblong-cordate, having the
$ ss a and nerves on the we wie tomentose. Dahuria, 1826.
4 @. . 2609.)
©: inflata (inflated). Synonymous with C. sepium incarnata.
a
TA
Fig. 334. FLOWERING BRANCH OF CALYSTEGIA PUBESCENS
es FLORE-PLENO. .
- Summer and
See Fig. 334. i i
e). Common Bindweed. fi. white, sometimes
with red; peduncles tetragonal, buf ing the petioles ;
bracts cordate, keeled, acute, longer than the calyx, but one-h:
shorter than the corolla. Summer. 1, sagittate or te, very
lobes obtuse, or truncate, ent A
troublesome weed. (Sy. En. B. 924.) *
à Calystegia—continued.
= incarnata, with rose-coloured flowers. North America. SYN
C. inflata. (B. M. 732.) è
C. Soldanella (Soldanella-like).* ale red, with five longi-
tudinal, yellowish plaits, large ; uncles angular, angles winged;
bracts large, ovate, blunt, mucronate, generally shorter than the
calyx. June. J. rather fleshy, reniform, entire, or a little angular.
Sea-shores, Britain. This pretty species can only be grown with
success in a very sandy soil. (Sy. En. B. 925.)
CALYTHRIX (from kalyz, a calyx, and thriz, a hair ;
in reference to the lobes of the calyx, which each end ina
long hair). ORD. Myrtacew. A genus of very pretty and
interesting greenhouse Heath-like shrubs, natives of Aus-
tralia. Flowers small; bracteoles two under each flower;
they are either free or joined together at the base, some-
times in the form of an operculum. Leaves scattered,
crowded, opposite, full of dots, axillary, solitary, almost
sessile. They grow well in a mixture of loam, peat, and
sand, with good drainage and firm potting. Cuttings,
made from young, shoots, will root in April or y i
placed in sand, under a bell glass, in ® cool housi
C. ericoides (Heath-like). A synonym of C. tetragona. —
Cc. glabra (glabrous). A synonym of C. tetragona.
C.. tetragona (tetragonal).* fl. white; bracts one-half shorter
than the tube of the calyx. J. scattered, petiolate, glabrous ;
stipules deciduous, te 2ft. 1825. SYNS. C. ericoides, & glabra.
(B. R. 409.) $
C. angulata, aurea, and breviseta are other species which have
been introduced, but are not worth house room when that described
above is grown.
CALYX. The external whorl of floral leaves.
CAMARIDIUM (from kamara, an arched roof; in
reference to the arched tip of the stigma). ORD. Orchidee.
A pretty stove orchid, allied to Cymbidium. It thrives
best if grown in a shallow basket, or raised above the
surface of the pots with sphagnum and broken. pots.
Cc. ochroleucum (yellowish-white).* jl. yellowish - white.
July. J. ligulate. Pseudo-bulbs oblong, compressed, smooth.
Mial Trinidad, 1823. Syn. Cym ochroleucum. (B, M.
CAMAROTIS. See Sarcochilus.
250
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Camassia—continued.
Leaves narrow, about 1ft. long, grooved down the inside.
They thrive best in a sheltered, partially-shaded situation,
but will do fairly well in almost any ordinary good garden
soil. A compost of loam and leaf mould, with a liberal
mixture of sharp sand, suits them best. They need not
be disturbed for several years; but a top-dressing of rich
soil or well-rotted manure may be given yearly. Propa-
gated by offsets and seeds. The plants are so hardy that
they ripen seeds in warm situations. These may be sown
as soon as ripe, or the following spring, either in a warm
situation out of doors, or in pots or boxes, under glass. The
young plants make rapid progress, and should remain for
at least two years in the see beds. The best time for
final transplanting is in February. Offsets are produced
very freely, and should be removed either when in a dor-
mant condition, or just previously to starting into fresh
growth, and arranged in clumps or lines, placing a little
sand about them. , ,
C. e enta (edible).* Jl. blue, about 2in. across ; raceme loose,
ten to twenty-flowered, borne on stout scapes; perianth six-
cleft, the five upper segments close together, the sixth standing
by itself, Summer. 1, linear, about lft. high. Columbia, &c.,
1837. The colour of the flowers varies from a deep blue to nearly
white. See Fig. 335. (B. R. 1486.) The white-flowered form is
Pigg in B. M. 2774, under the name of Scilla esculenta flore
C. e. Leichtlini (Leichtlin’s).* Jl. creamy-white, larger than
those of the type, with more numerous nerves in the keel of
the segments of the perianth; racemes longer, and sometimes
compound, Spring. Ah. 2ft. Columbia, 1853. This also differs
-from the type in its more robust habit and broader leaves.
Syn. Chlorogalum Leichtlini. (B. M. 6287.)
C. Fraseri (Fraser’s).* A pale blue, smaller than those of
C. esculenta ; pedicels and scape much more slender. J, narrow,
acute; capsule more acutely angled. h. lft. Eastern States of
North America. A smaller and more slender plant. (B. M. 1574,
as Scilla esculenta.)
CAMBESSEDESIA (named after James Cambessedes,
coadjutor of Auguste St. Hilaire, in his “Flora Brasiliæ
Meridionalis,” and author of several ‘botanical memoirs).
ORD. Melastomacee. A genus of elegant, erect, or ascend-
ing, dichotomously branched stove shrubs or herbaceous
plants. Flowers terminal and axillary, in paniculate
cymes; petals five, obovate; calyx bell-shaped. Leaves
sessile, opposite or verticillate, obovate, oblong or linear.
They thrive best in a compost of peat and sand. Propa-
gated by half-ripened cuttings, which root freely in a
similar mixturde if placed in heat and under a hand
glass. There are about eight species known to science,
but probably that mentioned below is the only. one in
cultivation.
C. paraguayensis (Paraguay). 7. rose-red, Zin. in diameter, in
terminal corymbose, glandular, hairy panicles. July. 2. nearly
_ lin, long, sessile, o¥ate, acute, three-nerved, pale green, with
ciliate margins. Stem annual, herbaceous, leafy. A. 10in.
1gin. 1880. (B. M. 6604.)
f The formative fluid found between the
FRUIT. See Eugenia.
(named in honour of George Joseph
Moravian Jesuit and gion in
the plants of the Isle of Luzon,
tiia
of these beautiful plants, a good deal of disappointmen:
be avoided, and a regular succession of Diets obtained
from October till the following July. The fact of the buds
frequently dropping off, deters many would-be growers from
attempting the culture of the Camellia. Dryness of the
p , and want of water at the roots, are generally
the primary causes of failure; the remedy for these evils,
~ OÊ course, rests with the cultivator. The roots are apt to
ER
Camellia—continued.
get matted together, compressing the earth around them
into a hard ball, impervions to water; hence attention is
necessary to see that the water -poured into the pot
thoroughly moistens all the soil. In order to form hand-
some plants, they should be trained with single stems to
rods, and pruned, so as to make them throw out side
branches from every part of the stem; they must not be
placed too close to each other.on the stage, or when planted
out. A liberal supply of water is always necessary, but
especially so during the flowering period. Plants that are
required to flower early’may remain in the warm house till
they commence to blossom, whén they should be removed
to a cold place, such as the back of a greenhouse, giving
them plenty of light. Those kept ina hothouse or vinery
during summer, will flower in the beginning or middle of
October; and a large plant, having from fifty to one
hundred buds, will continue in flower till the month of”
January. Those that are removed early, will blossom in
January, and so succeed the others. The plants that have
finished flowering should be brought back to the hothouse,
where they will begin to make new wood, and be ready to
come in succession next season. By thus shifting the
plants from a warm to a cold situation, a regular succes-
sion will be secured from October to July. ‘The soil
should’ be kept constantly moist, and in the summer
months. the leaves occasionally syringed. Camellias
flower best when kept in small pots or tubs. In order to
raise and exhibit these handsome plants to the best ad-
vantage, they should be grown in a separate house, of
ample height, as they never look so well as when 6ft. or
8ft. high, trained in a conical form, with branches from
the root upwards; and the plants should be raised near to
the glass on a movable stage, which should be lowered as
they grow. In summer, they may either be placed in the
open air in a sheltered spot, or the glass roof of the house
can be taken off. The hardier sorts, such as the Double-
red, Blush, and Pxony-flowered, succeedvin the bed-om— ="
border of a conservatory, if the roof can be taken off in
summer, so as to admit air. If this cannot be managed,
they are better grown in portable pots or boxes. The most
suitable time for shifting Camellias is directly after flower-
ing; they should then be put into a vinery or hothouse,
where there is a little heat; or the warmest part of a gréen- _
house. They will soon begin to make new wood, where
they should be allowed to remain, amply supplied with
water, till they form their flower buds, at the extremity and
sides of the young growth. A few should then be removed
to a cold place, and shaded during strong sunshine. Ina
few weeks afterwards, others may also be transferred, 80 —
as to have a regular succession of flowering plants."
Propagation. The red Camellias are i
e
red Camellia being raised by either cuttings, or
seeds, This latter forms suitable stocks on which to mare!
or graft the rarer kinds. The ripened shoots of the pre-
ceding summer should be taken Off in August, cutting them
smoothly at a joint or bud. Two or three of the lower
leaves should be taken off, and the cuttings planted firmly ~
in the soil with a dibble. Some growers use peat earth and
sand to strike in, while" others prefer a loom mixed with
sand and peat. The pans contaimuin; the cuttings should be —
kept in a plant,or cold frame, without being covered with
glasses, but shaded during powerful sunshine. In the
following” spring, such as have struck will begin to push,
‘when they need to be placed in a gentle heat. The fol-
lowing 3 or October, the rooted plants will be fit
to pot off, aid in the second or third spring they may be -
used as stocks. Inarching or grafting is done in early
spring, as soon as growth commences. When this process
is completed, care must be taken to fix the pot containing
the stock so that it may not be disturbed during the con-
nection of the scion with the parent plant. The grafting —
being clayed over, is then covered with moss, to prevent it8 =.
cracking. When independent grafting is resorted to, the
*
enact’ ic 4 y
gated by layers, but cuttings will also suc ngs, hay sir ee
4
AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 251
Camellia—continued. zi,
mode called “ side grafting” is generally employed, as in
the care of Orange-trees ; but the operation of tongueing is
generally omitted, as tending to weaken the stock. Liquid
or other manure is not required; nor is it desirable to apply
it, as it often, sooner or later, causes the destruction of
the plants. . As a rule, insects do not trouble this class of
plants; but seale will sometimes appear, and can easily be
removed by hand. Thrips occasionally put in an appear-
ance, but a little smoke will quickly get rid of them.
C. euryoides (Eurya-like). fl white; peduncles lateral, one-
flowered, scaly. May to July. l. ovate-lanceolate, acuminate,
serrated, silky beneath. Branches hairy. h. 4ft. China, 1822.
(B. R. 983.)
F10. 336, FLOWERING BRANCH OF CAMELLIA JAPONICA.
C. japonia (Japanese).* Common Camellia. fs various]
coloured, axillary, sessile. Z. ovate, acuminate, acutely serrat:
h. 20ft, Japan and China, 1739. The innumerable hybrids are
_ chiefly the offspring of this species. See Fig. 336.
Camellia—continued.
C. j. anemonzeflora (Anemone-flowered), All, or nearly all, the
stamens, &c., in this variety are transformed into small petaloid
bodies, and the flower has the general aspect of a double
Anemone. See Fig. 337. (B. M. 1654.)
Fig. 338. FLOWER OF CAMELLIA OLEIFERA.
C. oleifera (oil-yielding).* jl. white, very numerous, fragrant,
solitary. November. 1. elliptic-oblong, acute, serrated, coriaceous,
shining. h. 6ft. to 8ft. China, 1820, See Fig. 538. (B. R. 942.)
C. reticulata (netted-leaved). fl. bright rose, large, semi-double.
l. oblong, acuminated, serrated, flat, reticulated. #. 10ft. China,
1824. There is a form of this species with full double flowers.
C. theifera (Tea-bearing). jl. white, spreading, of five sepals
and five petals, axillary. November to spring. J. eliptical-
oblong, obtuse, serrated, more than twice as long as broad, dark
green. h. 2ft. to 6ft. China, Japan, and India, 1780. This
species varies very considerably. In different countries, it has
become modified by cultivation. The Green and Black Teas,
formerly supposed to be produced by different species, are obtained
from the same bushes, but subjected to different processes.
Less-known species are: drupifera, lanceolata, roseflora,
and Sasanqua.
The true species are rarely seen in cultivation. The
following is a selection of the best forms of O. japonica ;
the list is a limited one, and is capable of great extension:
ALBA PLENA,* double white; ARCHIDUCHESSE AUGUSTA, petals
deep red, veined with blue, a white band; ARCHIDUCHESSE
MARIE,* flowers bright red, banded with white, imbricated ;
AUGUSTE DELFOSSE, bright reddish-orange, stripes down the
centre of petals; AUGUSTINA SUPERBA,* flowers clear rose, free
bloomer; BEALII ROSEA, one of the best and latest deep crimson
varieties known; BICOLOR DE LA REINE, white and rose; Bono-
MIANA,* ground colour white, banded with intense deep red;
CARYOPHYLLOIDES,* white, marbled with rosy-carmine, flowers
very large; CHANDLERII ELEGANS,* flowers large, light rose ;
COMTE DE GOMER,* petals soft rose, striped with crimson, beauti-
fully imbricated; COMTE DE PARIS, rich pink, e and full;
CONTESSA LAVINIA MAGGI, pure white, broadly flamed with
rosy-cerise ; CONTESSA LAVINIA MAGGI SEA; flowers rich
rosy-red, fine form, a superb variety; CORRADINO, rose, veined
with salmon, centre delicate blush pink; COUNTESS OF DERBY,*
beautifully imbricated, white, striped with rose; COUNTESS OF
ELLESMERE,* colour varying from pure white,to flesh, streaked
with carnation; COUNTESS OF ORKNEY, pure white, striped with
carmine, sometimes pink, shaded, with j rose;. CUP OF
BEAUTY,* pure white and rose, a beautifu mbricated flower ;
Davin Boscui, clear pink, shaded. with deep rose; DE LA
REINE, petals white, striped with carmine ; DONCKELAARII,* large”
flowers, semi-double, rich crimson, marbled white; DUCHESSE DE
NASSAU,* flowers light pink, very large, and of creo he form ;
DUCHESS OF BERRY, pure white, and cupped, beautifully imbri-
cated, one of the most beautiful of all the double whites;
EMPEROR OF Russia, large crimson; FANNY Bots, whi
striped and splashed with deep crimson ; FIMBRIATA ALBA,
similar to Alba plena, outer petals notched at the edges ;
GENERAL CIALDINI, beautifully imbricated, bright carmine,
with red ; HENRI FAVRE, flowers rosy-salmon, finely imbricated ;
Hovey, C. H.,* bright crimson, well imbricated ; Hovey, C. M.,*
deep velvety crimson, darkly shaded, very distinct; HovEY, Mrs.,*
delicate pink, yery smooth in outline, medium size; IL CYGNO,
flowers pure white, petals Ranunculi-formed and imbricated ;
IL 22 Marzo, clear rose, the petals sometimes banded with
white ; IMBRICATA, deep carmine, occasionally variegated ; JARDIN
D'HIVER, a fine variety, flowers beautifully imbricated, colour
252 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
| Camellia—continued. a Camellia— continued. ©
bright rose: JEFFERSONII, fine crimson; JENNY LIND,* flowers LEON LEGUAY, rich crimson; MADAME AMBROISE VERSCHAF-
imbricated to the extreme centre, broad, and of substance, FELT,* white, shaded with blush, and dotted with red ; MADAME
white, striped and marbled with rose; JUBILEE,* flowers very LEBOIS, bright rose, finely imbricated, and of good form; MATHO-
1. C., lactiflora. 2. C. rotundifolia Hostii. 3. C. carpathica turbinata. 4. C. carpathica alba,
Fic. 339. GROUP OF CAMPANULAS.
with broad, round, imbricated petals, white, marbled TIANA,* flowers brilliant red, and beautifully imbricated, extra
_with rose, centre pure white; LADY HUME’s BLUSH,* flowers fine; MATHOTIANA ALBA, flowers large, finely imbricated to the
_ ‘ flesh-colour, and of excellent form; La MAESTOSA, rose, mottled centre, pure white ; MONTIRONI,* a fine pure white fræi MRS.
white; LEEANA SUPERBA, flowers salmon-red, very fine; ABBEY WILDER, ivory-white, striped with rose, well im
> d i m = $
w
= cultivated as these. :
grown with the greatest success in
AN ENCYCLOPZDIA OF HORTICULTURE.
253
Camellia—continued. ; ‘
Mrs. COPE,* white, delicately shaded with pink, and striped
with rose; Mrs. DOMBRAIN,* shape and substance excellent,
colour beautiful soft pink; NAPOLEON III., flowers rose, beauti-
fully veined with deep rose, and edged with pure white ; PRINCE
ALBERT, white, beautifully flaked with carmine; PRINCESS
BaccioccHl,* rich velvety carmine; PRINCESS FREDERICK
WILLIAM,* flowers white, tipped with bright carmine ; QUEEN OF
Roses, flowers delicate rose; REINE DES BEAUTES,* very delicate
clear rose, fine form, extra fine variety; REINE DES FLEURS,*
finely imbricated, petals of good substance and perfect symmetry,
colour vermilion-red, fiaked occasionally with white; RUBENS,
deep rose-white stripes ; SACCOIANA,* a finely imbricated flower,
colour very variable, occasionally clear rose, at other times spotted
with pure white; SARAH FROST, flowers bright red; SToRYI,
outer petals bright rose, centre almost white ; TARGIONI, flowers
beautifully imbricated, pure white, striped with cerise ; TEUTONIA,
flowers sometimes red, at other times white, but occasionally half
redand half white; THOMAS MOORE,* flowers 44in. across, per-
fectly round, and well imbricated, petals also round, and well
filled up in the centre, colour rich carmine, shaded with crimson ;
TRICOLOR DE MATHOT, flowers red, marbled with white, semi-
double; TRICOLOR IMBRICATA PLENA, blush white, flaked with
carmine and rose; VALTEVAREDA, colour bright rosé, often
mackie with snowy white; WILDERI,* soft rose, of excellent
‘orm, ; i
OENSIA (named in honour of Luis Camoens, a
= — celebrated Portuguese poet). ORD. Leguminose. A genus
containing a couple of handsome species. O. mazima is
the largest-flowered leguminous plant known. It thrives
well in rich loam and leaf mould. Cuttings root in sandy
loam, in bottom heat, if placed under a bell glass. It has
not yet flowered in this country. The other species has
not been introduced. $
C. maxima (greatest).* fl. cream-colour, yellow, lft. long, in short
axillary racemes. Aaen 1078. (T.L. RA 25, 36.) S ‘
CAMOMILE. See Chamomile.
CAMPANEA (from campana, a bell; alluding to the
shape of the flowers). ORD. Gesneracew, Stove herbaceous
climbing perennials, the only one at present introduced
being C. grandiflora. For cultivation, see Gesnera.
C, grandiflora (large-flowered).* fl. in axillary tufts, at ends of
long, axillary, and terminal peduncles; corolla white, lined and
dotted with crimson. June. Jl. opposite, oval, acuminated,
oblique, soft, crenated, stalked. Plant hairy. h. 2ft. Santa Fé,
1 (R. H. 1849, 241.)
CAMPANULA (diminutive of campana, a bell; in refe-
rence to the shape of the flowers). Bell-flower; Slipperwort.
ORD. Campanulacee. A genus of mostly perennial—rarely
annual or biennial—herbs. Flowers blue or white, for the
most part pedunculate, usually racemose, rarely spicate or
glomerate. Radical leaves usually different in form from
the cauline ones, especially in size. All the species of this
genus are elegant when in flower (see Fig. 339), and are
very largely grown. The dwarf varieties make excellent
subjects for pot culture, rockeries, or the fronts of borders.
A rather rich sandy loam, with plenty of drainage, suits
these plants. The forms of C. pyramidalis may be kept
in cold frames during the winter, and firmly repotted in
summer, the crown of the plant being kept just a trifle
raised above the soil, or they are at times liable to damp
off, through the water lodging around the necks. During
hot weather, the pots should be plunged in a bed of ashes.
Campanulas are easily raised from seeds, which should
' be sown in spring.
As a rule, few plants are so easily
The strong-growing kinds may be
rdi garden soil,
well enriched with manure, while the alpine kinds are
easily managed on the rockery. Sow seeds of the annuals
in April, and of the biennials in June, in the open, or ina
cold frame. The perennials are chiefly propagated by
dividing the roots, or by young cuttings, in spring—the
latter is by far the best method of propagation with many
of the species—or by seeds, Those kinds requiring special
treatment are particularised, and those suitable to the
rockery are so ‘designated. Perennials, except where other-
wise mentioned. is
General Culture.
bluish, nearly erect, one on the i Sy
~ each romney oro ‘unnel-shaped. July. 1. slightly cilia’
a F
Campanula—continued. ; ‘
+ Tadical ones on = petioles, « te-spathulate, coarsely toothed
` at the apex; cauline ones sessile, obovate or linear, A. 6in.
Cau . Alpine. "
c
. Allionii np: jl. usually blue, rarely white, subnutant,
large, solitary. uly to September. Z, radical ones linear-
lanceolate, nearly entire, ciliated ; lower ones rosulate, bluntish.
Stem rather pilose. Root creeping. h. Zin. to 4in. Piedmontese
Alps, &ec., 1820. A little gem, requiring a well-drained position,
in rich sandy loam, with plenty of grit in it, and an abundance of
moisture when growing. Syns. C. alpestris and C, nana. (B.M.
_C, alpestris (rocky). A synonym of C. Allionii,
Cc. alpina (alpine).* 1. deep blue, few or numerous, scattered in a
yramidal manner along the whole stem. July. l. linear-lanceo-
te, repandly-crenate, woolly; radical ones crowded, narrowed at
the base. Stem glabrous or woolly. A. 3in. to 9in. Europe, 1779.
Rockery. (B. M. 957.)
C. americana (American). 7. erect, one to three from the axil of
each bract; corollas blue, a little longer than the calycine lobes.
July. ` l, radical ones rosulate, ovate, acute, a little cordate,
tiolate, serrated ; cauline ones ovate-lanceolate, acuminated at
th ends, serrulated. h. 3ft. to 6ft. North America, 1763.
Borders.
C. barbata (bearded).* f. nutant, disposed in a loose, often secund
raceme ; icels one-flowered, rising from the axils of the superior
leaves; corolla Bes blue or white (in the variety alba), glabrous
outside, but woolly in the mouth. June. l. villous, nearly entire ;
ical ones crowded, lanceolate; canline ones few, ligulate.
h. 6in. to 18in. European Alps, 1752. This is best page! on the
rockery. The white variety is very handsome. (B. M. 1258.) -
C. Barrelierii (Barrelier’s). A synonym of C. fragilis.
C. beto: folia (Betony-leaved).* fl. terminal and axillary,
the branchlets usually bearing three ; corollas purplish-blue, with
a pale yellow base, tubular. May. l eo eg tom J or ovate,
acute, crenate-toothed ; radical ones shortly petiolate. Stems
much branched. Plant pilose. A. 14ft. Mount Olym in
Bithynia, 1820. Borders. (S. F. G, 210.)
C. bononiensis (Bononian).* jl. bluish-violet, rather small,
numerous, disposed in long racemes. von l. serrulated, ovate,
acuminate, dark green above, pale beneath ; radical ones cordate,
er ati upper ones stem-clasping. k. 2ft. to 3ft, Europe, 1773.
orders, There is also a very showy white-flowered variety,
C. czspitosa (tufted).* fl. drooping, terminal, solitary, and
sometimes three to four at the ies Bay each stem; corollas deep
blue or pure white (in the variety alba). May to August. l, radical
ones crowded, on short petioles, ovate, glandularly toothed,
shining. Stems numerous, tufted. Root fibrous, creeping. h.
4in. to 6in. ‘Temperate parts of Runes, 1813. Rockery, delight-
ing in rich fibrous loam and leaf mo
nak termina :
l., lower ones on long petioles, ovate-roundish, cordate, toothed
- apper ones on short petioles, ovate, acute. Stems leafy, branched.
254
h. Qin.
(B. M. 117.)
s a Eos s go .
C. ©. alba (white)* A. quite white, otherwise like tie type. ` See
Fig. e . A a ~ b oa y ae Piss
Fic. 341. CAMPANULA CARPATHICA PELVIFORMIS,
Cc. c.
i
pelviformis (pelvis-formed).* fl. lilac, nearly 2in. across,
numerously produced in lax panicles on much-branched stems,
Qin. to 18in. Me: fragrant. August.
A distinct see
ing from C. c. turbinata. See Fig. 341. ~
Fic, 342. CAMPANULA CARPATHICA TURBINATA,
Cc. c. turbinata (top-shaped).*
corolla deep purple, campanulate.
greyish-green, toothed, an
tufts. Stems short, erect.
Summer.
_ ones oblong, sessile. A. 1ft.
C. caucasica
_ corollas glab
colour. July. L
tiolate ; u i lanceolate, sessile.
terete, scabrous, pilose. h. 6i
very pretty. „>
x
l. ovate, cordate,
toothed,
ji. nearly 2in. across, erect;
l. ovate, rigid,
ponten, with cordate bases, in stiff
. 6in. to 12in. Transylvania, 1868,
Borders or rockery. See Figs. 339 and 342. There is also a de-
sirable variety named pallida, with very pale purple flowers.
C. c. t, Hendersoni (Henderson’s). fl. rich mauve, in large pyra-
T midal racemes, rather open. July to September. l, lower ones cor-
E date, or ovate cordate, slightly crenulated, on long stalks ; upper
A r Very handsome hybrid for borders.
(Caucasian). fl. few, terminal and axillary, drooping ;
rous outside, but bearded inside, of a violaceous-blue
crenulated ; lower ones obovate, obtuse, pe-
S Stems erect, branched,
in. to 9in. Caucasus, 1804. Rockery ;
A synonym of C. lactiflora.
June. l. entire; čal ones te
ones ovate-oblong. Stems numerous, glab
h. 3in. Italy, &c., 1775. A rare little rockery
deep gritty loam and leaf soil, between stones,
C. Cervicaria. Throatworit,
terminal, round, bracteate. July. 1.
£
crenately serrated
obovate, obtuse ;
C. celtidifolia CNettle-tree-leaved),*
C. cenisia (Mont rate Jl. deep blue, solitary, terminal, erect.
cauline
rous, or slightly pilose.
em, requiring a
B F. P. 3, 6.)
J. blue, pilose outside; heads
; radical
ones linear-lanceolate, bluntish, on short petioles; cauline ones
linear-acuminated. Stem simple. h. lft. to 2ft.
of Europe, 1768. Biennial. Borders. (L. B. C. 452.)
Mountains
C. collina (hill).* . deep blue, funnel-shaped, few, secund, dis -
posed in a long raceme. July.
l., lower ones on long petioles,
_ ovate-oblong, crenulated ; middle ones lanceolate; upper ones
r-acuminated. Stems simple,
1803. Borders. (B. M. 927.)
rather pilose. h, lft. Caucasus,
= C. colorata (coloured). fl. purple; corolla tubular, velvety ;
= peduncles elongated, ‘termina and axillary. September.” y
Campanula—continued. :
scattered, lanceolate, acute, repandly denticulated. Stem
f lia sea downy. Sikkim Himalayas, 1849.. This requires frame
-~ „protection during winter. (B. M. 4555.
C. dichotoma (forked). fl. bluish-purple, with a paler tube,
drooping, terminal, solitary in the forks of the branches and
stem. July. /., cãuline ones ovate, acute, a little crenated. Stem
+ erect, with dichotomous branches. Plant clothed with stiff hairs.
h. aie South-western Europe, 1820. Annual. Borders. (S.F. G.
C. drabifolia (Draba-leaved). jl. pedicellate, opposite the
leaves ; corolla inflated, witha white tube and a violaceous-blue
limb. July. l. elli tic-oblong, toothed. Stem many times forked,
slightly erect. Plant hispid. h. 3in. Island of Samos, 1823.
Annual. Rockery. ` (S. F. G. 215.) i
C. Elatines (Elatine).* jl, scattered over the upper part of the
a sometimes racemose, and sometimes SLR, ;_ corollas
luish-purple. June to August. 7. cordate, coarsely and acutely
toothed, ovate-acute; lower ones roundish. Stem branched.
Plant downy. h. din. to 6in. Piedmont, 1823, Rockery. (A.F.P.3,7.)
C. Erinus (Erinus),* fl. terminal and axillary, situated in the —
angles of the forks of the branches ; corollas of a pale bluish-rose- pe
colour, or white, pilose at the base, tubular, May to August. ý
l. obovate or ovate, toothed. Stem much branched. Plant hispid.
h. šin. to 9in. Europe, 1768. Annual. Rockery. (S. F. G. 214.) ~~
C. excisa (excised). fl. drooping; stem one-flowered ; corollas blue,
funnel-shaped. June. J. entire, or remotely-denticulated, linear-
acuminated. Stems numerous, érect, slender, simple, naked at
top. h. 3in. to 6in. Switzerland and Transylvania, 1820. Rockery.
A rare species, requiring to be treated like cenisia. (L. B.C. 561.)
C. floribunda (many-flowered). A synonym of C. isophylla.~
4 ©. fragilis (fragile).* jl. clear
l lilac-purple, white in the centre,
solitary or in pairs, axillary, ~
erect, or nearly so, on spreading =~
branches. July and August. l, _
radical ones reniform, or roundish-
cordate, rather deeply lobed ; cau- —
line ones broadly-ovate, slightly
cordate, all stalked. A. 4in. to
6in. South Italy. Syn. C. Bar-
relierit. (B. M. 6504.)
mote
o E e -a ar A A A Ar S
; l, radical
ones reniform, on lon ioles; ~
Rockery, in rich
(B. R. 1768.)
C. glomerata (clustered).* £
sessile, disposed interminal heads
on the branches and stems ; co-
rollas bluish-vielet or white,
glabrous, except the nerves out-
side, funnel-shaped.. May to
September. l. serrulated ; radical
ones ovate, acute; bracts ovate,
flowered variety,
white-flowered form,
sirable. Thee; are
varieties oi i A
are frequently described as dis- —
tinct species. The following are- pe
among the number: eee?
Cervicaria-
cervicaroides ( T
© £5: ‘A. dluish-violet, termi
and ax . Lower leaves on
long petioles. Stem flexuous,
hairy. Į.
4 elliptica (elliptical). f.
bite ge capitate. l. on long
petioles, elliptic; bracts large,
often longer than the flowers.
"C. g. niczeensis (Nice). fl. bluish-
violet, disposed in short, dense
spikes. J. approximate, ovate,
acute, sessile.
C. g. pusilla (diminutive).* fl.
few, capitate. J. round, cordate.
h. lin, to 2in. In addition to
these, there arë aggregata and
numerous —
ies which
Fig, 343. FLOWER-SPIKE OF
CAMPANULA GLOMERATA,
speciosa (= dahurica). -The latter is an excellent variety, with
large heads of deep-coloured flowers.
G (large-flowered). See Platyeodon grandi-
florum, £ E
s pai
a
-AN ENCYCLOPA:DIA
255
a
OF HORTICULTURE. »
of the stem. . June. 7. sessile, lanceolate, serrated. Stem simple,
_ furrowed. ‘A. 1ft. to 2ft. Siberia, 1842. Borders. There ‘is also»
a very showy white-flowered variety named alba, j
C. haylodgensis (Hay Lodge). fl light big rather open, bell- `
shaped, few, he ends of the stems. Augntst. l, radical “ones
tufted, roundish-cordate, with the margins slightly indented ;
cauline ones ovate-cordate, conspicuously toothed, light green.
A, Gin. to 9in. Rockery. ‘This is a hybrid, raised by Mr. Anderson-
Henry, Hay Lodge, Edinburgh, probably between C, carpathica
and C. pusilla. ' a
C. hederacea (Ivy-like). See Wahlenbergia hederacea.
©. Hostii (Host’s).* A synonym of C., rotundifolia Hostii,
C. isophylla (equal-leaved).* yl. numerous, erect, disposed in a_
eorymb ; corolla lilac-blue, with a grey centre, large, salver-
be pte deeply five-lobed. August. J. broadly ovate, cor
and toothed, Stems firm. North, Italy, 1868. Borders and
rockery. SYN. C. floribunda. (B. M. 5745.) á
C.i. alba (white).* fl. pure white; in other respects like the-
+ _ Species. It is a charming rockery plant, flowering very.freely.
Yas : rin eam :
= a P Na r *
:
4 g
Fic. 344. FLOWERS OF CAMPANULA LACINIATA.
« ‘C. laciniata (cut-leaved). fl. long-stalked, in lax panicles. Stem
Lig MR Lo egg somewhat hairy. h, lft. Islands in Grecian
7 ripe » 1790. This biennial species is impatient of much
= moisture Ta printer, and is therefore best kept in a cold
ps ne. € . a y
C. la | (milk-coloured-flowered).* jl. in loose panicles ;
neles ere shor usually three-flowered ; corollas erect,
a C
Í
f
w fs
a ti with blue, or quite”blue, as in the variety
~ acutely serra
1814. Borders,
2ft. + Caucasus,
Fig. 339. (B. R. 241.)
ome
= lè
AA
ťia" e
a
EET
rflana (Tangsdorfts) A. blue, either solitary or
: + pe , :
Campanula—continued. ar T Sampan Sg ak z . 3
C. grandis (large), * “fl. pale violet-blue, broadly bell-shaped, with C. latifolia (broad-leav. . fl. disposed in icate racemes ;
large Pointed di Æ illary aadi temhate, on the upper part | peduncl ek i h blue, but sitere as white
? } ect, a
plin ‘the. y alba) campanulately fannel-shaped, large. July.
oaulize ones ge A ga nag 9 Stems simple,
_ L largë,
oblong;
‘ pee A . lft. to aft. Britain. (Sy. En. B. 868.) w
GL gfteondbe olly eens . „fl, tube of calyx very hispid.
` | less acuminated. Stem a t aves pilose and pale. Caucasus,
3823. Borders: « w gates yes
©. 1. macrantha (large-flowered).* "fl, corollas purplish-blue,
- larger than thosewfthe type. Stem and leaves rather pilose ;
_ teeth of leaves more distinct. A hybrid. Borders. pa
C. Locfflingii (Leeffling’s). ` fy solitary, terminating the naked
branchlets, loosely panicled, drooping; corolla blue or violaceous,
with a deeper-coloured zone
t
beneath. iddle, white at the
basé, both inside and out, funnel-shaped. July. l. crenulated ;
lower ones ovate-reniform ; superior ones ovate, stem-clasping.
* Stem much. branched. Annual.” h. 6in. to 18in, South-west
Europe, 1818. (B. R,-29, 19.) * ' =
| C: Loreyi (Lorey’s). A synonym of C. ramtosissima.
.C. lyrata (lyrate). «jl. disposed in a long, many-flowered, loose
raceme; corolla blue, tubular, with rather pilose, nerves. June.
T., lower ones petiolate, cordate, ovate; acute, crenated ; superior
ones sessile, ovate-lanceolate, ‘serrate-too
Eastern Europe, Levant, &c., 1823. Bo
è
ed. Stem branched.
7
*
s
“fife. 346: CAMPANULA MACROSTYLA.
C. macrostyla (large-styled). j. dull purple, reticulated with
violet, solitary, on stout stalks; hairy towards the base. July.
l., lower ones ovate-oblong, acute ; upper ones ovate-lanceolate,
recurved, small for the size of the plant, hispid on both surfaces,
and ciliated with bristles. A. 1ft. to 2ft. Taurus Mountains.
Annual. Borders. The rigid habit, bristly, almost prickly, stem
and leaves, curious calyx appendages, short gaping corolla, and
wonderful stigma, mark this as the most singular Campanula
hitherto introduced. See Fig. 346.
C. Medium (middle-sized).* Canterbury Bells, (7. numerous,
large; disposed in racemes; corolla blue, purple, and white, cam-
anulate, inflated, single and double. July. 2. sessile, ovate-
ceolate, crenately toothed. Stem erect, branched. A. lft.
to 4ft. South Europe, 1597. See Fig. 347. A well-known and —
very handsome biennial, of which there are. numerous ji :
Borders. oe b ee Be
C. muralis (wall).* A synonym of C. Pi lense
C., nana (dwarf). A synonym of C. Allionii, ne
C, nitida (shining).* f. blue or white, disposed in spicate racemes;
corolla campanulately rotate. Summer. Z. in rosettes, leathery,
very dark and shining green, oblong, ; cal ones
linear-lanceolate, almost entire. Stem simple. A. 3in. to Qin.
North America, 1731. Borders. There are also double blue and
white flowered forms of this species. SYN. C. planiflora.
crowded towards the ends of the
:
y
hlagiana. oe
in tew-flowered icles, not unlike those of C. rotundifolia.
er entire o _h. Sin. to 9in, Mountains of Northern
J ‘
C. patula (spreadi: . panicled, terminal, and axillary, | =
agong pedi large, Dat corollas blue or white, NNARRaR AIII
July. l, radical ones crowded, obovate, crenated ; «
*
256 THE DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING,
Campanula—continued. p me
s linear - lanceolate, sessile, nearly entire. Stems branched,
Branches-diverging. Europe. Borders. (Sy. En. B. 873.)
eS oe
Fic. 347. FLOWERING BRANCH OF CAMPANULA MEDIUM,
C. peregrina (foreign).* 1. disposed in a dense spicate raceme
sessile ; corollas of a «Violet colour at the lowe. not so deep in
funnel-s
the middle, and paler towards the margins, haped. July.
A crenated ; lower ones obovate; superior ones ovate, acute.
Stem a angular. h. 2ft. Mount Lebanon, 1794. Borders.
(B. M. 1257.)
folia (Peach-leaved).* fl. terminal and axillary, pedun-
culate, soli , inclined, racemose ; corollas blue and all the
intermediate shades to white, large, broadly campanulate. July.
E brous, stiff, crenulated; radical ones lanceolate-obovate ;
cauline ones linear-lanceolate. Stems eee h. 1ft. to 3ft.
*
Britain. (Sy. En. B. 871.) The forms of C. icefolia aré very
fumerous in gardens. The following are well worth growing:
alba, pure white, single-flowered; alba coronata, pure white,
semi-double ; alba ve og flowers very double and Camellia-like,
consti one of the best hardy flowers for cutting ; cærulea
coronata, in form like the white; c@rulea /l.-pl., flowers
semi-double. —
a single flower, A. 3in. to 6in. Mount Ol , 1820,
1 i ympus,
C. planifiora (fat-flowered). A synonym of C. nitida.
C. ortenschlag’s).* f. light blue-purple,
erect, or nearly so, ped, with spreading segments, several
at the ends of ‘shoots, and one or two fn the upper axils.
June, July. l, radical ‘ones broadly reniform, conspicuously but
irregular] toothed, oñ long slender petioles ; whem ones panting
from reniform to ovate. h, 6in. to on. South Europe. Rockery.
Syn. C. muralis. (B. R. 1995.) :
©. primulefolia (Primula-leaved). disposed in icate
raceme; corolla blue or purple, with whiten nir pokana
campanulately rotate, nearly glabrous. July. l unequally and
ly crenated ; radical ones lanceolate, bluntish; cauline ones
= acute. Stem hispid, simple. A. lft. to 3ft. Por-
tugal. ers.
(B. M. 4879.)
C. pulla (russet).* j. terminal, large for the size of the plant;
corollas violaceous-blue, campanulate. June. l. glabrous, crenu-
lately toothed; lower ones on short petioles, ovate-roundish ;
i ages — ae ovate, sone. a rarely pilose =
sandy peat and leaf soil. (L. B. C. 554)
C. pumila (dwarf). A synonym of C. pusilla.
= Campanula—continued.
R = aes
Fic. 348. UPPER PORTION OF FLOWERING STEM OF
CAMPANULA PUNCTATA,
C. punctata (dotted). f. whitish, spotted with red on the inner.
surface; large, pendulous. J. ovate-acute, somewhat crenate.
Stem simple, erect, few-flowered. A. lift. Siberia, Japan, &c.
Border perennial. See Fig. 348.
Cc. —- (small).* jl. axillary and terminal at the upper part of
the slender stems, pendulous, bell-shaped, passing from deep blue. ~
to white. July, August. l, radical ones tufted, broadly ovate
or roundish, slightly cordate, obtusely serrated, on petioles longer
than the laminw; cauline ones linear-lanceolate, distinctly
toothed, sessile. h. 4in. to 6in. Southern Europe. SYN.
N aonig (B. M. 512.) There is a pale-coloured variety named
ida, and a pure white variety named alba, both of which, as
well as the species, are most desirable for the embellishment of
He sg or for planting in sandy soil as a front line for a
Pay fe SPs
~~ ae? 2
: INS EN
AA
==
Fic. 349. cllipanets PYRAMIDALIS, showing Habit and Flower.
a s
+
AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE. a
‘ =
Campanula—continued. es Campanula—continued. 3 a
littl , req ni — hai gritty trachelioides ). © Sse band leaves, but
~ borelgon a against sl lu F, d'S: 1908. ) hren the idee caa mae white hairs.
C. Rapunculus (little turnip).* Piupioip: aR, a rieka DR or
M o EE ies if mes es = pedicellate, erect, forming a me, branched at the
ig rg ae g h E k corolla blue or white, fu y- l, lower ones
a see O S + a Sbalit; on short petioles, nearly- ones sessile,
.. -with,a few branches towards th
s come See Fig. 351. (Sy. En
boidalis (rhomboi fi. ly drooping, few, dis-
eo loose racemes, mere Hi aapi blue, campanulate.
July. J. sessile, ovate, acute, serrate. Stem glabrous, o a little
ilose, furnished with’ flower-bearing branches at top. lft. ʻe
ft. Europe, 1775. Border. Syn. C. rhomboided. . (L. B. C. 603.) Š
C. rhomboidea (diamond-leaved). A synonym of C. rhomboidalis,
C. rotundifolia (round-leaved).* Blùe-bell; Hare-bell. fl. droop-
ing, solitary, pedunculate, few on stem ; ; corolla deep blue,
` campanulate. June to August. l., radical ones petiolate, cordate
roundish, crenately toothed ; *cautline ones linea: por lanceolate.
Stems numerous,” A, 6in. to l2in. Britain.. (Sy. 870.)
C. r. alba (white).* A. white, the pte se as sae of the type.
Stems much more leafy. _ >%
C. r. Hostii (Host’s).* | EEEN hie, much larger than those of
the type, produced on stouter profusely branched stems. July,
x ` August. Y radical ones d r only i ape very early state ; cauline
‘ones linear, acuminate, sometimes to 4in. long. syn. C.
` Hostii. See Fig. 339.. There is a white-flowered form of this,
not quite so vigorous ey blue-flowered form, but the flowers
are equal in size, >
h. 2ft.. to 3ft. Europe.
Yak tn ‘lanceola te, entire. Stem KERES furnished
6. ramosiséima (nu ach +h mhii initia white hanes
middle part or base of ‘lo find. the lobes bluish. $ G. 362. FLOWERS OF CAMPANULA ROTUNDIFOLIA
violet ; “peduncles of th J x e e rg
a ns aes ka SOLDANELLÆFLORA.
flower at the apex. June, ss yee i
rláucous; lower ones: c. i E
m S e ; r. istinat (Soldanella-flowered).* corolla blue 3
_ obovate, crenated; middle ones ovate aneenlat s: superior ones | bemi ‘double, ae War tiation son oi cere iag,
linear, entire. Stem branched. A. 6in, to 12in. South Europe, ; irs L li il et
1824. Annual. SYN.+C. Loreyi. (B. M. 2581.) r es ‘snple, Mende io oe) Al ee fore
C. r. flore-albo Srne pa ered) only differs from the type in rotundifolia are Betty, and suitable for the front of borders, or
havidg white flowers, the rockery ; rising from the crevices of the latter, with their
Bee Fig: cogs laden with flowers, they are especially beautiiul.
“CAMPANULA RAPUNCULLS.
des _Rapunculus-like).* fl. droo ing, solitary,
i e-formed racemes, secund, but He mae anging on
ten specimens corollas bl violet, funnel- p
fe eirda Det hin wid Prona or se
, ns, but sim) it e
Borders, (Sy. En. En. B, 86
Fic, 353. FLOWERS AND LEAVES OF CAMPANULA SARMATICA.
258 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Campanula—continued. : Campanula—continued..
a (Sarmatian).* fl. nutant, usually secund, terminal campanulate, bearded inside. July. J. scabrous, acumina;
and , forming a long, loose, scattered raceme ; corolla pale coarsely and crenately toothed ; radical ones petiolate, Rectan
blue, velve panis July. l. tomentose ; lower ones petiolate, Stem angular, simple or branched. A. 2ft. to 3ft. Europe,
cordate, rather hastate, crenately toothed ; es gar mes sessile, Borders. (Sy. En. B. 867.) There are double blue, double white,
oe serrate-toothed. Stems simple, straight, gowns. and variously shaded single forms of this species.
tee Sy Scene Seen rare te OS C. trichocalycina (hairy-calyxed). fl. disposed in an almost
~ 3 f 5 simple terminal raceme, Fg ane S at the top, one to three
_C, saxatilis (rock). fl. three to five, dis ina loose raceme; __ ting from each axil, at the time of Sanering erect, but after-
corolla blue, tubular, nutant. — May. crenated; radical ones wards drooping; corolla profoundly five-cleft, funnel-shaped.
rosulate, somewhat spathulate ; cauline ones ovate, acute. Stem July. l. on short petioles, ovate, acute, coarsely serrated. Stem
sim)
erect. A.6in. Crete, 1768. Rockery. Very rare. ple. h. lft. to Sft. Europe, 1823. Borders.
C. Scheuchzeri (Scheuchzer’s).* fl. dark blue, pendent, on slender | C, Van Houttei (Van Houtte's .* fl. dark blue, bell-shaped, pen-
3 a
stems, broadly bell-shaped. July, August. l., lower ones similar dulous, 2in. long,
to those of C: pusilla; upper ones linear. A. Sin. to 6in. South | ones roundish ond MINAS Gir ani eel S nealing ‘once
European Ane g ; ie ee ira goer obion ee pem sortated, a t. wile is a very fine
( er’s). fl. pale blue, panic ell-shape' yorid. | ring from it only in colour and other unimportant
July, August. l, lower ones ovate, on long petioles, coarsely details is C. Burghalti, a handsome hybrid, found in gardens ;
serrated; cauline ones oyate-lanceolate. h. lft. North-west the flowers are of a pale purple colour, very e, pendent.
America, 1876. Rockery. These are two of the best border Bell-flowers in cultivation.
C. sibirica (Siberian). fl. panicled, numerous, drooping; corollas | ©. versicolor (various-coloured). f. disposed in long spicate ~
bluish-violet, large. July. l crenulated ; radical ones crowded, racemes; corolla of a deep violaceous colour at bottom, pale in
petiolate, obovate, obtuse ; cauline ones sessile, oblong-lanceolate, the middle, and the lobes pale violet, companulately rotate.
undulated, acuminated. Plant beset with bristle-like hairs. July to September. J. serrated; radical ones petiolate, ovate, ==-
Stem branched. k. lft. to 14ft, East Europe, 1783. Biennial. acute, rather cordate; cauline ones on short petioles, ovate-
Borders. (B. M. 659.) t Soole, ane FG. wT) erect, h. 3ft. to 4ft. Greece,
C. s. divergens (divergent).* fi. violaceous, rather large, at first teeta ET i
erect, but p ammi mes in th Aapan state; peduncles many- C. Vidalii (Vidal’s). fl. large, racemose; corolla white, wax-like,
flowered, and, like the stem, usually trichotomous, June. | between urceolate and campanulate, pendulous; disk singularly
l, radical ones sub-spathulate, crenulated, narrowed at the base ; broad, surrounded by a thick bright orange-coloured annulus,
cauline ones sessile, lanceolate, acuminated. Plant pilose, July and August, J, thick and fleshy, oblong spathulate, viscid,
panicled, h. 1}ft. Siberia, 1814. Biennial. SYN. C. spathulata. coarsely serrated, h. lft. to 2ft. Azores, 1851. Perennial. Cool
(S. B. F. G. ii., 256.) greenhouse or (during summer) herbaceous border, (B. M. 4748.)
C. spathulata (spathulate), A synonym of C. sibirica divergens.
C. speciosa (beautiful).* fl. pedicellate, disposed shee pramida
raceme ; corolla blue, purple or white, lin. long, smooth outside,
but often villous inside. June, July. l. sessile, repandly
; radical ones rosulate, linear-lanceolate ; cauline ones
linear. Stem simple. A. 12in. to 18in. South-west Europe, 1820.
Borders. . (B. M. 5
C. spicata at nee sessile, one to three from each bract; s
ra e long, inti pted at the base ; corolla blue, funnel-shaped. .
uly. J. sessile, nearly entire; radical ones crowded, linear-
C. stricta = fl. almost sessile, few, solitary, spicate; corolla -
blue, tubular. July. l. ovate-lanceolate, acute, serrated, pilose. +
Stem branched, pilose. A, lft. to 2ft. Armenia, 1819. Biennial.
C. Waldsteiniana (Waldstein’s).* fl. three to four at the top of. =
each stem, one of which is terminal, and the others from the —
axils of the superior leaves, always looking upwards ;
reagent pg campanulate. June. l. greyish, sessile, lanceo-
ate, serrated ; lower ones obtuse ; superior ones lon sumin “4
Stems erect, fiexuous, stiff, simple, numerous from the same root. “a
h. 4in. to bin. Hungary, 1824. See Fig. 355. ee
C. Wanneri (Wanner’s). A synonym of Symphyanan pe — p
C. Zoysii (Zoys’s).* 7. pedicellate, drooping; coro ’ :
f with five deeper-coloured lines, cylindrical, a a hana 4
| Le alt a ht ta Pt pl, niai:
ae cauline ones obovate-lanceolate, f: blas in a
* 3 ay h. 3in. Rae ay ge pe =. a little alpine gem, thriving in a
` p, i : : . ink in ri itty so
Fic. 354. CAMPANULA THYRSOIDEA, showing Entire Plant and CAMP ANOL ER A large order of herbs or
pee gece Jue or white; corolla regular, bell-
C. thyrsoidea (thyrsoid), disposed i ik sub-shrubs. Flowers blue or w z Pativols
sessile ; coroHa si phar a ee ie ne one shaped, usually five-lobed, Leaves alterfiate, va tipulate.
lower ones lanceolate, obtuse; eauline ones linear-lanceolate, | The genus best known is Campanula; other genera are
acute, pen Ferr pum SE ne and flowers. Plant | Adenophora, Jasione, and Phyteuma.
ilose. h, 1ft. to l4ft. s of Europe, Biennial kery.
FB. M. 120.) See Fig. 354. - Rockey. | CAMPANULATE. Bell-shaped.
C. Tommasiniana (Tommasini’s).* jl, pale blue, tubular, slight] CAMPANUMÆA (altered from Campanula). ORD. —
angled, in closely set, savera owai axillary Gant See, lacew. A nebo of greenhouse panse tu-
Augast l nearly or quite sessile, linear-lanceolate, acuminate, | Campanu as i Aree ad
i - ly serrated, there being no difference between the lower berous-rooted, twining perennials. Flowers involucrated,
an ones, Stems at first erect, ultimately drooping through litary, on axillary and terminal peduncles. Leaves oppo-
the weight of the flowers. h, in. to 12in. Italy. A very hand- | Saso noi s h St
< somo species. site, petiolate, glaucescent beneath. Stems and branches
ie eda = e 2 eN drooping a little, one to four | terete. They thrive best in a rich sandy loam, with a little
- together, terminating the branchlets ; corolla variously coloured, | peat. Propagated by seeds and divisions. i
=
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 259.
OEE con timed
C. gracilis (gracefu ji. pale blue; corolla membranous, with
a tubular base, Sed throat, and slightly expanded, truncated
limb. Z. on long petioles, ovate, blunt. Himalayas. SYN. Codo-
nopsis gracilis. (C. H. P. t. xvi. ‘a.)
`C. inflata (inflated.) fl. yellowish, with brownish veins; corolla
herbaceous, ventricose; peduncles opposite the leaves, one-
flowered, l alternate, ovate-cordate, acute. Himalayas. (C. H. P.
t. xvi, C.)
C. javanica (Javan). e yellowish, with brownish veins ; corolla
herbaceous, very broadly campanulate, with five spreading lobes.
l. variable, opposite and alternate, ovate-cordate, crenate. Hima-
layas. (C. H. P. t. xvi. B.)
CAMPEACHY WOOD, or
Hematoxylon campechianum.
CAMPHORA (Camphor, commercial name of its chief
product). Camphor-tree. ORD. Laurineæ. Cool stove
evergreen trees, now referred to genus Cinnamomum. The
true Camphor of commerce is a product of the oil procured
from the wood, branches, and leaves of this tree, by means
of dry distillation. It thrives in a compost of peat and
loam, and may be propagated by cuttings.
Ca officinalis (officinal). fl. greenish-white.
l. triple-nerved, lanceolate, ovate. h. 20ft:
Cinnamomum Camphora.
CAMPHOR-TREE. See Camphora.
CAMPION, ROSE. See Lychnis.
CAMPSIDIUM (from kampsis, a curving). ORD.
Bignoniaceœ. A small genus of plants, the best-known
(perhaps the only) species being a handsome greenhouse
climber, having the anthers placed parallel. For culture,
see Bignonia.
C. chilense (Chilian). Pipil Boqui. fl. rich orange colour; corolla
tubular, almost regular. l. pinnate, dark shining green. "h. 30ft.
to 40ft. Chili. (a. C. 1870, 1182.)
CAMPTERIA. See Pteris.
CAMPTODIUM. See Nephrodium.
CAMPTOPUS (ftom kamptos, curved, and pous, a
foot; in allusion to the downwardly curved flower-stalk).
ORD. Rubiacee. A curious shrub, requiring a moist stove
temperature. Cuttings will root in sandy loam, under a
lass, if placed in bottom heat. Camptopus is now
LOGWOOD. See
March to June.
Japan, 1727. SYN.
. “Beath. A. lott. Fornando Bo, 1865. (B. M. 5755.)
CAMPTOSORUS. See Scolopendrium.
CAMPYLOBOTRYS. See Hoffmannia.
CAMPYLONEURON. See Polypodium.
CAMWOOD. See Baphia.
CANADA BALSAM. See Abies balsamea.
CANADA RICE. See Zizania aquatica.
CANADA TEA. See Gaultheria procumbens.
CANALICULATE. Channelled, or furrowed.
| CANARINA (so named from being a native of the
eae Canary Islands). ORD. Campanulacee. A greenhouse
| herbaceous perennial, of considerable beauty. It thrives
best in a compost of loam, leaf mould, thoroughly decom-
posed manure, and sand, in equal parts. The plant should
übe repotted in January. Plenty of root space and perfect
" are very essential to good culture; and when new
growth commences, a little extra heat will considerably
accelerate the development of the flowers. Water should
be liberally supplied during the growing season. It may
be readily propagated by dividing the root when repot-
y ting; or by young euttings, placed in sandy soil, in a
gentle warmth.
C. Cam:
. mith Teh fed nervosi droopike f. ofa a panan purple or Bona
colour,
apeties: anger Fong
ince, F Plant See
j pcre irregularly
Isiands, 1686.
CANARIUM (from Canari, its vernacular name in
the Malay language). ORD. Burseraceœ. A rather large
genus of stove trees. Flowers small, in axillary panicles;
petals usually three, valvate, or slightly imbricate in the
bud. Drupe ovoid or ellipsoid, often three-angled. Leaves
large, impari-pinnate. For culture, see Boswellia.
C. commune (common). fl. white, glomerate, nearly sessile,
bracteate ; panicle terminal. l, leaflets seven to nine, on long
stalks, ovate- oblong, bluntly acuminated, entire. India. The
fruit has a thin olive skin, and when the nuts are mature, they
contain a sweet kernel, which does not become rancid, and
resembles a Sweet Chestnut ; they are also used for various
economic purposes. (B. M. P.
CANARY-BIRD FLOWER.
peregrinum.,
CANAVALIA (from Canavali, the name of one of
the species in Malabar). ORD. Leguminose. A genus
of elegant twining or climbing stove herbs or sub-
shrubs. Flowers in racemes, produced from the axils
of the leaves; calyx bell-shaped, two-lipped ; corolla
papilionaceous.. Leaves trifoliate. They are well adapted
for training up the rafters in a stove or warm green-
house. For culture, see ot
ensis (Buenos ms bean puple; racemes dr
. bonari ,
longer than the leaves. July and August, ae ovate, obtus
coriaceous, glabrous. Buhos Ayres, 1824. 1199.)
C. ensiformis (ensiform).* jl. white, red, pr ae, racemes
longer than the leaves. — f leaflets ovate, acute. India,
17: Syn. C. gladiata. (B. M . 4027.)
Cc. gladiata (sword-podded), Synonymous with C. ensiformis.
C. obtusifolia (obtuse-leaved). fl. le. July, August, l., leaf-
lets ovate arad Malabar, teed, ee * ve
CANBIA (named in honour of W. M. Canby, of Wil-
mington, Delaware). ORD. Papaveracee. A monotypic
genus, remarkable for its persistent (not caducous) corolla.
Sepals three, caducous; petals six, barely iin. in length
stamens six to nine.
See Tropeolum
Fig. 356. CANBIA CANDIDA.
B. candida (glossy white). yl. “White, solitary, B
l. alternate, , amag mieh = h. iea lin. Doove in sandy
soil in South-east California, in 1876. See Fig. 356. '
CANCELLATE. Latticed; resembling lattice-work.
CANDELABRUM or CHANDELIER RRE.
See Pandanus candelabrum.
CANDLEBERRY MYRTLE. See Myrica ceri-
CANDLEBERRY-TREE. Seo Aleurites triloba. a
CANDLE- TRAE. See Parmentiera cerifera.
260
THE DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING,
CANDOLLEA (named after Augustus Pyramus De
Candolle, formerly Professor of Botany, at Geneva, and
author of numerous botanical works). ORD. Dilleniacee.
A genus of very ornamental greenhouse evergreen shrubs,
natives of Australia. Flowers yellow, sub-solitary, at the
tips of the branches; sepals five, oval, mucronate ; petals
obovate or obcordate. They thrive in a compost of equal
parts loam and peat, with which sufficient sand may be
mixed to render the whole porous. Cuttings will root, if
placed in a similar compost, under a hand glass; seeds
are also sometimes obtainable.
Fic. 357. FLOWERS AND BUDS OF CANDOLLEA
CUNEIFORMIS,
C, cuneiformis (wedge-shaped).* llow. July. l
7 gage eee blunt een to gp “Sa th ce
. See Fig. 357. (B. M. 2711.)
C. Huegelii (Huegel’s). fl. at tops of the branch h
leaves, on short sok Pg sepals acuminate, Bg naar Png
longer than the petals. May. l. linear, qui
when young. A. oft. 1837. 0 quite entire, villous
C. tetrandra (four-stamened). fl. yellow, solitary; petals
emarginate. June. l. oblong, te, too a
(Be 1845, 50) g, cunea thed. h. 7ft. 1842.
CANDYTUFT. See Iberis.
CANE-BRAKEE. A common name for different species
of Arundinaria.
CANELLA (a diminutive of canna, a reed; in allusion
to the rolled bark, like cinnamon). ORD. Canellacew. The
best-known species of this genus is a very ornamental and
economically valuable stove evergreen tree, which thrives
in a mixture of loam and sand. Well-ripened cuttings,
taken off at a joint, will root in sand, under a hand glass,
with bottom heat, in April or May; but care should be
taken not to deprive them of any of their leaves. Sweet
says that large old cuttings are best.
_ ©, alba (white).* 7. violet-colour, small, growing at the tops of
branches in cluster, but upon divided Denun: L a eiei
cuneated at the base, white, or glaucous beneath, some-
= > coriaceous, sometimes full of pellucid dots. A. 15ft. The
hole tree is y aromatic, and, when in blossom, perfumes the
bourhood. flowers dried, and softened again in warm
r, have a fragrant odour, nearly approaching to that of Musk.
The leaves have a strong smell of Laurel. West Indies, &c., 1735.
(T. L. 8. L, 8) z :
CANELLACER. A Small order of West Indian or
tropical American yar: allied to Bixinew, and
from which it scarcely differs, except in having the albumen
firmer, and with a smaller embryo. The genera are Canella
and Cinnamodendron.
CANESCENT. Hoary, approaching to white.
& CANISTRUM (from canistrum, a basket; in allusion
to the inflorescence resembling a basket of flowers), ORD.
i Bromeliacew. Stove epiphytes, with showy inflorescence,
and requiring the same treatment as Billbergia (which see).
A * i
x aa an mrka a = ered bracts scapes erect. ge Sao: w Sonic,
ligulate-lora: icula!
n eA is) » deflexed. Brazil, 1873. See Fig.
Canistrum—continued.
tue
a a 8
Met
FIG. 358, CANISTRUM AURANTIACUM.
. oi n (ivory).* jl. white, green, disposed in a depressed
head, the white ovaries of which give an appearance as of eggs ina
basket. May. 2l. tufted, mottled, the central ones cream-coloured,
surrounding the flower-heads. h. 2ft. SYNS, Guzmannia ns
and Nidularium Lindeni. Brazil, 1876. (B. H. , 13, 14.)
C. roseum (rose-coloured). fl. white, green; bracts rosy. 1879, _
L : 4
Fsrrognlaniy toothed.” Braai 1876 St Nidwarium tatfolum
(B. H. 1874, 16.) ~
CANKER. This is a disease presenting very serious
difficulties, principally in the cultivation of Apples and
Pears. Both the-trees-and fruits, especially of some
varieties, are, in many localities, so far injured as not to
be worth cultivating. What causes the disease is not at
all times known; indeed, it is, in most cases, but imper-
fectly understood. Were the causes better known, the
remedy might generally be much easier found. Some of
the primary causes are cold and undrained soil, severe
and careless pruning, extreme variations of temperature,
and excessive growth, made late in the season, when it
has not sufficient time to get well ripened. Trees that
are badly Cankered may often be improved by lifting, and — .
replanting in improved or better-drained soil. Immed
the disease is detected in young trees, by the cracking
of
the bark or the skin of the fruits, measures should be
taken to find the cause, if possible, and avert its progress.
Some Pear-trees, in various localities, will not produce —
fruit without Canker in the open garden, put they will a
so when planted against a wall; and as such may ge i e
very best varieties, trees should be placed in the latter
position. The removal of large branches, late a spring,
will sometimes produce Canker, ab the’ pori» where mu-
tilation has taken place; and it ma, be cat k by P
late pruning, which induces the growth of soft shoots tha
are almost certain to be injured by severe frosts. The dif-
ference in the seasons, as regards the amount of moisture,
is one that can scarcely be provided against. One spring
may be favourable to rapid growth, and the following may
be most unfavourable, thereby arresting the natural flow
of the sap until the latter part of the summer, when
excessive growth will probably take place. Such checks
invariably produce Canker. At times, the disease seems
caused by the punctures of insects, in an early stage,
on the stems or branches. In such instances, a thorough
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 961
Canker—continued. :
cleansing, and a smearing of quicklime, made into a wash,
often proves successful. Strong tobacco water will destroy
insects, and a weak solution of sulphuric acid is also fatal
to lichens and mosses, which should never be allowed to
obtain a footing. The chief preventatives, therefore, are:
Planting in well-drained soil; avoiding the use of any
rank manure, to cause excessive growth; changing the
old, or adding new, soil to injured trees; careful pruning,
and the encouragement of early growth in spring, and
subsequent well ripening in autumn.
CANNA (derivation uncertain; according to some, trom
cana, the Celtic name for cane, or reed). Indian Shot.
ORD. Scitaminee. A large genus of stove herbaceous peren!
nials, very extensively employed in sub-tropical and other
` methods of summer gardening. Flowers spathaceous;
anther attached to the edge of the petal-like filament.
Leaves very ornamental. Few plants are more easily
grown, or more quickly propagated. Seeds of many of
the finer sorts may be bought cheaply from respectable
seedsmen. ‘These should be sown in heat, in February or
is Dittictor ‘them, and a covering of l}in. or 2in. of
earth is not excessive. They should be sown thinly, in
pans. As Ca are gross} and have somewhat brittle
roots in a young state, it is a good plan to sow the seed
singly in small pots. This method preserves all the roots
intact, and prevents any check in potting off or dividing
the plants out of seed pans or boxes. When this is not
done, the plants must be potted off singly, as soon as they
have formed two leaves, 3in. pots being used for the first
shift. The soil can hardly be too rich and porous. Equal
parts rotted dung, loam, and sand, with a little peat, form
Canna—continued.
a capital mixture for them. The plants must be kept in
a growing temperature of 60deg. or so, during their earlier
stages, and shifted as required into larger pots. Under
proper management, the roots will fill Gin. pots by the
middle or end of May. They ought not to be planted
out till the end of May or the first week in June. Should
fairly rich soil and a sheltered place be selected for them,
they will not only grow, but flower freely during the late
summer and autumn months. Cannas are also very effec-
tive indoors, either for greenhouse or room decoration.
For these purposes they may be grown on in 8in., 10in., or
even 12in., pots, with rich soil, and placed either in a stove,
intermediate house, warm or cool conservatory, window, or
room. Liberal supplies of manure water will be of very
great benefit. Propagation is also effected by means of
divisions; they form a root-stock very like some of the
commoner and more free-growing Irises, each portion of
tal |
a
=
W
S
Y
Fig. 359. CANNA INDICA, showing Habit, Flowers, and Leaves.
which, with bud and roots attached, may be converted
into an independent plant. The best mode of procedure
is to divide the rootstock ine:
may be placed in 4in. pots #
bottom heat of 60deg. or so, thi
action and grow rapidly, ey may also be propagated
by division without bottom heat. Those who grow large
quantities seldom put their plants in pots at all. Stored
in pots or boxes for the winter, they are divided and
placed singly in similar positions in the spring, and trans-
ferred from such vessels into the open air. The best open
site for Cannas is in a sheltered spot, with a good depth
of rich soil, and plenty of moisture. In such a position,
their noble leaves are not so much injured by rough
winds. After flowering, or at the end of the season, they
may be lifted and stored away in boxes, or in pots of
earth, in dry, frost-proof sheds, or under greenhouse stages
during winter. In warm, sheltered situations, with dry
q
mn
Ei
H.
B
Si
$
©
5
a
a
:
262
y
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Canna—continued.
bottoms, they winter safely in the open, provided their
crowns are covered with 1ft. of litter or cocoa fibre refuse.
But where the soil is wet and cold, or the situation bleak
and unprotected, they should be lifted and stored away,
as already described.
Ac! variegata (variegated Achiras).* f. dark red.
August. l bright sree green, striped with white and yellow. Better
adapted for indoor culture than out.
C. Annæi (M. Année’s).* fl. salmon-colour, large, well formed.
June. J, large, green, glaucescent, ovate-acute, 2ft. long by 10in.
wide. Stems vigorous, stiff, sea-green. h. bft. (R. H. 1861,
470.) Of this there are many forms, the best of which are: —
C. A. discolor (two-coloured).* fi. rosy-yellow, few, small. Late
summer. J, seinieol’s, 6 me light red, 24ft, long, 10in. wide.
pr darkred. h. 3ft. to
fulgida (red).* J. ree -red, large, well-opened. J. 20in.
ion Gin vain w ide, eep purple, erect. Stems small, dark red.
C. A. bows gg jl. carmine-rose colour, small, few. Late
summer. J. 2ft. long, very narrow, age erect. Stems dark
green, with a reddish base, numerous. h. 5ft.
C. Auguste Ferrier (A. Ferrier’s).* fl. dingo- -red, medium-
sized. apn p orike oval, erect, pointed, deep green, with narrow
stripes and margins of dark ' purplish-red. Stem green, very
thick, downy. h. 10ft. =
C. aurantiaca (orange). Jl., segments of perianth rose-coloured
outside, reddish or upper lip orange, lower one yellow,
dotted with orange. large, broadly lanceolate, pale green;
margins slightly aatdlated. h. 64ft. Brazil, 1824.
C. Bihorelli (Bihorell’s).* 7. deep crimson, produced upon branch-
ing spikes in great abundance.. l. red when young, Pit to
deep bronze with age. A. 6ft. to 7ft. One of the best.
C. Daniel Hooibrenk. f. bright e, freely Laie 0
l einen B eeg he, eats. wits becca margin. Stalk
C; Depute Henon.* f
. pure canary-colour, with a yellowish
spikes numerous,
, rising ora aaa the foliage
toai a t ‘of 1}ft. l ovate-acute, erect.
discolor (two-coloured).* fl. red. l v broad, ovate-
oblong ; lower ones tinged with a blood-red ue ; upper ones
streaked with purple. Stems h. 6ft. South
wi
America, 1872. (B. R. 1231.)
eas eng = i, Bront large, with purple outer segmen
rae Ga te-lanceola' paS tin, a
scowl gine a le tinged. A oft, to Pee, Í 1820.
(B. R. 775.)
expansa-rubra sau’ J. large, with rounded bright
purple segments. l. very large, gerard over 4ft. long, and
nearly 2ft. broad, ovate, obtuse, spreading horizontally, dark
red, Stems numerous, very thick. A. 4ft. to ft,
C. flaccida (flaccid). /l. yellow, very large, not very unlike those
of the native Iris pseudo-acorus. l. ovate-lanceolate, erect.
h. 2ft. aam America, 1788. (L. B. C. 562.
C. gigante: (giga antic).* fi. large, very ornamental, with orange-
A, yoa peenaa and deep purple red inner segments. Summer.
l. about 2ft. long; petioles covered with a velvety down. h. 6ft.
South America, if (B. R. 206.
C, indica (Indian).* f. rather ne, irregular ; spikes erect, with
light yellow and lenges divisions. Summer. l. lar e, 'alter-
nate, ovate-lanceolate. h. 3ft. to 6ft. West Indies, 1570.
Fig. 359. (B. M. 454.)
mn (magnificent). fl. orange-red, few, small. J. ovate,
horizontally, green, rayed and margined with purplish-
pria Stems violet, downy. h. 3ft. to 5ft.
ae ). jl. rose, with a yellow spot on the
S ieir Pronin, arken emanating porr reg
agi l broa ovate-acuminate. to
eae Asie) A
ha i wie on blood-red, very large, only properly
et l ,
Stem green, downy, somewhabreddish. A. 6fi. to aft, O 7 ae
C. limbata y a h-red, disposed in long loose
spikes ; spathes pil
Native “country uncertain, 1818. GG
c. 1. major gk r e
f
be ecm 2st. 8in. wide, spread
downy. h. 5ft. to 6sft. Sp deep green. Stems
a (blackish).* 1, -red, lanceolate,
= Een Jong, 10in. to Iain, broad.” Stems purplish. kae
the finest kinds. C. atro. has l
h shade, passing into dark red, of a fi sony tata
nceolate, acute. A, 3ft.
711.)
‘red, large. J. large,
eeper hue than those
ladies de Boe. bright
a terma ay) Pe f brig! yellow, very large, Stems and
ec ae agama ames fae
ede he th a
Canna—continued.
Fic, 360, FLOWERING SPIKE OF CANNA SPECIOSA.
C. speciosa (showy).* fl. sessile, i x pairs ; petals two, erect, bifid ;
lip spotod, motil August. J. lanceolate. h. 3ft. Ni Nepaul,
1820. See Fig. 360. (B. M. BIT.)
C. Van-Houttei (Van Houtie’s).* fl. bright S. large, ve
abundanti; profit. re aor ge 2ft. to 24ft. be raat i
owe rayed and margined with dark purplish-r ae
Warscewiczii (Warscewicz’s).* fl. with conti scarlet inter, 4
gae purplish outer segments. J. ovate-elliptic, narrowed at both
ends = Abe ed with dark k poha, h. 3ft. Costa Rica, 1849.
re are seve fal vaoia of this id best
the: ere Chater, with very large dark red leaves, and 7 with
deep green leaves, rayed and margined with dark red. we
brina = small. l. Sar ares. ovate,
» ne dee pce pone » ode dark red, rayed with violet-purple.
Stems date rick violet-red. he 6ft. to tee
CANNABINACEZ:. This order, of which the genus
Cannabis (Hemp) is the type, is Beie into Urticaceæ.
CANNABIS (from the Greek word “kannābis, used by
Dioscorides, and that from Sanskrit canam). Hemp. ORD.
Urticacee. A small genus, of but little ornamental value.
Flowers racemose, diœcious.* Nut two-valved, within the
closed calyx. ‘The undermentioned species is a hardy
annual, of easy culture in ordinary garden soil. Propa-
gated by seeds, sown in spring.
C. sativa (cultivated). fl. greenish. June. J, on long stalks;
ts from five to seven, long, lanceolate, acuminated ; margins
pod ig h. 4ft. to 10ft., or even 20ft. India, &c. This plant is
cultivated very extensively for the sake of its val fibre.
Well-grown L eave rat er an ornamental appearance during
the summer [innethe. See Fig. 361,
TAN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF
HORTICULTURE. .
Fic. 361. Hean OF CANNABIS SATIVA.
CANNON-BALL TREE. See Couroupita guia-
Se pita guia
CANSCORA (from Kansjan-Cora, the Malabar name
of C. perfoliata, as yet unintroduced). ORD. Gentianacee.
Small, erect, simple or branched, stove or greenhouse
EA Flowers stalked or aub-seksile: Leaves opposite,
sessile, or amplexicaul. Corolla funnel-shaped, with a
four-cleft, unequal limb; the two outer segments equal,
two lower ones combined a greater distance. Branches and
stems tetragonal. They require treatment similar to
Balsams, and grow best in a soil to which chalk or lime-
stone debris is added.
C. Parishii (Parish’s). jl. white. J. opposite, perfectly connate,
so that the united two apparently form an sae Anas leaf.
h. 2ft. Moulmein, 1864. Greenhouse. (B. M. 54
CANTERBURY BELLS. See Campanula Me-
dium.
US eeetus. See Chantarelle.
the REESE e 9m . Polemoniacee.
Very pretty erect, branched greenhouse evergreen
Flowers in corymbs, at the termination of the
rarely solitary and axillary. Leaves entire or almost pin-
natifid, alternate, petiolate, elliptic, acuminated, or cuneate-
oblong, glabrous, or downy on both surfaces wh n young.
They are of easy culture in a compost of turfy loam, leaf-
mould, and sand, if good drainage is allowed. Propagated
by cuttings, placed in sand, under a hand glass. In the
western parts of England, these plants—particularly C.
buxifolia—thrive remarkably well in sheltered situations.
C. bicolor (two-coloured), /l. solitary ; corolla with a short mer
tube and scarlet limb. io h. 4ft. Pern, 1846, (B. M. 4729.
C. buxifolia
shaped, with a very long tu tube ; co
ee April. cuneate-oblong, mucronulate, aite entire.
h. 4ft. Peruvian Andes, 1849. An egant plant, hav ss tops
ens.
of branches, hey ere and young leaves, Gomes? Syn. C.
See Fig. 362. I. 4582.)
C. dependens (hanging). S¥nonymons with C. buxifolia.
i Cc ae us-leaved).* corolla yellowish-white, curved ;
i mens or long as Nine nannies Bf nant ir terminal, dense-
~ Howe rch. L elliptic or obovate acute, entire or sinuate-
te. h. 3ft. Peru, 1846. (B. M. 4386.)
JUTCHOUC. The ilast gummy substance known
as yee which is the inspissated juice of various
pann in tropical climates in different parts of
e worl ae such as a: Ficus elastica, Hevea, various —
species ia, Manihot, &c., &c.
pesca See Helichrysum.
CAP. coosmenay. See Physalis
CAPE GUM. The gum of Acacia Karroo or A.
capensis,
Fig. 362, FLOWERING BRANCH OF CANTUA BUXIFOLIA.
CAPE JESSAMINE. See Gardenia florida.
CAPER-TREE. See Capparis.
CAPILLARY. Very slender; resembling a hair.
CAPITATE.
CAPITULATE. Growing in small heads.
CAPITULUM. A close head of flowers; the inflo-
rescence of Composites.
CAPPARIDEZ. An order of herbs or shrubs, rarely
trees. Flowers clustered, or solitary; sepals four ` to
eight, imbricate or valvate ; petals four, arranged
Growing in a head.
crosswise,
sometimes, but rarely, five, or oak, rarely absent. Leaves
alternate, very rarely opposite, stipulate or exstipulate.
The order is distributed throughout the tropical and warm
temperate regions of both hemispheres, the frutescent
species being largely represented in America. ‘There are
abont twenty-three genera—the best-known being Capparis,
Cleome, and Crateva—and about 300 species.
CAPPARIS (kapparis, old Greek name used by Dios-
corides, from Persian kabar, Capers). Caper-tree. ORD.
Capparidee. Greenhouse or stove evergreen shrubs, of
considerable beauty. Calyx four-parted; petals four;
stamens numerous; succeeded by a berry. They thrive
best in a compost of well-drained sandy loam. Cuttings
of ripe shoots will root in sand, under a hand glass, in 2 “
moist heat. This genus contains about 120 species, but
it is very doubtful if more than six are to be found under —
cultivation in this country.
C. amygdalina (Almond-like).* white ; peduncles
compressed, corymbiferous. l. elli iliptical oh nia aarnoned towards
both ends, with a callous point; upper surf: surface mame? under sur-
face, as well as the branches, covered with silvery "scaly dots.
h. 6ft. West Indies, 1818. Steve.
C. cynophallophora (Dog-phallus Jf white, large,
fragrant; peduncles fow-flowered, orie an ony leaves, 4
` smooth, leathery, oblong, on short } to 25ft. West
Indies, 1752, Stove. (R. G. 1862, 351.) Sree
C. odoratissima (sweetest-scented).* violet, sweet-scented,
about the size of Myrtle, with yellow anthers; peduncles racemi-
ferous at the top.
surface smooth; under su
bit. 1814. Stove.
cove:
ee a rart long f Footstalks iard sondes, ope
i‘ s
264
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Capparis—continued.
*
Fic. 363. FLOWER AND BUD OF CAPPARIS SPINOSA.
C. spinosa (spiny).* Common Caper. fl. white, tinged with red
on the outside ; pedicels solitary, AOE yt. by June. l. ovate,
roundish, deciduous. k. 3ft. South Europe, 1596. This is an
excellent aay ag shrub, and one which we have found per-
on. a y in the southern counties of England. See Fig. Bes.
CAPRIFOLIACEZ. A rather large order of shrubs
or herbs, often twining. Flowers terminal, corymbose, or
axillary; corolla superior, regular or irregular. Leaves
os opposite, exstipulate. Well-known genera are: Linnea,
Lonicera, Sambucus, and Viburnum.
CAPRIFOLIUM. See Lonicera.
(from kapto, to bite; on account of the
CAPSICUM
biting heat of the seeds and pericarp). ORD. Solanacee.
Shrubs or sub-shrubs, rarely herbs. Peduncles extra-
axillary, one-flowered. Leaves scattered, solitary, or twin,
- and quite entire. Many of the species, although possess-
_ ing considerable beauty, are but rarely grown, either for
_ decoration or for the use of their fruit; consequently, we
confine our specific enumeration to the Common Capsicum,
_ the Bird Pepper or Chili, and the Bell Pepper. The
first two of these have long been in cultivation, for use
either in a green state for pickles and for making Chili
vinegar, or ripened and ground as Cayenne Pepper. Some
sorts are exceedingly ornamental for greenhouse decoration
in winter, if plants are well grown in rather small pots,
and the fruit ripened under glass. The varieties producing
small pods are the hottest, and consequently best suited
for making Cayenne Pepper. These are generally called
Fic. 364. FRUIT OF LONG AND ROUND Carsicums.
Chilies. All other varieties of Capsicum have a more or
less pungent flavour, and those bearing larger pods are
more profitable for use in a green state. The fruits of
_ all are either red or yellow when ripe, and are of various
~ Sizes and shapes. Some are produced and stand erect on
_ the upper side of the branches; others hang underneath,
Capsicum— continued. , i
Fig. 364 represents hanging fruits of Long and Round
Capsicums, the shapes of which are: produced by both
red and yellow varieties. i ; ;
Cultivation. Being natives of trépical countries, Capsi-
cums cannot always be depended upon to thoroughly ripen
in the open air; but a good crop of green fruits may
generally be obtained by preparing the plants early in the
season, and planting out in a warm situation.
Sow the seeds in February or early in March, in pots or
pans, placing them in heat; and so soon as the plants are
large enough, pot off singly into 3in. pots, still keeping
them in heat until well rooted. Place them into 6in. or 7in.
pots before they become starved ; and gradually harden off
and plant out about 2ft. asunder, in June. The fruits ripen
better if the plants are placed against a south wall and
tacked on to it. The safest plan to obtain a crop of ripe
fruits is to cultivate under glass. Pots of 7in. diameter are
large enough. Rich soil must be used, and any spare frames
are suitable in summer. Plenty of water and frequent
syringings should be applied, as the plants are very liable
to injury from red spider and other insects if this is in any
way neglected. The fruits will keep some time after being
ripe, but are never. better than when fresh gathered ; they
may, however, be kept on the plants for a considerable
period.
Sorts. Chili, Long Red, Long Yellow, Small Red Cayenne,
Round Red, and Round Yellow. Good ornamental varieties
are: Little Gem, a very dwarf variety, of comparatively
recent introduction, covered with small, erect, red pods;
and Prince of Wales, free fruiting, with hanging bright
yellow pods.
C. annuum (annual). Common Capsicum. fl. white, solitary.
June. Petioles glabrous. jr. oblong, pendulous, and erect, red
or yellow, variable in shape. A. lft. to 2ft. South America, 1548,
Bird Pepper or Chili. h; peduncles twin.
r a ES Za al email
well as the petiole, Branches angular, , h. 2ft. to 4ft.
Tropical America, 1731. Greenhouse shrub.
C. grossum (large). Bell Pepper. ji. white. July. India, 1759. —
CAPSULAR. Like a capsule.
CAPSULE. A dry dehiscent seed vessel or fruit,
CARAGANA (Caragan is the name of O. arbores-
cens among the Monguls). Siberian Pea-tree. ORD.
Leguminose. Very ornamental hardy deciduous trees or
shrubs. Flowers usually yellow, axillary, either solitary
or crowded, but always single on thin stalks. Leaves
abruptly, pinnate, the midrib ending in a bristle or spine;
leaflets mucronate. They are well adapted for shrub-
beries, and are of the easiest culture in sandy soil. Pro-
pagated by cuttings, made{of the roots, or by seeds; the.
low-growing shrubs by seeds and layers.
is easily raised from seed, sown when ripe or in spring.
C. Altagana (Altagana). fl. yellow; pedicels soli _ April to
Shrub. is 5 A
C. arborescens (tree-like).* /l. pale or bright yellow ; pedicel
fascicles. reek May. > with toms to six pairs agavet-oblong
villous leaflets ; petiole unarmed. ipui spi . .
to 20ft. Siberia, 1752, Tree. (B.M. ieh ira
Chamlagu lagu). ellow, ab _ be pon-
S large m (Chae a aa May. a ing two ral
f distant, oval, or obovate glabrous leaflets ; stipules spreac ing,
. and ‘as well as the petioles, spinose. A. 2ft. to 4ft. China, 1775.
Shrub. ee
tescens (woody).* Jt. yellow, resupinate ; pedicels solitary.
nie 1, with eves JE of ianfete: haa, waaa e the top of the
iy -cuneated; stipules membranous; petiole fur-
nished with a short spine at the apex. h. 2ft. to 3ft. Siberia,
1752, Shrub. (S. B. F. G. 3, 227.) There are one or two varieties
of this species. aa,
C. jubata (bearded).* f. white, suffused with red, few ; pedicels
“solitary, very short. April. l. with four or five pairs of oblong-
lanceolate, lanuginously-ciliated leaflets ; stipules setaceous 5
petioles somewhat spinose. h. lft. to aft. Siberia, 1796. Shrub.
syn. Robinia jubata. (L. B. C. 522.)
generally increased by grafting on C. arborescens, which r
July. l. with six to eight pairs of glabrous, o roundish, e
rebate leaflets ; petiole unarmed. Ah. 2ft. to ít. Dahuria, 1789. _
"a a
Live Music
Archive
Librivox
Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland
Museum of Art
Internet
Arcade
Console Living Room
Open Library
American
Libraries
TV News
Understanding
9/11